Mathematics For SSC
Uploaded by
Sayantan ChakrabortyMathematics For SSC
Uploaded by
Sayantan ChakrabortySSC
MATHEMATICS
Covers the entire syllabus of the following Entrance Tests:
SSC CGL TIER I and TIER II
SSC CPO for SI and ASI posts in: CRPF, ITBP, CBI, CISF, BSF, DP
SSC CHSL
SSC MTS
SSC Constable (GD)
Section Officer (Audit)
Section Officer (Commercial Audit)
FCI
DMRC
The book comprises 2400+ questions with detailed explanations.
RADIAN BOOK COMPANY
Pitampura, New Delhi-110034
A LTHOUGH THIS BOOK IS COMPLETE IN ITSELF FOR SSC ASPIRANTS, WE
RECOMMEND THAT YOU CHECK OUR ONLINE RESOURCES THAT HAVE ALSO BEEN
DESIGNED TO HELP YOU CLEAR THE TEST.
VISIT WWW.RADIANLEARNING.COM FOR DETAILS.
ISBN: 978-81-940735-1-2
PRICE: 425.00
FIRST EDITION: 2020
© Radian Book Company
This book shall not, by way of trade or otherwise be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated
without the publisher’s prior written consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it
is published. No part of this book may be reproduced or copied in any form or by any means (graphic,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information retrieval system) or
reproduced on any disc, tape, perforated media or other information storage device, etc., without the
written permission of the publishers. Breach of this condition is liable for legal action.
DISCLAIMER:
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or omissions in this publication. In spite of this, some errors
might have crept in. Any mistake, error or discrepancy noted may be brought to our notice which shall
be taken care of in the next edition. It is notified that neither the publisher nor the seller will be responsible
for any damage or loss of action to any one, of any kind, in any manner, therefrom.
For binding mistakes, misprints or for missing pages, etc., the publisher’s liability to replacement within
one month of purchase by similar edition. All expenses in this connection are to be borne by the purchaser.
All disputes are subject to Delhi jurisdiction only.
CONTENTS
1. Number System ....................................................................................................................... 1.1—1.11
2. H.C.F. and L.C.M. ...................................................................................................................... 2.1—2.8
3. Decimal Fractions .................................................................................................................... 3.1—3.12
4. Simplification ........................................................................................................................... 4.1—4.10
5. Surds and Indices .................................................................................................................... 5.1—5.10
6. Square Roots and Cube Roots ............................................................................................... 6.1—6.10
7. Number Series ........................................................................................................................... 7.1—7.6
8. Algebra ..................................................................................................................................... 8.1—8.16
9. Sequence and Series .................................................................................................................. 9.1—9.6
10. Ages ......................................................................................................................................... 10.1—10.5
11. Average ................................................................................................................................. 11.1—11.17
12. Ratio and Proportion ............................................................................................................ 12.1—12.8
13. Partnership ............................................................................................................................. 13.1—13.5
14. Alligation and Mixture ......................................................................................................... 14.1—14.6
15. Chain Rule .............................................................................................................................. 15.1—15.8
16. Time and Work .................................................................................................................... 16.1—16.14
17. Pipes and Cisterns ................................................................................................................. 17.1—17.6
18. Percentage ............................................................................................................................ 18.1—18.16
19. Profit and Loss ..................................................................................................................... 19.1—19.26
20. Simple Interest and Compound Interest.......................................................................... 20.1—20.16
21. True Discount ......................................................................................................................... 21.1—21.2
22. Banker’s Discount .................................................................................................................. 22.1—22.2
23. Time and Distance ............................................................................................................... 23.1—23.16
24. Boats and Streams ................................................................................................................. 24.1—24.5
25. Trains ....................................................................................................................................... 25.1—25.6
26. Trigonometry ....................................................................................................................... 26.1—26.16
27. Heights and Distances .......................................................................................................... 27.1—27.8
28. Geometry .............................................................................................................................. 28.1—28.32
29. Coordinate Geometry ........................................................................................................... 29.1—29.8
30. Area ....................................................................................................................................... 30.1—30.16
31. Volume and Surface Area................................................................................................... 31.1—31.20
32. Data Interpretation—Tabulation ......................................................................................... 32.1—32.8
33. Data Interpretation—Bar Graph ....................................................................................... 33.1—33.10
34. Data Interpretation—Pie Charts ....................................................................................... 34.1—34.10
35. Data Interpretation—Line Graph ....................................................................................... 35.1—35.4
36. Data Interpretation—Miscellaneous .................................................................................. 36.1—36.4
Previous Years Papers .......................................................................................................................... 1—29
Practice Papers .................................................................................................................................... 30—47
PREFACE
I feel delighted to write the foreword of Radian Book Company’s latest title, Mathematics for
SSC (Staff Selection Commission).
When my team and I were planning this book, we decided to present to learners a ready reckoner,
a test-practice tool, and last-minute-revision notes. In this endeavour, we were helped a lot by Dr RS
Aggarwal who counselled us whenever required. Dr Aggarwal’s vast experience–spanning over five
decades in which he has authored 175+ academic bestsellers–is one of Radian Book Company’s most
invaluable assets.
Salient features of the book:
1. The entire syllabus is fully covered;
2. The theory required for each topic is presented in a crisp manner along with all important
formulae;
3. All questions asked in the SSC entrance test in the past five years have been included;
4. It has been made sure that all new questions that have been created require application of
theory (to ensure that learners can solve any variation that is asked in the test);
5. The book includes a comprehensive question set (2,400+ questions); and
6. The book contains detailed and easy-to-understand explanations and solutions of all questions.
While this book focuses on the SSC entrance test, it also covers the syllabi of CPO, CHSL, MTS,
Police Constable, Section Officer (Audit), FCI, DMRC, along with other similar entrance tests.
I look forward to receiving your comments and critiques about this book and wish you a successful
career ahead.
Preeti Aggarwal,
Founder & CEO,
Radian Book Company.
M: +91 98113 41569
E: [email protected]
W: https://www.radianlearning.in
SYLLABUS
SSC CGL EXAMINATION PATTERN:
There are four levels in this examination.
Tier I and Tier II—Computer Based Exams
Tier III—Pen and Paper
Tier IV—Computer Proficiency Test/Skill Test/Document Verification
SSC CGL TIER I
Tier I is an objective exam that will be held online.
Paper No Subject No of Questions Max Marks
1. General Awareness 25 50
2. Quantitative Aptitude 25 50
3. English Comprehension 25 50
4. General Intelligence & Reasoning 25 50
TOTAL 100 200
1. DURATION OF EXAM: 60 minutes (100 minutes for visually handicapped).
2. MARKING SCHEME: 2 marks for each right answer.
3. NEGATIVE MARKING: 0.50 for each wrong answer will be deducted.
SSC TIER I SUBECT WISE SYLLABUS
General Intelligence General Awareness Quantitative Aptitude English Comprehension
Classification Static General Knowledge Simplification Reading Comprehension
(Indian History, Culture etc.)
Analogy General Science Interest Fill in the Blanks
Coding-Decoding Current Affairs Averages Spellings
Puzzle Sports Percentage Phrases and Idioms
Matrix Books and Authors Ratio and Proportion One word Substitution
Word Formation Important Schemes Problem on Ages Sentence Correction
Venn Diagram Portfolios Speed, Distance and Time Error Spotting
Direction and Distance People in News Number System
Blood Relations Mensuration
General Intelligence General Awareness Quantitative Aptitude English Comprehension
Series Data Interpretation
Verbal reasoning Time and Work
Non-Verbal Reasoning Algebra
Trigonometry
Geometry
SSC CGL TIER II
Tier II exam is an objective exam which will be also conducted online.
Paper No. of Max Exam
Subject Negative Marking
No. Questions Marks Duration
1. Quantitative
100 200 2 hours 0.5 for each wrong question
Aptitude
2. English Language &
Comprehension 200 200 2 hours 0.25 for each wrong question
3. Statistics 100 200 2 hours 0.5 for each wrong question
4. General Studies
(Finance and 100 200 2 hours 0.5 for each wrong question
Economics)
Paper 1 and 2 are compulsory for all posts.
Paper 3 is only for the Statistical Investigator Gr. II and Compiler.
Paper 4 is only for the post of “Assistant Audit Officer”.
Level for Paper 1-10th to Standard 12th, Paper-2 of 10 + 2 level and Papers-3 & 4-Graduation Level.
SSC CGL TIER II SUBJECT WISE SYLLABUS:
Quantitative Aptitude English Language Statistics General Awareness
Simplification Reading Comprehension Collection and Finance and of Data
Representation Accounting
Interest Spelling Measure of Dispersion Fundamental Principles
Averages Fill in the Blanks Measure of Central Financial Accounting
Tendency
Percentage Phrases and Idioms Moments, Skewness Basic Concepts of Accounting
and Kurtosis
Ratio and Proportion One Word Substitution Correlation and Self-Balancing Ledger
Regression
Speed, Distance Sentence Correction Random Variables Error Spotting and Correction
and Time
Number System Error Spotting Random Variables Economics and Governance
Mensuration Cloze Test Sampling Theory Comptroller and Auditor
General of India
Quantitative Aptitude English Language Statistics General Awareness
Data Interpretation Para Jumbles Analysis and Variance Finance Commission
Time and Work Synonyms-Antonyms Time Series Analysis Theory of Demand and
Supply
Algebra Active-Passive Voice Index Number
Trigonometry
Geometry
Data Sufficiency
TIER III EXAM
This is a Descriptive Exam which tests candidates writing skills in English or Hindi. It is held offline.
Candidates are required to write an Essay/letter/application.
Duration of exam-60 minutes (80 minutes for visually handicapped)
Carries 100 marks.
10 + 2 level questions.
SSC CGL TIER IV (SKILL TEST)
Tier IV exam checks couple of skill tests which are necessary for certain posts.
1. DEST (data entry speed test): It is a qualifying test for all the posts except Compiler. It is held to test the
typing speed of the candidate. In this test the candidates are given printed material in English which
they should type accurately on a computer with a minimum of 2000 key depressions. The duration of
this test is 15 minutes.
2. CPT (Computer proficiency Test): SSC will hold CPT, in three modules –spread sheet, word processing
and generation of slides. It will be applicable for applicants of Asst. Section Officer in CSS, MEA, SFIO,
AFHQ posts. It is a qualifying test.
1 NUMBER SYSTEM
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Numbers:
In Hindu – Arabic System, we use ten digits, namely 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.
A number is denoted by a group of digits, called numeral.
The place-value chart for a Hindu – Arabic Numeral is as follows:
Ten Crores Crores Ten Lakhs Lakhs Ten Thousands Thousands Hundreds Tens Ones
TF 2. Face Value and Place Value (or Local Value) of a Digit in a Numeral:
(i) The face value of a digit in a numeral is its own value, at whatever place it may be.
(ii) The place value of a digit is its value by virtue of its place in the numeral. The place value of a digit is obtained
by multiplying its face value to the value of its place in the numeral.
Ex. The place value of 5 in 275328 is 5 × 1000 = 5000.
Note: The place value of 0 in any numeral is 0, at whatever place it may be.
TF 3. Types of Numbers:
(i) Natural Numbers: Counting numbers namely 1, 2, 3, 4, ... are called natural numbers.
(ii) Whole Numbers: All natural numbers together with 0, form the set of whole number. Thus, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, ... are
whole numbers.
(iii) Integers: All counting numbers, zero and negatives of counting numbers, together form the set of integers.
Thus, ..., – 3, – 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ... are all integers.
p
(iv) Rational Numbers: The numbers which can be expressed in the form , where p and q are integers and
q
q 0 are called rational numbers.
3 4 1 11 2
Ex. , , , , 0, 1, 7 etc. are all rational numbers.
5 7 3 8 3
Note: Rational numbers when expressed in decimals are either in terminating or repeating form.
(v) Irrational Numbers: A number which can neither be expressed as a terminating decimal nor as a repeating
decimal, is called an irrational number.
Ex. 2, 3, 6, , e, 2 3, 10.2376134 ... etc. are all irrational numbers.
(vi) Real Numbers: A number whose square is non-negative, is called a real number. All rational and irrational
numbers form the collection of all real numbers.
(vii) Complex (or Imaginary) Numbers: A number whose square is negative is called a complex number.
TF 4. Various Types of Natural Numbers:
(i) Even Numbers: Counting numbers which are divisible by 2 are called even numbers. Thus, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,
12, ... are all even numbers.
(ii) Odd Numbers: Counting numbers which are not divisible 2 are called odd numbers. Thus, 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, ...
are all odd numbers.
(iii) Prime Numbers: A natural number is said to be prime, if it has exactly two factors namely 1 and the number
itself.
Ex. All prime numbers less than 100 are
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89 and 97.
1.1
1.2 Number System
(iv) Composite Numbers: A natural number is said to be composite, if it has at least one factor other than 1 and
the number itself. Thus, a composite number has more than 2 factors.
(v) Square Numbers: A number which is obtained by multiplying a natural number by itself, is called a square
number.
Ex. 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ... are all square numbers.
All square numbers end in either a 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 or 9.
(vi) Co-primes (or Relative Primes): Two numbers whose H.C.F. is 1 are called co-prime numbers.
Ex. (2, 5), (4, 11), (9, 10) etc. are pairs of co-primes.
(vii) Perfect Numbers: A number, the sum of whose factors (except the number itself) is equal to the number, is
called a perfect number.
Ex. (a) The factors of 6 are 1, 2 and 3. And, 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
(b) The factors of 28 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 14. And, 1 + 2 + 4 + 7 + 14 = 28.
(c) The factors of 496 are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 31, 62, 124 and 248. And, 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 31 + 62 + 124 + 248 = 496.
Thus, 6, 28, 496 etc. are perfect numbers.
(viii) Triangular Number: Triangular numbers are those which show a pattern of dots forming equilateral triangles.
n( n 1)
The triangular numbers form a sequence 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, ...... whose nth term Tn .
2
(ix) Pythagorean Triples: A pythagorean triple consists of three positive integers a, b, and c, such that
a2 + b2 = c2. A right triangle whose sides form a Pythagorean triple is called a Pythagorean Triangle. In a
Pythagorean triple (a, b, c), if a, b and c are coprime, then it is called a Primitive Pythagorean Triple.
Euclid’s formula for generating Pythagorean triples: For arbitrary integers m and n s.t. m > n > 0; the
Pythagorean triple (a, b, c) is given by a = m2 – n2, b = 2mn, c = m2 + n2.
Here the triple will be primitive if m and n are coprime and not both odd.
TF 5. Twin Primes: A pair of prime numbers which differ by 2.
Ex. Pairs of twin primes are
(3, 5), (5, 7), (11, 13), (17, 19), (29, 31), (41, 43), (59, 61), (71, 73) etc.
Note: Every twin prime pair except (3, 5) is of the form (6k – 1, 6k + 1) where k N.
TF 6. Mersenne Prime: A prime number of the form 2p – 1 where p is a prime number.
Ex. 3, 7, 31, 127, ... are Mersenne Primes.
In general, numbers of the form Mn = 2n – 1 where n N are all called Mersenne numbers.
If n is a composite number, then Mn = 2n – 1 is always composite.
If however n is a prime number, then numbers Mn = 2n – 1 are called Pernicious.
Mersenne numbers: The smallest Prime number n for which Mn = 2n – 1 is composite is 11.
Thus, smallest composite Pernicious Mersenne number is Mn = 211 – 1 = 2047 = 23 × 89.
Next is for n = 23. The Mersenne Primes are obtained for n = 2, 3, 5, 7, 13, 17, ...
TF 7. Primality Test (Test for a number to be Prime): To check whether a given natural number n is prime or not, we
divide it by each prime number m from 2 to n . If n is completely divisible by any m, then it is not prime.
TF 8. Tests of divisibility
(i) Divisibility by 2: A number is divisible by 2 if its units digit is any of 0, 2, 4, 6, 8.
(ii) Divisibility by 3: A number is divisible by 3 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 3.
(iii) Divisibility by 4: A number is divisible by 4 if the number formed by its last two digits is divisible by 4.
(iv) Divisibility by 5: A number is divisible by 5 if its unit digit is either 0 or 5.
(v) Divisibility by 7: Divide the number into groups of 3 digits (starting from right) and find the difference
between the sum of the numbers in odd and even places. If the difference is 0 or divisible by 7, then the given
number is divisible by 7.
Ex. 61870368 61 / 870 / 368
We have: 870 – (61 + 368) = 870 – 429 = 441 Which is divisible by 7 and so 61870368 is divisible by 7.
Another Test: Take the last digit off the given number, double it and subtract the double d number from the
remaining number. If the result is either 0 or divisible by 7, then the given number is divisible by 7.
Number System 1.3
Ex. 2401 is divisible by 7
if (240 – 2) i.e. 238 is divisible by 7
i.e. if (23 – 16) i.e. 7 is divisible by 7 and that is true.
2401 is divisible by 7.
(vi) Divisibility by 8: A number is divisible by 8 if the number formed by its last three digits is divisible by 8.
(vii) Divisibility by 9: A number is divisible by 9 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 9.
(viii) Divisibility by 10: A number is divisible by 10 if its last digit is 0.
(ix) Divisibility by 11: A number is divisible by 11 if the difference between the sum of its digits at odd places and
the sum of its digits at even places is either 0 or divisible by 11.
Ex. Let the given number be 34716. We have:
(Sum of digits at odd places) – (Sum of digits at even places)
= (3 + 7 + 6) – (4 + 1) = 16 – 5 = 11 which is divisible by 11.
34716 is divisible by 11.
(x) Divisibility by 13: Divide the given number into groups of 3 digits (starting from right) and find the difference
between the sum of the numbers in odd and even places. If the difference is either 0 or divisible by 13, then the
given number is divisible by 13.
Ex. 4061772 4 / 061 / 772
(4 + 772) – 061 = 776 – 061 = 715 which is divisible by 13.
4061772 is divisible by 13.
(xi) Divisibility by 16: A number is divisible by 16, if the number formed by its last 4 digits is divisible by 16.
(xii) Divisibility by 25: A number is divisible by 25 if the number formed by its last two digits is either 00 or
divisible by 25.
(xiii) A number is divisible
(a) by 6: if it is divisible by both 2 and 3.
(b) by 12: if it is divisible by both 3 and 4.
(c) by 14: if it is divisible by both 2 and 7.
(d) by 15: if it is divisible by both 3 and 5.
(e) by 18: if it is divisible by both 2 and 9.
(f) by 24: if it is divisible by both 3 and 8.
(g) by 40: if it is divisible by both 5 and 8.
(h) by 80: if it is divisible by both 5 and 16.
Rule: If a number is divisible by p as well as q where p and q are coprimes, then the given number is divisible
by (pq).
TF 9. Some Important Theorems:
(i) Product of n consecutive positive integers is always divisible by n!.
Also, n! is the largest number by which the product of n consecutive positive integers is always divisible.
(ii) Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic:
Every natural number greater than 1 is uniquely expressible as the product of prime numbers.
Ex. The Prime Factorisation of 5040 gives 5040 = 24 × 32 × 5 × 7.
This is also called Unique Prime Factorisation Theorem.
(iii) Number of Divisors of a Number: a1 a2 ar
The number of divisors of a number N = p1 . p2 ... pr is given by (a1 + 1) (a2 + 1) ... (ar + 1) where p1, p2, ...
pr are distinct prime numbers and a1, a2, ..., ar are the positive integral powers of p1, p2, ..., pr respectively.
1.4 Number System
Ex. We have: 96 = 25 × 31 [By Prime Factorisation]
Number of divisors of 96 is (5 + 1) × (1 + 1) = 6 × 2 = 12.
Note: A square number always has an odd number of divisors.
(iv) Division Algorithm or Euclidean Algorithm:
Dividend = (Divisor × Quotient) + Remainder.
(v) Division of Algebraic Expressions:
(a) x n – y n is divisible by x – y for any natural number n.
(b) x n – y n is divisible by x + y if n is an even natural number.
(c) x n + y n is divisible by x + y if n is an odd natural number.
(d) x n + y n is never divisible by x – y and x + y if n is an even natural number.
n n n n r r 1
(vi) Highest power of p in n! = 2 3 ... r , where p n p and [x] is the greatest
p p p p
integer function.
TF 10. Some Important Formulae:
(i) (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab (ii) (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab
(iii) (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2 (a2 + b2) (iv) (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
(v) a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b) (vi) (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2(ab + bc + ca)
(vii) (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab (a + b) (viii) (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b)
(ix) a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 + b2 – ab) (x) a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab)
TF 11. Congruence of Numbers and Congruent Modulo:
If an integer ‘n’ when divided by any positive integer ‘a’ gives quotient q and remainder r, then
We have: n = aq + r [By Euclidean Algorithm]
The integer ‘a’ is called the modulus and we write n r (mod a).
If m r (mod a) and n r (mod a); then (m – n) 0 (mod a)
[Note: This means both m and n leave remainder r when divided by a]
and we say that m and n are congruent with respect to the same modulus ‘a’.
Thus, for a positive integer ‘a’, two integers m and n are said to be congruent modulo a; written as m n (mod a),
if both m and n leave the same remainder when divided by ‘a’ or equivalently, if the difference of m and n is a
multiple of a. The number ‘a’ is called the modulus of the congruence.
Ex. 313 65 (mod 4) since both 313 and 65 leave a remainder 1 when divided by 4 and 313 – 65 = 248 is divisible
by 4.
EXERCISE
1. How many numbers are there from 700 to 950 (including 4th, the numbers will be equal. The numbers are
both) which are neither divisible by 3 nor by 7? [SSC CGL 2015]
[SSC CGL 2017] (a) 2, 12, 14, 20 (b) 5, 11, 13, 19
(a) 107 (b) 141 (c) 6, 10, 14, 18 (d) 9, 7, 15, 17
(c) 144 (d) 145 4. In a division sum, the divisor is 3 times the quotient and 6
2. What least value which should be added to 1812 to make it times the remainder. If the remainder is 2, then the dividend
divisible by 7, 11 and 14? [SSC CGL 2017] is [SSC 2013]
(a) 12 (b) 36 (a) 28 (b) 36
(c) 72 (d) 154 (c) 48 (d) 50
3. The sum of four numbers is 48. When 5 and 1 are added to 5. A number when divided by 2736 leaves the remainder 75.
the first two and 3 and 7 are subtracted from the 3rd and If the same number is divided by 24, then the remainder is
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
Number System 1.5
(a) 0 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 9
(c) 12 (d) 23 17. When two numbers are separately divided by 33, the
6. If a number is as much greater than 31 as it is less than 75, remainders are 21 and 28, respectively. If the sum of the
then the number is [SSC 2013] two numbers is divided by 33, then the remainder will be
(a) 47 (b) 53 [SSC 2010]
(c) 74 (d) 106 (a) 16 (b) 14
7. Which one of the numbers is divisible by 25? (c) 12 (d) 10
[SSC CGL 2013] 18. A number when divided by 361 gives a remainder 47. If the
(a) 22040 (b) 303310 same number is divided by 19, then the remainder obtained
(c) 303375 (d) 373355 is [SSC CGL 2015]
8. When 335 is added to 5A7, the result is 8B2. 8B2 is divisible (a) 1 (b) 3
by 3. What is the largest possible value of A? (c) 8 (d) 9
[SSC CGL T-II 2013] 19. 5349 is added to 3957. Then 7062 is subtracted from the
(a) 1 (b) 2 sum. The result is not divisible by [SSC 2014]
(c) 4 (d) 8 (a) 3 (b) 4
9. The maximum value of F in the following equation (c) 7 (d) 11
5E9 + 2F8 + 3G7 = 1114 is (where E, F, G each stands for 20. The least number which must be added to the greatest
any digit) [SSC CPO 2015] number of 4 digits in order that the sum may be exactly
(a) 5 (b) 7 divisible by 307 is [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(c) 8 (d) 9 (a) 32 (b) 43
10. When an integer K is divided by 3, the remainder is 1 and (c) 175 (d) 132
when K + 1 is divided by 5, the remainder is 0. Of the 21. How many numbers between 400 and 800 are divisible by
following, a possible value of K is [SSC 2011] 4, 5 and 6? [SSC GD 2013]
(a) 65 (b) 64 (a) 10 (b) 9
(c) 63 (d) 62 (c) 8 (d) 7
11. The least number of five digits which has 123 as a factor is 22. If m and n are positive integers and (m – n) is an even
[SSC DP 2012] 2 2
number, then (m – n ) will be always divisible by
(a) 10037 (b) 10063 [SSC CGL 2012]
(c) 10081 (d) 10086 (a) 12 (b) 8
12. The difference between the greatest and the least four-digit (c) 6 (d) 4
numbers that begin with 3 and end with 5 is [SSC 2015] 23. Two numbers 11284 and 7655, when divided by a certain
(a) 900 (b) 909 number of three digits, leave the same remainder. The sum
(c) 990 (d) 999 of digits of such a three-digit number is [SSC 2013]
13. The difference between the greatest and the least prime (a) 11 (b) 10
numbers which are less than 100 is [SSC 2015] (c) 9 (d) 8
(a) 94 (b) 95 24. The number 323 has [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 96 (d) 97 (a) No prime factors
14. A number x when divided by 289 leaves 18 as the remainder. (b) Two prime factors
The same number when divided by 17 leaves y as a (c) Three prime factors
remainder. The value of y is [SSC CGL 2013] (d) Five prime factors
(a) 1 (b) 2 25. Among the following statements, the statement which is not
(c) 3 (d) 5 correct is [SSC 2015]
15. The number which can be written in the form of (a) Every natural number is an integer.
n (n + 1) (n + 2), where n is a natural number is (b) Every natural number is a real number.
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) Every real number is a rational number.
(a) 3 (b) 5 (d) Every integer is a rational number.
(c) 6 (d) 7 26. If the sum of two numbers be multiplied by each number
16. If two numbers are each divided by the same divisor, then separately, the products so obtained are 247 and 114. The
the remainders are respectively 3 and 4. If the sum of the sum of the numbers is [SSC CGL 2011]
two numbers be divided by the same divisor, then the (a) 23 (b) 21
remainder is 2. The divisor is (c) 20 (d) 19
(a) 3 (b) 5
1.6 Number System
27. If doubling a number and adding 20 to the result gives the (a) 48 (b) 36
same answer as multiplying the number by 8 and taking (c) 18 (d) 15
away 4 from the product, the number is 31
39. When 2 is divided by 5, the remainder is
(a) 6 (b) 4 [SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 3 (d) 2 (a) 1 (b) 2
28. If the sum of five consecutive integers is S, then the largest (c) 3 (d) 4
of those integers in terms of S is [SSC 2011] 32
40. It is given that (2 + 1) is exactly divisible by a certain
S4 S 5 number, which one of the following is also definitely
(a) (b)
4 4 divisible by the same number?
16 16
S 10 S 10 (a) 2 + 1 (b) 2 – 1
(c) (d) 96
(c) 2 + 1 (d) 7 × 2
33
5 5
372 373
n
29. If n is even, (6 – 1) is divisible by [SSC 2014] 41. The unit digit in the sum of (124) + (124) is
(a) 6 (b) 30 [SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 35 (d) 37 (a) 0 (b) 2
(c) 4 (d) 5
30. When n is divided by 6, the remainder is 4. When 2n is 40
divided by 6, the remainder is [SSC 2013] 42. The last digit of 3 is [SSC 2012]
(a) 0 (b) 1 (a) 1 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 4 (c) 7 (d) 9
31. If the sum of the digits of any integer lying between 100 43. The digit in units place of the product
and 1000 is subtracted from the number, then the result is 49237 × 3995 × 738 × 83 × 9 is [SSC 2014]
always [SSC 2013] (a) 0 (b) 5
(a) Divisible by 2 (b) Divisible by 5 (c) 6 (d) 7
(c) Divisible by 6 (d) Divisible by 9 44. The digit in the unit’s place of
98 29 100 35 4
32. Which one of the following will completely divide [(251) + (21) – (106) + (705) – 16 + 259] is
71 72
5 +5 +5 ?
73
[SSC CGL 2011] (a) 6 (b) 5
(a) 30 (b) 150 (c) 4 (d) 1
(c) 155 (d) 160 173
45. The unit digit in the product (122) is
16 [SSC CGL 2011]
33. 2 – 1 is divisible by [SSC CGL 2011]
(a) 19 (b) 17 (a) 8 (b) 6
(c) 13 (d) 11 (c) 4 (d) 2
34. Which of the following numbers will always divide a six- 46. The digit in unit’s place of the product
digit number of the form xyxyxy 81 × 82 × 83 × ... × 89 is
(where 1 x 9, 1 y 9)? [SSC 2011] (a) 8 (b) 6
(a) 1010 (b) 10101 (c) 2 (d) 0
(c) 11010 (d) 11011 71 63 65
47. The units digit in the product 7 × 6 × 3 is
35. Find the largest number, which exactly divides every number [SSC MTS 2011]
3
of the form (n – n) (n – 2) where n is a natural number (a) 4 (b) 3
greater than 2. (c) 2 (d) 1
(a) 6 (b) 12 25 26 27 28
48. (3 + 3 + 3 + 3 ) is divisible by
(c) 24 (d) 48 (a) 30 (b) 25
3
36. If n is an integer, then (n – n) is always divisible by (c) 16 (d) 11
[SSC 2010] 2 2
49. If n is a whole number greater than 1, then n (n – 1) is
(a) 4 (b) 5 always divisible by
(c) 6 (d) 7 (a) 8 (b) 10
37. Both the end digits of a 99-digit number N are 2. N is (c) 12 (d) 16
divisible by 11, then all the middle digits are 19
50. If (7 + 2) is divided by 6, then the remainder is
[SSC FCI 2012] (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 3 (d) 5
(c) 2 (d) 1
51. The number 64329 is divided by a certain number. While
6n 2n
38. The expression 2 – 4 , where n is a natural number is dividing, the numbers, 175,114 and 213 appear as three
always divisible by [SSC 2011] successive remainders. The divisor is
Number System 1.7
(a) 296 (b) 234 61. The numbers 1, 3, 5, 7, ..., 99 and 128 are multiplied together.
(c) 224 (d) 184 The number of zeros at the end of the product must be
52. A number when divided successively by 4 and 5 leaves (a) 7 (b) 19
remainders 1 and 4 respectively. When it is successively (c) 22 (d) Nil
divided by 5 and 4, the respective remainders will be 62. In a two-digit number if it is known that its units digit exceeds
(a) 1, 2 (b) 2, 3 its tens digit by 2 and that the product of the given number
(c) 3, 2 (d) 4, 1 and the sum of its digits is equal to 144, then the number is
53. If 17
200
is divided by 18, then the remainder is (a) 24 (b) 26
(c) 42 (d) 46
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 16 (d) 17 63. In a three-digit number, the digit at the hundred’s place is
two times the digit at the unit’s place and the sum of the
54. The sum of first 60 numbers from 1 to 60 is divisible by
digits is 18. If the digits are reversed, the number is reduced
(a) 61 (b) 60
by 396. The difference of hundred’s and ten’s digit of the
(c) 59 (d) 13
number is [SSC 2011]
55. The least number, which must be added to 6709 to make it (a) 5 (b) 3
exactly divisible by 9 is (c) 2 (d) 1
(a) 2 (b) 4
64. A number consists of two digits and the digit in the ten’s
(c) 5 (d) 7
place exceeds that in the unit’s place by 5. If 5 times the
56. A six-digit number is formed by repeating a three-digit sum of the digits be subtracted from the number, then the
number; for example, 256, 256 or 678, 678, etc. Any number digits of the number are reversed. Then the sum of digits of
of this form is always exactly divisible by the number is [SSC 2011]
(a) 7 only (b) 11 only (a) 7 (b) 9
(c) 13 only (d) 1001 (c) 11 (d) 13
57. The sum of all those prime numbers which are not greater 65. If the digits in the unit and the ten’s places of a three-digit
than 17 is [SSC GD 2012] number are interchanged, a new number is formed, which
(a) 41 (b) 42 is greater than the original number by 63. Suppose the digit
(c) 58 (d) 59 in the unit place of the original number be x. Then, all the
58. ‘a’ divides 228 leaving a remainder 18. The biggest two- possible values of x are [SSC 2011]
digit value of ‘a’ is [SSC 2013] (a) 0, 1, 2 (b) 1, 2, 8
(a) 21 (b) 30 (c) 2, 7, 9 (d) 7, 8, 9
(c) 35 (d) 70
66. Which one of the following is a factor of the sum of first 25
59. If a and b are odd numbers, then which of the following is natural numbers? [SSC CPO 2010]
even? [SSC CGL 2011] (a) 12 (b) 13
(a) a + b + 1 (b) a + b – 1 (c) 24 (d) 26
(c) a + b + ab (d) a + b + 2ab
67. A number divided by 68 gives the quotient 269 and
60. Find the maximum number of trees which can be planted, remainder 0. If the same number is divided by 67, then the
20 metres apart, on the two sides of a straight road which is remainder is
1760 metres long. [SSC CGL 2013] (a) 0 (b) 1
(a) 174 (b) 176 (c) 2 (d) 3
(c) 178 (d) 180
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (d) 66. (b) 67. (b)
1.8 Number System
SOLUTIONS
1. Numbers divisible by 3 are 702, 705, 708, ... , 948. B = 2 or B = 5 or B = 8. (1)
Let 948 be (n1) th term of the A.P. 1 + A + 3 = 2 or 1 + A + 3 = 5 or 1 + A + 3 = 8 5 A7
Then, 948 = 702 + (n1 – 1)3 n1 – 1 = 82 n1 = 83. 335
A = – 2 or A = 1 or A = 4.
Numbers divisible by 7 are 700, 707, 714, ... , 945. 8B2
Thus the largest possible value of A = 4.
Let 945 be (n2) th term of the A.P.
Then, 945 = 700 + (n2 – 1)7 n2 – 1 = 35 n2 = 36. 9. 1 2
Numbers divisible by LCM (3,7) i.e. by 21 are 5 E 9
2 F 8
714, 735, 756, ... , 945. Let 945 be (n3) th term of this A.P. + 3 G 7
Then, 945 = 714 + (n3 – 1)21 n3 – 1 = 11 n3 = 12. 1 1 1 4
Number of numbers from 700 to 950 which are divisible by
Clearly, 2 + E + F + G = 11.
3 or 7 = n1 + n2 – n3 = (83 + 36 – 12) = 107.
The maximum value of F can be (11 – 2) i.e. 9 (when E = G = 0).
Hence, required numbers = (950 – 700 + 1) – 107 = 144.
10. On dividing 64 by 3 and 65 by 5, we get 1 and 0 as remainders
2. LCM (7,11,14) = 154. 154 1812 11 respectively.
154 The possible value of k is 64.
Required number to be added
272
154 11. Least number of five digits = 10000.
= (154 – 118) = 36.
118 On dividing 10000 by 123, the remainder is 37.
3. Let the four numbers be a, b, c and d. Required number = 10000 + (123 – 37) = 10086.
Then, a + 5 = b + 1 = c – 3 = d – 7 = m [Say] Note : This question is of the form: What should
be added to 10000 to make it divisible by 123?
a = m – 5, b = m – 1, c = m + 3, d = m + 7.
Now, a + b + c + d = 48 12. The greatest four-digits number that begins with 3 and ends with 5
= 3995.
m – 5 + m – 1 + m + 3 + m + 7 = 48
The least four-digits number that begin with 3 and ends with
4m = 44 m = 11.
5 = 3005.
a = m – 5 = 11 – 5 = 6, b = m – 1 = 11 – 1 = 10
Required difference = 3995 – 3005 = 990.
c = m + 3 = 11 + 3 = 14, d = m + 7 = 11 + 7 = 18.
13. The smallest prime number which is less than 100 = 2.
Hence, the numbers are 6, 10, 14 and 18.
4. Remainder = 2, Divisor = 6 × 2 = 12. The greatest prime number which is less than 100 = 97.
Divisor 12 Required difference = 97 – 2 = 95.
Divisor = 3 × Quotient Quotient = 4.
3 3 14. On dividing x by 289, let the quotient be k.
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder Then, x = 289k + 18 [ remainder = 18]
= 12 × 4 + 2 = 50. x = 17 × 17k + 17 + 1 = 17 (17k + 1) + 1.
5. Let the number be x. When x is divided by 17, the remainder = 1.
On dividing x by 2736, let the quotient be k and the remainder be Hence, the value of y = 1.
75. 15. We need to find a number which can be written in the form of
Then, x = 2736k + 75 = 24 × 114k + 24 × 3 + 3 = 24 (114k + 3) + 3. n(n + 1) (n + 2) (i.e. the product of three consecutive natural
When x is divided by 24, we get remainder = 3. numbers).
6. Let the number be x. Clearly, 6 = 1 × 2 × 3 (i.e. the product of first three natural numbers).
106 16. The first number gives a remainder 3 and the second number gives
Then, x – 31 = 75 – x 2x = 106 x = = 53. a remainder 4 when divided by the same divisor say x. So, the sum
2
of those two numbers leaves a reaminder (3 + 4) i.e 7 when divided
7. Clearly, 303375 is divisible by 25.
by x. But it is given that the remainder is 2.
A number is divisible by 25 if the last two digits
of the number are 00 or 25 or 50 or 75. So, (7 – 2) i.e. 5 must be divisible by x.
Clearly , x = 5.
8. Since 8B2 is divisible by 3, we have:
17. Let the numbers be x and y.
8 + B + 2 = 12 or 8 + B + 2 = 15 or 8 + B + 2 = 18
On dividing x and y by 33, let the quotients be m and n respectively
A number is divisible by 3 only when the sum of its digits and their respective remainders 21 and 28.
is divisible by 3
Then, x = 33m + 21 and y = 33n + 28
Number System 1.9
x + y = 33m + 21 + 33n + 28 = 33(m + n) + 49 27. Let the number be x.
= 33(m + n) + 33 + 16 = 33 (m + n + 1) + 16. Then, 2x + 20 = 8x – 4
On dividing (x + y) by 33, the remainder = 16. 24
6 x 24 4.x
6
18. Let the number be x.
28. Let the five consecutive integers be x – 2, x – 1, x , x + 1, x + 2.
On dividing x by 361, let k be the quotient and 47 be the remainder. Then, x – 2 + x – 1 + x + x + 1+ x + 2 = S
Then, x = 361k + 47 = 19 × 19k + 19 × 2 + 9 = 19(19k + 2) + 9. S
5x S x .
When x is divided by 19, we get remainder = 9. 5
19. Required result = (3957 + 5349) – 7062 = 2244. S S 10
The largest integer = x 2 2 .
2244 is divisible by 3. [ 2 + 2 + 4 + 4 = 12 is divisible by 3] 5 5
n n
29. When n is even, a – b is always divisible by both (a – b) and
2244 is divisible by 4. 2
(a + b) and therefore by a – b .
2
[Number formed from last two digits i.e. 44 is divisible by 4] n
Hence, 6 – 1 is divisible by (6 – 1 ) i.e. by 35.
2 2
2244 is divisible by 11. [(2 + 4) – (2 + 4) = 0] 30. On dividing n by 6, let the quotient be k.
2244 is not divisible by 7. [ 244 – 2 = 242 is not divisible by 7.] Then, n = 6k + 4. [ 4 is the remainder]
20. The greatest number of four digits = 9999. 2n = 2(6k + 4) = 12k + 8 = 6 × 2k + 6 + 2 = 6(2k + 1) + 2.
On dividing 9999 by 307, we get 175 as remainder. When 2n is divided by 6, the remainder = 2.
The least number to be added = 307 – 175 = 132. 31. Let the number be 100x + 10y + z.
21. If a number is divisible by 4, 5 and 6, then it would also be divisible Then, the sum of its digits = x + y + z.
by the LCM (4, 5, 6) i.e. by 60.
The required difference = 100x + 10y + z – (x + y + z)
On dividing 800 by 60, the quotient = 13.
= 99x + 9y = 9(11x + y).
On dividing 400 by 60, the quotient = 6.
Clearly, the requried difference is divisible by 9.
Required numbers between 400 and 800 that are divisible by 60 71 72 73 71 2 71
32. 5 + 5 + 5 = 5 (1 + 5 + 5 ) = 31 × 5 .
are (60 × 7), (60 × 8),...., (60 × 13) i.e. There are 7 such numbers.
Clearly, the given number is divisible by (31 × 5) i.e. by 155.
22. (m – n) is an even number [given]
16 8 8
33. 2 – 1 = (2 – 1) (2 + 1)
m and n are either both odd or both even
4 4 8
= (2 – 1) (2 + 1) (2 + 1)
(m + n) is also even.
2 2 4 8
= (2 – 1) (2 + 1) (2 + 1) (2 + 1)
Let m – n = 2x and m + n = 2y.
2 4 8
2 2 = (2 – 1) (2 + 1) (2 + 1) (2 + 1) (2 + 1)
Then, m – n = (m – n) (m + n) = (2x) (2y) = 4xy.
2 2 = 1 × 3 × 5 × 17 × 257.
Clearly, (m – n ) is always divisible by 4.
Clearly, the last expression is divisible by 17.
23. Let the remainder be R.
34. xyxyxy = xy × 10000 + xy × 100 + xy
Then, the numbers (11284 – R) and (7655 – R) are exactly
divisible by the given three-digits number and so their difference = xy (10000 + 100 + 1) = xy × 10101.
(11284 – R) – (7655 – R) = 3629 is also divisible by that three- xyxyxy is always divisible by 10101.
digits number. 3 2
35. (n – n) (n – 2) = n (n – 1) (n – 2) = n(n – 1) (n + 1) (n – 2)
Now, 3629 = 19 × 191.
= (n – 2) (n – 1) (n) (n + 1)
So, the three-digits number is 191. 3
(n – n) (n – 2) is the product of four consecutive integers.
Required sum = 1 + 9 + 1 = 11.
Clearly, one of these four integers must surely be divisible by 2,
24. All the factors of 323 are 1,17,19 and 323. one must be divisible by 3 and one must be divisible by 4.
323 has two prime factors i.e. 17 and 19. 3
(n – n) (n – 2) is definitely divisible by 2 × 3 × 4 i.e. 24.
25. Every real number is not a rational number. For the smallest value of n i.e. 3 we have:
2 is a real number, but 2 is not a rational number 3 3
(n – n) (n – 2) = (3 – 3) (3 – 2) = 24 × 1 = 24.
3
26. Let the numbers be x and y. 24 is the largest number by which (n – n) (n – 2) is always
2 divisible.
Then, x(x + y) = 247 x + xy = 247 ... (i) 3 2
2 36. n – n = n (n – 1) = n(n – 1) (n + 1) = (n – 1) (n) (n + 1)
And y (x + y) = 114 yx + y = 114 ... (ii) 3
n – n is the product of three consective integers.
Addding (i) and (ii) we get :
2 2 Clearly, one of the three integers must surely be divisible by 2 and
x + xy + yx + y = 247 + 114 = 361
one must be divisible by 3.
( x y ) 2 361 x y 361 19. 3
(n – n) is definitely divisible by 2 × 3 i.e. 6.
Thus, the sum of the numbers is 19. For the smallest value of n i.e. 2, we have:
1.10 Number System
3 3
n – n = 2 – 2 = 6. = Unit’s digit in 1 × 2 × 3 × ...... × 9 = 0. [2 × 5 = 10]
3 4
6 is the largest number by which (n – n) is always divisible. 47. Unit’s digit in 7 = 1
4 17
37. Let all the middle digits of N be x. Unit’s digit in (7 ) = 1. [ 7 has cyclicity 4]
Then N 2 x x x ..... x x 2. 71 4 17 3
Units digit in 7 = Unit’s digit in (7 ) × Unit’s digit in 7
97 times
= 1 × 3 = 3.
The digits at odd places are 2, x, x, ....., x , 2.
Unit’s digit in 6 = 6.
63
[ 6 has cyclcity 1]
48 times
4
The digits at even places are x, x , ....., x Units digit in 3 = 1
4 16
49 times Unit’s digit in (3 ) = 1. [3 has cyclcity 4]
2 x x ....., x 2 – x x ..... x 0 . 65 4 16
Unit’s digit in 3 = Unit’s digit in (3 ) × Unit’s digit in 3
48 times 49 times = (1 × 3) = 3.
[ N is divisible by 11] 71 63
Unit’s digit in 7 × 6 × 3 = Unit’s digit in (3 × 6 × 3) = 4.
65
4–x=0 x = 4. 25 26 27 28
48. 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 3 (1 + 3 + 3 + 3 ) = 2 × 40
25 2 3 25
6n 2n 6 n 2 n n n
38. 2 – 4 = (2 ) – (4 ) = 64 – 16 . 25
= 3 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5.
n n
a – b is always divisible by a – b. Clearly, the given expression is divisible by (3 × 2 × 5) i.e. 30.
n n
64 – 16 is always divisible by (64 – 16) i.e by 48. 2 2 2
49. n (n – 1) = n (n – 1)(n + 1) = (n – 1) (n ) (n +1).
2
39. 2 2 (mod 5) Since the given expression includes the product of three consecutive
4
2 1 (mod5). integers so it is divisible by 3 atleast once.
4 7 7
(2 ) 1 (mod5) 1 (mod5). Case 1 : When n is odd, then (n – 1) and (n + 1) are both even and
3
Also 2 8 3 (mod 5). so each has 2 as a factor, therefore, the number is divisible by
31 28 3 4 7 3 2 × 2 i.e. by 4.
And so, 2 = 2 × 2 =(2 ) × 2 2
Case 2 : When n is even, then n = n × n is clearly divisible by 4 as
(1 × 3) (mod 5) 3(mod 5). each n has 2 as a factor.
31
When 2 is divided by 5, the remainder will be 3. Clearly, the given number is divisible by 3 × 4 i.e. 12 for all values
96 32 3 3 32 64 32
40. 2 + 1 = (2 ) + (1) = (2 + 1) (2 – 2 + 1) of n.
3 3 2 2 19 19 19 19
[ a + b = (a + b) a – ab + b )] 50. 7 + 2 = 7 – 1 + 3 = (7) – (1) + 3.
32 96 19 19
2 + 1 is a factor of 2 + 1. (7) – (1) is exactly divisible by 6.
96 n n
Hence, 2 + 1 is definitely divisible by the same number by which [ a – b is always divisible by a – b]
32
2 + 1 is divisible. 19
When 7 + 2 is divided by 6, we get 3 as the remainder.
372 373
41. Unit’s digit in (124) + (124) 51. Since, the biggest remainder is 213, therefore the divisor must be
372 373
= Units digit in (4) + (4) = Unit’s digit in (6 + 4) = 0. greater than 213
Unit's digit in 4n 4, when n is odd
6, when n is even . . . 64329
– . .. . ( i)
4
42. Units digit in 3 = 1 [ 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 81] 1752
– . .. . (ii)
4 n
Units digit in (3 ) = 1. 1149
– . .. . (iii)
40
Units digit in 3 213
4 10
= Units digit in (3 ) = 1.
First number (i) = 643 – 175 = 468.
43. Clearly, units digit in the given product
Second number (ii) = 1752 – 114 = 1638.
= Units digit in 7 × 5 × 8 × 3 × 9 = 0. [8 × 5 = 40]
98 29 100 35 4
Third number (iii) = 1149 – 213 = 936.
44. Unit’s digit in [(251) + (21) – (106) + (705) – 16 + 259]
98 29 100 35 4
Hence, the divisor = HCF (468, 1638, 936) = 234.
= Unit’s digit in [(1) + (1) – (6) + (5) – 6 + 9]
52. 4 x
= Unit’s digit in [1 + 1 – 6 + 5 – 6 + 9] = 4.
4 5 y 1
45. Units digit in 2 = 6
4n
1 4
Units digit in 2 = 6. [ 2 has cyclicity 4]
4 43 y = 5 × 1 + 4 = 9 ; x = 4y + 1 = 4 × 9 + 1 = 37.
Units digit in (2 ) = 6
173 4 43
Now, 5 37
Units digit in 2 = Units digit in (2 ) × Units digit in 2
4 72
= Units digit of 6 × 2 = 2. 1 3
173 173
Units digit in (122) = Units digit in (2) = 2.
The respective remainders are 2, 3.
46. Unit’s digit in the product 81 × 82 × 83 × ...... × 89
Number System 1.11
2
53. 17 = 289 1 (mod 18) (11x – 20) (2x – 2) = 144
200 2 100 100 2
17 = (17 ) 1 (mod 18) 1 (mod 18). 22x – 22x – 40x + 40 = 144
200 2 2
Thus, the remainder is 1 when 17 is divided by 18. 22x – 62x – 104 = 0 11x – 31x – 52 = 0
2
60 61 11x – 44x – 13x – 52 = 0
54. The sum of first 60 numbers = 30 61 .
2 11x (x – 4) + 13 (x – 4) = 0 (x – 4) (11x + 13) = 0
n(n 1) –13
The sum of first n natural numbers = x 4. x 11 can not be the digit
2
Clearly, (30 × 61) is divisible by 61 and so, the sum is divisible The original number = 11x – 20 = 11 × 4 – 20 = 24.
by 61. 63. Let the digits in unit and ten’s places be x and y respectively.
55. A number is divisible by 9 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 9. Then, the digit in hundred’s place = 2x.
Sum of digits of 6709 = 6 + 7 + 0 + 9 = 22. Sum of the digits = 2x + y + x = 18 3x + y = 18. ... (i)
The number to be added to make 6709 exactly divisible by 9 Original number = 100 (2x) + 10y + x = 201x + 10y.
= 27 – 22 = 5. [27 is divisible by 9 and greater than 22]
After reversing the digits, new number formed
56. Let the six-digit number be xyzxyz
= 100x + 10y + 2x = 102x + 10y.
xyzxyz = 100000x + 10000y + 1000z + 100x + 10y + z
201x + 10y – 102x – 10y = 396 99x = 396 x = 4.
= 100100 x + 10010y + 1001z
Putting the value of x in (i) we get: 3 × 4 + y = 18 y = 6.
= 1001 (100x + 10y + z).
The difference of hundred’s and ten’s digit = 2x – y
Clearly, any number of the given form is always divisible by 1001.
57. The Prime numbers not greater than 17 are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13 and 17. = 2 × 4 – 6 = 2.
Required sum = 2 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 11 + 13 + 17 = 58. 64. Let the unit’s digit be x.
58. If ‘a’ divides 228 leaving a remainder 18, Then, the digit in ten’s place = x + 5.
then, ‘a’ exactly divides (228 – 18) i.e. 210 The original number = 10(x + 5) + x = 11x + 50.
‘a’ is a factor of 210. New number formed by reversing the digits = 10x + x + 5 = 11x + 5.
All the factors of 210 are 1,2,3,5,6,7,10,14,15,21,30,35,42,70,105, Sum of digits of the number = x + x + 5 = 2x + 5.
and 210. 11x + 50 – 5(2x + 5) = 11x + 5
Clearly, the biggest two-digits factor of 210 is 70. 11x + 50 – 10x – 25 = 11x + 5 10x = 20 x = 2.
Hence, the biggest two-digits value of ‘a’ = 70.
Sum of digits of the number = 2x + 5 = 2 × 2 + 5 = 9.
59. We know that the sum of two odd numbers is always even, product
of two odd number is always odd and sum of an even and a odd 65. Let the digits in the unit, ten and hundred’s places be x, y and z
number is always odd. respectively.
So, a + b is an even number. Then, the original number = 100z + 10y + x.
And 2ab is also an even number. New number formed by interchanging the digits in the unit and the
ten’s place = 100z + 10x + y.
a + b + 2ab is an even number.
[Sum of two even numbers is always an even number] 100z + 10x + y – 100z – 10y – x = 63
9x – 9y = 63 x–y=7 x = 7 + y.
1760
60. Number of trees planted on one side of the road 1 89. The possible values of x are 7, 8 and 9. [if y = 0, 1 and 2]
20
Total number of trees planted on both sides of the road 25 26
66. The sum of first 25 natural numbers 25 13 .
= 89 × 2 = 178. 2
n(n 1)
Sum of first n natural numbers =
61. Let N = 1 × 3 × 5 × 7 × .... × 99 × 128.
2
Clearly, only the multiples of 2 and 5 gives a zero on
multiplication. So, cleraly 13 is a factor of sum of first 25 natural numbers.
In the given product, the highest power of 2 is less than the highest 67. Divisor = 68, Quotient = 269, Remainder = 0.
7
power of 5. Highest power of 2 in N = 7. [ 2 = 128] The number = 68 × 269 + 0
The required number of zeros = 7. [ Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder]
62. Let the digit in unit’s place be x. = 269 × (67 + 1) = 269 × 67 + 269 = 269 × 67 + 4 × 67 + 1
Then, the digit in ten’s place = x – 2. = 67 (269 + 4) + 1 = 67 × 273 + 1.
The original number = 10 (x – 2) + x = 11x – 20. Clearly, when the number is divided by 67, we get 1 as a remainder.
Sum of its digit = x + x – 2 = 2x – 2.
WEIGHTAGE ANALYSIS
4 June (I) 12 June (III) 17 Feb 11 Sept 13 Sept (I) 12th Sept (I)
Topics 2018 2018 2018 2019 2019 2019
(Tier I) (Tier I) (Tier II) (Tier II) (Tier II) (Tier II)
Number System 1 1 3 3 4 4
H.C.F. and L.C.M. 1 2 2 2
Decimal Fractions 2 2 5 4
Simplification 1 1 4 5 2 2
Square Roots and
1 1 1
Cube Roots
Surds and Indices 1 2 3 2 2
Average 1 1 4 2 2 2
Ratio and Proportion 1 1 10 6 7 7
Percentage 1 1 4 5 5 5
Profit and Loss 2 2 8 7 7 7
Simple Interest and
1 1 4 4 4 4
Compound Interest
Time and Work 1 1 4 4 4 4
Time and Distance 1 1 4 4 4 4
Algebra 2 3 9 6 5 6
Trigonometry 3 3 7 10 11 10
Heights and Distances 3 1 1 1
Geometry 4 4 10 12 12 12
Mensuration 1 1 15 12 13 14
Data Interpretation 4 4 5 7 7 7
Coordinate Geometry 1 2 2
Total 25 25 100 100 100 100
2 H.C.F. AND L.C.M.
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Factors and Multiples: A number A that divides another number B exactly is called a factor of B and B is called a
multiple of A.
Example. (i) Each one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 12 is a factor of 12.
(ii) 3, 6, 9, 12, ... are all multiples of 3.
Note: 0 is a multiple of every number except 0 itself.
TF 2. Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (or the Unique Factorization Theorem): Every integer greater than 1 can
be uniquely expressed as a product of prime numbers except for the order in which these prime factors occur.
Example. 90 = 2 × 32 × 5.
TF 3. H.C.F. (Highest Common Factor) or G.C.D. (Greatest Common Divisor): The H.C.F. (or G.C.D.) of two or
more numbers is the greatest number which is a factor of each one of the given numbers. The H.C.F. is determined
either by Factorization Method or by Division Method.
Note:
(i) H.C.F. of two or more numbers cannot be greater than any of them.
(ii) If a number A is a factor of another number B, then the H.C.F. of A and B is equal to A. i.e. H.C.F. (A, B) = A.
(iii) H.C.F. of two or more numbers is the product of the common prime factors of these numbers.
(iv) Two numbers are said to be co-primes if their H.C.F. is 1.
TF 4. L.C.M. (Least Common Multiple): The L.C.M. of two or more numbers is the least number which is divisible by
each of the given numbers.
The L.C.M. is determined either by Factorization Method or by Common Division Method.
Note:
(i) L.C.M. of two or more numbers cannot be less than any of them.
(ii) If a number A is a factor of another number B, then the L.C.M. of A and B is equal to B. i.e. L.C.M.
(A, B) = B.
(iii) If we resolve each of the given numbers into a product of prime numbers (by Prime Factorization), then
L.C.M. is of the given numbers is the product of highest powers of all the different factors.
Example. 90 = 2 × 32 × 5
84 = 22 × 3 × 7.
L.C.M. = 22 × 32 × 5 × 7 = 1260.
(iv) The L.C.M. of two co-primes is equal to their product. And so, the L.C.M. of two consecutive numbers is
equal to their product.
TF 5. Product of two numbers = H.C.F. × L.C.M.
H.C.F. of Numerators L.C.M. of Numerators
TF 6. (i) H.C.F. of Fractions = . (ii) L.C.M. of Fractions = .
L.C.M. of Denominators H.C.F. of Denominators
TF 7. H.C.F. and L.C.M. of Decimal Fractions: Convert the given numbers into Like Decimals (by annexing zeros on
the RHS so that all have the same number of decimal places). Suppose now they have n decimal places each. Find
the H.C.F. or L.C.M. by neglecting the decimal point. In the result, mark off n decimal places to get the H.C.F. or
L.C.M. of the given numbers.
2.1
2.2 H.C.F. and L.C.M.
EXERCISE
1. There are 24 peaches, 36 apricots and 60 bananas and they two is 1073. The sum of the three numbers is
have to be arranged in several rows in such a way that every (a) 89 (b) 85
row contains the same number of fruits of only one type. (c) 81 (d) 75
What is the minimum number of rows required for this to 11. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 120 and their H.C.F. is 10.
happen? [SSC 2014]
Which of the following can be the sum of those two
(a) 6 (b) 9 numbers? [SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 10 (d) 12 (a) 60 (b) 70
2. Three men step off together from the same spot. Their steps (c) 80 (d) 140
measure 63 cm, 70 cm and 77 cm respectively. The minimum 12. The L.C.M. of two multiples of 12 is 1056. If one of the
distance each should cover so that all can cover the distance numbers is 132, then the other number is
in complete steps is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 132 (b) 96
(a) 6930 cm (b) 6950 cm (c) 72 (d) 12
(c) 9360 cm (d) 9630 cm
13. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 2079 and their H.C.F. is
3. The smallest number, which when increased by 5 is divisible 27. If one of the numbers is 189, the other number is
by each of 24, 32, 36 and 54 is [SSC 2013]
(a) 427 (b) 859 (a) 189 (b) 216
(c) 869 (d) 4320 (c) 297 (d) 584
4. The least number which when divided by 5, 6, 7 and 8 leaves 14. The product of two numbers is 216. If the H.C.F. is 6, then
a remainder 3, but when divided by 9 leaves no remainder their L.C.M. is [SSC 2010]
is (a) 36 (b) 48
(a) 3363 (b) 2523 (c) 60 (d) 72
(c) 1683 (d) 1677
15. L.C.M. of (2/3), (4/9), (5/6) is [SSC CGL 2013]
1 (a) 8/27 (b) 10/3
5. 4 bells ring at intervals of 30 minutes, 1 hour, 1 hour and
2 (c) 20/3 (d) 20/27
1 hour 45 minutes respectively. All the bells ring
simultaneously at 12 noon. They will again ring 16. A number which when divided by 10 leaves a remainder of
simultaneously at 9, when divided by 9 leaves a remainder of 8 and when
(a) 9 a.m. (b) 6 a.m. divided by 8 leaves a remainder of 7 is
(c) 3 a.m. (d) 12 midnight (a) 359 (b) 539
(c) 1359 (d) 1539
6. Three tankers contain 403 litres, 434 litres and 465 litres of
diesel respectively. Then the maximum capacity of a 17. Find the greatest number which will exactly divide 200 and
container that can measure the diesel of the three containers 320. [SSC CGL 2014]
the exact number of times is [SSC 2014]
(a) 10 (b) 16
(a) 31 litres (b) 41 litres (c) 20 (d) 40
(c) 62 litres (d) 84 litres 18. The smallest number, which, when divided by 12 or 10 or
7. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two numbers are 44 and 264 8, leaves remainder 6 in each case, is [SSC 2010]
respectively. If the first number is divided by 2, the quotient (a) 66 (b) 126
is 44. The other number is [SSC 2014]
(c) 186 (d) 246
(a) 132 (b) 147 19. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 48. The numbers are in the
(c) 264 (d) 528 ratio 2 : 3. The sum of the numbers is [SSC MTS 2011]
8. The H.C.F. of two numbers is 8. Which one of the following (a) 64 (b) 40
can never be the L.C.M.? (c) 32 (d) 28
(a) 60 (b) 56 20. H.C.F. of (2/3), (4/5) and (6/7) is [SSC 2012]
(c) 48 (d) 24 (a) 1/105 (b) 2/105
9. The L.C.M. of three different numbers is 120. Which of the (c) 24/105 (d) 48/105
following cannot be their H.C.F.? [SSC CGL 2011] 21. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 44 times of their H.C.F.. The
(a) 35 (b) 24 sum of the L.C.M. and H.C.F. is 1125. If one number is 25,
(c) 12 (d) 8 then the other number is [SSC 2010]
10. Three numbers which are co-prime to one another are such (a) 800 (b) 900
that the product of the first two is 551 and that of the last (c) 975 (d) 1100
H.C.F. and L.C.M. 2.3
22. Let x be the smallest number, which when added to 2000 32. The product of two numbers is 4107. If the H.C.F. of the
makes the resulting number divisible by 12, 16, 18 and 21. numbers is 37, then a greater number is
The sum of the digits of x is [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 101 (b) 107
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 111 (d) 185
(c) 6 (d) 7 33. The smallest perfect square divisible by each of 6, 12 and
23. The product of two numbers is 2028 and their H.C.F. is 13. 18 is [SSC 2010]
The number of such pairs is [SSC CGL 2011] (a) 36 (b) 108
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 144 (d) 196
(c) 2 (d) 1 34. The number nearest to 43582 divisible by each of 25, 50
24. 84 Maths books, 90 Physics books and 120 Chemistry books and 75 is
have to be stacked topic-wise. How many books will be (a) 43500 (b) 43550
there in each stack so that each stack will have the same (c) 43600 (d) 43650
height too? [SSC 2014]
35. Which is the least number which when doubled will be
(a) 6 (b) 12 exactly divisible by 12, 18, 21 and 30?
(c) 18 (d) 21 (a) 196 (b) 630
25. If the students of a class can be grouped exactly into 6 or 8 (c) 1260 (d) 2520
or 10, then the minimum number of students in the class 36. If x : y be the ratio of two whole numbers and z be their
must be H.C.F., then the L.C.M. of those two numbers is [SSC 2014]
(a) 240 (b) 180 (a) xyz (b) xy/z
(c) 120 (d) 60 (c) xz/y (d) yz
26. The traffic lights at three different road crossings change 37. A number x is divisible by 7. When this number is divided
after 24 seconds, 36 seconds and 54 seconds respectively. by 8, 12 and 16 it leaves a remainder 3 in each case. The
If they all change simultaneously at 10.15 a.m., then at what least value of x is [SSC 2015]
time will they again change simultaneously? (a) 147 (b) 148
[SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 149 (d) 150
(a) 10 : 22 : 12 a.m. (b) 10 : 18 : 36 a.m.
(c) 10 : 17 : 02 a.m. (d) 10 : 16 : 54 a.m. 38. The sum of two numbers is 36 and their H.C.F. and L.C.M.
are 3 and 105 respectively. The sum of the reciprocals of
27. The ratio of two numbers is 3 : 4 and their H.C.F. is 5. Their the two numbers is [SSC CGL 2010]
L.C.M. is [SSC 2013]
(a) 2/25 (b) 2/45
(a) 60 (b) 15 (c) 3/35 (d) 4/35
(c) 12 (d) 10
39. The L.C.M. of two numbers is 4 times their H.C.F.. The
28. The maximum number of students among whom 1001 pens sum of L.C.M. and H.C.F. is 125. If one of the numbers is
and 910 pencils can be distributed in such a way that each 100, then the other number is [SSC 2011]
student gets same number of pens and same number of (a) 125 (b) 100
pencils is (c) 25 (d) 5
(a) 1911 (b) 1001 40. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two numbers are 13 and 455
(c) 910 (d) 91 respectively. If one of the number lies between 75 and 125,
29. The H.C.F. of two numbers, each having three digits is 17 then that number is
and their L.C.M. is 714. The sum of the numbers will be (a) 117 (b) 104
(a) 221 (b) 289 (c) 91 (d) 78
(c) 391 (d) 731 41. The product of two co-prime numbers is 117. Then their
30. Let x be the least number, which when divided by 5, 6, 7 L.C.M. is [SSC CGL 2013]
and 8 leaves a remainder 3 in each case but when divided (a) 9 (b) 13
by 9 leaves no remainder. The sum of digits of x is (c) 39 (d) 117
[SSC CGL 2015] 42. The bells begin to toll together and they toll respectively at
(a) 18 (b) 21 intervals of 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12 seconds. After how many
(c) 22 (d) 24 seconds will they toll again? [SSC 2013]
31. The product of two numbers is 2160 and their H.C.F. is 12. (a) 72 seconds (b) 318 seconds
The number of such possible pairs is [SSC 2013]
(c) 504 seconds (d) 612 seconds
(a) 4 (b) 3 43. Three numbers are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3 and their H.C.F. is
(c) 2 (d) 1 12. The numbers are [SSC CGL 2014]
2.4 H.C.F. and L.C.M.
(a) 4, 8, 12 (b) 5, 10, 15 54. The H.C.F. of two numbers is 23 and the other two factors
(c) 10, 20, 30 (d) 12, 24, 36 of their L.C.M. are 13 and 14. The larger of the two numbers
44. Three numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4 and their H.C.F. is is
12. The L.C.M. of the numbers is (a) 345 (b) 322
(a) 72 (b) 96 (c) 299 (d) 276
(c) 144 (d) 192 55. The least number which when divided by 16, 18, 20 and 25
45. Sum of two numbers is 384. The H.C.F. of the numbers is leaves 4 as remainder in each case but when divided by 7
48. The difference of the numbers is leaves no remainder is [SSC 2011]
(a) 336 (b) 288 (a) 18004 (b) 18002
(c) 192 (d) 100 (c) 18000 (d) 17004
46. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two numbers are 12 and 924 56. Find the least number which when divided separately by
respectively. Then the number of such pairs is 15, 20, 36 and 48 leaves 3 as remainder in each case.
[SSC CGL 2011] [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 3 (b) 2 (a) 723 (b) 483
(c) 1 (d) 0 (c) 243 (d) 183
47. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two 2-digit numbers are 16 and 57. The greatest number by which 2300 and 3500 are divided
480 respectively. The numbers are leaving the remainders of 32 and 56 respectively is
(a) 80 and 96 (b) 64 and 80 [SSC 2015]
(c) 60 and 72 (d) 40 and 48 (a) 42 (b) 84
48. The greatest 4-digit number exactly divisible by 10, 15, 20 (c) 136 (d) 168
is [SSC 2013] 58. Let the least number of six digits which when divided by 4,
(a) 9960 (b) 9980 6, 10, 15 leaves in each case the same remainder 2 be N.
(c) 9990 (d) 9995 The sum of digits N is
49. Two numbers are in the ratio 3 : 4. The product of their (a) 3 (b) 4
H.C.F. and L.C.M. is 2028. The sum of the numbers is (c) 5 (d) 6
(a) 91 (b) 86 59. Which is the least number of square tiles required to pave
(c) 72 (d) 68 the floor of a room 15 m 17 cm long and 9 m 2 cm broad?
(a) 814 (b) 820
50. A, B and C start running at the same time and at the same (c) 840 (d) 841
point in the same direction in a circular stadium. A completes
a round in 252 seconds, B in 308 seconds and C in 198 60. The number between 4000 and 5000 that is divisible by
seconds. After what time will they meet again at the starting each of 12, 18, 21 and 32 is [SSC 2015]
point? [SSC 2012] (a) 4023 (b) 4032
(a) 46 minutes 12 seconds (c) 4203 (d) 4302
(b) 45 minutes 61. The greatest number that divides 411, 684, 821 and leaves
(c) 42 minutes 36 seconds 3, 4 and 5 as remainders respectively is [SSC 2013]
(d)26 minutes 18 seconds (a) 136 (b) 146
51. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two numbers are 21 and 84 (c) 204 (d) 254
respectively. If the ratio of the two numbers is 1 : 4, then the 62. The largest number, which divides 25, 73 and 97 to leave
largest of the two numbers is [SSC CGL 2015] the same remainder in each case is
(a) 12 (b) 48 (a) 6 (b) 21
(c) 84 (d) 108 (c) 23 (d) 24
52. The L.C.M. of two positive integers is twice the larger 63. If A and B are the H.C.F. and L.C.M. respectively of two
number. The difference of the smaller number and the GCD algebraic expressions x and y, and A + B = x + y, then the
of the two numbers is 4. The smaller number is [SSC 2012] value of A3 + B3 is [SSC 2013]
(a) 6 (b) 8 (a) x3 (b) y3
(c) 10 (d) 12 (c) x3 + y3 (d) x3 – y3
53. The H.C.F. (GCD) of a, b is 12 as a and b are positive
64. The H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two numbers are 7 and 140
integers and a > b > 12. The smallest values of (a and b) are
respectively. If the numbers are between 20 and 45, then
respectively [SSC 2015]
the sum of the numbers is
(a) 36 and 24 (b) 24 and 36
(a) 56 (b) 63
(c) 24 and 12 (d) 12 and 24
(c) 70 (d) 77
H.C.F. and L.C.M. 2.5
65. If P = 23.310.5; Q = 25.3.7, then H.C.F. of P and Q is are as large as possible, then the maximum number of
[SSC CGL 2011] animals in each flock and the total number of flocks required
(a) 3.23 (b) 25.310.5.7 for the purpose are respectively [SSC 2011]
(c) 22.37 (d) 2.3.5.7 (a) 9 and 380 (b) 15 and 228
(c) 45 and 76 (d) 46 and 75
66. Find the least multiple of 23, which when divided by 18, 21
and 24 leaves the remainder 7, 10 and 13 respectively. 71. A number between 1000 and 2000 which when divided by
(a) 3002 (b) 3013 30, 36 and 80 gives a remainder 11 in each case is
(c) 3024 (d) 3036 [SSC 2015]
67. The greatest number, which when subtracted from 5834, (a) 1451 (b) 1523
gives a number exactly divisible by each of 20, 28, 32 and (c) 1641 (d) 1712
35 is [SSC CGL 2010] 72. Let N be the greatest number that will divide 1305, 4665
(a) 5600 (b) 5200 and 6905 leaving the same remainder in each case. Then,
(c) 4714 (d) 1120 the sum of the digits in N is
(a) 8 (b) 6
68. The greatest number of four digits which when divided by
(c) 5 (d) 4
3, 5, 7, 9 leave remainders 1, 3, 5, 7 respectively is
[SSC 2012] 73. If the H.C.F. and L.C.M. of two consecutive (positive) even
(a) 9766 (b) 9765 numbers be 2 and 84 respectively, then the sum of the
(c) 9764 (d) 9763 numbers is [SSC 2011]
(a) 14 (b) 26
69. The largest number of five digits which, when divided by (c) 30 (d) 34
16, 24, 30 or 36 leaves the same remainder 10 in each case
is 74. A fraction becomes (1/6) when 4 is subtracted from its
(a) 99269 (b) 99279 numerator and 1 is added to its denominator. If 2 and 1 are
(c) 99350 (d) 99370 respectively added to its numerator and the denominator, it
becomes (1/3). Then, the L.C.M. of the numerator and
70. A farmer has 945 cows and 2475 sheep. He farms them into denominator of the said fraction, must be [SSC CGL 2011]
flocks, keeping the cows and sheep separately and having (a) 5 (b) 14
the same number of animals in each flock. If these flocks (c) 70 (d) 350
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (a) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (d) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (d) 69. (d) 70. (c)
71. (a) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (c)
SOLUTIONS
1. For the minimum number of rows, we have to arrange maximum Required number = (840 × 2 + 3) = 1683.
number of fruits in each row. 1
5. Clearly 1 hour = 60 minutes, 1 hours = 90 minutes and
Maximum number of fruits in each row = H.C.F. (24, 36, 60) = 12. 2
24 36 60 1 hour 45 minutes = 105 minutes.
Required number of rows = = 10.
12 Interval after which the bells will ring simultaneously
2. Required minimum distance = L.C.M. (63, 70, 77) = 6930 cm. 1260
= L.C.M. (30, 60, 90, 105) = 1260 minutes = = 21 hours.
3. Required number = L.C.M. (24, 32, 36, 54) – 5 = 864 – 5 = 859. 60
4. L.C.M. (5, 6, 7, 8) = 840 They will ring simultaneously at (12 noon + 21 hours) = 9 a.m.
Required number = 840k + 3, where k is a positive integer. 6. Maximum capacity of container = H.C.F. (403, 434, 465)
Least value of k for which (840k + 3) is divisible by 9 is (k = 2). = 31 litres.
2.6 H.C.F. and L.C.M.
7. Let the other number be x. 22. L.C.M. (12, 16, 18, 21) = 1008
First number = 2 × 44 = 88. 1008 × 2 = 2016 is the nearest number to 2000 which is divisible
H.C.F. × L.C.M. = Product of numbers by 12, 16, 18 and 21 exactly
44 264 x = 2016 – 2000 = 16.
44 × 264 = 88x x = = 132.
88 The sum of the digits of x is 7.
So, the other number is 132. 23. Let the numbers be 13x and 13y, where x and y are co-primes.
8. H.C.F. of two numbers completely divides their L.C.M.. 2028
Clearly, 8 does not divide 60 completely. So, L.C.M. 60. Then, 13x × 13y = 2028 xy = = 12
13 13
9. H.C.F. always completely divides L.C.M. The possible pairs of (x, y) can be (1, 12) and (3, 4)
Clearly, 35 does not completely divide 120. So, H.C.F. 35. The number of such possible pairs is 2 i.e.
10. Let x, y and z be the three co-prime numbers. (13, 156) and (39, 52).
Then, xy = 551 = 19 × 29 and yz = 1073 = 29 × 37 24. Number of books in each stack = H.C.F. (84, 90, 120) = 6.
x = 19, y = 29 and z = 37. 25. Minimum number of students = L.C.M. (6, 8, 10) = 120.
x + y + z = 19 + 29 + 37 = 85. 26. Interval after which they will change again simultaneously
11. Let the numbers be 10x and 10y, where x and y are co-primes. = L.C.M. (24, 36, 54) = 216 seconds = 3 minutes 36 seconds
120 10 Required time = 10 : 18 : 36 a.m.
Then, 10x × 10y = 120 × 10 xy = = 12
10 10 27. Let the numbers be 3x and 4x.
The possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 12) and (3, 4). Then, H.C.F. (3x, 4x) = x x = 5.
The possible sum of numbers can be 130 and 70. L.C.M. (15, 20) = 60.
12. Let the other number be 12x. 28. Maximum number of students required = H.C.F. (1001, 910) = 91.
Then, L.C.M. (12x, 132) = 132x 29. Let the numbers be 17x and 17y.
1056 17 714
132x = 1056 x= = 8. Then, 17x × 17y = 17 × 714 xy = = 42.
132 17 17
The other number is 96. The possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 42), (2, 21), (3, 14)
H.C.F. × L.C.M. 2079 27 and (6, 7).
13. The other number = = 297. But, we will be getting both numbers of three digit when x = 6
One of the numbers 189
and y = 7.
14. H.C.F. × L.C.M. = Product of two numbers
So, the numbers are 102 and 119.
216
6 × L.C.M. = 216 L.C.M. = = 36. The sum of the numbers = 102 + 119 = 221.
6
2 4 5 L.C.M. 2, 4, 5 20 30. L.C.M. (5, 6, 7, 8) = 840.
15. L.C.M. , , .
3 9 6 H.C.F. 3, 9, 6 3 So, x is of the form 840k + 3.
16. We have: (10 – 9) = 1, (9 – 8) = 1 and (8 – 7) = 1 The least value of k for which (840k + 3) is divisible by 9 is (k = 2)
Required number = L.C.M. (10, 9, 8) – 1 = 360 – 1 = 359. x = 840 × 2 + 3 = 1683.
17. Required greatest number = H.C.F. (200, 320) = 40. The sum of digits of x = 1 + 6 + 8 + 3 = 18.
18. L.C.M. (12, 10, 8) = 120. 31. Let the two numbers be 12x and 12y, where x and y are co-primes
2160
Required least number = 120 + 6 = 126. Then, 12x × 12y = 2160 xy = = 15.
144
19. Let the numbers be 2x and 3x.
The possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 15) and (3, 5).
Then, L.C.M. (2x, 3x) = 6x 6x = 48 x = 8.
The number of such possible pairs are two i.e. (12, 180)
The numbers are 16 and 24.
and (36, 60).
So, the sum of the numbers = 16 + 24 = 40.
32. Let the numbers be 37x and 37y, where x and y are co-primes.
2 4 6 H.C.F. 2, 4, 6 2
20. H.C.F. , , = . H.C.F. × L.C.M. = Product of numbers
3 5 7 L.C.M. 3, 5, 7 105
4107
21. Let the H.C.F. of two numbers be x. 37x × 37y = 4107 xy = =3
37 37
Then, L.C.M. = 44x x + 44x = 1125 45x = 1125 The possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 3) or (3, 1).
x = 25 The greater number = 37 × 3 = 111.
H.C.F. = 25 and L.C.M. = 1100. 33. L.C.M. (6, 12, 18) = 36
H.C.F. × L.C.M. 25 1100
The other number = = = 1100. Required number is of the form 36k
Given Number 25
Least value of k for which 18k is a perfect square is (k = 1).
H.C.F. and L.C.M. 2.7
Required number = 36 × 1 = 36. Then, 48x + 48y = 384 x + y = 8.
34. L.C.M. (25, 50, 75) = 150 The possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 7) and (3, 5).
On dividing 43582 by 150, the remainder is 82 So, the numbers are (48, 336) and (144, 240).
Clearly (150 – 82 = 68) is smaller than 82 When the numbers are 48 and 336, then the difference between
Required number = 43582 + 68 = 43650. them = 336 – 48 = 288.
35. L.C.M. (12, 18, 21, 30) = 1260. [But when we take the numbers to be 144 and 240, then difference
1260 = 240 – 144 = 96.]
Required number = = 630. 46. Let the two numbers be 12x and 12y, where x and y are co-primes.
2
12 924
36. Let the numbers be xm and ym. Then, 12x × 12y = 12 × 924 xy = = 77.
144
Then, H.C.F. (xm, ym) = m m = z.
The only possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 77) and (11, 7).
L.C.M. (xz, yz) = xyz.
The number of such possible pairs is 2 i.e. (12, 924)
37. L.C.M. (8, 12, 16) = 48
and (132, 84).
Required number is of the form 48k + 3.
47. Let the numbers be 16x and 16y, where x and y are co-primes.
The least value of k for which (48k + 3) is divisible by 7 is (k = 3).
Product of numbers = H.C.F. × L.C.M.
Required number = (48 × 3 + 3) = 147. 16 480
38. Let the numbers be x and 36 – x. 16x × 16y = 16 × 480 xy = = 30.
16 16
Then, x(36 – x) = 3 × 105 36x – x2 = 315 The possible values of (x, y) can be (1, 30), (2, 15), (3, 10)
x2 – 36x + 315 = 0 and (5, 6).
x2 – 21x – 15x + 315 = 0 Clearly, when x = 5 and y = 6, we get:
(x – 21) (x – 15) = 0 x = 21 or x = 15. 80 and 96 as the required numbers (which are given as options).
So, the numbers are 21 and 15.
48. Greatest 4-digit number = 9999.
1 1 12 4
The sum of their reciprocals = . L.C.M. (10, 15, 20) = 60.
21 15 105 35
On dividing 9999 by 60, the remainder is 39.
39. Let the H.C.F. of two numbers be x.
Required number = 9999 – 39 = 9960.
Then, their L.C.M. = 4x
49. Let the numbers be 3x and 4x.
x + 4x = 125 5x = 125 x = 25
2028
H.C.F. = 25 and L.C.M. = 100. Then, 3x × 4x = 2028 x2 = = 169 x = 13.
3 4
H.C.F. × L.C.M. 25 100
The other number = = = 25. The numbers are 39 and 52.
One of the numbers 100
40. Let the numbers be 13x and 13y, where x and y are co-primes. So, the sum of the numbers is 91.
Then, Product of the numbers = H.C.F. × L.C.M. 50. Time after which they will meet again at the starting point
13 455 = L.C.M. (252, 308, 198) = 2772 seconds = 46 minutes 12 seconds.
13x × 13y = 13 × 455 xy = = 35
13 13
51. Let the numbers be x and 4x.
The values of (x, y) can be (1, 35) or (5, 7) 21 84
Then, 21 × 84 = x × 4x x2 = = (21)2 x = 21.
For y = 7, 13y = 91. 4
41. H.C.F. of two co-prime numbers is 1. The larger number = 4 × 21 = 84.
Now, H.C.F. × L.C.M. = Product of two numbers 52. Let the larger and smaller number be x and y respectively
1 × L.C.M. = 117 L.C.M. = 117. Then, L.C.M. = 2x and H.C.F. = y – 4.
42. Interval after which they will toll again = L.C.M. (6, 7, 8, 9, 12) xy = 2x (y – 4) xy = 2xy – 8x xy = 8x y = 8.
= 504 seconds. So, the smaller number is 8.
43. Let the numbers be x, 2x and 3x. 53. Let a = 12x and b = 12y, where x and y are co-primes.
Then, H.C.F. (x, 2x, 3x) = x x = 12. The least value of x and y for which a > b > 12 is x = 3 and y = 2.
The numbers are 12, 24, 36. The smallest values of a and b are 36 and 24 respectively.
44. Let the numbers be 2x, 3x and 4x. 54. H.C.F. = 23 (given)
Then, H.C.F. (2x, 3x, 4x) = x x = 12. Since the other two factors of L.C.M. are 13 and 14
The numbers are 24, 36 and 48. L.C.M. = 23 × 13 × 14
L.C.M. (24, 36, 48) = 144. So, there are two possible pairs of number i.e.
45. Let the numbers be 48x and 48y, where x and y are co-primes. (23, 23 × 13 × 14) and (23 × 13, 23 × 14)
2.8 H.C.F. and L.C.M.
The larger of the two numbers = 23 × 14 = 322. The required number = 504 × 6 – 11 = 3013.
[Note: (23 × 13 × 14) is not an option] 67. L.C.M. (20, 28, 32, 35) = 1120.
55. L.C.M. (16, 18, 20, 25) = 3600
Required number = (5834 – 1120) = 4714.
Required number = 3600 k + 4, where k is a positive integer.
68. Greatest four digits number = 9999.
Least value of k for which (3600k + 4) is divisible by 7 is (k = 5).
L.C.M. (3, 5, 7, 9) = 315.
Required number = (3600 × 5 + 4) = 18004.
On dividing 9999 by 315, the remainder is 234.
56. Required least number = L.C.M. (15, 20, 36, 48) + 3
Now, (3 – 1) = 2, (5 – 3) = 2, (7 – 5) = 2 and (9 – 7) = 2.
= 720 + 3 = 723.
57. 2300 – 32 = 2268 and 3500 – 56 = 3444 Required number = (9999 – 234 – 2) = 9763.
Required number = H.C.F. (2268, 3444) = 84. 69. Largest five digit number = 99999.
58. Smallest six-digit number = 100000. L.C.M. (16, 24, 30, 36) = 720.
L.C.M. (4, 6, 10, 15) = 60. On dividing 99999 by 720, the remainder is 639.
On dividing 100000 by 60, the remainder is 40. Required number = (99999 – 639 + 10) = 99370.
Least number (N) = (100000 – 40 + 60 + 2) = 100020. 70. Total number of animals = (945 + 2475) = 3420.
The sum of digits of N = 1 + 2 + 2 = 5. Maximum number of animals in each flock
59. Clearly, 15 m 17 cm = 1517 cm and 9 m 2 cm = 902 cm. = H.C.F. (945, 2475) = 45.
For the least number of tiles, the size of the tile must be maximum. 3420
Number of flocks required = = 76.
45
Maximum size of the tile = H.C.F. (1517, 902) = 41 cm.
Number of tiles required 71. L.C.M. (30, 36, 80) = 720
Area of floor 1517 902 Required number is of the form 720k + 11 and for (k = 2), the
= = 814. number lies between 1000 and 2000.
Area of each tile 41 41
60. L.C.M. (12, 18, 21, 32) = 2016 Required number = (720 × 2 + 11) = 1451.
Required number is of the form 2016k and for (k = 2), the number 72. Greatest number (N)
lies between 4000 and 5000.
= H.C.F. 4665 1305 , 6905 4665 and 6905 1305
Required number = 2016 × 2 = 4032.
61. We have: (411 – 3) = 408, (684 – 4) = 680 and (821 – 5) = 816. = H.C.F. (3360, 2240, 5600) = 1120.
Required greatest number = H.C.F. (408, 680, 816) = 136. The sum of digits of N is 4.
62. Required number = H.C.F. 73 25 , 97 73 and 97 25 73. Let the numbers be x and x + 2.
= H.C.F. (24, 24, 48) = 24. Then, x(x + 2) = 2 × 84 = 168
63. A + B = x + y (given) x(x + 2) = 12 × 14 x = 12 and x + 2 = 14.
H.C.F. × L.C.M. = Product of numbers AB = xy. So, the numbers are 12 and 14.
A3 + B3 = (A + B)3 – 3AB(A + B) = (x + y)3 – 3xy(x + y) The sum of the numbers = 12 + 14 = 26.
= + x3 y3 [ (a + b)3 a3 b3
= + + 3ab(a + b)] x
74. Let the fraction be .
64. Let the numbers be 7x and 7y, where x and y are co-primes. y
7 140 When 4 is subtracted from its numerator and 1 is added to its
7x × 7y = 7 × 140 xy = = 20.
77 1
denominator, then fraction becomes .
The possible value of (x, y) can be (1, 20) and (4, 5). 6
But both the numbers will lie between 20 and 45, when x = 4 x4 1
6x – 24 = y + 1 6x – y = 25 ... (i)
and y = 5. y 1 6
So, the numbers are 28 and 35. When 2 and 1 are respectively added to its numerator and
The sum of the numbers = 28 + 35 = 63. 1
denominator, it becomes .
65. P = 23.310.5 3
x2 1
Q = 25. 3.7 3x + 6 = y + 1 3x – y = – 5 ... (ii)
y 1 3
H.C.F. = 23.3.
On solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 10 and y = 35.
66. We have: (18 – 7) = 11, (21 – 10) = 11 and (24 – 13) = 11.
10
L.C.M. (18, 21, 24) = 504. So, the fraction is .
35
So, the required number is of the form 504k – 11.
Now, L.C.M. (10, 35) = 70.
The least value of k for which (504k – 11) is divisible by 23 is
(k = 6).
3 DECIMAL FRACTIONS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Decimal Fractions: Fractions in which denominators are powers of 10 are known as decimal fractions or decimals.
1 1 17 99
Ex. (a) 0.1 (b) 0.01 (c) 0.17 (d) 0.0099
10 100 100 10000
TF 2. Conversion of a Decimal into Vulgar Fraction: Put 1 in the denominator under the decimal point and annex with
it as many zeros as is the number of decimal places. Now, remove the decimal point and reduce the fraction to its
lowest terms.
35 7 3012 753 3
Ex. (a) 0.35 (b) 3.012 = 3 .
100 20 1000 250 250
TF 3. Like and Unlike Decimals
(i) Like Decimals: Decimals having the same number of decimal places are called like decimals.
e.g. 2.01, 17.98, 108.50 are like decimals.
(ii) Unlike Decimals: Decimals having different number of decimal places are called unlike decimals.
e.g. 0.91, 1.1, 301.1013 and 0.003 are all unlike decimals.
Note: (i) Annexing any number of zeros to the extreme right of a decimal fraction does not change its value.
Ex. (a) 0.3 = 0.30 = 0.300 etc (b) 61.19 = 61.190 = 61.1900 etc.
(ii) If both numerator and denominator of a fraction contain decimals, then we first convert both into like
decimals and then we remove the decimal signs from both.
1.725 1.725 1725 345 35
Ex. 5 .
0.31 0.310 310 62 62
TF 4. Operations on Decimals
(i) Addition and Subtraction: We arrange the decimal numbers in a vertical column in such a way that the
decimal points in all the numbers lie one above the other. We now add or subtract in the usual way, placing the
decimal point at the place where it occurs.
(ii) Multiplication of a decimal number by a power of 10: We shift the decimal point to the right by as many
places as the power of 10.
Ex. (a) 3.17 × 10 = 31.7 (b) 0.085 × 100 = 8.5
(iii) Multiplication of two or more decimal numbers: Neglecting the decimal points, the numbers are multiplied
as usual. Now, in the product, the decimal point is marked off to obtain as many places of decimal as is the
sum of the number of decimal places in the given numbers.
Ex. 0.3 × 0.07 × 0.011 = 0.000231
(iv) Division of a Decimal by a whole Number: Perform the division by considering the dividend as a whole
number. When the division of whole number part of the dividend is complete, put the decimal point in the
quotient and proceed with the division as in case of whole numbers.
(v) Division of a Decimal by another Decimal: Multiply both the dividend and the divisor by a suitable power
of 10 to make divisor a whole number. Now, proceed as above.
0.065 0.065 10 0.65
Ex. 0.05.
1.3 1.3 10 13
Note: To compare two or more fractions we convert them to decimals and then arrange them in ascending or
descending order (as desired).
3.1
3.2 Decimal Fractions
TF 5. Terminating and Repeating (or Recurring) Decimals
(i) Terminating Decimals: In converting a fraction into a decimal by the division method, if the remainder is
zero after a certain number of steps, then the decimal obtained is a terminating decimal.
12
Ex. = 0.48 is a terminating decimal.
25
However, if the division process continues indefinitely and zero remainder is never obtained, then the decimal
number so obtained is known as non-terminating decimal.
Note: In a fraction, if the prime factorization of the denominator gives only powers of 2 and 5, then the
decimal will be terminating.
(ii) Repeating (or Recurring) Decimals: If in a decimal, a digit or a set of digits is repeated continuously, then
such a number is called a repeating (or recurring) decimal.
In a recurring decimal, if a single digit is repeated, then it is expressed by putting a dot on it. If however, a set
of digits is repeated, it is expressed by putting a bar on the set.
2 1
Ex. (a) = 0.666 ….. = 0.6 (b) = 0.142857142857….. = 0.142857
3 7
(iii) Pure Recurring Decimal: A decimal number in which all the digits after the decimal point are repeating is
called a pure recurring decimal.
(iv) Converting a Pure Recurring Decimal into Vulgar Fraction: Write the repeated digits only once in the
numerator and take as many nines in the denominator as is the number of repeating digits.
3 1 13 7 7
Ex. (a) 0.3 (b) 0.013 (c) 7.07 7 0.07 7 7 .
9 3 999 99 99
(v) Mixed Recurring Decimal: A decimal number in which some digits are repeating while some digits are not
repeating is called a mixed recurring decimal.
(vi) Converting a Mixed Recurring Decimal into Vulgar Fraction: The numerator is obtained by subtracting
the number formed by non-repeating digits from the number formed by all the digits after the decimal point
(taking the repeating digits only once). The denominator is obtained by taking the number formed by as many
nines as is the number of repeating digits followed by as many zeros as is the number of non-repeating digits.
17 1 16 8 3467 34 3433
Ex. (a) 0.17 (b) 0.3467 .
90 90 45 9900 9900
TF 6. Fractions with prime denominators: A fraction in the lowest terms with a prime denominator other than 2 or 5
(i.e. coprime to 10) always produces a pure repeating decimal.
The period of the repeating decimal (i.e. the length of the repetend) is (p – 1) if p does not divide any number of the
form 999 ........ 99.
1 1
Ex. (a) 0.142857 (6 repeating digits) (b) 0.0588235294117647 (16 repeating digits)
7 17
(c) 1 0.052631578947368421 (18 repeating digits) etc.
19
If however, p divides a number of the form 999 .... 99, then the repetend length is a factor of (p – 1).
In such cases, the repetend length is equal to the number of 9’s in the smallest number of the form 999
... 99 which is divisible by p.
1
Ex. (a) 0.3 (1 repeating digits since 3 divides 9)
3
1
(b) 0.09 (2 repeating digits since 11 divides 99)
11
1
(c) 0.076923 (6 repeating digits since 13 divides 999999)
13
1
(d) 0.027 (3 repeating digits since 37 divides 999)
37
1
(e) 0.02439 (5 repeating digits since 41 divides 99999) etc.
41
Decimal Fractions 3.3
EXERCISE
1.
0.3555 0.5555 2.025
0.225 1.7775 0.2222
is equal to [SSC 2012] 12.
8.7 7.6 6.5 5.4 4.3 2 is simplified to
(a) 4.5 (b) 4.58 (a) 5.5 (b) 4.5
(c) 5.4 (d) 5.45 (c) 3.5 (d) 2.5
547.527 547527 5.32 56 5.32 44
2. If x , then the value of is [SSC 2012] 13. Simplify :
0.0082 82 7.66 2 2.34 2
x x
(a) (b) (a) 12 (b) 10
10 100 (c) 8.5 (d) 7.2
(c) 10x (d) 100x
2.33 0.027 4.41 0.16
14. is simplified to [SSC CGL 2010]
3. is equal to 2.1 1.6 0.21
2.32 0.69 0.09
(a) 0.01 (b) 0.1
(a) 2.00 (b) 2.33
(c) 1 (d) 10
(c) 2.60 (d) 2.80
15. Find the value of (1.28)3 + (0.72)3 + 6 × 1.28 × 0.72 – 8.
4. On simplification 3034 – 3(1002 ÷ 20.04) is equal to (a) – 1.24 (b) 0
(a) 2543 (b) 2884 (c) 1.24 (d) 2.56
(c) 2993 (d) 3029
0.12 0.01 2 16. The simplification of 3.36 2.05 1.33 equals
5. 1 is equal to [SSC CGL 2010] (a) (b) 2.64
0.0001 2.64
(a) 100 (b) 101 (c) 2.61 (d) 2.60
(c) 110 (d) 1010 17. Simplify : [0.9 – (2.3 – 3.2 – (7.1 – 5.4 – 3.5))]
(a) 0 (b) 0.18
0.337 0.126 2 0.337 0.126 2 (c) 1.8 (d) 2
6. The value of is
0.337 0.126
8 3.75 1
3
(a) 0.211 (b) 0.4246 18. is equal to
(c) 0.463 (d) 4 7.52 6.5
7. The simplification of (0.63 0.37 0.80) yields the result 9
(a) (b) 8.5
(a) 1.81 (b) 1.80 5
(c) 4.75 (d) 2.75
(c) 1.80 (d) 1.79
19. The ascending order of (2.89)0.5 , 2 – (0.5)2 , 3 and 3 0.008
0.0347 0.0347 0.0347 0.9653
3
8. Simplify : is [SSC CGL 2013]
0.0347 2 0.347 0.09653 0.96532 (a) 3
0.008 , 3 , 2.89
0.5
, 2 0.5
2
[SSC CGL 2011]
(a) 0.9306 (b) 1 (b)
2
3 , 3 0.008 , 2 0.5 , 2.89
0.5
(c) 1.0009 (d) 1.0050
2 0.5
9. The value of (0.98)3 + (0.02)3 + 3 × 0.98 × 0.02 – 1 is (c) 2 0.5 , 3 , 3 0.008 , 2.89
(a) 0 (b) 1
(d) 2.89 0.5 , 3 , 2 0.5 2 , 3 0.008
(c) 1.09 (d) 1.98
10. Out of the numbers 0.3, 0.03, 0.9, 0.09 the number that is 20. The simplified value of [(0.111)3 + (0.222)3 – (0.333)3 +
(0.333)2 (0.222)]3 is
nearest to the value of 0.9 is [SS 2013]
(a) 0 (b) 0.111
(a) 0.03 (b) 0.09 (c) 0.888 (d) 0.999
(c) 0.3 (d) 0.9
3 3.5 3 2.5 3 3.5 3 8.75 3 2.5 3.2 3 0.008
2 2
11. The value of 21. The value of is [SSC CGL 2011]
is 3.2 2 0.64 0.04
(a) 1 (b) 5 (a) 0 (b) 2.994
(c) 5.375 (d) 6 (c) 3 (d) 3.208
3.4 Decimal Fractions
22. The value of
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.04 0.04 0.04
is
34. Simplify : 0. 1 1 9 0.16
2
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.25
(c) 0.125 (d) 0.0125 1 1
(a) (b)
108 109
23. (0.2 × 0.2 + 0.01) (0.1 × 0.1 + 0.02) –1 equal to
1 7696
5 9 (c) (d)
(a) (b) 162 106
3 5
41 41 35. If 2 0.014 0.14 x 0.014 0.14 2 y , then find the value
(c) (d)
4 12 x
of .
0.83 7.5 y
24. is equal to
2.321 0.098 (a) 0.196 (b) 0.0196
(a) 0.05 (b) 0.06 (c) 0.00196 (d) 0.000196
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.6
0.05 2 0.412 0.0732
10.3 10.3 10.3 1 36. Simplify :
25. is equal to 0.005 2 0.041 2 0.0073 2
10.3 10.3 10.3 1
[SSC CGL 2011]
(a) 12.3 (b) 11.3 (a) 10 (b) 100
(c) 10.3 (d) 9.3 (c) 1000 (d) None of these
0.125 0.027 3.25 3.20 3.20 3.05
26. The value of is [SSC CGL 2008 & 2010] 37. is equal to [SSC CGL 2010]
0.25 0.15 0.09 0.064
(a) 0.8 (b) 0.3
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.2 1 1
(a) (b)
2
2 10
27. The largest among the numbers 0.9 , 0.9 , 0.9 , 0.9 is (c) 1 (d) 10
[SSC 2010]
0.9
4.53 3.07 2
3.07 2.152
(a) (b) 0.9 38.
(c) 0.9 (d) (0.9)2 3.07 2.15 2.15 4.53 2.15 4.53 4.53 3.07
28. The value of 2 0.09 3 0.008 75% of 2.80 is
2.15 4.532 simplified to
(a) 0.001 (b) 0.01 4.53 3.07 3.07 2.15
(c) 0 (d) – 1 (a) 3 (b) 2
(c) 1 (d) 0
29. (0.9 × 0.9 × 0.9 + 0.1 × 0.1 × 0.1) is equal to [SSC CPO 2010]
(a) 1.00 (b) 0.91 39. The value of 0.008 × 0.01 × 0.072 ÷ (0.12 × 0.0004) is
(c) 0.82 (d) 0.73 (a) 0.012 (b) 0.12
(c) 1.02 (d) 1.2
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.04 0.04 0.04
30. The value of 3 is 40. Which one is the largest among the fractions (5/113),
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.08 0.08 0.08 (7/120), (13/145) and (17/160)? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (a) 5/113 (b) 7/120
(c) 0.75 (d) 0.125 (c) 13/145 (d) 17/160
31. Simplify : 3.25 3.25 1.75 1.75 2 3.25 1.75 41. If p/q = r/s = t/u = 5 , then what is the value of
3.25 3.25 1.75 1.75
[(3p2 + 4r2 + 5t2)/(3q2 + 4s2 + 5u2)]? [SSC CGL 2017]
[SSC CPO 2010]
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.3 (a) 1/5 (b) 5
(c) 0.4 (d) 0.5 (c) 25 (d) 60
32. The value of 42. Which of the following is the smallest fraction?
0.9 0.9 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.9 0.2 0.3 8 7 11 14
is , , ,
0.9 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.9
25 23 23 53
(a) 0.0054 (b) 0.8 7 8
(c) 1.0 (d) 1.4 (a) (b)
23 25
33. (0.05 × 5 – 0.005 × 5) equals 11 14
(a) 0.0225 (b) 0.225 (c) (d)
23 53
(c) 0.275 (d) 2.250
Decimal Fractions 3.5
4 2 7 5 240 110 250 100
43. Arrangement of the fractions , , , , into (c) and (d) and
3 9 8 12 7 7 7 7
ascending order is [SSC 2015]
50. A number whose one-fifth part increased by 4 is equal to its
7 2 5 4 7 2 4 5 one-fourth part diminished by 10, find the number.
(a) , , , (b) , , ,
8 9 12 3 8 9 3 12 [SSC 2011]
2 7 5 4 2 7 5 4 (a) 240 (b) 260
(c) , , , (d) , , , (c) 270 (d) 280
9 8 12 3 9 8 12 3
11 51. The numerator of a fraction is 4 less than its denominator.
44. Sum of three fractions is 2 .On dividing the largest If the numerator is decreased by 2 and the denominator is
24
increased by 1, then the denominator becomes eight times
7 1
fraction by the smallest fraction, is obtained which is the numerator. Find the fraction. [SSC CGL 2013]
6 3
2 3
greater than the middle fraction. The smallest fraction is (a) (b)
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] 7 7
3 5 3 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 6 8 8
5 7 9
(c) (d) 52. A fraction becomes , if 2 is added to both the numerator
8 3 11
45. Divide 50 into two parts so that the sum of their reciprocals and the denominator. If 3 is added to both the numerator
1 5
is . [SSC 2013] and the denominator, then it becomes . What is the
12 6
(a) 20, 30 (b) 24, 36 fraction? [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 28, 22 (d) 35, 15 3 5
(a) (b)
1 7 9
46. In an office, there are 108 tables and 132 chairs. If of the
1 6 7 7
tables and of the chairs are broken. How many people can (c) (d)
4 9 10
work in the office if each person requires one table and one 1
chair? [SSC MTS 2013] 53. A tree increases annually by th of its height. By how much
8
(a) 99 (b) 92
will it increase after 2 years, if it stands 64 cm high today?
(c) 90 (d) 86
[SSC FCI 2012]
47. A school group charters three identical buses and occupies (a) 81 cm (b) 75 cm
4 1 (c) 74 cm (d) 72 cm
of the seats. After of the passengers leave, the
5 4 54. The denominator of a fraction is 3 more than its numerator.
remaining passengers use only two of the buses. The fraction
If the numerator is increased by 7 and the denominator is
of the seats on the two buses that are now occupied is
decreased by 2, we obtain 2. The sum of numerator and
[SSC CGL 2015]
denominator of the fraction is [SSC 2011]
8 9
(a) (b) (a) 19 (b) 17
9 10 (c) 13 (d) 5
7 7
(c) (d) 3
9 10 55. A boy was asked to find of a fraction. Instead, he divided
5
1 3 3
48. Neeraj left of his property to his wife and of the the fraction by and got an answer which exceeded the
3 5 5
remainder to his daughter. He gave the rest to his son who correct answer by 32 . The correct answer is
received 6400. How much was his original property 75
worth? [SSC 2014] 2 2
(a) (b)
(a) 1600 (b) 16000 15 25
(c) 24000 (d) 32000 3 6
(c) (d)
2 25 25
49. If the sum of two numbers, one of which is times the 1 2
5 56. How many all together make 41 ? [SSC 2010]
other is 50, then the numbers are [SSC CGL 2015] 6 3
(a) 350 (b) 250
(a) 115 and 235 (b) 150 and 200 (c) 150 (d) 125
7 7 7 7
3.6 Decimal Fractions
57. A fraction having denominator 30 and lying between 3 5
5 7 (c) 7 (d) 7
and is [SSC 2010] 4 6
8 11
65. The sum of the numerator and denominator of a positive
21 20 fraction is 11. If 2 is added to both numerator and
(a) (b)
30 30 1
19 18 denominator, the fraction is increased by . The difference
(c) (d) 24
30 30 of numerator and denominator of the fraction is
4 [SSC 2011]
58. A tin of oil was full. When 6 bottles of oil were taken out (a) 1 (b) 3
5
(c) 5 (d) 9
3
and 4 bottles of oil was poured into it, it was full. How
4 66. The number 2.52 , when written as a fraction and reduced
many bottles of oil can the tin contain?
to its lowest terms, the sum of the numerator and
(a) 40 (b) 30
(c) 20 (d) 10 denominator is [SSC FCI 2012]
(a) 349 (b) 141
1
59. A runner runs 1 laps of a 5 lap race. What fractional part (c) 29 (d) 7
4
of the race remains to be run? 1 1
67. In a school of the boys are same in number as of the
2 3 10 4
(a) (b)
3 4 5 1
girls and of the girls are same in number as of the
8 4
4 15 boys. The ratio of the boys to girls in that school is
(c) (d)
5 4 [SSC GD 2013]
60. In a class, 3 of the students are girls and rest are boys. If (a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 2
5 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 5 : 2
2 1 1
of the girls and of the boys are absent. What part of 68. A, B, C and D purchase a gift worth 60. A pays of what
9 4 2
the total number of students are present? 1
others are paying, B pays of what others are paying and
17 18 3
(a) (b)
25 49 1
C pays of what others are paying. What is the amount
23 23 4
(c) (d)
30 36 paid by D? [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 13 (b) 14
61. Express 45 minutes as the fraction of the day. (c) 15 (d) 16
1 1
(a) (b) 3 5
24 32 69. If of a number is 7 more than 1 of the number, then
4 6 3
1 1
(c) (d) of the number is [SSC CGL 2015]
40 60 (a) 12 (b) 15
62. If one-third of one-fourth of a number is 15, then three- (c) 18 (d) 20
tenths of the number is
70. A student was asked to multiply a given number by 8 .
(a) 54 (b) 45 17
(c) 36 (d) 35 8
Instead, he divided the number by . His answer was 225
63. A student was asked to find 5 of a number. By mistake he 17
more than the correct answer. The given number was
16
[SSC 2011]
5
found of that number. His answer was 250 more than the (a) 64 (b) 136
6 (c) 225 (d) 289
correct answer. Find the given number.
(a) 300 (b) 450 71. The product of two fractions is 14 and their quotient is
(c) 480 (d) 500 15
35
6 6/7 . The greater of the fractions is
64. By how much does exceed ? 24
7/8 8
4 7
1 3 (a) (b)
(a) 6 (b) 6 5 3
8 4
Decimal Fractions 3.7
7 7 1 2
(c) (d) 73. A man spends of his income on food, of his income
4 6 3 5
1
1 1 1 1 on house rent and of his income on clothes. If he still has
72. of a rod is coloured red, orange, yellow,, 5
10 20 30 40
400 left with him, his income is
1 1 (a) 7000 (b) 6000
green, blue, black and the rest in violet. If the length
50 60 (c) 5000 (d) 4000
of the violet portion of the rod is 12.08 metres, then the 1 3 1
length of the rod is 74. of of a number is 2 of 10. What is the number?
2 4 2
(a) 30 m (b) 20 m (a) 50 (b) 56
(c) 18 m (d) 16 m 2
(c) 60 (d) 66
3
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (b) 62. (a) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (a) 69. (d) 70. (b)
71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (d)
SOLUTIONS
0.3555 0.5555 2.025 3555 5555 2025 0.337 0.126 2 0.337 0.126 2
1. = 4.5. 6.
0.225 1.7775 0.2222 225 17775 2222 0.337 0.126
547.527 547527 10000 4 0.337 0.126 a b 2 a b 2 4ab
2. x x 4.
0.0082 1000 82 0.337 0.126
547527 547527 x
82
10 x
82
10
. 7. 0.63 0.37 0.80
3
2.3 0.027 3
2.3 0.3 3 63 37 80 180 20 9
3. 1 1.81 .
2.3 0.69 0.09 2.3 2.3 0.3 0.32
2 2 99 99 99 99 11 11
0.0347 0.0347 0.0347 0.9653
3
2.3 0.3 2.32 2.3 0.3 0.32 8.
2.3 2 2.3 0.3 0.32 0.0347 2 0.347 0.09653 0.96532
a 3 b3 a b a 2 ab b 2
0.0347 3 0.96533
= 2.3 + 0.3 = 2.60. 0.0347 0.0347 0.9653 0.96532
2
4. 3034 3 1002 20.04 a 3 b3
where a 0.0347 and b 0.9653
1002 1002 100 a ab b 2
2
3034 3 3034 3 3034 3 50
20.04 2004 a b a 2 ab b 2
a b 0.0347 0.9653 1 .
3034 150 2884 . a 2
ab b 2
9. (0.98)3 + (0.02)3 + 3 × 0.98 × 0.02 – 1
0.1 2 0.012 0.01 0.0001
5. 1 1 = (0.98)3 + (0.02)3 + (–1)3 – 3 × 0.98 × 0.02 × (– 1)
0.0001 0.0001 = a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc where a = 0.98 , b = 0.02 , c = – 1
0.0099 a 3 b3 c 3 3abc 0 when a b c 0
1 99 1 100 .
0.0001 = 0.
and we have : a b c 0.98 0.02 1 0
3.8 Decimal Fractions
10. (0.3)2 = 0.09, (0.03)2 = 0.0009, (0.9)2 = 0.81 1
0.5
19. 2.89 2.89 2 1.7
and (0.09)2 = 0.0081.
Clearly, 0.81 is the nearest one to 0.9 2 – (0.5)2 = 2 – 0.25 = 1.75
0.81 i.e. 0.9 is the nearest one to 0.9 . 3 1.732
11. Let x 3
3.5 and y 3
2.5 3
0.008
3
0.2 3 0.2 .
3 3.5 3 2.5 3 3.5 3 8.75 3 2.5
2 2
Clearly, 0.2 < 1.7 < 1.732 < 1.75
x y x 2 xy y 2 x3 y 3 3 3 < 2 – (0.5)2.
0.008 < (2.89)0.5 <
20. [(0.111)3 + (0.222)3 – (0.333)3 + (0.333)2 (0.222)]3
3 3.5 3 3 2.5 3 3.5 2.5 6 .
= [(0.111 × 1)3 + (0.111 × 2)3 – (0.111 × 3)3 +
12. 8.7 7.6 6.5 5.4 4.3 2
(0.111 × 3)2 (0.111 × 2)]3
= 8.7 – [7.6 – {6.5 – (5.4 – 2.3)}] = (0.111)3 [13 + 23 – 33 + (32 × 2)]3
= 8.7 – [7.6 – {6.5 – 3.1}] = 8.7 – [7.6 – 3.4] = (0.111)3 [1 + 8 – 27 + 18]3 = (0.111)3 × 0 = 0.
= 8.7 – 4.2 = 4.5.
21.
3.2 3 0.008
3.2 3 0.2 3
5.32 56 5.32 44 5.32 56 44 3.2 2 0.64 0.04 3.2 2 3.2 0.2 0.2 2
13.
7.66 2 2.34 2 7.66 2.34 7.66 2.34 a 3 b3
where a 3.2 and b 0.2
a b a b a b
2 2 a ab b 2
2
5.32 100 a b a 2 ab b2
10 . a b 3.2 0.2 3 .
10 5.32 a 2
ab b 2
4.41 0.16 2.12 0.4 2 22.
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02 0.02 0.02
0.1 0.02 3 3
14. 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.2 3 0.04 3
2.1 1.6 0.21
2.1 0.16 10 2.1
1
10 0.13 0.02 3 0.13 0.02 3
2.12 0.4 2 1. 2 0.13 2 0.02 3 8 0.13 8 0.02 3
2.12 0.4 2 0.13 0.02 3 1 0.125
.
8 0.1 0.02 8
15. Let x = 1.28, y = 0.72 and z=–2 3 3
then x + y + z = 1.28 + 0.72 – 2 = 0
Now, (1.28)3 + (0.72)3 + 6 × 1.28 × 0.72 – 8 23. 0.2 0.2 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.02 1
= (1.28)3 + (0.72)3 + (– 2)3 – 3 × (– 2) × 1.28 × 0.72
0.2 0.2 0.01 2 0.1 2 0.1 0.01
= x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz = 0. 0.1 0.1 0.02 0.1 0.1 2 0.01
4 0.01 0.01 0.01 4 1 5
16. 3.36 2.05 1.33 3 0.36 2 0.05 1 0.33
0.01 2 0.01 0.01 1 2 3 .
36 5 33 36 5 33
3 2 1 3 2 1
99 99 99 99 0.83 7.5 0.83 7.5
24.
2
64
99
2 0.64 2.64 . 2.321 0.098
2 0.321 0.098
17. [0.9 – (2.3 – 3.2 – (7.1 – 5.4 – 3.5))] 83 8 75 75 10
90 10 90 75
= [0.9 – (2.3 – 3.2 – (– 1.8))] = [0.9 – (2.3 – 3.2 + 1.8)]
321 3 98 318 98
= [0.9 – 0.9] = 0. 2 2
990 990 990
8 3.75 1 2 3.753 13 7.53 13
3
1
18. 1 990 1
7.5 6.5
2
7.5 2 7.5 1 7.52 7.5 1 12 9 0.05 .
1980 220 9 2200 20
a3 b3
, where a 7.5 and b 1 990
a ab b 2
2
25. Suppose x = 10.3 and y = 1. Then,
a b a 2 ab b 2 10.3 10.3 10.3 1 10.33 13
a b 7.5 1 8.5 .
a 2
ab b 2
10.3 10.3 10.3 1 10.32 10.3 1 12
Decimal Fractions 3.9
33. (0.05 × 5 – 0.005 × 5) = 5 (0.05 – 0.005)
x3 y 3 x y x2 xy y 2
2 = 5 × 0.045 = 0.225.
x xy y 2 x 2 xy y 2
19
2 16 1
2
0. 1
2 2
34. 1 9 0.16 1 9
x y 10.3 1 11.3 . 90
26.
0.125 0.027
0.5 0.3 3 3
1 15
2
1 1
2
1 9 1 9
0.25 0.15 0.09 0.5 2 0.5 0.3 0.32 81 90 81 6
a 3 b3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
where a 0.5 , b 0.3 1 9 1 .
a ab b 2
2
81 36 81 4 81 4 108
a b a 2 ab b2 35. 2 0.014 0.14 x 0.014 0.14 2 y
a b 0.5 0.3 0.8 .
a 2
ab b 2 Squaring both sides, we get :
27. (0.9)2 = 0.81 , 0.9 0.95 and 0.9 0.999 .... 0.014 × 0.14 × x = (0.014)2 × (0.14)2 × y
Clearly, 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
2 x 0.014 0.14 0.014 0.14 0.00196
2 2
.
y 0.014 0.14
The largest one is 0.9 .
0.05 2 0.412 0.073 2
28. 2 0.09 3 0.008 75% of 2.80 36.
0.005 2 0.041 2 0.00732
75
2 0.3 0.3 3 0.2 0.2 0.2 2.80
100 10 0.0052 10 0.0412 10 0.00732
= 2 + 0.3 – 0.2 – 2.10 = 0.
0.005 2 0.041 2 0.0073 2
29. (0.9 × 0.9 × 0.9 + 0.1 × 0.1 × 0.1) = (0.9)3 + (0.1)3 2 2 2
100 0.005 100 0.041 100 0.0073
= 0.729 + 0.001 = 0.73. 2 2 2
0.005 0.041 0.0073
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.04 0.04 0.04
30. 3
0.4 0.4 0.4 0.08 0.08 0.08 100 0.005 0.041 0.0073
2 2 2
100.
0.2 3 0.04 3 0.2 3 0.04 3 0.005 2 0.0412 0.00732
3 3
0.4 3 0.083 2 0.2 3 2 0.04 3 37. 3.25 3.20 3.20 3.05 3.20 3.25 3.05
0.064 0.064
0.2 3 0.04 3
0.2 3 0.04 3
3.20 0.2 0.64 64 1000
8 0.2 0.04
3 3
8 0.2 8 0.04 10 .
3 3 3 3
0.064 0.064 100 64
13
1 1
3 0.5 .
4.53 3.072
3.07 2.152
38.
8 8 2 3.07 2.15 2.15 4.53 2.15 4.53 4.53 3.07
31. Let x = 3.25 and y = 1.75
2.15 4.532
3.25 3.25 1.75 1.75 2 3.25 1.75 x 2 y 2 2 xy 4.53 3.07 3.07 2.15
3.25 3.25 1.75 1.75 x2 y2
a b 2
b c 2
c a 2
x y 2 b c c a c a a b a b b c
a 2 b 2 a b a b
x y x y
where a 4.53 , b 3.07 and c 2.15
x y 3.25 1.75 1.5
0.3 . a b 3
b c 3
x y 3.25 1.75 5
a b b c c a a b b c c a
0.9 0.9 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.9 0.2 0.3
32.
0.9 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.9
c a 3
a b b c c a
0.9 3 0.2 3 0.33 3 0.9 0.2 0.3
0.9 2 0.2 2 0.32 0.9 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.9
a b b c c a
3 3 3
3 3 3
a b b c c a
a b c 3abc
x3 y 3 z 3
a 2 b 2 c 2 ab bc ca where x a b , y b c , z c a
xyz
where a 0.9 , b 0.2 , c 0.3
3xyz
a b c a 2 b2 c 2 ab bc ca
xyz
3.
abc
a 2
b 2 c 2 ab bc ca x y z a b b c c a 0
3 3 3 3 3 3
0.9 0.2 0.3 1.4 . x y z 3xyz 0 x y z 3xyz
3.10 Decimal Fractions
39. 0.008 0.01 0.072 0.12 0.0004 50 x x 1
600 = 50x – x2 x2 – 50x + 600 = 0
0.008 0.01 0.072 8 1 72 100 10000 x 50 x 12
0.12 0.0004 12 4 1000 100 1000 (x – 20) (x – 30) = 0 x = 20 or x = 30.
12 Hence, the required two parts are 20, 30.
0.12 .
100 1
40. Converting the given fractions into decimals, we get : 46. Number of broken tables = 108 18
6
5 7 Number of unbroken tables = 108 – 18 = 90.
0.044, 0.058 .
113 120 1
Number of broken chairs = 132 33
13 17 4
0.089, 0.106 .
145 160 Number of unbroken chairs = 132 – 33 = 99.
Total number of unbroken pairs = 90.
Clearly, 17 is the largest. Thus, the required number of people = 90.
160 47. Let each bus contains x seats.
p r t 4 4
41. Given : 5 Then, total number of passengers = of 3x 3 x .
q s u 5 5
p 5q , r 5s , t 5u . 1 12 x 1 12 x 3x
Number of passengers left = of .
4 5 4 5 5
p 5q , r 5s , t 5u 2 .
2 2 2 2 2
12 x 3 x 9x
3 p 2 4r 2 5t 2 3(5q 2 ) 4(5s 2 ) 5(5u 2 ) Remaining passengers = .
5. 5 5 5
2 2 2
3q 4s 5u 3q 2 4s 2 5u 2 Total seats in 2 buses = 2x.
42. Converting each of the given fractions into decimal form, we get: 9x 1 9
Fraction of the seats occupied in two buses = .
8 7 11 14 5 2 x 10
0.32 , 0.30, 0.47, 0.26 .
25 23 23 53 48. Let Neeraj’s original property be worth x.
x
Clearly, 0.26 is the smallest decimal number . Then, his wife’s share = .
3
14
The smallest fraction is . x 2x
53 Remaining worth = x = .
3 3
43. Converting each of the given fractions into decimal form, we get:
3 2 x 2x
4 2 7 5 His daughter’s share = = .
1.33 , 0.22 , 0.875 , 0.416 . 5 3 5
3 9 8 12
2x 2x 4x
His son’s share = = .
Clearly, – 0.875 < 0.22 < 0.416 < 1.33 . 3 5 15
7 2 5 4 4x 6400 15
. 6400 x 24000 .
8 9 12 3 15 4
44. Let the three fractions be x, y and z such that x < y < z. Thus, his original property was worth 24000.
11 59 49. Let the first number be x.
Then, x + y + z = 2 . ... (i)
24 24 2x
Then, the second number = .
z 7 7 5
z x.
x 6 6 2x
x 50 [ Sum of two numbers = 50]
1 7 7 1 5 5
And y y . 7x 50 5 250
3 6 6 3 6 50 x .
5 7 5 7 7
Putting y and z x in (i), we get: 2x 2 250 100
6 6 Now, .
5 57 7
5 7 59 13 59 5 39
x x x 250 100
6 6 24 6 24 6 24 Thus, the numbers are and .
7 7
39 6 3
x . 50. Let the number be x.
13 24 4 x x
Then, 4 10
3 5 4
Thus, the smallest fraction is x i.e. .
4 4 (x + 20) = 5 (x – 40) 4x + 80 = 5x – 200 x = 280.
45. Let the first part be x.
51. Let the denominator of the fraction be x.
Then, the second part = 50 – x. Then, its numerator = x – 4.
1 1 1 1
[ Sum of their reciprocals = ] If the numerator is decreased by 2 and the denominator is increased
x 50 x 12 12 by 1, then the denominator becomes eight times the numerator
Decimal Fractions 3.11
x + 1 = 8 (x – 4 – 2) x + 1 = 8x – 48 x = 7. 57. Converting the given fraction into the fraction whose denominator
x4 74 3 is 30
Thus, the original fraction = .
x 7 7 5 5 30 5 30 1 18.75
.
52. Let the numerator and denominator of the fractions be x and y 8 8 30 8 30 30
respectively. 7 7 30 7 30 1 19.09
.
If 2 is added to both the numerator and denominator, the fraction 11 11 30 11 30 30
9
becomes . Clearly, 19 lies between 18.75 and 19.09
11
x2 9 19 5 7
111x + 22 = 9y + 18 11x – 9y = – 4 ... (i) lies between and .
y 2 11 30 8 11
If 3 is added to both the numerator and denominator, then it 58. Let the tin contains B bottles of oil.
5 4 3
becomes . Then, B 6 4 B
6 5 4
x3 5 4 3 B
6x + 18 = 5y + 15 6x – 5y = – 3. ... (ii) B B 2 2 B 40 .
y3 6 5 4 20
On solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 7 and y = 9. Thus, the tin can contains 40 bottles of oil.
53. Present height of the tree = 64 cm. 59. Total number of laps = 5.
1 1 5
Height of the tree after one year = 64 64 cm = 72 cm. The runner runs = 1 laps = laps.
8 4 4
1 5 15
Height of the tree after the second year = 72 72 cm Remaining laps = 5 .
8 4 4
= 81 cm. 15 / 4 15 3
Required fraction = .
54. Let the numerator of the fraction be x. 5 45 4
Then, its denominator = x + 3. 60. Let the total number of students be x.
x 3x
Original fraction = . Then, number of girls =
x3 5
If the numerator is increased by 7 and the denominator is decreased 3x 2x
Number of boys = x .
by 2, then we obtain 2. 5 5
x7 2 3x 2x
2 x + 7 = 2x + 2 x = 5. Number of absent girls = .
x 3 2 9 5 15
1 2x x
So, the numerator = x = 5 and denominator = x + 3 = 5 + 3 = 8. Number of absent boys = .
4 5 10
The required sum = 5 + 8 = 13.
Number of students who are present in the class
55. Let the given fraction be x.
2x x 7x 23 x
3x x x .
Then, the correct answer = . 15 10 30 30
5 23
x 5x Thus, part of the total number of students are present.
Wrong answer = . 30
3 3
61. Clearly, 1 day = 24 × 60 minutes
5
45 1
5x 3 x 32 5x 3x 32 Required fraction = .
. 24 60 32
3 5 75 3 5 75
25 x 9 x 32 16 x 32 32 15 2 62. Let the number be x.
x .
15 75 15 75 16 75 5 Then, one-third of one-fourth of x = 15
3x 3 2 6 1 1
The correct answer = . x 15 x = 15 × 4 × 3 = 180.
5 5 5 25 3 4
2 125 3
56. 41 Three-tenth of 180 = 180 54 .
3 3 10
63. Let the given number be x.
125
5x
125 6 Then, the correct answer = .
3 250 . 16
1 3
5x
6 Wrong answer = .
1 125 2 6
Hence, 250 times 41 . 5x 5x 5x 5x
6 3 3 250 250
6 16 6 16
3.12 Decimal Fractions
40 x 15 x 250 48 5 5 5
250 25x = 250 × 48 x= of x of 12 12 20 .
48 25 3 3 3
= 480. 70. Let the number be x.
Thus, the given number is 480. 8x
Then, the correct answer = .
6 6/ 7 68 6 688 6 17
64. x 17 x
7/8 8 7 78 78 Wrong answer = .
8 / 17 8
378 27 3
6 . 17 x 8x 17 x 8 x
56 4 4 225 225 .
8 17 8 17
6 6/7 3
exceed by 6 . 289 x 64 x
7/8 8 4 225 225x = 225 × 136 x = 136.
65. Let the numerator of the fraction be x. 136
Then, its denominator = 11 – x. Thus, the given number was 136.
71. Let the two fractions be x and y, where x > y.
x
So, the original fraction = . 14 14
11 x Then, xy [ Product of two fractions = ]
15 15
x2 x 1 x 35
35
11 x 2 11 x 24 [ Their quotient = ]
y 24 24
x2 x 1
x 14 35 49 49 7
13 x 11 x 24 xy x2 x .
y 15 24 36 36 6
11x 22 x 2 2 x 13x x 2 1 7
2
Thus, the greater fraction is x i.e. .
143 11x 13x x 24 6
24 (– 4x + 22) = x2 – 24x + 143 72. Let the length of the rod be L m.
x2 – 24x + 143 + 96x – 528 = 0 x2 + 72x – 385 = 0 L L L L L L
Then, 12.08 L
(x + 77) (x – 5) = 0 x = 5. [ The fraction is positive] 10 20 30 40 50 60
The difference of the numerator and denominator = 11 – x – x L L L L L L
L 12.08
= 11 – 2x = 11 – 2 × 5 = 1. 10 20 30 40 50 60
66. 2.52 2
52
250 60 L 30 L 20 L 15 L 12 L 10 L
L 12.08
99 99 600
The sum of the numerator and denominator = 250 + 99 = 349. 600 L – 147 L = 12.08 × 600 453 L = 1208 × 6
67. Let the number of boys and girls be x and y respectively. 1208 6
L= 16 m .
1 1 x y x 10 5 453
Then, of x of y 5: 2 .
10 4 10 4 y 4 2 Thus, the length of the rod is 16 m.
Thus, the ratio of the number of boys to girls = 5 : 2. 73. Let the income of the man be x.
68. A + B + C + D = 60 ... (i) x
BC D 1 Then, amount spent on the food = .
A= [ A pays of what others are paying] 3
2 2 2x
Amount spent on house rent = .
2A = B + C + D 2A = 60 – A 3A = 60 A = 20. 5
AC D 1 x
B= [ B pays of what others are paying] Amount spent on clothes = .
3 3 5
3B = A + C + D 3B = 60 – B 4B = 60 B = 15. x 2x x 14 x x
Remaining amount = x – = x .
ABD 1 3 5 5 15 15
C= [ C pays of what others are paying]
4 4 x
400 x = 6000.
4C = A + B + D 4C = 60 – C 5C = 60 C = 12. 15
D = 60 – (A + B + C) = 60 – (20 + 15 + 12) = 13. [Using (i)] Thus, his income is 6000.
Thus, the amount paid by D = 13. 74. Let the number be x.
69. Let the number be x. 1 3 1
Then,of of x 2 of 10
3 1 3 1 2 4 2
Then, of x of x 7 x x7 1 3 5 5 10 2 4 200 2
4 6 4 6 x 10 x 66 .
2 4 2 3 2 3 3
3 1 7x 12 7
x x 7 7 x 12 .
4 6 12 7
4 SIMPLIFICATION
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Associative Law: For any real numbers a, b, c; we have:
(i) (a + b) + c = a + (b + c)
(ii) (a × b) × c = a × (b × c)
TF 2. Distributive Law of Multiplication Over Addition: For any real numbers a, b, c; we have:
(i) a × (b + c) = (a × b) + (a × c)
(ii) (a + b) × c = (a × c) + (b × c)
TF 3. BODMAS Rule: When we have to find the value of an expression involving more than one mathematical operations,
then the sequence in which various operations are executed is given by
B Bracket
O Of
D Division
M Multiplication
A Addition
S Subtraction
Note: (i) The brackets are removed in the order (), {} and [].
(ii) While executing ‘of’, it is replaced by ‘×’ and solved as multiplication.
(iii) If there is a Virnaculum or Bar, it is executed even before applying BODMAS rule to the remaining part
of the expression.
TF 4. Some Important Formulae: For three real numbers a, b, c, we have:
(i) (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab = (a – b)2 + 4ab
(ii) (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab = (a + b)2 – 4ab
(iii) a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b)
(iv)
1
2
a b 2 a b 2 a 2 b 2
(v) (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
(vi) (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab (a + b) or a3 + b3 = (a + b)3 – 3ab (a + b)
(vii) (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b) or a3 – b3 = (a – b)3 + 3ab (a – b)
(viii) a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 + b2 – ab)
(ix) a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab)
(x) (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2(ab + bc + ca)
(xi) a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca) =
1
2
a b c a b 2 b c 2 c a 2
And so, a + b + c = 0 a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc.
4.1
4.2 Simplification
a c
TF 5. Componendo and Dividendo: For any numbers a, b, c and d where b and d are non-zero and , then each
b d
of the following holds:
ab cd
(i) [Componendo]
b d
ab cd
(ii) [Dividendo]
b d
a a kb c kd
(iii) For k ,
b a kb c kd
ab cd
For k = 1, a b c d [This is commonly referred to as Componendo and Dividendo]
EXERCISE
1. If 2x + (9/x) = 9, then what is the minimum value of 8. If x – y – 18 = –1 and x + y – 3 2 = 1, then what is the
x2 + (1/x2)? [SSC CGL 2017]
value of 12xy (x2 – y2)? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 95/36 (b) 97/36
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 86/25 (d) 62/27
(c) 512 2 (d) 612 2
2. If (x + y)2 = xy + 1 and x3 – y3 = 1, then what is the value of
x – y? [SSC CGL 2017] 9. If x1/4 + x–1/4 = 2, then what is the value of x81 + (1/x81)?
(a) – 1 (b) 0 [SSC CGL 2017]
(c) 1 (d) 2 4
(a) (b) 1
81
3. If x + (1/x) = 2, then what is the value of x64 + x121?
2
[SSC CGL 2017] (c) 2 (d)
(a) 0 (b) 1 9
(c) 2 (d) –2 10. If x2 + (1/x2) = 1, then what is the value of x48 + x42 + x36 +
x30 + x24 + x18 + x12 + x6 + 1? [SSC CGL 2017]
4. If x 6 2 6 , then what is the value of (a) – 9 (b) 0
1 (c) 1 (d) 9
x –1 ? [SSC CGL 2017]
x –1
11. (53 × 87 + 159 × 21 + 106 × 25) is equal to
(a) 2 2 (b) 3 2
(a) 1060 (b) 10600
(c) 2 3 (d) 3 3 (c) 16000 (d) 60100
5. If a + b + c = 27, then what is the value of (a – 7)3 +
3 3 3 2 2 2
(b – 9)3 + (c – 11)3 – 3(a – 7)(b – 9)(c – 11)? 12. 3 3 23 = ? [SSC GD 2013]
[SSC CGL 2017] 5 5 5 5 5 5
(a) 0 (b) 3 (a) 18 (b) 17
(c) 9 (d) 27 (c) 16 (d) 15
2 15 13. 5 5 5 5 5 is equal to [SSC CHSL 2010]
6. If x , then what is the value of 33 3 33
3 5
2 3
x 5 x 3 (a) (b)
? [SSC CGL 2017] 5 10
x– 5 x– 3 4
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d) 1
9
(c) 5– 3 (d) 15
4 5
7. If (x – y) = 7, then what is the value of (x – 15)3 – (y – 8)3?
14. The simplified value of of 6 15 10 is
15 8
[SSC CGL 2017]
[SSC CPO 2016]
(a) 0 (b) 343
(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 392 (d) 2863
(c) 5 (d) 6
Simplification 4.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (a) 36 minutes (b) 40 minutes
15. The value of 3 2 1 1 is (c) 45 minutes (d) 48 minutes
2 4 4 2 2 3 6
[SSC CHSL 2013] 1
21. The value of 1 is [SSC CGL 2011]
1 1 1
(a) 9 (b) 3 1
2 2 1
1
1 1 1
(c) 2 (d) 1
2 2 2
1
3
1
16. The value of 4 is 8 (b) 17
[SSC CGL 2015]
1 (a)
1 5 3
1
3
2
1 21 34
(c) (d)
4 13 21
1 1
(a) (b)
8 16 19 1
22. Simplify :
1 43 1
(c) (d) 1 2
32 64 1
3
1
a 1
17. The value of 1 is [SSC CGL 2014] 4
1
1 19
a
1 (a) 1 (b)
1 a 22
(a) 0 (b) 1 22 38
(c) a (d) 1 – a (c) (d)
43 43
18. The simplified value of [SSC CGL 2015]
1 1 1 1 2
1 1
1
1
1
1
1 1 23. is simplified to
10 10 10 10 2
10 10 10 10 2 0.39
2
1 1 3
1 1 2
1 1 3
10 10 3
10 10
2 3
20 (a) (b)
(a) 2 (b) 39 37
101 100
50
90 100 (c) (d)
(c) (d) 117 111
101 101
1 2 1
2 1 24. If 2 x , then the value of x is
3 11 1
19. The value of is [SSC CGL 2011] 1
1 1
3 3
1 4
3
1 12 13
3 (a) (b)
3 17 17
(a) 1 (b) 38 18 21
(c) (d)
109 17 17
109 116
(c) (d) 25. Find the sum of
38 109
5 1 2 3 n
20. If 4 1 1 1 ... 1
1 the part of a journey takes 10 n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
1
1 [SSC CGL 2013]
3
1 1 1
2 (a) n 1 (b) n
4 2 2
3
minutes, then to complete th of that journey, it will take (c) (n + 1) (d) n
5
[SSC CHSL 2013]
4.4 Simplification
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
26. is equal to (a) (b)
3.5 5.7 7.9 9.11 11.3 13.15 9 27
2 2 5 6
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15 45 27 55
4 7 1 1 1 1 1 1
34. Simplify : 3 1 2 of 4
(c) (d) 1 1
45 45 4 4 2 2 4 6 2 3
5 7 17 1 (a) 78 (b) 39
of
27. Simplify : 3 51 5 3 (c) 36 (d) 18
2 5 28 2
of 3 5
9 7 5 3 35. I , II 3 4 5 6 , then
4 6
1 1 III 3 4 5 6 , IV 3 4 5 6
(a) (b)
2 4
(c) 2 (d) 4 (a) I and II are equal (b) I and IV are equal
(c) I and III are equal (d) All are equal
9 3 5 5 4 10 36. The value of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 is
28. Evaluate :
3 5 2 4 2
1 5
(a) (b)
4 8 2 8
(a) (b)
7 17 (c) 1 (d) 2
9 16 1 2 4 1 1 3
(c) (d)
10 19 37. 2 3 5 3 5 4 is simplified to
1 2 4 1 1 4
1 1 1 1 2 5 3 7
29. When is divided by , 2 3 3 3 5 5
2 4 5 6 5 9 5 18
3 10
the result is (a) (b)
10 3
1 1 (c) – 2 (d) 1
(a) 2 (b) 3
18 6
3 1 38. 17 17 2 2 17 4 is equal to
(c) 3 (d) 5
10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15
* * (a) 11 (b) 10
30. For what value of *, the statement 1 is (c) 1 (d) 0
21 189
correct? 39. Find the value of * in the following :
(a) 21 (b) 63 2 2 1 2 1
(c) 147 (d) 3969 1 * 1
3 7 7 4 3 6
2 3 1 7 is equal to (a) 0.006 (b) 0.6
31. 9 1of 3 5 of
9 11 7 9 1
(c) (d) 6
32 6
(a) 3 (b) 8 3
4 81 2
40. Simplify: 4 of
7 1 1 5 3 3
(c) 8 (d) 9
5 8 3 4 7 4 7
32. Find the sum of following : 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6
2 2
9 6 12 20 30 42 56 72 (a) (b) 3
3 9
1 49 56
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
2 80 77
1 1
(c) (d) 998 2 997 2 45
9 2520 41. is equal to
98 2 97 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
33. =? (a) 10 (b) 95
30 42 56 72 90 110 (c) 195 (d) 1995
Simplification 4.5
42. When simplified, the product 1
49. If x 1 , then the value of 2 x 7 is
1 4
1 3 5 997 1
2 2 2 ... 2 equals 1
3 5 7 999 1
1
[SSC CAPF & CISF 2015] 1
2
(a) 5 (b) 5 (a) 6 (b) 5
3 999 (c) 4 (d) 3
1001 1001 13 is equal to
(c) (d) 50.
3 999 48
43. 30 3 1 is simplified to (a) 1 (b)
1
1 1
3 1 30 2 3
1
1 1
(a) 1 (b) – 1 1 2
1
8 4
(c) 2 (d) – 2 1
(c) 1 (d)
1 1
3 4 3 4 1 1
44. is equal to 3
1 3
1 1
1 1 1
(a) – 7 (b) 1 16
8
7
1 2 3
(c) (d) 7 51. Find the value of
7 1 5 3 1
1 of 1
1 6 2 4
1 1 1 1 1 is equal to 1
45. 2
1.4 4.7 7.10 10.13 13.16 (a) 2 (b) 4
1 3 (c) 6 (d) 8
(a) (b)
3 8 4 1
5 41 52. Simplify : 1
3
10 2
(c) (d) 2
7280 2
16 1
5
1 2
2
46. The value of
5
10 of 1
1 (a) 0 (b) 1
7 1 1 4 2
1 of 1 3
8 3 2 15
(c) (d) 1
2
1
(a) 0.05 (b) 1 53. On simplification, the expression
2 1 1
(c) 1 (d) 2 4 2
7 7 1
is equal [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
1 1 1
1 1 2 1 3 1 2
2 7 1
47. Simplify : 3 4 5 2 [SSC MTS 2011]
2
1
5
2 3 3 4 5
1 of of
3 4 4 5 14
(a) (b) 24
37 37 65 53
(a) (b)
13 39 28 56
(c) (d)
37 74 65 53
(c) (d)
78 13 1 1
4 2
7 4 2
1 1 1 1 54. is equal to [SSC CHSL 2013]
0.04 3 2 of 1 1
3 1
1
2
1
3 2 2 4 1
48. of [SSC MTS 2011] 2 7
0.03 1 1 1 2
of 1
3 5 9 5
5
1 1 (a) 2 (b) 3
(a) (b)
2 5 1 1
(c) (d)
(c) 1 (d) 5 2 3
4.6 Simplification
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. (d) 53. (d) 54. (c)
SOLUTION
9 x 2 15 1
1. 2x 9 2 x2 9 9x 2x2 – 9x 9 0 .
x [By Componendo-Dividendo]
5 3 5 5
2x2 – 6x – 3x + 9 = 0 2x (x – 3) – 3 (x – 3) = 0
3 2 3 5 2 3
(x – 3) (2x – 3) = 0 x = 3 or x .
2 5 3 5 3 5 .
For x = 3 : And,
2 1 1 82
Value of x 2 9 .
x 9 9 x 3
x 3 x – 3 2 x x 2 15 1
3 2 1
For x : x 2
9 4 97
. x– 3 x 3 – x – 3 2 3 3 3 5 3
2 x 4 9 36
[By Componendo-Dividendo]
2 1 97
Minimum value of x 2 is . 2 3 5 2 5
x 36
2. (x + y)2 = xy + 1 x2 + y2 + 2xy = xy + 1 3 3 5 3 5 .
x2 + y2 + xy = 1 ... (i)
Now, x3 – y3 = 1 x 5 x 3 2 3 2 5 2 3 5
2.
(x – y) (x2 + y2 + xy) = 1 x– 5 x– 3 3 5 3 5 3 5
(x – y) × 1 = 1 [Using (i)] 7. x – y = 7.
x – y = 1. x – y – 7 = 0.
1 x – y – 15 + 8 = 0.
3. x 2 x2 – 2 x 1 0
x (x – 15) – (y – 8) = 0.
x – 1 0
2
x –1 0 Cubing both sides, we have : [(a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b)]
x = 1 (x – 15)3 – (y – 8)3 – 3 (x – 15 ) (y – 8) [(x – 15) – (y – 8)] = 0.
x 64 x121 164 1121 1 1 2 ( x – 15) – ( y – 8)
(x – 15)3 – (y – 8)3 = 0. x – y – 7 0
4. x –1
1
x – 1 1 x
62 6
x –1 x 1 x –1 52 6 8. We have :
x – y – 18 1 and x y – 3 2 1
6 6 2 6 3 2 2 2
=
x y 3 2 – 1 and x y 3 2 1.
3 2 2 3 2 3 2
2 2 2
Now, (x – y)2 = (x + y)2 – 4xy
6 2 3 2
= 6 2 3 2 2 2 3. 3 2 – 1 3 2 1 – 4xy
2 2
3 2
5. Let x = a – 7, y = b – 9, z = c – 11 Then, 18 1 – 6 2 18 1 6 2 – 4xy
x + y + z = (a – 7) + (b – 9) + (c – 11) = (a + b + c) – 27 = 0. 4 xy 12 2
[a + b + c = 27] xy 3 2 .
x3 + y3 + z3 – 3 xyz = 0. 12xy (x2 – y2) = 12xy (x – y) (x + y)
(a – 7)3 + (b – 9)3 + (c – 11)3 – 3 (a – 7) (b – 9) (c – 11) = 0.
12(3 2)[(3 2 – 1) (3 2 1)] 36 2 (18 – 1) 612 2 .
x 5
x 5 x – 5 2x
6.
x– 5 x 5 – x – 5 2 5
Simplification 4.7
1
1 7 9 5 1 3 1 1
9. x 4 2. ... (i)
1 2 4 4 2 2 3 6
x4
Squaring both sides of (i); we get : 7 9 5 1 9 2 1
1 2 4 4 2 6
1
x 2 2 4.
1
7 9 5 1 6 7 9 5 1
2 4 4 2 6 2 4 4 2
x2
1
1
x 2 2 4 7 9 5 2 7 9 3 7 12 7 1
1 3 .
x2 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 2 2
1 5 5 5
1 16. 4 4 4
x 2 2 ... (ii) 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
x2 1 1 4
3 3 3
1 9 9
Squaring both sides of (ii), we get ; 2
4 4
1 5 31 5 31 1
x 2 4. 4 4 4 .
x 9 40 8 8
1
1 31
x 2 x2 – 2x 1 0 x – 1 0
2
x a a a
17. 1 1 1
x–1=0 x=1
1
1
1
1 1 1 a
1 1 a 1
x81 1 81 2 .
81 1
1 a 1 a
x 81
1
1 a
10. x2 1 ... (i) 1 11 0 .
x2 a
1 1 1 10
Then, x 3 18. We have :
1 101 101
x 10
1 10 10
x 3 ( 3)3 – (3 3) 0 .
3
2 2
x 10 10
x6 + 1 = 0. 1 1
Given expression 101 101
Then, 10 10
1 1
x 42 ( x 6 1) x30 ( x 6 1) x18 ( x 6 1) x 6 ( x 6 1) 1 101 101
10 10 10 20
x 42 0 x30 0 x18 0 x 6 0 1 1 1 2 .
101 101 101 101
= 1.
a2 b2
11. (53 × 87 + 159 × 21 + 106 × 25) = 53(87 + 3 × 21 + 2 × 25) a b
a b
= 53 × (87 + 63 + 50) = 53 × 200 = 10600.
1 2 7 13 77 39
3 3 3 2 2 2 18 18 18 2 2 2 2 1
12. 3 3 23 2 3 11 3 11 33 38 33 38 .
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 19.
1 1 10 33 109 109
2 2 3 3 3
18 18 2 2 1 3 33
2 3 3
5 5 5 5 1 10
3
18 2 3
a 2 2ab b 2 where a ,b 5 5
5 5 20. 4 4
2 2 1 1
18 2 20 1 1
a b 42 16 .
2
1 4
5 5 5 3 3
1 9
5 5 5 5 5 20 5 4 4 2 2
13. . 4
33333 3 9 1 10 5 5 5 31 31 1
333 4 4 4 .
3 9 40 8 8
4 5 4 5 1
14. of 6 15 10 6 15 10 31
15 8 15 8 1
1 Now, th of the journey takes = 10 min.
6 15 10 1 15 10 16 10 6 . 8
6
Complete journey takes = (8 × 10) min = 80 min.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3
15. 3 2 1 1 And so, th of the journey will take = × 80 min = 48 min.
2 4 4 2 2 3 6 5 5
4.8 Simplification
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2
21. 1 1 1
1 1 1 .
1 1 1 2 3 15 2 15 15
1 1 5
1 1 1
1 3 8 5 7 17 1 5 7 17 1
1 1 of
2 5 3 51 5 3 3 51 5 3
1 27.
3 2 5 28 2 2 5 28 2
of
1 13 34 9 7 5 3 9 7 5 3
1 1 .
8 21 21
1 7 1 4
13
9 4 9
19 1 19 1 9 3 2.
22. 8 2 2 9 2
43 2 1 43 2 1
1 4 9 3 9
3 3
1 5
1 9 3 5 5 4 10 9 2 5 4 10
4 28.
3 5 2 4 2 15 2 2
19 1 19 19
1.
43 2 5 43 43 9 2 20 10 18 2 16 16
.
19 15 4 19 19 19
2 2 2 1 1 1 1 30 15 12 10
23.
2 2 2 29. 2 4 5 6 60
2 0.39 2 0.39 2 0.39
2 2 6 2 5 3 7 36 50 54 35
3
2
3 3
3 11 11 5 9 5 18 90
3
3
2 2 2 100 17
. 17 90 51 1
60
2
2 11
0.39 2
22
2
11 111 5 .
39 100 50 5 60 5 10 10
1 1 13 90
24. 2 x x x
1 4 17 Another Method :
1 1
1 13
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4
2 4 5 6 2 4 5 6
13 21
x 2 . 2 5 3 7 2 3 5 7
17 17
5 9 5 18 5 5 9 18
1 2 3 n
25. 1 1 1 ... 1 1 1 15 2
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
60 51 1
4 30 5 .
n n 1 n 2 1 17 1 10 10
... 1
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1 18 18
30. Let us replace * by a variable x. Then,
n n 1 n 2 ... 1
x x
n 1 2
21 189 1 x 21 189
1
1 2 ... n 2 n 1 n
n 1 3 7 3 3 3 7 3 3 7 x 3 3 7 63 .
2
1 n n 1 n The value of * is 63.
.
n 1 2 2 31.
2 3
9 1 of 3 5 of
1 7
9 11 7 9
n n 1
Sum of first n natural numbers = 11 36 36 7 11 36 36 7
2 9 of of 9
9 11 7 9 9 11 7 9
1 1 1 1 1 1
26. 4
3.5 5.7 7.9 9.11 11.13 13.15 9 4 4 9 9 1 8 .
4
11 1 11 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
32.
23 5 25 7 2 7 9 9 6 12 20 30 42 56 72
11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 9 11 2 11 13 2 13 15 9 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 3 5 5 7 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 15 .
6 7 7 8 8 9 9 2 9 2
Simplification 4.9
33. 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 17 2 2 17 4
38.
30 42 56 72 90 110 15 15 15 15 15 15
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
17 2
2
17 2
2
5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11
15 15 15 15
1 1 11 5 6 17 2
a 2 b 2 2ab where a ,b
5 11 55 55 15 15
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 2
2
15
2
a b 12 1 .
2
34. 3 1 2 2 4 6 2 of 4 3
4 4 2 15 15 15
39. Let us replace * by variable x. Then,
13 5 1 5 3 2 1 13
× 2 2 x 1 2 1 5 2 x 5 2 1
4 4 2 2 12 2 3 1 1
3 7 7 4 3 6 3 7 7 4 3 6
13 5 1 5 1 13 5 7 x 5 2 5x
6 5 x 6.
4 4 2 2 12 6 3 2 7 4 3 6
13 5 1 29 13 13 5 29 13 Thus, the value of * is 6.
4 4 2 12 6 4 4 24 6 3
2
13 1 13 13 13 6 4 7 1 1 5 3 of 3
24 13 6 36 . 40.
4 24 6 4 6 13 5 8 3 4 7 4 7
1
6
3 5 3 6 9
35. I= 11
4 6 4 5 10 7
4 7 5 3 3
4
II = 3 4 5 6 3 6 11 8 12 7 4 7
5
6
4 1 2 15 45 3 7 7 5 9 3 8 7 5 28
3 3 3 .
5 6 15 2 2 2 8 12 7 28 2 7 12 7 9
4 20 29 2
III = 3 4 5 6 3 6 1 3 .
5 9 9 9
5 15 1 5 . 998 2 997 2 45 998 997 998 997 45
3 6 41.
4 4 6 8 98 2 97 2 98 97 98 97
5 10 3 9 a 2 b 2 a b a b
IV = 3 4 5 6 3 4 3 3 .
6 3 10 10 1995 45 1950
10 .
Clearly, I and IV are equal. 195 195
36. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 5 997
42. 2 2 2 ... 2
3 5 7 999
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 5 7 9 1001 1001
2 ... .
3 5 7 999 3
3 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4
2 3 1
30 3 1 3
43. 3
2 5 3 1 30 1 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3
43
3 3 8 5 5 2.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 3 2
5 5 5 8 8
1
3 4 3 4 1
1 1 1 1
1 2 4 1 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 3 44. 3 4 1 3 4
1
37. 2 3 5 3 5 4 2 3 3 5 5 4
1 2 4 1 1 4 1 2 4 1 1 4 1 1
a
m
3 4
1
. m
2 3 3 3 5 5 2 3 3 3 5 5 7 a
1 1 1 1 1
1 3 1 45.
11 1.4 4.7 7.10 10.13 13.16
2 4 4 1 6 3
. 1 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 3 2 6 4 5 10
1
2 3 6 3 1.4 4.7 7.10 10.13 13.16
4.10 Simplification
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 13 1 1 1
50.
1 4 4 7 7 10 10 13 13 16 48 48 9 1
3 3 3
13 13
13
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 9
3 4 4 7 7 10 10 13 13 16
1 1 1
1 1 1 15 5 .
1 . 1 1 1
3 16 3 16 16 3 3 3
4 1 1
1 1 1
1 21 9 9 1
2 2
5 10 1 5 10 5 4 4
46. of 1 of
7 1 1 4 15 4 7 4
1 of 1 3 of 2 3 2 3
8 3 2 8 3 2 51.
1 5 3 1 1 2 5 3 4
1 of 1
5 21 2 5 5 3 3 3 1 1 6 2 4 6 2 5
2 1 . 1
15 4 10 7 4 5 4 4 2 2 2
8 3 2 2 3
2.
3 1
1 1 2 1 1 1 4 5 4 1 4 1
10 2 1 6 5
3 4 5 2 3 4 10 52. 1
3
2 2
47. 2 2
2 3 3 4 5 3 3 4 1 9
1 of of of of 5
3 4 4 5 3 4 4 5 2
1 1 1 1 1 40 3 49 5 3 2 5 2
1 1 1 .
3 4 10 120
3 40 24 2 2 5 2 5
5 3 3 4 5 3
25 12
4 5 1
4 2
1 29 15
3 4 4 5 20 1 1
53. 7 7 7 7
37 20 37 1 1 1 7 8 1
. 3 1 2 2
120 13 78 2 7 1 2 7 5
2 2
1 24
1 1 1 1 5
0.04 3 2 of 1 5
48. of 3 2 2 4
0.03 1 1 1 14
of 1 2 1
3 5 9 7
10 5 1 5 20 15 5 49 16 2 1 65 2 24
53 53
4 3 2 2 4 4 6 8 14 14
of of
24
3 1 1 1 3 1 1
3 5 9 3 45 28 53 28 130 56
.
65 130 65 53 53
5 8 4
1 1 29 9
4 6 5 4 3 4 4 15
of of of 4 2
7 4 2
2
3 15 1 3 16 3 3 16 54. 7 4
1 1 1 7 8 1
45 15 3 1 2 2
2 7 1 2 7 5
2 2
4 15 1 24
5. 5
3 4 5
1 1 116 63
49. x 1 1
1 1 28 2 53 14 2 53
1
1
1
2
1 1 49 16 2 24 28 65 130
1 3 53
1 14
2
53 130 1
1 5 13
1 1 . 130 2 53 2
3 8 8
1
5 1 1
4 2
7 13 7 13 7 20 7 4 2 1
2x 2 5. .
4 8 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 2
3 1 2
2 7 1
2
1
5
5
5 SURDS AND INDICES
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Powers or Indices: Power or an index is used to write a product of numbers compactly. For example
7 × 7 × 7 = 73, we read it as ‘seven to the power three’. Here 7 is called the base and 3 is called the index.
TF 2. Laws of Indices:
am
am n (iii) a m a mn
n
(i) a m a n a m n (ii) n
a
n n
(iv) ab n a n b n (v) a a (vi) a 0 1 and a1 a
b b n
TF 3. Surds: Let a be a rational number and n be a positive integer such that n
a is irrational. Then, n
a is called a surd
of a of order n.
TF 4. Rules of Surds:
n
1/ n a a
(i) n
a a (ii) n
ab n
a nb (iii) n n
b b
n a
n m n m
(iv) a (v) a mn
a (vi) n
am a n
TF 5. Rationalisation of the Denominator of a Surd:
b b a b a
(i)
a a a a
c c ab n c a b n
(ii)
ab n ab n ab n a 2 b2 n
c c ab n c a b n
(iii)
ab n ab n ab n a2 b2n
EXERCISE
(a) 10 (b) 11
1. Which value among 3
5, 4 6, 6 12, 12 276 is the largest?
(c) 12 (d) 13
[SSC CGL 2017]
24 6
(a) 3
5 (b) 4
6 4. Evaluate : [SSC CPO 2014]
24 6
(c) 6
12 (d) 6
276 (a) 5 (b) 4
2. The value of (c) 3 (d) 2
1 1 1 1 6 1 1
... is 5. 2 is equal to [SSC MTS 2013]
1 2 2 3 3 4 8 9 3 2 3 32
[SSC CGL T-I 2015] (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 3 (d) 2 3
(c) 2 (d) 2
3. The simplified value of 6. Let 3 a 3 26 3 7 3 63 . Then [SSC 2013]
6 10 21 35 6 10 21 35 (a) a < 216 (b) a < 729 but a > 216
[SSC CPO 2014] (c) a = 729 (d) a > 729
5.1
5.2 Surds and Indices
72 363 175 (a) 2.25 (b) 1.50
7. The value of is [SSC 2013] (c) 1.25 (d) 1.00
32 147 252
45 3 2
45
(a) (b) 16. Simplify : 2 3 2 3
28 56
25 3
55 55
(c) (d) (a) 0 (b) 1
28 42
1
43 3 (c) 5 3 (d) 2 5 3
8. If A B , then B – A is [SSC CGL 2013] 2
74 3
2 2
5 3 5 3
(b) 3 3 7
5 3 5 3
(a) 2 13 17. is equal to
(c) 13 (d) – 13
(a) 62 (b) 64
1 1 1 (c) 66 (d) 68
9. Let a . Then we have
2 3 3 8 4 15
18. Given that 3 1.732 , the value of
[SSC 2013]
(a) a = 9 (b) a < 18 but a 9 3 6 is
(c) a = 18 (d) a > 18 5 3 2 12 32 50
3 1 2 1 3 1 2 1 (a) 1.414 (b) 1.732
10. is simplified to (c) 2.551 (d) 4.899
3 1 2 1 3 1 2 1
[SSC CGL 2010] 19. If 5329 73 , then the value of
(a) 18 (b) 14
(c) 12 (d) 10 5329 53.29 0.5329 0.005329 0.00005329
is [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
11. 3 6 is equal to [SSC CGL 2010] (a) 81.0113 (b) 81.1003
5 3 2 12 32 50 (c) 81.1013 (d) 81.1103
(a) 3 (b) 3 3
20. If 33 5.745 , then the value of is approximately
(c) 2 3 (d) 3 2 11
[SSC 2015]
1 1 (a) 0.5223 (b) 1
12. 2 3 5 2 3 5
in simplified form
(c) 2.035 (d) 6.32
equals to 21. Choose the incorrect relation(s) from the following :
1 [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 0 (b)
2 (i) 6 2 5 3
(c) 1 (d) 2 (ii) 6 2 5 3
12 (iii) 6 2 5 3
13. is equal to
3 5 2 2 (a) (i) (b) (ii)
(c) (i) and (iii) (d) (ii) and (iii)
(a) 1 5 2 10 (b) 1 5 2 10
(c) 1 5 2 10 (d) 1 5 2 10 22. If 5 2.236 , then what is the value of
1 1 2 5 5
14. The value of is 45 ? [SSC CPO 2016]
2 3 5
12 140 8 60 10 84
(a) 2.601 (b) – 3.840
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) – 4.845 (d) 5.65
(c) 1 (d) 0 2 2
23. 64 3 1 is equal to
1 1 4
15. The value of
3.25 2.25 4.25 3.25 1 1
(a) (b)
1 1 16 2
is
5.25 4.25 6.25 5.25 (c) 1 (d) 16
Surds and Indices 5.3
3 –2
n 33. (2.4 × 10 ) ÷ (8 × 10 ) is equal to
243 5 32 n 1 –5
24. The value of is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 3 × 10 (b) 30
9n 3n 1 (c) 3 × 10
4
(d) 3 × 10
5
(a) 3 (b) 6
(c) 9
2 2
1
(d) 12
34. The simplified form of 16 2 16 3
3
2 is
25. 1 is equal to [SSC 2010]
(a) 0 (b)
16
2 4097
1 4097
(a) – 16 (b) (c) 1 (d)
16 64
4 4
1
(c) (d) 16 35. Simplify : 3 6 59 3 6 59
16
12 8
(a) 5 (b) 5
– 5/3 5
5 x – 3/5
4 2
26. Simplify : [SSC CGL 2010] (c) 5 (d) 5
2x – 1 3
36. If 27 = (243) , then the value of x is
1
(a) x (b) (a) 9 (b) 7
x (c) 6 (d) 3
5 –5
(c) x (d) x x–1 x+1
37. If 2 +2 = 320, then the value of x is
1 [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014]
9 2 2 (a) 5 (b) 6
27. 8 4 4 2·2 is equal to (c) 7 (d) 8
2
2 2 3 7 2x
(a) 0 (b) 1 38. If 3 4 3
, then x is [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
(c) 8 (d) 32 4 3 4
The value of 3 2 2 3 2 2
3 3
28. is 1
(a) 2 (b) 2
(a) 108 (b) 180 2
(c) 189 (d) 198 (c) 3 (d) 5
1 1 1 1
6.25 2 0.0144 2 1 39. If a 7 4 3 , then the value of a 2 a1/ 2 is
29. Simplify : 1 1 [SSC PCI 2013]
0.027 3 81 4
(a) 2 3 (b) 3 3
(a) 0.14 (b) 1
(c) 4 (d) 7
(c) 1.4 (d) 1.4 100 75
40. The quotient when 10 is divided by 5 is
30. 3 2 2 3 3 3 is equal to 75 25 75
[SSC 2015]
(a) 2 (b) 2 × 10
5 75 25 25
(c) 2 × 10 (d) 10
(a) 6 (b) 6 6
5
(c) 6 (d) None of these
41. The exponential form of 2 3 is [SSC 2016]
2430.13 243 0.07 1 1
31. The value of
7 0.25 49 0.075 3430.2 (a) 64 (b) 63
1
3 2 (c) 62 (d) 6
(a) 1 (b) 2
7 7
x x–1
3 7 42. Solve for x : 3 – 3 = 486. [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) (d) (a) 5 (b) 6
7 3
1 (c) 7 (d) 9
Simplify : 3 2
2
32.
64 2 2 80 43. The rationalizing factor of 3
9 3 3 1 is
1 (a) 3
3 1 (b) 3
3 1
(a) 0 (b)
2 3 3
(c) 1 (d) 2 (c) 9 1 (d) 9 1
5.4 Surds and Indices
44. The rationalizing factor of 3 3 is 52. Arranging the following in descending order :
3
1 4, 2,63,45 [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 3 (b)
3 (a) 2633445
(c) 3 (d) – 3
6
(b) 34534 2
333 222 111
45. The number of prime factors 6 × 7 ×8 [SSC 2013]
3
(a) 1111 (b) 1211 (c) 4 45 2 63
(c) 1221 (d) 1222 (d) 4
53463 2
46. The total number of prime factors in 53. The smallest number among the following numbers
10 3 2 2
4 × 7 × 16 × 11 ×10 is [SSC 2013] 250
2 ,3 ,5
150 100
and 4
200
is [SSC 2013]
250 150
(a) 37 (b) 36 (a) 2 (b) 3
200 100
(c) 35 (d) 34 (c) 4 (d) 5
n
47. If m and n (n > 1) are whole numbers such that m = 121, 54. The greatest of the numbers 2
8 , 4 13 , 5 16 , 10 41 is
n+1
then the value of (m – 1) is [SSC 2011]
(a) 1000 (b) 121 2 4
(a) 8 (b) 13
(c) 10 (d) 1
5 10
(c) 16 (d) 41
48. If 9 x 12 147 , then x = ? [SSC 2014]
55. The largest among the numbers 2 , 3 9 , 4 16 , 5 32 is
(a) 2 (b) 3 [SSC 2011]
(c) 4 (d) 5 5 4
(a) 32 (b) 16
1
If x 2 then the value of x 2 n 1 1 / x 2n 1
3
49. (c) 9 (d) 2
x
where n is a positive integer, is 56. The smallest of
(a) – 5 (b) – 2 8 5 , 7 6 , 10 3 and 11 2 is
(c) 0 (d) 2
(a) 7 6 (b) 8 5
3 11 2
50. If a , then the value of 1 a 1 a is (c) 10 3 (d)
2
57. The greatest among
3 3
(a) (b)
2 7 5 , 5 3 , 9 7 , 11 9 is
(c) 2 3 (d) 2 3
(a) 5 3 (b) 7 5
2x – y x+y x–y
51. If 3 =3 = 27 , then the value of 3 will be (c) 9 7 (d) 11 9
[SSC CPO 2010]
1 58. The least one among 2 3 , 2 4 5 , 8 and 3 2 is
(a) (b) 3
3
1 (a) 8 (b) 3 2
(c) (d) 3
27 (c) 245 (d) 2 3
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (a) 58. (a)
Surds and Indices 5.5
SOLUTIONS
1. The numbers to be compared can be written as. 43 3
1/3 1/4
5 , 6 , 12 , 276
1/6 1/12 8. A B
74 3
L.C.M of 3, 4, 6, 12 is 12.
43 3 43 3
Changing each number to a surd of order 12, we get : A B
3
2
74 3 2 2
22 3
1/12
3
5 51/3 51/3 4/ 4 54/12 (54 )1/12 625 .
1/12 43 3 43 3 43 3 2 3
4
6 61/ 4 61/ 4 3/3 63/12 (63 )1/12 216 .
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
2
1/12
6
12 121/6 121/6 2/ 2 122/12 (122 )1/12 144 .
12
276 2761/12 . 84 3 6 39
1 2 3
Clearly, (144)
1/12
< (216)
1/12
< (276)
1/12
< (625)
1/12 43
i.e. 6 4
12 6 12
276 5 3 A B 1 2 3 1 12 .
Thus, the largest number is 3
5. Comparing both sides, we get A = – 1 and B = 12.
1 1 1 1 B – A = 12 – (– 1) = 13.
2. ...
1 2 2 3 3 4 8 9 1 1 1
9. a
1 2 1 1 3 2 2 3 3 8 4 15
2 1 2 1 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 1 3 8 1 4 15
1 9 8 2 3 2 3 3 8 3 8 4 15 4 15
...
9 8 9 8 2 3 3 8 4 15
2 1 3 2 ... 9 8 9 3 8 15
9 a 9 4 9 16
1 9 1 3 2 .
9 a 9 2 3 4 9 a 18 .
3. 6 10 21 35 6 10 21 35
3 1 2 1 3 1 2 1
10.
6 35
10 21
6 35 10 21
3 1 2 1 3 1 2 1
3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1
35 10 21 a b a b a b
2 2 2 2
6
3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1
210 10 21 2 210 10 . 3 1 2 1 2 1
2 2 2 2
6 35 2 3 1
24 6 2 6 6 3 6 3 1 3 1 2 1 2 1
4. = 3.
24 6 2 6 6 2 3 1 2 2 1
6 1
6
1
2 1
a b 2 a b 2 2 a 2 b 2
5. 2
3 2 3 32 8 6
10 .
2 1
6 3 322 3
2 3 6
3 3 32 32 11.
5 3 2 12 32 50
2 3
22 3 22 32 3 2. 3 6
1
5 3 2 4 3 16 2 25 2
3 3
6. a 26 3 7 3 63 3
a 3
7 3 26 3 63
3 6 3 6 3 2
3
1 3 8 3 27 3 a 3 8 3 27 3 64
5 34 34 2 5 2 3 2 3 2
1 2 3 3 a 2 3 4 6 3 a 9 3 3 3 2 18 12
a
3
6 9 216 a 729 .
3 3
3
3 33 2 3 2 2 3 3.
72 363 175 3 8 11 3 5 7 3 11 5 55 1 1 2 3 5
12.
7. . 2 3 5 2 3 5 2 3 5
32 147 252 2 87 36 7 276 28
5.6 Surds and Indices
2 3 5 1 1 2
a b a b a 2 b 2
5 7 5 5 3 7 3
2 2
2 3
1 7 5 1 5 3 2 7 3
2 3 5 2 3 5 7 5 7 5 5 3 5 3 7 3 7 3
. ... (i)
23 2 6 5 2 6 7 5 5 3 7 3
1 1 2 3 5 2 2 2
2 3 5 2 3 5 2 3 5
2 3 5 2 3 5
1
2
7 5 5 3 7 3 0.
5
2 2
2 3 232 6 5 1 1 1 1
15.
3.25 2.25 4.25 3.25 5.25 4.25 6.25 5.25
2 3 5
. ... (ii) 1 3.25 2.25 1 4.25 3.25
2 6
3.25 2.25 3.25 2.25 4.25 3.25 4.25 3.25
1 1
1
5.25 4.25
1
6.25 5.25
2 3 5 2 3 5 5.25 4.25 5.25 4.25 6.25 5.25 6.25 5.25
2 3 5 2 3 5 3.25 2.25 4.25 3.25 5.25 4.25 6.25 5.25
[Using (i) and (ii)]
2 6 2 6
2.25 6.25 1.5 2.5 1.0 .
2 3 5 2 3 5 3 2 63 342 3
16. 25 3
2 6
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
2 3 3 1 3 2
.
2 6 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 25 3
1.
25 3 25 3
12 12 3 5 2 2
13. 2 2
3 5 2 2 3 5 2 2 3 5 2 2 5 3 5 3
5 3 5 3
17.
12 3 5 2 2 a b a b a 2 b 2
5 3
2 2 4 4
5 2 2
5 3 5 3 5 3
2 2
3
3 3 3 5 3
2 2 2 2
12 3 5 2 2 12 3 5 2 2 5 5 5
2 2
5 3 5 3
2 2
956 5 8 6 1 5
2 3 5 2 2 2 3 52 2 5 1 2 2
5 3
2
5 1 5 1 5 1
2 3 5 5 2 10 3 5 2 2 a b a b a 2 b 2
5
2
1 8 2 15 8 2 15
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 5 2 10 4 1 2 5 10 4
2 64 60
4 4
4
62 . a b 2 a b 2 2 a 2 b 2
1 2 5 10.
3 6 3 6
7 5 5 7
2 2 2
14. 12 140 2 7 5 18.
5 3 2 12 32 50 5 34 34 2 5 2
12 140 7 5. 3 6 3 6 3 2
3 3 3 2 18 12
3 2 3 2 3 2
2 2 2
8 60 5 3 2 5 3 5 3
3 33 2 3 2 2 3 3 1.732 .
8 60 5 3.
19. 5329 53.29 0.5329 0.005329 0.00005329
7 3 7 3
2 2 2
10 84 2 7 3
5329 5329 5329 5329
5329
10 84 7 3. 100 10000 1000000 100000000
1 1 2 5329 5329 5329 5329
5329
12 140 8 60 10 84 10 100 1000 10000
Surds and Indices 5.7
73 73 73 73 1
73 1
. 5 –
3
–
3 5
–
3
10 100 1000 10000 x 5 x 5 x 25 a
x ( x) a
1
This is a geometric series with a = 73 , r and n = 5.
5
5 5
5
10
5 – 5
3 3
– 3 3
1 5 x x 25
73 1
Sn
a 1 r n
S5 10 3 5
– – (5) (a p )q r a pqr
1 r 1 ( x) 25 3 x
1
10
1 1
73 99999 10 811103 2 9 2
9
81.1103 .
2 3
100000 9 10000 4 4 2.22 2 4 2
27. 8 8
2 1
20.
3
3 11
33
2 2
2 2 2
2
11 11 11 11
1
5.745 9 3 2 1
0.5223 . 33 5.745 (given) 26 2
22 22
11 8 8
2 2 1 1
6 2 6 2 2 12 8 2 12
2
21.
5 3 5 3 2 15 8 2 15
2
1
Clearly, 6 2 5 3 .
2 2 8 26 2 8 23 8 8 0 .
3 2 2
3 3
6 2 5 3. 28. 32 2
Hence, the relation (ii) is correct.
3 2 2 3 2 2
3 3
1 1
5 5 5 5
3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
3 3 3 3
22. 45 3 5
2 3 5 2 3 5
15 10 90
65
5 2.236
27 16 2 54 2 72 27 16 2 54 2 72
6 5 6 2.236 3
3 2 2 2 2
4.845 .
2 2
2 a b 3 a 3 b3 3a 2b 3ab 2
64 3
1
2
23. 26 3 2 2
4 = 2 (27 + 72) = 198.
a b 3 a3 b3 3a 2b 3ab 2
2 4 24 1 . a m a m 1
1 1
n 625 2 144 2
3
1 1
n 1
243 5 32 n 1 35 5 2n 1
3n 32 n 1 6.25 2 0.0144 2 1 100 10000
24. 29.
3 3
n 1 1 1 1
n
9 3 2
n
n 1 32 n 3n 1 0.027 3 81 4 27 3 1
81 4
1000
33n 1 a m a n a m n
33n 1 25 12
1
10 100 2.5 0.12 1 1.3
a m
mn 1.4 .
3
3n 1 3 n 1
32 9 . n a 3
3 0.3 3 0.9
a 10
2 1 q r 1 1 1 1
2 2 1
1 30. 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 2
2
25. 1 a
p
a pqr
2 2
1
n
a an
4
1 4 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 5
1 4 1 1
2 2 16 2 3 3 2 3 2 6 3 6 2 6 3 2 66 .
5 a m a n a m n
5 5
5
26. 3 3 3 3
5 – 5 –
x 5 x 5
5.8 Surds and Indices
3
0.13 0.07
5
35 1 1 1 2 3
31.
2430.13 2430.07
1
2 3.
2 3 2 3 2 3
7 0.25 49 0.075 3430.2 7 0.25 7 2
0.075 0.2
73 a2
1
1
3 2 3 2 3 4 .
0.65 0.35
30.65 30.35 3 a2
0.25 0.25 0.15 0.6 .
7 7 0.15
7 0.6 7
7 a2
a m a n a m n
40. 10
100
1075 1025
2 5 1025 75
75 75
1
5 5 575
1
2 2 2 2 275 575 1025
32. 64 3 2 2 80 26
3 2 2 1
575
275 1025 .
1 1 1
41. 2 3 23 6
24 2 2 2 24 2 2 22 2 2 . a a a
m n mn
1 1
1
1 1
n m
a am
2.4 10 8 10
n
33.
3 2 6 2 2 64 .
2.4 10 10 3 2
42. 3x 3x 1 486
2.4 103
1
2 1 m
a m a
8 10 8 3x 1 3 1 486 3x 1 243 35
24 104
3 104 . x 1 5 x 6 .
8
2 1
3
3 3 3 3 43. 9 3 3 1 3 3 33 1
2
34. 16 2 16 2 24 2 4 2
We have :
3
1 4097 a m n mn 1 2 1 1
26 2 6 64 . a
64 64 33 1 3 3 33 1 33 13 3 1 4 .
1
1 1
9 1
x 3 y 3 x y x 2 xy y 2
35. 59 59 3 a a mn
3 6
5 18 5 2
6 n m
3 6
59 5 2
4
1 4
52
1
33 1 i.e. 3
3 1 is the rationalizing factor of 3
9 3 3 1.
4 4
3 6 3 6
59 59 52 52 54 . 44. 3 3 3 3 3 9.
36. 27
2x – 1
= (243)
3 The rationalizing factor of 3 3 is 3.
(3 )
3 2x – 1
= (3 ) 3
5 3 6x – 3
=3
15 a m n a mn 45. Let p 6333 7 222 8111
111
2 3
333
6x – 3 = 15 6x = 18 x = 3. 7 222 23
37. 2 x 1 2 x 1 320 2333 3333 7 222 2333
2666 3333 7 222 .
2 x 1 1 22 320 2 x 1 320
5
64 26
Total number of prime factors = 666 + 333 + 222 = 1221.
x – 1 = 6 x = 7. 46. Let p 410 73 162 11 102
3 7 2x
10 2
38. 3 4 3 11 2 5
2
22 73 24
4 3 4
3 7 2x 10 2x 220 7 3 28 11 22 52
3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 230 52 73 11 .
a m b m Total number of prime factors = 30 + 2 + 3 + 1 = 36.
2 x 10 x 5 . n 2
b a 47. m = 121 = 11 × 11 = 11
n 2
m = 11 .
39. a 7 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3
2 2
On comparing both sides, we get m = 11 and n = 2.
1 n+1 2+1 3
1
(m – 1) = (11 – 1) = 10 = 1000.
2 3
22
a2 2 3
48. 9 x 12 147
Surds and Indices 5.9
9 x 2 37 3 1 1 2 2 1 1
6
3 3 6 3 6 2 312 32 12 9 12
9 x 2 3 7 3
2 2
1 1 3 3 1 1
81x 12 147 2 2 3 7 3
4
5 5 4 5 4 3 5 12 53 12 125 12
81x = 159 + 84 81x = 243 x = 3. 1
Clearly, 256 12 125 12 64 12 9 12 .
1 1 1
1
49. x 2 3
445 263.
x
2
x + 1 + 2x = 0 53. HCF (250, 150, 100, 200) = 50.
50
32
2 50
(x + 1) = 0 x = – 1. 2250 25 50 25
1 2n 1 1
x 2 n 1 2 n 1 1
3
50
27
50
3150 33 50 3
x 12n 1
5
50
25
50
12 n 1 & 12 n 1 1 , 5100 52 50 2
1
1 2.
4
50
1 where n is a positive integer 4200 44 50 4
256
50
3 3 2 3 42 3 Clearly, 256 50 32 50 27 150 25 50 .
50. a 1 a 1
2 2 2 4 50 100
The smallest one is (25) i.e. 5 .
3 2
1 2 3 1 3 1
2 2
54. The given surds are of order 2, 4, 5 and 10 respectively
2 2 2 LCM (2, 4, 5, 10) = 20.
3 1 1 1 10 10 1 1
1 a
. 2
8 82 82 10 8 20 810 20 82.5 5
2
Now, 1 a 1 3 2 3 4 2 3 1 1 5 5 1 1
2 2 4
4
13 13 4 13 4
5 13 20 135 20 131.25 5
3 2
1 2 3 1
2
3 1 1 1 4 4 1
1
2
.
5
16 16 16 5 5 4 16 20 164 20 16 5
2 2
1
3 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 5
1 a
2
. 10
41 41 10 41
10 2 41 20
412 20 412
3 1 3 1
1
1 a 1 a 1 1 1 1 5
1
2 2
Clearly, 82.5 80 131.25 80 16 80 412 .
3 1 3 1 3 .
2 1
51. 3 2x y
3 x y
27
82.5 5 i.e. 2
8 is the largest one.
3 1 1 3 3 1
1
32 x y 27 33 3 2 55. 2 2 2 2 2
3 2 6 23 6 8 6
3
2x y 4x 2 y 3 . ... (i) 1 1 2 2 1
1
2 3
9 9 3 9 3 2 9 6 92 6 81 6
3
3x y 27 3 2 1
1
64 6
4
4
16 24 2 26 6
3
x y 2x 2 y 3 . ... (ii) 1
2 1
64 6
5
5
32 25 2 2 6 6
1
On Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 1 and y = .
2 1
Largest one is 81 6 i.e.
3
1 1
9.
1
3 2 32 3.
2
56. 8 5 8 5 2 40 13 2 40
52. Given surds are of order 3, 2, 6 and 4 respectively.
6
2
LCM (3, 2, 6, 4) = 12. 7 7 6 2 42 13 2 42
1 1 4 4 1 1
4 4 4 256
2
3
3 43 4 12 44 12 12 10 3 10 3 2 30 13 2 30
1 6 1
2
1 6 1
2
2 2 2 22 6 2 12 26 12 64 12 11 11 2 2 22 13 2 22
5.10 Surds and Indices
Clearly, 13 2 42 13 2 40 13 2 30 13 2 22 . 2 2 2 2
.
5 3 7 5 9 7 11 9
The smallest one is 13 2 22 i.e. 11 2 .
2
The largest one is i.e. 5 3.
5 3
7 5 7 5 2
57. 7 5
1 7 5 7 5 1 2 1
1
58. 2 3 12 12 2 12 4 122 4 144 4
5 3 5 3 2
5 3 1
1 5 3 5 3 24 5 4
24 5 80 4
1 2 1
1
9 7 9 7 2 8 8 2 8 4 82 4 64 4
9 7
1 9 7 9 7 1
1 2
1
3 2 32 2 18 2 18 4 182 4 324 4
11 9 11 9 2
11 9 1 1 1 1
1 11 9 11 9 Clearly, 324 4 144 4 80 4 64 4 .
Clearly, 5 3 7 5 9 7 11 9 . 1
The least one is 64 4 i.e. 8.
6 SQUARE ROOTS AND CUBE ROOTS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Square Root: If m2 = N, then the square root of N is m, written as m = N e.g. 9 = 3, 121 = 11 etc.
Note: The square root of a number can be determined by:
2 4356
(i) Prime Factorization Method:
2 2178
e.g. 4356 22 32 112 2 3 11 66. 3 1089
3 363
11 121
11
2 6 60 49 (257
4
(ii) Long Division Method: 45 260
e.g. 66049 257 . 225
507 3549
3549
×
3 3 3
TF 2. Cube Root: If m3 = N, then the cube root of N is m, written as m = N . e.g. 64 4, 216 6 etc.
Note: The cube root of a number can be determined by
3 3375
Prime Factorization Method
3 1125
e.g. 3
3375 3
33 53 3 5 15. 3 375
5 125
5 25
5
EXERCISE
51 3. The number of digits in the square root of 625686734489 is
1. The square root of 21 is [SSC 2012] (a) 7 (b) 6
169
(c) 5 (d) 4
3 8
(a) 4 (b) 4 4 4
13 13 1 1
3 4
The square root of 2 2 is
5 7 4 3
(c) 5 (d) 5 4.
13 13 1 1
3 4
2. If (1101)2 = 1212201, then find the value of 121.2201 . 4 3
[SSC CGL T-I 2012] 1 7
(a) 1 (b) 3
(a) 1.101 (b) 11.01 12 12
(c) 10.11 (d) 110.1 5 7
(c) 5 (d) 6
12 12
6.1
6.2 Square Roots and Cube Roots
5. The square root of 0.4 is 15. The number, whose square is equal to the difference between
the squares of 975 and 585 is
(a) 0.6 (b) 0.7
(a) 390 (b) 780
(c) 0.8 (d) 0.9 (c) 1240 (d) 1560
0.009 0.036 0.016 0.08 16. Given that, 574.6 23.97 , 5746 75.8 , then,
6. is equal to
0.002 0.0008 0.0002 0.00005746 equals
[SSC CGL T-I 2010] (a) 0.0002397 (b) 0.002397
(a) 39 (b) 38 (c) 0.00758 (d) 0.007580
(c) 36 (d) 34
17. The square root of a positive number less than 100 lies
7. The positive square root of between
(0.6 × 0.6 × 0.6 + 0.4 × 0.4 × 0.4 + 3 × 0.6 × 0.4) is equal (a) 0 and 10 (b) 0 and 1000
to [SSC SAS 2010]
(c) – 10 and 10 (d) – 100 and 100
(a) 0.072 (b) 0.21736
(c) 1 (d) 2.1736 18. How many positive integers less than 1000 are multiples of
11 whose square roots are whole numbers?
1 (a) 11 (b) 8
8. If 3 1.7321 , then the value of 192 48 75 ,
(c) 4 (d) 2
2
correct to 3 places of decimal is 19. Given that 13 3.6 and 130 11.4 , then the value
(a) 1.7321 (b) 3.4642 of 1.3 1300 0.013 is equal to
(c) 4.331 (d) 8.661
(a) 36.164 (b) 38.154
a (c) 37.254 (d) 39.714
9. If 0.05 0.5 a 0.5 0.05 b , then is equal to
b
[SSC 2014] 20. The value of 10 6 0.25 is [SSC 2014]
(a) 0.00025 (b) 0.0025
(a) 0.0005 (b) 0.0025
(c) 0.025 (d) 0.25
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.50
4 0.04
10. The value of is close to [SSC 2014] 21. The square root of 33 4 35 is [SSC CGL 2013]
4 0.4
(a) 1.4 (b) 1.0 (a) 7 2 5 (b) 7 2 5
(c) 0.8 (d) 0.4
11. Number of digits in the square root of 62478078 is (c) 2 7 5 (d) 2 7 5
[SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 3 (b) 4 22. The digit in the units place in the square root of 66049 is
[SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 5 (d) 6
(a) 2 (b) 3
12. If 18225 135 , then the value of (c) 7 (d) 8
18225 182.25 1.8225 0.018225 is 0.75 3
0.75 0.75 1 is
2
[SSC 2012] 23. The square root of
(a) 1.49985 (b) 14.9985 1 0.75
(c) 149.985 (d) 1499.85 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
13. The square root of 2 3 is [SSC CGL 2015]
2 6.12 61.12 611.12
(a)
1
2
3 1
(b)
1
2
32 24. The value of
0.612 6.112 61.112
is
(a) 100 (b) 10
(c)
1
2
3 1 (d) None of these (c) 1.1 (d) 0.1
25. Given that 24 is approximately equal to 4.898. The value
14. The value of 0.000441 is equal to [SSC 2015] 8
(a) 0.00021 (b) 0.0021 of is nearly equal to
3
(c) 0.021 (d) 0.21 (a) 2.666 (b) 1.633
(c) 1.333 (d) 0.544
Square Roots and Cube Roots 6.3
26. The value of 19.36 0.1936 0.001936 0.00001936 38. A teacher wants to arrange his students in an equal number
of rows and columns. If there are 1369 students, the number
is [SSC 2013]
of students in the last row are [SSC 2014]
(a) 4.8484 (b) 4.4684
(a) 33 (b) 37
(c) 4.4848 (d) 4.8884
(c) 43 (d) 47
27. A General of Army wants to form a square from 36562
armies. After arrangement, he found some armies left. How 39. The smallest whole number that is to be multiplied with
many armies were left? [SSC CGL 2015] 59535 to make a perfect square number is x. The sum of
(a) 36 (b) 65 digits of x is [SSC CAPF & CISF 2015]
(c) 81 (d) 97 (a) 5 (b) 6
(c) 7 (d) 9
28. If 5416*6 is a perfect square, then the digit at * is
[SSC 2015] 40. The least number that should be subtracted from the number
(a) 4 (b) 5 32146 to make it a perfect square is [SSC 2015]
(c) 7 (d) 9 (a) 85 (b) 105
29. The fourth root of 24010000 is [SSC CGL 2013] (c) 135 (d) 151
(a) 7 (b) 49 41. Which of the following is true? [SSC 2014]
(c) 70 (d) 490
30. What is the least number which should be subtracted from
(a) 5 3 6 2 1
0.000326, to have perfect square? (b) 5 3 6 2
(a) 0.000002 (b) 0.000004
(c) 5 3 6 2
(c) 0.02 (d) 0.04
(d) 5 3 6 2
31. If x is a perfect square integer such that 7 < (2x – 3) < 17,
then the value of x is [SSC 2010]
(a) 4 (b) 9 42. 8 57 38 108 169 = ? [SSC CGL T-I 2011]
(c) 16 (d) 25
32. If a = 64 and b = 289, then the value of (a) 10 (b) 8
(c) 6 (d) 4
1/ 2
a b b a is [SSC CGL 2014]
43. The simplified value of 5 11 19 29 49 is
1
(a) 22 (b) 2 (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) – 2 (d) 4 (c) 4 (d) 6
33. The value of
0.064 0.256 15.625
0.025 0.625 4.096
is [SSC DP 2012] 44. Simplify : 12.1 2
8.1
2
0.25 2
0.25 19.95
(a) 4 (b) 3
(a) 1.25 (b) 2
(c) 2 (d) 1
(c) 2.5 (d) 0.25
45. The smallest number by which 243000 be divided so that
34. The greatest 4-digit number which is a perfect square is
[SSC CGL 2013] the quotient is a perfect cube is [SSC GD 2015]
(a) 9604 (b) 9801 (a) 3 (b) 6
(c) 9909 (d) 9994 (c) 9 (d) 27
35. A number of boys raised 12,544 for a famine fund, each
46. 3
15612 154 225 is equal to [SSC CGL 2010]
boy has given as many rupees as there were boys. The
number of boys was [SSC 2015] (a) 125 (b) 75
(a) 132 (b) 122 (c) 25 (d) 15
(c) 112 (d) 102 47. The smallest natural number, by which 3000 must be divided
36. 1008 divided by which single-digit number gives a perfect to make the quotient a perfect cube is
square? [SSC 2015] (a) 6 (b) 5
(a) 4 (b) 7 (c) 4 (d) 3
(c) 8 (d) 9 48. The sum of the squares of two numbers is 146 and the square
37. The sum of the perfect squares between 120 and 300 is root of one of them is 5 . The cube of the other number is
[SSC 2015]
(a) 729 (b) 1000
(a) 1024 (b) 1204
(c) 1331 (d) 1728
(c) 1296 (d) 1400
6.4 Square Roots and Cube Roots
49. 3
1000 3 0.008 3 0.125 is equal to [SSC CPO 2010]
(a) 0.06216
(c) 6.216
(b) 0.6216
(d) 62.16
(a) 9.9997 (b) 9.997
(c) 9.97 (d) 9.7 61. By how much does 12 18 exceed 2 3 2 2 ?
72.9 (a) 2 (b) 3
50. 3 is equal to
0.4096 (c) 2 (d) 3
(a) 3.3125 (b) 5.625
(c) 6.4375 (d) 8.125 62. 8 2 15 is equal to
51. If the cube root of 79507 is 43, then the value of (a) 3 5
3
79.507 3 0.079507 3 0.000079507 is (b) 5 3
[SSC CGL T-I 2015]
(c) 5 3
(a) 0.4773 (b) 4.773
(c) 47.73 (d) 477.3 (d) 5 3
52. 2 3 40 4 3 320 3 3 625 3 3 5 is equal to 1
[SSC CGL T-II 2012] 63. The value of 52 6 is
(a) 0 (b) 3
340 52 6
(c) 2 3 340 (d) 3
660 (a) 5 1 (b) 1 5
(c) 2 2 (d) 2 3
53. The value of 3
0.000729 [SSC MTS 2013]
(a) 0.03 (b) 0.09
(c) 0.3 (d) 0.9 64. The value of 3 3 8 7 4 3 is
54. The smallest positive integer n, for which 864n is a perfect (a) 8 (b) 3
cube is (c) 2 (d) 1
65. When 4 7 is presented in the form of perfect square
(a) 4 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 1
it will be equal to
55. The sum of the cubes of the numbers 22, – 15 and – 7 is 2 2
1
equal to (a) 7 1 (b) 7 1
(a) 0 (b) 6930 2 2 2
(c) 13680 (d) 14366
2 7 3 4
2 2
(c) (d)
56. 12 is equal to 1
3 4 [SSC CPO & MTS 2010 & 2013]
66. The value of 11 2 30 is
125
11 2 30
(a) 2.4 (b) 1.8
(c) 1.6 (d) 1.4 (a) 1 5 (b) 1 6
57. By what least number should 4320 be multiplied so as to (c) 2 5 (d) 2 6
obtain a number which is a perfect cube? [SSC CPO 2010]
(a) 10 (b) 20 67. The value of the expression 6 6 6 ... upto is
(c) 50 (d) 75
[SSC 2015]
3 (a) 2 (b) 3
58. The value of 43 152 is [SSC MTS 2013]
(c) 5 (d) 30
(a) 3606 (b) 3943
(c) 4217 (d) 4913 68. The value of 72 72 72 ... is
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 8 (b) 9
59. 3
333 3
333 334 3 333 333 334
3 3
(c) 12 (d) 18
(a) 10 (b) 11
(c) 12 (d) 15 69. Find the value of 30 30 30 ...
60. If cube root of 175616 is 56, then the value of [SSC CGL 2013]
3 3 3 (a) 5 (b) 6
175.616 0.175616 0.000175616 is equal to
(c) 7 (d) 3 10
Square Roots and Cube Roots 6.5
70. If m 5 5 5 ... and n 5 5 5 ... 73. 3 3 3 ... is equal to [SSC 2010]
then among the following the relation between m and n (a) 2 3 (b) 3 3
hold is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) m + n + 1 = 0 (b) m – n – 1 = 0 (c) 3 (d) 3
(c) m – n + 1 = 0 (d) m + n – 1 = 0
74. 2 2 2 ... is equal to
71. 12 12 12 ... is equal to (a) 3 (b) 2
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 2 2 (d) 2
(c) 4 (d) 6
72. 1 1 1 ... 10 25 108 154 225
75.
3
? [SSC CISF 2015]
(a) Equals 1 8
(b) Is greater than 2 1
(a) (b) 2
(c) Lies between 0 and 1 2
(d) Lies between 1 and 2 (c) 4 (d) 8
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (d) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (a) 66. (c) 67. (b) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (c)
SOLUTIONS
51 3600 3600 60 8 32 42
132
1 1 25
1. 21 4 . 13 13
169 169 169 13 13 42 32
32 42 3 42
1212201 1212201 1101
2. 121.2201 11.01 . 5 65 5
10000 10000 100 13 5 .
3. 625686734489 has 12 digits, so the number of digits in its square 3 4 12 12
root is 6.
4 4 2
Note : If a number has n digits, then the
5. 0.4 0.6 .
9 9 3
number of digits in its square root is
0.009 0.036 0.016 0.08 9 36 16 8
n if n is even and n 1 if n is odd 6.
2 0.002 0.0008 0.0002 28 2
2
9 36 4 9 36 4 3 6 2 36 .
4
a b 4 a2 b2 a 2 b2
4. We have : a 2
b2 7. 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 3 0.6 0.4
a2 b2 a 2
b 2
0.6 3 0.4 3 3 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6 0.4 1
4 4
1 1 a 3 b3 3ab a b a b 3
3 4 2 2 2 2 0.6 0.4 3
4 3 1 1 13 13
2 2 3 4
1 1 4 3 4 3 13 1 1 .
3
4
4 3
6.6 Square Roots and Cube Roots
8. 1 1 4 5746 5746 75.8
192 48 75 26 3 2 3 3 52 16. 0.00005746 0.00758 .
2 2 10 8 8 104
10
1
8 3 4 3 5 3 8 3 2 3 5 3
2
17. Let the required positive number be x. Then,
0 < x < 100
3 8 2 5 3 1.7321 .
0 x 100 0 x 10 .
9. 0.05 0.5 a 0.5 0.05 b
Thus, the square root lies between 0 and 10.
Squaring on both sides, we get : 18. Required numbers are of the form (1 × 11)2 , (2 × 11)2,
0.05 × 0.5 × a = × (0.5)2
×b (0.05)2
(3 × 11)2 , ... i.e. 112 , 222 , 332 , ... i.e. 121, 484, 1089 ....
5 5 5 5 5 5
a b But out of these only two are less than 1000, namely 121 and 484.
100 10 10 10 100 100
a 5 5 25 19. 130 130
0.025 . 1.3 1300 0.013 13 100
b 10 100 1000 100 10000
4 0.04
4
4
4
4 4
2 38
10
130
13 100 130
11.4
10
3.6 10
11.4
100
100 100 10 100 10000
10.
4 0.4 4 4 2 14
4 4 4 = 1.14 + 36 + 0.114 = 37.254.
9 9 3 3
38 3 57 2
=
10 14
70
0.8 . 20. 10 6 0.25 10 3 2 25
100
10
3 2 5
10
8
11. 62478078 has 8 digits. So, its square root will have i.e. 4 3 5 5
2 = 10 0.0005 .
10 10000
digits.
5 2 2 7 5
2 2
21. 33 4 35 2 7
Note : If a number has n digits, then the number of
digits m in its square root is given by
5
2
= 2 7
n
m , if n is even ; m n 1
, if n is odd.
33 4 35 2 7 5 .
1/ 2
2 2
12. 18225 182.25 1.8225 0.018225 22. 66049 257
18225 18225 18225
18225 257
100 10000 1000000
2 66049
135 135 135 4
135
10 100 1000 45 260
225
135 13.5 1.35 0.135 149.985 .
507 3549
13.
2 3
2 2 3
42 3 3549
2 4 4 ×
3 3 1
2 2
12 2 3 1 The units place in the square root of 66049 is 7.
=
22 22
0.753 0.75 0.75 1
2
2 3 3 1 23.
. 1 0.75
2 2
0.753 1 0.75 12 0.752 1 0.75
441 441 21
14. 0.000441 0.021 . 1 0.75
1000000 1000000 1000
15. Let the required number be x. Then,
b3 a b a 2 b 2 ab where a = 1 , b = 0.75
x2 = 9752 – 5852 = (975 – 585) (975 + 585) a b
[ a2 – b2 = (a – b) (a + b)]
b3 a 3 b3
a3
[ (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab = a3 – b3]
x2 = 390 × 1560 = (2 × 3 × 5 × 13) × (23 × 3 × 5 × 13) a b ab
x2 = 24 × 32 × 52 ×132
13 1
x = 22 × 3 × 5 × 13 = 780. 4 2.
1 0.75 0.25
Square Roots and Cube Roots 6.7
31. 7 < (2x – 3) < 17
24.
6.12 61.12 611.12 7 < 2x – 3 and 2x – 3 < 17
0.612 6.112 61.112 10 < 2x and 2x < 20
5 < x and x < 10 5 < x < 10.
0.61 10 2 6.11 10 2 61.11 10 2 The only perfect square integer lying between 5 and 10 is 9.
0.612 6.112 61.112 32. a = 64 a 64 8 ; b = 289 b 289 17.
0.61 6.11 61.11
1/ 2
2 2 2 1/2
100 100 10 . a b b a 8 17 17 8
0.612 6.112 61.112
1/ 2
5 3
1/ 2
= 25 9 21/ 2 .
8 83 24 4.898
25. 1.633 . 0.064 0.256 15.625 64 256 15625
3 3 3 3 3 33.
0.025 0.625 4.096 25 625 4096
26. 19.36 0.1936 0.001936 0.00001936
64 256 15625 8 16 125
1936 1936 1936 1936 2
= 25 625 4096 5 25 64
100 10000 1000000 100000000
34. The greatest 4-digit number is 9999.
44 44 44 44
= 1936 44
10 100 1000 10000 We have to find the least number that must be subtracted from
= 4.4 + 0.44 + 0.044 + 0.0044 = 4.8884. 9999 to make it a perfect square.
27. Here we have to find the number that must be subtracted from Clearly, this number is 198.
36562, to make it a perfect square. 99
Required number is 81. 9 9999
Thus, 81 armies were left. 81
189 1899
191 1701
1 36562 198
1
29 265 Now, the greatest 4-digit number which is a perfect square
261 = 9999 – 198 = 9801.
381 462 35. Let the number of boys be n. Then,
381
n2 = 12544 n2 = 28 × 72 = (24 × 7)2
81
n = 24 × 7 = 16 × 7 = 112.
28. The number of boys = 112.
736 36. 1008 = 24 × 32 × 7
7 5416 6 2 1008
49 2 504
143 516 2 252
429 2 126
1466 87 6 3 63
8796 3 21
0 if 9 7
Clearly, 1008 when divided by 7 gives a perfect square.
29. 4
24010000 4 2401 10000 37. The perfect squares between 120 and 300 are 121, 144, 169, 196,
4
7 4 104 7 10 70 . 225, 256, 289.
=
Required sum = 121 + 144 + 169 + 196 + 225 + 226 + 289 = 1400.
7 2401
38. The teacher will have 37 rows and 37 columns when 1369 students
7 343
are arranged.
7 49 37
7 3 1369
30. Required number 0.018 9
1 0.000326 67 469
= 0.000326 – (0.018)2
1 469
= 0.000326 – 0.000324 28 226 ×
224 So, the number of students in each row
= 0.000002.
2 (and in the last row particularly) will be 37.
6.8 Square Roots and Cube Roots
12.1 0.25
39. 59535 = 35 × 5 × 72 = (32)2 × 72 × (3 × 5)
8.1 0.25 19.95
2 2 2
44.
59535 × 15 = (32)2 × 72 × 152 = (9 × 7 × 15)2
3 59535
12.1 8.1 12.1 8.1 0.25 0.25 19.95
3 19845 [ a2 – b2 = (a – b) (a + b)]
3 6615 4 20.2 0.25 20.2
3 2205
4 20.2
3 735 16 4 .
0.25 20.2
5 249 45. 243000 = 243 × 1000
7 49
= 3 3 3 3 3 10 10 10
7
3 243
Clearly, x = 15 i.e. the number obtained by multiplying 59535 by 3 81
15 is a perfect square. 3 27
Sum of digits of x is 1 + 5 = 6. 3 9
3
40.
Clearly, the number 243000 must be divided
by 3 × 3 i.e. by 9 to make it a perfect cube.
179
3
1 32146 46. 15612 154 225
1
3 15612 154 15 3
15612 169
27 221
3
189 3 15612 13 3 15625 56 52 25 .
349 3246
3141 5 15625
5 3125
105
5 625
5 125
Clearly, the least number that must be subtracted from 32146 to 5 25
make it a perfect square is 105.
5
41. We have :
47. We have : 3000 2 2 2 3 5 5 5
2
5 3 5 3 2 15 8 2 15 .
Clearly, 3000 must be divided by 3, to obtain a perfect cube.
2
2
6 6 2 2 12 8 2 12 . 2 3000
2 1500
Now, 15 > 12 15 12 8 2 15 8 2 12
2 750
2 2
5 3 6 2 3 375
5 125
5 3 6 2.
5 25
5
42. 8 57 38 108 169
48. Let the two numbers be a and b. And, let a 5 , then a = 5.
8 57 38 108 13 8 57 38 121 Now, a2 + b2 = 146
52 + b2 = 146 b2 = 146 – 25 = 121 = 112 b = 11.
8 57 38 11 8 57 49 b3 = 113 = 1331.
49. 3
1000 3 0.008 3 0.125
8 57 7 8 64 8 8 16 4 .
3 8 125 3 23 53
103 3 3 103 3 3 3 3
1000 1000 10 10
43. 5 11 19 29 49 5 11 19 29 7
2 5
10 10 0.2 0.5 9.7 .
10 10
5 11 19 36 5 11 19 6
72.9 729 1000
50. 3 3
0.4096 4096
5 11 25 5 11 5 5 16
93 103
54 9 3. 3 [Note : 729 = 36 ; 4096 = 212]
163
Square Roots and Cube Roots 6.9
3
93 103
3
9 10 45 3
a3 b3 c3 3abc where a = 333 , b = 333 , c = 334
5.625 .
16 8 1
a b
3
163 3 a b c 2
b c c a
2 2
2
3 3 3
51. 79.507 0.079507 0.000079507 a 3 b3 c 3 3ab a b c a 2 b2 c 2 ab bc ca
3
79507 3 79507 3 79507
103
106
109
1
2
a b c a b b c c a
2 2 2
43 43 43 43 43 43
10 102 103 10 100 1000
4.3 0.43 0.043 4.773 .
3
1
2
333 333 334 333 3332 333 334 2 334 3332
52. 2 3 40 4 3 320 3 3 625 3 3 5 1
3 1000 0 1 1 3 1000 10 .
2 8 5 4 64 5 3
3 3 3 125 5 3 5 3 2
3 3 3 3 3
4 5 16 5 15 5 3 5 = 0. 60. 175.616 3 0.175616 3 0.000175616
175616 3 175616 3 175616
3
3 729 93 103 106 109
53. 0.000729 3 3
106 106 56 56 56
5.6 0.56 0.056 6.216 .
9 32 3 10 10 2 103
0.3 .
10 2
102 10 61. 12 18 4 3 9 2 2 3 3 2 .
54. We have : 864n 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 n 12 18 2 3 2 2
Clearly, for 864n to be a perfect cube, the least value of n must be 2. 2 33 22 32 2 2.
2 864 So, 12 18 exceed 2 3 2 2 by 2.
432
5 3 2 5 3 5 3
2 2 2 2
62. 8 2 15
2 216
2 108 8 2 15 5 3.
3 2 2 3 2 3 2
2 54 2 2 2
63. 5 2 6
3 27
3 9 52 6 3 2
3 1 1
52 6 3 2
52 6 3 2
55. (22)3 + (– 15)3 + (– 7)3 = 10648 – 3375 – 343 = 6930.
3 2 1
2
3 5 2 6 1 42 6
12 512 83 83
8
56. 3 4 3 3 1.6 . 3 2 3 2 3 2
125 125 55 3 3
5 5
42 6 3 2
57. 4320 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 4 3 4 2 2 18 2 12
3 2 3 2
Clearly, 4320 must be multiplied by 2 × 2 × 5 i.e. by 20 to make it 4 34 26 34 3 2 3.
a perfect cube.
64. 3 38 7 4 3
2 4320
2 2160
2 1080 3 38 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
2 540
3 2
2
2 270 3 38
3 135
3 45 3 3 8 2 3
3 15
3 19 8 3
5
3 4 3 2 4 3
2
2
3
3 3
58. 43 152 64 225 289 173 4913 .
4 3
2
3 34 3
59. 3
3333 3333 334 3 3 333 333 334
4 2.
6.10 Square Roots and Cube Roots
1 m2 – m = n2 + n m2 – n2 = m + n (m + n) (m – n) = m + n
8 2 7 1 7 12 2 1 7
2
65. 4 7
2 2 m – n = 1 m – n – 1 = 0.
2
1
7 1 1
7 1 .
2
71. Let x 12 12 12 ... x 12 x
2 2
Squaring on both sides, we get:
6 5 2 6 5 6 5
2 2 2
66. 11 2 30
x2 = 12 + x x2 – x – 12 = 0 (x – 4) (x + 3) = 0
11 2 30 6 5
x = 4. [ x > 0]
1 1
11 2 30 6 5
11 2 30 6 5 72. Let x 1 1 1 ... x 1 x
6 5 1
2
11 2 30 1 10 2 30 Squaring on both sides, we get:
6 5 6 5 6 5 x2 = 1 + x x2 – x – 1 = 0
10 2 30 6 5 10 6 2 180 10 5 2 150 1 1 4
x [By quadratic formula]
2
6 5 6 5 6 2 5 2
1 5
10 6 12 5 10 5 10 6 x [ x > 0]
2 5. 2
1
1 2.236
x 1.618 . 5 2.236
67. Let x 6 6 6 ... upto x 6 x 2
Squaring on both sides, we get: x lies between 1 and 2.
x2 = 6 + x x2 – x – 6 = 0 (x – 3) (x + 2) = 0
73. Let x 3 3 3 ... x 3x
x = 3. [ x > 0]
Squaring on both sides, we get:
68. Let x 72 72 72 ... x 72 x x2 = 3x x = 3.
Squaring on both sides, we get: 74. Let x 2 2 2 ... x 2 x
x2 = 72 + x x2 – x – 72 = 0 (x – 9) (x + 8) = 0
Squaring on both sides, we get:
x = 9. [ x > 0]
x2 = 2 + x x2 – x – 2 = 0 (x – 2) (x + 1) = 0
69. Let x 30 30 30 ... x 30 x x = 2. [ x > 0]
Squaring on both sides, we get: 75. 10 25 108 154 225
x2 = 30 + x x2 – x – 30 = 0 (x – 6) (x + 5) = 0
x = 6. [ x > 0] 10 25 108 154 15
70. m 5 5 5 ... m 5 m 10 25 108 169
Squaring on both sides, we get: 10 25 108 13
m2 = 5 + m m2 – m = 5. ... (i)
10 25 121 10 25 11
Also, n 5 5 5 ... n 5n
10 36 10 6 16 4 .
Squaring on both sides, we get:
n2 = 5 – n n2 + n = 5. ... (ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have:
Number Series 7.1
7 NUMBER SERIES
EXERCISE
1. The next number in the sequence 2, 8, 18, 32, 50, … is 13. The next number of the sequence 5, 10, 13, 26, 29, 58, 61
(a) 80 (b) 76 … is
(c) 72 (d) 68 (a) 64 (b) 93
(c) 120 (d) 122
2. The next number of the sequence 2, 6, 12, 20, 30, 42, 56 is
(a) 72 (b) 70 14. Find out the wrong number in the sequence: 40960, 10240,
(c) 64 (d) 60 2560, 640, 200, 40, 10 [SSC 2015]
(a) 40 (b) 200
3. Next number of the sequence 2, 9, 28, 65, 126 is
[SSC 2010]
(c) 640 (d) 2560
(a) 217 (b) 208 15. The wrong, number in the series 21, 9, 28, 65, 126, 216,
(c) 199 (d) 195 344 is [SSC 2012]
4. Next term of the sequence 8, 12, 9, 13, 10, 14 … is (a) 9 (b) 65
[SSC 2010] (c) 216 (d) None of these
(a) 17 (b) 16 16. Insert the missing number 3, 18, 12, 72, 66, 396,?
(c) 15 (d) 11 [SSC CGL 2012]
5. The next number of the sequence 3, 5, 9, 17, 33 is (a) 300 (b) 350
[SSC 2014] (c) 380 (d) 390
(a) 49 (b) 50 17. The wrong number of the sequence 4, 9, 19, 39, 79, 169,
(c) 60 (d) 65
319 is [SSC 2010]
6. The next number of the sequence 51, 52, 56, 65 is (a) 9 (b) 39
[SSC 2010] (c) 79 (d) 169
(a) 81 (b) 79
(c) 78 (d) 75 18. The wrong number of the sequence 36, 81, 144, 225, 256,
441 is [SSC CISF 2010]
7. The next number of the sequence 3, 7, 15, 31, 63, ? is (a) 256 (b) 225
[SSC CPO 2010]
(c) 81 (d) 36
(a) 127 (b) 123
(c) 111 (d) 95 19. The missing term to the sequence 0, 3, 8, 15, 24, _, 48 is
8. The next term of the sequence 2, 9, 28, 65, 126, … is (a) 30 (b) 35
[SSC CISF 2010] (c) 36 (d) 39
(a) 217 (b) 216 20. Find the missing number of the sequence 3, 14, 25, 36, 47, ?
(c) 205 (d) 199 (a) 56 (b) 54
9. The next term of the sequence 1, 2, 5, 26, … is (c) 55 (d) 58
(a) 47 (b) 50 21. The wrong term in the sequence 7, 28, 63, 124, 215, 342,
(c) 152 (d) 677 511 is
10. The sixth term of the sequence 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, _, 29 is (a) 215 (b) 124
(a) 19 (b) 22 (c) 28 (d) 7
(c) 24 (d) 25 22. The missing term of the sequence 9, 12, 11, 14, 13, _, 15 is
11. The next term in the sequence 6, 25, 62, 123, 214, … is (a) 10 (b) 12
(a) 341 (b) 342 (c) 16 (d) 17
(c) 343 (d) None of these 23. The wrong number in the sequence 1, 8, 27, 84, 125, 216,
12. The next number of the sequence 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, … is 343 is
(a) 23 (b) 25 (a) 216 (b) 84
(c) 31 (d) 34 (c) 27 (d) 1
7.1
7.2 Number Series
24. The wrong number in the sequence 3, 5, 7, 9, 13, 17, 19 is 36. What will come in the place of question mark (?) in the
[SSC 2010] series 2, 7, 14, 23, ?, 47
(a) 7 (b) 9 (a) 28 (b) 31
(c) 13 (d) 17 (c) 34 (d) 38
25. The value of x in the sequence 1, 2, 6, 24, x is
1 1 1
(a) 120 (b) 96 37. The value of * in the sequence 27, 9, 3, *, , , is
(c) 56 (d) 46 3 9 27
(a) – 3 (b) – 1
26. The wrong number of the sequence 4, 9, 25, 49, 121, 144 is (c) 1 (d) 0
[SSC CPO 2010]
(a) 4 (b) 49 38. The numbers of the sequence 52, 51, 48, 43, 34, 27, 16
(c) 121 (d) 144 form a pattern. Which of them is misfit in the pattern?
27. Find out the wrong number in the sequence 169, 144, 121, (a) 485 (b) 43
100, 82, 64, 49 [SSC GD 2011] (c) 34 (d) 27
(a) 49 (b) 64 39. Given below is a finite sequence of numbers with an
(c) 82 (d) 144 unknown x. The value of x is 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, x, 34.
28. The odd term in the sequence 0, 7, 26, 63, 124, 217 is (a) 17 (b) 19
[SSC CGL 2013] (c) 20 (d) 21
(a) 7 (b) 26 40. The missing number of the sequence 0, 2, 8, 18, _, 50 is
(c) 63 (d) 217 (a) 36 (b) 32
1 3 5 7 (c) 30 (d) 28
29. The next number of the sequence , , , , ... is
2 4 8 16 41. Which number in the sequence 41, 43, 47, 53, 61, 71, 73,
[SSC 2014] 81 is wrongly written?
9 9 (a) 81 (b) 73
(a) (b) (c) 71 (d) 61
24 32
10 11 42. The next number of the sequence 2, 5, 10, 14, 18, 23, 26,
(c) (d) 32… is
24 32
(a) 37 (b) 36
30. The wrong (misfit) number of the sequence (c) 34 (d) 33
5, 15, 45, 135, 395, 1215, 3645 is [SSC CHSL 2010]
43. Which number in the sequence 8, 27, 64, 100, 125, 216,
(a) 5 (b) 45
343 is wrongly written?
(c) 135 (d) 395
(a) 343 (b) 125
31. In the following number series a wrong number is given. (c) 100 (d) 27
Find out that number. 8, 18, 40, 86, 178, 370, 752
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
44. The ninth term of the sequence 0, 3, 8, 15, 24, 35, …is
(a) 128 (b) 156 (a) 99 (b) 80
(c) 178 (d) 180 (c) 70 (d) 63
32. What will come in place of the question mark (?) in the 45. In the sequence of numbers 0, 7, 26, 63, …, 215, 342 the
series? 3, 8, 27, 112, (?), 3396 [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014] missing term is
(a) 452 (b) 560 (a) 135 (b) 125
(c) 565 (d) 678 (c) 124 (d) 115
33. The next term of the sequence 2, 3, 6, 7, 14 … is 46. The numbers of the sequence 56, 72, 90, 110, 132, 154
[SSC CGL 2010] form a pattern. Which of them is a misfit in the pattern?
(a) 20 (b) 18 (a) 154 (b) 132
(c) 17 (d) 15 (c) 110 (d) 72
34. Pick the odd one out from the sequence of numbers. 19, 23, 47. The seventh term of the sequence 1, 3, 6, 10, … is
29, 37, 43, 46, 47, is [SSC 2014] (a) 32 (b) 28
(a) 19 (b) 23 (c) 26 (d) 20
(c) 37 (d) 46 48. In the sequence of numbers 5, 8, 15, 20, 29, 40, 53, one
35. The missing number in the sequence 5, 6, 15, _?_ 89, 170, number is wrong. The wrong number is
291 is (a) 40 (b) 29
(a) 32 (b) 40 (c) 20 (d) 15
(c) 42 (d) 50 49. The sixth term of the sequence 2, 6, 11, 17, …is
Number Series 7.3
(a) 36 (b) 32 1
(c) 30 (d) 24 (c) 11 1 (d) 11
2 4
1 1 3 51. The ratio of the fifth and sixth terms of the sequence 1, 3, 6,
50. The next term of the sequence , 3 , 6, 8 … is
2 4 4 10, …is
1 3 (a) 5 : 6 (b) 5 : 7
(a) 10 (b) 10 (c) 6 : 5 (d) 7 : 5
4 4
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (b)
SOLUTIONS
7. 3 7 15 31 63 X = 63 + 64 = 127
50 + 22 = 72
1. 2 8 18 32 50 x +4 +8 +16 +32 +64
So, the next number of the sequence is 127.
+6 +10 +14 +18 +22
So, the next number in the sequence is 72. 8. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
1 + 13 = 2
56 + 16 = 72 1 + 23 = 9
2. 2 6 12 20 30 42 56 X 1 + 33 = 28
1 + 43 = 65
+4 +6 +8 +10 +12 +14 +16
1 + 53 = 126
So, the next number of the sequence is 72.
1 + 63 = 217
3. The given series has terms forming the following pattern. So, the next number of the sequence is 217.
13 + 1 = 2
9. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
23 + 1 = 9
02 + 1 = 1
33 + 1 = 28
12 + 1 = 2
43 + 1 = 65
22 + 1 = 5
53 + 1 = 126 52 + 1 = 26
63 + 1 = 217 262 + 1 = 677
So, the next number of the sequence is 217.
So, the next term of the sequence is 677.
14 – 3 = 11
4. 8 12 9 13 10 14 X 23 + 2 = 25
+4 –3 +4 –3 +4 –3 10. 11 13 17 19 23 X 29
So, the next term in the given sequence is 11. +2 +4 +2 +4 +2 +4
33 + 32 = 65 So, the sixth term of the sequence is 25.
5. 3 5 9 17 33 X 11. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
23 – 2 = 6
2 3 4 5
+2 +2 +2 +2 +2 33 – 2 = 25
So, the next number of the sequence is 65. 43 – 2 = 62
53 – 2 = 123
6. 51 52 56 65 X = 65 + 16 = 81
63 – 2 = 214
2 2 2 2
+1 +2 +3 +4 73 – 2 = 341
So, the next number of the sequence is 81. So, the next term in the sequence is 341.
7.4 Number Series
12. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
47 + 11 = 58
2+3=5
20. 3 14 25 36 47 X
5+3=8
8 + 5 = 13 +11 +11 +11 +11 +11
13 + 8 = 21 So, the missing number in the sequence is 58.
21 + 13 = 34 21. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
So, the next number of the sequence is 34.
23 – 1 = 7
61 × 2 = 122 33 – 1 = 26 28
13. 5 10 13 26 29 58 61 X 43 – 1 = 63
×2 +3 ×2 +3 ×2 +3 ×2 53 – 1 = 124
So, the next number of the sequence is 122. 63 – 1 = 215
160 73 – 1 = 342
14. 40960 10240 2560 640 200 40 10 83 – 1 = 511
÷4 ÷4 ÷4 ÷4 ÷4 ÷4 So, the wrong term in the sequence is 28.
So, the wrong number in the sequence is 200.
13 + 3 = 16
15. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
22. 9 12 11 14 13 ? 15
13 + 1 = 2
+3 –1 +3 –1 +3 –1
23 + 1 = 9
33 + 1 = 28 So, the missing term of the sequence is 16.
43 + 1 = 65 23. In the given sequence, all others except 84 are perfect cube.
53 + 1 = 126 So, the wrong number of the given sequence is 84.
63 + 1 = 217 216 24. In the given sequence, except 9 all are prime numbers.
73 + 1 = 344
24 × 5 = 120
So, the wrong number in the sequence is 216.
25. 1 2 6 24 X
16. 3 18 12 72 66 396 X = 390
×2 ×3 ×4 ×5
×6 –6 ×6 –6 ×6 –6
So, the missing number is 390. So, the value of x is 120.
159 26. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
17. 4 9 19 39 79 169 319 22 = 4
32 = 9
×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 ×2+1 52 = 25
So, the wrong number of the sequence is 169. 72 = 49
18. The given series as terms forming the following pattern: 112 = 121
62 = 36 132 = 169 144
92 = 81 2, 3, 5, 7, 11 and 13 are first six prime numbers.
122 = 144 So, the wrong number of the sequence is 144.
152 = 225
27. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
182 = 324 256 169 = 132
212 = 441
144 = 122
So, the wrong number of the sequence is 256.
121 = 112
19. The given series as terms forming the following pattern. 100 = 102
12 – 1 = 0
81 = 92 82
22 – 1 = 3
64 = 82
32 – 1 = 8
49 = 72
42 – 1 = 15
So, the wrong number of the sequence is 82.
52 – 1 = 24
62 – 1 = 35 28. The given series as terms forming the following pattern
72 – 1 = 48 13 – 1 = 0
So, the missing term is 35. 23 – 1 = 7
Number Series 7.5
33 – 1 = 26 39. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
43 – 1 = 63 0+1=1
53 – 1 = 124
1+1=2
63 – 1 = 215 217
So, the odd term in the sequence is 217. 1+2=3
+2 +2 +2 +2 2+3=5
3+5=8
1 3 5 7 x =7+2=9
29. 5 + 8 = 13
2 4 8 16 y = 16 × 2 = 32
8 + 13 = 21
×2 ×2 ×2 ×2
13 + 21 = 34
9
So, the next number of the sequence is . So, the value of x is 21.
32
405 40. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
30. 5 15 45 135 395 1215 3645
2 × 02 = 0
×3 ×3 ×3 ×3 ×3 ×3 2 × 12 = 2
So, the wrong number is 395. 2 × 22 = 8
180 2 × 32 = 18
31. 8 18 40 86 178 370 752
2 × 42 = 32
×2+2 ×2+4 ×2+6 ×2+8 ×2+10 ×2+12
So, the wrong number of the sequence is 178. 2 × 52 = 50
So, the missing number of the sequence is 32.
565
32. 3 8 27 112 ? 3396
41. In the given sequence, all others except 81 are prime numbers.
×2+2 ×3+3 ×4+4 ×5+5 ×6+6 So, the wrong number of the sequence is 81.
So, 565 will come in place of the (?).
26 + 8 = 34
14 + 1 = 15
42. 2 5 10 14 18 23 26 32 X
33. 2 3 6 7 14 X
+1 ×2 +1 ×2 +1
So, the next number of the sequence is 15. +8 +9 +8 +9 +8 +9 +8
34. In the given sequence, all others except 46, are prime numbers. So, the next number of the sequence is 34.
15 + 25 = 40 43. In the given sequence, all others except 100 are perfect cubes.
35. 5 6 15 X 89 170 291 So, the wrong number in the sequence is 100.
2 2 2 2 2 2
+1 +3 +5 +7 +9 +11 44. 0 3 8 15 24 35 48 63 80
So, the missing number is 40. +3 +5 +7 +9 +11 +13 +15 +17
So, the ninth term in the sequence is 80.
23 + 11 = 34
36. 2 7 14 23 ? 47 45. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
+5 +7 +9 +11 +13 13 – 1 = 0
So, 34 will come in the place of (?). 23 – 1 = 7
33 – 1 = 26
3÷ 3=1 43 – 1 = 63
1 1 1
37. 27 9 3 * 3 9 27
53 – 1 = 124
÷3 ÷3 ÷3 ÷3 ÷3 ÷3 63 – 1 = 215
So, the value of * is 1. 73 – 1 = 342
36 So, the missing term is 124.
38. 52 51 48 43 34 27 16
46. The given series as terms forming the following pattern.
–1 –3 –5 –7 –9 –11 7 × 8 = 56
So, the wrong number in the sequence is 34. 8 × 9 = 72
7.6 Number Series
9 × 10 = 90 49. 2 6 11 17 24 32
10 × 11 = 110
+4 +5 +6 +7 +8
11 × 12 = 132
So, the sixth term in the sequence is 32.
12 × 13 = 156 154
1 1 3
So, the wrong number of the sequence is 154. 50. Clearly, 0.5 , 3 3.25 and 8 8.75
2 4 4
x = 8.75 + 2.75 = 11.5 = 1
47. 1 3 6 10 15 21 28
0.5 3.25 8.75
2
+2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7
+2.75 +2.75 +2.75
So, the 7th term of the sequence is 28.
1
So, the next term of the sequence is 11 .
13 2
48. 5 8 15 20 29 40 53 51. 1 3 6 10 15 21
+3 +5 +7 +9 +11 +13 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6
So, the wrong number in the sequence is 15. Fifth term : Sixth term = 15 : 21 = 5 : 7
8 ALGEBRA
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
1
TF 1. Some Important formulae = (a b c) [(a b)2 (b c) 2 (c a ) 2 ]
2
(i) (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab = (a – b)2 + 4ab
(ii) (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab = (a + b)2 – 4ab
(iii) a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b)
(iv) (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2)
(v) (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
(vi) (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab (a + b)
(vii) (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab(a – b)
(viii) a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 + b2 – ab)
(ix) a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab)
(x) (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
(xi) If a + b + c = 0, then a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
(xii) a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca) =
1
2
a b c a b 2
b c c a
2 2
TF 2. Degree of a polynomial : The degree of a real polynomial is the highest power of x in the polynomial.
Example : The degree of f (x) = x3 + 2x2 – 4 is 3 and the degree of g(x) = 2 is zero.
Note : (i) The degree of a constant polynomial is 0.
(ii) The degree of a zero polynomial is not defined or some times we take it as – 1.
TF 3. Linear polynomial : A polynomial of degree one is called a linear polynomial.
TF 4. Quadratic polynomial : A polynomial of degree two is called a quadratic polynomial. The general form of the
quadratic polynomial is
f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a
TF 5. Polynomial equation : If f (x) is a real polynomial of degree n, then the equation of the form f (x) = 0 is called a
polynomial equation of degree n.
Thus, an equation of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0 where a, b, c are real numbers and a 0 is called a quadratic equation
in x.
TF 6. Roots of a polynomial equation : The roots of a polynomial equation f (x) = 0 are the values of x which satisfy the
equation.
TF 7. Remainder theorem : When a polynomial f (x) is divided by (x – a), then the remainder is f (a).
TF 8. Factor theorem : If (x – a) is a factor of a polynomial f (x), then f (a) = 0.
TF 9. Quadratic formula : Consider the general quadratic equation :
ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a 0, a, b, c R. Then,
b b 2 4ac
x=
2a
8.1
8.2 Algebra
Thus, ax2 + bx + c = 0, a 0 has two roots and given by
b b 2 4ac b b2 4ac
= and =
2a 2a
Note : For the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, the expression D = b 2 4ac is called the discriminant.
TF 10. Nature of roots of a quadratic equation : The roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a 0, and
a, b, c R are
(i) real and distinct, if D > 0
(ii) real and equal, if D = 0
(iii) imaginary, if D < 0
TF 11. Properties of roots of a quadratic equation : If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0,
where a 0 and a, b, c R, then
b coefficient of x c constant term
(i) (ii)
a coefficient of x 2 a coefficient of x 2
TF 12. Maximum or Minimum value of a quadratic equation :
The maximum or minimum value of a quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a 0, and a, b, c R is given by
D
, where D b 2 4ac
4a
EXERCISE
11 – 13x 11 – 13 y 11 –13z
1. If 5 then what is the (a) 3 5 (b) 3 5 – 7
x y z
1 1 1 (c) 3 57 (d) 8
value of ? [SSC CGL 2017]
x y z
7. If (x – 2) and (x + 3) are the factors of the equation
(a) 1 (b) 13/11 2
x + k1x + k2 = 0, then what are the values of k1 and k2?
(c) 13/5 (d) 4 [SSC CGL 2017]
2. If (5x – y)/(5x + y) = 3/7, then what is the value of (a) k1 = 6, k2 = – 1 (b) k1 = 1, k2 = – 6
2 2 2 2
(4x + y – 4xy)/(9x + 16y + 24xy)? [SSC CGL 2017] (c) k1 = 1, k2 = 6 (d) k1 = – 6, k2 = 1
(a) 0 (b) 3/7 8.
2 2 2
If (x /yz) + (y /zx) + (z /xy) = 3, then what is the value of
(c) 18/49 (d) 1/6 3
(x + y + z) ? [SSC CGL 2017]
3. If (1/x) + (1/y) + (1/z) = 0 and x + y + z = 9, then what is the (a) 0 (b) 1
3 3 3
value of x + y + z – 3xyz? [SSC CGL 2017] (c) 2 (d) 3
(a) 81 (b) 361 9. If a (a + b + c) = 45, b (a + b + c) = 75 and c (a + b + c) = 105,
(c) 729 (d) 6561 2 2
then what is the value of (a + b + c )?
2
[SSC CGL 2017]
4 4 3 3
4. If x + (1/x ) = 34, then what is the value of x – (1/x )? (a) 75 (b) 83
[SSC CGL 2017] (c) 217 (d) 225
(a) 0 (b) 6
(c) 8 (d) 14 27 x
10. If 1 1 , then x equal to [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
2 2 169 13
5. If x = 1 – y and x = 2 – y , then what is the value of xy?
[SSC CGL 2017] (a) 1 (b) 3 3
1 (c) 13 (d) 27
(a) – 1 (b) –
2 11.
2 2 2
If a, b, c are real number and a + b + c = 2(a – b – c) – 3,
(c) 1 (d) 2
then the value of a + b + c is [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
6. If x + [1/(x + 7)] = 0, then what is the value of (a) 0 (b) 1
x – [1/(x + 7)]? [SSC CGL 2017] (c) – 1 (d) 3
Algebra 8.3
12. There are 2 teams A and B. If 3 people are shifted from 2x 7
team A to team B, then team B has thrice the number of 22. If x is a prime number and 1 1, then the
5
members than team A. If 2 people are shifted from team B number of values of x is [SSC SI 2016]
to team A, then team B has double the number of members (a) 2 (b) 3
than team A. How many members does team B have (c) 4 (d) 5
originally? [SSC SI 2016]
(a) 38 (b) 40 23. One of the factors of the expression 4 3 x 2 5 x 2 3 is
(c) 42 (d) 45 [SSC 2013]
13. If 999x + 888y = 1332, 888x + 999y = 555, then the value (a) 4x + 3 (b) 4x – 3
of x + y is [SSC 2015]
(c) 4x 3 (d) 4 x 3
(a) 1 (b) 555
(c) 888 (d) 999 24. The minimum value of (x – 2) (x – 9) is [SSC CGL 2013]
2
14. 9x + 25 – 30x can be expressed as the square of [SSC 2015] 11
(a) 0 (b)
(a) 3x + 5 (b) 3x – 5 4
2
(c) – 3x – 5 (d) 3x – 25 49 49
2 (c) (d)
15. If p = 99, then the value of p(p + 3p + 3) is [SSC CGL 2015] 4 4
(a) 988899 (b) 989898
25. If a + b + c = 9 (where a, b, c are positive real numbers),
(c) 998889 (d) 999999 2 2 2
then the minimum value of a + b + c is [SSC 2013]
1 (a) 9 (b) 27
16. For what value(s) of k the expression p p k 2 is a
4 (c) 81 (d) 100
perfect square? [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
1 1 x y 2 2
(a) (b) 26. The third proportional to and x y is
2 3 y x
1 1 [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) (d)
4 8 3
(a) 4 xy (b) xy
a 25 a2 b2
17. If , then the value of 2 is [SSC 2015] (c) xy (d) xy
b 6 a b2
b+c b–c c+a c–a a+b a–b
589 589 27. The value of (x ) (x ) (x ) where (x 0) is
(a) (b) [SSC 2013]
651 661
625 661 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) (d) (c) – 1 (d) 2
36 589
1 28. The value of x varies inversely as square of y. Given that
18. If x 3t , y (t 1), then the value of t for which x = 2y is
2 y = 2 for x = 1, the value of x for y = 6 will be equal to
[SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
[SSC MTS 2013]
1 2 1 1
(a) (b) (a) (b)
2 3 3 9
(c) 1 (d) – 1
(c) 3 (d) 9
1
19. The reciprocal of x is [SSC CGL 2014]
x 29. If [p] means the greatest integer less than or equal to p, then
x 1
(a) (b) x 1 1
x 1 x 4 [3] is equal to
4 4
[SSC SI 2016]
x 1
(c) (d) x (a) 7 (b) 6
x2 1 x
(c) 5 (d) 4
2
20. If (x – 2) is a factor of x + 3Qx – 2Q, then the value of Q is 30.
2
If for a non-zero x, 3x + 5x + 3 = 0, then the value of
[SSC DEO 2014]
1
(a) 1 (b) – 1 x 3 3 is [SSC SI 2016]
x
(c) 2 (d) – 2
5
21. Number of solutions of the two equations 4x – y = 2 and (a) 0 (b)
3
2y – 8x + 4 = 0 is [SSC 2013]
10 12
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) (d)
(c) 0 (d) Infinitely many 27 28
8.4 Algebra
2p 1 1 1
41. If a 3, then the value of a18 + a12 + a6 + 1 is
31. If 2
p 2p 1 4 then the value of p p is a
[SSC CGL 2015] [SSC 2014]
2 (a) 4 (b) – 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) 1 (d) 0
5
(c) 7 (d) 10 1
42. If x 3 2 3 , then the value of x 3 is [SSC 2013]
x3
x2 x 1
2 1 (a) 2 (b) 4
32. If 2 . then the value of x is [SSC 2010]
x x 1 3 x (c) 8 (d) 9
(a) 8 (b) 6
5 1 9 1
(c) 5 (d) 4 43. If p , then 27 p3 p 2 p is equal to
18 216 2 4
4 1 1 [SSC 2014]
33. If p 119 4
, then the value of p 3
3 is
p p 10 8
[SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
(a) (b)
27 27
(a) 18 (b) 24 5 4
(c) (d)
(c) 32 (d) 36 27 27
2
4 1
34. If 4a 3 0, then the value of a 3 3 3 is 44. If x 3, then the value of
a a x
206 200 90 84 18 12 6
[SSC CGL 2015] x + x + x + x + x + x + x + 1 is [SSC 2012]
(a) 206 (b) 84
7 13
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d) 0
16 16
21 21 1 1
(c) (d) 45. If a 3, then the value of a 6 2 will be
16 64 a a6
[SSC 2012]
1 1
35. If x 2, then the value of x 7 5 is [SSC 2015] (a) 5 (b) 3 3
x x
5
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 2 (d) 1
7 12
(c) 2 (d) 2 46. If (x – a) (x – b) = 1 and a – b + 5 = 0, then the value of
24 72
x 1 x 1 1
36. If 7, then the value of is [SSC CGL 2015] ( x a )3 is [SSC CGL 2013]
x 12
x 36
( x a )3
(a) 322 (b) 343
(a) 1 (b) 125
(c) 432 (d) 433
(c) – 125 (d) 140
1
37. If x 2, then the value of x 2013 1 is [SSC 2014] 1 x 4 3x3 5 x 2 3x 1
x x 2014 47. If x 5, then the value of is
x x4 1
(a) 2 (b) – 1
(c) 1 (d) 0 [SSC 2012]
1 1 41 43
38. If x 0, then the value of x5 5 is [SSC 2014]
(a) (b)
x x 23 23
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) – 1 (d) 2 45 47
(c) (d)
1 30 24 18 12 6 21 21
39. If x 3, then the value of x + x + x + x + x + 1
is x [SSC 2014] 1 x2 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 48. If 2 x a , a 0, then the value of is
a x x2 1
(c) 3 (d) 3 [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
6 4 2 (a) a + 1 (b) a – 1
x x x 1
40. If x = 3 2 2, then is [SSC 2014]
3
x 1 1
(a) 192 (b) 198 (c) (a 1) (d) (a 1)
2 2
(c) 204 (d) 216
Algebra 8.5
58. If xy + yz + zx = 0, then
x2 x2
If a
2
49. , then the value of (a – ax) is 1 1 1
x2 x2 2 2 2 ( x, y , z 0) is equal to
x yz y zx z xy [SSC 2013]
[SSC 2015]
(a) 0 (b) 1 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) – 1 (d) 2 (c) 3 (d) x + y + z
4x 3 4 y 3 4z 3
1 1 59. If 0, then the value of
50. If x ,y 2
, then the value of 8xy(x + y ) 2 x y z
2 3 2 3 1 1 1
is [SSC CGL 2013]
is [SSC 2015] x y z
(a) 112 (b) 194 (a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 196 (d) 290 (c) 6 (d) 9
3 3
1 x2 3x 1 60. If x = 332, y = 333, z = 335, then the value of x + y +
51. If x 1, then the value of 2 is 3
z – 3 xyz is [SSC CGL 2015]
x x 7x 1
(a) 7000 (b) 8000
[SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 9000 (d) 10000
1 3 61.
3 2
If m = – 4, n = – 2, then the value of m – 3m + 3m + 3n +
(a) (b) 2 3
2 7 3n + n is [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 1 (d) 2 (a) 124 (b) – 124
2 2 2
(c) 126 (d) – 126
52. If a + b + c = 2(a + b + c) – 3, then the value of a + b + c is 3 3
[SSC 2015]
62. If x + y = 7, then the value of x + y + 21xy is
(a) 143 (b) 243
(a) 1 (b) – 1 (c) 343 (d) 443
(c) 2 (d) 3 3 2
63. If x = 2, then the value of x + 27x + 243x + 631 is
2 2
53. If x + y = 4, x + y = 14 and x > y, then the correct value of [SSC CGL 2015]
x and y is [SSC 2015] (a) 1211 (b) 1231
(a) 3, 1 (b) 2 3 , 2 2 (c) 1233 (d) 1321
2 2 2 2 2 2
64. If a + b – c = 0, then the value of 2b c + 2c a + 2a b
(c) 2 3, 2 3 (d) 2 3, 3 4
–a –b –c
4 4
[SSC CGL 2015]
2 (a) 0 (b) 7
54. If (x – 1) and (x + 3) are the factors of x + k1x + k2, then (c) 14 (d) 28
[SSC CGL 2013, 2014] 2 9
65. If a + a + 1 = 0, then the value of a is [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
(a) k1 = 2, k2 = 3 (b) k1 = 2, k2 = – 3 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) k1 = – 2, k2 = 3 (d) k1 = – 2, k2 = – 3 (c) 2 (d) 3
2 5 4
55. If a, b, c are positive and a + b + c = 1, then the least value 66. If a + a + 1 = 0, then the value of a + a + 1 is [SSC 2015]
(a) 0 (b) 1
1 1 1 (c) a + 1 (d) a
2
of is [SSC CGL Tier-I 2014]
a b c 3 3
67. If x + y = 15, then (x – 10) + (y – 5) is [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
(a) 1 (b) 3 (a) 0 (b) 25
(c) 5 (d) 9 (c) 125 (d) 625
1 1 1 3 3 3
68. If x = y = 333 and z = 334, then the value of x + y + z –
56. If a 3 b 3 c 3 0, then the relation among a, b and c is
3xyz is [SSC CGL 2013]
[SSC 2014]
(a) 2334 (b) 1000
(a) a + b + c = 0 (b) a + b + c = 3abc (c) 667 (d) 0
3 3 3 3
(c) (a + b + c) = 27abc (d) a + b + c = 0 69. If x = – 1, then the value of
57. If a 6 5, b 6 5, then 2a – 5ab + 2b = ?
2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
99
98 97 96 95 94 1 is
[SSC 2014] x x x x x x x
[SSC MTS 2013]
(a) 41 (b) 40 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 39 (d) 38 (c) – 1 (d) – 2
8.6 Algebra
2 2 3
70. Out of the given responses, one of the factors of (a – b ) + 81. If 2s = a + b + c, then the value of s(s – c) + (s – a) (s – b)
2 2 3 2 2 3
(b – c ) + (c – a ) is [SSC CGL 2013] is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) (a + b) (a + b) (b) (a + b) (a – b) (a) 0 (b) ab
(c) (b – c) (b – c) (d) (a – b) (a – b) abc
(c) abc (d)
4 x3 x 2
71. The value of when x = 9999 is [SSC 2014] abc bca cab
(2 x 1) (6 x 3) 82. If and a + b + c 0, then
(a) 6666 (b) 3333 ab bc ca
(c) 2222 (d) 1111 [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
3 (a) a = b = c (b) a b = c
72. If 3 a 3 b 3 c , then the simplest value of (a + b – c) +
(c) a = b c (d) a b c
27 abc is [SSC 2014]
(a) 0 (b) – 1 83. If bc + ab + ca = abc, then the value of
(c) 3 (d) – 3 bc ac ab
2 2 is [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
73. The factors of (a + 4b + 4b – 4ab – 2a – 8) are bc(a 1) ac(b 1) ab(c 1)
[SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 0 (b) 1
(a) (a – b + 2) (a – 4b – 4)(b) (a + 2b – 1) (a – 2b + 1)
1 3
(c) (a + 2b – 4) (a + 2b + 2) (d)(a – 2b – 4) (a – 2b + 2) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 2
74. If a + b + c = 15 and a + b + c = 83 then the value of
3 3 3
a + b + c – 3abc [SSC 2013] ab bc ca
84. If x ,y ,z , then
(a) 180 (b) 190 ab bc ca
(c) 200 (d) 210 (1 x) (1 y ) (1 z )
3 3 is equal to [SSC CGL 2015]
75. If a – b = 3 and a – b = 117, then | a + b | is equal to (1 x) (1 y ) (1 z )
[SSC 2013]
1
(a) 9 (b) 7 (a) 0 (b)
(c) 5 (d) 3 2
1 (c) 1 (d) 2
76. If xy(x + y) = 1, then the value of x 3 y 3 is
x3 y 3 a 2 bc b2 ca c 2 ab
[SSC 2013] 85. If 1, then the value of
a 2 bc b 2 ca c 2 ab
(a) 3 (b) – 2
(c) 1 (d) 0 a2 b2 c2
is [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
a 2 bc b2 ac c 2 ab
1 1
77. If x 2, then find the value of 8 x3 3 . [SSC 2011] (a) 2 (b) – 1
2x x (c) 1 (d) 0
(a) 40 (b) 44
(c) 48 (d) 88 x 3
1 1 1
86. If 1 , then the value of x3 is [SSC 2015]
3
3 x
78. If
x3 y3 z3 , then {( x y z ) 27 xyz} equals (a) 0 (b) 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 27 (d) – 27
(c) – 1 (d) 27
1 1 1
79. If a
1
1 0 (a 0), then the value of (a4 – a) is 87. If a b c , where a b c 0, then the
b c a
a 2 2 2
[SSC 2010] value of a b c is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 2 (b) – 1 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 1 (d) 0 (c) – 1 (d) abc
3 5x 3 5 y 3 5 z 1 1
80. If 0, then the value of 88. If a 1 and b 1 1, then c is equal to
2x 2y 2z b c a
[SSC 2015]
2 2 2
is [SSC CGL 2015]
x y z 1
(a) 0 (b)
(a) 5 (b) 10 2
(c) 15 (d) 20 (c) 1 (d) 2
Algebra 8.7
x 1 a 1 y b xy 97. If a + b + c = 2s, then
89. If and , then the value of is
x 1 b 1 y a 1 xy ( s a ) 2 ( s b) 2 ( s c ) 2 s 2
is equal to
[SSC 2015] a 2 b2 c 2
[SSC CGL 2013]
a2 b2 a 2 b2
(a) (b) (a) 0 (b) 1
ab 2ab 2 2 2
(c) 2 (d) a + b + c
a b2
2
2ab
(c) (d)
2ab a2 b2 98. If a + b + c = 0, then the value of
a a ab bc ca a b c
90. If x + y = 2a, then the value of is [SSC 2015]
xa ya c a b b c c a a b is
(a) 0 (b) 1 [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) – 1 (d) 2 (a) 0 (b) – 3
91. If x(x + y + z) = 20, y (x + y + z) = 30, and z(x + y + z) = 50, (c) 8 (d) 9
then the value of 2(x + y + z) is [SSC 2015]
(a) – 10 (b) 15 xy xz yz
99. If a, b and c, where a, b, c are
(c) 18 (d) 20 x y xz yz
all non-zero numbers, then x equals to [SSC 2013]
bc ac ab
92. If 1 and a – b + c 0, then which 2abc 2abc
a b c (a) (b)
ab bc ac ab bc ac
one of the following relations is true? [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
2abc 2abc
1 1 1 1 1 1 (c) (d)
(a) (b) ab ac bc ac bc ab
a b c b a c
1 1 1 1 1 1 a b c
(c) (d) 100. If 1, then the value of
b a c c a b 1 a 1 b 1 c
d
93. If a + b = 1, c + d = 1 and a b , then the value of 1 1 1
c is [SSC CGL 2013]
2 2
c – d is [SSC CGL 2013, 2014] 1 a 1 b 1 c
(a) 1 (b) – 1 (a) 4 (b) 3
a b (c) 2 (d) 1
(c) (d)
b a
2 a2 b2 c 2
94. Find the value of x for which the expression 2 – 3x – 4x 101. If a + b + c = 0, then the value of is
has the greatest value. [SSC CGL 2013, 2014] a 2 bc
3 3 [SSC CGL 2012]
(a) (b)
8 8 (a) 3 (b) 2
41 41 (c) 1 (d) 0
(c) (d) 8 4 3
16 16 102. The HCF of x – 1 and x + 2x – 2x – 1 is [SSC CGL 2015]
95. If a + b + c + d = 4, then find the value of (a) x + 1 (b) x – 1
2 2
1 1 (c) x + 1 (d) x – 1
5 4 3 2
(1 a ) (1 b) (1 c) (1 b) (1 c) (1 d ) 103. If x = 11, then the value of x – 12x + 12x – 12x + 12x – 1
1 1 is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 20 (b) 15
(1 c) (1 d ) (1 a) (1 d ) (1 a) (1 b) [SSC 2014]
(c) 10 (d) 5
(a) 0 (b) 1 2 2
104. If a + b + c = 0, then the value of (a + b – c) + (b + c – a)
(c) 4 (d) 5 2
+ (c + a – b) is [SSC 2014]
2 2 2
x a2 x b2 x c2 (a) 4(a + b + c ) (b) 4(ab + bc + ca)
96. If 4(a b c ), then x is equal (c) 8 abc (d) 0
bc ca ab
to [SSC CGL 2013] 1/3 2/3 3 2
2 2 2 105. If x = 2 – 2 + 2 , then the value of x – 6x + 18x + 18 is
(a) a + b + c – ab – bc – ca
[SSC 2011]
(b) ab + bc + ca
2 2 2
(c) a +b +c (a) 45 (b) 40
2
(d) (a + b + c) (c) 33 (d) 22
8.8 Algebra
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (c) 46. (d) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (c) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (a)
61. (d) 62. (c) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (a) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (d) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (a) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (b) 76. (a) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79. (d) 80. (b)
81. (a) 82. (a) 83. (b) 84. (c) 85. (a) 86. (d) 87. (b) 88. (c) 89. (d) 90. (a)
91. (d) 92. (c) 93. (d) 94. (b) 95. (a) 96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (d) 99. (d) 100. (a)
101. (b) 102. (d) 103. (c) 104. (a) 105. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. 11 – 13x 11 – 13y 11 – 13z 1
5. x2 6 ... (i)
x y z x2
2
11 11 11 1 1
– 13 – 13 – 13 5 x2 –2 4 x – 22
x y z x2 x
11 1 11 1 1 1 1
5 39 11 44 x– 2. ... (ii)
x y z x y z x
1 1 Cubing (ii) on both sies, we get :
4.
x y z 1 1
x3 – – 3 x – 23 .
5x – y 3 5x y 7 x3
x
2. .
5x y 7 5x – y 3 1 1
x3 – – 3 2 8 x3 – 14.
5x y 5x y
73 x3 x3
[By Componendo-Dividendo]
5x y 5x y 7–3 5. x = 1 – y x + y = 1 ... (i)
2 2 2 2
10 x 10 x 1 x 2– y x y 2 ... (ii)
y 2 x.
2y 4 y 2
Squaring (i) on both sides, we get :
2 2
x y 4 xy 2x y 2
2x 2x 2 2
(x + y) = 1
2 2
x + y + 2xy = 1 2 + 2xy = 1 [Using (ii)]
Now, 0.
9 x 2 16 y 2 24 xy 3 x 4 y 2
3x 8 x 2 1
xy –
1 1 1 2
3. 0 1
x y z 6. x 0
yz zx yx x7
0 xy yz zx 0 ... (i)
xyz 1
( x 7) 7 [Adding 7 on both sides]
( x 7)
We have : ( x y z ) 2 x 2 y 2 z 2 2( xy yz zx )
1
(9)2 x 2 y 2 z 2 2 0 y 7 where y = x + 7
y
x 2 y 2 z 2 81 ... (ii)
1
Now, x y z – 3 xyz x y z
3 3 3 y2 2 49 [On squaring both sides]
y2
x 2 y 2 z 2 – ( xy yz zx) 1
y2 2 45 [subtracting 4 on both sides]
= 9 × [81 – 0] [Using (i) and (ii)] y2
= 9 × 81 = 729. 2
1
2 y 45
1 1 1 y
4. x4 34 x4 2 36 x 2 2 62
x4 x4 x
Algebra 8.9
1 1 15. Thus, the given expression can be expressed as a square of 3x – 5.
y– 45 ( x 7) – 3 5 2 2
y ( x 7) p(p + 3p + 3) = p{(p + 3p + 2) + 1}
1 = p{(p + 1) (p + 2) + 1}
x– 3 5–7.
( x 7) = 99{100 × 101 + 1} = 99 × 10101 = 999999.
7. Since (x – 2) and (x + 3) are the factors of the given equation, so 1 1 1 1
16. p p k2 p p k2
k (x – 2) (x + 3) = 0 4 4 64 64
x = 2 or x = – 3. 1 1 1
p p k2
Putting x = 2 and x = – 3 in given equation, we get : 4 64 64
2
4 + 2k1 + k2 = 0 and 9 – 3k1 + k2 = 0 . 1 1 .
p k2
2k1 + k2 = – 4 and 3k1 – k2 = 9. 8 64
Solving both we get : 1
The expression is a perfect square if k 2 0
k1 = 1 and k2 = – 6. 64
1 1
x3 y 3 z 3 i.e., if k 2 i.e., if k .
x2 y2 z 2 64 8
8. 3 3
yz zx xy xyz a 25
17.
3 3 3 3
x y z 3 xyz x y z 3 xyz 0 . 3 3 b 6
x + y + z = 0 (x + y + z) = 0
3 a 2 625
[Squaring on both sides]
9. HCF [a (a + b + c), b (a + b + c), c (a + b + c) = (a + b + c)] b2 36
HCF [45, 75, 105] = 15. a 2 b2 625 36 589
2 2
. [By Componendo and Dividendo]
a + b + c = 15. a b 625 36 661
45 75 105 1
a 3, b 5, c 7. 18. x = 3t, y = (t 1)
15 15 15 2
( a 2 b 2 c 2 ) (32 52 7 2 ) 83 . Now, x = 2y 3t 2 (t 1)
1
27 x 2
10. 1 1 1
169 13 3t t 1 t .
2
196 13 x 14 13 x
14 13 x 1 x2 1
169 13 13 13 19. x
x x
x=1 1 x
2 2 2 So, the reciprocal of x is 2 .
11. a + b + c = 2(a – b – c) – 3 x x 1
2 2 2 2
a – 2a + 1 + b + 2b + 1 + c + 2c + 1 = 0 20. Let f(x) = x + 3Qx – 2Q
2 2 2
(a – 1) + (b + 1) + (c + 1) = 0 (x – 2) is a factor of f(x)
a – 1 = 0, b + 1 = 0, c + 1 = 0 f (2) = 0 [By factor theorem]
2
[ The square of a real number can not be negative] 2 + (3Q) (2) – 2Q = 0
a = 1, b = – 1, c = – 1 4Q = – 4 Q = – 1.
a+b+c=–1 21. 4x – y = 2 4x – y – 2 = 0 ...(i)
12. On shifting 3 people from team A to team B, we have 2y – 8x + 4 = 0 8x – 2y – 4 = 0 ...(ii)
B + 3 = 3(A – 3) B = 3A – 12 ...(i) The given system of equations is of the form :
On shifting 2 people from team B to team A, we have a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0
B – 2 = 2(A + 2) B = 2A + 6 ...(ii) a 2 x + b 2 y + c2 = 0
Solving (i) and (ii), we get A = 18 and B = 42
a1 b1 c1 1
So, team B have 42 members. where
a2 b2 c2 2
13. 999 x + 888 y = 1332 ...(i)
888 x + 999 y = 555 ...(ii) The given system is dependent and has infinitely many solutions.
Adding (i) and (ii), we get 2x 7
22. 1 1
1887 x + 1887 y = 1887 5
1887 – 5 2x – 7 5 2 2x 12 [Adding 7 throughout]
1887( x y ) 1887 x y 1
1887 1x6
2 2 2
14. 9x + 25 – 30x = (3x) + (5) – 2(3x) (5) 2, 3 and 5 are the only prime values of x that satisfy the given
= (3x – 5)
2 2 2 2
[ (a – b) = a + b – 2ab] inequation.
= 3x – 25
2 So, the required number of values of x is 3.
8.10 Algebra
23. 4 3 x 2 5 x 2 3 4 3 x 2 8 x 3 x 2 3 3
3x 5 0 [Dividing throughout by x]
x
4 x ( 3 x 2) 3 ( 3 x 2)
1 1 –5
( 3 x 2) (4 x 3) 3 x – 5 x ...(i)
x x 3
2
One of the factors of the expression (4 3 x 5 x 2 3) is 1 1 – 125
x3 3 x [Cubing on both sides]
(4 x 3) . x3 x 27
24. The minimum value of a quadratic polynomial 1 5 – 125
x3 3 3 [Using (i )]
2 D 4ac b 2 x 3 27
f(x) = ax + bx + c, a > 0 is i.e., .
4a 4a 1 – 125 10
x3 3 5
Minimum value of (x – 2) (x – 9) i.e., of x – 11x + 18 is
2 x 27 27
2p 1
4 1 18 (– 11)2 49 31.
i.e., . p2 – 2 p 1 4
4 1 4 2 2
8p = p – 2p + 1 p + 1 = 10p
25. For n positive real numbers a1, a2, ...., an, we have : 1
m p 10 [Dividing throughout by p]
a1m a2m ... anm a1 a2 ... an p
if m 1
n n x2 x 1 2
Here n = 3, m = 2. 32.
2
x2 x 1 3
a 2 b2 c 2 a b c 2 2 2
3x – 3x + 3 = 2x + 2x + 2 x – 5x + 1 = 0
3 3
1
a b c 9
2 2 x5 0 [Dividing throughout by x]
2
a b c 3 2 2
3 27. x
3 3
2 2 2 1
Thus, the least value of a + b + c is 27. x 5
x
x y 1
26. Let the third proportional to and x 2 y 2 be z. Then, 33. p 4 119 4
y x p
x y 1
: x 2 y 2 :: x 2 y 2 : z p 4 4 119
y x p
x y 1 1
z ( x 2 y 2 )2 Now, p 2 2 p4 2 119 2 121 11 ...(i)
y x p p4
x2 y 2
2 2
z x y z xy 1 1
xy Also p p2 2 11 2 9 3 ...(ii)
p p2
x y
So, the third proportional to and x 2 y 2 is xy. 3 1 1 2 1
y x p p3 p p p p 2 1 3(11 1) 36
b+c b–c c+a c–a a+b a–b
27. (x ) (x ) (x )
[Using (i) and (ii)]
b2 c2 c2 a 2 a2 b2 2 2
= ( x) ( x) ( x) [ (a + b) (a – b) = a – b ]
4 1 1 3
2
c 2 c 2 a 2 a2 b2 m n m+n 34. 4a 3 0 4 a 3 a
= ( x )b [ x · x = x ] a a a 4
0 3
= x = 1. 1 1 1
a3 3 a 3 a 3
28. As x varies inversely as square of y a3 a a
3
1 3 3 21
x k 2 for some constant k 3 3 .
y 4 4 64
1 1
1 k 2 k 4 [ x = 1, when y = 2] 35. x 2
2 x
2 2 2
1 1 1 x + 1 = 2x x + 1 – 2x = 0 (x – 1) = 0
When y = 6 ; then x = k 2 4 2 . x = 1.
y
6 9
1 1 1 1
29. 1 , x 7 5 17 5 1 1 2.
4 4 4 4 and [3] = 3 x 1
1 1 36. x 24 1 ...(i)
4 3 = – 1 + 4 + 3 = 6 7
4 4 x12
2
30. 3x + 5x + 3 = 0 x 72 1 3x 24 ( x 24 1)
343 [Cubing on both sides]
x36
Algebra 8.11
18 12 6 12 6 6
x 72 1 3 x 24 ( x 24 1) Now, a + a + a + 1 = a (a + 1) + a + 1
343 6 12 2 3 12
x 36 x36 = (a + 1) (a + 1) = {(a ) + 1} (a + 1)
2 4 2 12
x 72 1 x 24 1 = (a + 1) (a + 1 – a ) (a + 1) = 0
3 12 343 3 3 2 2
x36 x [Using (i) and a + b = (a + b) (a + b – ab)]
x 72 1 42. x 3
2 3 x3 2 3
21 343 [Using (i)]
x 36 1 1 1 2 3 2 3
2 3
x 72 1
3 2
322. x 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3
x36
1 3 1
2 2
37. x 2 x + 1 = 2x x + 1 – 2x = 0 x 2 32 3 4
x x3
2 3
(x – 1) = 0 x = 1 43. 27 p 3
1 9 1 1
p2 p 3 p
216 2 4 6
1 1
2014 1
2013 2013
x 2 3 3 3 2 2
[ (a – b) = a – b – 3a b + 3ab ]
x 12014 3 3
2 5 1 2 8
1
38. x 0 x 2
1 1 3 .
2
x 2 2 18 6 3 27
x x x
2
1 1 1
3 1 1 1
3
x 3 x 3x 0 44. x 3 x 2 2 2 3 x 2 2 1
x x x x x x
4 2 4 2
x +1=x x –x +1=0
2 1 1
x 2 x3 3 = (– 2) × 0 = 0 x
206
+x
200 90
+x +x +x +x +x +1
84 18 12 6
x x 200 6 84 6 12 6 6
=x (x + 1) + x (x + 1) + x (x + 1) + (x + 1)
5 1 1 5 1
x x 5 0 x 5 0 6
= (x + 1) (x
200 84
+ x + x + 1)
12
x x x
1
39. x 3
x
= x 2 3
1
3
x 200
x84 x12 1
2 4 2 200 84 12
2 = (x + 1) (x + 1 – x ) (x + x + x + 1)
1 2 1 2 1 3 3 2 2
[ a + b = (a + b) (a + b – ab)]
x 3 x 2 2 3 x 2 = 1
x x x =0
4 2 4 2 1 1 1
x +1=x x –x +1=0 3 a2
2 3 a2 2 1
45. a
30 24 18 12 6
x + x + x + x + x + 1 = x (x + 1) + x (x + 1) + x + 1
24 6 12 6 6 a a2 a
4 1 4 1
a 4 2 1 a 4 1 0
3
6 24
= (x + 1) (x + x + 1) =
12
x2 1 x 24 x12 1 a a
3
1
1 1 1
6 3
2 4 2 24 12 Now a a2 2 a 2 2 a 4 4 1 0
= (x + 1) (x + 1 – x ) (x + x + 1) a6 a a a
3 3 2 2
[ a + b = (a + b) (a + b – ab)] 6 1
a 2 =0+2=2
=0
4
[ x + 1 – x = 0]
2 a6
46. (x – a) (x – b) = 1 and a – b + 5 = 0
40. x 3 2 2 2
(x – a) (x – a – 5) = 1 (x – a) – 5(x – a) = 1
1 1 32 2 32 2
32 2 2
y – 5y = 1, where y = (x – a)
x 3 2 2 3 2 2 (3)2 2 2 2
2 2
[ (a – b) (a + b) = a – b ] 1
y 5 [Dividing throughout by y]
1 y
x 3 2 2 3 2 2 6
x 1
3 y 5
1 1 1 y
x3 3 x 3 x (6)3 3(6) 198
x x x 1 1 1
3
y 3 y 5 3 5 140
3 3
6
x x x 1 4 2
1 1 Now, y
Now, x3 x 3 y3 y y
3
x x x 1
x a
3
3 1 1 140
x 3 x 198 6 204. x a 3
x x
1 2 1
1 2 1 47. x 5 x 2 2 25 [Squaring on both sides]
41. a 3 a 2 2 3 [Squaring on both sides] x x
a a 1
4
a +1–a =0
2
...(i) x 2 2 23 .
x
8.12 Algebra
3 1 1
x 2 x 2 3x 5 2 51. x 1 ...(i)
x 4 3x 3 5 x 2 3 x 1 x x x
1
x4 1 2 2 1
x x 2 x 2 3x 1
x3
x
x [Dividing throughout by x]
x2 7 x 1 x 7 1
21 1
x 2 3 x 5 x
x x 23 3 5 5 43
= = . 1
x2 2
1 23 23 x 3 1 3 4 1
x
x [Using (i)]
1 1 7 8 2
1 x 7
48. 2x a x
a 2 2 2
52. a + b + c = 2(a + b + c) – 3
2 1
4x a 2 [Squaring on both sides] 2 2
a – 2a + 1 + b – 2b + 1 + c – 2c + 1 = 0
2
a 2 2 2
(a – 1) + (b – 1) + (c – 1) = 0
1 1 1 1
x2 a 2 x2 – 1 a 2 – 1 a – 1 = 0, b – 1 = 0, c – 1 = 0
4 a 4 a a = 1, b = 1, c = 1
1 1 1 1
2 a + b + c = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3.
x2 – 1 2
a – 2 x – 1 a – 53. x + y = 4 ...(i)
4 a 2
a 2 2
x + y = 14 ...(ii)
1 1 2 2 2 2
x2 – 1 a– [Taking square root on both sides] Now, (x + y) = x + y + 2xy 4 = 14 + 2xy 2xy = 2 ...(iii)
2 a 2 2 2
(x – y) = x + y – 2xy = 14 – 2 = 12 [Using (iii)]
1 1
a– x y 12 2 3 ...(iv)
x2 – 1 2 a
Adding (i) and (iv), we get :
x – x2 – 1 1 a 1 1 a – 1
2
a 2 a
2x 4 2 3 x 2 3
1 1 Subtracting (iv) from (i), we get :
a–
2
a 1
(a – 1) 2y 4 2 3 y 2 3
1 2 2
a 54. x + k1x + k2 = (x – 1) (x + 3)
[Note : A quadratic polynomial has only two linear factors]
x2 x2 x2 x2 x2 x2 2 2
49. a x + k1x + k2 = x + 2x – 3
x2– x2 x2 – x2 x2 x2 On comparing the coefficients of equal power of x, we get :
x 2 x 2 2 x2 4 (a b) 2 a 2 b 2 2ab k1 = 2 and k2 = – 3
2 2
( x 2) ( x 2) and ( a b) ( a – b) a – b Another Method :
2
2
2x 2 x 4 x x 4 2 (x – 1) and (x + 3) are the factors of x + k1x + k2
...(i) 2
4 2 x = 1 and x = – 3 are the roots of x + k1x + k2 = 0
2
x x 2 4 x x2 4 k1 = – (1 – 3) = 2 and k2 = [1 × (– 3)] = – 3.
Now, a – ax x
2
[Using (i)] If m and n are the roots of ax 2 bx c 0,
2 2
then m n b and mn c
x 2 x 2 – 4 2 x x 2 – 4 ( x 2 x x 2 – 4) a a
–
4 2 55. A.M. G.M.
2 2
2x 4 2x x 4 2x 2x x – 42 2 1
( a b c ) ( a · b · c )1/3
4 3
1/3
=–1 1 1
1 ( abc )1/3 3 ...(i)
3 abc
1 1 2 3 Now, A.M. G.M.
50. x 2 3 ...(i)
2 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1/3
· ·
1 1 2 3 3a b c a b c
y 2 3 ...(ii)
2 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1
1/3
2 2
3 [Using (i)]
Now, 8xy (x + y ) = 8(2 3) (2 3) [(2 3) 2 (2 3) 2 ] 3 a b c abc
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
[Using (i) and (ii)] 3 9
3a b c a b c
8[(2) 2 – ( 3) 2 ] [4 3 – 4 3 4 3 4 3] 1 1 1
The least value of is 9.
= 8(4 – 3) (14) = 112. a b c
Algebra 8.13
1/3 1/3 1/3 2
56. a +b +c =0 65. a + a + 1 = 0
1/3 3 1/3 3 1/3 3 1/3 1/3 1/3 3 2
(a ) + (b ) + (c ) = 3a ·b ·c a – 1 = (a – 1) (a + 1 + a) = 0
3 3 3 3
[ If a + b + c = 0, then a + b + c = 3 abc] a =1
1/3 9
a + b + c = 3(abc) a = 1.
3 2
(a + b + c) = 27 abc. 66. a + a + 1 = 0 ...(i)
2 2 5 4 3 2 3
57. 2a – 5ab + 2b = (2a – b) (a – 2b) a + a + 1 = a (a + a) + 1 = – a + 1 [Using (i)]
3 2
{2( 6 5) ( 6 5)}{( 6 5) 2( 6 5)} Now, (1 – a ) = (1 – a) (1 + a + a) = 0 [Using (i)]
(3 5 6) (3 5 6) (3 5) 2 ( 6) 2 45 – 6 39
67. x + y = 15
x + y –15 = 0 (x – 10) + (y – 5) = 0
58. xy + yz + zx = 0 ...(i)
(x – 10) = – (y – 5)
1 1 1 3 3
(x – 10) = – (y – 5) [Cubing on both sides]
x 2 yz y 2 zx z 2 xy 3 3
(x – 10) + (y – 5) = 0.
1 1 1 68. x = y = 333 and z = 334
2
2 2 [Using (i)]
x xy xz y xy yz z yz zx
1 1 1
3 3
x + y + z – 3xyz =
3 1
2
x y z x y 2
y z z x
2 2
x( x y z ) y ( y x z ) z ( z y x)
yz xz xy 0
=
1
2
333 333 334 333 3332 333 334 2 334 3332
0 [Using (i)]
xyz ( x y z ) xyz ( x y z ) 1
= 1000 0 1 1 1000
4x 3 4 y 3 4z 3 2
59. 0
x y z 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
69. 1
4 xyz 3 yz 4 yxz 3 xz 4 zxy 3xy x99 x 98 x 97 x96 x 95 x94 x
0
xyz 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= 1
12xyz – 3yz – 3xz – 3xy = 0 yz + xz + xy = 4 xyz 199 198 197 196 195 194 1
yz xz xy 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 = 1
xyz xyz xyz 199 198 197 196 195 194 1
1 1 1 1 n 1 , if n is even
4
x y z 1n 1 , if n is odd
1
3 3
60. x + y + z – 3xyz =
3
( x y z ) [( x y ) 2 ( y z )2 ( z x ) 2 ]
2 =–1+1–1+1–1+1–1–1=–2
1 2 2
70. (a – b ) + (b – c ) + (c – a ) = 0
2 2 2 2
(332 333 335) [(332 333) 2 (333 335) 2 (335 332) 2 ]
2 2 2 3 2 2 3
(a – b ) + (b – c ) + (c – a ) = 3(a – b ) (b – c ) (c – a )
2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
[ x = 332, y = 333 and z = 335]
3 3 3
1 [ If a + b + c = 0, then a + b + c = 3abc]
(1000) (1 4 9) 7000. 2 2 2 2
2 = 3(a – b) (a + b) (b – c ) (c – a )
3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3
61. m – 3m + 3m + 3n + 3n + n (a + b) (a – b) is a factor of (a – b ) + (b – c ) + (c – a )
2 2
= m(m – 3m + 3) + n(3 + 3n + n )
4 x3 x x (4 x 2 1) x(2 x 1) (2 x 1)
= – 4(16 + 12 + 3) + (– 2) (3 – 6 + 4) [ m = – 4 and n = 2] 71.
(2 x 1) (6 x 3) 3(2 x 1) (2 x 1) 3(2 x 1) (2 x 1)
= – 124 – 2 = – 126
62.
3 3 3
(x + y) = x + y + 3xy (x + y) x 9999
3333.
3 3 3
(7) = x + y + 3xy (7) [ x + y = 7] 3 3
3 3
x + y + 21xy = 343 72. 3
a 3b 3
c ... (i)
c
3 2 3 3
63. x + 27x + 243x + 631 3
a 3b 3
3 3 3 3
= (x + 9) – 9 + 631 = (x + 9) – 729 + 631 = (x + 9) – 98
3 3
When x = 2, we have : Given Exp. = (2 + 9) – 98 = 11 – 98 a b 3 ab a b c
3 3 3
= 1331 – 98 = 1233 a b 3 a 3 b3 3ab a b
64. a+b–c=0
a+b=c
2 2 2
a + b – c = 3 3 ab c3
[Using (i)]
a + b + 2ab = c [Squaring on both sides] 3 3
2 2 2 (a + b – c) = – 27abc (a + b – c) + 27abc = 0.
a + b – c = – 2ab 2 2
4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
a + b + c + 2a b – 2b c – 2c a = 4a b
2 2 73. a + 4b + 4b – 4ab – 2a – 8
2
[Squaring on both sides] = (a – 2b) – 2(a – 2b) – 8
4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
– a – b – c + 2a b + 2b c + 2c a = 0
8.14 Algebra
2 2
Let a – 2b = x, then (a – 2b) – 2(a – 2b) – 8 = x – 2x – 8 3 3 3 15 3 1 1 1 15 1 1 1
5
= (x + 2) (x – 4) 2x 2 y 2z 2 2x y z 2 x y z
= (a – 2b + 2) (a – 2b – 4) [ x = a – 2b]
2 2 2
74. a + b + c = 15 and a + b + c = 83
2 2 2 10
x y z
2 2 2 2
(a + b + c) = a + b + c + 2(ab + bc + ca) abc
2
(15) = 83 + 2(ab + bc + ca) 81. 2s = a + b + c s = ...(i)
2
ab + bc + ca = 71 a b ca bc
3 3 3 2 2 2 s( s – c) ( s – a ) ( s – b) c
a + b + c – 3abc = (a + b + c) (a + b + c – ab – bc – ca) 2 2
= (15) (83 – 71) = 180 abc abc
– a – b [Using (i)]
3 3
75. a – b = 3 , a – b = 117 2 2
3 3
(a – b) = a – b – 3ab(a – b)
3 a bca bc c b – ac a –b
3
(3) = 117 – 3ab(3) 9ab = 90 ab = 10 2 2 2 2
2 2 1 1
(a + b) = (a – b) + 4ab = 9 + 40 = 49 ( a b ) 2 – c 2 c 2 – ( a – b ) 2
4 4
ab =7 2 2
[ (a + b) (a – b) = a – b ]
76. xy(x + y) = 1 1
[( a b) 2 – c 2 c 2 – ( a – b) 2 ]
4
1
x+y= 1
xy (4 ab) ab 2 2
[ (a + b) – (a – b) = 4ab]
4
3 3 1 abc bca cab
x + y + 3xy (x + y) = [Cubing on both sides] 82.
x3 y 3 ab bc ca
1 3 3
– x –y = 3xy(x + y) = 3 c a b
x3 y 3 1 – 1 – 1 –
3 3 3 2 2 ab bc ca
[ (a – b) = a – b – 3a b + 3ab ]
c a b ab bc ca
1
77. x 2 ab bc ca c a b
2x
2
2x + 1 = 4x ab bc ca
1 1 1
1 c a b
2x 4 [Dividing throughout by x] abc abc abc 1 1 1
x
3 c a b c a b
1 1 1 a = b = c.
2 x 64 8 x3 3 6 2 x 64
x x x
83. bc + ab + ca = abc ...(i)
1 1 bc ac ab bc ac ab
8 x3 3 24 = 64 8x3 3 40
x x bc( a – 1) ac(b 1) ab(c 1) bca bc acb ac abc ab
78. x1/3 y1/3 z1/3 x1/3 y1/3 z1/3 = 0 bc ac ab
[using (i)]
x y z
3 3 3
1/3 1/3 1/3
= 3x
1/3
y 1/3
z 1/3 ab ca bc ab bc ca
bc ac ab
if a b c 0, then a3 + b3 + c 3 = 3abc
a (b c) b(c a) c (b a)
1/3 1 1 1 bc ac ab abc
x + y – z = 3(– xyz) 1 [using (i)]
3 a b c abc abc
(x + y – z) = – 27xyz
ab
(x + y – z) + 27xyz = 0
3 84. x ...(i)
ab
1 bc
79. a 1 = 0 a2 + 1 + a = 0 y ...(ii)
a bc
4 3 2
a – a = a (a – 1) = a (a – 1) (a + 1 + a) = 0 ca
z ...(iii)
3 – 5x 3 – 5 y 3 – 5z ca
80. 0
2x 2y 2z a b bc ca
1 1 1
3 – 5x 5 5 3 – 5 y 5 5 3 – 5 z 5 5 (1 x) (1 y ) (1 z ) a b bc ca
– – – 0
2x 2 2 2y 2 2 2z 2 2 (1 x) (1 y ) (1 z ) ab bc ca
1 1 1
a b b c ca
3 – 5x 5x 5 3 – 5 y 5 y 5 3 – 5z 5z 5
– – 0 [Using (i), (ii) and (iii)]
2x 2 2y 2 2z 2
Algebra 8.15
a b a bb c b cc a c a ab
y ...(ii)
ab
ab bc ca
= 2 2
a b a bb c b cc a c a a b a b ( a b) – ( a b ) 4ab
x y 2
ab bc ca a b ab (a b) (a b) a b2
a ba b
2b 2c 2a 8abc and xy = 1
a b
b c
c a
( a b ) (b c ) (c a) a ba b
1.
2 a 2b 2 c 8abc 4ab
(a b) (b c) (c a)
a bb cc a x y (a 2 b 2 ) 2ab
Now, 2
1 xy 2 a b2
a 2 – bc b 2 – ca c 2 – ab
85. 1 90. x + y = 2a ...(i)
a 2 bc b 2 ca c 2 ab
a a 2a 2a 2a 2a
a 2 – bc b 2 – ca c 2 – ab
1 2 1 2 1 4 x a y a 2( x a ) 2( y a ) 2 x 2a 2 y 2a
2
a bc b ca c ab x y x y
[Using (i)]
2x x y 2 y x y
a 2 bc a 2 bc b 2 ca b 2 ca c 2 ab c 2 ab
4 x y x y x y x y
a 2 bc b 2 ca c 2 ab 0
xy yx x y x y
2a 2 2b 2 2c 2 91. x(x + y + z) + y(x + y + z) + z(x + y + z) = 100
2
2
2
4
a bc b ca c ab (x + y + z) (x + y + z) = 100
a2 b2 c2 2
(x + y + z) = 100 x + y + z = 10 2(x + y + z) = 20
2 2 2 2
a bc b ca c ab bc ac ab
92. 1
x 3 1 x a b c
86. 1 a 1 where a
3 x a 3 bc ab ac
2 1
a –a+1=0 ...(i) a c b
3 2
Now, a + 1 = (a + 1) (a – a + 1) = 0 [Using (i)] bc c 2 a 2 ab b a c
3 ac b
3 x 3
a = – 1 1 x 27 bc ab a 2 c 2 b a c
3
ac b
1 1 1 1 bc bc
87. a b a b a b bc ...(i) b (c a ) ( a c ) ( a c ) b a c
b c c b bc ab
ac b
1 1 1 1 ca ca
b c bc ac ...(ii) (c a ) (b a c) b a c
c a a c ac bc
ac b
1 1 1 1 ca ba ca 1 1 1 1
a c ac ab ...(iii) .
b a a b ab ac ac b b a c
Multiplying (i), (ii) and (iii), we get d c 1 ab
93. a b ...(i)
bcc aba c d a b ab
(abc)2
2 2 2
1 a b c 1
a b b c a c cd a
[By Componendo-Dividendo]
1 b 1 1 b cd b
88. a 1 ab 1 b a ...(i)
b b a b 1 1 a b
cd
1 cd b a
b 1 bc 1 c c bc 1 c (1 b ) 1
c 2 2 b b
c – d = (c + d) (c – d) = 1 .
1 a a
c ...(ii)
2 2
94. 2 – 3x – 4x = – (4x + 3x – 2)
b 1
3 1 3 3
2
1 3
2
1 b 1 b 1 – 4 x2 x – 4 x2 x
c 1
a b 1 b 1 b 1 4 2 4 8 2 8
x 1 a 2x a b 3
2
41 41 3
2
89. [By Componendo-Dividendo] 4 x 4 x
x 1 b 2 ab 8 64 16 8
ab 2
The expression has the greatest value when 4 x has the
x 3
ab ...(i)
8
1 y b 2 ba 3 3
smallest value i.e. when x 0 i.e., when x .
1 y a – 2y b a [By Componendo-Dividendo] 8 8
8.16 Algebra
95. a + b + c + d = 4 ...(i) c a b a b c
= [Using (i)]
c a b a b c
(1 a ) (1 b) (1 c) (1 b) (1 c ) (1 d ) = (– 1 – 1 – 1) (– 1 – 1 – 1) = (– 3) (– 3) = 9.
xy x y 1
a
(1 c) (1 d ) (1 a ) (1 d ) (1 a ) (1 b) 99. ...(i)
x y xy a
(1 d ) (1 a ) (1 b) (1 c) xz xz 1
b ...(ii)
(1 a ) (1 b) (1 c ) (1 d ) xz xz b
yz yz 1
4 (a b c d ) c ...(iii)
0 [ a + b + c + d = 4] yz yz c
(1 a ) (1 b) (1 c ) (1 d )
x y xz yz 1 1 1
[Using (i), (ii) and (iii)]
x a2 x b2 x c2 xy xz yz a b c
96. 4(a b c)
bc ca ab xz yz xy zy xy xz bc ac – ab
xa 2
x b 2
xc 2 xyz abc
(2a b c) (2b a c ) (2c a b) 0
bc ca ab 2 yz bc ac ab 2abc
x .
xyz abc ac bc ab
x a 2 2ab 2ac b2 c 2 2bc
a b c
bc 100. 1
1– a 1– b 1 c
x b 2 2bc 2ab a 2 c 2 2ac a b c
34
ca 1 a 1 b 1 c
x c 2 2ac 2bc a 2 b 2 2ab
a
1
b
1
c
1 4
0
ab 1 a 1 b 1 c
a 1 a b 1 b c 1 c
x ( a b c ) 2 x ( a b c) 2 x (a b c) 2 4
0 1 a 1 b 1 c
bc ca ab
1 1 1
1 1 1 4.
x (a b c) 2 0 1 a 1 b 1 c
b c c a a b
101. a + b + c = 0 b + c = – a
1 1 1 2 2 2
x (a b c) 2 0 b c c a a b 0 b + c + 2bc = a [Squaring on both sides]
2 2
a + b + c + 2bc = 2a
2 2 2
[Adding a on both sides]
2
x = (a + b + c) 2 2 2 2 2
a + b + c = 2a – 2bc = 2(a – bc)
97. a + b + c = 2s (given) ...(i)
a2 b2 c2
2 2 2 2
2.
( s a ) ( s b) ( s c) s a 2 bc
a 2 b 2 c2 8 4 4
102. x – 1 = (x – 1) (x + 1) = (x – 1) (x + 1) (x + 1)
2 2 4
2 4
= (x – 1) (x + 1) (x + 1) (x + 1)
4[( s a ) 2 ( s b) 2 ( s c) 2 s 2 ] 4 3 3 2
x + 2x – 2x – 1 = (x + 1) (x + x – x – 1)
4( a 2 b 2 c 2 ) 2
= (x + 1) (x + 1) (x – 1)
= (x + 1) (x + 1) (x + 1) (x – 1)
(2s 2a )2 (2s 2b) 2 (2 s 2c)2 (2s) 2 8 4 3 2
HCF (x – 1, x + 2x – 2x – 1) = (x – 1) (x + 1) = x – 1.
4(a 2 b2 c 2 ) 5 4 3 2
103. x – 12x + 12x – 12x + 12x – 1
2 2 2 2
(b c a) (a c b) (a b c) (a b c) 5 4 4 3 3 2 2
= x – 11x – x + 11x + x – 11x – x + 11x + x – 1
4(a 2 b2 c 2 ) 5 5 4 4 3 3 2
= 11 – 11 – 11 + 11 + 11 – 11 – 11 + 11 + 11 – 1 = 10
2
[Using (i)] [ x = 11]
1 104. a + b + c = 0
{(b 2 c 2 a 2 2bc – 2ca 2ba) 2 2 2 2 2 2
4(a 2 b 2 c 2 ) (a + b – c) + (b + c – a) + (c + a – b) = (– 2c) + (– 2a) + (– 2b)
(a 2 c 2 b 2 2ac 2bc 2ab) 2 2 2 2 2 2
= 4c + 4a + 4b = 4(c + a + b )
(a 2 b 2 c 2 2ab 2bc 2ac) 1/3
105. x = 2 – 2 + 2
2/3
(a 2 b 2 c 2 2ab 2bc 2ca) x–2=2 –2
2/3 1/3
3 2/3 1/3 3
4a 2 4b 2 4c 2 (x – 2) = (2 – 2 )
1. 3 2 2/3 1/3
4a 2 4b 2 4c 2 x – 8 – 6x + 12x = 4 – 2 – 6(2 – 2 )
3 2
98. a + b + c = 0 ...(i) x – 6x + 12x – 8 = 2 – 6 (x – 2)
3 2
x – 6x + 12x – 8 = 14 – 6x
ab bc c a a b c
= 3 2
x – 6x + 18x + 18 = 14 + 8 + 18 = 40.
c a b b c c a a b
9 SEQUENCE AND SERIES
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Sequence: A succession of numbers formed and arranged in a definite order according to a certain definite rule is
called a sequence. Usually, the number occuring at the nth place of a sequence is called its nth term or the general
term, to be denoted by tn or an.
TF 2. Series: By adding the terms of a sequence, we obtain a series. A series may be finite or infinite.
TF 3. Arithmetic Progression (A.P.): An arithmetic progression is a sequence in which each term (except the first term)
differs from its preceding term by a constant, called the common difference. We denote the first term by a, the last
term by l, the common difference by d, the number of terms by n, and nth term by tn.
Clearly, d = tn – tn – 1.
TF 4. General term of an A.P.: The general term of A.P. is tn a n 1 d .
TF 5. Sum of n terms of an A.P.: If an A.P. containing n terms, the first term is ‘a’, the common difference is ‘d’ and the
last term is ‘l’,
n
Sn (a l ) or
Then, the sum of these terms is 2 .
n
Sn 2a (n 1) d
2
TF 6. Arithmetic Means (A.M.’s) between two numbers: If a, A, b are in A.P., we say that A is the arithmetic mean
1
between a and b and is given by A (a b) .
2
TF 7. Geometric Progression (G.P.): A sequence of numbers in which each term, bears a constant ratio with its preceding
term, is called a geometrical progression (G.P.). The constant ratio is called the common ratio of the G.P.
TF 8. The nth terms of a G.P.: The general term or the nth term of a G.P. is tn ar n 1 .
TF 9. Sum of n terms of a G.P.: Let a be the first term and r be the common ratio of a given G.P. If Sn denotes the sum of
first n terms of this G.P. Then,
a (1 r n ) a ( r n 1)
(i) Sn when r < 1 and (ii) Sn when r > 1
(1 r ) (r 1)
TF 10. Sum of an infinite number of terms of G.P.
a
When r 1 is given by S .
1 r
TF 11. Geometric mean between two numbers : If three numbers a, G, b are in G.P., we say that G is the geometric mean
between a and b and is given by G ab .
TF 12. Some Special Series
n (n 1)
(i) Sum of first n natural numbers 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n = .
2
9.1
9.2 Sequence and Series
n ( n 1) (2n 1)
(ii) Sum of squares of first n natural numbers 12 + 22 + 32 + ... + n2 = .
6
2
n (n 1)
(iii) Sum of cubes of first n natural numbers 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + n3 = .
2
TF 13. While solving the problems on A.P., it is always convenient to make a choice of
(i) 3 numbers in A.P. as a – d, a, a + d
(ii) 4 numbers in A.P. as a – 3d, a – d, a + d, a + 3d
(iii) 5 numbers in A.P. as a – 2d, a – d, a, a + d, a + 2d
TF 14. While solving the problems on G.P. it is always convenient to make a choice of
(i) 3 numbers in G.P. as a , a , ar
r
a a
(ii) 4 numbers in G.P. as , , ar , ar 3
r3 r
(iii) 5 numbers in G.P. as a , a , a , ar , ar 2
r2 r
EXERCISE
1. How many numbers are there from 300 to 650 which are 8. Only two entries are known of the following arithmetic
completely divisible by both 5 and 7? [SSC CGL 2017] progression : _, 5, _, _, 14, _, _ what should be the number
(a) 9 (b) 10 just after 14?
(c) 11 (d) 12 (a) 20 (b) 19
2. The number of the terms in the series (c) 18 (d) 17
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + ... + 73 + 75 is 9. If the 10th term of the sequence a, a – b, a – 2b, a – 3b…is
(a) 38 (b) 36 20 and the 20th term is 10, then the xth term of the series is
(c) 30 (d) 28 (a) 30 – x (b) 29 – x
1 1 (c) 20 – x (d) 10 – x
3. The 30th term of the series 30, 25 , 21, 16 , ..., is
2 2 10. The sum 9 + 16 + 25 + 36 + …+ 100 is equal to
[SSC 2014] (a) 420 (b) 400
1 (c) 380 (d) 350
(a) – 183 (b) 133
2
11. Which term of the series 72, 63, 54 … is zero?
1
(c) – 100 (d) 0 (a) 8th (b) 9th
2 (c) 10th (d) 11th
4. The first term of an arithmetic progression is 22 and the
last term is – 11. If the sum is 66, then the number of terms 12. The least value of n, such that (1 + 3 + 32 + …+ 3n) exceeds
in the sequence is [SSC 2014] 2000 is [SSC 2014]
(a) 8 (b) 7
(a) 8 (b) 9
(c) 6 (d) 5
(c) 10 (d) 12
13. If p, q, r, are in Geometric Progression, then which is true
5. The middle term(s) of the following series
among the following ? [SSC CGL 2012]
2 + 4 + 6 + …+ 198 is [SSC 2012]
(a) 94 (b) 96 (a) q pr (b) p 2 qr
(c) 98 (d) 100 pr p r
(c) q (d)
6. Terms a, 1, b are in Arithmetic Progression and terms 1, a, 2 r q
b are in Geometric Progression. Find the value of a and b
given that a b. [SSC FCI 2013] 1 1 1
14. The sum of n terms of the series 1 ... is
(a) – 2, 1 (b) – 2, 4 2 2 2 23
(c) 2, 4 (d) 4, 1 2n 1
(a) 2 – 2n (b)
7. Which term of the sequence 6, 13, 20, 27, …is 98 more 2n
than its 24th term?
2n 1 2n 1 1
(a) 35th (b) 36th (c) (d)
(c) 38th (d) 48th 2n1 2n 2
Sequence and Series 9.3
1 1 1 1 1 x 11 x 12
15. Which term of the sequence , , , , ... is ? (a) (b)
2 4 8 16 256 x x
(a) 5th (b) 7th 11x 1 12 x 1
(c) 8th (d) 9th (c) (d)
x x
16. The sum of the first 8 terms of a geometric progression is
1 n 1 2n 1
6560 and the common ratio is 3. The first term is 25. The nth term of the sequence , , , ... is
(a) 4 (b) 3 n n n
(c) 2 (d) 1 (a) 2 (b) n + 1
17. By adding the same constant to each of 31, 7, – 1 a geometric n2 1 n2 n 1
(c) (d)
progression results. The common ratio is n n
1 26. The sum of the series 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + …+ 998 + 999 + 1000 is
(a) 2 (b) – 12
3 (a) 5050 (b) 55000
(c) 13 (d) None of these (c) 500500 (d) 550000
1 1 1 27. The fifth term of the sequence for which t1 = 1, t2 = 2, and
18. The value 1 ... of correct to 5 places tn + 2 = tn + tn + 1, is [SSC CGL 2013]
20 20 2 203
of decimal is (a) 5 (b) 6
(a) 0.95238 (b) 0.95239 (c) 8 (d) 10
(c) 1.05 (d) 10.5 28. (1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + …+ 99) is equal to
19. 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 49 + 50 + 49 + 48 + ... + 3 + 2 + 1 is equal to (a) 2002 (b) 2005
(a) 5000 (b) 2525 (c) 2050 (d) 2500
(c) 2500 (d) 1250 29. (45 + 46 + 47 + …+ 113 + 114 + 115) is equal to
20. The next term of the sequence, (a) 4000 (b) 5600
(c) 5656 (d) 5680
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 ; 1 1 ; 1 1 1 ; __ is 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 3 2 3 4 30. When simplified, the sum ...
[SSC CPO 2014] 2 6 12 20 30 n(n 1)
(a) 3 (b) 5 is equal to
1 1 1 2( n 1) n
(c) 1 (d) 1 1 (a) (b)
5 2 5 n n 1
21. Find the nth term of the following sequence: 1 1
(c) (d)
5 + 55 + 555 + …+ Tn [SSC 2014] n 1 n
5
n
5 31. Given 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + 103 = 3025 then 23 + 43 + 63 + ...
(a) n
(10 1) (b) (10n 1) + 203 is equal to
9 9
(a) 24200 (b) 12100
(c) 5n(10n – 1) (d) 5(10n – 1)
(c) 9075 (d) 6050
10n 1 32. Given that 12 + 22 + 32 + ... +202 = 2870. Then the value of
22. If 1 + 10 + 102 + up to n terms = , then the sum of
9 (22 + 42 + 62 + ... + 402) is
the series 4 + 44 + 444 + … up to n term is (a) 2870 (b) 5740
40 4n 40 4n (c) 11480 (d) 28700
(a) (10n 1) (b) (10n 1)
9 9 81 9 33. 1 + (3 + 1) (32 + 1) (34 + 1) (38 + 1) (316 + 1) (332 + 1) is
4 4 n 4 4 n equal to
(c) (10 n 1) (d) (10n 1)
81 9 9 9 (a) 364 + 1 (b) 364 – 1
23. The sum of the series (1 + 0.6 + 0.06 + 0.006 + 0.0006 + …) 364 1 364 1
(c) (d)
is [SSC CGL 2010] 2 2
1 2 34. How many terms of the series 1 + 2 + 3 … add up to 5050?
(a) 1 (b) 1
3 3 (a) 101 (b) 100
1 2 (c) 51 (d) 50
(c) 2 (d) 2
3 3 35. What is the 507th term of the sequence 1, – 1, 2, – 2, 1, – 1,
1 x 1 2x 1 2, – 2, 1 …?
24. The 12th term of the series ... is (a) 1 (b) – 1
x x x
[SSC 2014] (c) 2 (d) – 2
9.4 Sequence and Series
36. For all integral values of n, the largest number that exactly 39. (12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 102) is equal to [SSC CISF 2010]
divides each number of the sequence (n – 1)n (n + 1), (a) 392 (b) 390
n(n + 1) (n + 2), (n + 1) (n + 2) (n + 3), ... is (c) 385 (d) 380
(a) 2 (b) 3 40. [13 + 23 + 33 + ... + 93 + 103] is equal to
(c) 6 (d) 12 (a) 2525 (b) 3025
37. If 1 × 2 × 3 × … × n is denoted by n , then 8 7 6 is (c) 3575 (d) 5075
equal to 41. If 13 + 23 + ... + 93 = 2025, then the value of
(a) 6 7 8 (b) 6 8 6 (0.11)3 + (0.22)3 + …+ (0.99)3 is close to
(c) 78 6 (d) 7 8 7 (a) 0.2695 (b) 0.3695
(c) 2.695 (d) 3.695
3 7 95 11
38. The value of x x 1 2 x 1
12 2 2 2 2 32
32 4 2 4 252 52 62 42. If 12 + 22 + 32 + ... + x2 = , then
13 15 17 19 6
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 is 12 + 32 + 52 + ... + 192 is equal to
6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 (a) 2500 (b) 2485
1 (c) 2100 (d) 1330
(a) 1 (b)
100 43. If 13 + 23 + ... + 103 = 3025, then 4 + 32 + 108 + …+ 4000
99 101 is equal to
(c) (d)
100 100 (a) 12400 (b) 12200
(c) 12100 (d) 12000
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (c)
SOLUTIONS
1. The numbers divisible by both 5 and 7 are the numbers divisible 132
by L.C.M. (5,7) i.e. 35. Now, the numbers divisible by 35 and n 12 .
11
lying between 300 and 650 = {315, 350, ....., 630}. 5. The terms in the given series form an A.P. with first term, a = 2 and
These numbers form an A.P with first term a = 315 and common common difference, d = 2.
difference d = 35. Suppose there are n terms in this A.P. Then,
Let 630 be the nth term of this A.P. tn = a + (n – 1) d 198 = 2 + (n – 1) 2 n = 99.
Then, tn = 630 a + (n – 1) d = 630. 99 1
Now, the middle term = th term = 50th term
315 + (n – 1) × 35 = 630 n = 10. 2
There are 10 such numbers. Middle term = t50 = 2 + (50 – 1) × 2 = 100.
2. The terms in the given series form an A.P. with first term, a = 1 and 6. a, 1, b are in A.P. (given)
common difference d = 2. 1
1 = ( a b) [See TF 6]
Suppose there are n terms in this A.P. Then, 2
tn = a + (n – 1) d 75 = 1 + (n – 1) 2 n = 38. a+b=2 b=2–a ... (i)
1, a, b are in G.P. (given)
So, the number of terms in the given series is 38.
3. Clearly, the given sequence is an A.P. with first term , a = 30 and a 1 b b [See TF 11]
1 9 a2 = b a2 = 2 – a [Using (i)]
common difference, d = 4 . a2 + a – 2 = 0 (a + 2) (a – 1) = 0 a = – 2 or a = 1.
2 2
When a = 1, then b = 2 – 1 = 1 and in this case a = b (which is not
9 201 1
tn = a + (n – 1) d t30 = 30 + (30 – 1) × = 100 . possible).
2 2 2
a = – 2 and so, b = 2 – a = 2 – (– 2) = 4.
1
So, the 30th term of the given sequence is 100 . 7. The given sequence is an A.P. with first term, a = 6 and common
2 difference, d = 7.
4. Let the number of terms in the sequence be n. Then,
n n Its 24th term, t24 = a + 23d = 6 + 23 × 7 = 167.
Sn (a l ) 66 (22 11) 11n 132
2 2 Now, 167 + 98 = 265
Sequence and Series 9.5
Let 265 be the nth term of this A.P. n 1 n 1 7
1 1 1 1 1 1
Then, tn = 265 a + (n – 1) d = 265
2 2 256 2 128 2
6 + (n – 1) × 7 = 265 7n = 266 n 38.
The required term of the sequence is 38th term. n – 1 = 7 n = 8.
8. Let ‘a’ be the first term and ‘d’ be the common difference of the 1
So, is the 8th term of the given sequence.
given A.P. 256
Then, t2 = 5 a + d = 5 ... (i) 16. Let the first term of the G.P. be a.
and t5 = 14 a + 4d = 14 ... (ii) a (r n 1)
Clearly r = 3 > 1 and so, Sn
Solving (i) and (ii), we get: d = 3. r 1
The number just after 14 is 14 + d i.e. 14 + 3 i.e. 17.
a (38 1) a (38 1)
9. Clearly, the given sequence is an A.P. with first term = a and common 6560 38 1
3 1 2
difference, d = – b.
tn = a + (n – 1) d t10 = a + (10 – 1) (– b) a – 9b = 20 ... (i) a = 2. [ 38 = 6561]
t20 = 9 + (20 – 1) (– b) a – 19b = 10 ... (ii) So, the first term of this G.P. is 2.
On solving (i) and (ii), we get a = 29 and b = 1 17. Let the constant that is to be added be x.
First term, a = 29 and common difference, d = – b = – 1. Then, 31 + x , 7 + x , – 1 + x are in G.P.
The xth term, tx = 29 + (x – 1) (– 1) = 30 – x. [See TF 4] 7x (31 x ) ( 1 x ) [See TF 11]
10. 9 + 16 + 25 + 36 + ... + 100 = 32 + 42 + 52 + ... + 102 (7 + x)2 = (31 + x) (– 1 + x)
= (12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 102) – (12 + 22)
49 + x2 + 14x = – 31 + 30x + x2
10 11 21
= 5 [See TF 12 (ii)] 16x = 80 x = 5
6
The given G.P. is 31 + 5 , 7 + 5 , – 1 + 5 i.e. 36 , 12 , 4.
= 385 – 5 = 380.
12 1
11. Clearly, the given sequence is an A.P. with first term, a = 72 and The common ratio of this G.P. = .
36 3
common difference, d = 63 – 72 = – 9.
18. Clearly, the given series is an infinite geometric series with first
Let 0 be the nth term of this A.P.
1
Then, tn = 0 a + (n – 1) d = 0 72 + (n – 1) (– 9) = 0 term, a = 1 and common ratio, r .
20
72 – 9n + 9 = 0 n = 9.
a 1 1 20
So, 9th term of this A.P. is zero. S 0.95238 .
1 r 1 1 1 21
12. Clearly, the given series is a G.P. with first term (a) = 1 and 1
common ratio (r) = 3. 20 20
a(r n 1) 19. 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 49 + 50 + 49 + 48 + ... + 3 + 2 + 1
Sum of first n terms of a G.P. = [See TF 9 (ii)] 2 50 51
r 1 = 2 (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 50) – 50 = 50 [See TF 12 (i)]
2
1(3n 1 1) = 2500.
1 + 3 + 32 + ... + 3n = [ Total terms = n + 1]
20. The next term of the sequence = 1 1 1 1
3 1 1 1 1 1
1 n 1 2 3 4 5
(3 1) . 3 4 5 6
2 3.
2 3 4 5
1 21. Clearly Tn = 555 ... 5 (n digits)
Now, (3n 1 1) 2000 3n 1 4001 .
2 = 5(111 ... 1) (n digits)
The least value of n for which 3n + 1 > 4001 is n = 7. 5 5
= (999 ... 9) (n digits) = (10n – 1).
13. If p, q, r are in G.P., then q pr . [See TF 11] 9 9
14. The given series is a geometric series with first term, a = 1 and 22. 4 + 44 + 444 + ... upto n terms
1 = 4 (1 + 11 + 111 + ... upto n terms)
common ratio, r 1 .
2 4
1 n = (9 + 99 + 999 + ... + upto n terms)
1 1 9
Sn
a (1 r n )
Sn 2 2 (2n 1) 2n 1 4
n 1 . = [(10 – 1) + (102 – 1) + (103 – 1) + ... upto n terms]
1 r 1 2 n
2 9
1
2 4
1 = [(10 + 102 + 103 + ... upto n terms) – n]
15. Clearly, the given sequence is a G.P. with first term, a and 9
2 4 4n
1/ 4 1 = (1 + 10 + 102 + ... upto n terms)
common ratio, r . 9 9
1/ 2 2 n 1
1 40 10n 1 4n 1 10 102 ... upto n terms = 10
Let be the nth term of the G.P.. =
256 9 9 9 9
1 1
Then, tn =
256
ar
n 1
256
=
40
81
10 n 1
4n
9
.
9.6 Sequence and Series
23. The series (0.6 + 0.06 + 0.006 + ....) is a geometric series with first 1 16
0.06 1 = 1 [(3 1) (316 1) (332 1)]
term, a = 0.6 and common ratio, r 0.1. 2
0.6 10 1 32 32
a 0.6 0.6 2 = 1 [(3 1) (3 1)]
S 2
1 r 1 0.1 0.9 3
1 64 364 1 364 1 364 1
2 2 = 1 (3 1) 1 .
(1 + 0.6 + 0.06 + 0.006 + ... ) = 1 1 . 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 1 34. Let the sum of n terms of this A.P. be 5050.
24. Clearly, the given series is an A.P. with first term, a and Then, 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n = 5050
x
x 1 1 n (n 1)
common difference, d 1. 5050 n 2 n 10100 0
x x 2
1 11x 1
tn a n 1 d t12 12 1 1 . (n – 100) (n + 101) = 0 n = 100 or n = – 101.
x x So, n = 100 . [ The number of terms can not be negative]
1 35. 1st term = 1, 2nd term = – 1, 3rd term = 2, 4th term = – 2, 5th term = 1, ...
25. The given sequence is an A.P. with first term, a and common
n Same term is repeated after every fourth term.
n 1 1
difference, d = 1. On dividing 507 by 4, the remainder is 3.
n n 507th term = 3rd term = 2.
1 n2 n 1 36. Each one of the numbers in the given sequence is the product of
tn a (n 1) d (n 1) 1 .
n n three consecutive integers. Clearly, one of these three must surely
1000 1001 be divisible by 2 and one must be divisible by 3. So each number is
26. 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 999 + 1000 = 500500 . definitely divisible by 2 × 3 i.e. 6.
2
[See TF 12 (i)] In the sequence, the least positive number is equal to 1 × 2 × 3 i.e. 6.
27. tn + 2 = tn + tn + 1 (given) Hence, 6 is the largest number by which each number of the
t3 = t1 + t2 = 1 + 2 = 3 ; sequence is divisible.
t4 = t2 + t3 = 2 + 3 = 5 ; 37. 8 7 6 8 7 7 6
t5 = t3 + t4 = 3 + 5 = 8. = 8 1 7 6 7 7 6 7 7 6 6
28. 1 + 3 + 5 + ... + 99 = (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 100) – (2 + 4 + 6 + ... + 100)
= (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 100) – 2 (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 50) 49 1 6 48 6 6 8 6 .
100 101 2 50 51 3 5 7 19
[See TF 12 (i)] 38. ... 2 2
2 2 12 22 2 2 32 32 42 9 10
= 5050 – 2550 = 2500.
29. 45 + 46 + 47 + ... + 113 + 114 + 115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= ... 2 2
= (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 113 + 114 + 115) – (1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 43 + 44) 12 22 22 32 32 42 9 10
115 116 44 45 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= [See TF 12 (i)] = 1 2 2 2 2 ... 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 3 3 9 9 10
= 6670 – 990 = 5680. 1 1 99
1 1 1 1 = 1 2 1 .
30. ... 10 100 100
2 6 12 n n 1 10 11 21
39. 12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 102 = = 385. [See TF 12 (ii)]
1 1 1 1 1 6
= ...
1 2 2 3 3 4 ( n 1) n n (n 1) 10 11
2
40. 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + 103 = 2
= 55 = 3025. [See TF 12 (iii)]
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
= 1 ... 41. (0.11)3 + (0.22)3 + ... + (0.99)3
2 2 3 3 4 n 1 n n n 1
= (0.11 × 1)3 + (0.11 × 2)3 + ... + (0.11 × 9)3
1 n
= 1 . = (0.11)3 [13 + 23 + ... + 93]
n 1 n 1
31. 23 + 43 + 63 + ... + 203 = 23 (13 + 23 + 33 + ... + 103) = 0.001331 × 2025 [ 13 + 23 + ... + 93 = 2025 (given)]
= 8 × 3025 = 24200. = 2.695.
32. 22 + 42 + 62 + ... + 402 = 22 (12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 202)
42. 12 + 32 + 52 + ... + 192
= 4 × 2870 = 11480.
33. 1 + (3 + 1) (32 + 1) (34 + 1) (38 + 1) (316 + 1) (332 + 1) = (12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 202) – (22 + 42 + 62 + ... + 202)
= (12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 202) – 22 (12 + 22 + 32 + ... + 102)
1
= 1 [(3 1) (3 1) (32 1) (34 1) (38 1) (316 1) (332 1)] 20 21 41 4 10 11 21
2 = [See TF 12 (ii)]
6 6
1 2 2 4 8 16 32 = 2870 – 1540 = 1330.
= 1 [(3 1) (3 1) (3 1) (3 1) (3 1) (3 1)]
2 43. 4 + 32 + 108 + ... + 4000
1 4 4 8 16 32 = 4 (1 + 8 + 27 + ... + 1000)
= 1 [(3 1) (3 1) (3 1) (3 1) (3 1)]
2 = 4 (13 + 23 + 33 + ... + 103)
1 = 4 × 3025 [ 13 + 23 + 33 + ... + 103 = 3025]
= 1 [(38 1) (38 1) (316 1) (332 1)] = 12100.
2
Ages 10.1
10 AGES
EXERCISE
1. 5 years ago the average age of a family which includes father, (a) 4 years (b) 6 years
mother and a son was 35 years. 3 years ago the average age (c) 8 years (d) 16 years
of father and mother was 46 years. What is the present age 10. Mohit, who is 20 years old, is 4 times as old as Anu. What
(in years) of the son? [SSC CGL 2017]
will be Anu’s age when Mohit is twice as old as her?
(a) 20 (b) 22 [SSC 2015]
(c) 24 (d) 26 (a) 15 years (b) 17 years
2. The average of the present ages of Sanjay and Vijay is 32 years. (c) 30 years (d) 35 years
If Sanjay is 6 years older than Vijay, what is Vijay’s present age? 11. The sum of the present ages of a father and his son is 60
[SSC Steno 2016]
years. Six years ago, the father’s age was five times the age
(a) 19 years (b) 26 years of the son. After 6 years, the son’s age will be
(c) 29 years (d) 38 years [SSC CGL 2016]
3. A man was 32 years old when he had his first son. His wife was (a) 18 years (b) 20 years
35 years old when his son attained the age of 7 years. The (c) 24 years (d) 26 years
difference between the ages of the father and the mother is
12. Vivek and his father have an age difference of 35 years
[SSC CGL 2016]
now. After 5 years, the sum of their ages will be 125. What
(a) 3 years (b) 4 years
will be the ages in years of Vivek and his father after 12
(c) 5 years (d) 7 years
years from now? [SSC 2015]
4. At present, the ratio between the ages of Ajay and Bimal is (a) 40 and 75 (b) 45 and 80
4 : 3. After 6 years, Ajay’s age will be 26 years. What is the (c) 47 and 82 (d) 52 and 87
age of Bimal at present? [SSC CGL 2016]
13. Sachin is 60 years old. Amit is 5 years junior to Sachin and
(a) 12 years (b) 14 years
4 years senior to Chetan. Sahil is the youngest brother of
(c) 15 years (d) 18 years
Chetan and he is 6 years junior to him. What is the age
5. Bhanu is as much younger to Chetan as he is older to Dev. difference between Sachin and Sahil? [SSC CGL 2013, 14]
If the total of the ages of Chetan and Dev is 48 years, how (a) 6 years (b) 9 years
old is Bhanu? [SSC CGL 2016] (c) 12 years (d) 15 years
(a) 16 years (b) 18 years
14. X is four years older than Y, who is twice as old as Z. If the
(c) 22 years (d) 24 years
total ages of X, Y and Z is 34, how old is X ?
6. A mother is five times older than her daughter. After 5 years, [SSC CGL 2013, 14]
she would be 3 times older than her daughter. Find the (a) 6 years (b) 10 years
mother’s present age. [SSC CGL 2016] (c) 12 years (d) 16 years
(a) 20 years (b) 22 years
15. Mrs. Prema was 3 times as old as her son 8 years ago. Their
(c) 25 years (d) 29 years
total age is 64 years now. How old (in years) is Mrs. Prema
7. The sum of the ages of 4 children born at intervals of 4 now? [SSC CGL 2013, 14]
years each is 60 years. What is the age of the youngest child? (a) 24 (b) 36
[SSC CGL 2016] (c) 44 (d) 48
(a) 8 years (b) 9 years
16. A father said to his son, “I was as old as you are, at the time
(c) 10 years (d) 12 years
of your birth.” If the father’s age is 52 years now, then the
8. Two years ago, Manu was three times as old as his son and son’s age 8 years back was [SSC 2014]
two years hence, twice her age will be equal to five times (a) 10 years (b) 12 years
that of her son. Find Manu’s present age. [SSC CGL 2016] (c) 18 years (d) 20 years
(a) 34 years (b) 36 years 17. The average age of a father and his son is 22 years. The
(c) 38 years (d) 42 years ratio of their ages is 10 : 1 respectively. What is the age of
9. Abeer is 8 years younger than his brother Aman. How old the son? [SSC CGL 2013]
will Aman be when he is twice as old as Abeer? (a) 4 years (b) 24 years
[SSC CGL 2016] (c) 32 years (d) 40 years
10.1
10.2 Ages
18. A person’s present age is two-fifth of the age of his mother. 28. A is older by 4 years to B at one stage. After 16 years of this
After 8 years, he will be one-half of the age of his mother. stage, A will be thrice his present age and B will be five
How old is the mother at present? [SSC 2012] times his present age. How old would A and B be two years
(a) 32 years (b) 36 years before the initially indicated stage?
(c) 40 years (d) 48 years (a) 6 years and 2 years (b) 8 years and 4 years
19. A father’s age is three times that of his elder daughter. Five (c) 10 years and 6 years (d) 12 years and 8 years
years back, his age was eight times that of his younger 29. Nine years later, age of B will be equal to the present age of
daughter. If the difference between the ages of the two A. Sum of A’s age 3 years later and B’s age 4 years ago is
daughters is 5 years, what is the age of the father now? 76. If C is half of the present age of B, then what will be C’s
[SSC 2012] age (in years) after 10 years? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 45 years (b) 50 years (a) 27 (b) 31
(c) 55 years (d) 60 years (c) 32 (d) 36
20. Nikhil was born 5 years before Aman, Aman is 3 years 30. 5 years hence, ratio of ages of A and B will be 7 : 5 and
younger to Vijay. If Nikhil is now 17 years old, how old is difference between their ages will be 4 years. What are the
Vijay? [SSC FCI 2012]
present ages (in years) of A and B respectively?
(a) 8 years (b) 12 years [SSC CGL 2017]
(c) 15 years (d) 19 years (a) 5, 9 (b) 6, 5
21. In a family, the mother’s age is twice that of daughter’s age. (c) 9, 5 (d) 9, 6
The father is 10 years older than the mother. The son is 20
31. The ratio of the present ages of Sunder and Jagat is 4 : 5.
years younger than his mother and 5 years older than his
Three years later their ages will be in the ratio 7 : 8. What is
sister. What is the age of the father? [SSC CGL 2011]
the present age (in years) of Sunder? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 55 years (b) 58 years
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 60 years (d) 62 years
(c) 8 (d) 10
22. A father tells his son, “I was three times your present age
when you were born.” If the father’s present age is 48 years, 32. Present age of A is 2 times the present age of B. After 8
how old was the boy 4 years ago? [SSC 2011]
years, B’s age will be 4 times C’s present age. If C celebrated
(a) 8 years (b) 12 years his fifth birthday 9 years ago, then what is the present age
(c) 16 years (d) 20 years (in years) of A? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 84 (b) 88
23. Sam is twice as old as Bram who is three years older than (c) 92 (d) 96
Jack. If Sam’s age is five times Jack’s age, how old is Bram?
[SSC CISF 2010] 33. The ratio of the present ages of P and Q is 5 : 8. Three years
(a) 2 years (b) 4 years later, their ages will be in the ratio 8 : 11. What is the present
(c) 5 years (d) 8 years age (in years) of Q? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 5 (b) 8
24. A father’s age is one more than 5 times his son’s age. After
(c) 11 (d) 14
3 years, the father’s age would be 2 less than four times the
son’s age. Find the present age of the father.[SSC CPO 2010] 34. The ratio of the present ages of Shyam and Rakesh is 2 : 1
(a) 29 years (b) 30 years and the sum of their present ages is 72 years. What will be
(c) 31 years (d) 40 years the Shyam’s age (in years) after 6 years? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 30 (b) 48
25. A was born 5 years before B, B is 4 years older than C and
3 years younger to D. If A is now 17 years old, how old is D? (c) 52 (d) 54
(a) 9 years (b) 12 years 35. Ratio of present ages of P and Q is 9 : 4. The difference
(c) 15 years (d) 19 years between their ages is 20 years. What will be the sum (in
26. Your age is 10 years less than half your mother’s age who is years) of their ages after 10 years? [SSC CGL 2017]
5 years younger than your father. If your father is 45 years (a) 62 (b) 66
old, what is your age? (c) 72 (d) 76
(a) 5 years (b) 10 years 36. Seven years ago, the age of Vikrant was equal to the present
(c) 15 years (d) 20 years age of Ram. Sum of Vikrant’s age 5 years ago and Ram’s
27. Shobhit’s age was the square of a number last year and it age 6 years later is 58 years. If Alex is 4 years elder to
will be cube of a number next year. How long must he wait Vikrant, then what will be Alex’s age (in years) after 10
before his age is again the cube of a number? years? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 10 years (b) 38 years (a) 36 (b) 38
(c) 39 years (d) 47 years (c) 42 (d) 46
Ages 10.3
37. The ratio of present ages of L and N is 7 : 5. If the age of N (a) 28 (b) 35
after seven years will be 32 years, then what is the present (c) 42 (d) 49
age (in years) of L? [SSC CGL 2017]
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Sum of ages of father, mother and son 5 years ago = (35 × 3) years 7. Let the ages of the four children be x, x + 4, x + 8 and x + 12 years
= 105 years. respectively. Then,
Sum of their present ages = 105 + 5 × 3 = 120 years. x + (x + 4) + (x + 8) + (x + 12) = 60 x = 9.
Sum of the ages of father and mother 3 years ago = 46 × 2 = 92 The age of the youngest child = 9 years.
years. 8. Two years ago:
Sum of present ages of father and mother = 92 + 2 × 3 = 98 Let son’s age be x years.
years.
Then, Manu’s age = 3x years.
Hence, present age of the son = (120 – 98) years = 22 years.
Two years hence (later):
2. Let Vijay’s present age be x years.
Son’s age = (x + 4) years.
Then, Sanjay’s present age = (x + 6) years.
Manu’s age = (3x + 4) years.
[ Sanjay is 6 years older than Vijay]
2(3x + 4) = 5(x + 4) x = 12.
Now, Sum of their present ages = (32 × 2) years = 64 years
Thus, Manu’s present age = (3x + 2) = 38 years.
[ Average = 32 years]
9. Let Aman’s age (when he is twice as old as Abeer) be x years.
x + (x + 6) = 64 x = 29.
x
Vijay’s present age = 29 years. Then, Abeer’s age = years.
2
3. At the time the son was born, the mother’s age was x
Now, x = + 8. [ Abeer is 8 years younger than Aman]
= (35 – 7) = 28 years. 2
And the father’s age was = 32 years. x = 16.
Required difference = (32 – 28) years = 4 years. Aman’s age = 16 years (when he is twice as old as Abeer).
4. Let the present ages of Ajay and Bimal be 4x years and 3x years 10. Mohit’s age = 20 years.
respectively. 20
Anu’s age = = 5 years.
Then, after 6 years, Ajay’s age = 4x + 6. 4
4x + 6 = 26 x = 5. Suppose Mohit will be twice as old as Anu, after x years.
Thus, Bimal’s present age = 3x = 15 years. Then, 20 + x = 2(5 + x) x = 10.
5. Let Dev’s, Bhanu’s and Chetan’s ages be (x – d) years, x years and At that time Anu’s age will be (5 + 10) i.e. 15 years.
(x + d) years respectively. 11. Present ages:
Now, Chetan’s age + Dev’s age = 48 years Let son’s age be x years.
(x + d) + (x – d) = 48 2x = 48 x = 24. Then, father’s age = (60 – x) years.
Bhanu’s age = 24 years. Six years ago:
6. Let the daughter’s age be x years, then mother’s age is 5x years. Son’s age = (x – 6) years.
After 5 years: And, father’s age = (60 – x) – 6 = (54 – x) years.
Daughter’s age = (x + 5) years. Now, 54 – x = 5(x – 6) x = 14.
Mother’s age = (5x + 5) years. Son’s age after 6 years = (x + 6) = 20 years.
5x + 5 = 3(x + 5) x = 5. 12. Present Ages:
Thus, the mother’s present age = 5x = 25 years. Let Vivek’s age be x years.
10.4 Ages
Then, father’s age = (35 + x) years. 19. Present ages:
5 years later: Let elder daughter’s age be x years.
Vivek’s age = (x + 5) years. Then, father’s age = 3x years and
Father’s age = (35 + x) + 5 = (40 + x) years. younger daughter’s age = (x – 5) years
(x + 5) + (40 + x) = 125 x = 40. [ Age difference of two daughters = 5 years]
12 years later: Five years back:
Vivek’s age = (x + 12) = 52 years. Father’s age = (3x – 5) years.
Father’s age = (35 + x) + 12 = (x + 47) = 87 years. Younger daughter’s age = (x – 5) – 5 = (x – 10) years.
13. Sachin’s age = 60 years. (3x – 5) = 8(x – 10) x = 15.
Amit’s age = (60 – 5) = 55 years. Hence, father’s present age = 3x = 45 years.
Chetan’s age = Amit’s age – 4 = (55 – 4) = 51 years. 20. Nikhil’s age = 17 years.
Sahil’s age = Chetan’s age – 6 = 51 – 6 = 45 years. Aman’s age = (Nikhil’s age – 5) = 17 – 5 = 12 years.
Sachin’s age – Sahil’s age = 60 – 45 = 15 years. [ Nikhil is 5 years older than Aman]
14. Let Z’s age be n years. Vijay’s age = (Aman’s age + 3) = 12 + 3 = 15 years.
Then, Y’s age = 2n years. [ Aman is 3 years younger to Vijay]
And so, X’s age = (2n + 4) years. 21. Let daughter’s age be n years. Then,
(2n + 4) + 2n + n = 34 n = 6. Mother’s age = 2n years.
And so, X’s age = 16 years. Father’s age = Mother’s age + 10 = (2n + 10) years.
15. Present Ages: Son’s age = Mother’s age – 20 = (2n – 20) years.
Let Mrs. Prema’s age be x years. Then, Also, Son’s age = Daughter’s age + 5 = (n + 5) years.
Son’s age = (64 – x) years. 2n – 20 = n + 5 n = 25.
8 years Ago: Thus, father’s age = (2n + 10) = 60 years.
Mrs. Prema’s age = (x – 8) years. 22. Let the son’s present age be x years.
Son’s age = (64 – x) – 8 = (56 – x) years. Father’s present age = 48 years.
(x – 8) = 3(56 – x) x = 44. Then, father’s age at the time of son’s birth i.e. x years ago
Thus, Mrs. Prema’s age = 44 years. = (48 – x) years.
16. Let the son’s present age be x years. 48 – x = 3x x = 12.
Father’s present age = 52 years. So, the son’s present age = 12 years and son’s age 4 years ago
Then, father’s age at the time of son’s birth i.e. x years ago = 12 – 4 = 8 years.
= (52 – x) years. 23. Let Jack’s age be n years. Then,
52 – x = x x = 26. Bram’s age = (n + 3) years.
So, the son’s present age = 26 years. Sam’s age = 2(n + 3) years.
Son’s age 8 years back = (26 – 8) = 18 years. Now, 2(n + 3) = 5n n = 2.
17. Let father’s age be 10x years and son’s age be x years. Bram’s age = 5 years.
10 x x 24. Present Ages:
Then, 22 x = 4.
2 Let son’s age be n years.
Son’s age = 4 years. Then, father’s age = (5n + 1) years.
18. Present ages: After 3 years:
Let Mother’s age = x years. Son’s age = (n + 3) years.
2x
Son’s age = years. Father’s age = (5n + 1) + 3 = (5n + 4) years.
5
After 8 years 5n + 4 = 4(n + 3) – 2 n = 6.
Mother’s age = (x + 8) years. Thus, father’s present age = 31 years.
25. A’s age = 17 years.
Son’s age =
2x
8 years.
5 B’s age = (A’s age – 5) = 17 – 5 = 12 years.
1 2x [ A was born 5 years before B]
x 8 8 x = 40.
2 5 C’s age = B’s age – 4 = 12 – 4 = 8 years.
Hence, mother’s present age = 40 years. [ B is 4 years older than C]
Ages 10.5
D’s age = B’s age + 3 = 12 + 3 = 15 years. After 3 years:
[ B is 3 years younger to D] Sunder’s age = (4n + 3) years.
26. Let Mother’s age be x years. Then, Jagat’s age = (5n + 3) years.
x 4n 3 7
Father’s age = (x + 5) years and son’s age = 10 years. Now, 32n + 24 = 35n + 21 n = 1.
2 5n 3 8
Now, father’s age = 45 years Sunder’s present age = 4n = 4 years.
x + 5 = 45 x = 40. 32. Present Ages:
x Let B’s age = n years.
Son’s age = 10 = 10 years.
2 Then, A’s age = 2n years.
27. Suppose his age last year be m2 and next year be n3. Then,
C’s age = (5 + 9) = 14 years. [ C had 5th birthday, 9 years ago]
n3 – m2 = 2 n3 = 27 and m2 = 25 n = 3 and m = 5.
After 8 years:
[Note: This is the only possibility]
B’s age = (n + 8) years.
So, his present age = m2 + 1 = 26 years.
n + 8 = 4 × 14 n = 48.
Now, his age will be the cube of a number again when he is 64
years old. Thus, A’s present age = 2n = 96.
This will happen again after = (64 – 26) = 38 years. 33. Present Ages:
28. At this stage (at present): Let P’s age be 5n years and
Let B’s age = n years. Then, Q’s age be 8n years.
A’s age = (n + 4) years. Three years Later:
After 16 years: P’s age = (5n + 3) years.
Q’s age = (8n + 3) years.
B’s age = (n + 16) years.
5n 3 8
A’s age = (n + 4) + 16 = (n + 20) years. 55n + 33 = 64n + 24 n = 1.
8n 3 11
Now, n + 20 = 3(n + 4) n = 4.
So, Q’s present age = 8n = 8 years.
After 2 years: A’s age = (n + 4) + 2 = 10 years,
34. Let Shyam’s present age be 2n years. Then,
B’s age = n + 2 = 6 years.
Rakesh’s age = n years.
29. If a, b and c are the present ages of A, B and C respectively, then
2n + n = 72 n = 24.
b + 9 = a. ... (i)
So, Shyam’s age after 6 years = (2n + 6) = 54 years.
(a + 3) + (b – 4) = 76. ... (ii)
b 35. Let P’s present age be 9n years. Then,
c= . ... (iii)
2 Q’s present age = 4n years.
Putting a = b + 9 in (ii), we get: Now, 9n – 4n = 20 n = 4.
(b + 9 + 3) + (b – 4) = 76 b = 34. Sum of their ages after 10 years
34 = (9n + 10) + (4n + 10) = 13n + 20 = 72 years.
Putting b = 34 in (iii), we get: c = = 17.
2 36. Let the present ages of Vikrant, Ram and Alex be V, r and a
C’s age after 10 years = (c + 10) = 27 years. respectively. Then,
30. Let a and b be the present ages of A and B respectively. V–7=r V – r = 7. ... (i)
Five years hence: (V – 5) + (r + 6) = 58 V + r = 57. ... (ii)
A’s age = (a + 5) years. a = V + 4. ... (iii)
B’s age = (b + 5) years. Adding (i) and (ii), we get: 2V = 64 V = 32.
a5 7 a = V + 4 = 32 + 4 = 36.
5a – 7b = 10. ... (i)
b5 5
Now, Alex’s age after 10 years = a + 10 = 46 years.
Also, a – b = 4. ... (ii) 37. Let the present ages of L and N be 7n years and 5n years respectively.
Solving (i) and (ii) we get: a = 9, b = 5. Then,
A’s present age = 9 years, B’s present age = 5 years. N’s age after seven years = 32 years.
31. Let Sunder’s and Jagat’s present ages be 4n years and 5n years 5n + 7 = 32 n = 5.
respectively. L’s present age = 7n = 35 years.
Sample Papers (Fully Solved) for INET
11 AVERAGE
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
Sum of all the observations
TF 1. Average (or mean) =
Number of observations
xi
i.e. x = and so, x i = nx .
n
n n 1
TF 2. (i) Sum of first n natural numbers = .
2
(ii) Sum of first n odd natural numbers = n2.
n n 1 2n 1
(iii) Sum of the squares of first n natural numbers = .
6
2
n n 1
(iv) Sum of the cubes of first n natural numbers = .
2
TF 3. If the average of m items is a and the average of other n items is b , then the average of all the (m + n) items together
ma nb
is .
m n
TF 4. If a vehicle goes from station A to station B at a speed of a kmph and returns from B to A at a speed of b kmph, then
2ab
its average speed during the whole journey is kmph.
ab
TF 5. (i) If the average age of N persons is a years and the average age increases by b years when one new person joins
them, then the age of the new comer is A = {a + (1 + N) b} years.
(ii) If the average age of N persons is a years and the average age decreases by b years when one new person joins
them, then the age of the new comer is A = {a – (1 + N) b}.
TF 6. (i) If the average age of a group of N persons is a years and the average age increases by b years when a person
leaves the group, then the age of the outgoing persons is A = {a + (1 – N) b} years.
(ii) If the average age of a group of N persons is a years and the average age decreases by b years when a person
leaves the group, then the age of the outgoing person is A = {a – (1 – N) b} years.
TF 7. (i) In a group of N persons, if the average age increases by b years when a person of age a years is replaced by
a new person, then the age of the new comer is A = (a + Nb) years.
(ii) In a group of N persons, if the average age decreases by b years when a person of age a years is replaced by
a new person, then the age of the new comer is A = (a – Nb) years.
TF 8. If the average age of N persons is a years and the average age increases by b years when M new persons join them,
N
then the average age of the new comers is A a 1 b years.
M
TF 9. If the average age of N persons is a years and the average age decreases by b years when M new persons join them,
N
then the average age of the new comers is A a 1 b years.
M
TF 10. If k is added to each observation then the average increases by k. i.e. if x is the average of a1, a2, ..., an, then the
average of a1 + k, a2 + k, ..., an + k is x + k.
TF 11. If k is multiplied to each observation then the average gets multiplied by k. i.e. if x is the average of a1, a2, ..., an,
then the average of ka1, ka2, ..., kan is k x .
11.1
11.2 Average
EXERCISE
1. Average age of a team having 12 players is 23 years. If the 10. A student finds the average of ten 2 digit numbers. If the
age of the coach is also included, then the average age digits of one of the numbers are interchanged, the average
increases by 2 years. What is the age (in years) of the coach? increases by 3.6. The difference between the digits of 2
[SSC CGL 2017] digit numbers is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 41 (b) 47 (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 49 (d) 51 (c) 4 (d) 5
2. The average age of 6 members of a family is 20 years. If the 11. The average runs of a player is 32 out of 10 innings. How
age of the servant is included, then the average age increases many runs must he make in the next innings so as to increase
by 25%. What is the age (in years) of the servant? his average by 6? [SSC 2015]
[SSC CGL 2017] (a) 6 (b) 38
(a) 30 (b) 35 (c) 40 (d) 98
(c) 50 (d) 55 12. The average age of 30 students of a class is 14 years 4
3. The average age of 5 members of a family is 24 years. If the months. After admission of 5 new students in the class the
youngest member is 8 years old, then what was the average average becomes 13 years 9 months. The youngest one of
age (in years) of the family at the time of the birth of the the five new students is 9 years 11 months old. The average
youngest member? [SSC CGL 2017] age of the remaining 4 new students is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 16 (b) 18 (a) 10 years 4 months (b) 11 years 2 months
(c) 20 (d) 22 (c) 12 years 4 months (d) 13 years 6 months
4. The average age of 120 members of a society is 60.7 years. 13. On mixing two classes A and B of students having average
By addition of 30 new members, the average age becomes marks 25 and 40 respectively, the overall average obtained
56.3 years. What is the average age (in years) of newly joined is 30. Find the ratio of the students in the classes A and B.
members? [SSC CGL 2017] [SSC 2012]
(a) 36.5 (b) 37.2 (a) 5 : 8 (b) 5 : 6
(c) 38.3 (d) 38.7 (c) 3 : 4 (d) 2 : 1
5. The average marks of a class of 35 children is 35. The marks 14. The average score of a class of boys and girls in an
of one of the students, who got 35, was incorrectly entered examination is A. The ratio of boys and girls in the class is
as 65. What is the correct average of the class? [SSC 2016] 3 : 1. If the average score of the boys is A + 1, then the
(a) 28.20 (b) 34.14 average score of the girls is
(c) 38.14 (d) 42.21 (a) A + 3 (b) A – 3
(c) A + 1 (d) A – 1
6. Of the three numbers, the first number is twice the second
and the second is thrice the third number. If the average of 15. Average runs scored by 11 players of a cricket team is 23
these 3 numbers is 20, then the sum of the largest and the runs. If the first player scored 113 runs then find the average
smallest numbers is [SSC 2011]
runs of the remaining players. [SSC CGL 2016]
(a) 60 (b) 54 (a) 27 runs (b) 14 runs
(c) 42 (d) 24 (c) 12 runs (d) 8 runs
7. The average of 5 consecutive natural numbers is m. If the 16. The average weight of the first 11 persons among 12 persons
next three natural numbers are also included, then how much is 95 kg. The weight of 12th person is 33 kg more than the
more than m the average of these 8 numbers be? average weight of all the 12 persons. The weight of the 12th
(a) 1 (b) 1.4 person is [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 1.5 (d) 2 (a) 97.45 kg (b) 128 kg
(c) 128.75 kg (d) 131 kg
8. Out of four numbers the average of the first three is 16 and
that of the last three is 15. If the last number is 20 then the 17. The average of x numbers is y and the average of y numbers
first number is [SSC CGL 2016]
is x. Then, the average of all the numbers taken together is
[SSC 2011]
(a) 21 (b) 23
(c) 25 (d) 28 xy x y
(a) (b)
9. The average of all the odd integers between 2 and 22 is x y 2 xy
2 2
(d) x y
[SSC 2015] 2 xy
(c)
(a) 11 (b) 12 x y x y
(c) 13 (d) 14
Average 11.3
18. The average of six numbers is 3.95. The average of two of joining, the average age becomes 15.875 years. The age of
them is 3.4, while the average of the other two is 3.85. The the new boy is
average of the remaining two numbers is [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 17 years (b) 15 years
(a) 4.5 (b) 4.6 (c) 14.5 years (d) 12 years
(c) 4.7 (d) 4.8 28. The average weight of 3 men A, B and C is 84 kg. Another
19. Of the three numbers, the first is 4 times the second and 3 man D joins the group and the average now becomes 80 kg.
times the third. If the average of all the three numbers is 95, If another man E whose weight is 3 kg more than that of D,
what is the third number? [SSC CGL 2015] replaces A, then the average weight of B, C, D and E becomes
(a) 57 (b) 60 79 kg. Then the weight of A is [SSC CGL 2016]
(c) 76 (d) 130 (a) 76 kg (b) 75 kg
20. The average of 20 numbers is calculated as 35. It is discovered (c) 74 kg (d) 72 kg
later, that while calculating the average, one number, namely 29. The average of 30 numbers is 40 and that of other 40 numbers
85, was read as 45. The correct average is [SSC CGL 2015] is 30. The average of all the numbers is [SSC 2013]
(a) 36 (b) 36.5
2
(c) 37 (d) 37.5 (a) 34 (b) 34
7
21. The mean of 100 items was 46. Later on it was discovered (c) 34.5 (d) 35
that an item 16 was misread as 61 and another item 43 was
misread as 34. It was also found that the number of items 30. The average of five consecutive positive integers is n. If
were 90 and not 100. Then what is the correct mean? the next two integers are also included, then the average of
[SSC 2012] all these integers will [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 52.7 (b) 52 (a) Increase by 1 (b) Increase by 1.5
(c) 50.7 (d) 50 (c) Increase by 2 (d) Remain the same
22. In a 20 over match, the required run rate to win is 7.2. If the 31. Three numbers are such that the average of first two numbers
run rate is 6 at the end of the 15th over then for remaining is 2, the average of the last two numbers is 3 and the average
the required run rate to win the match is [SSC 2012] of the first and the last numbers is 4, then the average of
(a) 1.2 (b) 10.8 three numbers is equal to [SSC 2014]
(c) 12 (d) 13.2 (a) 2 (b) 2.5
23. The average of 50 numbers is 38. If two numbers namely (c) 3 (d) 3.5
45 and 55 are discarded, then the average of the remaining 32. The average income of ‘A’ and ‘B’ of 200 and the average
numbers is [SSC 2013] income of ‘C’ and ‘D’ is 250. The avegare income of A,
(a) 32.5 (b) 35 B, C and D is [SSC 2015]
(c) 36 (d) 37.5 (a) 225 (b) 200
24. In a class there are 30 boys and their average age is 17 (c) 125 (d) 106.25
years. When one boy aged 18 years leaving the class and 33. In an exam, the average marks obtained by the students was
another joining, the average age becomes 16.9 years. The found to be 60. After the omission of computational errors,
age of new boy is [SSC 2015] the average marks of 100 candidates had to be changed
(a) 11 years (b) 13 years from 60 to 30 and the average with respect to all the
(c) 15 years (d) 25 years examinees came down to 45 marks. The total number of
25. 5 years ago, the average age of P and Q was 15 years. The candidates who took the exam was [SSC 2012]
average age of P, Q and R today is 20 years. How old will R (a) 180 (b) 200
be after 10 years? [SSC 2012] (c) 210 (d) 240
(a) 30 years (b) 35 years 34. The bowling average of a cricketer was 12.4. He improves
(c) 40 years (d) 50 years his bowling average by 0.2 points when he takes 5 wickets
26. While purchasing one item costing 400, one has to pay a for 26 runs in his last match. The number of wickets taken
sales tax at 7% and on another costing 6400, the sales tax by him before the last match
was 9%. The per cent of sales tax one has to pay, taking (a) 200 (b) 175
these items together on an average is [SSC 2012] (c) 150 (d) 125
(a) 8 (b) 8 1 35. In a class, the average score of girls in an examination is 73
2 and that of boys is 71. The average score for the whole
13 15 class is 71.8. Find the percentage of girls. [SSC MTS 2011]
(c) 8 (d) 8 (a) 60% (b) 55%
17 17
(c) 50% (d) 40%
27. In a class, there are 40 boys and their average age is 16
years. One boy, aged 17 years, leaving the class and another
11.4 Average
36. There are 50 students in a class, one of them weighing 50 44. The average of 30 numbers is 15. The average of the first
kg goes away and a new student joins. By this the average 18 numbers is 10 and that of the next 11 numbers is 20. The
1 last number is
weight of the class increases by kg. The weight of the
2 (a) 50 (b) 52
new student is
(c) 56 (d) 60
(a) 76 kg (b) 75 kg
(c) 72 kg (d) 70 kg 45. The average of 13 results is 70. The average of first seven
is 65 and that of the last seven is 75, the seventh result is
37. The frequency distribution of data is given below. If the [SSC 2015]
average age is 17 years, the value of m is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 67 (b) 68
Age (in years) 8 20 26 29 (c) 70 (d) 70.5
Number of people 3 2 m 1 46. The average of eight successive numbers is 6.5. The average
of the smallest and the greatest numbers among them will
(a) 4 (b) 3
be [SSC 2010]
(c) 2 (d) 1
(a) 9 (b) 7.5
38. There were 35 students in a hostel. If the number of students (c) 6.5 (d) 4
is increased by 7 the expenditure on food increases by 42
per day while the average expenditure of students is reduced 47. If a, b, c, d, e are five consecutive odd numbers, their
by 1. What was the initial expenditure on food per day? average is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 400 (b) 420 (a) a + 4
(c) 432 (d) 442 (b) 5 (a + 4)
39. The average of the first 7 integers in series of 13 consecutive (c) 5 (a + b + c + d + e)
odd integers is 37. What is the average of the entire series? abcde
[SSC 2016]
(d)
5
(a) 40 (b) 41 48. a, b, c, d, e, f, g are consecutive even numbers. j, k, l, m, n
(c) 43 (d) 45 are consecutive odd numbers. The average of all the
numbers is [SSC 2011]
40. Arpit aims to score an average of 80 marks in quarterly and
half yearly exams. But his average in quarterly is 3 marks 7d 5l abmn
(a) (b)
less than his target and that in half yearly is 2 marks more 12 4
than his aim. The difference between the total marks scored
1 d an
in both the exams is 25. The total marks aimed by Arpit is (c) (d) 3
[SSC 2012] 2 2
(a) 380 (b) 400 49. If the average of 6 consecutive even numbers is 25, the
(c) 410 (d) 420 difference between the largest and the smallest number is
[SSC 2012]
41. The average monthly income (in ) of certain agricultural (a) 14 (b) 12
workers is S and that of other workers is T. The number of (c) 10 (d) 8
agricultural workers is 11 times that of other workers. Then,
the average monthly income (in ) of all the workers is 50. The average monthly income of P and Q is 5,050. The
average monthly income of Q and R is 6250 and the
S T 1
(a) (b) T average monthly income of P and R is 5200. The monthly
12 11S income of P is [SSC 2014]
S 11T 11S T (a) 5000 (b) 4050
(c) (d)
12 12 (c) 4000 (d) 3500
42. The average weight of 15 oarsmen in a boat is increased by 51. The mean of 20 items is 55. If two items such as 45 and 30
1.6 kg when one of the crew, who weighs 42 kg, is replaced are removed, the new mean of the remaining items is
by a new man. Find the weight of the new man (in kg). [SSC CGL 2014]
[SSC CGL 2016] (a) 56 (b) 56.9
(a) 43 (b) 65 (c) 65.1 (d) 65.3
(c) 66 (d) 67 52. The mean weight of 34 students of a school is 42 kg. If the
43. Find the average of 1.11, 0.01, 0.101, 0.001, 0.11. weight of teacher be included, the mean rises by 400 grams.
[SSC MTS 2013]
Find the weight of teacher (in kg). [SSC 2012]
(a) 0.1164 (b) 0.2644 (a) 55 kg (b) 56 kg
(c) 0.2554 (d) 0.2664 (c) 57 kg (d) 66 kg
Average 11.5
53. The average age of four boys A, B, C and D is 5 years and 62. There are 50 students in a class. Their average weight is
the average age of A, B, D, E is 6 years, C is 8 years old. 45 kg. When one student leaves the class the average weight
The age of E is (in years) [SSC MTS 2013] reduces by 100 g. What is the weight of the student who left
(a) 15 (b) 14 the class? [SSC 2010]
(c) 13 (d) 12 (a) 50.1 kg (b) 49.9 kg
54. Three years ago, the average age of a family of 5 members (c) 47.9 kg (d) 45 kg
was 17 years. A baby having been born, the average age of 63. A batsman makes a score of 87 runs in the 17th innings and
the family is the same today. The present age of the baby thus increases his average by 3. Find his average after 17th
(in year/s) is [SSC 2014]
innings. [SSC 2015]
(a) 3 (b) 2 (a) 39 (b) 84
1 (c) 87 (d) 90
(c) 1 (d) 1
2 64. Two years ago the average age of a family of 8 members was
18 years. After the addition of a baby, the average age of the
55. The average marks of 50 students in a class is 72. The
family is same today. What is the age of the baby? [SSC 2013]
average marks of boys and girls in that subject are 70 and
75 respectively. The number of boys in the class is 1
(a) 1 years (b) 1 years
[SSC CGL 2015] 2
(a) 20 (b) 25 1
(c) 2 years (d) 2 years
(c) 30 (d) 35 2
56. The arithmetic mean of the following numbers is 65. A man’s pension on retirement from service is equal to half
1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6 and 7, the average salary during last 3 years of his service. His
7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7 [SSC CGL 2014] salary from 1 January 1983 is 380 per month with an
(a) 20 (b) 14 increment of 40 due on 1 October 1983, 1 October 1984
(c) 5 (d) 4 and 1 October 1985. If he retires on 1 January 1986, what
pension does he draw per month? [SSC 2013]
57. A library has an average number of 510 visitors on Sunday
(a) 230 (b) 225
and 240 on other days. The average number of visitors per
day in a month of 30 days beginning with Sunday is (c) 215 (d) 205
[SSC 2012] 66. In an examination, the average marks obtained by the girls
(a) 285 (b) 290 of a class is 85 and the average marks obtained by the boys of
(c) 295 (d) 300 the same class is 87. If the girls and boys are in the ratio 4 : 5,
58. In a certain year, the average monthly income of a person then the average marks of the whole class (approximately)
was 3400. For the first eight months of the year, his average is closest to [SSC CGL 2015]
monthly income was 3160 and for the last five months, it (a) 86.5 (b) 86.4
was 4120. His income in the eighth month of the year was (c) 86.1 (d) 85.9
(a) 3160 (b) 5080 67. 12 kg of rice costing 30 per kg is mixed with 8 kg of rice
(c) 5520 (d) 15520 costing 40 per kg. The average per kg price of mixed
59. The average of three numbers is 40. The first number is rice is [SSC 2010]
twice the second and the second one is thrice the third (a) 34 (b) 35
number. The difference between the largest and the smallest (c) 37 (d) 38
numbers is [SSC 2011] 68. The average monthly salary of all the employees in an industry
(a) 60 (b) 46 is 12,000. The average salary of male employees is 15,000
(c) 36 (d) 30 and that of female employees is 8,000. What is the ratio of
60. The average of four consecutive even numbers is 15. The male employees to female employees? [SSC 2013]
2nd highest number is [SSC 2012] (a) 2 : 5 (b) 3 : 4
(a) 12 (b) 14 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 5 : 2
(c) 16 (d) 18 69. The average of first ten prime numbers is [SSC 2013]
61. The average weight of 12 crewmen in a boat is increased (a) 10 (b) 10.1
1 (c) 12.9 (d) 13
by kg, when one of the crewmen whose weight is 55 kg is
3 70. If the average marks of three batches of 55, 60 and 45
replaced by a new man. What is the weight of that new students respectively is 50, 55 and 60, then the average
man? [SSC 2012]
marks of all the students is
(a) 57 kg (b) 58 kg (a) 53.33 (b) 54.68
(c) 59 kg (d) 60 kg (c) 55 (d) None of these
11.6 Average
71. The average of the first three numbers is double the fourth (a) 18 (b) 19
number. If the average of all the four numbers is 12, find (c) 20 (d) 21
the 4th number. [SSC 2013]
80. Eight consecutive numbers are given. If the average of the
18
(a) (b) 48 two numbers that appear in the middle is 6, then the sum of
7 7 the eight given numbers is [SSC 2012]
(c) 16 (d) 20 (a) 36 (b) 48
72. The average of six numbers is 32. If each of the first three (c) 54 (d) 64
numbers is increased by 2 and each of the remaining three 81. The average marks obtained by 40 students of a class is 86.
numbers is decreased by 4, then the new average is If the 5 highest marks are removed, the average reduces by
[SSC 2011] one mark. The average marks of the top 5 students is
(a) 30 (b) 31 [SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 34 (d) 35 (a) 92 (b) 93
73. In a school with 600 students, the average age of the boys is (c) 96 (d) 97
12 years and that of the girls is 11 years. If the average age 82. A cricketer had a certain average of runs for his 64 innings.
of the school is 11 years and 9 months, then the number of In his 65th innings, he is bowled out for no score on his
girls in the school is [SSC 2012] part. This brings down his average by 2 runs. His new
(a) 150 (b) 250 average of runs is
(c) 350 (d) 450 (a) 68 (b) 70
74. A fruit seller sold big, medium and small sized apples for (c) 128 (d) 130
15, 10 and 5 respectively. The total number of apples 83. The average age of Ram and his two children is 17 years
sold were in the ratio 3 : 2 : 5. Find the average cost of an and the average age of Ram's wife and the same children is
apple. [SSC 2012] 16 years. If the age of Ram is 33 years, the age of his wife is
(a) 7 (b) 8 (in years) [SSC 2013]
(c) 9 (d) 10 (a) 30 (b) 31
75. 5 years ago, the average age of A, B, C and D was 45 years. (c) 32 (d) 35
With E joining them now, the average age of all the five is 84. The average (arithmetic mean) of 330, 360 and 390 is
49 years. How old is E? [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 64 years (b) 45 years (a) 380 (b) 3177
(c) 40 years (d) 25 years (c) 327 + 357 + 387 (d) 329 + 359 + 389
76. The mean temperature of the first four days of a week is 85. In a school, the average age of students is 6 years and the
25°C whereas the mean of the last four days is 25.5°C. If average of 12 teachers is 40 years. If the average age of the
the mean temperature of the whole week is 25.2°C then the combined group of all the teachers and students is 7 years,
temperature on the 4th day is [SSC 2015] then the number of students is
(a) 25°C (b) 25.2°C (a) 416 (b) 409
(c) 25.5°C (d) 25.6°C (c) 400 (d) 396
77. The average of 8 numbers is 20. The average of first two 86. The average weight of 8 persons increase by 2.5 kg when a
1 1 new person comes in place of one of them weighing 65 kg.
numbers is 15 and that of the next three is 21 . If the The weight of the new person is [SSC 2015]
2 3
sixth number be less than the seventh and eighth numbers (a) 76 kg (b) 76.5 kg
by 4 and 7 respectively, then the eighth number is (c) 84 kg (d) 85 kg
(a) 27 (b) 25
87. The average of x numbers is y2 and the average of y numbers
(c) 22 (d) 18
is x2. So, the average of all the numbers taken together is
78. Three Science classes A, B and C take a Life Science test. [SSC 2011]
The average score of class A is 83. The average score of xy 2 3
(a) (b) xy yx
class B is 76. The average score of class C is 85. The average
score of class A and B is 79 and the average score of class B x2 y2 x3 y 3
(c) (d)
and C is 81. Then the average score of classes A, B and C is x y x y
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 80 (b) 80.5 88. A man bought 13 articles at 70 each, 15 at 60 each and
(c) 81 (d) 81.5 12 at 65 each. The average price per article is
[SSC 2012]
79. If the arithmetic mean of 3a and 4b is greater than 50 and a (a) 60.25 (b) 62.25
is twice of b, then the smallest possible integer value of a is (c) 64.75 (d) 65.75
[SSC CGL 2015]
Average 11.7
89. A student was asked to find the arithmetic mean of the (a) 44 (b) 45
following 12 numbers: 3, 11, 7, 9, 15, 13, 8, 19, 17, 21, 14 1 1
(c) 45 (d) 46
and x. He found the mean to be 12. The value of x will be 2 2
(a) 31 (b) 17 99. The average of three numbers is 135. The largest number is
(c) 7 (d) 3 195 and the difference between the other two is 20. The
90. If the average of eight consecutive even numbers be 93, smallest number is [SSC MTS 2011]
then the greatest number among them is [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 115 (b) 105
(a) 86 (b) 98 (c) 95 (d) 65
(c) 100 (d) 102 100. The average of nine numbers is 50. The average of the first
91. The average salary of all the workers in a workshop is five numbers is 54 and that of the last three numbers is 52.
8000. The average salary of 7 technicians is 12,000 and Then the sixth number is [SSC 2013]
the average salary of the rest is 6000. The total number of (a) 24 (b) 30
workers in the workshop is [SSC 2014] (c) 34 (d) 44
(a) 23 (b) 22
101. The average of the first nine integral multiples of 3 is
(c) 21 (d) 20
[SSC 2013]
92. The average of 50 numbers is 38. If two numbers, namely (a) 12 (b) 15
45 and 55 are discarded, the average of the remaining (c) 18 (d) 21
numbers is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 36.5 (b) 37.0 102. The average of three consecutive odd numbers is 12 more
(c) 37.5 (d) 37.9 than one third of the first of these numbers. What is the last
of the three numbers? [SSC CGL 2011]
93. The batting average for 30 innings of a cricket player is 40
(a) 19 (b) 17
runs. His highest score exceeds his lowest score by 100
(c) 15 (d) Data inadequate
runs. If these two innings are not included, the average of
the remaining 28 innings is 38 runs. The lowest score of the 103. A librarian purchased 50 storybooks for his library. But he
player is [SSC 2013] saw that he could get 14 more books by spending 76 more
(a) 12 (b) 15 and the average price per book would be reduced by 1.
(c) 18 (d) 20 The average price (in ) of each book he bought was
[SSC CGL 2015]
94. If the mean of 4 observations is 20, when a constant ‘C’ is
added to each observation, the mean becomes 22. The value (a) 10 (b) 15
of C is [SSC 2012]
(c) 20 (d) 25
(a) – 2 (b) 2 104. Six tables and twelve chairs were bought for 7800. If the
(c) 4 (d) 6 average price of a table is 750, then the average price of
95. In a family of 5 members, the average age at present is 33 a chair would be [SSC MTS 2013]
years. The youngest member is 9 years old. The average (a) 150 (b) 175
age of the family just before the birth of the youngest (c) 250 (d) 275
member was [SSC 2013] 105. The average of the largest and smallest 3 digit numbers
(a) 24 years (b) 25 years formed by 0, 2 and 4 would be [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 29 years (d) 30 years (a) 213 (b) 222
96. In a team of 10 persons, nine persons spent 40 each for (c) 303 (d) 312
their meal and the remaining one spent 9 more than the 106. The average of 5 consecutive integers starting with ‘m’ is n.
average expenditure of all the 10 persons. The total What is the average of 6 consecutive integers starting with
expenditure for their meal was [SSC CGL 2015] (m + 2)? [SSC 2012]
(a) 310 (b) 410
(c) 510 (d) 610 (a) n 2 (b) n 3
97. The average of 20 numbers is 15 and the average of first 2n 5 2n 9
five is 12. The average of the rest is [SSC 2013]
(c) (d)
2 2
(a) 13 (b) 14
(c) 15 (d) 16 107. The batting average of a cricket player for 64 innings is 62
runs. His highest score exceeds his lowest score by 180
98. The average marks of 32 boys of section A of class X is 60 runs. Excluding these two innings, the average of remaining
whereas the average marks of 40 boys of section B of class innings becomes 60 runs. His highest score was [SSC 2011]
X is 33. The average marks for both the sections combined (a) 214 runs (b) 212 runs
together is
(c) 209 runs (d) 180 runs
11.8 Average
108. The average age of P, Q and R is 5 years more than R’s age. 118. The average monthly expenditure of a family is 2200
If the total ages of P and Q together is 39 years, then R’s during the first three months, 2550 during the next four
age is [SSC 2014] months and 3120 during the last five months of the year.
(a) 12 years (b) 14 years If the total savings during the year was 1260, what is the
(c) 16 years (d) 24 years average monthly income? [SSC 2012]
(a) 2,850 (b) 2,805
109. When the average age of a husband and wife and their son
(c) 1,280 (d) 1,260
was 42 years the son got married and a child was born just
one year after the marriage. When the child turned to be 119. If the average of 20 observations x1 , x2 , ...., x20 is y, then
five years then the average age of family became 36 years.
the average of x1 101, x2 101, x3 101, ..... x20 101 is
What was the age of daughter-in-law at the time of marriage?
[SSC 2011]
(a) 23 years (b) 24 years
(c) 25 years (d) 26 years (a) y – 101 (b) y – 20
(c) 20y (d) 101y
110. The average of 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, ………..to 25 terms is
120. Six friends have an average height of 167 cm. A boy with
[SSC 2015]
height 162 cm leaves the group. Find the new average height.
(a) 25 (b) 50
[SSC 2015]
(c) 125 (d) 625
(a) 166 cm (b) 167 cm
111. The average of 8 numbers is 27. If each of the numbers is (c) 168 cm (d) 169 cm
multiplied by 8, find the average of new set of numbers. 121. The average of some natural numbers is 15. If 30 is added
[SSC 2013]
to first number and 5 is subtracted from the last number the
(a) 216 (b) 316 average becomes 17.5 then the number of natural numbers
(c) 938 (d) 1128 is [SSC 2015]
112. The average weight of five persons siting in a boat is 38 kg. (a) 10 (b) 15
The average weight of the boat and the persons sitting in the (c) 20 (d) 30
boat is 52 kg. What is the weight of the boat? [SSC 2012]
122. The average age of 6 sons of a family is 8 years. The average
(a) 122 kg (b) 228 kg age of sons together with their parents is 22 years. If the
(c) 232 kg (d) 242 kg father is older than the mother by 8 years, the age of mother
113. The average of the first 100 positive integers is (in years) is
[SSC CGL 2010] (a) 68 (b) 60
(a) 49.5 (b) 50.5 (c) 52 (d) 44
(c) 51 (d) 100 123. The average of all the numbers between 6 and 50 which are
114. What is the average of the first six (positive) odd numbers divisible by 5 is [SSC 2014]
each of which is divisible by 7? [SSC MTS 2013] (a) 22 (b) 27.5
(a) 49 (b) 47 (c) 28.5 (d) 30
(c) 43 (d) 42 124. The average of n numbers x1 , x2 ,...., xn is x . Then the value
115. A cricketer whose bowling average is 12.4 runs per wicket n
takes 5 wickets for 26 runs and thereby decreases his average of x i x is equal to [SSC 2011]
i 1
by 0.4. The number of wickets taken by him till the last (a) 0 (b) n
match was [SSC 2014]
(c) x (d) nx
(a) 85 (b) 80
(c) 72 (d) 64 125. Average of n numbers is a. The first number is increased by
2, the second one is increased by 4, the third one is increased
116. The average age of a husband and his wife was 23 years at by 8 and so on. The average of the new numbers is
the time of their marriage. After five years they have a one [SSC CGL 2015]
year old child. The average age of the family now is
2n 1 1 2n 1
[SSC 2015] (a) a (b) a
n n
(a) 19 years (b) 23 years
2n 1 2n 1
(c) 28.5 years (d) 29.3 years (c) a (d) a 2
117. The average weight of A, B and C is 45 kg. If the average
n n
weight of A and B be 40 kg and that of B and C be 43 kg, 126. The average of the squares of first ten natural numbers is
then the weight (in kg) of B is [SSC CGL 2015] [SSC 2010]
(a) 17 (b) 20 (a) 38.5 (b) 37.5
(c) 26 (d) 31 (c) 36 (d) 35.5
Average 11.9
127. A student finds the average of ten 2 digit numbers. While (c) 1 – 2m (d) 1 – m2
copying numbers, by mistake, he writes one number with 129. There are 100 students in 3 sections A, B and C of a class.
its digits interchanged. As a result his answer is 1.8 less The average marks of all the 3 sections were 84. The average
than the correct answer. The difference of the digits of the of B and C was 87.5 and the average marks of A is 70. The
number, in which he made mistake, is [SSC 2010]
number of students in A was [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 6 (b) 4 (a) 20 (b) 25
(c) 3 (d) 2 (c) 30 (d) 35
1
128. If the average of x and x 0 is m, then the average of 130. Out of 20 boys, 6 are each of 1 m 15 cm height, 8 are of 1 m
x 10 cm and rest are 1 m 12 cm. The average height of all of
1 them is [SSC MTS 2013]
x2 and is [SSC 2011]
x2 (a) 1 m 12 cm (b) 1 m 12.1 cm
(a) 2m + 1 (b) 2m2 – 1 (c) 1 m 21 cm (d) 1 m 21.1 cm
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (d) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (a) 64. (c) 65. (c) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (c) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (b) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (b) 76. (d) 77. (b) 78. (d) 79. (d) 80. (b)
81. (b) 82. (c) 83. (a) 84. (d) 85. (d) 86. (d) 87. (a) 88. (c) 89. (c) 90. (a)
91. (c) 92. (c) 93. (c) 94. (b) 95. (d) 96. (b) 97. (d) 98. (b) 99. (c) 100. (a)
101. (b) 102. (a) 103. (a) 104. (d) 105. (d) 106. (c) 107. (a) 108. (a) 109. (c) 110. (a)
111. (a) 112. (a) 113. (b) 114. (d) 115. (a) 116. (a) 117. (d) 118. (b) 119. (a) 120. (c)
121. (a) 122. (b) 123. (b) 124. (a) 125. (d) 126. (a) 127. (d) 128. (b) 129. (a) 130. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Sum of the ages of the players = 12 × 23 = 276 years. 80
Average age 8 years ago years = 16 years.
Sum of the ages of players including coach = (13 × 25) years 5
= 325 years . Note : At the time of birth of the youngest member,
Age of the coach = (325 – 276)years = 49 years. the number of family members was 5 (and not 4).
2. Sum of ages of 6 members of the family 4. Total age of 120 members = (120 × 60.7) yrs = 7284 yrs.
= 6 × 20 = 120 years. Total age of (120 + 30) members i.e. 150 members = (150 × 56.3)
125 yrs
Including servant, Average Age 20 25 years.
100 = 8445 yrs.
Then, Sum of ages of family members including the servant Total age of 30 new members = (8445 – 7284) yrs = 1161 yrs..
= 25 × 7 = 175 years. Average age of 30 new members = 38.7 yrs.
Age of the servant = (175 – 120) years = 55 years. 5. Total marks = 35 × 35 = 1225.
3. Sum of the present ages of the family members = 5 × 24 = 120 Total correct marks = 1225 – 65 + 35 = 1195.
years. 1195
Correct average = = 34.14.
Sum of the ages 8 years ago 35
(at the time of birth of the youngest member) 6. Let the second number be x.
= 120 – 5 × 8 = 80 years. x
Then, first number = 2x and third number =
3
11.10 Average
x 496 1
2x x 3 20 60 [ Average of 3 numbers = 20] Required average age = 10 years = 10 years 4 months.
3 12 4 3
10x = 180 x = 18
x 13. Using the rule of allegation
The largest number (2x) = 36 and the smallest number = 6. Average marks Average marks
3
(Class A ) (Class B)
Required sum = 36 + 6 = 42. 25 40
7. Let the five numbers be x, x + 1, x + 2, x + 3 and x + 4. Then,
x + x + 1 + x + 2 + x + 3 + x + 4 = 5m
Average score
[ Average of 5 numbers = m] (Class A + B)
5x + 10 = 5m x=m–2 30
The next three natural numbers are x + 5 = m + 3, x + 6
= m + 4 and x + 7 = m + 5. 40 – 30 = 10 30 – 25 = 5
Required Average The ratio of the students in classes A and B is 10 : 5 = 2 : 1.
x x 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5 x 6 x 7 14. Let the number of boys and girls be 3x and x respectively. Then,
=
8 Total score (boys + girls) = 4Ax.
5m m 3 m 4 m 5 Total score of boys = 3x(A + 1) = 3Ax + 3x
= m 1.5 .
8 Total score of girls = 4Ax – (3Ax + 3x) = Ax – 3x.
So, the average of these 8 numbers is 1.5 more than m. Ax 3 x
Average score of the girls = = A – 3.
8. Let four numbers be a, b, c and d x
Sum of first three numbers (a + b + c) = 16 × 3 = 48 ...(i) 15. Total runs scored by 11 players = 11 × 23 = 253.
Sum of last three numbers (b + c + d) = 15 × 3 = 45 ...(ii) Runs scored by first player = 113.
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get So, Runs scored by remaining 10 players = 253 – 113 = 140.
a – d = 48 – 45 = 3 140
Average of remaining players = = 14.
a = 3 + d = 3 + 20 = 23. [ last number (d) = 20] 10
9. There are 10 odd numbers between 2 and 22 which are 16. Let the weight of the 12th person be x kg
3, 5, 7, .... 19, 21. Then, average weight of all the 12 persons = (x – 33) kg
Sum of these numbers = 3 + 5 + ... + 21 Total weight of 12 persons = 12 (x – 33).
10
= 6 10 1 2 120 . Now, Total weight of 11 persons = 11 × 95 = 1045 kg.
2
1045 + x = 12 (x – 33) 11x = 1441 x = 131.
n
Sum of n terms of an A.P. = 2 2a n 1 d So, the weight of 12th person is 131 kg.
17. Average of all the numbers
120
Required average = = 12. Sum of x numbers + Sum of y numbers xy yx 2 xy
10 = = .
Total number of numbers taken x y x y
10. Suppose the correct two digit number be 10x + y and correct average
be m. Then, 18. Sum of six numbers = 3.95 × 6 = 23.7
New average = m + 3.6 and Sum of two of them = 3.4 × 2 = 6.8
Number with digits interchanged = 10y + x Sum of other two numbers = 3.85 × 2 = 7.70
10m – (10x + y) + (10y + x) = 10(m + 3.6) Sum of remaining two numbers = 23.7 – (6.8 + 7.70) = 9.2.
9y – 9x = 36 y – x = 4. 9.2
Average of the remaining two numbers = = 4.6.
So, the difference of the digits is 4. 2
19. Let the third number be x.
11. Suppose the runs made by him in the 11th innings be x. 3
Then, first number = 3x and second number = x
10 × 32 + x = 11 × (32 + 6) 320 + x = 418 x = 98. 4
1 3
3x x x 3 95 285 [ Average of three numbers = 95]
12. Total age of 30 students = 30 14 430 years 4
3
3 1925 19x = 1140 x = 60.
Now, total age of 35 students = 35 13 years
4 4 So, the third number is 60.
1925 205 20. Sum of 20 numbers = 20 × 35 = 700.
Total age of 5 new students = 430 = years Correct sum = 700 – 45 + 85 = 740.
4 4
205 11 496 740
Total age of 4 students = 9 years. Correct average = = 37.
4 12 12 20
Average 11.11
21. Total sum of 100 items = 46 × 100 = 4600. Subtracting (iii) from (ii), we get :
Correct sum of 90 items = 4600 – 61 – 34 + 16 + 43 = 4564. Weight of (A – E) = 320 – 316 = 4 kg.
4564 Weight of A = 4 + (weight of E) = (4 + 71) kg = 75 kg.
Correct mean = = 50.7. 29. Sum of 30 numbers = 40 × 30 = 1200.
90
22. Total runs required in the match = 20 × 7.2 = 144. Sum of other 40 numbers = 40 × 30 = 1200.
Sum of all 70 numbers = 1200 + 1200 = 2400.
Runs scored in first 15 overs = 15 × 6 = 90.
2400 2
Runs to be scored in the remaining 5 overs = 144 – 90 = 54. Required average = 34 .
70 7
54
Required run rate = = 10.8. 30. Suppose the five consecutive positive integers be x, x + 1, x + 2,
5
x + 3, and x + 4. Then,
23. Sum of 50 numbers = 50 × 38 = 1900.
Total sum of five integers = 5n [ average of five integers = n]
Sum of remaining 48 numbers = 1900 – 45 – 55 = 1800.
x + x + 1 + x + 2 + x + 3 + x + 4 = 5n x=n–2
1800
Required average = = 37.5. x + 5 = n – 2 + 5 = n + 3 and x + 6 = n – 2 + 6 = n + 4.
48
Average of all 7 integers
24. Let the age of new boy be x years
x x 1 ... x 4 x 5 x 6 5n n 3 n 4
Total age of 30 boys = 30 × 17 = 510 years[ Average = 17 years] = = n 1.
7 7
Total new age of 30 boys = 30 × 16.9 = 507 years. So, the average of all integers will increase by 1.
[ New average = 16.9 years] 31. Let the three numbers be a, b and c. Then,
510 – 18 + x = 507 x = 15. Sum of first two numbers (a + b) = 4 ... (i)
So, the age of new boy is 15 years. Sum of last two numbers (b + c) = 6 ... (ii)
Another Method: Sum of first and last numbers (a + c) = 8 ... (iii)
Age of new comer A = (a – Nb) = 18 – 30 × 0.1 = 15 years Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get:
[See TF 7(ii)] 2(a + b + c) = 18 a + b + c = 9.
9
Note : a = age of person who left = 18 yrs Required average = 3.
b old avg–New avg = 17 – 16.9 = 0.1 yrs
3
32. Total income (A + B) = 2 × 200 = 400. ... (i)
= 0.1 yrs.
Total income (C + D) = 2 × 250 = 500. ... (ii)
25. 5 years ago, total age (P + Q) = 2 × 15 = 30 years Adding (i) and (ii), we get
Total present age (P + Q) = 30 + 5 + 5 = 40 years ... (i) Total income (A + B + C + D) = 400 + 500 = 900.
Now, total present age (P + Q + R) = 3 × 20 = 60 years ... (ii) 900
Required average income = = 225.
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get present age of R = 20 years 4
The age of R after 10 years = (20 + 10) = 30 years. 33. Let the total number of candidates be x.
45x + 100(60 – 30) = 60x x = 200.
400
26. Sales tax on item costing 400 = 7% of 400 = 7 = 28. So, the total number of candidates is 200.
100
34. Let the number of wickets taken before the last match be x.
6400
Sales tax on item costing 6400 = 9% of 6400 = 9 = 576. Then, number of wickets taken after this match = x + 5
100
12.4x + 26 = (12.4 – 0.2) × (x + 5)
Total costing of both items = (6400 + 400) = 6800.
12.4x + 26 = 12.2x + 61 0.2x = 35 x = 175.
Total sales tax = (28 + 576) = 604.
35. Using the rule of allegation
604 15
Sales tax(%) = 100 8 %. Average score
6800 17 (girls) (boys)
27. The age of new boy = (17 – 40 × 0.125) years = 12 years. 73 71
[See TF 7 (ii)]
28. Total weight (A + B + C) = 84 × 3 = 252 kg. ... (i)
[ Average weight (A + B + C) = 84 kg] Average score
(whole class)
Total weight (A + B + C + D) = 80 × 4 = 320 kg. ... (ii)
71.8
[ Average weight (A + B + C + D) = 80 kg]
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get :
Weight of D = 320 – 252 = 68 kg 0.8 1.2
Weight of E = 68 + 3 = 71 kg. Ratio of number of girls to the number of boys = 0.8 : 1.2 = 2 : 3.
Total weight (B + C + D + E) = 79 × 4 = 316 kg. ... (iii) 2
[ Average weight (B + C + D + E) = 79 kg] Percentage of girls = 100 = 40%.
5
11.12 Average
36. Suppose the weight of new student be x kg and old average weight Average monthly income of all the workers
of the class be y kg. Then, 11xS xT 11S T
1 = .
New average weight = y kg 12 x 12
2 42. Let the average weight of 15 men be x kg and the weight of new
1 man be y kg.
50y – 50 + x = 50 y x – 50 = 25 x = 75.
2
15x – 42 + y = 15 (x + 1.6) y = 66.
So, the weight of new student is 75 kg.
So, the weight of new man is 66 kg.
Another Method :
1.11 0.01 0.101 0.001 0.11
1 43. Required average =
Weight of new student A = (a Nb) 50 50 75 kg 5
2 1.332
[See TF 7(i)] = = 0.2664.
5
Note : a = weight of person who left = 50 kg, 44. Total sum of 30 numbers = 30 × 15 = 450
1
b old avg – new avg kg Sum of first 18 numbers = 18 × 10 = 180
2
Sum of next 11 numbers = 11 × 20 = 220
3 8 20 2 26 m 29 1 Last number = 450 – (180 + 220) = 50.
37. Average age =
3 2 m 1
45. Sum of 13 results = 13 × 70 = 910.
93 26m Sum of first 7 results = 7 × 65 = 455.
17 = 102 + 17m = 93 + 26m m = 1.
6m
Sum of last 7 results = 7 × 75 = 525.
38. Suppose initial expenditure on food per day be x and average Seventh result = (525 + 455) – 910 = 70.
expenditure of 35 students be y
x 46. Let the 8 numbers be x, x + 1, x + 2, x + 3, x + 4, x + 5, x + 6 and
35y = x y = . ... (i) x + 7. Then,
35
Sum of these 8 numbers = 6.5 × 8 = 52
Now, expenditure on food per day = (x + 42) and Average
expenditure of 42 student = (y – 1) [ average of 8 numbers = 6.5]
42(y –1) = x + 42 42y – 42 = x + 42 42y = x + 84 x + x + 1 + x + 2 + x + 3 + x + 4 + x + 5 + x + 6 + x + 7 = 52
x 8x + 28 = 52 x = 3
42 x 84 [from (i)] Smallest number (x) = 3 and largest number x + 7 = 10.
35
3 10
x = 420. Average = = 6.5.
2
So, the initial expenditure on food per day is 420.
47. Suppose a = x, b = x + 2, c = x + 4, d = x + 6 and e = x + 8
39. Suppose 13 consecutive odd integers be x, x + 2, x + 4, ... ,
x x2 x 4 x6 x8
x + 24 Then, Then, Average = x4
5
x + x + 2 + .... + x + 12 = 7 × 37 = 259
= a + 4. [ a = x]
[ Average of first 7 intergers = 37]
48. Suppose a = x – 6, b = x – 4, c = x – 2, d = x, e = x + 2, f = x + 4 and
7x + 42 = 259 x = 31
g = x + 6.
13 consecutive integers are 31, 33, 35, ... , 55.
j = y – 4, k = y – 2, l = y, m = y + 2 and n = y + 4.
13
62 12 1 2 Required average of all the 12 numbers
31 33 .... 55
Required average = 2 = 43. a b .... g j k .... n
13 13 =
12
sum of first n terms of an A.P. with first term
n x 6 x 4 .... x 6 y 4 y 2 .... y 4
a and common diff. d = 2a n 1 d =
2 12
7 x 5 y 7d 5l
40. Let the number of subjects be x. Then, = . [ d = x and l = y]
12 12
Total marks aimed = 80x.
49. Let the 6 numbers be x, x + 2, x + 4, x + 6, x + 8 and x + 10
Now, total marks in quaterly = 77x and
Then, x + x + 2 + x + 4 + x + 6 + x + 8 + x + 10 = 25 × 6 = 150.
Total marks in half yearly = 82x.
So, 82x – 77x = 25 x = 5. [ Average of 6 numbers = 25]
Total marks aimed = 80 × 5 = 400. 6x + 30 = 150 x = 20
41. Let the number of other workers be x. Then, Largest number = x + 10 = 30 and smallest number = x = 20.
Number of agricultural workers = 11x.
Required difference = 30 – 20 = 10.
Now, total monthly income of agricultural workers = 11xS
50. Total monthly income (P + Q) = 2 × 5050 = 10100 ... (i)
and total monthly income of other workers = xT.
Average 11.13
Total monthly income (Q + R) = 2 × 6250 = 12500 ... (ii) Required difference = 72 – 12 = 60.
Total monthly income (P + R) = 2 × 5200 = 10400 ... (iii) 60. Let the four numbers be x, x + 2, x + 4 and x + 6. Then,
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get: 2(P + Q + R) = 33000 x + x + 2 + x + 4 + x + 6 = 4 × 15 = 60. [ Average = 15]
Total monthly income (P + Q + R) = 16500 ... (iv) 4x + 12 = 60 x = 12.
The second largest number = x + 2 = 12 + 2 = 14.
Subtracting (ii) from (iv), we get:
61. Suppose the weight of new man be x and old average weight be y.
Monthly income of P = 16500 – 12500 = 4000.
1
51. Total sum of 20 items = 20 × 55 = 1100. Then, new average weight = y .
3
1100 45 30
Average of remaining 18 items = = 56.9. 1
18 12y – 55 + x = 12 y – 55 + x = 4 x = 59.
52. Let the weight of teacher be x kg 3
So, the weight of new man is 59 kg.
34 × 42 + x = 35 × (42 + 0.4) 1428 + x = 1484
62. Total weight of 50 students = 50 × 45 = 2250 kg.
x = 56 kg. Total weight of 49 students = 49 × (45 – 0.1) = 2200.1 kg.
53. Total age (A + B + C + D) = 4 × 5 = 20 years ... (i) Weight of the student who left the class = (2250 – 2200.1) kg.
Total age (A + B + D + E) = 4 × 6 = 24 years ... (ii) = 49.9 kg.
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get 63. Let the average after 17th innings be x. Then,
E’s age – C’s age = 4 years Average before 17th innings = x – 3.
E’s age = 4 + 8 = 12 years. [ C’s age = 8 years] 16(x – 3) + 87 = 17x x = 39.
54. Let the present age of the baby be x years So, his average after 17th innings is 39.
Three years ago, total age of the family = 5 × 17 = 85 years. 64. Let the age of the baby be x years.
Now, total age of the family = 6 × 17 = 102 years. Two years ago, total age of 8 members = 8 × 18 = 144 years
85 + (3 × 5) + x = 102 x = 2 years. Now, total age of 9 members = 9 × 18 = 162 years
55. Let the number of boys be x. Then, 144 + (2 × 8) + x = 162 x = 2 years.
65. Total salary (1 Jan. 1983 – 1 O ct. 1983)
Number of girls = 50 – x.
= 380 × 9 = 3420 ... (i)
Total marks of 50 students = 50 × 72 = 3600.
Total salary (1 Oct. 1983 – 1 Oct. 1984) = 420 × 12 = 5040 ... (ii)
Total marks of x boys = 70x. Total salary (1 Oct. 1984 – 1 Oct. 1985) = 460 × 12 = 5520... (iii)
Total marks of (50 – x) girls = 75 × (50 – x) = 3750 – 75x. Total salary (1 Oct. 1985 – 1 Jan. 1986) = 500 × 3 = 1500 ... (iv)
70x + 3750 – 75x = 3600 x = 30. Adding (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get:
56. Required arithmetic mean Total salary during last 3 years = 15480
11 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 15480
= Average monthly salary during last 3 years = = 430.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 12
7 8 15 430
Required monthly pension = = 215.
12 22 32 42 52 62 7 2 6
2
= = 5. 66. Let the average marks of whole class be x.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 78
Using the rule of allegation
2
2 n n 1 2n 1 Average marks Average marks
1 2 ... n
2 2
(boys) (girls)
6 87 85
n n 1
and 1 2 ... n
2
57. We have total 5 sundays and 25 other days Average marks
510 5 240 25 (whole class)
Average number of visitors per day = = 285. x
30
58. Required income in the eighth month
= (8 × 3160 + 5 × 4120) – 12 × 3400 = 5080. (x – 85) (87 – x)
59. Let the second number be x. 87 x 4
x 435 5 x 4 x 340 x 86.1.
Then, first number = 2x and third number = x 85 5
3 67. Average price per kg of mixed rice
x
2 x x 3 40 120 [ Average of 3 numbers = 40] Total price of rice costing 30 per kg
3
10x = 360 x = 36 + Total price of rice costing 40 per kg
=
The largest number (2x) = 72 and the smallest number Total quantity of mixed rice
x 12 30 8 40
= 12. = 34.
3 12 8
11.14 Average
68. Suppose the number of male employees and female employees be 76. Total temperature of first four days = 25 × 4 = 100°C.
x and y respectively. Total temperature of last four days = 25.5 × 4 = 102°C.
Then, Total salary of all the employees = 12000 (x + y). Total temperature of whole week = 25.2 × 7 = 176.4°C.
Total salary of male employees = 15000x. Temperature on the 4th day = (100 + 102) – 176.4 = 25.6°C.
Total salary of female employees = 8000y. 77. Let eighth number be x. Then,
12000 (x + y) = 15000x + 8000y
Sixth number = x – 7 and seventh number = x – 3.
x 4
4000y = 3000x = . Total sum of 8 numbers = 8 × 20 = 160.
y 3
1
Required ratio = 4 : 3. Sum of first 2 numbers = 2 × 15 = 31.
2
69. The first ten prime numbers are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23
and 29 1
Sum of next 3 numbers = 3 × 21 = 64.
2 3 5 7 11 13 17 19 23 29 3
Req. average = = 12.9. 31 + 64 + x – 7 + x – 3 + x = 160 x = 25.
10
70. Average marks of all the students So, eighth number is 25.
55 50 60 55 45 60 78. Suppose there are x, y and z students in classes A, B and C
= = 54.68.
55 60 45 respectively. Then,
71. Let the four numbers be a, b, c and d. Then,
Total score (A) = 83x.
abc
2d a b c 6d ... (i) Total score (B) = 76y.
3
Now, a + b + c + d = 4 × 12 = 48[ Average of 4 numbers = 12] Total score (C) = 85z.
48 Also, total score (A + B) = 79 (x + y) .
6d + d = 48 d = . [from (i)]
7 [Average score (A + B) = 79]
So, the fourth number is
48 83x + 76y = 79 (x + y)
.
7
4
72. Sum of six numbers = 6 × 32 = 192. 4x = 3y y= x. ... (i)
3
New sum = 192 + (2 + 2 + 2) – (4 + 4 + 4) = 186.
Now, total score (B + C) = 81 (y + z)
186 [Average score (B + C) = 81]
New average = = 31.
6 76y + 85z = 81 (y + z)
73. Using the rule of allegation
5 5 4
Average marks Average marks 4z = 5y z= y= x [From equation (i)]
(boys) (girls)
4 4 3
12 11 5
z= x. ... (ii)
3
Average score of A, B and C
Average age (School) 4 5
11 years and 9 months 83 x 76 x 85 x
83x 76 y 85 z 3 3
= =
x yz 4 5
x x x
3 3
9 months 3 months [From equation (i) and (ii)]
Ratio of number of boys to the number of girls = 9 : 3 = 3 : 1 978 x
= = 81.5.
600 12 x
Number of girls = 1 150 3a 4b
31 79. 50 3a + 4b > 100
2
74. Let the number of big, medium and small sized apples be 3x, 2x
and 5x respectively. 3a + 2a > 100 [ a = 2b]
3 x 15 2 x 10 5 x 5 90 x 5a > 100 a > 20.
Average cost of an apple =
3x 2 x 5 x 10 x The smallest possible integral value of a is 21.
= 9 . 80. Let the 8 numbers be x, x + 1, x + 2, x + 3, x + 4, x + 5, x + 6 and
75. 5 years ago, total age (A + B + C + D) = 4 × 45 = 180 years x + 7. Then, x + 3 + x + 4 = 2 × 6 = 12 .
Total present age (A + B + C + D) = (180 + 4 × 5) = 200 years. [Average of 2 middle numbers = 6]
... (i)
2x + 7 = 12 x = 2.5.
Now, total present age (A + B + C + D + E) = 5 × 49 = 245 years.
... (ii) x+x+1+x+2+x+3+x+4+x+5+x+6+x+7
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get: = 8x + 28 = 8 × 2.5 + 28 = 48.
Age of E = (245 – 200) = 45 years. 81. Total marks of 40 students = 40 × 86 = 3440.
Average 11.15
Total marks of 35 students = 35 × (86 – 1) = 2975 The highest score = x + 100.
Total marks of top 5 students = 3440 – 2975 = 465. 30 × 40 – x – (x + 100) = 28 × 38
465 1200 – 2x – 100 = 1064 x = 18.
Required average marks = = 93.
5 94. c = 2
82. Let the new average be x. Then, [ If the average of n observations x1 , x2 , ..., xn is m, then the
Average before 65th inning = x + 2. average of x1 a, x2 a, ..., xn a is m + a]
64(x + 2) + 0 = 65x x = 128. 95. Total present age of the family = 5 × 33 = 165 years
83. Total age (Ram + 2 children) = 3 × 17 = 51 years ... (i) Total age of the family just before the birth of the youngest
member = 165 – (5 × 9) = 120 years
Total age (Ram’s wife + 2 children) = 3 × 16 = 48 years ... (ii)
120
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get Required average = = 30 years.
4
Ram’s age – Ram’s wife age = 3 years 96. Let the total expenditure be x. Then,
x
Ram’s wife age = (33 – 3) = 30 years. [ Ram’s age = 33] Average expenditure of 10 persons =
10
84. Required arithmetic mean
x
330 360 390 3(329 359 389 ) x 9 40 9 10x = 3690 + x x = 410.
= = 329 + 359 + 389. 10
3 3
So, the total expenditure is 410.
85. Let the number of students be x
97. Sum of 20 numbers = 15 × 20 = 300.
6 × x + 12 × 40 = (12 + x) × 7 6x + 480 = 84 + 7x
Sum of first five numbers = 12 × 5 = 60.
x = 396.
Sum of rest 15 numbers = 300 – 60 = 240.
86. Let the average weight of 8 persons be x kg and the weight of new
240
person be y kg. Average of the rest 15 numbers = = 16.
15
8x – 65 + y = 8 (x + 2.5) – 65 + y = 20 y = 85. 98. Average marks for both the sections
So, the weight of new person is 85 kg. Total marks of section A + Total marks of section B
=
Another Method : Number of boys in section A + Number of boys in section B
The weight of new person = (65 + 8 × 2.5) = 85 kg. [See TF 7 (i)] 32 60 40 33
= = 45.
87. Average of all the numbers taken together 32 40
Sum of x numbers + Sum of y numbers 99. Let the smallest number be x. Then,
=
Total number of numbers taken Second largest number = x + 20
xy 2 yx 2 xy x y Sum of 3 numbers = 3 × 135 = 405
= xy . [ average of 3 numbers = 135]
x y x y
x + x + 20 + 195 = 405 x = 95.
13 70 15 60 12 65
88. Average price per article = = 64.75. So, the smallest number is 95.
13 15 12
89. Arithmetic mean 100. Total sum of 9 numbers = 9 × 50 = 450
3 11 7 9 15 13 8 19 17 21 14 x Total sum of first 5 numbers = 5 × 54 = 270
=
12 Total sum of last 3 numbers = 3 × 52 = 156
137 x The 6th number = 450 – (270 + 156) = 24.
12 = 144 = 137 + x x = 7.
12
101. The average of first nine multiples of 3
90. Let the 8 numbers be x, x + 2, x + 4, x + 6, x + 8, x + 10, x + 12 and
x + 14 Then, 3 1 2 3 ... 9
3 9 10
= 15 .
x + x + 2 + x + 4 + ... + x + 14 = 8 × 93 = 744 9 9 2
8x + 56 = 744 x = 86. 102. Let the numbers be x, x + 2 and x + 4. Then,
x x2 x4 x
So, the greatest number = x + 14 = 86 + 14 = 100. 12 3x + 6 = 36 + x x = 15.
3 3
91. Let the number of workers be x. Then, The last number = x + 4 = 15 + 4 = 19.
8000 × x = 12000 × 7 + 6000 × (x – 7) 103. Let the average price of each book be x.
8000x = 84000 + 6000x – 42000 x = 21. Then, total price of 50 books = 50x.
So, the number of workers in the workshop is 21. Total price of all the 64 books (if he had spent 76 more)
92. Total sum = 50 × 38 = 1900. = 64 (x – 1).
Sum of remaining 48 numbers = 1900 – 45 – 55 = 1800. 50x + 76 = 64 (x – 1) x = 10.
1800
Average of remaining numbers = = 37.5. So, the average price of each book is 10.
48
93. Let the lowest score be x. Then, 104. Total price of 6 tables and 12 chairs =7800
Total price of 6 tables = 750 × 6 = 4500
11.16 Average
Total price of 12 chairs = (7800 – 4500) = 3300. Weight of boat = 312 – 190 = 122 kg.
n n 1
3300 113. Sum of first n positive integers =
Average price of a chair = = 275. 2
12
105. The largest 3 digits number formed by 0, 2 and 4 = 420. 100 101
Sum of first 100 positive integers = = 5050.
The smallest 3 digits number formed by 0, 2 and 4 = 204. 2
420 204 5050
Average = = 312. Required average = = 50.50.
2 100
106. Let the five integers be m, m + 1, m + 2,m + 3 114. The first six positive odd multiples of 7 are 7, 21, 35, 49, 63
and m + 4. Then, m + m + 1 + m + 2 + m + 3 + m + 4 = 5n and 77
[ Average of 5 numbers = n] 7 21 35 49 63 77
5m + 10 = 5n m = n – 2. Required average = = 42.
6
The 6 consecutive integers starting with (m + 2) i.e. n – 2 + 2 i.e.
115. Let the number of wickets taken till the last match be x.
n will be n, n + 1, n + 2, n + 3, n + 4 and n + 5.
Required Average Total runs given till the last match = 12.4x
n n 1 n 2 n 3 n 4 n 5 6n 15 2n 5 Number of wickets after the current match = x + 5
= = .
6 6 2 Total runs given afer the current match = 12(x + 5).
107. Let the highest score be x. Then,
12.4x + 26 = 12(x + 5) 12.4x + 26 = 12x + 60
Lowest score = x – 180.
0.4x = 34 x = 85.
64 × 62 – x – (x – 180) = 62 × 60
So, the number of wickets taken till the last match is 85.
3968 – 2x + 180 = 3720 x = 214.
116. Total age of husband and wife = 2 × 23 = 46 years
108. Total age (P + Q + R) = 3(5 + R)
After five years, total age of the family = (46 + 5 + 5 + 1) = 57 years.
[Average age (P, Q, R) is 5 more than R’s age] 57
Required average age = = 19 years.
P + Q + R = 15 + 3R 39 + R = 15 + 3R 3
[ Total age of P + Q = 39 years] 117. Total weight of (A + B + C) = 45 × 3 = 135 kg.
R = 12. Total weight of (A + B) = 40 × 2 = 80 kg.
So, the age of R is 12 years. Total weight of (B + C) = 43 × 2 = 86 kg.
109. Let the present age of daughter-in-law be x years Weight of B = Wt. of {(A + B) + (B + C) – (A + B + C)}
At the time of their marriage, total age (husband + wife + son) = (80 + 86) – 135 = 31 kg.
= 3 × 42 = 126 years. 118. Total expenditure during the whole year
When the child turned to be five, = 2200 × 3 + 2550 × 4 + 3120 × 5 = 32400.
Total age (husband + wife + son + daughter-in-law + child) Total savings during the whole year = 1260
= 5 × 36 = 180 years. Total income during the whole year = 32400 + 1260= 33660
33660
126 + 6 + 6 + 6 + x + 5 = 180 x = 31 years. Average monthly income = = 2805.
12
The age of daughter-in-law at the time of marriage 119. We know that, if the average of n observations
= (31 – 6) years = 25 years. x1 , x2 , x3 , ...., xn is m, then the average of n observations
110. Sum of first n odd natural numbers = n2
x1 a, x2 a, x3 a, ...., xn a is m – a
n2
Average of first n odd natural numbers = = n. The average of x1 101, x2 101, x3 101, ...., x20 101
n
= y – 101.
And so, the average of 25 odd natural numbers is 25
120. Total height of six friends = 167 × 6 = 1002 cm.
i.e. the average of 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, ... to 25 terms is 25. Total height of remaining five friends = 1002 – 162 = 840 cm.
111. Sum of 8 numbers = 27 × 8 = 216 840
Required average height = = 168 cm.
When each number is multiplied by 8, then sum of new set of 5
numbers = 216 × 8 = 1728. 121. Let the number of natural numbers be x
1728 Then, sum of these natural numbers (before changes) = 15n
Required average = = 216.
8 and sum of these natural numbers (after changes) = 17.5n.
Another Method: 15n + 30 – 5 = 17.5n n = 10.
New average = 8 × old average = 8 × 27 = 216. [See TF 9] 122. Let the age of the mother be x years. Then,
Age of father = (x + 8) years
112. Total weight of 5 persons = 38 × 5 = 190 kg
6 × 8 + x + x + 8 = 8 × 22 48 + 2x + 8 = 176 x = 60 years.
Total weight (boat + 5 persons) = 52 × 6 = 312 kg
123. There are 8 numbers between 6 and 50 which are divisible by 5.
Average 11.17
They are 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45. 127. Suppose the correct two digit number be 10x + y and correct average
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 be m. Then, new average = m – 1.8 and the number with digits
Required average = .
8 interchanged = 10y + x.
8 10m = 10(m – 1.8) – (10y + x) + (10x + y)
10 45 55 n
= 2 27.5. [Sum to n terms of an AP = a l ] 9x – 9y = 18 x – y = 2.
8 2 2
So, the difference of the digits is 2.
124. x1 x2 .... xn nx
1 1
Average of n numbers x1, x2 , ..., xn x 128. x = 2m [ Average of x and = m]
x x
n Squaring on both sides, we get
Now, x i x = x1 x x2 x .... xn x 1 1
i 1 x 2 2 2 4m2 x 2 2 4m2 2
= x1 x2 .... xn nx = nx nx 0. x x
125. Let n numbers be x1, x2 , x3 , ..., xn . 1 4m 2 2
Average of x2 and 2 = = 2m2 – 1.
x1 x2 x3 ... xn x 2
Then, a
n 129. Let the number of students in section A be x
Average of new numbers Then, the number of students in (B + C) = 100 – x.
=
x1 2 x2 22 x3 23 ... xn 2n Sum of marks of (A + B + C) = 84 × 100 = 8400.
n Sum of marks of (B + C) = 87.5 × (100 – x) = 8750 – 87.5x.
=
x1 x2 ... xn
2 2 2
23 ... 2n
= a 2
2n 1
.
Sum of marks of A = 70x.
n n n 8400 = 8750 – 87.5x + 70x 17.5x = 350 x = 20.
n n 1 2n 1 So, the number of students in section A is 20.
126. Sum of squares of first n natural numbers = .
6
Sum of squares of first 10 natural numbers 130. Average height of all the 20 boys
10 11 21 6 1.15 8 1.10 6 1.12
= = 1.121 m = 1 m 12.1 cm.
= = 385. 20
6
[Number of boys having height 1m 12 cm is (20 – 6 – 8) = 6]
385
Required average = = 38.5.
10
English for SSC Examinations
12 RATIO AND PROPORTION
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
a
TF 1. Ratio: If two quantities a and b are in the same units, then the fractionforms the ratio of a to b, also written as a : b.
b
Here a is called the first term or the antecedent and b is called the second term or the consequent.
TF 2. Equivalent Ratio : Multiplying (or dividing) both the terms of a ratio by a non-zero real number does not affect the
ratio.
Ex. 3 : 5 = 6 : 10 = 9 : 15 = 12 : 20 and so on. The ratio obtained by multiplying the antecedent and consequent of
a ratio by the same non-zero number is called an equivalent ratio. Thus, 3 : 7 and 6 : 14 are equivalent ratios.
TF 3. A ratio is said to be in the simplest form if the H.C.F. of the antecedent and the consequent is 1. To obtain a ratio in
its simplest form, we divide both its terms by their H.C.F.
TF 4. If two quantities are in the ratio a : b , then they are of the form ak and bk for some constant k.
TF 5. (i) Duplicate ratio of a : b is a2 : b2.
(ii) Triplicate ratio of a : b is a3 : b3.
(iii) Sub-duplicate ratio of a : b is a : b i.e. a1/2 : b1/2
(iv) Sub-triplicate ratio of a : b is a1/3 : b1/3
a c
TF 6. Comparison of two ratios : We have (a : b) > (c : d) if i.e. if ad > bc.
b d
TF 7. If two partners A and B invested in a business such that A invested x for m months and B invested y for n months
in a year , then the net profit (or net loss) in the year , is divided between them in the ratio x m : y n .
TF 8. Proportion : If two ratio a : b and c : d are equal , they are said to form a proportion.
Thus, a : b = c : d is a proportion and we write a : b : : c : d , and we say a , b , c , d are in proportion. The first and
the fourth terms i.e. the outer terms of a proportion are called extremes while the second and the third terms i.e. the
two inner terms are called means.
a : b : : c : d
Means
Extremes
TF 9. In a proportion we have:
Product of means = Product of extremes
i.e. a : b : : c : d b × c = a × d.
TF 10. (i) If a : b : : c : d , then d is called the fourth proportional to a , b , c.
(ii) If a : b : : b : c , then c is called the third proportional to a and b.
(iii) Continued Proportion : A proportion in which the consequent of each ratio is the antecedent of the next.
e.g. 2 : 6 = 6 : 18 = 18 : 54 etc.
Thus, three numbers a , b and c are in continued proportion if a : b = b : c i.e. if ac = b2.
Continued proportion is also known as Mean Proportion.
Mean Proportional between two numbers x and y is xy between a and c.
12.1
12.2 Ratio and Proportion
a c ab cd
TF 11. Componendo and Dividendo : If , then .
b d ab cd
TF 12. Suppose , a container contains ‘c’ units of a pure liquid A from which ‘x’ units are taken out and replaced by ‘x’ units
of water. Again , from the mixture formed , ‘x’ units are taken out and replaced by ‘x’ units of water. After n such
operations , the quantity of pure liquid A in the final mixture
x
n
= c 1 units.
c
TF 13. Variations :
(i) If ‘x’ is directly proportional to ‘y’ , i.e. if x y , then x = ky for some constant k.
1 k
(ii) If ‘x’ is inversely proportional to ‘y’ , i.e. if x , then x i.e. xy = k for some constant k.
y y
TF 14. If a number N is to be divided in the ratio a : b : c , then the three parts are given by
a b c
N, N and N.
a b c a b c a b c
EXERCISE
1. Three bottles of equal capacity containing mixture of milk 8. If A : B = 2 : 3 and B : C = 3 : 7, then A + B : B + C : C + A
and water in ratio 2 : 5, 3 : 4 and 4 : 5 respectively. These is [SSC CGL 2015]
three bottles are emptied into a large bottle. What will be (a) 4 : 8 : 9 (b) 4 : 10 : 9
the ratio of milk and water respectively in the large bottle? (c) 5 : 8 : 9 (d) 5 : 10 : 9
[SSC CGL 2017]
A B C
(a) 73 : 106 (b) 73 : 116 9. If A : B : C = 2 : 3 : 4, then the ratio : :
B C A
(c) 73 : 113 (d) 73 : 189
(a) 4 : 9 : 16 (b) 8 : 9 : 12
2. 3200 is divided among A, B and C in the ratio of 3 : 5 : 8 (c) 8 : 9 : 16 (d) 8 : 9 : 24
respectively. What is the difference (in ) between the share 1 3 1 5 5 3
of B and C? [SSC CGL 2017] 10. If A : B = : , B : C = : and C : D = : the the ratio
2 8 3 9 6 4
(a) 400 (b) 600 A : B : C : D is
(c) 800 (d) 900 (a) 4 : 6 : 8 : 10 (b) 6 : 4 : 8 : 10
3. If A/3 = B/2 = C/5, then what is the value of ratio (C + A)2 : (c) 6 : 8 : 9 : 10 (d) 8 : 6 : 10 : 9
(A + B)2 : (B + C)2? [SSC CGL 2017] 2 4
(a) 9 : 4 : 25 (b) 25 : 4 : 9 11. If A of B and B = of C, then A : B : C is [SSC 2013]
3 5
(c) 49 : 25 : 64 (d) 64 : 25 : 49 (a) 8 : 12 : 15 (b) 10 : 15 : 12
4. If A : B = 2 : 1 and A : C = 1 : 3, then A : B : C is [SSC 2015] (c) 12 : 8 : 10 (d) 15 : 10 : 8
(a) 1 : 2 : 6 (b) 1 : 3 : 2 12. If x : y = 5 : 2, then (8x + 9y) : (8x + 2y) is equal to [SSC 2014]
(c) 2 : 1 : 6 (d) 3 : 2 : 1 (a) 29 : 22 (b) 32 : 27
5. If A : B = 7 : 9 and B : C = 3 : 5, then A : B : C is equal to (c) 44 : 35 (d) 61 : 26
[SSC CGL 2014]
13. If p : q : r = 1 : 2 : 4, then 5 p 2 q 2 r 2 is equal to
(a) 7 : 3 : 15 (b) 7 : 9 : 5
(c) 7 : 9 : 15 (d) 21 : 35 : 45 (a) 5p (b) 2q
(c) 2r (d) 5
6. If A : B = 1 : 2, B : C = 3 : 4, C : D = 6 : 9 and D : E = 12 :
16, then A : B : C : D : E is equal to [SSC 2010] 14. If two-third of A is four-fifth of B, then A : B = ? [SSC 2012]
(a) 3 : 6 : 8 : 12 : 16 (b) 3 : 4 : 8 : 12 : 16 (a) 10 : 9 (b) 9 : 10
(c) 2 : 4 : 6 : 9 : 16 (d) 1 : 3 : 6 : 12 : 16 (c) 6 : 5 (d) 5 : 6
7. If 2A = 3B = 4C, then A : B : C is [SSC 2010] 15. If (x3 – y3) : (x2 + xy + y2) = 5 : 1 and (x2 – y2) : (x – y) = 7 : 1,
(a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 3 : 4 : 6 then the ratio 2x : 3y equals [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 4 : 3 : 2 (d) 6 : 4 : 3 (a) 4 : 1 (b) 2 : 3
(c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 2
Ratio and Proportion 12.3
16. Which of the following represents a correct proportion? (c) 50000 (d) 60000
[SSC CGL 2014]
28. What must be added to each term of the ratio 2 : 5 so that it
(a) 3 : 5 = 2 : 5 (b) 12 : 9 = 16 : 12 may equal to 5 : 6? [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 13 : 11 = 5 : 4 (d) 30 : 45 = 13 : 24 (a) 12 (b) 13
(c) 65 (d) 78
17. ( a b) : ab 4 :1, where a > b > 0, then a : b is [SSC 2014]
29. If (a + b) : (b + c) : (c + a) = 6 : 7 : 8 and (a + b + c) = 14,
(a) (2 – 3) : (2 3) (b) (2 3) : (2 – 3)
then the value of c is [SSC 2013]
(c) (3 – 2) : (3 2) (d) (3 2) : (3 – 2) (a) 14 (b) 8
18. The mean proportional of 1.21 and 0.09 is [SSC 2015] (c) 7 (d) 6
(a) 3.3 (b) 0.33 30. If x runs are scored by A, y runs by B and z runs by C, then
(c) 3.03 (d) 0.033 x : y = y : z = 3 : 2. If the total number of runs scored by A,
19. Find the two mean proportionals between 2 and 54. B and C is 342, the runs scored by each would be
[SSC CGL 2014] respectively [SSC 2013]
(a) 6 and 12 (b) 6 and 18 (a) 162, 108, 72 (b) 144, 96, 64
(c) 6 and 19 (d) 12 and 18 (c) 180, 120, 80 (d) 189, 126, 84
20. If 18, x and 50 are in continued proportion, then the value 31. The ratio of 252.5 : 53 is same as [SSC 2013]
of x is [SSC 2014] (a) 1 : 25 (b) 5 : 3
(a) 25 (b) 27 (c) 5 : 6 (d) 25 : 1
(c) 30 (d) 32 32. A person distributes his pens among four friends A, B, C, D
21. The third proportional of 12 and 18 is [SSC 2013] 1 1 1 1
in the ratio of : : : . What is the minimum number of
(a) 144 (b) 27 3 4 5 6
(c) 6 (d) 3 pens that the person should have? [SSC 2013]
22. The mean proportional between (3 2) and (12 – 32) (a) 45 (b) 57
(c) 62 (d) 72
15 – 3 2
(a) (b) 6 33. A, B and C are three batsman. The ratio of the runs scored
2
by them in a certain match is given below:
(c) 2 7 (d) 7 A : B = 5 : 3 and B : C = 4 : 5. At the end of the match they
23. If b is the mean proportional of a and c, then scored 564 runs. The number of runs scored by B is
[SSC 2012]
(a – b)3 : (b – c)3 equals
(a) 104 (b) 114
(a) a2 : c2 (b) a3 : b3
(c) 124 (d) 144
(c) a3 : c3 (d) b2 : c2
34. If 1000 is divided between A and B in the ratio 3 : 2, then
24. The fourth proportional to 0.12, 0.21, 8 is A will receive [SSC CGL 2010]
(a) 56 (b) 17 (a) 800 (b) 600
(c) 14 (d) 8.9 (c) 500 (d) 400
25. If x : 7 = 5 : 6, then (3x3 – 2y2) : (y2 – x2) [SSC CGL 2011] 35. The amount 6200 divided into three parts proportional to
(a) 3 : 11 (b) 6 : 7 1 1 1
: : are respectively
(c) 7 : 6 (d) 11 : 43 2 3 5
26. 94 is divided into two parts in such a way that the fifth part (a) 2200, 3000, 1000
of the first and the eighth part of the second are in the ratio (b) 2500, 2000, 1700
3 : 4. The first part is [SSC 2012] (c) 3000, 2000, 1200
(d) 3500, 1500, 1200
(a) 28 (b) 30
36. A man ordered 4 pairs of black socks and some pairs of
(c) 36 (d) 40
brown socks. The price of a black socks is double that of a
27. In a cricket match there are three types of tickets say A, B brown pair. While preparing the bill the clerk interchanged
and C each costing 1000, 500 and 200 respectively. the number of black and brown pairs by mistake, which
The ratio of the number of tickets sold of category A, B and increased the bill by 50%. The ratio of the number of black
C is 3 : 2 : 5. If the total collection from selling the tickets is and brown pairs of socks in the original order was [SSC 2013]
2.5 crore. Find the total number of tickets sold. (a) 4 : 1 (b) 2 : 1
[SSC CPO 2010] (c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 2
(a) 40000 (b) 45000
12.4 Ratio and Proportion
37. There is a ratio of 5 : 4 between two numbers. If 40 per cent of 1 2
45. Two numbers are in the ratio 1 : 2 when each of these is
the first is 12, then 50% of the second number is [SSC 2012] 2 3 1 1
(a) 24 (b) 20 increased by 15, their ratio becomes 1 : 2 . The greater
2 2
(c) 12 (d) 18 of the numbers is
(a) 160 (b) 144
1 2 3 (c) 120 (d) 90
38. Three numbers are in ratio : : . The difference
2 3 4 46. The income of A and B are in the ratio 5 : 3. The expenses of
between the greatest and the smallest number is 36. The
numbers are A, B and C are in the ratio of 8 : 5 : 2. If C spends 2000
(a) 72, 96, 108 (b) 72, 84, 96 and B saves 700, then A saves
(c) 72, 84, 108 (d) 60, 72, 96 (a) 1500 (b) 1000
(c) 500 (d) 250
39. Of the three numbers, the ratio of the first and the second is
8 : 9 and that of the second and third is 3 : 4. If the product of 47. The ratio of incomes of A and B is 5 : 6. If A gets 1100 less
the first and third number is 2400, then the second number is than B, then their total income (in rupees) is
(a) 55 (b) 45 (a) 9,900 (b) 12,100
(c) 40 (d) 30 (c) 14,400 (d) 10,000
40. The total number of students in a school was 660. The ratio 48. The monthly income of two persons are in the ratio 2 : 3 and
between boys and girls was 13 : 9. After some days, 30 girls their monthly expenses are in the ratio 5 : 9. If each of them
joined the school and some boys left the school and the saves 600 per month, then their monthly incomes are
new ratio between boys and girls became 6 : 5. Find the (a) 1,500 and 2,250
number of boys who left school? [SSC 2012] (b) 1,200 and 1,800
(a) 60 (b) 50 (c) 1,600 and 2,400
(c) 40 (d) 30 (d) 1,400 and 2,100
41. The students in three classes are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 5. If 40 49. Between two consecutive years my income are in the ratio
students are increased in each class, the ratio changes to 4 of 2 : 3 and expenses are in the ratio of 5 : 9. If my income
: 5 : 7. Originally, the total number of students was in the second year is 45,000 and my expenses in the first
(a) 400 (b) 200 year is 25,000 my total savings for the two years is
(c) 180 (d) 100 (a) Nil (b) 15,000
(c) 10,000 (d) 5000
42. The ratio of the number of boys and girls of a school with
504 students is 13 : 11. What will be the new ratio if 12 50. A bag contains three types of coins-rupee-coins. 50 paise-
more girls are admitted? coins and 25 paise-coins totalling 175 coins. If the total
(a) 9 : 10 (b) 10 : 9 value of the coins of each kind be the same, the total amount
(c) 81 : 91 (d) 91 : 81 in the bag is
(a) 75 (b) 175
43. A and B have money in the ratio of 2 : 1. If A gives 2 to B, (c) 300 (d) 126
the money will be in the ratio of 1 : 1. What were the initial
amounts they had? 51. A boy has a few coins of denominations 50 paise, 25 paise
(a) 6 and 2 (b) 8 and 4 and 10 paise in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3. If the total amount of the
(c) 12 and 6 (d) 16 and 8 coins is 6.50, the number of 10 paise coins is
(a) 5 (b) 10
44. If there is a reduction in the number of workers in a factory (c) 15 (d) 20
in the ratio 15 : 11 and an increment in their wage in the
ratio 22 : 25, then the ratio by which the total wage of the 52. In a bag, there are three types of coins such as 1 rupee, 50
workers should be decreased is [SSC 2012] paise and 25 paise in the ratio of 3 : 8 : 20. Their total value
(a) 3 : 5 (b) 3 : 7 is 372. The total number of coins is
(c) 5 : 6 (d) 6 : 5 (a) 1200 (b) 961
(c) 744 (d) 612
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (b)
Ratio and Proportion 12.5
SOLUTIONS
2 3 A : B : C = 2 : 3 : 7.
1. Quantities of milk in 1st, 2nd, 3rd bottles are units, units
7 7 (A + B) : (B + C) : (C + A) = (2 + 3) : (3 + 7) : (7 + 2)
4 = 5 : 10 : 9.
and units respectively. Quantities of water in 1st , 2nd and 3rd
9
9. Let A = 2x, B = 3x, C = 4x.
5 4 5
bottles are units, units and units respectively..
7 7 9 A 2 x 2 B 3x 3 C 4 x 4 2
Then, , ,
2 3 4 18 27 28 B 3x 3 C 4 x 4 A 2 x 2 1
Required Ratio = 7 7 9 63
A B C 2 3 2 8 9 24
: : : : : : 8 : 9 : 24.
5 4 5 45 36 35 B C A 3 4 1 12 12 12
7 7 9 63
1 3 4 3
= 73 : 116. 10. A: B : : 4 : 3,
2 8 8 8
2. The shares of B and C differ by = (8 – 5) units = 3 units.
1 5 3 5
Required difference between the shares of B and C B :C : : 3 : 5,
3 9 9 9
3 3 5 3 10 9
3200 3200 = 600. C:D : : 10 : 9
3 5 8 16 [ L.C.M. (6, 4) = 12]
6 4 12 12
A B C 9
3. Let K A : B = 4 : 3, B : C = 3 : 5, C = D = 10 : 9 = 5 :
3 2 5 2
9
A = 3K, B = 2K, C = 5K. A : B : C : D = 4 :3:5: 8 : 6 :10 : 9.
2
(C + A)2 : (A + B)2 : (B + C)2 = (5K + 3K)2 : (3K + 2K)2 : (2K + 5K)2 A 2 24 8
= 64K2 : 25K2 : 49K2 11. =
B 3 3 4 12
= 64 : 25 : 49. B 4 4 3 12
= [ L.C.M (3, 4) = 12]
A 2 A 1 1 2 2 C 5 5 3 15
4. = , .
B 1 C 3 3 2 6 [Note: We make the Dr. of the first and Nr. of the second equal]
A : B : C = 2 : 1 : 6. A : B : C = 8 : 12 : 15.
A 7
5. = x
B 9 8 9
8x 9 y y
B 3 3 3 9 12. = [ Dividing Nr. & Dr. by y]
= . 8x 2 y x
C 5 5 3 15 8 2
y
[Note: We make the Dr. of first and Nr. of second equal]
5
A : B : C = 7 : 9 : 15. 8 9 29
2
6. A : B = 1 : 2. = [ x : y = 5 : 2]
5 22
8 2
2 2 8 2
B : C = 3: 4 3 :4 2: . (8x + 9y) : (8x + 2y) = 29 : 22.
3 3 3
4 4 8 13. p : q : r = 1 : 2 : 4.
C : D = 6:9 6 :9 :4 .
9 9 3 p 1 p 1
1 1 16 and
and D : E = 12 : 16 = 12 :16 4 : . q 2 r 4
3 3 3
q = 2p and r = 4p.
8 16
A : B : C : D : E = 1: 2 : : 4 : .
3 3 5 p2 q2 r 2
= 3 : 6 : 8 : 12 : 16.
5 p 2 (2 p )2 (4 p ) 2 25 p 2 5 p .
7. We have: 2A = 3B = 4C = k (say).
k k k 2 4
Then, A , B and C . 14. of A = of B [Given]
2 3 4 3 5
k k k 6 k 4 k 3k 2 4 A 4 3 6
A:B:C= : : : : 6:4:3 . A = B =
2 3 4 12 12 12 3 5 B 5 2 5
8. A : B = 2 : 3, B : C = 3 : 7 A : B = 6 : 5.
12.6 Ratio and Proportion
x3 – y 3 5 22. Mean proportional between 3 2 and 12 32
15. 2 2
= .
x xy y 1
(3 2) (12 32) (3 2) (4 3 – 4 2 )
( x – y ) ( x 2 xy y 2 )
= 5 [ a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2] (3 2) (3 – 2)4 2 (32 – ( 2)2 )
( x 2 xy y 2 )
[ (a + b) (a – b) = a2 – b2]
x – y = 5. ...(i)
x2 y2 7 2 7 .
= 23. b is the mean proportional of a and c
x– y 1
( x – y) ( x y ) a b
=7 [ a2 – b2 = (a – b) (a + b)] a:b=b:c ...(i)
( x – y) b c
x + y = 7. …(ii) a a
3
3
b3 – 1 b3 – 1
Solving (i) and (ii) we get : ( a – b )3 b b
Now, [Using (i)]
x = 6, y = 1. (b – c)3 b
3
a
3
c3 – 1 c3 – 1
2x : 3y = 2 × 6 : 3 × 1 = 12 : 3 = 4 : 1. c b
3 3
16. 12 : 9 = 16 : 12 represents a correct proportion since b3 b a
a 3 : b3 [Using (i)]
c3 c b
9 × 16 = 12 × 12 = 144. [Product of Means = product of Extremes]
24. Let the fourth proportional to 0.12, 0.21, 8 be x.
ab 4 ab 2 Then, 0.12 : 0.21 : : 8 : x
17. =
ab 1 2 ab 1 0.12 × x = 0.21 × 8.
a b 2 ab 2 1
= [Applying Componendo-Dividendo] [ Product of means = Product of Extremes]
a b – 2 ab 2 –1 0.21 8
x 14 .
( a b )2 a b 3 0.12
= 3
( a – b )2 a– b 1 Fourth proportional to 0.12, 0.21, 8 is 14.
2 a 3 1 x2
= 2 2
3 2 – 2
2 b 3 –1 3x – 2 y y
[Applying Componendo-Dividendo] 25. = [Dividing Nr. and Dr. by y2]
y 2 – x2 x2
a 3 1 1 – 2
= y
b 3 1
25
3 –2 x 5 x2 5
2
25
a ( 3 1) 2 4 2 3 2 3 36 3
= . = 2
b ( 3 – 1) 2 4 – 2 3 2 – 3 25 11 y 6 y 6 36
1–
36
i.e. a : b = (2 3) : (2 – 3) .
(3x2 – 2y2) : (y2 – x2) = 3 : 11.
18. Mean proportion between 1.21 and 0.09
26. Let 1st part be x and second be y.
= 1.21 0.09 (1.1) 2 (0.3) 2 = 1.1 × 0.3 = 0.33. 1
19. Let x and y be the two mean proportionals between 2 and 54. x 3 x8 3
Then, 5 =
1 4 y5 4
y
xy = 2 × 54 and 2, x, y, 54 are in G.P. 8
Out of the given options we have: x : y = 15 : 32.
6 × 18 = 2 × 54 = 108. 15 15
The first part is = 94 94 15 2 30 .
Also, 2, 6, 18, 54 are in G.P. (15 32) 47
6 and 18 are the two mean proportionals between 2 and 54. Another Method :
20. 18, x and 50 are in continued proportion. Let the 1st part be x.
18 : x : : x : 50 x2 = 18 × 50 = 2 × 32 × 2 × 52 = 22 × 32 × 52 Then, 2nd part = 94 – x.
x = 2 × 3 × 5 = 30.
1
21. Let x be the third proportional of 12 and 18. Then, x
5 3
Now, =
12 : 18 = 18 : x 1 4
(94 – x)
8
[ c is called the third proportional of a and b if a : b = b : c] 32x = 15(94 – x) x = 30.
18 18 27. Suppose the numbers of tickets sold in categories A, B and C be 3x,
x= 27.
12 2x and 5x respectively. Then,
Ratio and Proportion 12.7
{(3x) × (1000)} + {(2x) × 500} + {(5x) × 200} = 2.5 × 100,00,000 A : B : C = 20 : 12 : 15.
5000 x = 25000000 x = 5000. Hence, the number of runs scored by B is
Total number of tickets sold = 3x + 2x + 5x = 10x = 50000. 12 12
= (564) 564 12 12 144 .
28. Let the number to be added be x. (20 12 15) 47
2 x 5 3
Then, = x = 13. 34. A will receive = 1000 600 .
5 x 6 (3 2)
29. Let a + b = 6x, b + c = 7x, c + a = 8x. 1 1 1 15 10 6
35. Given ratio = : : : : 15 :10 : 6 .
Adding all the equations, we get: 2 3 5 30 30 30
2a + 2b + 2c = 21x 2(a + b + c) = 21x 15 15
Ist part = 6200 6200 15 200 3000
(15 10 6) 31
2 × 14 = 21x [ a + b + c = 14]
10
IInd part = 6200 10 200 2000
2 14 4 (15 10 6)
x= .
21 3 6
4 IIIrd part = 6200 6 200 1200 .
a + b = 6 x 6 8. (15 10 6)
3 Required parts = 3000, 2000, 1200.
And so, c = (a + b + c) – (a + b) = 14 – 8 = 6.
36. Suppose the man ordered x pairs of brown socks. Let the price of a
x y 3 brown pair be y. Then, price of a black pair = (2y).
30. = (given)
y z 2 Original bill = (4 × 2y + xy) = (8y + xy).
x 3 3 3 9
Now, = . Changed bill = (4y + x × 2y) = (4y + 2xy).
y 2 23 6
(4y + 2xy) = 150% of (8y + xy) [ Bill was increased by 50%]
y 3 3 2 6
= [ L.C.M. (2, 3) = 6] 3
z 2 22 4 4 y 2 xy (8 y xy )
[Note: We make Nr. of first and Dr. of second equal] 2
8y + 4xy = 24y + 3xy
x : y : z = 9 : 6 : 4.
xy = 16y x = 16.
9 9
x= 342 342 9 18 162 Required ratio = 4 : x = 4 : 16 = 1 : 4.
(9 6 4) 19
6 37. Let the numbers be 5x and 4x respectively.
y= 342 6 18 108 , 40
(9 6 4) Then, 40% of 5x = 12 5 x 12 .
100
4 x=6
z= 342 4 18 72 .
(9 6 4) 50
And so, 50% of 4x = 4 6 12.
(25) 2.5 (52 ) 2.5 5(2 2.5) 55 100
31. 3 = 3 52 25. 50% of second number = 12.
5 53 53 5
[ (ab)c = abc] 1 2 3 6 8 9
38. Given Ratio = : : : : 6:8:9 .
252.5 : 53 = 25 : 1. 2 3 4 12 12 12
Let the numbers be 6x, 8x and 9x respectively.
1 1 1 1 Then, 9x – 6x = 36 3x = 36 x = 12.
32. Ratio = : : :
3 4 5 6
The numbers are 6 × 12, 8 × 12, 9 × 12 i.e. 72, 96, 108.
1 20 1 15 1 12 1 10
= : : :
3 20 4 15 5 12 6 10 39. Let the numbers be a, b and c. Then,
[Note: L.C.M. (3, 4, 5, 6) = 60] a:b=8:9
20 15 12 10 b : c = 3 : 4 = 3 × 3 : 4 × 3 = 9 : 12
= : : : 20 :15 :12 :10 .
60 60 60 60 a : b : c = 8 : 9 : 12
Minimum number of pens required = 20 + 15 + 12 + 10 = 57.
Let a = 8k, b = 9k, c = 12k
A 5 5 4 20
33. = Then, 8k × 12k = 2400
B 3 3 4 12
k2 = 25 k=5
B 4 4 3 12
= . [ L.C.M. (3, 4) =12] Second number b = 9k = 45.
C 5 5 3 15
[Note: We make the denominator of first and numerator of second 13
equal.] 40. Number of boys = 660 390 .
(13 9)
12.8 Ratio and Proportion
Number of girls = 660 – 390 = 270. 47. Let the incomes of A and B be 5x and 6x respectively.
Let k boys left the school. Then, 6x – 5x = 1100 x = 1100.
390 k 6 Total income = (5x + 6x) = 11x = 12100.
Now, 1950 – 5k = 1800 5k = 150
270 30 5 48. Let the monthly incomes of Ist and 2nd persons be 2x and
k = 30. 3x respectively and their expenses be 5y and 9y respectively.
Number of boys who left the school = 30.
Then, 2x – 5y = 600 ...(i)
41. Let the number of students in the three classes be 2x, 3x and 5x
3x – 9y = 600 ...(ii)
respectively.
Multiplying (i) by 9 and (ii) by 5 and subtracting (ii) from (i), we
Then, (2x + 40) : (3x + 40) : (5x + 40) = 4 : 5 : 7.
get : x = 800.
In particular, (2x + 40) : (3x + 40) = 4 : 5
Their monthly incomes are 1600 and 2400.
2 x 40 4 49. Let the incomes in the first and second years be 2x and 3x
10 x 200 12 x 160
3 x 40 5 respectively and the expenses be 5y and 9y respectively. Then,
2x = 40 x = 20.
Income is second year = 45000 3x = 45000 x = 15000.
Number of students originally = 2x + 3x + 5x = 10x = 200.
Expenses in first year = 25000 5y = 25000 y = 5000.
13 Total savings for two years = (2x – 5y) + (3x – 9y) = 5x – 14y.
42. Number of boys = 504 273.
(13 11)
= 5 × 15000 – 14 × 5000 = 5000.
Number of girls = 504 – 273 = 231.
50. Let the number of one - rupee, 50 - paise and 25 - paise coins be x,
Boys 273 273 91 y and z respectively.
Now, 91: 81 .
Girls 12 231 12 243 81
43. Let the amounts which A and B have be 2x and x respectively. 50 y z 25
Then, x = [ Value of each kind is same]
100 100
2x – 2 1 y z
Then, 2x – 2 x 2 x 4 . x = = k (say)
x2 1 2 4
A had 8 and B had 4 initially. x = k, y = 2k, z = 4k.
44. Let the numbers of workers before and after the reduction be Also, x + y + z = 175. (given)
15x and 11x respectively and let the wages before and after the
increment be 22y and 25y respectively. k + 2k + 4k = 175 7k = 175 k = 25.
So, Total wages before changes = 15x × 22y = 330 xy. y z
Total amount in the bag = x .
Total wages after changes = 11x × 25y = 275xy. 2 4
2 k 4k
Required Ratio = 330 xy : 275 xy = 6 : 5. = k = (3k) = (3 × 25) = 75.
2 4
3 8 51. Let the number of 50 - paise, 25 - paise and 10 - paise coins be x,
45. Given ratio = : 9 :16 .
2 3 2x and 3x respectively.
Let the Number be 9x and 16x. 50 x 25 2 x 10 3 x
Then, sum of their values =
3 100 100 100
9 x 15 2 3 x x 3x 13x
Then, 45 x 75 48 x 45 . = =
16 x 15 5 5 .
2 2 10 10
2
13 x 6.50 10
x = 10. 6.50 x 5.
10 13
Greater number = 16x = 16 × 10 = 160. Hence, total number of 10 paise coins = 3 × 5 = 15.
46. Let the income of A and B be 5x and 3x respectively. And let 52. Let the number of 1 - rupee, 50 - paise and 25 - paise coins be 3x,
the expenses of A, B and C be 8y, 5y and 2y respectively. 8x and 20x respectively.
Then, C’s Expenses = 2000 2y = 2000 y = 1000. 50 8 x 25 20 x
Then, sum of their values = 3 x
B’s savings = 700 3x – 5y = 700. 100 100
= (3x + 4x + 5x) = (12x).
3x = 5y + 700 = 5 × 1000 + 700 = 5700
12x = 372 x = 31.
x = 1900.
Hence, total number of coins = 31 × 31 = 961.
A’s savings = 5x – 8y = 5 × 1900 – 8 × 1000 = 1500.
13 PARTNERSHIP
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. If three persons, A, B and C invest in a business (as partners) in the ratio a : b : c, then the net profit (or net loss) in
the year, is divided between them in the ratio a : b : c.
TF 2. If two partners A and B invested in the business such that A invested x for m months and B invested y for n months in a year,
then the net profit (or net loss) in the year, is divided between them in the ratio (x × m) : (y × n).
EXERCISE
1. In a business A and C invested amounts in the ratio of (a) 22 (b) 52
2 : 1, whereas A and B invested amounts in the ratio of (c) 72 (d) 75
3 : 2. If their annual profit be 1,57,300 then B’s share in
7. A man divides his property so that his son’s share to his
the profit is [SSC 2015]
wife's and wife’s share to his daughter’s are both as in the
(a) 24200 (b) 36300
ratio 3 : 1. If the daughter gets 10,000 less than son, the
(c) 48000 (d) 48400
value (in ) of the whole property is [SSC CGL 2014]
2. A and B entered into partnership investing 16000 and (a) 16,000 (b) 16,250
12000 respectively. After 3 months A withdrew 5000 (c) 17,000 (d) 18,250
while B invested 5000 more. After 3 more months C joins 1
the business with a capital of 21000. The share of B 8. 3000 is divided between A, B and C, so that A receives
3
exceeds that of C, out of a total profit of 26400 after one 2
year by [SSC 2015] as much as B and C together receive and B receives as
3
(a) 1200 (b) 2400
much as A and C together receive. Then the share of C is
(c) 3600 (d) 4800
[SSC CGL 2014]
3. A and B invest in the ratio of 3 : 5. After 6 months, C joins (a) 600 (b) 525
the business investing an amount equal to B’s. At the end of (c) 1050 (d) 1625
the year what will be the ratio of their profits?
9. A sum of 730 was divided among A, B and C in such a
[SSC CGL 2015]
way that if A gets 3, then B gets 4 and if B gets 3.50
(a) 3 : 5 : 2 (b) 3 : 5 : 5
then C gets 3. The share of B exceeds that of C by
(c) 6 : 10 : 5 (d) 8 : 10 : 5
[SSC CGL 2014]
4. In a partnership business, B’s capital was half of A’s. If after (a) 30 (b) 40
8 months, B withdrew half of his capital and after another 2 (c) 70 (d) 210
3
months, A withdrew th of his capital, then the profit ratio 10. A sum of 76 is divided among A, B and C in such a way
4
that A gets 7 more than that what B gets and B gets 6
of A and B for one year will be [SSC CGL 2015]
more than what C gets. The ratio of their shares is
(a) 2 : 5 (b) 5 : 2
[SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 10 : 23 (d) 23 : 10
(a) 19 : 24 : 33 (b) 19 : 25 : 33
5. A sum of money is divided among A, B, C and D in the (c) 32 : 24 : 20 (d) 32 : 25 : 19
proportion of 7 : 6 : 3 : 5. If B gets 270 more than C, then
11. An amount of 900 is divided among A, B and C; the
the share of D is [SSC 2014]
division is such that
(a) 250 (b) 350
1 1 1
(c) 450 (d) 455 of A’s money = of B’s money = of C’s money..
2 3 4
6. An amount of 555 was to be divided among A, B and C in Find the amounts (in ) received by A, B and C. [SSC 2013]
1 1 1
the ratio of : : . But by mistake it was divided in the (a) 300, 400, 200 (b) 350, 450, 100
4 5 6
ratio of 4 : 5 : 6. The amount in excess received by C was (c) 200, 300, 400 (d) 400, 150, 350
[SSC CGL 2014]
13.1
13.2 Partnership
1 1 1 19. An amount of 68,000 is divided among A, B and C in the
12. Divide 2600 among A, B and C in the ratio : : . Find
2 3 4 1 1 5
ratio of : : . The difference of the greatest and the
the share of each. [SSC 2013] 2 4 16
(a) 1200, 600, 800 smallest part is
(b) 1200, 800, 600 (a) 6000 (b) 9200
(c) 600, 800, 1200 (c) 14,440 (d) 16,000
(d) 800, 600, 1200
20. An amount of money is to be distributed among P, Q and R
13. A certain amount of money is divided among x, y and z. If x in the ratio of 2 : 7 : 9. The total of P’s and Q’s share is
receives 25% more than y and y receives 25% less than z, equal to R’s share. What is the difference between the shares
then x : y : z is equal to [SSC 2013] of P and Q?
(a) 14 : 12 : 13 (b) 15 : 12 : 16 (a) 5000 (b) 7500
(c) 10 : 9 : 12 (d) 12 : 10 : 11 (c) 9000 (d) Information Inadequate
14. An amount of 1740 is divided among A, B and C such 21. A sum of 370 is to be divided among A, B and C such that
that 0.5 of A = 0.6 of B = 0.75 of C. Then C will get A’s share B’s share 3
, A’s share (In ) is
[SSC 2013] B’s share C’s share 4
(a) 348 (b) 464 (a) 90 (b) 100
(c) 580 (d) 696 (c) 120 (d) 240
15. An amount of 180 is to be divided among 66 persons 22. 3400 is divided among A, B, C and D in such a way that
(men and women). The ratio of the total amount of money the shares of A and B, B and C, C and D is contributed as
received by men and women is 5 : 4. But the ratio of the 2 : 3, 4 : 3 and 2 : 3 respectively. The sum of shares of B and
money received by each man and woman is 3 : 2. The D is
number of men is [SSC 2012] (a) 1680 (b) 1720
(a) 20 (b) 24 (c) 2000 (d) 2040
(c) 30 (d) 36
23. If a sum of money is to be divided among A, B, C such that
16. A sum of 7000 is divided among A, B and C in such a A’s share is equal to twice that of B’s share and B’s share is
way that the shares of A and B are in the ratio 2 : 3 and those 4 times C’s share, then their shares are in the ratio of
of B and C are in the ratio 4 : 5. The share of B is (a) 1 : 2 : 4 (b) 1 : 4 : 1
[SSC 2012] (c) 2 : 4 : 1 (d) 8 : 4 : 1
(a) 1600 (b) 2000 2
(c) 2400 (d) 3000 24. Divide 1250 among A, B, C so that A gets of B’s share
9
17. An amount of 600 is divided among A, B and C so that 3
and C gets of A’s share. Their shares are :
2 2 4
40 more than of A’s share, 20 more than of B’ss
5 7 (a) 200, 800, 250
9 (b) 200, 900, 150
share and 10 more than of C’s share are all equal. A’ss (c) 150, 800, 300
17
share is [SSC 2010] (d) 200, 900, 75
(a) 140 (b) 150 25. By mistake, instead of dividing 117 among A, B and C in
(c) 160 (d) 180
the ratio 1 : 1 : 1 it was divided in the ratio of 2 : 3 : 4.
18. A sum of 86,700 is to be divided among A, B and C in 2 3 4
such a manner that for every rupee that A gets, B gets 90 Who gains the most and by how much?
paise and for every rupee that B gets, C gets 110 paise. B’s (a) A gains most with 28
share will be (b) B gains most with 3
(a) 26,010 (b) 27,000 (c) C gains most with 20
(c) 28,090 (d) 28,100 (d) C gains most with 25
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (d)
Partnership 13.3
SOLUTIONS
1. Ratio of investments of A and C = 2 : 1 = (2 × 3) : (1 × 3) = 6 : 3. 6
C’s wrong share = 555
222 .
Ratio of investments of A and B = 3 : 2 = (3 × 2) : (2 × 2) = 6 : 4. 15
Ratio of shares of A, B and C = Ratio of their investments Hence, C recieved (222 – 150) i.e. 72 in excessive.
= 6 : 4 : 3. 7. Ratio of shares of son and wife = 3 : 1 = (3× 3) : (1 × 3) = 9 : 3.
4 Ratio of shares of wife and daugther = 3 : 1.
B’s share = 157300 = 48400.
13 Ratio of shares of son, wife and daughter = 9 : 3 : 1.
2. Clearly, A invested 16000 for 3 months and 11000 for 9 months,
B invested 12000 for 3 months and 17000 for 9 months and C Let the value of the whole property be x.
invested 21000 for 6 months. x
Then, his daughter’s share = .
So, ratio of shares of A, B, and C 13
= (16000 × 3 + 11000 × 9) : (12000 × 3 + 17000 × 9) : (21000 × 6) 9x
His son’s share = .
= 147000 : 189000 : 126000 = 7 : 9 : 6. 13
9 x – x 10000 8 x 10000 x 10000 13
9
B’s share = 26400 = 10800.
22 13 13 13 8
6 = 16250.
C’s share = 26400 = 7200.
22 Thus the value of the whole property is 16250.
The share of B exceeds that of C by (10800 – 7200) i.e. by 3600. 1
8. A = (B C) 3A B C ...(i)
3. Suppose the investment of A and B be 3x and 5x respectively. 3
Then, the investment of C = 5x. 2
B = ( A C ) 3B 2 A 2C ...(ii)
Clearly, A invested his capital for 12 months, B for 12 months and 3
C for 6 months. Multiplying (i) by 3 and adding with (ii), we get:
Ratio of their profits = 3x × 12 : 5x × 12 : 5x × 6 = 36x : 60x : 30x 9A + 3B = 3B + 3C + 2A + 2C 7A = 5C
= 6 : 10 : 5. A:C=5:7 ...(iii)
4. Let the initial investment of B be x. Multiplying (i) by 2 and subtracting from (ii), we get:
Then, the initial investment of A = 2x. 6A – 3B = 2B + 2C – 2A – 2C 8A = 5B
3x A:B=5:8 ...(iv)
Clearly, A invested 2x for 10 months, for 2 months and B
2 A:B:C=5:8:7 [Using (iii) and (iv)]
x
invested x for 8 months and for 4 months. 7
2 C’s share = 3000 1050 .
3x x 20
Ratio of profits of A and B = 2 x 10 2 : x 8 4
2 2 9. A : B = 3 : 4 = (3 × 7) : (4 × 7) = 21 : 28.
= 23x : 10x = 23 : 10. B : C = 3.50 : 3 = (3.50 × 8) : (3 × 8) = 28 : 24
5. Let the sum of money be x. A : B : C = 21 : 28 : 24.
6 2x (28 – 24)
Then, B’s share = x = . The share of B exceeds that of C by
21 7 730 40 .
73
3 x 10. Let the share of B be x.
C’s share = x
21 7
Then, the share of A = (x + 7).
2x x
(B – C)’s share = 270 – 270 And the share of C = (x – 6).
7 7
x + 7 + x + x – 6 = 76 3x = 75 x = 25.
x
270 x 1890 . So, A gets 32, B gets 25 and C gets 19.
7
5 The ratio of their shares = 32 : 25 : 19.
D’s share = 1890 = 450.
21 1 1 1
11. of A’s money = of B’s money = of C’s money [given]
1 1 1 2 3 4
6. Correct ratio of shares of A, B and C = : : .
4 5 6 1 1 1
A B C k (say)
1 1 1 2 3 4
60 : 60 : 60 15 :12 :10 [LCM (4, 5, 6) = 60]
4 5 6 A = 2k, B = 3k and C = 4k A: B : C = 2k : 3k : 4k = 2: 3 : 4.
10 2
C’s actual share = 555 150 . 900
Amount received by A =
200;
37 9
Wrong ratio of shares of A, B and C = 4 : 5 : 6.
3
Amount received by B = 900 300;
9
13.4 Partnership
4 12
Amount received by C = 900
400 . B’s share = 7000
2400.
9 35
The amounts received by A, B and C are 200, 300 and 400 2 2 8
respectively. 17. 40 of A’s share = 20 of B’s share = 10 of C’s share.
5 7 17
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 9
12. A : B : C = : : 12 : 12 : 12 6 : 4 : 3 40 A 20 B 10 C k (say)
2 3 4 2 3 4 5 7 17
[LCM (2, 3, 4) = 12] 5 7 17
A = ( k – 40), B ( k – 20), C ( k – 10) .
6 2 2 9
A’s share = 2600 1200 ; Now, A + B + C = 600
13
4 5 7 17
( k – 40) ( k – 20) ( k – 10) 600
B’s share = 2600
800 ; 2 2 9
13
5 7 17 170
3 k k k – 100 – 70 – 600
C’s share = 2600 600 ; 2 2 9 9
13
71k 7100
Thus, the respective shares of A, B and C are 1200, 800, 600. k 100 .
9 9
125 5 5 5
13. x = y + 25% of y = 125% of y = y y
100 4 A’s share = ( k – 40) (100 – 40) 150 .
2 2
x 5 18. (b) For every rupee that A gets, B gets 90 paise
x : y = 5 : 4 = 5 × 3 : 4 × 3 = 15 : 12.
y 4 A : B = 100 : 90 = 10 : 9
75 3 For every rupee that B gets, C gets 110 paise
y = z – 25% of z = 75% of z = z z
100 4
B : C = 100 : 110 = 10 : 11 = 10 × 9 : 11 × 9 = 90 : 99.
y 3
y : z = 3 : 4 = 3 × 4 : 4 × 4 = 12 : 16. A : B : C = 100 : 90 : 99.
z 4
x : y : z = 15 : 12 : 16. 90
B’s share = 86700 27000 .
14. 0.5 of A = 0.6 of B = 0.75 of C. 289
A 0.6 6 1 1 5 1 1 5
A: B 6:5 . 19. A : B : C = : : 16 : 16 : 16 8 : 4 : 5
B 0.5 5 2 4 16 2 4 16
B 0.75 5 8
B :C 5: 4 . A’s share (greatest part) = 68000 32000 .
C 0.6 4 17
A : B : C = 6 : 5 : 4. 4
A’s share (smallest part) = 68000
16000 .
4 17
C will get = 1740 464 .
15 Required difference = (32000 – 16000) = 16000.
15. (c) Let the amount received by men and women be 5y and 4y
20. Since total amount of money is not given, therefore we cannot find
respectively.
the share of anyone.
Then, 5y + 4y = 180 9y = 180 y = 20.
Information Inadequate.
Amount received by men = 5y = (20 × 5) = 100.
A’s share 3 3 3 9
Amount received by women = 4y = (20 × 4) = 80. 21. .
B’s share 4 4 3 12
Let the number of men be x.
B’s share 3 3 4 12
Then, the number of women = 66 – x. .
C’s share 4 4 4 16
100 A’s share : B’s share : C’s share = 9 : 12 : 16.
Amount received by each man = .
x
9
80 A’s share = 370 90.
Amount received by each woman = . 37
66 – x 22. A : B = 2 : 3 = 2 × 8 : 3 × 8 = 16 : 24.
100 B : C = 4 : 3 = 4 × 6 : 3 × 6 = 24 : 18.
x 3 100 (66 – x ) 3 5(66 – x) 3
80 80 x 2 4x 2 C : D = 2 : 3 = 2 × 9 : 3 × 9 = 18 : 27.
2
66 – x A : B : C : D = 16 : 24 : 18 : 27.
660 – 10x = 12x x = 30. (24 27)
Sum of shares of B and D = 3400 2040 .
Thus, the number of men is 30. 85
16. A : B = 2 : 3 = 2 × 4 : 3 × 4 = 8 : 12. 23. A’s share is equal to twice of that of B.
B : C = 4 : 5 = 4 × 3 : 5 × 3 = 12 : 15. A = 2B A : B = 2 : 1 = 2 × 4 : 1 × 4 = 8 : 4.
A : B : C = 8 : 12 : 15.
Partnership 13.5
B’s share is equal to 4 times of that of C. 1 1 1
25. Actual ratio of shares of A, B and C = : :
B = 4C B : C = 4 : 1. 2 3 4
The ratio of shares of A, B and C = 8 : 4 : 1. 1 1 1
= 12 : 12 : 12 6 : 4 : 3 .
2 3 4
2 2 A 2
24. (b) A = of B A = B 6
9 9 B 9 A’s actual share = 117 54 .
A : B = 2 : 9 = 2 × 2 : 9 × 2 = 4 : 18. 13
4
3 3 A 4 B’s actual share = 117 36
C= of A C = A 13
4 4 C 3
A : C = 4 : 3. 3
C’s actual share = 117 27 .
A : B : C = 4 : 18 : 3. 13
New ratio of shares of A, B and C = 2 : 3 : 4.
4
A’s share = 1250 200 . 2
25 A’s new share = 117 26 .
9
18
B’s share = 1250 900 . 3
25 B’s new share = 117 39 .
9
3
C’s share = 1250 150 . 4
25 C’s new share = 117 52 .
Thus, the respective shares of A, B and C are 200, 900, 150. 9
C gain most with (52 – 27) i.e. 25.
Reasoning for SSC Examinations
14 ALLIGATION AND MIXTURE
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Rule of Alligation : Alligation is a rule by which we can determine the ratio in which two or more ingredients
having different prices should be mixed in order to get a mixture of desired price. The cost price of the unit
quantity of the mixture formed is called the Mean Price.
By the Rule of Alligation, we have:
Quantity of cheaper (C.P. of dearer) – (Mean price)
Quantity of dearer (Mean Price) – (C.P. of cheaper)
It is easy to determine the Ratio pictorially, as shown:
C.P. of unit quantity C.P. of unit quantity
of cheaper of dearer
c d
Mean Price
m
d–m m–c
Quantity of cheaper d –m
Quantity of dearer m–c
TF 2. Suppose we have a vessel containing ‘c’ litres of a liquid. And from this x units of the liquid are replaced by an
equal quantity of water. Again, x units of the solution are replaced by an equal quantity of water and so on. Then,
n
x
after n operations, the quantity of pure liquid left in the mixture in the vesel c 1 – .
c
TF 3. Rule of Alligation for three ingredients :
Consider three ingredients having prices c, d and f (c < d < f ) respectively. Let m be the mean price (desired price)
of the mixture.
Case1. When m lies between c and d. i.e c < m < d
Method 1:
Ingredient 1 Ingredient 2 Ingredient 1 Ingredient 2
c d c f
m m
d–m m–c f–m m–c
Then, Quantity of Ing. 1 : Quantity of Ing. 2 : Quantity of Ing. 3
M1 : M2 : M3 = {(d – m) + (f – m)} : (m – c) : (m – c)
14.1
14.2 Alligation and Mixture
Method 2 : We can combine the two calculations to a single diagram as shown below:
Ingredient 1 Ingredient 2 Ingredient 3
c d f
m
f–m
d–m m–c m–c
(f – m) + (d – m) (m – c) (m – c)
Required Ratio = M1 : M2 : M3 = {(f – m) + (d – m)} : (m – c) : (m – c)
Case1. When m lies between d and f. i.e d < m < f
Ingredient 1 Ingredient 2 Ingredient 3
c d f
m
m–c
f–m f–m m –d
(f – m) (f – m) (m – c) + (m – d)
Required Ratio = M1 : M2 : M3 = (f – m) : ( f – m) : {(m – c) + (m – d)}
EXERCISE
1. The ratio in which a man must mix rice at 10.20 per kg 5. Two vessels A and B contains milk and water in the ratio
and 14.40 per kg so as to make a mixture worth 12.60 4 : 3 and 5 : 3 respectively. Then the ratio in which these
per kg is [SSC MTS 2013] mixture is to be mixed so as to obtain a new mixture in
(a) 2 : 5 (b) 3 : 4 vessel C containing milk and water in the ratio 3 : 2 is
(c) 4 : 3 (d) 18 : 24 [SSC 2011]
2. Two vessels A and B contain milk and water mixed in the (a) 7 : 8 (b) 7 : 5
ratio of 4 : 3 and 2 : 3. The ratio in which these mixtures be (c) 5 : 8 (d) 4 : 7
mixed to form a new mixture containing half milk and half 6. The ratio of two liquids in a mixture is 3 : 5 and that in
water is [SSC 2012] another mixture is 6 : 1. The ratio in which these two
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 5 : 6 mixtures should be mixed so as to make the ratio of the
(c) 6 : 5 (d) 7 : 5 liquids 7 : 3 is
3. Two vessels A and B contain milk and water mixed in the [SSC CGL 2015]
ratio 8 : 5 and 5 : 2 respectively. The ratio in which these (a) 44 : 61 (b) 44 : 71
two mixtures be mixed to get a new mixture containing (c) 44 : 81 (d) 44 : 91
3 7. Acid and water are mixed in a vessel A in the ratio of
69 % milk is [SSC 2012] 5 : 2 and in the vessel B in the ratio 8 : 5. In what proportion
13
(a) 2 : 7 (b) 3 : 5 should the quantities be taken out from the two vessels so
(c) 5 : 2 (d) 5 : 7 as to form a mixture in which the acid and water will be in
the ratio of 9 : 4? [SSC 2011]
4. A vessel is filled with liquid, 3 parts of which are water and
(a) 7 : 4 (b) 7 : 2
5 parts are syrup. How much of the mixture must be drawn
(c) 2 : 7 (d) 2 : 3
off and replaced with water so that the mixture may be half
water and half syrup? [SSC 2012] 8. Two alloys are both made up of copper and tin. The ratio of
1 1 copper and tin in the first alloy is 1 : 3 and in the second
(a) (b) alloy is 2 : 5. In what ratio should the two alloys be mixed
7 5
to obtain a new alloy in which the ratio of tin and copper be
1 1 8 : 3?
(c) (d) [SSC 2013]
4 3
Alligation and Mixture 14.3
(a) 5 : 11 (b) 4 : 7 12. Two containers have acid and water mixed respectively in
(c) 3 : 8 (d) 3 : 5 the ratio 3 : 1 and 5 : 3. To get a new mixture with ratio of
9. Two vessels contain milk and water in the ratio of 3 : 2 and acid to water as 2 : 1, the two types have to be mixed in the
7 : 3. Find the ratio in which the contents of the two vessels ratio [SSC 2011]
have to be mixed to get a new mixture in which the ratio of (a) 3 : 2 (b) 2 : 3
milk and water is 2 : 1. [SSC 2012]
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
(a) 4 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 13. In what proportion may three kinds of tea prices at 80,
(c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 2 70 and 50 per kg be mixed to produce a mixture worth
60 per kg?
10. Alcohol and water in two vessels A and B are in the ratio
5 : 3 and 5 : 4 respectively. In what ratio, the liquids in both (a) 1 : 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 : 3
the vessels be mixed to obtain a new mixture in vessel C in (c) 2 : 1 : 3 (d) 2 : 2 : 3
the ratio 7 : 5? [SSC 2011] 14. In what proportion may three kinds of rice bought at 6,
(a) 3 : 5 (b) 3 : 2 10, and 14 be mixed to produce a mixture which would
(c) 2 : 5 (d) 2 : 3 earn 40% on selling it at 11.20 per kg?
11. In two types of stainless steel, the ratio of chromium and (a) 2 : 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 2 : 1
steel are 2 : 11 and 5 : 21 respectively. In what proportion (c) 3 : 1 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 : 1
should the two types be mixed so that the ratio of chromium 15. Find the proportion in which three types of sugar at 12,
to steel in the mixed type becomes 7 : 32? [SSC 2012] 14, and 20, may be mixed so as to obtain a mixture
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3 worth 15 per kg?
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 4 (a) 3 : 12 : 16 (b) 4 : 12 : 15
(c) 5 : 5 : 4 (d) 5 : 15 : 6
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (c)
SOLUTIONS
1. By Alligation method, we have : 5
Required ratio = 1: 7 : 5.
Price of cheaper ( /kg) Price of Dearer ( /kg) 7
10.20 14.40 Another method : By rule of alligation
Mean Price
( /kg) Milk in Mixture A Milk in MixtureB
12.60 4 Milk in New 2
7 Mixture 5
1
2
14.40 – 12.60 = 1.80 12.60 – 10.20 = 2.40
Required ratio = 1.80 : 2.40 = 18 : 24 = 3 : 4. 1 – 2 = 1 4 – 1 = 1
2 5 10 7 2 14
2. In 1 unit of mixture in each vessel, we have :
1 1
4 Required ratio = : 14 :10 7 : 5.
Milk in vessel A = units . 10 14
7 3. By rule of alligation, we have :
2 Milk in Mixture A Milk in MixtureB
Milk in vessel B = units .
5 8 Milk in New 5
3 13 Mixture 7
Water in vessel A = units . 9
7
13
3
Water in vessel B = units .
5 5 – 9 = 2 9 – 8 = 1
Let the two mixtures be mixed in the ratio 1 : k (taking 1 unit of 1st 7 13 91 13 13 13
and k units of 2nd). 3 900 1 9
4 2 69 13 % 13 100 13
k
Then, 7 5 1 20 14k 15 21k k 5 .
3 3 2 1 2 7
k 1 7 Required ratio = : : 2 : 7.
7 5 91 13 91 91
14.4 Alligation and Mixture
4. By the rule of alligation, we have : 8. In 1 unit of mixture in each vessel, we have :
1
Water in the liquid mixture Water Copper in 1st alloy = units .
4
3 Milk in New 1
8 2
Mixture Copper in 2nd alloy = units .
1 7
2 3
1 –3 1 Tin in 1st alloy = units .
1 1 = 4
1– = 2 8 8
2 2
5
Tin in 2nd alloy = units .
Ratio in which the given mixture and water are to be mixed 7
Let the Ist and 2nd alloys be mixed in the ratio 1 : k (taking 1 unit
1 1 of 1st and k units of 2nd).
: 4 :1.
2 8
1 2
k
This means that out of 5 parts of the mixture, one part is removed Copper 4 7 3 7 8k 3 7
Then, k .
1 Tin 3 5 8 21 20k 8 4
and replaced by water to get the required mixture. Thus, th of
5 k
4 7
the mixture must be replaced by water. 7
5. By the rule of alligation, we have : Required ratio = 1: k 1: 4 : 7.
4
Another Method: By rule of Alligation
Milk in Mixture A Milk in Mixture B
4 Milk in 5 Copper in 1st Alloy Copper in 2nd Alloy
7 Mixture C 8 1 Copper in 2
3 4 new Alloy 7
5 3
11
5 – 3 = 1 3 – 4 = 1
8 5 40 5 7 35 2 – 3 = 1 3 – 1 = 1
7 11 77 11 4 44
1 1 1 1
Required ratio = : 35 : 40 7 : 8. Required ratio = : 44 : 77 = 4 : 7
40 35 77 44
6. In 1 unit each of first and second mixtures, the quantities of 1st 9. By the rule of alligation, we have :
3 6 Milk in 1st Mixture Milk in 2nd Mixture
liquid (say liquid A) are units and units respectively.. 3 7
8 7 5 Milk in New
Mixture 10
Also, in 1unit of new mixture formed, the quantity of liquid. 2
3
7
A= units.
10 7 – 2 = 1 2 – 3 = 1
By Alligation Method: 10 3 30 3 5 15
1 1
Liquid A in 1st Mixture Liquid A in 2nd Mixture Required ratio = : 1: 2.
30 15
3 6 10. By rule of alligation, we have :
8 7
7 Alcohol in Mixture A Alcohol in Mixture B
10 5 Alcohol in 5
8 new mixture 9
6 – 7 = 11 7 – 3 = 13 7
7 10 70 10 8 40 12
11 13 44 91 7 – 5 = 1 5 – 7 = 1
Required ratio = : : 44 : 91. 12 9 36 8 12 24
70 40 280 280
7. By the rule of alligation, we have : 1 1 2 3
Required ratio = : : 2 : 3.
36 24 72 72
Acid in MixtureA Acid in Mixture B 11. By rule of alligation, we have :
5 Acid in new 8 Chromium in 1st S.S. Chromium in 2nd S.S.
7 mixture 13 2 5
Chromium in
9 13 New S.S. 26
13 7
39
9 – 8 = 1 5 – 9 2
=
13 13 13 7 13 91 5 – 7 1 7 – 2 = 1
26 39 = 78 39 13 39
1 2
Required ratio = : 7 : 2. 1 1
13 91 Required ratio = : 1: 2.
78 39
Alligation and Mixture 14.5
12. By the rule of alligation, we have : By the rule of alligation :
Acid in 1st Mixture Acid in 2nd Mixture C.P of 1st Rice C.P of 2nd Rice C.P of 3rd Rice
3 Acid in 5 6 10 14
Mean
4 new mixture 8 Price
2 8
3 14 – 8 = 6
2 – 5 = 1 3 – 2 = 1
3 8 24 4 3 12 10 – 8 = 2 8–6=2 8–6=2
1 1 8 2 2
Required ratio = : 1: 2. 100
24 12 = 11.20 8.
100 40
13. By the Rule of Alligation :
Clearly, the required ratio = 8 : 2 : 2 = 4 : 1 : 1.
C.P of 1st Tea C.P of 2nd Tea C.P of 3rd Tea 15. By the Rule of Alligation:
80 70 50
Mean Price
C.P of 1st Sugar C.P of 2nd Sugar C.P of 3rd Sugar
60 20
12 14
80 – 60 = 20
Mean Price
60 – 50 = 10 60 – 50 = 10 70 – 60 = 10 15
10 10 10 15 – 12 = 3
20 – 15 = 5 20 – 15 = 5 15 – 14 = 1
Clearly, the required ratio = 10 : 10: 30 = 1 : 1 : 3.
5 5 4
100
14. Required C.P. of the mixture 100 Gain% S.P
Required proportion = 5 : 5 : 4.
General Awareness for SSC Examinations
15 CHAIN RULE
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Direct Proportion: Two quantities are said to be directly proportional, if an increase in one results in a proportional
increase in the other.
If a quantity y is directly proportional to another quantity x then we write:
y x and we have :
y = k x where k is the constant of proportionality
y y y
k i.e. 1 2 ...
x x1 x2
Ex. (i) The fuel consumed by a vehicle is directly proportional to the distance covered.
[More Distance, More Fuel Consumed]
(ii) Cost is directly proportional to the number of articles. [More Articles, More Cost]
TF 2. Indirect Proportion: Two quantities are said to be indirectly proportional, if an increase in one results in a
proportional decrease in the other.
If a quantity y is indirectly proportional to another quantity x, then we write:
1
y and we have:
x
k
y where k is the constant of proportionality
x
xy k i.e. x1 y1 x2 y2 ...
Ex. (i) Time taken to complete a work is inversely proportional to the number of men.
[More Men, Less Time Taken]
(ii) Time taken by a vehicle to cover a certain distance is inversely proportional to the speed of the vehicle.
[More Speed, Less Time Taken]
EXERCISE
1. If 90 men can do a certain job in 16 days, working 12 hours days, then 100 persons with equal abilities can do 100
per day, then the part of that work which can be completed similar jobs in
by 70 men in 24 days, working 8 hours per day is (a) 2 days (b) 5 days
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) 10 days (d) 100 days
7 5 4. 36 men together can build a wall 140 m long in 21 days; the
(a) (b) number of men working at the same rate required to build
9 8
2 1 the same wall in 14 days is [SSC CGL 2016]
(c) (d) (a) 18 (b) 36
3 3
(c) 48 (d) 54
2. Some persons can do a piece of work in 12 days. Two times 5. Some staff promised to do a job in 18 days, but 6 of them
the number of such persons will do half of the work in went on leave. So the remaining men took 20 days to
[SSC GD 2012]
complete the job. How many men were there originally ?
(a) 3 days (b) 5 days [SSC 2014]
(c) 6 days (d) 9 days (a) 55 (b) 56
3. If two persons, with equal abilities, can do two jobs in two (c) 60 (d) 62
15.1
15.2 Chain Rule
15. If the work done by (x – 1) men in (x + 1) days is to the
7
6. If 28 men complete of a piece of work in a week, then work done by (x + 2) men in (x – 1) days are in the ratio
8 9 : 10, then the value of x is equal to [SSC 2011]
the number of men, who must be engaged to get the (a) 8 (b) 7
remaining work completed in another week, is (c) 6 (d) 5
(a) 3 (b) 4
16. A wall of 100 metres can be built by 7 men or 10 women in
(c) 5 (d) 6
10 days. How many days will 14 men and 20 women take
7. How many men need to be employed to complete a job in to build a wall of 600 metres?
1 (a) 30 (b) 25
5 days, if 15 men can complete of the job in 7 days?
3 (c) 20 (d) 15
[SSC 2014] 17. 15 men take 20 days to complete a job working 8 hours a
(a) 63 (b) 45 day. The number of hours a day should 20 men take to
(c) 21 (d) 20 complete the job in 12 days is [SSC CGL 2014]
8. If p men working p hours per day for p days produce p (a) 18 hours (b) 15 hours
units of work then the units of work produced by n men (c) 10 hours (d) 5 hours
working n hours a day for n days is 18. A certain number of men can do a work in 40 days. If there
n2 n3 were 8 men more, it could be finished in 10 days less. How
(a) (b) many men were there initialy?
p2 p2 [SSC GD 2015]
(a) 16 (b) 20
p2 p3 (c) 24 (d) 30
(c) (d)
n2 n2
19. 16 women take 12 days to complete a work which can be
9. If 12 carpenters working 6 hours a day can make 460 chairs
completed by 12 men in 8 days. 16 men started working
in 240 days, then the number of chairs made by 18
and after 3 days, 10 men left and 4 women joined them.
carpenters in 36 days each working 8 hours a day is
[SSC CISF 2015]
How many days will it take them to complete the remaining
work? [SSC 2014]
(a) 92 (b) 126 (a) 10 (b) 8
(c) 138 (d) 132 (c) 6 (d) 4
10. 20 men can do a piece of work in 18 days. They worked 20. If 4 men or 6 women can do a piece of work in 12 days
together for 3 days, then 5 men joined them. In how many working 7 hours a day; how many days will it take to
more days is the work completed? [SSC CISF 2015]
complete a work twice as large with 10 men and 3 women
(a) 12 (b) 13 working together 8 hours a day? [SSC 2013]
(c) 14 (d) 15 (a) 10 days (b) 8 days
11. If 6 persons working 8 hours a day earn 8400 per week, (c) 7 days (d) 6 days
then 9 persons working 6 hours a day will earn how much 21. 4 men and 6 women complete a work in 8 days. 2 men and
per week? 9 women also complete the same work in 8 days. The
(a) 8400 (b) 9450 number of days in which 18 women complete the work is
(c) 16200 (d) 16800 [SSC CGL 2015]
12. If 20 women can lay a road of length 100m in 10 days.
1 2
Then 10 women can lay the same road of length 50 m in (a) 4 days (b) 4 days
[SSC 2015] 3 3
(a) 5 days (b) 10 days 1 1
(c) 5 days (d) 12 days
(c) 15 days (d) 20 days 3 2
13. A group of 4 mat-weavers can weave 4 mats in 4 days. 22. If 10 men or 20 women or 40 children can do a piece of
At the same rate how many mats would be woven by 8 work in 7 months, then 5 men, 5 women and 5 children
mat-weavers in 8 days? together can do half of the work in [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 16 (b) 12 (a) 4 months (b) 5 months
(c) 8 (d) 4 (c) 6 months (d) 8 months
14. 16 men are able to complete a piece of work in 12 days 23. A road of 5 km length will be constructed in 100 days so
working 14 hours a day. How long will 28 men, working 12 280 workers were employed. But after 80 days it was
hours a day, take to complete the work? [SSC GD 2015]
1
(a) 6 days (b) 7 days found that only 3 km road was completed. Now how
(c) 8 days (d) 10 days 2
Chain Rule 15.3
many more people were needed to finish the work in the (a) 10 (b) 16
specified time? (c) 20 (d) 30
(a) 80 (b) 100 30. One man, 3 women and 4 boys can do a piece of work in
(c) 200 (d) 480 96 hours, 2 men and 8 boys can do it in 80 hours, 2 men
24. A man is twice as fast as a woman and a woman is twice as and 3 women can do it in 120 hours. 5 men and 12 boys
fast as a boy in doing a work. If all of them, a man, a woman can do it in [SSC CGL 2013]
and a boy can finish the work in 7 days, in how many days 7
a boy will do it alone? [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 44 hours (b) 43 days
11
(a) 6 (b) 7
7 1
(c) 42 (d) 49 (c) 42 hours (d) 39 hours
11 11
25. A company employed 200 workers to complete a certain
work in 150 days. If only one-fourth of the work has been 31. 3 men and 4 boys can complete a piece of work in 12 days.
done in 50 days, then in order to complete the whole work 4 men and 3 boys can do the same work in 10 days. Then 2
men and 3 boys can finish the work in [SSC CGL 2012]
in time, the number of additional workers to be employed
was [SSC CGL 2015] 5
(a) 5 days (b) 8 days
(a) 100 (b) 200 11
(c) 300 (d) 600 1
26. 2 men and 3 boys can do a piece of work in 10 days while (c) 17 days (d) 22 days
2
3 men and 2 boys can do the same work in 8 days. In how
32. 2 men and 3 women together or 4 men together can
many days can 2 men and 1 boy do the work?
[SSC CGL 2013]
complete a piece of work in 20 days. 3 men and 3 women
will complete the same work in [SSC 2010]
(a) 2 days (b) 7 days (a) 19 days (b) 18 days
1 (c) 16 days (d) 12 days
(c) 8 days (d) 12 days
2 33. A man, a woman and a boy can complete a work in 20
27. If 40 men or 60 women or 80 children can do a piece of days, 30 days and 60 days respectively. How many boys
work in 6 months, then 10 men, 10 women and 10 children must assist 2 men and 8 women so as to complete the work
in 2 days? [SSC DEO 2009]
together do half of the work in [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(a) 4 (b) 6
6 7 (c) 8 (d) 12
(a) 5 months (b) 5 months
13 13
34. A 10 hectare field is reaped by 2 men, 3 women and 4
1 children together in 10 days. If working capabilities of a
(c) 6 months (d) 11 months
3 man, a woman and a child are in the ratio 5 : 4 : 2, then a 16
28. A contractor undertook to complete a project in 90 days hectare field will be reaped by 6 men, 4 women and 7
and employed 60 men on it. After 60 days, he found that children in
(a) 8 days (b) 7 days
3 (c) 6 days (d) 5 days
of the work has already been completed. How many
4
men can he discharge so that the project may be completed 35. A contractor was engaged to construct a road in 16 days.
After working for 12 days with 20 labours it was found
exactly on time?
(a) 15 (b) 20 5
that only th of the road had been constructed. To complete
(c) 30 (d) 40 8
29. 8 workers can build a wall 18 m long, 2 m broad and 12 m the work in stipulated time the number of extra labours
high in 10 days, working 9 hours a day. Find how many required is [SSC 2015]
(a) 10 (b) 12
workers will be able to build a wall 32 m long, 3 m broad
(c) 16 (d) 18
and 9 m high in 8 days working 6 hours a day?
[SSC CGL 2015]
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (c)
15.4 Chain Rule
SOLUTIONS
1. Men Days Hours Work More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
90 16 12 1
70 24 8 x x : x – 6 : : 20 :18
More men, Less Days and Less hours (Indirect) 18 x 20 ( x – 6) 2 x 120 x 60.
More Men, More work (Direct)
Originally there were 60 men.
24 : 16
90 : 70 :: 8 : 12 6. Men Work
1 : x 28
7
8
90 16 12 x 70 24 8 1
x 1
70 24 8 1 7 8
x .
90 16 12 9 More Men, More Work (Direct
7 7 1
Required part of work done = . 28 : x : : :
9 8 8
2. Persons Work Days 7 1
x 28 x 4.
x 1 12 8 8
2x 1 y Required number of men = 4.
2
7. Men Work Days
More Persons, More work (Direct)
More Persons, Less Days (Indirect x 1 5
1
1 15 7
3
1 :
x : 2 x :: 2
y :12 More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
More Men, More Work (Direct)
1 x 12
2 x 1 y x 12 y 3. 1
2 2x 2 1 :
x :15 : : 3
Thus, required number of days = 3. 7 : 5
3. 1 15 7 3
Persons Jobs Days x 5 15 1 7 x 63.
3 5
2 2 2
Required number of men = 63.
100 100 x
8. Men Work Days Hours
p p p p
More Persons, More Jobs (Direct)
More Persons, Less Days (Indirect) n x n n
More Men, More Work (Direct)
2 :100 More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
2 :100 ::
x : 2 More Men, Less Hours (Indirect)
p: x
2 100 2
100 2 x 2 100 2 x = 2. p : n :: n : p
100 2
n : p
Thus, the required number of days = 2.
n p n n n3
4. Men Days p x p p n pnn x 2.
p p p p
36 21
x 14 n3
Thus, the required units of work produce = .
p2
[More Men, Less Days (Indirect)]
36 : x : : 14 : 21 9. Carpenters Chairs Days Hours
36 21 12 460 240 6
x 14 36 21 x 54 . 18 x 36 8
14
Total number of men required = 54.
More Carpenters, More Chairs make (Direct)
More Carpenters, Less Days (Indirect)
5. Men Days
x 18 More Carpenters, Less House (Indirect)
x–6 20
Chain Rule 15.5
460 : x 14. Men Days Hours
12 :18 :: 36 : 240 16 12 14
8 :6 28 x 12
12 x 240 6 18 460 36 8
More Men, Less Days and Less Hours (Indirect)
18 460 36 8
x
12 240 6
138.
16 : 28 : : x : 12
12 : 14
10. After 3 days, 20 men can do the remaining work in 15days. 16 12 14
28 x 12 16 12 14 x 8.
Now, total number of men = 20 + 5 = 25 28 12
Required number of days = 8.
Men Days
20 15 15. Days
x Men Work
25
x–1 9 x +1
More Men, Less days (Indirect) x +2 10 x–1
20 : 25 : : x :15
More Men, More Work (Direct)
20 15 More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
25 x 20 15 x 12 .
25
Required number of days = 12. 9 : 10
x – 1 : x 2 ::
11. Persons Earnings Hours
x – 1 : x 1
(x – 1) × 10 × (x + 1) = (x + 2) × 9 ×(x – 1)
6 8400 8
9 x 6 10x + 10 = 9x + 18 x = 8.
16. 7 men 10 women
More Persons, More Earnings (Direct)
More Persons, Less Hours (Indirect) 14 men + 20 women (14 + 7 × 2) men = 28 men
8400 : x Men Length of wall Days
6 : 9 ::
6 :8 7 100 10
9 8400 6 28 600 x
6 x 8 9 8400 6 x 9450.
68
Thus, the required earning = 9450. More Men, More length of wall built (Direct)
More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
12. Women Length of road Days
20 100 10 100 : 600
7 : 28 ::
10 50 x x : 10
7 600 10
More women, More Length of road constructed (Direct) 28 100 x 7 600 10 x 15.
28 100
More women, Less Days (Indirect) Thus, the required number of days = 15.
100 : 50 17.
20 :10 :: Men Days Hours
x :10 15 20 8
20 50 10 20 x
10 100 x 20 50 10 x 10 12
10 100
Thus, required number of days = 10. [More Men, Less Days and Less Hours (Indirect)]
13. Mat-weavers Mats Days
15 : 20 :: 12 : 20
x : 8
4 4 4 15 20 8
8 x 8 20 12 x 15 20 8 x 10 .
20 12
Required number of hours = 10.
More Mat-weavers, More Mats would be woven (Direct)
More Mat-weavers, Less Days 18. Men Days
x 40
4 : x x+8 30
4 :8 ::
8 : 4 More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
8 48 x : x 8 : : 30 : 40 .
4 x 4 8 48 x 16.
4 4 30 ( x 8) 40x 10x 240 x 24 .
Thus, the required number of mats would be woven = 16.
Thus, the original number of men was 24.
15.6 Chain Rule
19. We have : 22. 10 men 20 women 40 children
(16 × 12) women (12 × 8) Men 2 Women 1 Man 1 men 4 children and 1 woman = 2 children.
12 Men can do the complete work in = 8 days 5 men + 5 women + 5 children (5 × 4 + 5 × 2 + 5) children
12 8 = 35 children.
16 Men can do the complete work in = 6 days
16
1 Children Months
In 3 days , 16 men can do work. 40 7
2
35 x
1 1
Remaining work 1
2 2 More children, Less Months (Indirect)
Now, we are left with 6 men and 4 women 40 : 35 : : x : 7
6 Men + 4 Women 6 Men + 2 Men = 8 Men 40 7
35x = 40 × 7 x= = 8.
35
Men Days Work Required number of months = 8.
1
16 3
2 1
8 x 1 23. Clearly, 280 worker constructed 3 km road in 80 days
2 2
7 3
More Men, Less Days (Indirect) Remaining length of road = 5 km
More Men, More Work (Direct) 2 2
3
This km road to be constructed in 100 – 80 = 20 days
x : 3 2
16 : 8 :: 1 1
2 : 2 Workers Length of road Days
280 7 80
1 1 16 3 2 2
8 x 16 3 x 6. 3
2 2 8 2 x 20
2
Required number of days = 6.
20. 4 Men 6 Women 2 Men 3 women More Workers, More Length of road Constructed (Direct)
More Workers, Less Days (Indirect)
Now, (10 Men + 3 Women) (10 + 2) Men = 12 Men
7 3
Men Work Days Hours :
280 : x :: 2 2
4 1 12 7 20 : 80
12 2 x 8 7 3 280 3 80
x 20 280 80 x 480.
2 2 7 20
More Men, Less Days and Less Hours (Indirect) Thus, 480 workers are required.
More Men, More work (Direct)
So, he needed (480 – 280) = 200 workers more to finish the
1 : 2 work.
4 :12 :: x : 12
24. 1 Man 2 women and 1 Woman Boys
8 : 7
1 Man 4 Boys.
4 2 12 7
12 1 x 8 4 2 12 7 x 7. (1 Man + 1 Woman + 1 Boy) Boys + 2 Boys + 1 Boys = 7 Boys
12 1 8
Thus, the required number of days = 7. Boys Days
21. (4 × 8) men + (6 × 8) women (2 × 8) men + (9 × 8) women 7 7
3 1 x
1 man woman.
2
3 More Boys, Less Days (Indirect)
4 men + 6 women 4 6 women = 12 women. 7 : 1 : : x : 7
2
Women Days x = 7 × 7 = 49.
12 8 Thus, the required number of days = 49.
18 x
25. Clearly, 200 men could do of the work in 50 days.
More women , Less Days (Indirect) 4
12 : 18 : : x : 8 1 3
12 8 16 1 Remaining work = 1
18 x 12 8 x 5 . 4 4
18 3 3 3
This of the work has to be finished in = 150 – 50 = 100 days.
4
So, the required number of days = 5 .
3
Chain Rule 15.7
Men Work Days 1
This of the work has to be finished in = 90 – 60 = 30 days.
200 1 50 4
4
3
n 4 100 Men Work Days
60 3 60
More Men, More Work (Direct) 4
More Men, Less Days (Indirect) 1
x 4 30
1 3
: More Men, More work (Direct)
200 : n :: 4 4
100 : 50 More Men, Less Days (Indirect)
1 3 200 3 50 4 3 1
n 100 200 50 n 300. :
60 x : : 4 4
4 4 4 100
30 : 60
Thus, 300 men are required.
3 1 60 60
So, he needs to appoint 300 – 200 = 100 addition men. x 30 60 60 x 40.
4 4 3 30
26. (2 × 10) men + ( 3 × 10) boys (3 × 8) men + (2 × 8) boys
Thus, 40 men are required.
2 men 7 boys.
So, he needs to discharge 60 – 40 = 20 men.
2 men + 3 boys (7 + 3) boys = 10 boys.
29. Initial Volume of wall = 18 × 2 × 12 = 432 m3
And 2 men + 1 boy (7 + 1) boys = 8 boys
New Volume of wall = 32 × 3 × 9 = 864 m3
Boys Days
10 10 Workers Volume Days Hours
8 x 8 432 10 9
x 864 8 6
More boys, Less Days (Indirect)
10 : 8 : : x : 10. More workers, More Volume of the wall built (Direct)
More Workers, Less Days (Indirect)
100 1
8 x 10 10 x 12 . More Workers, Less Hours (Indirect)
8 2
1 432 : 864
So, the required number of days = 12 .
2 8 : x :: 8 :10
27. 40 Men 60 women 80 children 6 :9
4
1 Man 2 children and 1 woman children. x 432 8 6 8 864 10 9
3
8 864 10 9
Now, (10 Men + 10 Women + 10 Children) x 30.
432 8 6
4 130 Thus, the required number of workers = 30.
20 10 10 children children.
3 3
1
Work 30. (1 man + 3 women + 4 boys)’s 1 hour work = ... (i)
Children Months 96
80 1 6 1
(2 men + 8 boys)’s 1 hour work =
130 1 80
3 2 x 1
(1 man + 4 boys)’s 1 hour work = ... (ii)
160
More Children, Less Days (Indirect) 1
More Children, More work (Direct) (2 men + 3 women)’s 1 hour work = ... (iii)
120
1
130 1 : Subtracting (ii) from (i) we get:
80 : :: 2
3 x : 6 1 1 1
3 women’s 1 hour work = ... (iv)
120 240 240
130 1 80 6 3 72
1 x 80 6 x . Subtracting (iv) from (iii) we get:
3 2 130 2 13 1 2 1
72 7 2 men’s 1 hour work = ... (v)
Required number of months = 5 . 96 480 240
13 13 1
1 man’s 1 hour work = ... (vi)
3 480
28. Clearly, 60 men do of the work in 60 days Subtracting (vi) from (ii), we get:
4
3 1 1 1 1
Remaining work = 1 4 boy’s 1 hour work = .... (vii)
4 4 160 480 240
15.8 Chain Rule
Clearly, 2 men 3 women 4 boys [Using (iv), (v), (vii)] 1 : 22 + x : : 2 : 60.
(2 men + 8 boys) (4 + 8) boys 12 boys. 2 (22 + x) = 60 2x = 16 x = 8.
(5 men + 12 boys) (5 × 2 + 12) boys 22 boys. So, Required number of boys = 8.
Boys Hours 34. Ratio of working capabilites of a man, a woman and a child
12 80 = 5 : 4 : 2.
22 x
Ratio of number of days taken by a man, a woman and a child to
More Boys, Less Hours (Indirect) 1 1 1
complete a work = : : .
12 : 22 : : x : 80 22 x 12 80 5 4 2
12 80 480 7 1 1 1
x x 43 . men women child.
22 11 11 5 4 2
7 4 men 5 women 10 children
Thus, the required time = 43 hours. 2 men 5 children and 1 woman 2 children
11
31. (3 × 12) men + (4 × 12) boys (4 × 10) men + (3 × 10) boys 2 men + 3 women + 4 children (5 + 3 × 2 + 4) children
36 men + 48 boys 40 men + 30 boys 2 men 9 boys = 15 children and 6 men + 4 women + 7 children
4 = (5 × 3 + 4 × 2 + 7) children = 30 children.
4 men + 3 boys 9 3 boys = 21 boys.
2
Children Area of field Days
And 2 men + 3 boys (9 + 3) boys = 12 boys 15 10 10
Boys Days 30 16 x
21 10
12 x More children, More Area of field reaped (Direct)
More children, Less Days (Indirect)
More Boys, Less Days (Indirect) 10 :16
21 : 12 : : x : 10 15 : 30 ::
21 10 35 1 x :10
12 x 21 10 x 17 . 15 16 10
12 2 2 30 10 x 15 16 10 x 8.
1 30 10
Thus, 2 men and 3 boys can finish the work in 17 days. Thus, the required number of days = 8.
2
32. 2 men + 3 women 4 men 5
35. Clearly, 20 labours could construct of the road in 12 days.
2 men 3 women 8
3 men + 3 women (3 + 2) men = 5 men 5 3
Remaining work = 1
8 8
Men Days
3
4 20 This of the road to be constructed in = 16 – 12 = 4 days.
5 x 8
More Men, Less Days (Indirect) Labours Work Days
4 : 5 : : x : 20 20 5
12
4 20 8
5 x 4 20 x 16. 3
5 n 4
8
Thus, the required number of days = 16.
More Labours, More work (Direct)
33. (1 × 20) men (1 × 30) Women (1 × 60) boys More Labours, Less Days (Indirect)
1 man 3 boys and 1 woman 2 boys.
5 3
Suppose that x number of boys assist 2 men and 8 women :
20 : n :: 8 8
Then, 2 men + 8 women + x boys (2 × 3 + 8 × 2 + x) boys 4 :12
= (22 + x) boys. 5 3 20 3 12 8
n 4 20 12 n 36.
8 8 5 48
Boys Days
1 60 Thus, 36 labours are required.
22 + x 2 So, number of extra labours required = 36 – 20 = 16.
More Boys, Less Days (Indirect)
16 TIME AND WORK
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
1
TF 1. If a person can complete a work in n days, then his 1 day’s work .
n
1
TF 2. If a person’s 1 day’s work , then he can complete the work in n days.
n
m
TF 3. If a person can complete a work in n days, then the part of work done by him in m days = m × (his 1 day’s work) .
n
TF 4. If A alone can complete a work in m days and B alone can complete the same work in n days, then m days and n days
are said to be A’s and B’s individual times respectively. We have:
1 1 mn
(A + B)’s one day’s work = A’s one day’s work + B’s one day’s work .
m n mn
mn
A and B together can complete the work (called combined time) in .
mn
TF 5. The ratio of the work done by two persons in the same time is the inverse ratio of their individual times.
Ex. If A completes a work in 3 days while B completes it in 4 days, then (for any number of days):
A ' s work 4
.
B ' s work 3
TF 6. The wages of two persons are divided in the ratio of the works done by them (in equal durations).
If A is n times as good a workman as B then he takes th of the time taken by B to do the same work . And So,
1
TF 7.
n
(i) Ratio of work done by A and B = n : 1.
(ii) Ratio of time taken by A and B to do the same work = 1 : n.
EXERCISE
1. Chetan can do 2/3 of a job in 18 days. Vibhor is twice as (a) 840 (b) 930
efficient as Chetan. In how many days Vibhor will complete (c) 1120 (d) 1260
the job? [SSC CGL 2017]
4. A piece of work was finished by A, B and C together. A and
13 27 B together finished 60% of the work and B and C together
(a) (b)
2 2 finished 70% of the work. Who among the three is most
29 31 efficient? [SSC CGL 2017]
(c) (d)
2 2 (a) A (b) B
2. A can complete a work in 20 days and B can complete the (c) C (d) A or B
same work in 25 days. If both of them work together, then 5. A is 1.5 times efficient than B therefore takes 8 days less
in 3 days what percent of the total work will be completed? than B to complete a work. If A and B work on alternate
[SSC CGL 2017] days and A works on first day, then in how many days the
(a) 9 (b) 12 work will be completed? [SSC CGL 2017]
(c) 25 (d) 27
(a) 17 (b) 19
3. Ajay can do a work in 5 days, Samay can do the same work
in 7 days and Dheeraj can do the same work in 9 days. If 1
(c) 19 (d) 20.5
they do the same work together and they are paid 2860, 5
then what is the share (in ) of Ajay? [SSC CGL 2017]
16.1
16.2 Time and Work
6. A can do a piece of work in 25 days and B can do the same (a) 12 days (b) 14 days
work in 30 days. They work together for 5 days, how much (c) 15 days (d) 16 days
of work is left? [SSC DP 2015]
14. X can do a piece of work in 24 days. When he had worked
11 12 for 4 days, Y joined him. If the complete work was finished
(a) (b)
30 30 in 16 days, then Y can alone finish that work in
19 [SSC 2015]
(c) 15 (d) (a) 42 days (b) 36 days
30 30
(c) 27 days (d) 18 days
7. A and B together can do a piece of work in 6 days. If A can
15. While working 7 hours a day, A alone can complete a piece
alone do the work in 18 days, then the number of days
of work in 6 days and B alone in 8 days. In what time would
required for B to finish the work is [SSC CGL 2015]
they complete it together, working 8 hours a day?
(a) 9 (b) 10 [SSC CGL 2008]
(c) 12 (d) 15 (a) 2.5 days (b) 3 days
8. A, B and C can complete a piece of work in 24, 5 and 12 (c) 3.6 days (d) 4 days
days respectively. Working together, they will complete the 16. A and B can do a given piece of work in 8 days, B and C can
same work in [SSC 2015] do the same work in 12 days and A, B, C complete it in 6
1 7 days. The number of days required to finish the work by A
(a) 3 days (b) days
13 24 and C is [SSC CGL 2015]
1 (a) 8 (b) 12
(c) days (d) 4 days (c) 16 (d) 24
24
17. A and B working separately can do a piece of work in 9 and
1 1 15 days respectively. If they work for a day alternately,
9. A can do of a work in 10 days. B can do of the work
4 3 with A beginning, then the work will be completed in
[SSC 2014]
in 20 days. In how many days can both A and B together do (a) 9 days (b) 10 days
the work? [SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 11 days (d) 12 days
(a) 24 days (b) 25 days
18. A, B and C can do a work separately in 16, 32 and 48 days
(c) 30 days (d) 32 days respectively. They started the work together but B left off
10. A can complete a work in ‘m’ days and B can complete it in 8 days and C six days before the completion of the work.
‘n’ days. How many days will it take to complete the work In what time is the work finished? [SSC CGL 2015]
if both A and B work together? [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 9 days (b) 10 days
(c) 12 days (d) 14 days
mn m n
(a) m n days (b) days 19. Vineet and Manoj are working on an assignment. Vineet
mn
takes 6 hours to type 32 pages on a computer, while Manoj
1 1 takes 5 hours to type 40 pages. How much time will they
(c) days (d) (m + n) days
m n take working together on two different computers to type
11. X can copy 80 pages in 20 hours, X and Y together can an assignment of 110 pages? [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
copy 135 pages in 27 hours. Then, Y can copy 20 pages in (a) 8 hrs. 25 min. (b) 8 hrs. 15 min
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) 8 hrs (d) 7 hrs. 30 min.
(a) 3 hours (b) 12 hours
20. Three men A, B and C working together can do a job in 6
(c) 20 hours (d) 24 hours
hours less time than A alone, in 1 hour less time than B
12. A, B and C can complete a work in 10, 12 and 15 days alone and in one half the time needed by C when working
respectively. A left the work 5 days before the work was alone. Then A and B together can do the job in
completed and B left 2 days after A had left. The number of [SSC CGL 2014]
days required to complete the whole work is 2 3
[SSC 2015] (a) hour (b) hour
3 2
2
(a) 6 (b) 6 3 4
3 (c) hour (d) hour
4 3
2
(c) 7 (d) 8 21. A can do a piece of work in 12 days and B in 15 days. They
3
work together for 5 days and then B left. The days taken by
13. A’s 2 days work is equal to B’s 3 days work. If A can A to finish the remaining work is [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
complete the work in 8 days then to complete the work B (a) 121 (b) 10
will take [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 5 (d) 3
Time and Work 16.3
22. A takes three times as long as B and C together to do a job. 30. Pragya is thrice as efficient as Sushma and is therefore able
B takes four times as long as A and C together to do the to finish a piece of work in 60 days less than Sushma. Pragya
work. If all the three, working together can complete the and Sushma can individually complete the work
job in 24 days, then the number of days, A alone will take respectively in [SSC CGL 2014]
to finish the job is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 30 days, 60 days (b) 30 days, 90 days
(a) 90 (b) 95 (c) 40 days, 120 days (d) 60 days, 90 days
(c) 96 (d) 100
1 3
23. A particular job can be completed by a team of 10 men in 31. A can do of a piece of work in 5 days, B can do of the
2 5
12 days. The same job can be completed by a team of 10 2
women in 6 days. How many days are needed to complete same work in 9 days and C can do of that work in 8
3
the job if the two teams work together? days.
(a) 18 days (b) 9 days In how many days can three of them together do the work?
(c) 6 days (d) 4 days [SSC CPO 2005]
(a) 3 days (b) 4 days
24. A can do as much work as B and C together can do. A and
1
B can together do a piece of work in 9 hours 36 minutes (c) 4 days (d) 5 days
and C can do it in 48 hours. The time (in hours) that B 2
needs to do the work alone, is [SSC CISF 2013] 32. A, B and C are employed to do a piece of work for
(a) 12 hours (b) 18 hours 19
5290. A and B together are supposed to do of the
(c) 24 hours (d) 30 hours 23
8
work and B and C together of the work. Then A should
25. A, B and C together can do a piece of work in 40 days. 23
After working with B and C for 16 days, A leaves and then be paid [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
B and C completes the remaining work in 40 days more. A (a) 1,950 (b) 2,290
alone could do the work in [SSC CGL 2014] (c) 3,450 (d) 4,250
(a) 120 days (b) 100 days
33. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 24, 30 and 40 days
(c) 90 days (d) 80 days respectively. They began the work together but C left 4
26. A and B together can do a piece of work in 12 days which days before completion of the work. In how many days
B and C together can do in 16 days. After A has been was the work done? [SSC CGL 2015]
working at it for 5 days and B for 7 days, C finishes it in 13 (a) 11 (b) 12
days. In how many days B could finish the work? (c) 13 (d) 14
[SSC CGL 2013]
34. 8 children and 12 men complete a certain piece of work in
(a) 12 days (b) 16 days
9 days. Each child takes twice the time taken by a man to
(c) 24 days (d) 48 days
finish the work. In how many days will 12 men finish the
27. A and B can separately complete a piece of work in 20 days same work? [SSC GD 2015]
and 30 days respectively. They worked together for some (a) 15 days (b) 13 days
time, then B left the work. If A completed the rest for the (c) 12 days (d) 9 days
work in 10 days, Then B worked for [SSC CGL 2008]
(a) 16 days (b) 12 days 7 5
(c) 8 days (d) 6 days 35. A can do of work in 28 days; B can do of the same
8 6
28. If 1 man or 2 women or 3 boys can do a piece of work in 44 work in 20 days. The number of days they will take to
days, then the same piece of work will be done by 1 man, 1 complete if they do it together is [SSC CISF 2014]
women and 1 boy in [SSC CGL 2015] 5 5
(a) 33 days (b) 26 days (a) 13 days (b) 14 days
7 7
(c) 24 days (d) 21 days 3 3
(c) 15 days (d) 17 days
29. Two workers A and B are engaged to do a piece of work. A 7 5
working alone would take 8 hours more to complete the 36. A can do in one day three times the work done by B in one
work than when work together. If B worked alone, then it 2
1 day. They together finish of the work in 9 days. The
would take 4 hours more than when working together.. 5
2 number of days by which B can do the work alone is
The time required to finish the work together is [SSC 2015]
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 4 hours (b) 5 hours (a) 30 days (b) 90 days
(c) 6 hours (d) 8 hours (c) 100 days (d) 120 days
16.4 Time and Work
37. A and B together can complete a work in 12 days. A alone 1
can complete it in 20 days. If B does the work only half a 44. P can complete of a work in 10 days, Q can complete
4
day daily, then in how many days A and B together will 1
complete the work? [FCI 2012] 40% of the same work in 15 days, R completes of the
3
(a) 10 days (b) 11 days
1
(c) 15 days (d) 20 days work in 13 days and S completes of the work in 7 days.
6
38. A can do a piece of work in 8 days which B can destroy in Who will be able to complete the work first?
3 days. A has worked for 6 days, during the last 2 of which [SSC 2010]
B has been destroying; how many days must A now work (a) S (b) R
alone to complete the work? [SSC 2013] (c) Q (d) P
2 45. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 20, 30 and 60 days
(a) 8 days (b) 7 days
respectively. In how many days can A do the work if he is
3
assisted by B and C on every third day?
1 [SSC CPO & CGL 2008 & 2013]
(c) 7 days (d) 7 days
3 (a) 20 days (b) 15 days
39. A, B and C can do a job in 6 days, 12 days and 15 days (c) 12 days (d) 10 days
1 46. If 12 men and 24 boys can do a work in 66 days, then the
respectively. After of the work is completed, C leaves number of days in which 15 men and 6 boys can do it is
8
[SSC 2014]
the job. Rest of the work is done by A and B together. The
time taken to finish the work is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 33 (b) 44
(c) 55 (d) 66
1 3
(a) 3 days (b) 3 days 47. A can do a piece of work in 20 days and B in 30 days. They
2 4
work together for 7 days and then both leave the work,
1 5 then C alone finishes the remaining work in 10 days. In
(c) 5 days (d) 5 days
4 6 how many days will C finish the full work?
[SSC CGL 2013]
40. To do a certain work, B would take time thrice as long as A
(a) 20 days (b) 24 days
and C together and C twice as long A and B together. The
(c) 25 days (d) 30 days
three men together complete the work in 10 days. The time
taken by A to complete the work separately is 48. Two men can do a piece of work in x days. But y women
[SSC DP 2012] can do that in 3 days. Then the ratio of the work done by 1
(a) 20 days (b) 22 days man and 1 woman is [SSC FCI 2013]
(c) 24 days (d) 30 days (a) x : y (b) 2x : 3y
(c) 2y : 3x (d) 3y : 2x
3
41. Raj and Anu can do a job together in 7 days. Anu is 1 49. Twenty women together can complete a work in 16 days.
4
16 men together can complete the same work in 15 days.
times as efficient as Raj. The same job can be done by Anu
The ratio of the working capacity of a man to that of a
alone in [SSC CHSL 2012 & CGL 2000]
woman is [SSC 2010]
49 49 (a) 5 : 3 (b) 4 : 5
(a) days (b) days
9 3 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 4
28 50. A man and a woman working together can do a certain
(c) 11 days (d) days
3 work in 18 days. Their skills in doing the work are in the
ratio 3 : 2. How many days will the woman take to finish
42. Working efficiencies of P and Q for completing a piece of the work alone? [SSC 2011]
work are in the ratio 3 : 4. The number of days to be taken (a) 27 days (b) 30 days
by them to complete the work will be in the ratio (c) 36 days (d) 45 days
[SSC CISF 2010]
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2 51. A skilled, a half-skilled and an unskilled labourer work for
(c) 3 : 4 (d) 4 : 3 7, 8 and 10 days respectively and they together get 369
43. If A, B and C can complete a work in 6 days. If A can work for their work. If the ratio of their each day’s work is
twice faster than B and thrice faster than C, then the 1 1 1
: : , then how much does the trained labourer get
number of days C alone can complete the work is 3 4 6
[SSC CGL 2015] (in )? [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(a) 11 days (b) 22 days (a) 102.50 (b) 143.50
(c) 33 days (d) 44 days (c) 164 (d) 201.50
Time and Work 16.5
52. Two workers A and B working together completed a job in 59. A and B together can complete a job in 8 days. Both B and
5 days. If A worked twice as efficiently as he actually did C working alone can finish the same job in 12 days. A and
1 B commence work on the job and work for 4 days, where
and B worked as efficiently as he actually did, the work upon A leaves. B continues for 2 more days, and then he
3
would have been completed in 3 days. To complete the job leaves too. C now starts working, and finishes the job. How
alone, A would require [SSC CGL 2013] many days did C require? [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(a) 3 (b) 4
3 1
(a) 8 days (b) 7 days (c) 5 (d) 8
4 2
60. A group of workers can complete a piece of work in 50
1 1 days, when they are working individually. On the first day
(c) 6 days (d) 5 days
4 5 one person works, on the second day another person joins
him, on the third day one more person joins them and this
53. A can do one and a half as much of a work which B can do process continues till the work is completed. How many
in one day. B alone can do a piece of work in 18 days. aproximate days are needed to complete the work
They together can finish that work in [SSC 2013] [SSC CISF 2016]
1 1 (a) 19 days (b) 13 days
(a) 5 days (b) 7 days (c) 10 days (d) 9 days
5 5
61. A does half as much work as B in three fourth of the time.
1 1 If together they take 18 days to complete the work, how
(c) 10 days (d) 11 days
5 5 much time will B alone take to do it?
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
54. A is twice as good as workman B and B is twice as good as (a) 30 days (b) 40 days
workman C. If A and B can together finish a piece of work (c) 45 days (d) 50 days
in 4 days, then C can do it by himself in
62. A can do a piece of work in 70 days and B is 40% more
(a) 24 days (b) 12 days efficient than A. The number of days taken by B to do the
(c) 8 days (d) 6 days same work is [FCI 2012]
(a) 40 days (b) 45 days
55. 2 men and 1 women can complete a piece of work in 14 (c) 50 days (d) 60 days
days while 4 women and 2 men can do the same work in 8
days. If a man gets 180 per day, then what amount will a 63. A can do a piece of work in 16 days and B in 24 days. They
woman get per day? [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] take the help of C and they together finish the work in 6
(a) 120 (b) 140 days. If the total remuneration for the work is 400. The
(c) 150 (d) 160 amount (in ) each will receive, in proportion, to do the
work is [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
56. 5 men and 2 women working together can do four times as (a) A : 100, B : 150, C : 100
much work per hour as a man and a woman together. The (b) A : 100, B : 150, C : 150
work done by a man and a woman should be in the ratio: (c) A : 150, B : 150, C : 100
[SSC 2011]
(d) A : 150, B : 100, C : 150
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 64. P and Q together can do a job in 6 days. Q and R can finish
57. 150 workers were engaged to finish a piece of work in a 60
the same job in days. P started the work and worked
certain number of days. Four workers dropped on the 7
second day, four more workers dropped on third day and for 3 days. Q and R continued for 6 days. Then the
difference of days in which R and P can complete the job
so on. It takes 8 more days to finish the work now. Find the is [SSC CGL 2015]
number of days in which the work was completed? (a) 8 (b) 10
[SSC 2015]
(c) 12 (d) 15
(a) 24 (b) 25
(c) 28 (d) 30 65. Three persons undertake to complete a piece of work for
1200. The first person can complete the work in 8 days,
58. A can do a piece of work in 12 days while B alone can do it second person in 12 days and third person in 16 days.
in 15 days. With the help of C they can finish it in 5 days. They complete the work with the help of a fourth person
If they are paid 960 for the whole work how much money in 3 days. What does the fourth person get?
A gets? [SSC CGL 2013] [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 240 (b) 320 (a) 250 (b) 225
(c) 400 (d) 480 (c) 200 (d) 180
16.6 Time and Work
66. A is 50% as efficient as B. C does half of the work done by (a) 6 days (b) 12 days
A and B together. If C alone does the work in 20 days, then (c) 25 days (d) 30 days
A, B and C together can do the work in [SSC CGL 2011]
69. A can do a piece of work in 6 days. B is 25% more efficient
2 than A. How long would B alone take to finish this work?
(a) 5 days (b) 6 days [SSC CGL 2013]
3
2 2 1
(c) 6 days (d) 7 days (a) 2 days (b) 3 days
3 3 3
67. A does 20% less work than B. If A can complete a piece of 4 1
(c) 4 days (d) 5 days
1 5 4
work in 7 hours, then B alone can do it in
2 70. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 30, 20 and 10 days
1
(a) 5 hours (b) 5 hours respectively. A is assisted by B on one day and by C on the
2
next day, alternately. How long would the work take to
1 finish? [SSC CGL 2012]
(c) 6 hours (d) 6 hours
2 8
9
68. A does half as much work as B in one-third of the time (a) 3 days (b) 4 days
13 8
taken by B. If together they take 10 days to complete a
work, then the time taken by B alone to do it would have (c) 8 4 days (d) 9 3 days
been [SSC 2011] 13 8
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (d) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (c) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (b) 65. (b) 66. (c) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (c) 70. (d)
SOLUTIONS
2 27
1. Chetan can do job in = 18 days. 100 % 27%.
3 100
3
He can do 1 job in 18 days = 27 days. 1 1
,
1
2 3. Ajay’s, Som’s and Dheeraj’s 1 day’s work are and
5 7 9
Vibhor is twice as efficient as Chetan. respectively.
Vibhor takes half the number of days to do the job. So, they will, be paid in the ratio.
27 1 1 1
Vibhor will complete the job in days. : : 63 : 45 : 35 .
2 5 7 9
1
2. A’s 1 day’s work 63
20 Ajay’s share = 2860 =1260.
63 45 35
1
B’s 1 day’s work 4. A and B together finish 60% of work . ...(1)
25
B and C together finish 70% of work. ... (2)
1 1 54 9
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work Adding (1) and (2) we get :
20 25 100 100
A + 2B + C together finish 130% of work.
9 27
(A + B)’s 3 day’s work 3 .
100 100 (A + 2B + C) – (A + B + C) = 30% of work.
Percentage of work done by A and B together in 3 days B finishes 30% of work.
Time and Work 16.7
Putting B in (1) and (2) we get : A and B together can complete the work in 24 days.
A finishes 30% and C finishes 40%. 1
10. A’s 1 day’s work =
Most efficient is C. m
1
5. Ratio of efficiencies of A and B = 1. 5 : 1 = 3 : 2. B’s 1 day’s work =
n
Ratio of days taken by A and B = 2 : 3.
1 1 nm mn
Suppose A takes 2x days and B takes 3x days to do the work. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
m n mn mn
Then, 3x – 2x = 8 x = 8. mn
So, A and B together can complete the work in days.
A takes 16 days and B takes 24 days to do the work. m n
Now, they work alternately. 80
11. Number of pages copied by X in 1 hour = 4.
(A + B)’s 2 day’s work = A’s 1 day’s work + B’s 1 day’s work. 20
135
1 1 5 Number of pages copied by X + Y in 1 hour = 5.
27
16 24 48 . Number of pages copied by Y in 1 hour = 5 – 4 = 1.
5 18 45
(A + B)’s 18 days work = . Thus, Y can copy 20 pages in = 20 hours.
48 2 48
45 1 1
(A + B)’s 18 day’s work + A’s 1 days work = 1. 12. A’s 1 day’s work = ,
48 16 10
Hence, the work will be completed in 19 days. 1
B’s 1 day’s work = ,
12
1
6. A’s 1 day’s work = 1
25 C’s 1 day’s work = .
15
1 Suppose that the work is completed in n days.
B’s 1 day’s work =
30 Then, A worked at it for (n – 5) days, B for (n – 3) days and C for n
1 1 11 days.
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
25 30 150
A’s (n – 5) days work + B’s (n – 3) days work
11 11
(A + B)’s 5 day’s work = 5 n5 n3 n 6( n 5) 5( n 3) 4n
150 30 1 1
11 19 10 12 15 60
Remaining work = 1 .
30 30 n 7.
1
7. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = Thus, the whole work lasts for 7 days.
6
1
1 13. A’s 1 day’s work = .
A’s 1 day’s work = 8
18
2 1
1 1 3 1 2 1 A’s 2 day’s work = .
B’s 1 day’s work = 8 4
6 18 18 18 9
1
Thus B required 9 days to finish the work. Now, B’s 3 day’s work = A’s 2 day’s work =
4
1 1 1 1
8. A’s one day’s work = .
24 B’s 1 day’s work =
4 3 12
1 B will take 12 days to complete the work.
B’s one day’s work =
5 1
1 14. X’s 1 day’s work = .
C’s one day’s work = 24
12 1 2
1 1 1 39 X’s 16 day’s work = 16 .
(A + B + C)’s one day’s work = = . 24 3
24 5 12 120 2 1
40 Remaining work = 1 .
Thus, A, B and C working together can complete the work in 3 3
13 1
1 Y does work in 16 4 12 days
days i.e. 3 days. 3
13 Y can do 1 work in = (12 × 3) days = 36 days.
9. A can do the complete work in = (4 × 10) = 40 days
B can do the complete work in = (3 × 20) = 60 days 1 1
15. A’s 1 day’s 1 hour’s work = .
1 1 6 7 42
A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s day’s work = 1
40 60 B’s 1 day’s 1 hour’s work =
1 1 32 5 1 7 8 56
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work
40 60 120 120 24
16.8 Time and Work
1 1 1 40
(A + B)’s 1 day’s 1 hour’s work = . Manoj’s 1 hour’s work = pages 8 pages
42 56 24 5
1 1 16 40
(A + B)’s 1 day’s 8 hour’s work = 8 . (Vineet + Manoj)’s 1 hour’s work = 8 pages pages
24 3 3 3
A and B together working 8 hours a day would complete the 40
Now, Vineet and Manoj together type pages in = 1 hour
work in 3 days. 3
1 They can type 110 pages in
16. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = ...(i) 1 33 1
8 110 hours 8 hrs = 8 hrs 15 min.
1 40 / 3 4 4
(B + C)’s 1 day’s work = ...(ii) 20. Suppose A, B and C together can finish the work in x hours.
12
1 Then, A alone can do it in = (x + 6) hours,
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = B alone can do it in = (x + 1) hours,
6
1 C alone can do it in = 2x hours.
2(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = ...(iii)
3
1 1
Now, (A + C)’s 1 day’s work A’s 1 day’s work = , B’s 1 day’s work .
= 2(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work x6 x 1
– [(A + B)’s 1 day’s work + (B + C)’s 1 day’s work] 1 1
C’s 1 day’s work =and (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = .
1 1 1 1 2x x
= . [Using (i), (ii) and (iii)] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 8 12 8
x x 6 x 1 2x x 2x x 6 x 1
A and C together can do the work in 8 days.
1 1 2x 7
17. A’s 1 day’s work = . 2 3x2 + 7x – 6 = 0
9 2x x 7x 6
1 2
B’s 1 day’s work = . (3x – 2) (x + 3) = 0 x ( x = – 3 is not possible)
15 3
(A + B)’s 2 day’s work i.e. work done in 1 pair of days (A + B)’s 1 day’s work
1 1 8 1 1 1 1 3 3 15 3
[A and B work on alternate days] = .
9 15 45 x 6 x 1 2 6 2 1 20 5 20 4
Work done by A and B in 10 days i.e. in 5 pairs of days 3 3
8 8 4
= 5 So, A and B together can do the job in hours.
45 9 3
8 1 1 1 3
Remaining work after 10 days = 1 21. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
9 9 12 15 20
1 3 3
This remaining work will be finished by A on the 11th day (A + B)’s 5 day’s work = 5 .
9 20 4
The entire work will be completed in 11 days. 3 1
Remaining work = 1 .
4 4
1
18. A’s one day’s work = , A can do 1 work in = 12 days.
16
1 1 1
B’s one day’s work = , A can do work in = 12 3 days .
32 4 4
1 Hence, A can finish the remaining work in 3 days.
C’s one day’s work = .
48 22. Suppose A can do the work in n days.
Suppose that the work is completed in n days. n
Then, B and C together can do it in = days.
Then, A worked at it for n days, B for (n – 8) days and C for (n – 6) 3
days. 1
A’s 1 day’s work =
A’s n day’s work + B’s (n – 8) day’s work n
+ C’s (n – 6) day’s work = 1 3
(B + C)’s 1 day’s work = .
n
n n8 n6 6n 3( n 8) 2( n 6) 1 3 4
1 1 .
16 32 48 96 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
n n n
n 12. 1 4
Thus, the whole work finished in 12 days. n 96.
24 n
32 16 So, A alone will finish the job in = 96 days.
19. Vineet’s 1 hour’s work = pages pages
6 3
Time and Work 16.9
1 11 1 1
23. 10 men’s 1 day’s work = . C’s 1 days work = .
12 24 11 24
1 B’s 1 day’s work
10 women’s 1 day’s work = .
6 1 1 1
1 1 1 = (B + C)’s 1 day’s work – C’s 1 day’s work = – .
(10 men + 10 women)’s 1 day’s work = . 16 24 48
12 6 4
C alone can finish the work in = 48 days.
Thus, two teams together can finish the work in = 4 days.
1
24. (A + B) can together do 1 work in = 9 hrs 36 min 27. A’s 1 day’s work =
20
36 48 1
9 hrs hrs
60 5 B’s 1 day’s work =
30
5 Suppose that B left the work after n days.
(A + B)’s 1 hour work = ,
48 Then, A worked at it for (n + 10) days and B for n days.
1
C’s 1 hour work = . A’s (n + 10) days work + B’s n days work = 1
48
5 1 1 n 10 n
. 1 5n + 30 = 60 n = 6.
(A + B + C)’s 1 hour work = 20 30
48 48 8
Now, A’s 1 hour work = (B + C)’s 1 hour work [Given] Thus, B worked for 6 days.
2 × A’s 1 hour work = (A + B + C)’s 1 hour work 28. 1 Man 2 Women 3 Boys
[Adding A’s 1 hour work on both sides] 1 Man = 3 Boys and
1 1 3
2 × A’s 1 hour work = A’s 1 hour work . 1 Women Boys.
8 16 2
B’s 1 hour work = (A + B)’s 1 hour work – A’s 1 hour work
3 11
5 1 1 1 Man, 1 Woman and 1 Boy 3 1 Boys Boys
. 2 2
48 16 24
Hence, B can do the work alone in 24 hours. Now, 3 Boys can do a piece of work in = 44 days
11 44 3
1 Boys can do it in 24 days.
25. (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 2 11 / 2
40
29. Let A and B together finish the work in n hours.
1 2
(A + B + C)’s 16 days work = 16 . 9
40 5 Then, A would take (n + 8) hours and B would take n hours
2
2 3 to complete the work.
Remaining work after 16 days = 1 .
5 5 1
(A + B)’s day’s work = ,
3 n
Now, B and C together does work in = 40 days
5 1
A’s 1 day’s work = ,
5 200 n8
B and C does 1 work in = 40 .
3 3 1 2
B’s day’s work = .
3 9 2n 9
(B + C)’s 1 day’s work = n
200 2
A’s 1 day’s work (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = A’s 1 day’s work + B’s 1 day’s work
= (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work – (B + C)’s 1 day’s work. 1 1 2 1 4n 25
2
1 3 2 1 n n 8 2n 9 n 2n 25n 72
.
40 200 200 100 2n2 = 72 n2 = 36 n 36 6
Thus A alone can complete the work in 100 days.
Hence, A and B together finish the work in 6 hours.
1 30. Suppose Pragya can complete the work in n days.
26. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = ,
12
Then, Sushma can complete it in = 3n days
1
(B + C)’s 1 day’s work = . Now, 3n – n = 60 n = 30.
16
A’s 5 days work + B’s 7 days work + C’s 13 days work = 1 Pragya can complete the work in 30 days.
(A + B)’s 5 days work + (B + C)’s 2 days work and Sushma can complete the work in 90 days.
+ C’s 11 days work = 1 31. A can do the complete work in = (2 × 5) = 10 days.
5 2
C’s 11 days work 1 5
12 16 B can do the complete work in = 9 = 10 days.
3
5 2 11
C’s 11 days work = 1 3
12 16 24 C can do the complete work in = 8 = 12 days.
2
16.10 Time and Work
1 1 (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = A’s 1 day’s work + B’s 1 day’s work
A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s 1 day’s work = ;
10 15 2 3 1 2 4 45 4
n 90 .
1 45 n n 45 n 2
C’s 1 day’s work = . Hence, B alone can do the work in = 90 days.
12
1 1 1 1 1
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 37. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = ,
10 15 12 4 12
Hence, A, B and C together can complete the work in = 4 days. 1
A’s 1 day’s work = .
8 20
32. Work done by B and C together = .
23 1 1 1 1 1
B’s 1 day’s work = B’s day’s work .
8 15 12 20 30 2 60
Work done by A = Remaining work = 1 .
23 23 1 1 1
The remuneration is divided in the ratio of the work done. Work done by A and B together in 1 day = .
20 60 15
15 15 Hence, the work will be completed in = 15 days.
A should be paid = of 5290 5290 3450 .
23 23 1
38. A’s 1 day’s work = ,
1 1 8
33. A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s 1 day’s work = and
24 30 1 3
A’s 6 day’s work = 6 .
1 8 4
C’s 1 day’s work = .
40 1
B’s 1 day’s work = ,
Suppose that the work is completed in n days. 3
Then, A worked at it for n days, B for n days and C for (n – 4) days 2
B’s 2 day’s work =
A’s n day’s work + B’s n day’s work + C’s (n – 4) day’s work = 1 3
3 2 1
n n n4 5n 4n 3(n 4) Net work done in 6 days = .
1 1 n 11. 4 3 12
24 30 40 120 1 11
Thus, the whole work was done in 11 days. Remaining work after 6 days = 1 .
34. 1 Man 2 children 12 12
1
8 children and 12 men 8 12 men 16 men
1 Now, A does work in = 1 day
8
2
Now, 16 men complete the work in = 9 days.
11 11 22 1
A does work in = 8 days days 7 days.
12 12 3 3
9 16
12 men finish the same work in = 12 days . 1
12 39. A’s 1 day’s work = ,
6
28 8 1
35. A can complete the work in = 32 days . B’s 1 day’s work = .
7 12
20 6 1 1 1
B can complete the same work in = 24 days . (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = .
5 6 12 4
1 1
A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s 1 day’s work = . 1 7
32 24 Remaining work after C leaves the job = 1 .
8 8
1 1 7
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work = . 1
32 24 96 Now, A and B together do work in = 1 day
A and B together can complete the work in 4
96 5 7 7 1
= days 13 days. A and B together will do work in = 4 days = 3 days .
7 7 8 8 2
2 40. (A + C)’s 1 day’s work = 3 × B’s 1 day’s work
36. A and B together does work in = 9 days (Given)
5 1
9 5 45 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = (4B)’s 1 day’s work =
10
A and B together do 1 work in = days
2 2 [ A + B + C do the work in 10 days]
2 1 1 1
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work = . B’s 1 day’s work = .
45 10 4 40
Suppose that B alone can do the work in n days. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work = 2 × C’s 1 day’s work
1 1
Then, B’s 1 day’s work = (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = (3C)’s 1 day’s work =
n 10
3 1 1 1
A’s 1 day’s work = C’s 1 day’s work = .
n 10 3 30
[ A does 3 times the work done by B]
Time and Work 16.11
Now, A’s 1 day’s work + B’s 1 day’s work + C’s 1 day’s work 15 men and 6 boys = (15 × 2 + 6) boys = 36 boys
1 1 1 Now, 24 boys can do the work in = 66 days
(A’s 1 day’s work) +
40 30 10 24 66
1 1 1 1 36 boys can do it in = days 44 days
A’s 1 day’s work = . 36
10 40 30 24 1
So, A can complete the work in 24 days. 47. A’s 1 day’s work =
20
41. Let Anu can do the job in x days.
1
3 7 B’s 1 day’s work =
As Anu is 1 i.e. times as efficient as Raj, therefore Raj takes 30
4 4
1 1 1
7 7x (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
of x days i.e. days to complete the job 20 30 12
4 4 1 7
1 (A + B)’s 7 day’s work = 7
Anu’s 1 day’s work = ; 12 12
x 7 5
4 Remaining work after 7 days = 1
Raj’s 1 day’s work = ; 12 12
7x 5
1 Now C does work in = 10 days
(Raj + Anu)’s 1 day’s work = 12
7 12
1 4 1 11 1 11 7 C does 1 work in = 10 24 days .
x 11 5
x 7x 7 7x 7 7 1
Hence, Anu can do the job in 11 days. 48. 2 Man’s 1 day’s work =
x
42. The ratio of working efficiencies of two persons is the inverse ratio
1
of their individual time 1 Man’s 1 day’s work =
2x
Required ratio of time taken = 4 : 3 1
3 y Women’s 1 day’s work =
43. A 2B 3C B C 3
2 1
3 11 1 Women’s 1 day’s work =
3y
A + B + C 3C C C C
2 2 Ratio of the work done by 1 man and 1 woman
1 1 1
Now, (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = = : 3y : 2x
6 2x 3 y
11 1 1
C ’s day’s work 49. 20 women’s 1 day’s work =
16
2 6
1 1 1
1 2 1 1 women’s 1 day’s work =
C’s 1 day’s work = 16 20 320
6 11 33 1
Thus, C alone can complete the work in = 33 days. 16 Men’s 1 day’s work =
15
44. P can complete the work in = (4 × 10) = 40 days 1 1 1
1 Man’s 1 day’s work =
100 15 16 240
Q can complete it in = 15 37.5 days 1 1
40 Ratio of their working capacity = : 320 : 240 4 : 3 .
240 320
R can complete it in = (3 × 13) = 39 days 50. Let the man and woman alone finish the work in 2x and 3x days
S can complete it in = (6 × 7) = 42 days respectively.
Q will be able to complete the work first. 1
Then, man’s 1 day’s work =
2x
1
45. A’s 1 day’s work = 1
20 Woman’s 1 day’s work =
3x
1 1 1
A’s 2 day’s work = 2 (Man + Woman)’s 1 day’s work =
20 10 18
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 5 18
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = x 15
20 30 60 10 2 x 3 x 18 6 x 18 6
1 1 1 So, the woman alone finish the work in = 3x = 3 × 15 = 45 days.
Work done by A, B and C in first three days =
10 10 5 51. Let the work done by skilled, half-skilled and unskilled labourer in
1 1 1 1
Work done by A, B and C in (5 × 3) days i.e. 15 days = 5 1 one day be x, x and x respectively..
5 3 4 6
Hence the work will be completed in 15 days. 7
Then, skilled labourer’s 7 day’s work = x;
46. 12 Men 24 boys 1 men = 2 boys 3
16.12 Time and Work
1 Putting this value in (i), we get
Half skilled labourer’s 8 day’s work = x 8 2x ;
4 1 1 3
2 men’s 1 day’s work =
1 5x 14 56 56
Unskilled labourer’s 10 day’s work = x 10
6 3 3 1 3
1 men’s 1 day’s work =
7 5x 56 2 112
Ratio of their whole work = x : 2 x : 7 : 6 : 5
3 3 Ratio of work done by a man and a woman in 1 day
369 3 1
Trained labourer’s share = 7 143.50 . : 3: 2
7 6 5 =
112 56
52. Suppose A and B alone can do the complete work in x days and y
Man’s wages per day 3 180 3
days respectively.
Woman’s wages per days 2 Woman’s wages per day 2
A’s 1 day’s work + B’s 1 day’s work = (A + B)’s 1 day’s work
180 2
1 1 1 Woman’s wages per day = 120 .
...(i) 3
x y 5 56. 5 Men + 2 Women 4(1 Man + 1 Women)
When A increases his efficiency to twice and B decreases his
5 Men + 2 Women 4 Men + 4 Women
efficiency to 1 , then the work would have been completed in 3 1 Man 2
3 1 Man 2 Women
1 Woman 1
days
Ratio of work done by a man and a woman = 2 : 1.
2 1 1 1 1 1 57. Let 150 workers be engaged to finish the work in n days
...(ii)
x 3y 3 x 6y 6
Suppose 1 worker does 1 unit of work in 1 day
5 1
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get y 25 Then, total work = 150 n units
6 y 30
With changing number of men
25 1
Putting y = 25 in (i), we get x 6 . Work done on 1st day = 150 units
4 4
1 Work done on 2nd day = 146 units
Hence, A alone complete the job in = 6 days.
4 Work done on 3rd day = 142 units and so on.
1 In this way, the work will be completed in (n + 8) days
53. B’s 1 day’s work =
18 150 n = 150 + 146 + 142 + ......... to (n + 8) terms
1 3 1
A’s 1 day’s work = n8
18 2 12 150 n = [300 (n 8 1) 4]
2
1
A does 1 and 2 as much of a work as B does in one day Sum of first n terms of an A.P. with first term
n
a and common difference d 2 [2a (n 1) d ]
1 1 5
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
12 18 36 n8
150 n = [272 4n] 300 n 272n 4n2 2176 32 n
36 1 2
A and B together can finish the work in = 7 days .
5 5 4n + 60n – 2176 = 0
2 n2 + 15n – 544 = 0
54. A 2B and B 2C
(n – 17) (n + 32) = 0 n = 17( n = – 32 can not possible)
A 2 × 2C 4C
1 The work was completed in (17 + 8) days i.e. 25 days.
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work = 1 1
4 58. A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s 1 day’s work =
12 15
1
(6C)’s 1 day’s work = [ A 4C and B 2C] 1
4 (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
5
1 1 1
C’s 1 day’s work = 1 1 1 1
4 6 24 C’s 1 day’s work =
5 12 15 20
So, C can do it by himself in 24 days.
1 1 1
1 Ratio of work done by A, B and C respectively = : :
55. (2 men + 1 Women)’s 1 day’s work = ...(i) 12 15 20
14 =5:4:3
1
(2 men + 4 Women)’s 1 day’s work = ...(ii) 960
8 A’s share = 5 400 .
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get 5 43
1 1 3 1
3 Women’s 1 day’s work = 59. (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
8 14 56 8
3 1 1 1 1
1 Women’s 1 day’s work = (A + B)’s 4 day’s work = 4
56 3 56 8 2
Time and Work 16.13
1 1 1 1 40 1 1
B’s 1 day’s work = B’s 1 day’s work = 40% of
12 70 70 70 100 70 50
1 1 So, B can do the same work in 50 days.
B’s 2 day’s work = 2
12 6
1
1 1 1 63. A’s 1 day’s work =
Remaining work = 1 16
2 6 3 1
1 B’s 1 day’s work =
C’s 1 day’s work = 24
12 1 1 5
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
1 16 24 48
Now, C does work in = 1 day
12 1
(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work =
1 1 6
C does work in = 1 12 days 4 days .
3 3 C’s 1 day’s work
60. Suppose that the work is completed in n days 1 5 1
= (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work – (A + B)’s 1 day’s work
1 6 48 16
1 person’s 1 day’s work = Ratio of work done by A, B and C respectively
50
1 1 1 1
Work done on the first day = ; = : : =3:2:3
50 16 24 16
2 400
A’s share 3 150 .
Work done on the second day = ; 3 2 3
50
3 400
Work done on the third day = ; and so on B’s share 2 100 .
50 3 23
1 2 3 n 400
..... 1 C’s share 3 150 .
50 50 50 50 3 2 3
1 1
[1 2 ..... n] 1 1 2 ..... n 50 64. (P + Q)’s 1 day’s work =
50 6
n( n 1) n(n 1) 7
50 1 2 ..... n 2
(Q + R)’s 1 day’s work =
60
2
n2 + n – 100 = 0 7 7
2 (Q + R)’s 6 day’s work = 6
2 1 1 1 401 60 10
n n 100 0 n 0 7 3
4 4 2 4 Remaining work = 1 .
10 10
1 401 20 20 1 19
n n 9.5. 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 Now, P does work in = 3 days.
10
Clearly, n is slightly more than 9.5 and is approximately equal to
10. 10
P does whole work in = 3 days = 10 days
3
Thus, the required number of days = 10.
1
61. Suppose that B does 1 work in x days. P’s 1 day’s work = .
10
1 3 3x Q’s 1 day’s work.
Then, A does work in = of x days days
2 4 4
1 1 1
3x 3x = (P + Q)’s 1 day’s work – P’s 1 day’s work
A does 1 work in = 2 days 6 10 15
4 2 R’s 1 day’s work
2
A’s 1 day’s work = 7 1 1
3x = (Q + R)’s 1 day’s work – Q’s 1 day’s work
60 15 20
1
B’s 1 day’s work = R does whole work in = 20 days
x
Hence, required difference = (20 – 10) = 10 days
2 1
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work = 65. Let the first, second, third and fourth persons be A, B, C and D
3x x
respectively.
1 2 1 1
( A B )’s 1 day's work 18 1
The, A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s 1 day’s work = ;
1
18 3x x
8 12
1 5 18 5 1 1
x 30 .
18 3 x 3 C’s 1 day’s work = ; (A + B + C + D)’s 1 day’s work =
16 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
62. A’s 1 day’s work = D’s 1 day’s work =
70 3 8 12 16 16
16.14 Time and Work
1 1 1 1 3 1
Ratio of work done by A, B, C and D respectively = : : : A’s 1 day’s work = ; B’s 1 day’s work
8 12 16 16 2n n
=6:4:3:3
3 1
1200 (A + B)’s 1 day’s work =
Fourth person (i.e., D) get 3 225 2n n
16
1 3 1 1 5 10 5
1 n 25
66. A B 2A B [ A is 50% as efficient as B] 10 2n n 10 2n 2
2
Hence, B alone complete the work in = 25 days.
1
C’s 1 day’s work =
20 1
69. A’s 1 day’s work =
1 1 6
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work = 2 B’s 1 day’s work
20 10
1 1 1 1 25 1 1 1 5
= 25% of .
(3A)’s 1 day’s work = [ B 2A] 6 6 6 100 6 6 24 24
10
1 1 1 24 4
A’s 1 day’s work = B alone can do the work in = days 4 days.
10 3 30 5 5
1 1 1 1 1
B’s 1 day’s work = 2 [ B = 2A] 70. (A + B)’s 1 days work =
30 15 30 20 12
1 1 1 3 2 1 1 2
(A + B + C)’s 1day’s work = 6 (A + C)’s 1 day’s work =
30 15 20 20 3 30 10 15
2 Work done in 2 day’s i.e. work done in 1 pair of days
So, A, B and C together can do the work in 6 days.
3 1 2 13
67. Suppose B can do the work in x hours. =
12 15 60
1 13 13
Then, B’s 1 hour’s work = Work done in 8 days i.e. work done in 4 pair of days = 4
x 60 15
1 1 1 20 1 4 13 2
A’s 1 hour’s work = 20% of Remaining work after 8 days = 1
x x x 100 x 5 x 15 15
1 2 1
2
4 A’s 1 hour’s work 1 15 Work done by A and B together on 9th day =
12
15 5x 7
2 2 1 1
Remaining work after 9 days =
15 4 15 12 20
x 6
52 2
Now, A and C together does work in = 1 day
Hence, B can do the work in = 6 hours. 15
68. Suppose that B alone complete the work in n days. 1 15 1 3
A and C together does work in = 1 days
20 2 20 8
1 1 n
Then, A does work in = of n days 3 3
2 3 3 Hence, the work finish in = 9 days 9 days.
8 8
n 2n
A complete the work in = 2 days
3 3
17 PIPES AND CISTERNS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Inlet : A tap or a pipe that is used as a source of water to fill a reservoir/tank/cistern is called an inlet.
TF 2. Outlet : A tap or a pipe that is used to take out water from a reservoir/tank/cistern is called an outlet.
1
TF 3. If a pipe can fill a tank in m hours, then part of the tank filled in 1 hour .
m
1
TF 4. If a pipe can empty a full tank in n hours. Then part of the tank emptied in 1 hour .
n
TF 5. If a pipe can fill a tank in m hours and another pipe can empty it in n hours (where n > m), then on opening both the
1 1
pipes, the net part of the tank filled in 1 hour – .
m n
[Note : n > m the inlet works more efficiently than the outlet
TF 6. If a pipe can fill a tank in m hours and another pipe can empty it in n hours (where m > n), then on opening both the
1 1
pipes, the net part of the tank emptied in 1 hour – .
n m
EXERCISE
1. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank with water in 30 minutes second pipe is turned off. What is the time taken by the first
and 45 minutes respectively. The water pipe C can empty pipe alone to fill the remaining portion of the bucket ?
the tank in 36 minutes. First A and B are opened. After 12 [SSC CPO 2016]
minutes C is opened. The total time (in minutes) in which (a) 10 min (b) 11 min
the tank will be filled up is [SSC CGL T-I 2016] (c) 15 min (d) 20 min
(a) 12 (b) 24 5. Two pipes X and Y can fill a cistern in 24 minutes and 32
(c) 30 (d) 36
minutes respectively. If both the pipes are opened together,
3 then after how much time (in minutes) should Y be closed
2. part of a tank is full of water. When 30 litres of water is
4 so that the tank is full in 18 minutes? [SSC 2013]
taken out, the tank becomes empty. The capacity of the (a) 5 (b) 6
tank is (c) 8 (d) 10
(a) 36 litres (b) 38 litres 6. Two pipes A and B can separately fill a cistern in 60 minutes
(c) 40 litres (d) 42 litres and 75 minutes respectively. There is a third pipe in the
3. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 6 hours, 9 hours and bottom of the cistern to empty it. If all the three pipes are
12 hours respectively. B and C are opened for half an hour, simultaneously opened, then the cistern is filled in 50
then A is also opened. The time taken by the three pipes minutes. In how much time the third pipe alone can empty
together to fill the remaining part of the tank is [SSC 2013] the cistern?
1 (a) 90 minutes (b) 100 minutes
(a) 2 hours (b) 2 hours (c) 110 minutes (d) 120 minutes
2
1 3
(c) 3 hours (d) 3 hours 7. If th of a cistern is filled in 1 minute, the time needed to
2 5
fill the rest is [SSC 2013]
4. Two pipes can independently fill a bucket in 20 min and 25
(a) 24 sec (b) 30 sec
min. Both are opened together for 5 min after which the
(c) 36 sec (d) 40 sec
17.1
17.2 Pipes and Cisterns
8. Pipe A can fill an empty tank in 6 hours and pipe B in 8 16. Two pipes A and B can fill a water tank in 20 and 24 minutes
hours. If both the pipes are opened and after 2 hours pipe A respectively and a third pipe C can empty at the rate of 3
is closed, how much time B will take to fill the remaining gallons per minute. If A, B and C are opened together to
tank ? [SSC CGL 2015] fill the tank in 15 minutes, the capacity (in gallons) of the
tank is
2 1
(a) 2 hours (b) 2 hours (a) 60 (b) 120
5 3 (c) 150 (d) 180
1
(c) 3 hours (d) 7 1 hours 17. Two pipes A and B can separately fill a tank in 2 hours and
3 2 3 hours respectively. If both the pipes are opened
9. A tank can be filled by two pipes in 20 minutes and 30 simultaneously in the empty tank, then the tank will be filled
minutes respectively. When the tank was empty, the two in [SSC 2014]
pipes were opened. After sometime, the first pipe was (a) 1 hour 12 minutes (b) 1 hour 15 minutes
stopped and the tank was filled in 18 minutes. After how (c) 1 hour 20 minutes (d) 2 hours 30 minutes
much time of the start was the first pipe stopped? [SSC 2013] 18. A tap can empty a tank in one hour. A second tap can empty
(a) 12 minutes (b) 10 minutes it in 30 minutes. If both the taps operate simultaneously,
(c) 8 minutes (d) 5 minutes then how much time is needed to empty the tank?
10. A tap takes 36 hours extra to fill a tank due to a leakage (a) 45 minutes (b) 40 minutes
(c) 30 minutes (d) 20 minutes
equivalent to half of its inflow. The inflow can fill the tank
in how many hours? 19. A leak in the bottom of a tank can empty the full tank in 6
(a) 18 hours (b) 24 hours hours. An inlet pipe fills water at the rate of 4 litres a minute.
(c) 30 hours (d) 36 hours When the tank is full, the inlet is opened and due to the
leak the tank is empty in 8 hours. Find the capacity of the
11. One pipe can fill a tank three times as fast as another pipe. tank. [SSC CGL 2016]
If together the two pipes can fill the tank in 36 minutes, the (a) 10 litres (b) 24 litres
slower pipe alone will be able to fill the tank in (c) 96 litres (d) 5760 litres
[SSC CPO 2010]
20. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 6 hours. After
(a) 192 minutes (b) 144 minutes working together for 2 hours, the pipe C is closed and A
(c) 108 minutes (d) 81 minutes and B fill the tank in 8 hours. The time (in hours) in which
12. A pipe can fill a tank in x hours and another can empty it in the tank can be filled by pipe C alone is [SSC 2013]
y hours. They can together fill it in (y > x). [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 8 (b) 9
(a) x – y hours (b) y – x hours (c) 10 (d) 12
xy xy 21. Three taps A,B,C can fill an overhead tank in 4, 6 and 12
(c) hours (d) hours
x y yx hours respectively. How long would the three taps take to
fill the tank if all of them are opened together?
13. A cistern has two pipes. One can fill it with water in 8 [SSC GD 2013]
hours and other can empty it in 5 hours. In how many hours
will the cistern be emptied if both the pipes are opened (a) 5 hours (b) 4 hours
3 (c) 3 hours (d) 2 hours
together when of the cistern is already full of water ?
4 22. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank in 6 hours. After
1
(a) 3 hours (b) 6 hours working together for 2 hours, the pipe C is closed and A
3 and B can fill the remaining part in 7 hours. The number of
1
(c) 10 hours (d) 13 hours hours taken by C alone to fill the tank is [SSC CGL 2014]
3
(a) 16 (b) 14
14. A tap can fill a tank in 6 hours. After half the tank is filled, (c) 12 (d) 10
three more similar taps are opened. What is the total time
taken to fill the tank completely? 23. There are two pumps to fill a tank with water. First pump
(a) 3 hours 15 minutes (b) 3 hours 45 minutes can fill the empty tank in 8 hours, while the second in 10
(c) 4 hours (d) 4 hours 15 minutes hours. If both the pumps are opened at the same time and
kept open for 4 hours, the part of tank that will be filled up
15. A cistern is provided with two pipes A and B. A can fill it in is [SSC MTS 2013]
20 minutes and B can empty it in 30 minutes. If A and B be
1
kept open alternately for one minute each, how soon will (a) 1 (b)
the cistern be filled? [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014] 5 10
(a) 110 minutes (b) 115 minutes 2 9
(c) (d)
(c) 120 minutes (d) 121 minutes 5 10
Pipes and Cisterns 17.3
24. If two pipes function simultaneously, a tank is filled in 12 30. A tap drips at a rate of one drop/sec, 600 drops make 100ml.
hours. One pipe fills the tank 10 hours faster than the other. The number of litres wasted in 300 days is [SSC CGL 2014]
How many hours does the faster pipe alone take to fill the (a) 4320 (b) 43200
tank? [SSC CHSL 2013] (c) 432000 (d) 4320000
(a) 12 hours (b) 15 hours
(c) 18 hours (d) 20 hours 31. A pipe of diameter d can drain a certain water tank in 40
minutes. The time taken by a pipe of diameter 2d for doing
25. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 36 minutes and 45 the same job in [SSC CGL 2000]
minutes respectively. Another pipe C can empty the tank (a) 80 minutes (b) 20 minutes
in 30 minutes. First A and B are opened. After 7 minutes, C (c) 10 minutes (d) 5 minutes
is also opened. The tank is filled up in [SSC CHSL 2014]
(a) 39 minutes (b) 40 minutes 32. A tank has a leak which would empty the completely filled
(c) 45 minutes (d) 46 minutes tank in 10 hours. If the tank is full of water and a tap is
opened which admits 4 litres of water per minute in the
26. Three taps A, B and C together can fill an empty cistern in
tank, the leak takes 15 hours to empty the tank. How many
10 minutes. The tap A alone can fill it in 30 minutes and
litres of water does the tank hold?
the tap B alone in 40 minutes. How long will the tap C
alone take to fill it? [SSC 2010]
(a) 1200 litres (b) 2400 litres
(a) 40 minutes (b) 32 minutes (c) 4500 litres (d) 7200 litres
(c) 24 minutes (d) 16 minutes 33. A swimming pool has 3 drain pipes. The first two pipes A
and B operating simultaneously, can empty the pool in half
27. Two pipes, P and Q together can fill a cistern in 20 minutes
and P alone can fill in 30 minutes. Then Q alone can fill the time that C, the 3rd pipe, alone takes to empty it. Pipe A
the cistern in [SSC MTS 2013] working alone takes half the time taken by pipe B. Together
(a) 51 minutes (b) 60 minutes they take 6 hours 40 minutes to empty the pool. Time taken
(c) 61 minutes (d) 62 minutes by pipe A to empty the pool (in hours) is [SSC 2012]
(a) 7 (b) 10
28. Two pipes A and B can fill a cistern in 3 hours and 5 hours
respectively. Pipe C can empty in 2 hours. If all the three (c) 15 (d) 30
pipes are open, in how many hours the cistern will be full? 34. Two pipes can fill a tank with water in 15 hours and 12
[SSC CPO 2013] hours respectively and a third pipe can empty it in 4 hours.
(a) 10 hours (b) 15 hours If the pipes be opened in order at 8, 9 and 11 a.m.
(c) 30 hours (d) Can’t be filled
respectively, the tank will be emptied at
29. Three taps A, B and C can fill a tank in 12, 15 and 20 hours (a) 1.40 p.m. (b) 2.40 p.m.
respectively. If A is open all the time and B and C are open (c) 11.40 a.m. (d) 12.40 p.m.
for one hour each alternatively. The tank will be full in
35. A pipe can empty a tank in 40 minutes. A second pipe with
1 diameter twice as much as that of the first is also attached
(a) 7 hours (b) 7 hours
2 with the tank to empty it. The two together can empty the
1 tank in [SSC CPO 2005]
(c) 6 hours (d) 6 hours
2 (a) 38 minutes (b) 30 minutes
1
(c) 13 minutes (d) 8 minutes
3
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (d)
SOLUTIONS
1 1 2 1 1 1 1
1. Part filled by A and B together in 12 min 12 . Part filled by A, B and C together in 1 min .
30 45 3 30 45 36 36
2 1 1
Remaining part = 1 . i.e. Time taken to fill part of tank = 1 min.
3 3 36
17.4 Pipes and Cisterns
1 7 5
part of the tank 36 min = 12 min.
1
Time taken to fill Remaining part = 1 – .
3 3 12 12
Hence, total time = (12 + 12) min = 24 min. 1
Part filled by pipe B in 1 hours = .
2. Let the capacity of the tank be x litres. 8
5
3 3x Time taken by B to fill part
Then, of x = 30 30 x 40 . 12
4 4
Hence, the capacity of the tank is 40 litres. 5 10 1
8 hours = hours = 3 hours.
1 1 1 1 7 12 3 3
3. Part filled by B and C together in hour . 9. Let the first pipe be stopped after t minutes. Then,
2 2 9 12 12
7 65 t
Remaining part 1 . Part filled by the first pipe in t min .
72 72 20
1 1 1 13 18
Part filled by A, B and C together in 1 hour . Part filled by the second pipe in 18 min .
6 9 12 36 30
65 65 36 t 18
part hours hours
5
Time taken to fill 1 3t 36 60 3t 24 t 8 .
72 72 13 2 20 30
1 Hence, the first pipe stopped after 8 minutes.
= 2 hours.
2 10. Suppose that the inflow can fill the tank in x hours.
1 1 9 Then, the leakage can empty it in 2x hours.
4. Part filled by both the pipes in 5 min = 5 .
20 25 20 [ Leakage is equivalent to half of inflow]
9 11
Remaining part = 1 . Now, the tap takes (x + 36) hours to fill the tank due to leakage.
20 20
1 1 1 1 1 1
Part filled by the first pipe in 1 min = .
20 x 2x x 36 2x x 36
11 2 x x 36 x 36 .
11
Time taken by the first pipe to fill part 20 min Hence, the inflow can fill the tank in 36 hours.
20 1
20 11. Let the faster pipe can fill the tank in x minutes.
= 11 min Then, the slower pipe can fill it in 3x minutes.
5. Let the pipe Y be closed after t minutes. 1 1
Part filled by both the pipes in 1 minute .
18 x 3x
Part filled by X in 18 min . 1 1 1 1 4
24 3 x 144.
t 36 x 3x 36 3x
Part filled by Y in t minutes
32 Hence, the slower pipe fill the tank in 144 minutes.
18 t 72 3t 1 1 yx
1 1 12. Net part filled by both the pipes in 1 hours
24 32 96 x y xy
72 3t 96 3t 24 t 8. 1 xy
Time taken to fill the tank hours = hours .
yx y x
6. Let the third pipe C can empty the cistern in x minutes. Then,
xy
1 1 1
Net Part filled by A, B and C together in 1 minute
13. Net part emptied by both the taps in 1 hour
1 1 3
60 75 x
5 8 40
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 546
40
50 60 75 x x 60 75 50 300 Time taken to empty the full cistern = hours
3
1 3 1
x 100 . 3 40 3
x 300 100 Time taken to empty th part of cistern = hours
4 3 4
Hence, the third pipe can empty it in 100 minutes. = 10 hours.
3
14. Time taken to fill half the tank hours = 3 hours
7. Time taken to fill th part = 1minute = 60 sec 6
5
2
2 5 2 1
Time taken to fill th part 60 sec = 40 sec Part filled by the tap in 1 hour .
5 3 5 6
1 1 7 4 2
8. Part filled by A and B together in 2 hours = 2 . Part filled by 4 taps in 1 hour .
6 8 12 6 3
Pipes and Cisterns 17.5
Time taken to fill remaining half of the tank by 4 taps 1
Time taken to fill the tank hours = 2 hours.
1 3 3 1
hours 60 minutes = 45 minutes.
2 2 4 2
2 1
Hence, total time taken to fill the tank = 3 hours 45 minutes 22. Part filled by A, B and C together in 2 hours .
6 3
15. Net part filled by A and B together in first 2 minutes
1 2
Remaining part 1 .
1 1 1 3 3
.
20 30 60 2
57 So, part fill by A and B together in 7 hour..
Part filled in 114 minutes . 3
60 2 1 2
Part filled by A and B together in 1 hour .
57 3 1 3 7 21
Remaining work 1 .
60 60 20 1 2 1
Part filled by C in 1 hour .
At 115th minute, it is A’s turn. 6 21 14
1 Hence, C alone fill the tank in 14 hours.
Part filled by A in 1 min .
20 1 1 9
23. Part of the tank filled by both pumps in 1 hour .
Total time taken to fill the cistern = (114 + 1) min = 115 min. 8 10 40
1 1 11 9 9
16. Part filled by A and B together in 1 minute . Part of the tank filled in 4 hours 4 .
20 24 120 40 10
1 24. Let the faster pipe fill the tank in x hours.
Part filled by A,B and C together in 1 minute .
15 Then, the slower pipe fill the tank in (x + 10) hours.
11 1 1 1 1
Part emptied by C in 1 minute . Part filled by both the pipes in 1 hour .
120 15 40 x x 10
Time taken by C to empty the tank = 40 minutes. 1 1 1 1 x 10 x
Capacity of the tank = (40 × 3) gallons = 120 gallons. 12 x x 10 12 x ( x 10)
1 1 5
17. Part filled by both pipes together in 1 hour . x 2 10 x 24 x 120 x 2 14 x 120 0
2 3 6
( x 20) ( x 6) 0 x 20 x can not be – ve
Time taken to fill the empty tank 6 hours = 1 hour 12 min.
5 Hence, the faster pipe fill the tank in 20 hours.
1 1 1
18. Part emptied by both the taps in 1 minute = 1 1 7
60 30 20 25. Part filled by A and B together in 7 minutes 7 .
36 45 20
1 7 13
Time taken to empty the full tank min = 20 min.
1 Remaining part 1
20
20
.
20 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 Part filled by A, B and C together in 1 min .
19. Part filled by the inlet alone in 1 hour . 36 45 30 60
6 8 24 13 13
Time taken to fill part 60 min 39 min.
Time taken by the inlet alone to fill the tank = 24 hours. 20 20
Now, Inlet pipe fills water at the rate of 4 litres. So, Time taken to fill the tank = (39 + 7) min = 46 min.
capacity of the tank = (24 × 60 × 4) litres = 5760 litres. 26. Suppose that the tap C can fill the cistern in x minutes. Then,
2 1 1 1 1
20. Part filled by A, B and C together in 2 hours . Part filled by A, B and C together in 1 min
6 3 30 40 x
1 2
Remaining part 1 .
1
1
1 1
1
1
1
1
3 3
10 30 40 x x 10 30 40
2
So, part is filled by A and B together in 8 hours. 1 12 4 3 5 1
3 x 24 .
x 120 120 24
2 1 1
Part filled by A and B together in 1 hour . Hence, tap C can fill the cistern in 24 minutes.
3 8 12
1 1 1 1
Part filled by C in 1 hour . 27. Part filled by P and Q together in 1 minute .
6 12 12 20
C alone can fill the tank in 12 hours. 1
Part filled by P in 1 minute .
21. Part filled by A, B and C together in 1 hour 30
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
. Part filled by Q in 1 minute .
4 6 12 2 20 30 60
17.6 Pipes and Cisterns
So, time taken by the tap to fill the tank = 30 hours.
1
Hence, time taken by Q to fill the tank minutes
1 Capacity of the tank = (30 × 60 × 4) litres = 7200 litres.
60 33. Let the time taken by pipe A to empty the pool be x hours.
= 60 minutes. Then, pipe B takes 2x hours to empty the pool.
28. Net part filled by A, B and C together in 1 hour 1 1 3
Part emptied by A and B together in 1 hour .
1 1 1 1 x 2x 2x
. 2x
3 5 2 30 Time taken by A and B together to empty it hours.
1 3
Time taken to fill the cistern hours = 30 hours.
1 2x
So, time taken by C to empty it
2 hours
4x
hours.
30 3 3
1 1 3 Now, part emptied by A, B and C together in 1 hour
29. Part filled by A and B together in 1 hour .
12 15 20 1 1 3 .
1 1 2
Part filled by A and C together in next 1 hour . x 2x 4x
12 20 15 3 1 1 3 20
Part filled in 2 hours
3
2
17
.
20
x 2x 4x 6 hours 40 minutes = 3 hours
20 15 60 3 423 9
17 17 12 x 180 x 15.
So, part filled in 6 hours 3 . 20 4x 4x
60 20
Hence, pipe A empty the pool in 15 hours.
17 3
Remaining part 1 .
20 20 1
34. Part filled by the first pipe in 1 hour
Next hour, it is A’s and B’s turn. 15
3 Part filled by first and second pipes together in 2 hours
part filled by A and B together in 1 hour 1 1 3
20 2 .
Total time taken to fill the tank = (6 + 1) hours = 7 hours. 15 12 10
30. Number of drops in 300 days = 300 × 24 × 60 × 60. 1 3 11
Total part filled till 11 a.m. .
Since, 600 drops make 100 ml, we have: 15 10 30
Part emptied in 1 hour, when all the pies opened together
300 24 60 60 1 1 1 1
300 × 24 × 60 × 60 drop make 100 ml .
600 15 12 4 10
300 24 60 60
100 litres = 4320 litres . 11
6 1000 Time taken to empty part or the tank
30
2
d d 2
31. Area of cross-section of pipe of diameter d . 11 11
2 4 10 hr hours = 3 hours 40 minutes.
30 3
Area of cross-section of pipe of diameter 2d d 2 d 2 .
Hence, the tank will be emptied at 2:40 p.m.
Since, area of cross-section of second pipe is 4 times to that of first 35. Since the diameter of second pipe is twice the diameter of first
pipe, therefore Volume of water drain by second pipe in certain pipe, therefore area of cross-section of second pipe is 4 times the
time is 4 times that by first pipe. So, time taken to drain a area of first pipe
1 So, volume of water emptied by the second pipe will be 4 times to
certain water tank by second pipe is times of that by first pipe
4 that of first pipe
Hence, Time taken by the second pipe to drain the water tank Time taken by the second pipes to empty the tank
40 40
10 minutes. 10 minutes.
4 4
1 Now, part emptied by both the pipes together in 1 minute
32. Part emptied by the leak in 1 hour .
10
1 1 1
1
Part emptied in 1 hour, when the tap is also opened . 40 10 8
15
Both the pipes together can empty the tank in 8 minutes.
1 1 1
Part filled by the tap in 1 hour .
10 15 30
18 PERCENTAGE
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Percentage : Percent means per hundered or out of 100. Percentage is a number or ratio expressed as a fraction of 100, denoted
by percent sign i.e. %
x 10 1 1 1
TF 2. Conversion of x% to fraction : we have x% i.e. 10% and 100 % 20%
100 100 10 5 5
TF 3. (i) If a certain value X increased by a%, then increased value = (100 + a)% of X
(ii) If a certain value X decreases by a%, then decreased value = (100 – a)% of X
TF 4. Let the present population of a village be P and suppose it increases at the rate of R % per annum then,
n
(i) Population after n years P 1
R
100
P
(ii) Population n years ago = n
R
1
100
TF 5. Let the present value of a machine be P and suppose it depreciates at the rate of R% per annum. Then,
n
(i) Value of the machine after n years = P 1 –
R
.
100
P
(ii) Value of the machine n years ago = n .
R
1 –
100
p
TF 6. (i) If X is p% more than Y, then Y is less than X by 100 % .
(100 p
p
(ii) If X is p% less than Y, then Y is more than X by 100 % .
(100 – p
TF 7. (i) If the price of a commodity increases by p%, then the reduction in consumption so that the expenditure is same
p
=
(100 p 100 % .
(ii) If the price of a commodity decreases by p%, then the increase in consumption so that the expenditure is same
p
= 100 %
(100 – p
TF 8. If the length of a rectangle increases by x% and breadth decreases by y%, then the area of the rectangle changed by
xy
x – y – % i.e. increased or decreased accordingly as the positive and negative values of the expression
100
xy
x – y – respectively..
100
18.1
18.2 Percentage
EXERCISE
1. A, B and C are three students. A got 18% more marks than B the number ofmango trees are apple trees. If the number
and 12% less than C. If B got 220 marks, then how much of apple trees are 1500, then the number of trees in the
marks has C got? [SSC CGL 2017] garden is [SSC CAPFs 2014]
(a) 230 (b) 240 (a) 45000 (b) 48000
(c) 290 (d) 295 (c) 50000 (d) 51000
2. After deducting 60% from a certain number and then 11. A man spends 75% of his income. His income is increased
deducting 15% from the remainder, 1428 is left. What was by 20% and he increased his expenditure by 10%. His
the initial number? [SSC CGL 2017] savings is increased by [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 3962 (b) 4150 (a) 10% (b) 25%
(c) 4200 (d) 4312
(c) 37 1 % (d) 50%
3. If A has got 20% more marks than B, then by what percent 2
marks of B are less than the marks of A? [SSC CGL 2017] 12. A man spends 40% of his monthly salary on food and one-
(a) 14.28 (b) 16.66 third of the remaining on transport. If he saves 4500 per
(c) 20 (d) 33.33 month, which is equal to half the balance after spending on
4. A person scores 45% of the total marks in the exam and food and transport, his monthly salary is
still fails by 40 marks. The passing percentage of the exam (a) 45,000 (b) 25,000
is 55%. What is the maximum marks of the exam? (c) 22,500 (d) 11,250
[SSC CGL 2017] 13. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is
(a) 300 (b) 350 2 : 3. If 25% of the boys and 30% of the girls are scholarship
(c) 400 (d) 500 holders, then the percentage of school students who are not
5. If x earns 25% more than y. What per cent less does y earn scholarship holders is [SSC CGL T-I 2013, 2014]
than x? (a) 36 (b) 54
(a) 10% (b) 16% (c) 60 (d) 72
(c) 20% (d) 25% 14. A class has two sections, which contain 20 and 30 students.
6. If 60% of A = 30% of B, then B = 40% of C, C = x% of A, The pass percentage of these sections are 80% and 60%
then the value of x is [SSC CGL T-II 2015] respectively. The pass percentage of whole class is
(a) 200 (b) 300 [SSC CHSL 2014]
(c) 500 (d) 800 (a) 78 (b) 70
(c) 68 (d) 60
7. When 60 is subtracted from 60% of a number, the result is
60. The number is 15. If 4 litres of water is evaporated on boiling from 12 litres of
(a) 200 (b) 180 salt solution containing 7 percentage salt, the percentage of
(c) 150 (d) 120 salt in the remaining solution is
(a) 13% (b) 12%
8. If X is 20% less than Y, then find the values of (c) 11.5% (d) 10.5%
YX X 16. The population of a village was 9800. In a year, with the
and [SSC CHSL 2014]
Y X Y increase in population of males by 8% and that of females
by 5%, the population of the village became 10,458. What
1 2 5
(a) ,4 (b) , was the number of males in the village before increase?
5 5 2 (a) 6048 (b) 5600
3 5 1 (c) 4410 (d) 4200
(c) , (d) 5,
5 3 4 17. The price of a commodity rises from 6 per kg to 7.50
2 A 3B per kg. If the expenditure cannot increase, the percentage
9. If 40% of (A + B) = 60% of (A – B) then is of reduction in consumption is [SSC CGL T-I 2011]
AB
[SSC 2012] (a) 30% (b) 25%
5 6 (c) 20% (d) 15%
(a) (b)
6 5 18. In an examination A got 25% marks more than B, B got
6 7 10% less than C and C got 25% more than D. If D got 320
(c) (d) marks out of 500, the marks obtained by A were
7 6 [SSC GL T-II 2013]
10. In a big garden, 60% of the trees are coconut trees, 25% of
(a) 360 (b) 400
the number of coconut trees are mango trees and 20% of
(c) 405 (d) 450
Percentage 18.3
19. A sample of 50 litres of glycerine is found to be adulterated 29. 25% of annual salary of A is equal to eighty percent of annual
to the extent of 20%. How much pure glycerine should be salary of B. The monthly salary of B is 40% of the monthly
added to it so as to bring down the percentage of impurity salary of C. The annual salary of C is 6 lac. What is the
to 5%? monthly salary of A? [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
(a) 149 litres (b) 150 litres (a) 56,000 (b) 60,000
(c) 150.4 litres (d) 155 litres (c) 62,000 (d) 64,000
20. 51% of a whole number is 714. 25% of that number is 30. A person gave 20% of his income to his elder son, 30% of
[SSC CHSL 2015] the remaining to the younger son and he donated 10% of
(a) 250 (b) 350 the balance to a trust. He is left with 10,080. His income
(c) 450 (d) 550 was
21. The number that is to be added to 10% of 320 to have the (a) 20,000 (b) 30,000
sum as 30% of 230 is [SSC CGL T-II 2014] (c) 40,000 (d) 50,000
(a) 23 (b) 32 31. The population of a town is 3, 11, 250. The ratio between
(c) 37 (d) 73 women and men is 43 : 40. If there are 24% literate among
men and 8% literate among women, the total number of
3 5 literate persons in the town is
22. A student multiplied a number by instead of . What is [SSC GL T-II 2012]
5 3 (a) 99,600 (b) 56,800
the percentage error in the calculation? (c) 48,900 (d) 41,800
32. In an examination there are three subjects of 100 marks
(a) 34% (b) 44% each. A student scores 60% in the first subject and 80% in
(c) 54% (d) 64% the second subject. He scored 70% in aggregate. His
23. If x% of a is the same as y% of b, then z% of b will be percentage of marks in the third subject is
[SSC 2012] [SSC CAPFs 2015]
y (a) 60 (b) 65
xy
(a) % of a (b) % of a (c) 70 (d) 80
z z
zx yz 33. The population of a town increases each year by 4% of its
(c) % of a (d) % of a total at the beginning of the year. If the population on 1st
y x
January 2001 was 5,00,000, what was it on 1st January
24. 0.001 is equivalent to [SSC 2012] 2004? [SSC CAPFs 2014]
(a) 0.01% (b) 0.1% (a) 4,65,223 (b) 5,62,432
(c) 1% (d) 10% (c) 5,64,232 (d) 6,52,432
25. The population of a village is 25,000. One fifth are female 34. An interval of 3 hours 40 minutes is wrongly estimated as 3
and the rest are males. 5% of males and 40% of females are hours 45.5 minutes. The error percentage is
uneducated. What percentage of the whole are educated? (a) 2.5% (b) 5%
[SSC MTS 2013] (c) 5.2% (d) 5.5%
(a) 55% (b) 75%
35. A number is divided into two parts in such a way that 80%
(c) 85% (d) 88%
of 1st part is 3 more than 60% of 2nd part and 80% of 2nd
26. Two numbers are less than a third number by 30% and 37% part is 6 more than 90% of the 1st part. Then the number is
[SSC CHSL 2012]
respectively. The percent by which the second number is
less than the first is [SSC SAB 2010]
(a) 145 (b) 135
(a) 3% (b) 4% (c) 130 (d) 125
(c) 7% (d) 10% 36. Two students appeared at an examination. One of them
27. When 60% of a number is subtracted from another number, secured 9 marks more than the other and his marks were
the second number reduces to its 52% ; the ratio of the first 56% of the sum of their marks. The marks obtained by them
number to the second number is [SSC CHSL 2011]
are [SSC CGL 2004]
(a) 4 : 5 (b) 5 : 4 (a) 39, 30 (b) 41, 32
(c) 5 : 3 (d) 6 : 5 (c) 42, 33 (d) 43, 34
37. An epidemic broke out in a village in which 5% of the
28. Deepak’s salary is 20% more than that of Vivek. If Deepak population died. Of the remaining, 20% fled out of panic.
saves 720 which is 4% of his salary, then Vivek’s salary If the present population is 4655, then the population of the
is village originally was [SSC CHSL 2015]
(a) 10,000 (b) 12,000 (a) 5955 (b) 5995
(c) 15,000 (d) 22,000 (c) 6000 (d) 6125
18.4 Percentage
38. 50% of a number when added to 50 is equal to number. (a) 5.5 (b) 5.2
The number is [SSC 2015] (c) 5 (d) 4.5
(a) 150 (b) 100 1
(c) 75 (d) 50 49. A spider climbed 62 % of the height of the pole in one
2
39. 1% of 1% of 25% of 1000 is [SSC 2014] 1
(a) 0.000025 (b) 0.0025 hour and in the next hour it covered 12 % of the remaining
2
(c) 0.025 (d) 0.25 height. If pole’s height is 192 m, then the distance climbed
40. B got 20% marks less than A. What per cent marks did A in second hour is
got more than B? (a) 9 m (b) 7 m
(a) 12% (b) 20% (c) 5 m (d) 3 m
(c) 25% (d) 80% 50. The number of employees working in a farm is increased
41. The time duration of 1 hour 45 minutes is what per cent of by 25% and the wages per head are decreased by 25%. If it
a day? results in x% decrease in total wages, then the value of x is
[SSC CGL 2004]
(a) 8.3% (b) 8.24%
(c) 7.292% (d) 7.218% (a) 0% (b) 20%
25
42. A box has 100 blue balls, 50 red balls, 50 black balls. 25% (c) 25% (d) %
4
of blue balls and 50% of red balls are taken away. The
51. In the expression xy2, the values of both variables x and y
percentage of black balls at present is [SSC CGL 2013]
are decreased by 20%. By this, the value of the expression
1 is decreased by [SSC CPO 2007]
(a) 25% (b) 33 %
3 (a) 40% (b) 48.8%
(c) 40% (d) 50% (c) 51.2% (d) 80%
43. In what ratio must 25% hydrochloric acid be mixed with 52. The bus fare and train fare of a place from Kolkata were
60% hydrochloric acid to get a mixture of 40% hydrochloric 20 and 30 respectively. Train fare has been increased
acid? [SSC 2014] by 20% and the bus fare has been increased by 10%. The
(a) 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 3 ratio of new train fare to new bus fare is
(c) 5 : 12 (d) 12 : 5 (a) 3 : 5 (b) 5 : 3
44. How much water must be added to 100 ml of 80 percent (c) 11 : 18 (d) 18 : 11
solution of boric acid to reduce it to a 50 per cent solution? 53. 1 litre of water is added to 5 litres of alcohol-water solution
[SSC 2011] containing 40% alcohol strength. The strength of alcohol
(a) 60 ml (b) 50 ml in the new solution will be [SSC CGL 2007]
(c) 40 ml (d) 30 ml 2 1
(a) 33 % (b) 33 %
45. The expenses on rice, fish and oil of a family are in the 3 3
ratio of 12 : 17 : 3. The prices of these articles are increased (c) 33% (d) 30%
by 20%, 30% and 50% respectively. The total expenses of 54. The allowances of an employee constitutes 165% of his
family on these articles are increased by basic pay. If he receives 11925 as gross salary, then his
1 1 1 1 basic is (in ) [SSC AG-III 2012]
(a) 7 % (b) 14 % (c) 28 % (d) 56 %
8 8 8 8 (a) 4000 (b) 4500
46. 20 litres of a mixture contains 20% alcohol and the rest (c) 5000 (d) 5500
water. If 4 litres of water be mixed in it, the percentage of 55. If Y% of one hour is 1 minute 12 seconds, then Y is equal to
alcohol in the new mixture will be [SSC CGL 2014] [SSC GD 2012]
1 2 1 1 1
(a) 12 % (b) 16 % (c) 25% (d) 33 % (a) (b)
2 3 3 4 2
(c) 1 (d) 2
47. Price of a commodity has increased by 60%. By what per
cent must a consumer reduce the consumption of the 56. In an office, 40% of the staff is female. 70% of the female
commodity so as not to increase the expenditure? staff and 50% of the male staff are married. The percentage
[SSC CGL 2011] of the unmarried staff in the office is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 60% (b) 40.5% (a) 42 (b) 54
(c) 37.5% (d) 37% (c) 60 (d) 64
48. If a man receives 3% interest, on one-fourth of his capital 57. If x% of y% of 80 is the same as 25% of 900, then the value
on two third 5% and on the remainder 11%, the percentage of xy is [SSC 2014]
he receives on the whole is [SSC 2012] (a) 28125 (b) 30100
(c) 32500 (d) 34200
Percentage 18.5
58. The sum of the numbers of boys and girls in a school is (a) 24 days (b) 25 days
150. If the number of boys is x, the number of girls becomes (c) 27 days (d) 30 days
x% of the total number of students. The number of boys is 67. A man had a certain amount with him. He spent 20% of that
(a) 40 (b) 50 to buy an article and 5% of the remaining on transport. Then
(c) 60 (d) 90 he gifted 120. If he is left with 1400, the amount he
59. The monthly salaries of A and B together amount to spent on transport is [SSC GL 2012]
40,000. A spends 85% of his salary and B spends 95% of (a) 61 (b) 76
his salary. If now their savings are the same, then the salary (c) 80 (d) 95
(in ) of A is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 18,000 (b) 16,000 68. What per cent of 15 hours is 18 seconds? [SSC 2014]
(c) 12,000 (d) 10,000 1 1
(a) % (b) %
60. This ratio of syrup and water in a mixture is 3 : 1, then the 30 36
percentage of syrup in this mixture is [SSC 2015]
(c) 30% (d) 36%
1 69. A’s weight is 140% of B’s weight. C’s weight is 90% of D’s
(a) 25% (b) 33 %
3 weight. D weighs twice as much as B. If A’s weight is x% of
2 C’s weight, then x is equal to [SSC 2011]
(c) 66 % (d) 75%
3 4
(a) 128 (b) 90
1 7
61. If 30% of A = 0.25 of B = of C, then A : B : C is equal to 7
5 (c) 77 (d) 64 2
[SSC CGL 2004] 9 9
(a) 10 : 12 : 15 (b) 6 : 5 : 4
(c) 5 : 24 : 5 (d) 5 : 6 : 4 70. 25% of 120 + 40% + 380 = ? of 637
[SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
62. Three sets of 40, 50 and 60 students appeared for an
1
examination and the pass percentage was 100, 90 and 80 (a) (b) 2
respectively. The pass percentage of the whole set is 7 7
[SSC GL 2013]
3 4
1 2 (c) (d)
(a) 84 % (b) 84 % 7 7
3 3
1 2 71. Two numbers are respectively 25% and 20% less than a
(c) 88 % (d) 88 % third number. What percent is the first number of the
3 3
second?]
63. The present population of a village is 67,600. It has been (a) 93.75% (b) 80%
increasing annually at the rate of 4%. What was the (c) 75% (d) 5%
population of the village two years ago?
(a) 65,200 (b) 64,756 72. What per cent of 3.6 kg is 72 gm? [SSC GL 2012]
(c) 63,000 (d) 62,500 (a) 2% (b) 12%
64. Two sales people, Meena and Tina, get their sales (c) 22% (d) 32%
commissions based on the number of items sold each month. 73. In a college, 40% of the students were allotted group A,
Their total sales commission amounts to 56100 in a 75% of the remaining were given group B and the remaining
particular month. If Meena got her commission 120% higher 12 students were given group C. Then the number of students
than Tina, how much commission did Tina earn? who applied for the group is [SSC GL 2013]
[SSC CISF 2016]
(a) 60 (b) 80
(a) 17531 (b) 17575
(c) 92 (d) 100
(c) 26430 (d) 26462
65. A and B are two fixed points 5 cm apart and C is a point on 74. The sum of (16% of 24.2) and (10% of 2.42) is
AB such that AC is 3 cm. If the length of AC is increased by [SSC 2014]
6%, the length of CB is decreased by [SSC CGL 2007] (a) 0.4114 (b) 4.114
(a) 9% (b) 8% (c) 41.14 (d) 411.4
(c) 7% (d) 6% 1
75. 83 % of 90 is equal to 60% of ? [SSC 2015]
66. A supply of juice lasts for 35 days. If its use is increased by 3
40%, then the number of days for which the same amount (a) 122 (b) 123
of juice will lasts, is [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 124 (d) 125
18.6 Percentage
76. If a number x is 10% less than another number y and y is 86. Given A is 50% larger than C and B is 25% larger than C,
10% more than 125, then x is equal to then A is what per cent larger than B? [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 123.75 (b) 140.55 (a) 20% (b) 25%
(c) 143 (d) 150 (c) 50% (d) 75%
77. If 50% of (P – Q) = 30% of (P + Q) and Q = x% of P, then 87. Half of 1 per cent written as a decimal is
the value of x is [SSC CGL 2013] (a) 0.005 (b) 0.05
(a) 20 (b) 25 (c) 0.02 (d) 0.2
(c) 30 (d) 50 88. In a village 30% of the population is literate. If the total
78. A number is divided into two parts in such a way that 80% population of the village is 6600, then the number of illiterate
of 1st part is 3 more than 60% of 2nd part and 80% of 2nd is [SSC 2014]
part is 6 more than 90% of the 1st part. Then the number is (a) 1980 (b) 2200
[SSC 2012] (c) 3280 (d) 4620
(a) 145 (b) 135 89. If 50% of (x – y) = 30% of (x + y), then what percent of x is y?
(c) 130 (d) 125 (a) 400% (b) 40%
79. What percent decrease in salaries would exactly cancel out 1
(c) 33 % (d) 25%
the 20 percent increase? [SSC CGL 2000] 3
2 90. Bimal saves 14% of his salary while Kamal saves 22%. If
(a) 16 % (b) 18%
3 both get the same salary and kamal saves 1540, what are
1 the savings of Bimal? [SSC 2010]
(c) 20% (d) 33 % (a) 880 (b) 890
3
(c) 980 (d) 990
80. Out of his total income, Ajay spends 20% on house rent
and 70% of the rest on household expenses. If he saves 91. Given that 10% of A’s income = 15% of B’s income = 20%
1800, what is his total income (in rupees)? of C’s income. If the sum of their income is 7800, then
[SSC FCI AG-III 2013] B’s income is [SSC CGL 2005]
(a) 7000 (b) 7500 (a) 1800 (b) 2400
(c) 7800 (d) 8000 (c) 3000 (d) 3600
81. 300 grams of sugar solution has 40% of sugar in it. How 92. The ratio of the number of boys to that of girls in a village
much sugar should be added to make it 50% in the solution? is 3 : 2. If 30% of boys and 70% of girls appeared in an
[SSC CGL 2015] examination, the ratio of the number of villagers, appeared
(a) 10 gram (b) 40 gram in the examination to that not appeared in the same
(c) 60 gram (d) 80 gram examination is [SSC CAPFs 2015]
82. A number is increased by x%; to get back to the original (a) 1 : 1 (b) 9 : 14
number, it is to be reduced by [SSC CAPFs 2015]
(c) 23 : 27 (d) 27 : 23
x 93. The price of an article was increased by r%. Later the new
(a) x% (b) % price was decreased by r%. If the latest price was 1, then
100 x
the original price was [SSC CGL 2004]
10 x 100 x
(c) % (d) % 1 r2 1 r2
100 x 100 x (a)
(b)
100 100
83. Two persons contested an election of Parliament. The
winning candidate secured 57% of the total votes polled (c) 1 (d) 10000
and won by a majority of 42,000 votes. The number of total 2
10000 r
votes polled is [SSC MTS 2013]
(a) 3,00,000 (b) 4,00,000 94. Tickets for all but 100 seats in a 10,000 seat stadium were
(c) 5,00,000 (d) 6,00,000 sold. Of the tickets sold, 20% were sold at half price and
the remaining tickets were sold at the full price of 20.
4 3 The total revenue from the ticket sales, in was [SSC 2011]
84. If 40% of of of a number is 48, then what is 1% of the
5 4 (a) 1,98,000 (b) 1,80,000
same number? [SSC 2014] (c) 1,78,200 (d) 1,58,400
(a) 1 (b) 2
95. The Government reduced the price of sugar by 10 per cent.
(c) 10 (d) 20
By this a consumer can buy 6.2 kg more sugar for 837.
85. If 8% of x = 4% of y, then 20% of x is [SSC 2014] The reduced price per kg of sugar is [SSC SO 2006]
(a) 80% of y (b) 40% of y (a) 14.00 (b) 13.50
(c) 16% of y (d) 10 % of y (c) 13.00 (d) 12.50
Percentage 18.7
96. In a school 40% of the students play football and 50% play 5% per hour in next two hours. If the original count of the
cricket. If 18% of the students neither play football nor red blood cells in the sample is 40000, find the approximate
cricket the percentage of the students playing both is red blood cell count at the end of 6 h. [SSC CISF 2016]
(a) 8% (b) 22% (a) 48000 (b) 48025
(c) 32% (d) 40% (c) 48054 (d) 48920
97. A candidate who gets 20% marks in an examination, fails 103. The sum of two positive numbers is 20% of the sum of their
by 30 marks. But if he gets 32% marks, he gets 42 marks squares and 25% of the difference of their squares. If the
more than the minimum pass marks. Find the pass x y
percentage of marks. [SSC 2015] numbers are x and y then, is equal to [SSC GD 2015]
x2
(a) 12% (b) 20% 1 1
(c) 25% (d) 52% (a) (b)
3 4
98. In an examination 75% candidates passed in English and
2 3
60% passed in Mathematics. 25% failed in both and 240 (c) (d)
passed the examination. Find the total number of candidates. 9 8
[SSC CAPFs 2014] 104. In an examination, 19% students fail in Mathematics and
(a) 300 (b) 400 10% students fail in English. If 7% of all students fail in
(c) 492 (d) 500 both subjects, then the number of students passed in both
99. A reduction of 21% in the price of an item enables a person subject is [SSC 2014]
to buy 3 kg more for 100. The reduced price of item per (a) 36% of all students (b) 64% of all students
kg is [SSC CGL T-II 2014, 2015] (c) 71% of all students (d) 78% of all students
(a) 5.50 (b) 7.00 105. Due to an increase of 50% in the price of eggs, 4 eggs less
(c) 7.50 (d) 10.50 are available for 24. The present rate of eggs per dozen is
[SSC 2010]
100. In an assembly election, a candidate got 55% of the total
(a) 42 (b) 36
valid votes. 2% of the total votes were declared invalid. If
(c) 27 (d) 24
the total number of voters is 104000, then the number of
valid votes polled in favour of the candidate is 106. The present price of a scooter is 7,290. If its value
[SSC CHSL 2012] decreases every year by 10%, then its value 3 years back
(a) 56056 (b) 56506 was [SSC CAPFs 2015]
(c) 56560 (d) 56650 (a) 8,000 (b) 10,000
101. The value of a machine is 6250. It decreases by 10% (c) 10,500 (d) 11,500
during the first year. 20% during the second year and 30% 107. If the numerator of a fraction is increased by 20% and the
during the third year. What will be the value of the machine denominator is decreased by 5%, the value of the new
after 3 years?
fraction becomes 5 . The original fraction is [SSC CGL 2005]
[SSC MTS 2013]
(a) 2650 (b) 3050 2
(c) 3150 (d) 3510 3 24
(a) (b)
102. The red blood cells in a blood sample grows by 10% per 18 19
hour in first two hours, decreases by 10% in next one hour, 48 95
(c) (d)
remains constant in next one hour and again increases by 95 48
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (a)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (b) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (a) 57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (d)
61. (a) 62. (d) 63. (d) 64. (a) 65. (a) 66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (a) 72. (a) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (d) 76. (a) 77. (b) 78. (b) 79. (a) 80. (b)
81. (c) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (b) 85. (d) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (d) 89. (a) 90. (c)
91. (d) 92. (c) 93. (d) 94. (c) 95. (b) 96. (a) 97. (c) 98. (b) 99. (b) 100. (a)
101. (a) 102. (b) 103. (c) 104. (d) 105. (b) 106. (b) 107. (d)
18.8 Percentage
SOLUTIONS
1. Suppose C got x marks. 80 X 4
8. X = (100 – 20)% of Y X = Y .
88 100 Y 5
Then, A’s marks = (100 – 12)% of x x.
100 X
Y 1
[ A’s marks = 12% less than C’s marks] YX Y 1 4 1
Y Y 5 5
Now, A’s marks = 118 % of B’s marks.
X X 1
[ A’s marks = 18% more than B’s marks] and 4.
X Y Y 5
X 1 1
88 x 118 88 x X 4
B 's marks B’s marks =
100 100 118 9. 40% of (A + B) = 60% of (A – B)
88 x 220 118 40 60
220 x 295. ( A B) ( A – B)
118 88 100 100
2. Let the initial number be x. 2(A + B) = 3(A – B) 2A + 2B = 3A – 3B A = 5B.
Then, (100 – 15) % of (100 – 60) % of x = 1428. 2 A 3B 10 B 3B 7 B 7
.
85 40 A B 5B B 6B 6
x 1428 x 4200 .
100 100 10. Let the number of trees in the garden be x.
120 Then, 20% of {25% of (60% of x)} = 1500
3. Marks of A (Marks of B ) .
100
20 25 60
Marks of B 100 x 1500 x 50000 .
100 100 100
.
Marks of A 120 So, the number of trees in the garden is 50000.
Percentage of marks of B with respect to that of 11. Let the man’s income be 100.
Then, expenditure = (75% of 100) = 75.
100
A 100 % 83.33% . Savings = (100 – 75) = 25.
120
New income
Marks of B are less than that of A = (100 – 83.33)% = 16.67%. = {(100 + 20)% of 100} = (120% of 100) = 120.
4. Let the total marks be x. New expenditure
55 x 110
Then, Passing marks = 55% of x . = {(100 + 10)% of 75} = 75 82.5 .
100 100
55 x New savings = (120 – 82.5) = 37.5.
Now, 45 % of x + 40 =
100 Increase in savings = (37.5 – 25) = 12.5.
45 55 x
x 40 12.5
100 100 Percentage increase in savings = 100 % 50% .
x = 400. 25
Maximum Marks = 400. 12. Let the monthly be x.
5. y’s earning is less than x’s earning by Then, the balance after spending on food and transpart.
25 25 1
100 25 100 % 125 100 % 20% . [See TF 6(i)] 1 – of (100 – 40) % of x = (2 × 4500) = 9000.
3
6. 60% of A = 30% of B (given) 2 60 9000 100 3
x 9000 x 22500 .
60 30 3 100 2 60
A B B 2A .
100 100
So, his monthly salary is 22500.
Also, B = 40% of C 2A = 40% of C
13. Let the number of Boys and girls be 200 and 300 respectively.
40
2A C C 5A . Then,
100
Number of scholarship holders = 25% of 200 + 30% of 300
Now, C = x% of A
25 30
x 200 300 140 .
5 A x% of A 5 A A x 500 . 100 100
100
7. Let the number be x. Number of Students who are not scholarship holders
Then, (60% of x) – 60 = 60 = 500 – 140 = 360.
60 3x 360
x 60 60 120 x 200 . Required percentage = 100 % 72% .
100 5 500
Percentage 18.9
14. Total passed students = 80% of 20 + 60% of 30 20. Let the whole number be x. Then,
80 60
20 30 16 18 34 . 51
100 100 51% of x 714 x 714 x 1400.
100
34
Pass percentages of whole class = 100 % 68% .
50 25
25% of 1400 1400 350 .
7 100
15. Quantity of salt in the solution = 12 litres = 0.84 litres .
100 21. Let the number that is to be added be x.
Quantity of solution after evaporation = (12 – 4) litres = 8 litres. Then, 10% of 320 + x = 30% of 230
0.84 10 30
Percentage of salt in the remaining solution = 100 % 320 x 230 32 + x = 69 x = 37.
8 100 100
84 22. Let the number be x.
= % 10.5% .
8 5 3 16
Then, the error in the calculation = x– x x.
3 5 15
16. Suppose the original number of males be x.
Percentage errror in the calculation
Then, the original number of females = 9800 – x.
16 x / 15
Now, 108% of x + 105% of (9800 – x) = 10458 = 100 % 64%
5x / 3
108 105
x (9800 x) 10458 23. x% of a = y% of b
100 100
x y xa
1029000 + 3x = 1045800 3x = 16800 x = 5600. a b b
100 100 y .
The number of males before increase = 5600.
xa z xa zx 1
z % of b z % of a
17. Let the initial consumption be x kg. y 100 y y 100
Then, expenditure = 6x. [ Initial price = 6 per kg] zx
= % of a .
6x y
New consumption = kg (0.8 x) kg.
7.50 1 1
[New price = 7.50 per kg] 24. 0.001 100 % 0.1% .
1000 1000
Reduction in consumption =
1
x 0.8 x 25. Number of females = 25000 5000 .
100 % (0.2 100)% 20% . 5
x Number of males = 25000 – 5000 = 20000.
18. C’s marks = 125% of D’s marks = 125% of 320 Number of educated people = (95% of 20000) + (60% of 5000)
95 60
125 20000 5000 19000 3000 22000 .
320 400 . 100 100
100
22000
B’s marks = (100 – 10)% of C’s marks = 90% of 400 Percentage of the educated people = 100 % 88%
25000
26. Let the third number be 100.
90
400 360 . 70
100 Then, 1st number = 70% of 100 = 100 70;
100
A’s marks = (100 + 25)% of B’s marks = (125% of 360) 63
2nd Number = 63% of 100 100 63
125 100
360 450 .
100 70 63
Required percentage = 100 % 10%
70
20 27. Let the 1st number and 2nd number be x and y respectively.
19. Impurity in 50 litres of glycerine = 50 litres 10 litres .
100 Then, y – 60% of x = 52% of y.
Let the quantity of pure glycerine to be added be x litres. 60 52 60 48
y x y x y
100 100 100 100
10 5 x 48 4
Then, 1000 = 250 + 5x x: y 4:5.
50 x 100 y 60 5
28. Let Deepak’s salary be = x. Then,
750
5x = 750 x = 150 litres. 4
5 4% of x 720 x 720
100
18.10 Percentage
720 100 R
n
x 18000 Population after 3 years = P 1 [See TF 4(i)]
4 100
Now, Deepak’s salary = (100 + 20)% of Vivek’s salary 3
4 26 26 26
500000 1 500000 25 25 25 562432 .
120 100
18000 Vivek’s salary
100 34. Clearly, 3 hours 40 minutes = 220 minutes
and 3 hours 45.5 minutes = 225.5 minutes.
18000 100
Vivek’s salary = 15000
Error percentage
120
225.5 220 5.5
29. Let the monthly salary of A be x. = 100 % 100 % 2.5%
220 220
600000 35. Let 1st and 2nd parts be x and y respectively.
Monthly salary of C 50000 .
12
Then, 80% of x = (60% of y) + 3
Monthly salary of B = (40% of 50000) 80 60
x y3 4x 3 y 3 . ... (i)
40 100 100
= 50000 20000 .
100 Also, 80% of y = 90% of x + 6.
Now, 25% of monthly salary (A)
80 90
= 80% of monthly salary (B) y x6 8 y 9x 6 . ... (ii)
100 100
25% of x = 80% of 20000 On solving (i) and (ii), we get.
25 80 80 20000 x = 60 and y = 75.
x 20000 x 64000 .
100 100 25
Number = 60 + 75 = 135.
So, the monthly salary of A is 64000.
36. Let the marks of second students be x.
30. Let the total income be x.
Then, marks of the first student = x + 9.
Then,
56
(100 – 10)% of (100 – 30)% of (100 – 20%) of x = 10080 (x + 9) = 56% of (x + x + 9) x 9 (2 x 9)
100
90 70 80 100x + 900 = 112x + 504
x 10080
100 100 100
12x = 396 x = 33.
10080 100 100 100 Marks obtained by them are 33 + 9, 33 i.e., 42, 33.
x 20000 .
90 70 80
37. Let the original population of the village be x.
So, his income was 20000. Then (100 – 20)% of (100 – 5)% of x = 4655
31. Total number of women in town 80 95
x 4655 x = 6125
43 100 100
= 311 250 161250 .
(43 40) 38. Let the number be x. Then,
(50% of x) + 50 = x
Total number of men in town = 311250 – 161250 = 150000.
50 x x
Total numbers of literate person x 50 x 50 x 50 x 100 .
100 2 2
= 24% of 150000 + 8% of 161250 So, the number is 100.
24 8 1 1 25
150000 161250 39. 1% of 1% of 25% of 1000 = 1000
100 100 100 100 100
= 36000 + 12900 = 48900. 25
= 0.025 .
32. Let the marks scored in third subject be x% 1000
Then, 60% of 100 + 80% of 100 + x% of 100 20
40. A’s marks is more than B’s marks by 100 %
= 70% of (100 + 100 + 100). 100 20
60 80 x 70 20
100 100 100 300 . 100 % 25% . [See TF 6(ii)]
100 100 100 100 80
60 + 80 + x = 210 x = 210 – 140 = 70. 41. 1 hour 45 mimutes
33. P = 500000, R = 4% n = 3 years. 45 7
= 1 hours hours and 1 day 24 hours .
60 4
Percentage 18.11
7 xy 5y
4 New consumption units units .
Required percentage = 100 % 700 % 7.292% . 8x / 5 8
24 96
42. Total balls at present Decrease in consumption
= (100 – 25)% of 100 + (100 – 50)% of 50 + 50 5y
y 8 3
75 50 = 100 % 100 % 37.5% .
= 100 50 50 75 25 50 150 . y 8
100 100
Short trick
50 1 Reduction in consumption
Percentage of black balls at present = 100 % 33 % .
150 3
x 60
43. By the rule of alligation 100 % 100 % 37.5%. [See TF 7(i)]
(100 x ) 100
Hydrochloric Hydrochloric 48. Let the total capital be x.
Acid Acid
(25%) (60%) Then, total interest
Mixture
1 2 1
(40%) = 3% of of x 5% of of x 11% of of x
4 3 12
40 – 25 = 15 60 – 40 = 20
3 1 5 2 11 1
Required ratio = 20 : 15 = 4 : 3. x x x
100 4 100 3 100 12
44. Quantity of boric in 100 ml mixture 3 x 10 x 11x 9 x 40 x 11x 60 x x
.
80 400 300 1200 1200 1200 20
= 80 % of 100 ml 100 ml = 80 ml.
100 x / 20 100
Interest recieved on whole = 100 % % 5% .
Let x ml of water be added. x 20
80 50 1
Then 160 100 x x 60 ml .
100 x 100 49. Height of the pole climbed in first hour = 62 % of 192 m
2
45. Let the expenses on rice, fish and oil be 12x, 17x and 3x 125 1
= 192 m = 120m.
respectively. Then, 2 100
Total expenses = (12x + 17x + 3x) = (32x). Remaining height of the pole = (192 – 120)m = 72 m.
After increased the prices of these articles by 20%, 30% and 50% 1
Height of the pole climbed in second hour = 12 % of 72 m .
respectively, 2
Total new expenses = 120% of 12x + 130% of 17x + 150% of 3x 25 1
= 72 m = 9m .
120 130 150 2 100
12 x 17 x 3x 41x .
100 100 100 50. Let the original number of employees be x and original wages per
Increase in expenses head be y.
41x 32 x 225 1 Then original total wages = (xy).
= 100 % % 28 % .
32 x 8 8 5x
New number of employees = (125% of x) = .
46. Quantityof alcohol = (20 % of 20) l. 4
20 3y
20 l 4l . New wages per head = (75% of y) = .
100 4
After mixed 4 litres of water, quantity of mixture 5x 3 y 15 xy
New total wages = .
= (20 + 4) l = 2l. 4 4 16
Percentage of alcohol in the mixture Decrease in total wages
4 100 2 15 xy
100 % % 16 % . xy 16 1 25
24 6 3 = 100 % 100 % %.
xy 16 4
47. Let the price per unit be x and consumption be y units.
51. Let the value of x and y be 100 each.
Then, initial expenditure = (xy). They xy2 = 10 × 102 = 1000.
8x After decreased by 20% , x and y becomes (100 – 20)% of 10
New price per unit = (160% of x ) .
5 i.e. 8.
18.12 Percentage
So, New value of xy2 = 8 × 82 = 512. 15 5
x (40000 – x )
1000 512 100 100
The expression xy2 is decreased by 100 %
1000 3x = 40000 – x
i.e. 48.8%. 4x = 40000 x = 10000.
52. New train fare = (100 + 20)% of 30 =
120 So, the monthly salary of A is 10000.
30 24 .
100
60. Let the quantity of syrup and water in the mixture be 3x and x
110 respectively.
New bus fare = (100 + 10)% 20 22 .
100
3x
Percentage of syrup in the mixture = 100 % 75% .
New train fare : New bus fare = 36 : 18 = 22 : 11 3x x
40 1
53. Quantity of alcohol in the solution = 5 litres = 2 litres . 61. Let 30% of A = 0.25 of B of C k .
100 5
30 10k
2 1 Then, 30% of A = k Ak A ;
Strength of alcohol in new solution = 100 % 33 % . 100 3
6 3
54. Let Basic Pay be (x). 25
0.25 of B = k B k B 4k ;
100
Then, (100 + 165)% of x = 11925
1 1
[Gross salary = Basic Pay + Allowances] of C k C k C 5k .
5 5
265 11925 100
x 11925 x 4500 . 10 k
100 265 A: B :C : 4k : 5k 10 :12 :15 .
3
Basic pay of the employee = 4500. 62. Total number of students = 40 + 50 + 60 = 150.
55. y% of 1 hour = 1 minute 12 seconds (Given) Total number of passed students
y
1 hour 1 minute 12 second = (100% of 40 + 90% of 50 + 80% of 60).
100
y 100 90 80
3600 72 y 2 . = 40 50 60 40 45 48 133 .
100 100 100 100
56. Let the total number of staff be 100. Then, 133 2
Pass percentage of whole set = 100 % 88 % .
40 150 3
Number of females = (40% of 100) = 100 40;
100 63. P = 67600, R = 4%, n = 2 years.
Number of males = (100 – 40) = 60. P
Population of the village n years ago = n
[See TF 4(ii)]
Number of unmarried staff R
1
100
= (100 – 70)% of 40 + (100 – 50)% of 60%
67600 67600 67600 25 25
30 50 62500
= 40 60 42 . 4
2
26
2
26 26
100 100 1 .
100 25
42
Percentage of unmarried staff = 100 % 42% . 64. Let the commission of Tina be x.
100
57. x% of y% of 80 = 25% of 900 Then, Meena’s commission = (100 + 120)% of x.
220 11x
x y 25 = x =
80 900 100 5
100 100 100
11x
25 900 100 x 56100 .
xy 28125 . 5
80
56100 5
58. x + x% of 150 = 150 x 17531 .
16
x 3x 5x
x 150 150 x 150 150 x 60 . So, Tina earn 17531 as commission.
100 2 2
65. AB = AC + CD.
Total number of boys = 60.
5 = 3 + CB CB = 2 cm.
59. Let the monthly salary of A be x.
106
Then, monthly salary of B = (40000 – x). Now AC = (100 6)% of 3 cm 3 cm = 3.18 cm.
100
(100 – 85)% of x = (100 – 95)% of (40000 – x)
So, CB = (5 – 3.18) cm = 1.82 cm.
Percentage 18.13
73. Let the number of students who applied for the group be x. Then,
Length of CB decreased by 2 1.82 100 %
2 40
number of students alloted in group A = 40% of x = x.
0.18 100
100 % 9% .
2 2 x 3x
Remaining students = x .
66. Let the consumption of juice be x litres per day. 5 5
Then, total consumption = 35x litres. Number of students alloted in group B
Now, new consumption per day = (x + 40% of x) litres 3 x 75 3 x 9 x
= 75% of .
5 100 5 20
40 7x
x x litres litres . 3x 9 x 3x
100 5 Now, remaining students = .
5 20 20
35 x
Same amount of juice will lasts for days i.e., 25 days. 3x
7x / 5 12 x 80 .
20
67. Let the total amount be x.
Hence, the total number of students applied for the group is 80.
Then, (100 – 5)% of (100 – 20)% of x – 120 = 1400.
74. Required sum = (16% of 24.2) + (10% of 2.42)
95 80
x 1520 x 2000 . 16 10
100 100 = 24.2 2.42 = 3.872 + 0.242 = 4.114.
100 100
Amount spent on transport = 5% of (100 – 20)% of 2000.
5 80 1
2000 = 80. 75. 83 % of 90 60% of x
= 3
100 100
68. 15 hours = (15 × 60 × 60) seconds. 250 1 60
90 x x = 125.
18 1 3 100 100
Required percentage = 100 % % .
15 60 60 30 110
125 137.5 .
76. y = 110% of 125 =
7 100
69. A = 140% of B = A B ;
5 90
9 x 90% of 137.5 137.5 123.75 .
C = 90% of D = C = D; 100
10
77. 50% of (P – Q) = 30% of (P + Q).
9 9B
D = 2B C 2B
50 30
10 5 ( P Q) ( P Q ) 5( P Q ) 3( P Q )
Now, A = x% of C 100 100
x 7 x 9B 5P – 5Q = 3P + 3Q 2P = 8Q P = 4Q.
A C B
100 5 100 5 Q = x% of P Q = x% of 4Q
700 7 x
x 77 Q 4Q x 25 .
9 9 100
70. Let 25% of 120 + 40% of 380 = x% of 637 So, the number of trees in the garden is 50000.
25 40 x 78. Let the first and second parts be x and y respectively 80% of 1st
120 380 637
100 100 100 part is 3 more than 60% of 2nd part .
637 2 80% of x = (60% of y) + 3
30 152 637 x 182 637 x x .
182 7
80 60 4x 3y
71. Let the third number be 100. x y 3 3
100 100 5 5
75
Then, 1st number = (75)% of 100 = 100 75 4x – 3y = 15. ...(i)
100
Also, 80% of 2nd part is 6 more than 90% of 1st part.
80
and 2nd number = (80)% of 100 100 80 . 80% of y = (90% of x) + 6
100
80 90 4 y 9x
75 y x 6 6
Required percentage = 100 % 93.75% . 100 100 5 10
80
8y – 9x = 12. ...(ii)
72
72. Required percentage = 100 % 2% . Solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 60 and y = 75.
3.6 1000
The number = 60 + 75 = 135.
18.14 Percentage
79. Percentage decrease in salaries = C
4
20 50 2 Required percentage = 100 % 20%
100 20 100 % 3 % 16 3 % . [See TF 6(i)] 5c
4
80. Let the total income be (x).
1
Then, (100 – 70)% of (100 – 20)% of x = 1800 87. 1% .
100
30 80
x 1800 1 1 1
100 100 Half of 1% 0.005 .
2 100 200
1800 100 100 88. Number of illiterate = (100 – 30)% of 6600
x 7500 .
30 80 70
= 6600 4620 .
100
So, Ajay’s total income is 7500.
81. Quantity of sugar in 300 gm solution 89. 50% of (x – y) = 30% of (x + y)
50 30
40 ( x y) ( x y)
= 300 grams 120 grams . 100 100
100
5(x – y) = 3(x + y) 5x – 5y = 3x + 3y 2x = 8y x = 4y.
Let the quantity of sugar to be added be x grams.
120 x 50 y y
Then, Required percentage = 100 % 100 % 25% .
300 x 100 x 4 y
240 + 2x = 300 + x x = 60 grams. 90. Let the salary of Bimal and Kamal be x. Then,
x 100 x Kamal’s savings = (22% of x).
82. The number reduced by 100 % %
100 x 100 x 1540 = 22% of x
[See TF 6(i)] 22 1540 100
1540 x x 7000 .
83. Let the toal number of votes polled be x. 100 22
Then, winning candidate got (57% of x) votes and loosing candidate 14
got {(100 – 57)% of x} votes. Bimal’s savings (14% of 7000) 7000 980 .
100
57 43 91. Let the 10 % of A’s = 15% of B’s income = 20% of
x x 42000
100 100
C’s income = K.
14 x 42000 100
42000 x 300000 . 10
100 14 Then, × A’s income = K A’s income = 10 K ;
100
Hence, the total number of votes polled is 300000.
15 20 K
84. Let the number be x. Then, × B’s income = K B’s income ;
100 3
4 3
40% of of of x 48 20
5 4 × C’s income = K C’s income = 5K.
100
40 4 3
x 48 x 200 .
100 5 4 20 K
10K + + 5K = 78000 30K + 20K + 15K = 22400.
1 3
1% of 200 200 2 .
100 22400
65K = 22400 K= = 360
85. 8% of x = 4% of y 65
8 4 5 8 5 4
x y x y 20 K 20 360
100 100 2 100 2 100 B’s income = = = 2400
3 3
20 10
x y 20% of x 10% of y. 92. Let the number of boys and girls be 300 and 200 respectively. Then,
100 100
Total number of villagers = 300 + 200 = 500
150 6C
86. A = (100 + 50)% of C A C . Now, total number of villagers appeared in the examination
100 4
125 5C = (30% of 300 + 70% of 200)
B = (100 + 25)% of C B C .
100 4 30 70
= 300 200 90 140 230 .
6C 5C C 100 100
Now, A – B = .
4 4 4
Percentage 18.15
Total number of villagers that not appeared in the examination 150
Required percentage = 100 % 25 %.
= 500 – 230 = 270. 600
Required ratio = 230 : 270 = 23 : 27. 98. Let the total number of students be x.
93. Let the original price be x. Let A and B be the sets of students who passed in English and
Mathematics respectively.
(100 – r)% of (100 + r)% of x = 1
Then, n(A) = 75% of x;
(100 r ) (100 r ) n(B) = 60% of x.
x 1
100 100 Now 25% students failed in both subjects.
100 100 10000 Number of students who either passed in English or in
x
(100 r ) (100 r ) 10000 r 2 . Mathematics or in both the subjects = (100 – 25)% = 75% of x.
10000 i.e., n(A B) = 75% of x.
So, the original price of the article was 2
.
10000 r Now n(A B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A B).
= 75% of x + 60% of x – 75% of x = 60% of x.
94. Ticket sold = 10000 – 100 = 9900.
60
20 240 = 60% of x 240 x x 400 .
Tickets sold at half price = (20% of 9900) = 9900 1980 . 100
100
Hence, the total number of students is 400.
80
Tickets sold at the full price = 80 % of 9900 = 9900 7920 . 99. Let the original price be x per kg.
100
Total Revenue from the ticket sales 79 x
Then, the reduced price per kg = {(100 – 21)% of x} =
= (1980 × 10 + 7920 × 20). 100
= (19800 + 158400 ) = 178200 100 100 10000 100 700
3 3 3 x
95. Let original rate be x per kg. 79 x x 79 x x 79
100
9x
Then, reduced rate per kg = 90% of x . 79 x 79 700
10 Reduced price per kg = 7 .
930 837 100 100 79
837 837
6.2 6.2
100. Number of valid votes = (100 – 2)% of 104000
9x x x x .
10 = 98% of 104000
93 93 Valid votes polled in favour of the candidate
6.2 x 15 .
x 6.2
= 55% of 98% of 104000
Reduced price per kg of sugar 15 13.50 .
9x 9
55 98
10 10 10400 56056 .
100 100
96. Suppose the total number of students be 100.
101. Value of machine after 3 years
Let A and B be the sets of students who play football and cricket
= [(100 – 30)% of (100 – 20)% of (100 – 10)% of 6250]
respectively.
70 80 90 7 8 9 625
n(A) = 40. 6250 = 3150.
100 100 100 100
n(B) = 50.
102. Approximate blood count at the end of 6 hours
Now, 18 students neither play football nor cricket.
= (100 + 5)% of (100 + 5)% of (100 – 10)% of (100 + 10)% of
Number of students who play either football or cricket or both =
100 – 18 = 82. (100 + 10)% of 40000
105 105 90 110 110
i.e., n (A B) = 82. 40000 48024.9 48025 .
100 100 100 100 100
Now, n(A B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A B) = 40 + 50 – 82 = 8.
2 2 20
103. x + y = 20% of ( x y ) ( x2 y 2 ) .
Clearly, 8% students play both the games. 100
97. Let the total marks be x. 2 2 25
x + y = 25% of ( x y ) ( x2 y 2 )
Then, 20% of x + 30 = 32% of x – 42 100
20 32 20 25
x 30 x 42 ( x2 y 2 ) ( x2 y 2 ) 4 x2 4 y 2 5x2 5 y 2
100 100 100 100
32 x 20 x 12 x x2 x
– 30 42 72 x = 600 9 y 2 x2 9 3.
100 100 100 y2 y
20 Now let x and y be equal to 3k and k respectively.
So, passing marks = 20% of 600 + 30 = 600 30 150 .
100
18.16 Percentage
20 2 24 16 8
Then x y (x y2 ) 4 4 x 2.
100 x x x
20 1 3 3
3k k {(3k )2 k 2 } 4k (10 k 2 ) k 2 . Present rate per dozen = x 12 2 12 36 .
100 5 2 2
So, x = 3k = 3 × 2 = 6, y = k = 2. 106. P = 7290, R = 10%, n = 3 years.
x y 62 2
. P
x2 36 9 Value of scooter 3 years back = n [See TF]
R
104. Let A and B be the sets of students who failed in mathematics and 1
100
English respectively.
7290 7290 7290 10 10 10
Then, n(A) = 19, n(B) = 10, n(A B) = 7. 3
3
10000 .
10 9 999
So, n(A B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A B) = (19 + 10 – 7) = 22. 1
100 10
Percentage of students failed in mathematics or English or both x
= 22%. 107. Let the original fraction be .
y
Hence, percentage passed in both subjects = (100 – 22)% = 78%.
Then, 120% of x 5 120 x 5
105. Let the original price per egg be x. 95% of y 2 95 y 2
3x x 5 95 95
Then, increased price per egg = (150% of x) = .
2 .
y 2 120 48
24 24 95
4 Hence, the original fraction is .
x 3
x 48
2
19 PROFIT AND LOSS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Definitions :
(i) Marked Price or Printed Price (M.P.): The price of the article that has been printed on the article by the
manufacturing (or packaging) company.
(ii) Cost Price (C.P.): The price at which an article is purchased (or bought).
(iii) Selling Price (S.P.): The price at which an article is sold.
(iv) Profit (or Gain): If S.P. > C.P., then the seller is said to have a profit (or gain).
(v) Loss: If C.P. > S.P., then the seller is said to have incurred a loss.
(vi) Discount: The commission allowed on the marked price of a particular article.
TF 2. Important Formulae:
(i) Profit = S.P. – C.P.
(ii) Loss = C.P. – S.P.
Profit S.P. C.P.
(iii) Profit % = 100 % 100 % .
C.P. C.P.
Loss C.P. – S.P.
100 % .
Note : (a) Profit or Loss is always reckoned on C.P.
(iv) Loss % = 100 %
C.P. C.P.
(b) Discount is always reckoned on M.P.
100 Profit %
(v) S.P. = C.P.
100
100 Loss % Note : If there is a profit of 25%, then S.P. = 125% of C.P.
(vi) S.P. = C.P. If there is a loss of 25%, then S.P. = 75% of C.P.
100
100
(vii) C.P. =
100 Profit % S.P.
100
(viii) C.P. = S.P.
100 Loss %
a
(ix) (a) If M.P. = x and discount allowed is a % then, S.P. = x 1 .
100
[Note: If M.P. = x and discount is 15%, then S.P. = (85% of x)]
(b) Discount = M.P. – S.P.
M.P. S.P.
(c) Discount % = 100 % .
M.P.
100
(d) M.P. = S.P.
100 discount %
(e) If M.P. = x, then S.P. after two successive discounts of a % and b % is given by
a b
S.P. = x 1 1 .
100 100
(f ) If M.P. = x, then S.P. after three successive discounts of a %, b % and c % is given by
a b c
S.P. = x 1 1 1 .
100 100 100
19.1
19.2 Profit and Loss
Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of x % and y % = x y
xy
(x) %.
100
(xi) Single discount equivalent to three successive discounts of x %, y % and z %
xy yz zx
= x y z
xyz
%.
100 10000
(xi) If a person sells two similar articles at the same S.P., there by gaining x % on one and losing x % on the other,
2 2
then he incurs an overall loss given by Loss % =
Common profit or loss % x
% %.
10 10
TF 3. Dishonest Trader:
(i) If a trader professes to sell an article at a profit of p % but uses false weights which are w % less than the actual
pw
weights, then Profit % = 100 % .
100 w
(ii) If a trader professes to sell an article at its C.P. but uses false weights which are w % less than the actual
w
weights, then Profit % = 100 % .
100 w
Also, if a trader professes to sell an article at its C.P. but on the other hand uses false weights, then
E
Profit % = 100 % , where E = error in weight, T = true value of weight.
T E
(iii) If a trader professes to sell an article at a loss of l % but uses false weights which are w % less than the actual
wl
weights, then (Profit or Loss) % = 100 % .
100 w
There is a profit or loss according as the sign is +ve or –ve.
EXERCISE
1. An article is listed at 2375. A man purchases it at two each pen? [SSC CGL 2017]
successive discounts of 50% and 25% and spends 165 on (a) 1 (b) 2
repairing of article. If he sells the article at a profit of 62.5%, (c) 4 (d) 5
then what is the selling price (in ) of the article?
[SSC CGL 2017] 6. The marked price of a sofa set is 4800 which is sold at
3672 at two successive discounts. If the first discount is
(a) 1467.6 (b) 1518.14
(c) 1627.18 (d) 1715.39 10%, then what will be the second discount (in %)?
[SSC CGL 2017]
2. An item is sold at two successive gains of 30% and 20%. If (a) 13 (b) 14
the final selling price is 31200, then what is the cost price (c) 15 (d) 17
(in )? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 15000 (b) 20000 7. By selling 175 pineapples, the gain is equal to the selling
(c) 22250 (d) 24000 price of 50 pineapples. What is the gain percentage?
[SSC CGL 2017]
3. For an article the profit is 190% of the cost price. If the cost
price increases by 10% but the selling price remains same, (a) 28 (b) 30
then profit is what percentage of selling price (c) 32 (d) 40
(approximately)? [SSC CGL 2017] 8. A shopkeeper sells a table at a discount of 20% and earns a
(a) 54 (b) 62 profit of 60%. If he sells the same table at 40% discount,
(c) 70 (d) 163 then what will be his new profit percent? [SSC CGL 2017]
4. After two successive discounts of 20% and 35%, an article (a) 20 (b) 30
is sold for 50700. What is the marked price of the article? (c) 35 (d) 40
[SSC CGL 2017] 9. The cost price of 60 articles is same as the selling price of x
(a) 92500 (b) 95000 articles. If there is a profit of 20%, then what is the value of
(c) 97500 (d) 99000 x? [SSC CGL 2017]
5. If the price of pen decreases by 20%, then a man can buy (a) 15 (b) 30
10 more pens for 100. What is the new price (in ) of (c) 50 (d) 80
Profit and Loss 19.3
10. There is 10% loss if an article is sold at 270. Then the (a) 4 (b) 5
cost price of the article is [SSC 2015] (c) 6 (d) 7
(a) 250 (b) 270 20. Mahima bought a number of oranges at 2 for a rupee and an
(c) 300 (d) 320 equal number at 3 for a rupee. To make a profit of 20% she
11. By selling article for 450, I lose 20%. For what price should sell a dozen for [SSC CGL 2014]
should I sell it to gain 20%? [SSC 2015] (a) 6 (b) 8
(a) 470 (b) 490 (c) 10 (d) 12
(c) 562.50 (d) 675 21. Ravi bought a camera and paid 20% less than its original
12. A retailer buys a radio for 225. His overhead expenses price. He sold it at 40% profit on the price he had paid. The
are 15. He sells the radio for 300. The profit per cent of percentage of profit earned by Ravi on the original price
the retailer is [SSC 2015] was
(a) 20% (b) 25% (a) 12% (b) 15%
1 1 (c) 22% (d) 32%
(c) 26 % (d) 33 %
7 3 22. By selling an article, a man makes a profit of 25% of its
13. The cost price of a radio is 600. The 5% of the cost price selling price. His profit per cent is [SSC CGL 2010]
is charged towards transportation. After adding that, if the 2
net profit to be made is 15%, then the selling price of the (a) 16 % (b) 20%
3
radio must be [SSC MTS 2013] 1
(a) 664.50 (b) 684.50 (c) 25% (d) 33 %
3
(c) 704.50 (d) 724.50
23. If the cost price of 25 chairs is equal to the selling price of
14. If bananas are bought at the rate of 4 for a rupee, how many 30 chairs, then the loss % is [SSC 2015]
1
must be sold for a rupee so as to gain 33 % ? [SSC 2015] 2
3 (a) 5% (b) 16 %
(a) 2 (b) 2.5 3
(c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 20% (d) 25%
15. A merchant loses 10% by selling an article. If the cost price 24. Kabir buys one kilogram of apples for 120 and sells it to
of the article is 15, then the selling price of the article is Shashi gaining 25%. Shashi sells it to Geeta who again sells
[SSC 2014] it for 198, making a profit of 10%. What is the profit
(a) 12.30 (b) 13.20 percentage made by Shashi? [SSC SI 2016]
(c) 13.50 (d) 16.50 (a) 10% (b) 20%
16. There is a profit of 20% on the price of an article. The % of (c) 22% (d) 25%
profit, when calculated on selling price is [SSC CGL 2014] 25. Ten articles were bought for 8, and sold at 8 for 10. The
2 gain per cent is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 16 % (b) 20% (a) 54.75% (b) 55%
3
1 (c) 56.25% (d) 57.25%
(c) 33 % (d) None of these
3 26. A man purchased an article for 1500 and sold it at 25%
above the cost price. If he has to pay 75 as tax on it, his
1
17. If selling price of an article is 1 of cost price, find the net profit percentage will be [SSC 2015]
3 (a) 15% (b) 20%
gain %. [SSC 2014]
(c) 25% (d) 30%
(a) 1.33% (b) 25%
1 2 27. A man purchases some oranges at the rate of 3 for 40 and
(c) 33 % (d) 66 % the same quantity at 5 for 60. If he sells all the oranges at
3 3
the rate of 3 for 50, find his gain or loss per cent (to the
18. If books bought at price from 150 to 300 are sold at nearest integer). [SSC CGL 2015]
prices ranging from 250 to 350, what is the greatest (a) 32% profit (b) 31% loss
possible that might be made in selling 15 books? (c) 34% loss (d) 31% profit
[SSC 2013]
1
(a) 750 (b) 3000 28. Divya purchased 2 dozen eggs at the rate of 20 per
2
(c) 4250 (d) Cannot be determined dozen. She found that 6 eggs were rotten. She sold the
19. A fruit merchant makes a profit of 25% by selling mangoes remaining eggs at the rate of 22 per dozen. Then her profit
at a certain price. If he charges 1 more on each mango, he or loss per cent is [SSC 2013]
would gain 50%. At first the price of one mango was (a) 12% loss (b) 12% profit
[SSC CPO 2015] (c) 10% loss (d) 10% profit
19.4 Profit and Loss
29. A man bought 20 dozen eggs for 720. What should be the The cost price of watch is [SSC CGL 2015]
selling price of each egg if he wants to make a profit of (a) 220 (b) 225
20%? [SSC 2010] (c) 240 (d) 250
(a) 3.25 (b) 3.30 39. A dealer sold a bicycle at a profit of 10%. Had he bought
(c) 3.50 (d) 3.60 the bicycle at 10% less price and sold it at a price 60
30. A clock was sold for 144. If the percentage of profit was more, he would have gained 25%. The cost price of the
numerically equal to the cost price, the cost of the clock bicycle was [SSC CGL 2015]
was (a) 2000 (b) 2200
(a) 72 (b) 80 (c) 2400 (d) 2600
(c) 90 (d) 100 40. An article was sold at a profit of 12%. If the cost price
31. A vendor loses the selling price of 4 oranges on selling 36 would be 10% less and selling price would be 5.75 more,
oranges. His loss per cent is there would be a profit of 30%. Then at what price it should
be sold to make a profit of 20%? [SSC 2014]
(a) 9% (b) 10% (a) 115 (b) 120
1 1 (c) 138 (d) 215
(c) 11 % (d) 12 %
2 2 41. If the ratio of cost price to selling price is 10 : 11, then the
32. If the profit on selling an article for 425 is the same as the rate of per cent of profit is [SSC CGL 2015]
loss on selling it for 355, then the cost price of the article (a) 0.1% (b) 1%
is (c) 1.1% (d) 10%
(a) 370 (b) 380 42. A profit of 12% is made when a mobile phone is sold at P
(c) 390 (d) 400 and there is 4% loss when the phone is sold at Q. Then
33. A fruit seller buys 240 apples for 600. Some of these apples Q : P is [SSC CGL 2015]
are bad and are thrown away. He sells the remaining apples (a) 1 : 1 (b) 4 : 5
at 3.50 each and makes a profit of 198. The per cent of (c) 6 : 7 (d) 3 : 1
apples thrown away are 43. The cost price : selling price of an article is a : b, if b is
[SSC 2015] 200% of a then the percentage of profit on cost price is
(a) 5% (b) 6% (a) 75% (b) 100%
(c) 7% (d) 8% (c) 125% (d) 200%
34. A sold an article to B at 20% profit and B sold to C at 15% 4
44. Veer buys a watch at th of its marked price and sells it
loss. If A sold it to C at the selling price of B, then A would 5
make [SSC CGL 2014]
for 17% more than its marked price. His profit% is
(a) 2% profit (b) 2% loss
[SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 5% profit (d) 5% loss
(a) 37.5% (b) 40.25%
35. A sells an article to B at a gain of 20% and B sells it to C at (c) 46.25% (d) 50.5%
1
a gain of 10% and C sells it to D at a gain of 12 % . If D 2
2 45. By selling an article at of the marked price, there is a
pays 29.70, then A purchased the article for [SSC 2013] 3
(a) 10 (b) 20 loss of 10%. The profit per cent, when the article is sold at
(c) 30 (d) 40 the marked price, is
36. A sells an article to B at a gain of 10%. B sells it to C at a (a) 20% (b) 30%
1 (c) 35% (d) 40%
gain of 7 % .C disposes of it at a loss of 25%. If the prime
2 46. The marked price of an article is 50% above cost price.
cost to the manufacturer A was 3200 then the price obtained When marked price is increased by 20% and selling price
by C is [SSC 2013]
(a) 2580 (b) 2670 is increased by 20%, the profit doubles. If the original
(c) 2800 (d) 2838 marked price is 300, then original selling price is
(a) 200 (b) 240
37. A car worth 150000 was sold by X to Y at 5% profit. Y (c) 250 (d) 275
sold the car back to X at 2% loss. In the entire transaction
(a) X gained 4350 (b) Y lost 4350 47. A shopkeeper sold his goods at half the list price and thus
(c) X gained 3150 (d) X lost 3150 lost 20%. If he had sold on the listed price, his gain
percentage would be
38. Rashi wants to sell a watch at a profit of 20%. She bought it (a) 20% (b) 35%
at 10% less and sold it at 30 less, but she gained 20%. (c) 60% (d) 72%
Profit and Loss 19.5
9 (c) 3000 and 2000 (d) 3000 and 5000
48. Naveen purchased a radio at of its selling price and
10 56. A man buys a field of agricultural land for 360000. He
sold it at 8% more than its original selling price. His gain sells one-third at a loss of 20% and two-fifths at a gain of
per cent is 25%. At what price must he sell the remaining field so as to
(a) 8% (b) 10% make an overall profit of 10%?
(c) 18% (d) 20% (a) 100000 (b) 115000
49. A manufacturer sells an item to wholesale dealer at a profit (c) 120000 (d) 125000
of 18%. The wholesaler sells the same to a retailer at a profit 57. A shopkeeper bought 80 kg of sugar at the rate of 13.50
of 20%. The retailer in turn sells it to a customer for 15045 per kg. He mixed it with 120 kg of sugar costing 16 per kg.
thereby earning a profit of 25%. The cost price of the In order to make a profit of 20%, he must sell the mixture at
manufacturer is [SSC 2014]
(a) 15 per kg (b) 16.40 per kg
(a) 8000 (b) 8500
(c) 9000 (d) 10000 (c) 17 per kg (d) 18 per kg
50. Two toys are sold at 504 each. One toy brings the dealer a 58. A shopkeeper gains 20% while buying the goods and 30%
gain of 12% and the other a loss of 4%. The gain or loss per while selling them. Find his total gain per cent
cent by selling both the toys is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 36% (b) 40%
(c) 50% (d) 56%
3 5
(a) 2 % Loss (b) 3 % Profit 59. A grocery dealer cheats to the extent of 10% while buying
13 13
1 as well as selling by using false weight. What is his increase
5
(c) 4 % Profit (d) 5 % Profit in the profit? [SSC 2012]
3 3 (a) 20% (b) 21%
51. A fruit-seller buys some oranges and by selling 40% of them (c) 22% (d) None of these
he realises the cost price of all the oranges. As the oranges 60. I purchased 120 exercise books at the rate of 3 each and
begin to grow over-ripe, he reduces the price and sells 80%
1 1
of the remaining oranges at half the previous rate of profit. sold of them at the rate of 4 each, of them at the
The rest of the oranges being rotten are thrown away. The 3 2
rate of 5 each and the rest at the cost price. My profit per
overall percentage of profit is [SSC CGL 2014]
cent was
(a) 80 (b) 84 4
(c) 94 (d) 96 (a) 44% (b) 44 %
9
52. A shopkeeper purchases two items for 520. One of them 2
(c) 44 % (d) 45%
is sold gaining 16% and the other at a loss of 10%, thus 3
making no profit or loss. What is the selling price of the 61. By selling 14 watches of equal cost price at the rate of 450
item sold at loss? [SSC 2016] each, there is a profit equal to the cost price of 4 watches.
(a) 290 (b) 300 The cost price of a watch is
(c) 288 (d) 320 (a) 350 (b) 360
53. A person bought two bicycles for 1600 and sold the first (c) 375 (d) 400
at 10% profit and the second at 20% profit. If he sold the 62. A man purchased some eggs at 3 for 5 and sold them at 5
first at 20% profit and the second at 10% profit, he would for 12. Thus he gained 143 in all. The number of eggs
get 5 more. The difference of the cost price of the two he bought is [SSC CGL 2011]
bicycles was [SSC 2013] (a) 190 (b) 195
(a) 25 (b) 40 (c) 200 (d) 210
(c) 50 (d) 75
63. If goods be purchased for 450 and one third sold at a loss
54. A trader bought two horses for 19500. He sold one at loss of 10%. At what gain per cent should the remainder be sold
of 20% and the other at a profit of 15%. If the selling price so as to gain 20% on the whole transaction? [SSC CGL 2014]
of each horse is the same, then their cost price are (a) 28% (b) 30%
respectively. (c) 32% (d) 35%
(a) 10000 and 9500 (b) 11500 and 8000
(c) 12000 and 7500 (d) 10500 and 9000 64. A milkman mixes water with milk and sells the mixture at
the cost price of pure milk. The volume of water in litres to
55. Two items A and B are sold at a profit of 10% and 15% be mixed with each litre of milk to get a 25% profit is
respectively. If the amount of profit received is the same, [SSC 2014]
then the cost price of A and B may be [SSC 2013] 1 1
(a) (b)
(a) 1000 and 1500 (b) 5000 and 2000 4 5
19.6 Profit and Loss
(a) 100 (b) 200
(c) 1 1
4 (c) 1300 (d) 2600
(d) Cannot be calculated without knowing the cost price 73. A cloth merchant sold half of his cloth at 40% profit, half of
of milk remaining at 40% loss and the rest was sold at the cost price.
65. A manufacturer fixes his selling price at 33% over the cost In the total transaction his gain or loss will be [SSC MTS 2011]
of production. If the cost of production goes up by 12% (a) 20% gain (b) 25% loss
and the manufacturer raises his selling price by 10%, his (c) 10% gain (d) 15% loss
percentage profit is [SSC CGL 2015] 74. If the selling price of an article is doubled, then its loss per
3 5 cent is converted into equal profit per cent. The loss per
(a) 28 % (b) 30 % cent on the article is
8 8
5 2
(c) 35% (d) 36 % (a) 26 % (b) 33%
9 3
66. A trader bought 10kg of apples for 405 out of which 1 kg 1
(c) 33 % (d) 34%
of apples were found to be rotten. If he wishes to make a 3
profit of 10%, at what rate should he sell the remaining 75. A man sells two articles for 5000 each neither losing nor
apples per kg? gaining in the deal. If he sold one of them at a gain of 25%,
(a) 45 (b) 49.50 the other article is sold at a loss of [SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 50 (d) 51 2 2
(a) 15 % (b) 16 %
67. The difference between the selling price and cost price of 3 3
an article is 210. If the profit per cent is 25, then the selling 1 1
price of the article is [SSC CPO 2010] (c) 17 % (d) 18 %
3 3
(a) 950 (b) 1050
(c) 1150 (d) 1250 76. A book-seller bought 200 textbooks for 12000. He wanted
to sell them at a profit so that he got 20 books for free.
68. If the difference between the selling prices of an article at At what profit per cent should he sell them?
profits of 6% and 4% is 3, then the cost price of the article (a) 10% (b) 11%
should be [SSC 2010]
(c) 11.5% (d) 12%
(a) 100 (b) 150
77. A man purchased some eggs at the rate of 10 per dozen
(c) 175 (d) 200 3
and again purchased of them at the rate of 12 per dozen.
69. A dishonest dealer professes to sell his goods at the cost 4
price but uses a false weight of 850 g instead of 1 kg. His Then he sold all eggs at the rate of 13 per dozen and made a
gain per cent is [SSC 2013] profit of 30. Find total number of eggs he purchased
12 11 altogether.
(a) 17 % (b) 17 % (a) 8 dozen (b) 9 dozen
17 17
(c) 10 dozen (d) None of these
11 11
(c) 71 % (d) 11 % 78. The price of a jewel, passing through three hands, rises on
17 17
the whole by 65%. If the first and the second sellers earned
70. A dishonest grocer sells rice at a profit of 10% and also
20% and 25% profit respectively, the profit earned by the
uses weights which are 20% less than the marked weight.
third seller is
The total gain earned by him will be [SSC MTS 2013]
(a) 5% (b) 10%
(a) 30.5% (b) 35%
(c) 15% (d) 20%
(c) 37.5% (d) 40%
79. A publisher printed 3000 copies of a book for sale, the cost
71. A dishonest tradesman marks his goods at an advance of 5
of each book being 7.00. He distributed 500 copies to
per cent on the cost price and uses a fraudulent balance
different institutions free of cost. He allowed a book free of
whose beam is horizontal when the weight in one scale is
cost for each 24 books purchased. If the price of each book
one-fifth more than the weight in the other. What is his actual
is fixed at 14.50, then determine the rate of profit or loss
gain per cent?
of the publisher.
(a) 30.25% (b) 31.25%
(a) 66% loss (b) 66% profit
(c) 32.25% (d) 33.25%
(c) 60% profit (d) 60% loss
72. A shopkeeper bought 200 articles, each costing the same.
80. If two successive discounts of 50% and 10% are offered,
He sold 30% of the articles at 20% profit and remaining at
then what is the net discount (in %)? [SSC CGL 2017]
10% profit. If the total profit made by him is 2600, find
(a) 50 (b) 55
the cost price of one article.
(c) 60 (d) 65
Profit and Loss 19.7
81. After allowing 15% discount, the selling price of radio 91. A trader marked the price of his commodity so as to include
becomes 255. The marked price is [SSC 2015] a profit of 25%. He allowed a discount of 16% on the marked
(a) 300 (b) 400 price. His actual profit was
(c) 500 (d) 600 (a) 25% (b) 16%
82. A bicycle, marked at 2,000 is sold with two successive (c) 9% (d) 5%
discounts of 20% and 10%. An additional discount of 5% 92. To attract more visitors, Zoo authority announces 20%
is offered for cash payment. The selling price of the bicycle discount on every ticket which costs 20. For this reason,
at cash payment is the sale of ticket increases by 28%. Find the percentage of
(a) 1668 (b) 1568 increase in the number of visitors. [SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 1468 (d) 1368 (a) 60% (b) 50%
83. A man allows a discount of 10% on a book whose marked (c) 40% (d) No change
price is 40. What is the cost price so that the profit is
20%? [SSC 2015]
93. If the cost of an article is P after two successive reductions
(a) 30 (b) 35 of 20% and 25%, the original price of the article was
(c) 40 (d) 45 [SSC 2015]
(a) (3P/5) (b) (4P/5)
84. Articles are marked at a price which gives a profit of 25%. (c) (5P/3) (d) (5P/4)
After allowing a certain discount the profit reduces to
1 94. A double bed is marked at 7500. The shopkeeper allows
12 % . The discount per cent is. [SSC CGL 2015]
2 successive discounts of 8%, 5% and 2% on it. What is the
(a) 10% (b) 11.1% net selling price? [SSC DEO 2014]
1 (a) 6000 (b) 6423.90
(c) 12% (d) 12 % (c) 6,500 (d) 6500.50
2
85. Two blends of a commodity costing 35 and 40 per kg 95. A tradesman marks his goods at 20% above the cost price.
respectively are mixed in the ratio 2 : 3 by weight. If one- He allows his customer a discount of 8% on the marked
fifth of the mixture is sold at 46 per kg and the remaining price. Then his profit per cent is [SSC CGL 2015]
at the rate of 55 per kg the profit per cent is (a) 9.7% (b) 10.4%
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) 11% (d) 12.2%
(a) 20 (b) 30
96. The price of an article is raised by 30% and the two
(c) 40 (d) 50
successive discounts of 10% each are allowed. Ultimately
86. A discount of 15% on one article is the same as discount of the price of the article is
20% on a second article. The costs of the two articles can (a) Decreased by 3%
be (b) Decreased by 5.3%
(a) 40, 20 (b) 60, 40
(c) Increased by 5.3%
(c) 80, 60 (d) 85, 60
(d) Increased by 10%
87. A single discount equivalent to the series of discount 20%,
10% and 5% is equal to [SSC 2015] 97. 20% profit is made when a discount of 20% is given on the
(a) 30% (b) 30.7% marked price. When the discount is 30% the profit will be
(c) 31.6% (d) 32% [SSC CGL 2015]
88. A store has an offer ‘Buy 4 Get 1 Free’. What is the net (a) 7.5% (b) 6%
percentage of discount? [SSC CGL 2016] (c) 5% (d) 4%
(a) 23% (b) 20% 98. An article of cost price 8000 is marked at 11,200. After
(c) 15% (d) 10% allowing a discount of x% a profit of 12% is made. The
89. If a shopkeeper wants to give 20% discount on a toy, he has value of x is [SSC 2011]
to sell it for 300. If he sells it at 405, then his gain per (a) 20% (b) 21%
cent is [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 22% (d) 23%
(a) 4% (b) 5%
(c) 6% (d) 8% 99. A trader marked his goods at 20% above the cost price. He
sold half the stock at the marked price, one quarter at a
90. A merchant offers 8% discount on all his goods and still discount of 20% on the marked price and the rest at a
makes a profit of 15%. If an item is marked at 250, then discount of 40% on the marked price. His total gain is
its cost price is [SSC 2014]
(a) 15% (b) 13.5%
(a) 180 (b) 187
(c) 4.5% (d) 2%
(c) 200 (d) 230
19.8 Profit and Loss
100. A man bought a watch for 10% discount. If had bought for 109. If in a sale, the discount given on a saree is equal to one-
20% discount he would have got the watch for 125 less. fourth the marked price and the loss due to this discount is
The marked price of the watch is [SSC CGL 2016] 15%, then the ratio of the cost price to the selling price is
(a) 1000 (b) 1250 [SSC 2014]
(c) 2500 (d) 3750 (a) 20 : 17 (b) 10 : 17
(c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 4
101. A shopkeeper gains 17% after allowing a discount of 10%
on the marked price of an article. Find his profit per cent if 110. A salesman is allowed 5 1 % discount on the total sales
the articles are sold at marked price allowing no discount. 2
[SSC CGL 2015] 1
made by him plus a bonus of % on sales over 10,000.
(a) 23% (b) 27% 2
(c) 30% (d) 37% If his total earnings were 1990, his total sales (in ) was
(a) 35,000 (b) 34,000
102. A person paid 17,000 for a motorcar after a single discount (c) 32,000 (d) 30,000
of 15%. If he is given successive discounts of 5% and 10%
111. The interest on a certain sum of money is 22 and the true
then how much he would pay?
discount on the same sum for the same time and at the same
(a) 18,900 (b) 17,100
rate is 20. Find the sum.
(c) 17,010 (d) 17,000
(a) 200 (b) 210
103. The list price of a clock is 160. A customer buys it for (c) 212 (d) 220
122.40 after two successive discounts. If first discount is
112. A dealer buys a table listed at 1500 and gets successive
10%, the second is [SSC CGL 2013]
discounts of 20% and 10%. He spends 20 on transportation
(a) 18% (b) 15%
and sells it at a profit of 20%. Find the selling price of the
(c) 12% (d) 10%
table. [SSC CGL 2015]
104. The marked price of a saree is 200. After allowing a (a) 1300 (b) 1320
discount of 20% on the marked price, the shopkeeper makes (c) 1380 (d) 1420
a profit of 16. Find the gain per cent. [SSC 2014]
113. Successive discounts of p% and q% on the catalogue price
(a) 8% (b) 11%
of an article is equivalent to a single discount of [SSC 2011]
1 1
(c) 11 % (d) 9 % pq pq
(a) (b) p q %
9 11 p q 100 % 100
105. The marked price of a radio is 480. The shopkeeper allows
pq xy
a discount of 10% and gains 8%. If no discount is allowed, (c) p q 100 % (d) x y
100
%
his gain per cent would be [SSC CGL 2011]
(a) 20.5% (b) 20% 114. A dealer of scientific instruments allows 20% discount on
(c) 18.5% (d) 18% the marked price of the instruments and still makes a profit
of 25%. If his gain over the sale of an instrument is 150,
106. A seller gains 20% profit even after allowing 10% discount, then find the marked price of the instrument. [SSC CGL 2014]
if the amount of profit on a T.V. set is 750, then the marked (a) 937.50 (b) 938
price of the T.V. set is [SSC 2015] (c) 938.50 (d) 940
(a) 4800 (b) 5000
(c) 5200 (d) 5500 115. After allowing 10% discount, a dealer wishes to sell a
machine for 2700. At what price must the machine be
107. A trader gains 15% after selling an item at 10% discount on marked? [SSC 2014]
the printed price. The ratio of the cost price and printed (a) 270 (b) 2430
price of the item is (c) 2970 (d) 3000
(a) 17 : 18 (b) 17 : 23 116. A shopkeeper fixes the price of an article at 30% higher
(c) 18 : 23 (d) 18 : 25 than its actual cost. If he sells it at 10% discount on marked
108. A house was sold for y by giving a discount of x%, then price then, the profit is [SSC CGL 2015]
the list price was [SSC 2015] (a) 17% (b) 18%
(c) 19% (d) 20%
(a) 100 x (b) 100 y
117. A retailer buys 40 pens at the marked price of 36 pens from
100 y 100 x a wholesaler. If he sells these pens giving a discount of 1%,
100 y 100 y what is the profit per cent?
(c) (d)
1 x x 1
1 (a) 11% (b) 10 %
100 9
(c) 10% (d) 9%
Profit and Loss 19.9
118. A shopkeeper lists the price of an article as 500. But he 126. Mr. x and Mr. y each bought the same motorcycle using a
gives a certain discount which allows the buyer to pay 500 10% off coupon. Mr. x’s cashier took 10% off the price and
for the article including 10% sales tax. The rate of discount then added 8.5% sales tax whereas Mr. y’s cashier first added
is the sales tax and then took 10% the total price. The amount
1 Mr. x paid is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 9 % (b) 10% (a) Greater by 85 as the amount Mr y paid
11
(b) Less by 550 as the amount Mr. y paid
(c) 10 1 % (d) 11% (c) Greater by 850 as the amount Mr. y paid
11 (d) Same as the amount Mr. y paid
119. The list price of an electric fan is 300. If two successive 127. The discount on a certain sum of money, due at the end of
discounts of 15% and 10% are allowed, then its selling price
1 2
would be [SSC CGL 2015] 2 years at 2 % p.a. is 78. Find the sum. [SSC 2014]
(a) 225 (b) 227.50 4 3
(c) 229.50 (d) 230 (a) 1400 (b) 1378
(c) 1300 (d) 1278
120. A shopkeeper purchased a chair marked at 600 at two
successive discounts of 15% and 20% respectively. He spent 128. A dozen pair of socks quoted at 80 is available at a discount
28 on transportation and sold the chair for 545. His gain of 10%. How many pairs of socks can be bought for 24?
per cent was [SSC 2013] (a) 3 (b) 4
(a) 20% (b) 25% (c) 5 (d) 6
(c) 30% (d) 35% 129. A scooter is sold at three successive discounts of 10%, 5%
121. An article is listed at 900 and two successive discounts of and 2%. If the marked price of the scooter is 18,000, find
8% and 8% are given on it. How much would the seller its net selling price [SSC 2015]
gain or lose, if he gives a single discount of 16%, instead of (a) 15,028.20 (b) 15,080.00
two discounts? (c) 15,082.00 (d) 15,082.20
(a) Loss of 4.76 (b) Gain of 4.76 130. A dealer buys a car listed at 200000 at successive
(c) Gain of 5.76 (d) Loss of 5.76 discounts of 5% and 10%. If he sells the car for 1,79,550,
122. A businessman allows a discount of 10% on the marked then his profit is
price. What per cent above the cost price must he mark his (a) 4% (b) 5%
goods to make a profit 17 per cent? [SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 9% (d) 10%
(a) 30% (b) 20% 131. A store offers a variey of discounts that range between 20%
(c) 18% (d) 2% and 25% inclusive. If a book is discounted to a price of
270, then its greatest possible original price was
123. The difference between successive discounts of 40%
[SSC CGL 2015]
followed by 30% and 45% followed by 20% on the market
(a) 324 (b) 337.5
price of an article is 12. The marked price of the article is
(c) 345.5 (d) 360
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 200 (b) 400
132. A shopkeeper sold an item for 1510 after giving a discount
(c) 600 (d) 800
1
124. A seller increases the cost price of an article by 30% and of 24 % and thereby incurred a loss of 10%. Had he sold
2
fixed the marked price as 286. But during sale he gave
the item without discount, his net profit would have been
10% discount to the purchaser. The percentage of profit
[SSC CGL 2014]
will be [SSC 2015]
(a) 10 (b) 15 1 2
(a) 322 (b) 322
(c) 17 (d) 20 9 9
125. A trade allows a trade discount of 20% and a cash discount 2
(c) 422 (d) 641
9
1
of 6 % on the marked price of the goods and gets a net 133. A fan in a shop is offered at a discount of 10%. It is sold
4 during clearance sale at 6% discount over the already
gain of 20% of the cost. By how much above the cost should
discounted price at 846. The original marked price of the
the goods be marked for the sale? [SSC 2012]
fan is [SSC 2012]
(a) 70% (b) 60% (a) 850 (b) 900
(c) 50% (d) 40% (c) 946 (d) 1000
19.10 Profit and Loss
134. A sells a scooter priced at 36,000. He gives a discount of 4
8% on the first 20,000 and 5% on the next 10,000. How (c) th of marked price
9
much discount can he offer on the remaining 6000 if he is
to get as much as when 7% discount is allowed on the total 1
(d) th of marked price
amount? 9
(a) 8% (b) 7% 142. The cost of manufacturing an article was 900. The trader
(c) 6% (d) 5% wants to gain 25% after giving a discount of 10%. The
135. A shopkeeper listed the price of goods at 30% above the marked price must be [SSC CGL 2013]
cost price. He sells half the stock at this price, one fourth of (a) 1000 (b) 1200
the stock at a discount of 15% and the remaining at 30% (c) 1250 (d) 1500
discount. His overall profit is [SSC CGL 2014] 143. The marked price of an item is twice the cost price. For a
2 gain of 15%, the discount should be
(a) 15% (b) 15 %
5 (a) 42.5% (b) 32.5%
(c) 20.5% (d) 7.5%
3 3
(c) 15 % (d) 15 % 144. The state electricity board gives 15% discount on electric
5 8 bills if it is paid before due date. One person gets 54 as
136. A builder purchases 25 windows at 25% off the total price discount. The amount of actual bill was [SSC 2015]
of 1,20,000. If the builder receives an additional discount (a) 359 (b) 360
of 7500 for the purchase, then the cost of each window is (c) 361 (d) 362
[SSC CGL 2015] 145. While selling a watch, a shopkeeper gives a discount of
(a) 3100 (b) 3200 5%. If he gives a discount of 6%, he earns 15 less as profit.
(c) 3300 (d) 3400 What is the marked price of the watch?
137. The true discount on a sum of money due 2 years hence at [SSC CGL 2011]
5% is 15. Find the sum. (a) 750 (b) 1250
(a) 150 (b) 160 (c) 1400 (d) 1500
(c) 165 (d) 170 146. Allowing 20% and 15% successive discounts, the selling
138. Successive discount of 20% and 10% are equivalent to a price of an article becomes 3060; then the marked price
single discount of [SSC 2015] will be [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 30% (b) 25% (a) 5000 (b) 4500
(c) 28% (d) 15% (c) 4400 (d) 4000
139. A single discount of 50% on an article costing 10,000 is 147. Which of the following successive discounts is better to a
better than two successive discounts of 40% and 10% by customer? [SSC 2013]
[SSC 2013]
(A) 20%, 15%, 10% or (B) 25%, 12%, 8%?
(a) (B) is better
(a) 400 (b) 500
(b) (A) is better
(c) 600 (d) 1000
(c) (A) or (B) (both are same)
140. A company offers three types of successive discounts: (d) None of these
(i) 25% and 15%
148. A shopkeeper allows a discount of 10% on the marked price
(ii) 30% and 10%
of a camera. Marked price of the camera, which costs him
(iii) 35% and 5%.
600, to make a profit of 20% should be [SSC CGL 2015]
Which offer is the best for a customer?
(a) 650 (b) 700
(a) First offer (c) 750 (d) 800
(b) Second offer
(c) Third offer 149. A shopkeeper earns a profit of 12% on selling a book at
(d) Any one from the above as all are equally good 10% discount on the printed price. The ratio of the cost
price and the printed price of the book is [SSC CGL 2010]
141. A shopkeeper sold an item at 10% loss after giving a discount (a) 41 : 51 (b) 41 : 56
equal to half the marked price. Then the cost price is (c) 45 : 51 (d) 45 : 56
[SSC CGL 2014]
150. A shopkeeper gains 56 on a toy after allowing 23%
7
(a) th of marked price discount on its marked price. If his gain is 10%, then the
9 marked price of the toy is [SSC CGL 2011]
5 (a) 560 (b) 740
(b) th of marked price
9 (c) 800 (d) 810
Profit and Loss 19.11
151. An article is marked at 5000. The shopkeeper allows 155. The marked price of a CD is 250. It is sold for 225. The
successive discounts of x%, y%, z% on it. The net selling rate of discount is [SSC 2015]
price is [SSC 2013]
1
(a)
100 x 100 y 100 z (a) 25% (b) 11 %
9
(c) 10% (d) 2.5%
200 156. The marked price of a shirt and trousers are in the ratio
(b) y 100 z
100 x 100 1 : 2. The shopkeeper gives 40% discount on the shirt. If
200 the total discount on the set of the shirt and trousers is 30%,
100 x 100 y 100 z the discount offered on the trousers is
(c) (a) 30% (b) 25%
200 (c) 20% (d) 15%
100 x 100 y 100 z 2
(d) 157. Mr. A bought a refrigerator with 16 % discount on the
200 3
152. A shopkeeper marks his goods 20% higher than the cost labelled price. Had he bought it with 25% discount, he would
price and allows a discount of 5%. The percentage of his have saved 600. At what price did he buy the refrigerator?
profit is [SSC 2015] [SSC 2012]
(a) 10% (b) 14% (a) 5000 (b) 6000
(c) 15% (d) 20% (c) 7200 (d) 7500
153. An article listed at 800 is sold at successive discounts of 158. A shopkeeper sells a badminton racket whose marked price
25% and 15%. The buyer desires to sell it off at a profit of is 30, at a discount of 15% and gives a shuttle cock costing
20% after allowing a 10% discount. What would be his list 1.50 free with each racket. Even then he makes a profit of
price? 20%. His cost price per racket is
(a) 600 (b) 620 (a) 19.75 (b) 20.00
(c) 640 (d) 680 (c) 21.00 (d) 21.25
154. A machine is marked at 6800 and available at a discount 159. A tradesman gives 4% discount on the marked price and
of 10%. The shopkeeper gives another off season discount gives 1 article free for buying every 15 articles and thus
to the buyer and sells the machine for 5202. Find the off gains 35%. The marked price is increased above the cost
season discount. [SSC MTS 2013]
price by
(a) 18% (b) 15% (a) 20% (b) 39%
(c) 12% (d) 10% (c) 40% (d) 50%
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (b) 72. (a) 73. (c) 74. (c) 75. (b) 76. (a) 77. (d) 78. (b) 79. (b) 80. (b)
81. (a) 82. (d) 83. (d) 84. (a) 85. (c) 86. (c) 87. (c) 88. (b) 89. (d) 90. (c)
91. (d) 92. (a) 93. (c) 94. (b) 95. (b) 96. (c) 97. (c) 98. (a) 99. (d) 100. (b)
101. (c) 102. (b) 103. (b) 104. (c) 105. (b) 106. (b) 107. (c) 108. (b) 109. (a) 110. (b)
111. (d) 112. (b) 113. (b) 114. (a) 115. (d) 116. (a) 117. (c) 118. (a) 119. (c) 120. (b)
121. (d) 122. (a) 123. (c) 124. (c) 125. (b) 126. (d) 127. (c) 128. (b) 129. (d) 130. (b)
131. (d) 132. (b) 133. (d) 134. (b) 135. (d) 136. (c) 137. (c) 138. (c) 139. (a) 140. (c)
141. (b) 142. (c) 143. (a) 144. (b) 145. (d) 146. (b) 147. (a) 148. (d) 149. (d) 150. (c)
151. (d) 152. (b) 153. (d) 154. (b) 155. (c) 156. (d) 157. (b) 158. (a) 159. (d)
19.12 Profit and Loss
SOLUTIONS
1. SP after discounts = (75% of 50% of 2375) 175 7
125 x 175C.P x C.P. C .P.
75 50 125 5
2375 890.625 .
100 100 7 2
Gain = (x – C.P.) = C.P. – C.P. C.P.
Overall CP after repairing = (890.625 + 165) 5 5
= 1055.625. Gain 2
Gain% = 100 100 % 40% .
New SP = (100 + 62.5)% of 1055.625 C.P 5
162.5
100
1055.625 1715.39 .
8. Case 1. Let the M.P. be 100.
Then, S.P. = (80% of 100) = 80.
2. Let the C.P. of an article be x. 100 80 8000
Then, S.P. = 120% of (130% of x). C.P. = = = 50.
100 60 160
120 130
31200 x x = 20000. 100 S.P.
100 100 C.P.
100 Profit%
C.P = 20000.
Case 2. M.P. = 100, Discount = 40%.
3. Let C.P. be x; Profit = 190%.
S.P. = (60% of 100) = 60.
290 x
S.P. = (x + 190% of x) = 2.9 x. Now, C.P. = 50.
100
New C.P. = ( x + 10% of x) = (110% of x) = 1.1 x. 60 – 50
New Profit % = 100 % 20% .
Profit = S.P. – New C.P. = (2.9x – 1.1 x) = 1.8 x. 50
Profit 1.8 x 9. C.P. × 60 = S.P. × x.
Required Percentage 100 % 100 %
S .P 2.9 x S.P. 60
Then, .
1800 C.P. x
% 62%
29
Let SP = 60K and C = xK.
4. Let the Marked Price be x. Then,
S.P. – C.P.
65% of (80% of x) = 50700 Then, Profit% = 100
C.P.
50700 100 100 60 K – xK
x 97500. 20 100
65 80 xK
5. (b) Let the original price be (x) per pen. 1 60 – x
x 50 .
4 5 x
Reduced price 100 – 20 % of x x. 10. S.P. = 270 and loss % = 10%. Then,
5
100
S.P. =
100 100 125 100 100
Then, – 10 – 10 . C.P. = 270 = 300.
4
x x x x 100 loss % 90
5
x = 2.5. 11. When S.P. = 450 and loss % = 20%. Then,
100
S.P. =
4 100
2.5 C.P. = 450 = 562.50.
Reduced price =
5
2. 100 loss % 80
6. Price after second discount = 3672. When C.P. = 562.50 and gain % = 20%. Then,
Let the second discount be x %. 100 gain % 120
562.5 = 675.
S.P. = C.P. =
Then (100 – x) % of 90% of 4800 = 3672 100 100
100 x 90 12. C.P. of the radio = 225 and overhead expenses = 15.
4800 3672
100 100 Total C.P. = (225 + 15) = 240
100 – x = 85 x = 15. S.P. = 300.
Second discount is 15%. S.P. C.P. 300 240
Profit % = 100 % 100 %
7. Let, S.P. of 1 pineapple be x. C.P. 240
Then Gain = (x – C.P). 25%.
Now, Gain of 175 pineapples = S.P of 50 pineapples
13. C.P. of the radio = 600.
175(x – C.P.) = 50x
Profit and Loss 19.13
Transportation charged = 5% of 600 =
5 100 gain% 150 4 x
600 = 30. S .P. C.P. x 1 x 5.
100 100 100 5
Total C.P. = (600 + 30) = 630. Thus, the original price of one mango was 5.
15 20. Suppose Mahima bought x oranges at 2 for a rupee and another x
New profit = 15% of 630 = 630 = 94.50.
100 oranges at 3 for a rupee.
S.P. of the radio = C.P. + Profit = (630 + 94.50) = 724.50. x x 5x
Then, total C.P. of 2x oranges = = .
1 100 2 3 6
14. C.P. of 4 bananas = 1 and gain = 33 % %.
3 3 Profit % = 20%.
100
100 profit % 120 5 x
100 gain % 100
S.P. of 4 bananas = C.P. = 3 1 S.P. of 2x oranges = C.P. =
100 6
100 100
100 = x
4
= . x
3 S.P. of 1 dozen oranges = 12 = 6.
2x
4
Number of bananas sold for = 4 21. Let the original price of the camera be x.
3
4x
43 Then, Ravi’s C.P. = (x – 20% of x) = (80% of x) = .
Number of bananas sold for 1 = 3. 5
4
100 profit % 140 4 x
=
28 x
15. C.P. = 15 and Loss % = 10%. Then,
S.P. = C.P. = .
100 100 5 25
100 loss % 90
15 = 13.50. Now, original price = x and S.P. =
28 x
.
S.P. = C.P. =
100 100 25
Profit % on original price
16. Let the C.P. be x.
28 x
Profit % = 20% S.P. C.P. 25 x
= 100 % 100 %
100 profit % 120 6x C.P. x
S.P. = C.P. = x = .
100 100 5 3
100 % 12%.
6x 25
S.P. C.P. 5 x 22. Let the S.P. be x.
Profit % on S.P. = 100 % 100 %
S.P. 6 x 25 x
Then, profit = 25% of x = x = .
5 100 4
100 2 x 3x
% 16 %. C.P. = S.P. – Profit = x = .
6 3 4 4
17. Let C.P. be x. Then, profit x/4 1
Profit % = 100 % 100 % 33 %.
1 4 4x C.P. 3x / 4 3
S.P. = 1 of C.P. = of x = .
3 3 3 23. Let the C.P. of 25 chairs be x.
4x Then, S.P. of 30 chairs = x
S.P. C.P. 3 x
Gain % = 100 % 100 % x 5x
C.P. x S.P. of 25 chairs = 25 = .
30 6
x 1 5x
100 % 33 %.
3 x 3 C.P. S.P. x 6
Loss % = 100 % 100 %
18. The greatest profit can be made when books bought at minimum C.P. x
price i.e. 150 and sold at maximum prices i.e. 350. 100 2
% 16 %.
C.P. of 15 books = (150 × 15) = 2250. 6 3
24. Kabir’s C.P. = 120 and gain % = 25%.
S.P. of 15 books = (350 × 15) = 5250.
Profit = (5250 – 2250) = 3000. Kabir’s S.P. =
100 gain % C.P. 125
=
120 = 150.
19. Let the original selling price of 1 mango be x. 100 100
So, S.P. = x and profit % = 25%. Then, Shashi’s C.P. = Kabir’s S.P. = 150.
100 100 4x Geeta’s S.P. = 198 and profit % = 10%.
C.P. = S.P. = x = .
100 profit % 125 5 100 100
Geeta’s C.P. = S.P. = 198 = 180.
4x 100 profit % 110
Now, new S.P. = (x + 1), C.P. , gain% 50%
5 Shashi’s S.P. = Geeta’s C.P. = 180.
19.14 Profit and Loss
S.P. C.P. 30. Let the C.P. of the clock be x. Then,
Profit % made by Shashi = 100 %
C.P. Profit % = x % [ Profit % is numerically equal to C.P.]
180 150 S.P. = (100 + x)% of x
100 % 20%.
150 100 x
25. C.P. of 10 articles = 8 144 = x x2 + 100x – 14400 = 0
100
8 4 (x – 80) (x + 180) = 0 x = 80. [ x – 180]
C.P. of 1 article = = .
10 5 Thus, the C.P. of the clock is 80.
S.P. of 8 articles = 10 31. Let the S.P. of each orange be x. Then,
10 5
S.P. of 1 article = = . S.P. of 36 oranges = 36x.
8 4
5 4 Loss = S.P. of 4 oranges = 4x.
S.P. C.P. 45
Gain % = 100 % 100 % C.P. of 36 oranges = S.P. + Loss = (36x + 4x) = 40x.
C.P. 4 Loss 4x
5 Loss % = 100 % 100 % 10%.
C.P. 40 x
9
100 % 56.25%. 32. Let the C.P. of the article be x. Then,
16
425 – x = x – 355 [ profit = Loss]
26. C.P. of the article = 1500.
S.P. of the article = (100 + 25)% of 1500 2x = 780 x = 390.
Thus, the C.P. of the article is 390.
125
= 1500 = 1875. 33. Let the number of apples thrown away be x.
100
Net S.P. = S.P. – tax = (1875 – 75) = 1800. C.P. of 240 apples = 600 and Profit = 198.
Net S.P. C.P. S.P. of (240 – x) apples = C.P. + Profit = (600 + 198) = 798
Net percentage profit = 100 % (240 – x) × 3.50 = 798 240 – x = 228 x = 12.
C.P.
1800 1500 12
100 % 20%. Required percentage = 100 % 5%.
1500 240
27. Suppose he purchases x oranges at the rate of 3 for 40 and x 34. Let A’s C.P. be x. Then,
oranges at 5 for 60. Then, 6x
A’s S.P. (at 20% profit) = (120% of x) = .
40 60 76 x 5
Total C.P. of 2x oranges = x x = .
3 5 3
6 x
B’s C.P. = A’s S.P. = .
S.P. of 3 oranges = 50 5
50 100 x 6x 51x
S.P. of 2x oranges = 2 x = . B’s S.P. (at 15% loss) = 85% of = 50 .
3 3 5
100 x 76 x 51x
S.P. C.P. 3 3 Now, A’s S.P. (when article is sold to C) = B’s S.P. =
50
.
Gain % = 100 % 100 %
C.P. 76 x
102 x
3 x
S.P. C.P.
A’s profit % = 100 % 100 100 %
24 C.P. x
100 % 32%.
76 2%.
1 5 1 5
28. C.P. of 2 dozen eggs = 20 = 50
2 2 2 2 2 35. Let A’s C.P. be x. Then,
1
If 6 eggs were rotten, then remaining eggs = 2 dozen. 112 % of 110% of 120% of x 29.70
2
S.P. of 2 dozen eggs = (22 × 2) = 44. 112.5 110 120
x 29.70
C.P. S.P. 100 100 100
Loss % = 100 % [Note: C.P. > S.P.]
C.P. 29.70 100 100 100
50 44 x= 20.
100 % 12%. 112.5 110 120
50
Thus, A purchased the article for 20.
29. C.P. of 20 dozen eggs = 720
36. A’s C.P. = 3200. (given)
720
C.P. of 1 egg = = 3 110
20 12 A’s S.P. (at 10% gain) = (100 + 10)% of 3200 = 3200
100
S.P. of each egg (at 20% profit) = (100 + 20)% of 3
= 3520.
120
= 3 = 3.60. B’s C.P. = A’s S.P. = 3520
100
Profit and Loss 19.15
1 90 x
B’s S.P. (at 7 % gain) = (100 + 7.5)% of 3520 Now, new C.P. = (x – 10% of x) = (90% of x) = .
2 100
107.5 112 x
= 3520 = 3784. New S.P. = 5.75 .
100 100
Profit % = 30%
C’s C.P. = B’s S.P. = 3784
C’s S.P. (at 25% loss) = (100 – 25)% of 3784
90 x 30 9 x 27 x
profit = 30% of = = .
100 100 100 100
75 Now, S.P. = C.P. + Profit
= 3784 = 2838.
100
112 x 90 x 27 x 5x
Hence, the price obtained by C is 2838. 5.75 = 5.75 x = 115.
100 100 100 100
105
37. X ’s S.P. = (100 + 5)% of 150000 = 150000 So, the original C.P. = 115.
100
S.P. (at 20% profit) = (100 + 20)% of 115
= 157500.
120
Y ’s C.P. = X ’s S.P. = 157500. = 115 = 138.
100
98
Y ’s S.P. (at 2% loss) = (100 – 2)% of 157500 = 157500 41. Let the C.P. be 10x and the S.P. be 11x. Then,
100
= 154350.
X ’s C.P. = Y ’s S.P. = 154350.
Profit % =
S.P. C.P.
C.P.
100 % 11x 10 x
10 x
100 %
= 10%.
X Gained in the entire transaction = (157500 – 154350)
42. If S.P. = P and Profit % = 12%. Then,
= 3150.
100 100
38. Let the original C.P. of the watch be x. C.P. = S.P. = P .
100 profit % 112
120 x 6x
Then, original S.P. = (100 + 20)% of x = = . If S.P. = Q and Loss % = 4%. Then,
100 5
9x 100 100
Now, new C.P. = (x – 10% of x) = (90% of x) = . C.P. = S.P. = Q .
10 100 loss % 96
6x 100 100 Q 96 6
New S.P. = 30 . P Q .
5 112 96 P 112 7
Gain % = 20%
Hence, Q : P = 6 : 7.
20 9 x 9x
Gain = (20% of C.P.) = = . 43. Let the C.P. be ax and the S.P. be bx.
100 10 50
Now, S.P. = C.P. + Gain 200
Now, b = 200% of a b= a b = 2a
6x 9x 9x 6x 100
30 30 x = 250.
5 10 50 50 So, S.P. = 2ax
C.P. of the watch is 250.
39. Let the original C.P. be x.
Profit % = S.P. C.P.
C.P.
100 %
2ax ax
ax
100 %
110 11x = 100%.
Then, original S.P. = (100 + 10)% of x = x = .
100 10 44. Let the M.P. of the watch be x. Then,
9x
New C.P. = (x – 10% of x) = (90% of x) = . 4 4x 80 x
10 His C.P. = th of x = = .
5 5 100
11x
New S.P. = 60 117 x
10 His S.P. = (x + 17% of x) = (117% of x) = .
Gain % = 25% 100
25 9 x 117 x 80 x
= .
9x 100 100
Gain = (25% of C.P.) = S.P. C.P.
100 10 40 Profit % = 100 % 100 %
C.P. 80 x
Now, S.P. = C.P. + gain
100
11x 9x 9x x = 46.25%.
60 60 x 2400.
10 10 40 40 45. Let the M.P. be x. Then,
2 2x
Thus, the cost price of the bicycle = 2400. S.P. = of M.P. = .
3 3
40. Let the original C.P. be x. Then,
100 100 2 x
112 x C.P. (at 10% loss) = S.P. =
Original S.P. = (100 + 12)% of x =
100
. 100 loss % 90 3
19.16 Profit and Loss
20 x 100
= . = 504 = 450.
27 112
100
Now, if new S.P. = x. Then, C.P. of second toy (at 4% loss) = S.P.
100 loss %
20 x
S.P. C.P. x 27 100
Profit % = 100 % 100 % 35%. = 504 = 525.
C.P. 20 x 96
27 Total C.P. of two toys = (525 + 450) = 975 [Note: S.P. > C.P.]
46. Let the C.P. be x. Then, S.P. C.P. 1008 975
M.P. = (x + 50% of x) = (150% of x) Gain % = 100 % 100 %
C.P. 975
150 3300 5
300 = x x = 200 % 3 %.
100 975 13
C.P. = 200. 51. Let the number of oranges bought be 100 and their C.P. be 100.
Let the initial profit be x. Then, Then, S.P. of 40% oranges i.e. 40 oranges = 100.
Original S.P. = C.P. + Profit = (200 + x). C.P. of 40 oranges = 40.
New S.P. = (100 + 20)% of (200 + x) = 200 x
6
5 Profit % =
S.P. C.P.
C.P.
100 %
100 40
40
100 % 150%.
6 Remaining oranges = 100 – 40 = 60 and
200 + 2x = (200 + x) × [ New profit = 2x]
5 Number of over ripe oranges sold = 80% of 60 = 48.
150
1000 + 10x = 1200 + 6x 4x = 200 x = 50. C.P. of 48 oranges = 48 and profit = % = 75%.
2
The original S.P. = (200 + x) = (200 + 50) = 250.
47. Let the list price be x. 175
S.P. of 48 oranges = (100 + 75)% of 48 = 48 = 84.
x 100
If S.P. = and loss % = 20. Then,
2 Total S.P. = (100 + 84) = 184.
C.P. =
100
100 loss %
100 x
100 = = .
80 2
5x
8
Overall profit % =
S.P. C.P.
100
100 %
Now, if S.P. = x and C.P. =
5x
8
. Then,
184 100
100
100 % 84%.
5x
S.P. C.P. x 8 52. Let the C.P. of the item sold at 10% loss be x.
Gain % = 100 % 100 %
C.P. 5 x Then, the C.P. of the item sold at 16% gain = (520 – x).
8 Since there is no profit or loss.
3 So, loss in 1st item = Profit in 2nd item
100 % 60%.
5 10% of x = of (520 – x)
48. Let the original S.P. be x. 10 16
x 520 x 10x = 8320 – 16x
9 9x 100 100
Then, C.P. = x = .
10 10 8320
26x = 8320 x = 320
108 27 x 26
New S.P. = (x + 8% of x) = x = .
100 25 C.P. of the item sold at 10% loss = 320.
27 x 9 x 90
Required S.P. = (100 – 10)% of 320 = 320 = 288.
S.P. C.P.
Gain % = 100 % 25 10 100 % 8%. 100
C.P. x 53. Let the C.P. of 1st bicycle be x.
49. Let the C.P. of the manufacturer be x. Then, Then, the C.P. of 2nd bicycle = (1600 – x).
(125)% of (120)% of (118)% of x = 15045
When he sold first at 10% profit and the second at 20% profit then,
125 120 118 Total profit = {10% of x + 20% of (1600 – x)}
x 15045
100 100 100
x 1600 x
15045 100 100 100 = .
x= 8500. 10 5
125 120 118
When he sold first at 20% profit and the second at 10% profit then,
Thus, the C.P. of the manufacturer = 8500. Total profit = {20% of x + 10% of (1600 – x)}
50. Total S.P. of two toys = (2 × 504) = 1008.
C.P. of first toy (at 12% gain) =
100
S.P.
= x 1600 x
5
10 .
100 gain %
Profit and Loss 19.17
Now, difference in profits = 5 59. Required increase in the profit % = Single profit % equivalent to
x 1600 x x 1600 x 2 x 1600 two successive profits of 10% and 10%
5 5
5 10 10
= 10 10
10 10 5 10
% 21%.
2x = 1650 x = 825. 100
Then, the C.P. of 1st bicycle = x = 825 and 60. Total C.P. of 120 exercise books = (120 × 3) = 360.
C.P. of 2nd bicycle = (1600 – x) = (1600 – 825) = 775. 1 1
S.P. of of them = 120 4 = 160.
Required difference = (825 – 775) = 50. 3 3
54. Let the C.P. of the horses be x and (19500 – x) respectively. 1 1
S.P. of of 120 = 120 5 = 300.
2 2
S.P. of first horse (at 20% loss) = S.P. of second horse (at 15% gain)
S.P. of remaining 20 = (20 × 3) = 60.
(100 – 20)% of x = (100 + 15)% of (19500 – x)
Total S.P. = (160 + 300 + 60) = 520.
80 115
100
x
x = 11500.
100
19500 x 16x = 23(19500 – x)
Profit % =
S.P. C.P.
C.P.
100 %
520 360
360
100 %
400 4
The cost prices of the two horses are 11500 and 8000. % 44 %.
9 9
55. Let the C.P. of A and B be x and y respectively. 61. Let the C.P. of one watch be x.
Then, 10% of x = 15% of y
Then, C.P. of 14 watches = 14x.
10 15 x 15 3
x y 3 : 2. Profit = C.P. of 4 watches = 4x.
100 100 y 10 2
S.P. of 14 watches = (450 × 14) = 6300.
The cost price of A and B may be 3000 and 2000 respectively.
Now S.P. = C.P. + Profit 6300 = 14x + 4x x = 350
[ 3000 : 2000 = 3 : 2]
Thus, the C.P. of one watch is 350.
56. Total C.P. of the field = 360000. 62. Let the number of eggs bought be x.
Total S.P. (at 10% profit) = (110)% of 360000 C.P. of 3 eggs = 5
110
= 360000 = 396000. 5x
100 C.P. of x eggs = .
3
1 S.P. of 5 eggs = 12.
C.P. of one-third of the field = 360000 = 120000.
3 12 x
S.P. of x eggs = .
S.P. of one-third (at 20% loss) = (100 – 20)% of 120000 5
80 12 x 5x 11x
= 120000 = 96000. Gain = S.P. – C.P. 143 = – = 143
100 5 3 15
2 143 15
C.P. of two-fifth of the field = 360000 = 144000. x = = 195.
5 11
S.P. of two-fifth (at 25% gain) = (100 + 25)% of 144000 He bought 195 eggs.
125 63. Total C.P. = 450 and Gain % = 20%.
= 144000 = 180000.
100 120
Total S.P. = (100 + 20)% of 450 = 450 = 540.
Let the S.P. of the remaining field be x. Then, 100
Total S.P. = (96000 + 180000 + x) 450
C.P. of one-third goods = = 150.
396000 = 276000 + x x = 120000. 3
S.P. (at 10% loss) = (100 – 10)% of 150
Thus, the S.P. of the remaining field is 120000.
90
57. Total C.P. of the mixture = (80 × 13.50 + 120 × 16) = 3000 = 150 = 135.
100
S.P. of the mixture (at 20% profit) = (100 + 20)% of 3000
C.P. of remaining goods = (450 – 150) = 300.
120
= 3000 = 3600. S.P. of remaining goods = (540 – 135) = 405.
100
3600
S.P. of 1 kg of mixture =
200
= 18.
Required gain % =
C.P.
S.P. C.P.
100 %
[ Total quantity of the mixture = 200 kg]
58. Total Gain % = Single gain % equivalent to two successive gains
300
405 300
100 % 35%.
64. Let the C.P. of 1 litre of milk be x.
20 30
of 20% and 30% = 20 30 % 56%. Then S.P. of mixture (at 25% profit) = (100 + 25)% of x
100
19.18 Profit and Loss
125 5x pw 10 20
= x = . Gain % = 100 % 100 % 37.5%.
100 4
100 w 100 20
5x 1 5
Quantity of mixture = l = l. 71. The S.P. of the goods is such that the profit is 5% and the false
4 x 4
1
5 1 weight which he is using is th less than i.e. 20% less than the
Volume of water added = 1 l = l. 5
4 4 actual weight.
65. Let the C.P. be x. Then, Then, p = 5% and w = 20%.
133x pw 5 20
S.P. = (100 + 33)% of x = . Gain% = 100 % 100 %
100 100 w 100 20
112 x = 31.25%.
New C.P. = (x + 12% of x) = .
100 72. Let the C.P. of one article be x. Then,
133x C.P. of 200 articles = 200x.
New S.P. = (100 + 10)% of
100 30
C.P. of 30% of the articles = 200 x = 60x.
110 133 x 1463 x 100
= = .
100 100 1000
C.P. of the remaining articles = (200x – 60x) = 140x.
1463 x 112 x
S.P. C.P. 1000 100 Total S.P. = (100 + 20)% of 60x + (100 + 10)% of 140x
Profit % = 100 % 100 %
C.P. 112 x 120 110
= 60 x 140 x = 226x.
100 100 100
245 5
% 30 %. Now, S.P. – C.P. = Profit 226x – 200x = 2600 x = 100.
8 8
66. C.P. of 10 kg of apples = 405 and Profit % = 10%. Then, Thus, the cost price of one article is 100.
110 73. Suppose that the merchant bought 100 metres of cloth for 100.
S.P. of 10 kg of apples = (100 + 10)% of 405 = 405
100 Then, he sold 50 metres at 40% profit, 25 metres at 40% loss and
25 metres at cost price.
= 445.5.
Total S.P. = (100 + 40)% of 50 + (100 – 40)% of 25 + 25
S.P. of 9 kg of apples = 445.5. 1 kg apples were rotten 140 60
= 50 25 25 = 110. [Note: S.P. > C.P.]
445.5 100 100
S.P. of 1 kg of apples = = 49.50.
9 S.P. C.P.
Profit % = 100 %
C.P.
67. Let the C.P. be x.
110 100
Then, S.P. = (x + 210). 100 % 10%.
x 100
Now, profit % = 25% profit = 25% of x = . 74. Let the C.P. of the article be x and let the loss % on the article be
4 y %. Then,
x
S.P. = C.P. + Profit x + 210 = x + 100 y x
4 S.P. (at y % loss) = (100 – y)% of x = .
100
x
= 210 x = 840. Now, the S.P. at y % loss is double the S.P. at y % profit.
4
100 y x 100 y x
100 + y = 200 – 2y
Thus, the S.P. of the article = x + 210 = (840 + 210) = 1050. 2
100 100
68. Let the C.P. be x. Then, 100 1
3y = 100 y = = 33 .
S.P. (at 6% profit) – S.P. (at 4% profit) = 3 3 3
(106)% of x – (104)% of x = 3 1
Thus, the loss % on the article is 33 %.
106 x 104 x 2x 3
3 3 x = 150.
100 100 100 75. S.P. of first article = 5000 and Profit % = 25%.
100
Thus, the C.P. of the article is 150. C.P. of first article = S.P.
69. We have: T = 1 kg = 1000 g and E = (1000 – 850)g = 150g.
100 profit %
E 150 100
Gain % = 100 % 100 % = 5000 = 4000.
T E 1000 150 125
300 11 Since there is no profit or loss in the deal, therefore loss on the
% 17 %.
17 17 second article = profit on the first article = (5000 – 4000) = 1000
70. We have: p = 10% and w = 20%. C.P. of the second article = S.P. + loss = (5000 + 1000) = 6000.
Profit and Loss 19.19
loss Here a = 50 and b = 10.
loss % on second article = 100 %
C.P. 50 10
Net discount 50 10 – % 55%.
100
1000 100 2
100 % % 16 %.
6000 6 3 100
81. M.P. of the radio = 255 = 300. [See TF IX-f]
76. C.P. of 200 text books = 12000 100 15
12000 82. S.P. of the bicycle = [95% of {90% of (80% of 2000)}].
C.P. of 20 textbooks = 20 = 1200.
200
95 90 80
Profit = C.P. of 20 textbooks = 1200. = 2000 = 1368.
100 100 100
Profit 1200
Profit % = 100 % 100 % 10%. 83. S.P. of the book = (90% of 40) = 36.
C.P. 12000
77. Suppose he purchased x dozen eggs at the rate of 10 per dozen. 100
Then, the number of eggs purchased at the rate of 12 per dozen C.P. of the book = 36 = 30 [See TF 2-(VII)]
100 20
3x
= dozen. 84. Let the C.P. of the article be x. Then,
4
3x 5x
Total C.P. = 10 x 12 = 19x. M.P. of the article = (125% of x) = .
4 4
3x 91x 1
Total S.P. = x 13 = . But when the profit reduces to 12 % i.e. 12.5%, then
4 4 2
91x 15 x
Profit = S.P. – C.P. 30 = – 19x = 30 100 12.5 9x
4 4 S.P. of the article = x = . [See TF 2(V)]
100 8
x = 8.
Total number of eggs purchased altogether
5x 9x
3x 38 4 8 1
= x dozen = 8 dozen = 14 dozen. Discount % = 100 = 100 % = 10%.
4 4 5 x 10
78. Single gain % equivalent to 20% and 25%
4
20 25 [See TF 2(IX)-c]
= 20 25 % = 50%.
100 85. Let the weight of 1st and 2nd blends be 2x kg and 3x kg respectively.
Let, the profit earned by the third seller be x %. Then,
Then, Single gain % equivalent to 50% and x % Total weight of the mixture = 5x kg.
50 x C.P. of both blends = (2x × 35 + 3x × 40) = 190x.
50 x %
100
S.P. of both blends = (x × 46 + 4x × 55) = 266x.
50 x
65 = 50 + x + x 10. 266 x 190 x 76
100 Profit % = 100 % = 100 % = 40%.
Thus, the profit earned by the third seller is 10%. 190 x 190
[See TF 2(III)]
79. Total C.P. of the publisher = (3000 × 7) = 21000.
86. Let the cost of 1st and 2nd articles be x and y respectively.
Number of copies distributed free of cost = 500.
Then,
Remaining copies = 3000 – 500 = 2500.
15 x 20
S.P. of 25 books = S.P. of 24 books = (24 × 14.50) = 348. 15% of x = 20% of y x = y 3x = 4y
100 100
[ One book is free with every 24 books]
x 4 x 4 20 80
.
348 y 3 y 3 20 60
S.P. of 2500 books = 2500 = 34800.
25
The cost of 1st and 2nd articles can be 80 and 60 respectively.
S.P. C.P.
Profit % = 100 % 87. Let the M.P. be x. Then,
C.P.
34800 21000 20 10 5
100 % 66%. S.P. = 1 1 1 x [See TF IX (e)]
21000 100 100 100
80. Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of a % and
80 90 95 171
= x x .
ab 100 100 100 250
b % respectively = a b – % .
100 Single discount equivalent to given discounts
19.20 Profit and Loss
171 3 5P
x 250 x 79 x P= x x .
5 3
= 100 = 250 x 100 % = 31.6%.
x 5P
So, the original price of the article was .
Another Method 3
Single discount equivalent to three successive discounts 94. Net S.P. of the bed = [98% of {95% of (92% of 7500)}]
20%, 10% and 5% 98 95 92
= 7500 = 6423.90.
20 10 10 5 5 20 20 10 5 100 100 100
= 20 10 5 %
100 10000 95. Let the C.P. be x. Then,
= 31.6%. [See TF 2(XII)] 6x
M.P. = (120% of x) = .
88. Let the M.P. of an article be x. Then, 5
M.P. of 5 articles = 5x. 6x 138 x
S.P. of 5 articles = M.P. of 4 articles = 4x.
S.P. = 92% of .
5 125
M.P. S.P. 5x 4 x 138 x
Discount % = 100 100 = 20%.
M.P. 5x 125 x 13
Profit % = 100 % 100 % = 10.4%.
89. Let the C.P. of the toy be x. Then, x 125
4x
S.P. of the toy = (80% of x) = . 96. Let the original price of the article be x. Then,
5
4x 13x
300 = x = 375. The price after it is raised by 30% = (130% of x) = .
5 10
C.P. of the toy = 375. New price of the article after successive discounts of 10% each
New S.P. of the toy = 405 (given) 13x 90 90 13 x
= 90% of 90% of =
405 375 10 100 100 10
Gain % = 100 % = 8%. [See TF 2(III)]
375 1053x
92 = .
90. S.P. of the item = (92% of 250) = 250 = 230. 1000
100 Percentage increased in the price of the article
100
C.P. of the item = 230 = 200. [See TF 2(VII)] 1053x
100 15 1000 x 53 x
= 100 = 100 % = 5.3%.
91. Let the C.P. be 100. Then, x 1000 x
M.P. = (125% of 100) = 125.
84 97. Let the M.P. be x. Then,
S.P. = (84% of 125) = 125 = 105.
100 4x
S.P. = (80% of x) = .
105 100 5
Actual profit % = 100 % = 5%. [See TF 2(III)]
100 100 4x 2x
C.P. = = . [See TF 2(VII)]
92. Let initially the number of visitors be x. Then, 100 20 5 3
Total sales of tickets = 25x paise.
7x
At 20% discount, Cost of 1 ticket = (80% of 25) paise = 20 paise. New S.P. = (70% of x) = .
10
128 7 x 2x
Now, total sale of the tickets = (128% of 25x) paise = 25 x .
100 10 3 x
Pr ofit % 100 % 100 % 5% .
= 32x paise. 2x 20 x
32 x 8x 3
Now, the number of visitors = .
20 5 100
8 98. S.P. of the article = 800 = 8960.
5x x 100 12
% increase in the number of visitors = 100 = 60%. M.P. S.P.
x Discount (x%) = 100 % .
93. Let the original price of an article be x. M.P.
11200 8960
Then, the cost after two successive reductions of 20% and 25% = 100 % = 20%.
11200
75 80 3 99. Let the C.P. of his goods be x. Then,
= {75% of (80% of x)} = x x .
100 100 5
Profit and Loss 19.21
6x Gain = S.P. – C.P. 16 = 160 – C.P. C.P. = 144.
M.P. of the goods = (120% of x) = .
5 16 1
Gain % = 100 % 11 % . [See TF 2 (III)]
1 6x 3x 144 9
S.P. of half the stock = = .
2 5 5 90
105. S.P. of the radio = (90% of 480) = 480 = 432.
1 1 6 x 6x 100
S.P. of th stock = 80% of = . 100
4 4 5 25
C.P. of the radio = 432 = 400. [See TF 2(VII)]
1 1 6 x 9x 100 8
S.P. of the remaining th = 60% of = 50 .
4 4 5 New S.P. of the radio = 480.
3x 6 x 9 x 480 400
51x Gain % = 100 % = 20%. [See TF 2(III)]
Total S.P. of the goods = = . 400
5 25 50 50
106. Let the C.P. of the T.V. be x. Then,
51x Profit = (20% of x).
x
50 1
Gain % = 100 100 % = 2%. 20
x 50 750 = 20% of x 750 = x 3750.
100
[See TF 2(III)]
C.P. of the T.V. = 3750.
100. Let the M.P. of the watch be x.
Now, S.P. = C.P. + Profit = (3750 + 750) = 4500.
9
At 10% discount, cost of the watch = (90% of x) = x . 100
10 M.P. of the T.V. = 4500 = 5000.
100 10
4
At 20% discount, cost of the watch = (80% of x) = x . [See TF 2(IX)-d]
5
9 4 107. Let the Printed price of the item be x. Then,
Now, x x = 125 x = 1250.
10 5 9x
S.P. of the item = (90% of x) = .
So, the M.P. of the watch is 1250. 10
101. Let the M.P. be x. Then, 100 9x 18 x
C.P. of the item = = . [See TF 2(VII)]
9x 100 15 10 23
S.P. = (90% of x) = . 18 x
10 Cost price : Printed price = : x = 18 : 23.
23
100 9 x 10 x
C.P. = = . [See TF 2 (VII)] 100
y =
100 y
100 17 10 13 108. M.P. of the house = .
100 x 100 x
Now, new S.P. = M.P. = x.
[See TF 2(IX)-d]
10 x
x 13 3
109. Let the C.P. of the saree be x. Then,
Profit % = 10 x 100 % = 100 % = 30%.
10 100 15 17 x
13 S.P. of the saree = x = . [See TF 2(VI)]
100 20
102. Let the M.P. of the motorcar be x. 17 x
17 x C.P. : S.P. = x : = 20 : 17.
Then, at 10% discount, S.P. = (85% of x) = . 20
20 110. Let the total sales be x. Then,
17 x
17000 = x = 20000. 1 11
20 upto 10000, salesman’s earning = 5 % and
2 2
S.P. of the motorcar after two successive discounts of 5% and 10%
above 10000, salesman’s earning = 6%.
90 95
= {90% of (95% of 20000)} = 20000 = 17100. 11
100 100 1990 = % of 10000 6% of x 10000
2
103. Let the second discount be x%. Then,
11 1 6
S.P. after two successive discounts of 10% and x% 1990 = 10000 x 10000
2 100 100
100 x 90
= {(100 – x)% of (90% of 160)} = 160 . 6
100 100 1990 – 550 = x 10000
100
100 x 90 1440 100
122.40 = 160 100 – x = 85 x = 15. x = 10000 + = 34000.
100 100 6
So, the second discount is 15%.
So, his total sales is 34000.
104. S.P. of the saree = (80% of 200) = 160.
19.22 Profit and Loss
111. S.I. = 22, T.D. = 20. S.P. of the article including 10% sales tax
20 R T 110 100 d
S.I. – T.D. = S.I. on T.D. (22 – 20) = . = {110% of (100 – d)% of 500} = 500 .
100 100 100
R × T = 10. 110 100 d 1000
500 = 500 100 – d =
Let the sum be x. Then, 100 100 11
PRT x 10 100 1
S.I. = 22 x = 220. d % 9 %.
100 100 11 11
So, the sum is 220. 119. S.P. of the fan = {90% of (85% of 300)}
112. After two successive discounts of 20% and 10%, cost of the table
90 85
= 300 = 229.50.
90 80 100 100
= {90% of (80% of 1500)} = 1500 = 1080.
100 100 120. After two successive discounts of 15% and 20%, cost of the chair
Total cost of the table including transportation cost
80 85
= (1080 + 20) = 1100. = {80% of (85% of 600)} = 600 = 408.
100 100
100 20 Total cost of the chair including transportation cost = (408 + 28)
S.P. of the table = 1100 [See TF 2(V)]
100 = 436.
120
= 1100 = 1320. 545 436
100 Gain % = 100 % = 25% . [See TF 2(III)]
113. Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of p% and 436
121. S.P. after two successive discounts of 8% each
pq
q% = p q % . [See TF (X)]
100 92 92
= {92% of (92% of 900)} = 900 = 761.76.
114. Let the M.P. of the instrument be x. Then, 100 100
4x 84
S.P. = (80% of x) At discount 16%, S.P. = (84% of 900) = 900 = 756.
5 100
100 4 x 16 x The seller would loose (761.76 – 756) i.e. 5.76.
C.P.
100 25 5 25 [See TF 2-(VII)]
122. Let the M.P. be x. Then,
4 x 16 x
Gain S.P. C.P. 150 x 937.50 9x
5 25 S.P. = (90% of x) = .
So, the M.P. of the instrument is 937.50. 10
100 9 x 10 x
100 C.P. = . [See TF 2(VII)]
115. M.P. of the machine = 270 = 3000. 100 17 10 13
100 10
10 x 3x
[See TF IX (d)] M.P. – C.P. = x = 13 .
13
116. Let the C.P. of the article be x. Then,
3x
13x 13 3
M.P. of the article = (130% of x) = . % increased in C.P. = 10 x 100 100 % = 30%.
10 10
90 13x 13
13 x 117 x
S.P. = 90% of = 100 100 = . 123. Let the M.P. be x
10 100
117 x Single discount equivalent to successive discounts of 40% and 30%
100 x 17
Profit % = 100 = 100 = 17%. 40 30
x 100 = 40 30 % = 58%.
100
117. Let the M.P. of 1 pen be x. Then,
Single discount equivalent to successive discounts of 45% and 20%.
M.P. of 40 pens = 40x.
45 20
C.P. of 40 pens = M.P. of 36 pens = 36x. = 45 20 % = 56%
100
99 Difference between the two discount systems.
S.P. of 40 pens = (99% of 40x) = 40 x = 39.6x.
100
= (58 – 56)% of x = 2% of x.
39.6 36
Profit % = 100 % = 10%. [See TF 2(III)] 2
36 2% of x = 12 x = 12 x = 600.
100
118. Let the rate of discount be d %. Then,
So, the M.P. of the article is 600.
Profit and Loss 19.23
124. M.P. of the article = 130% of C.P. 131. The book has the greatest original price when the discount is
maximum i.e. 25%.
130
286 = C.P. C.P. = 220. 100
100 The greatest original price of the book = 270
90 100 25
S.P. of the article = (90% of 286) = 286 = 257.40. = 360.
100
257.40 220 100
Profit % = 100 % = 17%. [See TF 2(III)] 132. M.P. of the item = 1510 = 2000.
220 100 24.5
125. Let the M.P. of the goods be x. Then, [See TF 2(IX) d]
S.P. of the goods = {93.75% of (80% of x)}
100 15100
C.P. of the item = 1510 = .
93.75 80 3x 100 10 9
= x = .
100 100 4 [See TF 2(VIII)]
100 3x 5x New S.P. of the item without discount = 2000.
C.P. of the goods = = [See TF 2(VII)]
100 20 4 8 15100 2900 2
Profit = S.P. – C.P. = 2000 = = 322 9 .
5x 3x 9 9
M.P. – C.P. = x = .
8 8 133. Let the M.P. of the fan be x. Then,
% increased in.C.P. 423x
S.P. of the fan = {94% of (90% of x)} = .
3x 500
M.P. C.P. 3 423 x
= 100 8 100 100 = 60%. 846 = x = 1000 .
C.P. 5 x 5 500
8 So, the M.P. of the fan is 1000.
126. Let the price of the motorcycle be x. Then,
7
The amount Mr. x paid = {91.5% of (90% of x)} 134. Total discount on 36000 = 36000 = 2520.
100
91.5 90 8
= x . Discount on the first 20000 = 20000 = 1600.
100 100 100
The amount Mr. y paid = {90% of (91.5% of x)} 5
Discount on the next 10000 = 10000 = 500.
90 91.5 100
= x .
100 100 Remaining discount = {2520 – (1600 + 500)} = 420.
Clearly, the amount Mr. x paid is same as the amount Mr. y paid. 420
Discount % on the remaining 6000 = 100 % = 7%.
1 6000
127. Let the sum due at the end of 2 years be x.
4 135. Let the C.P. of his goods be x. Then,
Then P.W. = (x – 78).
13x
8 9 M.P. of his goods = (130% of x) = .
P.W. R T x 78 10
T.D. = 78 = 3 4 x = 1300.
100 100 Total S.P. of his goods
128. M.P. of dozen pair of socks = 80. 1 13 x 1 13 x 1 13 x
= 85% of 70% of
S.P. of dozen pair of socks = (90% of 80) = 72. 2 10 4 10 4 10
72 13x 85 13x 70 13x 923 x
S.P. of 1 pair of socks = = 6. = = .
12 20 100 40 100 40 800
24 923x
At 24, number of pairs of socks bought = = 4. 800 x 123 3
6 Profit % = 100 = 100 % = 15 % .
x 800 8
129. Net S.P. of the scooter = [98% of {95% of (90% of 18000)}].
75
136. S.P. of 25 windows = (75% of 120000) = 120000
98 95 90 100
= 18000 = 15082.20.
100 100 100 = 90000.
130. Cost of the car = {90% of (95% of 200000)} With additional discount of 7500, C.P. of 25 windows
90 95
= 200000 = 171000. = (90000 – 7500) = 82500.
100 100
82500
179550 171000 C.P. of 1 window = = 3300.
Profit % = 100 % = 5%. [See TF 2(III)] 5
171000
19.24 Profit and Loss
137. Let the sum of money due 2 years hence be x. 144. Let the amount of the actual bill be x. Then,
Then, P.W. = (x – 15). 15
15% of x = 54 x = 54 x = 360.
100
P.W. R T x 15 5 2
T.D. = 15 = x = 165. So, the amount of actual bill is 360.
100 100
So, the sum of money is 165. 145. Let the M.P. of the watch be x.
138. Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of 20% and Difference between the two discounts = (6 – 5)% of x = 1% of x.
20 10 1
10% = 20 10 % = 28%. [See TF 2(X)] 15 = 1% of x 15 = x x = 1500.
100 100
139. At 50% discount, cost of the article = (50% of 10000) So, the M.P. of the watch is 1500.
50 146. Let the M.P. of an article be x. Then,
= 10000 = 5000.
100 17 x
85 80
S.P. = {85% of (80% of x)} = x = .
After two successive discounts of 40% and 10%, cost of the article 100 100 25
90 60 17
= {90% of (60% of 10000)} = 10000 = 5400. x = 3060 x = 4500.
100 100 25
Cost of the article at single discount is 400 better by the cost at So, the M.P. of the article is 4500.
successive discounts.
147. Let the M.P. be x. Then,
140. (i) Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of 25%
(A) S.P. after three successive discounts of 20%, 15% and 10%
25 15
and 15% = 25 15 % = 36.25%.
100 20 15 10
= 1 1 1 x [See TF IX(e)]
(ii) Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of 30% 100 100 100
30 10 80 85 90 153x
and 10% = 30 10 % = 37%. = x = .
100 100 100 100 250
(iii) Single discount equivalent to two successive discounts of 35%
Single discount equivalent to given discounts
35 5
and 5% = 35 5 % = 38.25%.
100 M.P. S.P
= 100 %
Third offer is the best for a customer (as the discount is M.P
maximum).
153 x
141. Let the M.P. be x. Then, x
250 97 x
100 %
100 % = 38.8%.
=
x 250 x
x
Discount =
2 (B) S.P. after three successive discounts of 25%, 12% and 8%
x x
S.P. = M.P. – discount = x = . 25 12 8
2 2 = 1 1 1 x [See TF 2 IX (f)]
100 100 100
100 x 5x 5
C.P. = = = th of M.P..
100 10 2 9 9 75 88 92 759 x
= x = .
100 100 100 1250
125
142. S.P. of the article = (125% of 900) = 900 = 1125. Single discount equivalent to given discounts
100
100 759 x
M.P. of the article = 1125 = 1250. x 1250 491x
100 10 = 100 = 1250 x 100 % = 39.28%.
x
143. Let the C.P. of the item be x. Then, [See TF 2(IX)-d]
M.P. of the item = 2x. Clearly, (B) is better for customer.
100 15 23x Another Method
S.P. = x = .
100 20 (A) Single discount equivalent to three successive discounts of
23 x 20%, 15% and 10%
2 x 20 17
Discount % = 100 = 40 100 % = 42.5%. 300 150 200 3000
2x = 20 15 10 % = 38.8%.
[See TF 2(IX) c]
100 10000
Profit and Loss 19.25
(B) Single discount equivalent to three successive discounts of 153. Cost of the article = {85% of (75% of 800)}
300 96 200 2400 85 75
25%, 12% and 8% = 25 12 8 % = 800 = 510.
100 10000 100 100
= 39.28%. 100 20
S.P. of the article = 510 = 612. [See TF 2(V)]
The discount system given in (B) is better for the customer. 100
148. Let the M.P. of the camera be x. Then, 100
New list price of the article = 612 = 680.
100 10
9x
S.P. of the camera = (90% of x) = 154. Let the off season discount be x%. Then,
10
S.P. of the machine = {(100 – x)% of (90% of 6800)}.
100 9 x 3x
C.P. of the camera = = . 5202 = (100 – x)% of (90% of 6800)
100 20 10 4
[See TF 2 (VII)] 100 – x 90
5202 = 6800 100 – x = 85 x = 15.
100 100
3x
600 = x = 800. So, the off season discount is 15%.
4
So, the M.P. of the camera is 800. 250 225
155. Rate of discount = 100 % = 10%. [See TF 2(IX) c]
149. Let the printed price of the book be x. Then, 250
156. Let the M.P. of the shirt and trouser be x and 2x respectively and let
9x the discount offered on the trousers be d %. Then,
S.P. of the book = (90% of x) = .
10
100 9x 45 x 3x
C.P. of the book = S.P. of the shirt = (60% of x) = .
= . 5
100 12 100 56
45 x 100 d
Cost price : Printed price = : x = 45 : 56. S.P. of the trouser = {(100 – d)% of 2x} = 2x .
56
100
150. Let the C.P. of the toy be x. Then,
21x
Profit = (10% of x). Total S.P. (shirt + trouser) = (70% of 3x) = .
10
10
56 = 10% of x 56 = x x = 560. 3 x 100 d 21x 3 100 d 21x
100 2 x x
5 100 10 5 50 10
Now, S.P. of the toy = (560 + 56) = 616.
100 d 21 3 3
[ S.P. = C.P. + Profit] 100 – d = 75 d = 15.
50 10 5 2
100 So, the discount offered on the trouser is 15%.
M.P. of the toy = 616 = 800.
100 23 157. Let the M.P. of the refrigerator be x. Then,
[See TF 2(IX)-d]
2
151. Net S.P. after three successive discounts of x%, y% and z% At 16 % discount, S.P. of the refrigerator
3
x y z
= 1 1 1 5000 50 5x
100 100 100 = 100 % of x = .
3 6
100 x 100 y 100 z 5000
=
100 100 100 3x
At 25% discount, S.P. of the refrigerator = (75% of x) = .
100 x 100 y 100 z 4
= .
200
5 x 3x
152. Let the C.P. of his goods be x. Then, = 600 x = 7200.
6 4
6x 5 7200
M.P. = (120% of x) = . So, Mr. A bought the refrigerator at
5 i.e. 6000.
6
6x 95 6 x 57 x
S.P. = 95% of = 100 5 = . 85
5 50 158. S.P. of the racket = (85% of 30) = 30 = 25.50.
100
57
xx 7x Now, total S.P. (racket + shuttle cock) = 25.50
Profit % = 50 100 % = 100 % = 14%.
x 50 x [ Shuttle cock is free]
19.26 Profit and Loss
100 100 72 x 32 x
Total C.P. (racket + shuttle cock) = 25.50 = 21.25 C.P. of 16 articles = = .
100 20 100 35 5 3
[See TF 2(VII)]
[See TF 2(VII)]
32 x 2x
C.P. of a racket = (21.25 – 1.50) = 19.75. C.P. of 1 article = = .
3 16 3
159. Let the M.P. of 1 article be x. Then,
2x x
M.P. of 15 articles = 15x. Now, M.P. – C.P. = x = .
3 3
96 72 x x
S.P. of 16 articles = (96% of 15x) = 15 x = .
100 5 1
% increased in C.P. = 3 100 = 100 % = 50%.
2 x 2
[ 1 article is free for every 15 articles]
3
20 SIMPLE INTEREST AND COMPOUND INTEREST
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Principal : The original sum invested, borrowed or lent out for a certain time period is called the pricipal.
TF 2. Interest : Interest is the extra amount paid above the principal, by the borrower to the lender for using his money.
TF 3. Simple Interest (S.I.) : If the interest on a sum borrowed for a certain period is reckoned for each year, only on the
original principal, then it is called simple interest.
TF 4. If Principal = P , Rate of Interest = R % per annum (p.a.) and Time = T years. Then
PT R 100 S.I. 100 S.I. 100 S.I.
(i) S.I. = (ii) P = (iii) T = (iv) R =
100 TR PR PT
TF 5. Compound Interest : Sometimes the loan period is divided into certain unit of time. The amount after any unit of
time becomes the principal for the next unit. Compound interest at the end of any unit of time is the interest
calculated on the principal together with the accrued interest for the previous unit.
TF 6. If Principal = P , Rate = R % per annum (p.a.) and Time = T years.
T
R
(i) When interest is compounded annually A = P 1 .
100
2T
R / 2
(ii) When interest is compounded half yearly A = P 1 .
100
4T
R / 4
(iii) When interest is compounded quarterly A = P 1 .
100
(iv) When interest is compounded annually and the rate of interest is different for different years (say R1%, R2%,
R1 R2 R3
R3%, for 1st, 2nd, 3rd years respectively). A = P 1 1 1 .
100 100 100
3
(v) When interest is compounded annually but Time is in fractions say T = 2 years.
4
3
2 R
R 4
A = P 1 1 .
100 100
(vi) In each case, C.I. = A – P.
A
TF 7. (i) If a Sum lent out today for T years at R % compounded annually, amounts to A, then its Present worth = T
.
R
1
100
(ii) If the population of a region increases at the rate of R % per annum and is P at present. Then,
T
P
(a) Population after T years = P 1
R .
. (b) Population T years ago = T
100 R
1
100
(iii) If the value of a machine depreciates at the rate of R % per annum and the value at present is P. Then,
T
P
(a) Value after T years = P 1 R . (b) Value T years ago = T
.
100 R
1
100
20.1
20.2 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
TF 8. Particular Case – When time period is 2 years : When the S.I. and C.I. on a certain sum for 2 years be given as
S and C respectively, then let us suppose that:
Principal = P, Rate = R % p.a.
2
P2R R
(i) We have: S , C P 1 P
100 100
2 2
R 2 PR 100 R 2 PR
C S P 1 P P P
100 100 100 100
100 R 200 R 100 200 R
2 2 2
C S P
100 2
2
R
C S P .
100
(ii) S.I. and C.I. are equal for 1st year. The difference between C.I. and S.I. i.e. C – S for the 2nd year is equal to
S
the interest on S.I. for 1st year i.e. on for 1 year..
2
S R 200 C S
CS 1 R .
2 100 S
TF 9. If a person takes a loan of P at the rate of R % p.a. and agree to repay the loan in n equal instalments of x each.
Then,
x x x
P 1
2
... n
R R R
1 1 1
100 100 100
Corollary : If there are only two equal instalments. Then,
x x
P 1
2
.
R R
1 1
100 100
EXERCISE-I
1. A certain sum of money triples itself in 5 years at simple He lends the remaining money at a certain rate of interest
interest. In how many years it will be five times? so that he gets a total annual interest of 3680. The rate of
[SSC CGL 2017] interest per annum, at which the remaining money is lent,
is
(a) 5 (b) 8
(a) 12% (b) 10%
(c) 10 (d) 15
(c) 7% (d) 5%
2. If Mohan deposited the same amount of x in a bank at the
4. The principal which gives 1 interest per day at a rate of
beginning of successive 3 years and the bank pays a simple
5% simple interest per annum is [SSC CGL 2015]
interest of 5% per annum, then the amount at his credit at
(a) 3650 (b) 7300
the end of 3rd year will be [SSC 2015]
(c) 8400 (d) 10950
21x 861x
(a) (b) 1
20 400 5. In certain years a sum of money doubles itself at 6 %
4
1261x 26481x simple interest per annum, then the required time will be
(c) (d)
400 8000 [SSC CGL 2015]
2
1 (a) 8 years (b) 10 years
3. Out of 50000, a man lends
8000 at 5 % per annum
3
2 1
simple interest and 24000 at 6% per annum simple interest. (c) 12 years (d) 16 years
2
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.3
6. The simple interest on 7300 from 11 May 1987 to 10 (a) 6.09% (b) 6.08%
September 1987 (both days included) at 5% per annum is (c) 6.07% (d) 6.06%
(a) 123 (b) 136 16. A person deposited 400 for 2 years, 550 for 4 years and
(c) 212 (d) 223 1200 for 6 years at equal rate of interest. He received a
7. A man lent 60000, partly at 5% and the rest at 4% simple total simple interest of 1020. The rate of interest per
interest. The total annual interest is 2560, the money lent annum is [SSC CGL 2011]
at 4% was (a) 20% (b) 15%
(a) 42000 (b) 44000 (c) 12.5% (d) 10%
(c) 45000 (d) 48000 17. A certain sum of money amounts to 756 in 2 years and to
8. At the rate of simple interest per annum, the interest on a 1
873 in 3 years at a certain rate of simple interest. The
2 2
certain sum of money for 10 years will be th part of the rate of interest per annum is
5
amount, then the rate of simple interest is [SSC CGL 2014, 15] (a) 13% (b) 12%
(c) 11% (d) 10%
1
(a) 4 % (b) 5% 18. A man took a loan from a bank at the rate of 12% per annum
2
at simple interest. After 3 years he had to pay 5400 as
2
(c) 6 % (d) 7% interest only for the period. The principal amount borrowed
3 by him was
9. If x, y, z are three sum of money such that y is the simple (a) 2000 (b) 10000
interest on x and z is the simple on y for the same time and (c) 15000 (d) 20000
at the same rate of interest, then we have [SSC 2013]
(a) x2 = yz (b) y2 = zx 19. If the ratio of principal and simple interest for 1 year is
(c) z2 = xy (d) xyz = 1 25 : 1, then the rate of interest is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 4% (b) 5%
10. The simple interest on a certain sum for 8 months at 4% per
(c) 20% (d) 25%
annum is 129 less than the simple interest on the same
sum for 15 months at 5% per annum. The sum is 20. A sum of money was lent at simple interest at a certain rate
(a) 3600 (b) 2529 for 3 years. Had it been lent at 2.5% per annum higher
(c) 2400 (d) 2580 rate, it would have fetched 540 more. The money lent
was [SSC 2010]
11. Ratio of the principal and the amount after 1 year is 10 : 12. (a) 7200 (b) 6840
Then the rate of interest per annum is [FCI 2012] (c) 6472 (d) 6400
(a) 20% (b) 18% 21. A sum of money lent out at simple interest amounts to
(c) 16% (d) 12% 720 after 2 years and 1020 after a further period of 5
12. A boy aged 12 years is left with 100000 which is under a years. Find the principle. [SSC CGL 2015]
trust. The trustees invest the money at 6% per annum and (a) 600 (b) 840
pay the minor boy a sum of 2500, for his pocket money at (c) 6000 (d) 8400
the end of each year. The expenses of trust come out to be 22. In what time will 8000 at 3% per annum produce the same
500 per annum. Find the amount that will be handed over to interest as 6000 does in 5 years at 4% simple interest?
the minor boy after he attains the age of 18 years. [SSC 2015] [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 118000 (b) 120000 (a) 3 years (b) 4 years
(c) 125000 (d) 150000 (c) 5 years (d) 6 years
13. Sharukh borrowed some money at the rate of 6% p.a. for 8
23. The simple interest on a sum of money is of the sum. If
the first three years, 9% p.a. for the next five years and 13% 25
p.a. for the period beyond eight years. If the total interest the number of years is numerically half the rate per cent per
paid by him at the end of eleven years is 8160, the money annum, then the rate per cent annum is [SSC CGL 2015]
borrowed by him is (in ) [SSC FCI 2013] (a) 4 (b) 5
(a) 6000 (b) 8000 1
(c) 6 (d) 8
(c) 10000 (d) 12000 4
14. What equal instalment of annual payment will discharge a 24. 1000 is invested at 5% per annum simple interest. If the
debt which is due as 848 at the end of 4 years at 4% per interest is added to the principal after every 10 years, the
annum simple interest amount will become 2000 after
(a) 200 (b) 212 2
(c) 225 (d) 250 (a) 15 years (b) 16 years
3
15. The effective annual rate of interest, corresponding to a 1 3
nominal rate of 6% per annum payable half yearly, is (c) 17 years (d) 18 years
2 4
20.4 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
25. 6000 becomes 7200 in 4 years at a certain rate of simple (a) 5% (b) 6%
interest. If the rate becomes 1.5 times of itself, the amount (c) 7% (d) 8%
of the same principle in 5 years will be 34. A person who pays income tax at the rate of 4 paise per
(a) 8000 (b) 8250 rupee, find that a fall of interest rate from 4% to 3.75%
(c) 9000 (d) 9250
diminishes his net yearly income by 48. What is his capital?
41 1 [SSC 2012]
26. A sum of money becomes of itself in years at a certain (a) 18000 (b) 20000
40 4
(c) 24000 (d) 25000
rate of simple interest. The rate of interest per annum is
(a) 1% (b) 2.5% 35. A sum of 400 amounts to 480 in 4 years. What will it
(c) 5% (d) 10% amount to if the rate of interest is increased by 2%?
(a) 484 (b) 512
27. A person lent 5000 partly at the rate of 4 per cent and (c) 560 (d) None of these
partly at the rate of 5 per cent per annum simple interest.
The total interest after 2 years is 440. To find the sum of 36. A sum of money at a certain rate per annum of simple interest
money lent at each of the above rates 5000 is to be divided doubles in 5 years and at a different rate becomes three
in the ratio times in 12 years. The lower rate of interest per annum is
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2 3
(a) 15% (b) 15 %
(c) 4 : 5 (d) 5 : 4 4
28. A sum of money at simple interest amounts to 1012 in 2
(c) 16 % (d) 20%
1 3
2 years and to 1067.20 in 4 years. The rate of interest 37. A person borrows 5000 for 2 years at 4% per annum simple
2
per annum is [SSC CGL 2004, SSC 2012] 1
(a) 5% (b) 4% interest. He immediately lends it to another person at 6 %
4
(c) 3% (d) 2.5% per annum simple interest for 2 years. His gain in the
29. A borrows 800 at the rate of 12% per annum simple interest transaction is
(a) 112.50 (b) 176.50
and B borrows 910 at the rate of 10% per annum simple
(c) 225 (d) 250
interest. In how many years will their amounts of debt be
equal? 38. What annual instalment will discharge a debt of 6450 due
(a) 24 years (b) 22 years in 4 years at 5% simple interest?
(c) 20 years (d) 18 years [SSC CGL 2005, CGL 2010]
(a) 1950 (b) 1935
30. A man buys a TV priced at 16000. He pays 4000 at (c) 1835 (d) 1500
once and the rest after 15 months on which he is charged a 1
simple interest at the rate of 12% per year. The total amount 39. The simple interest on a sum of money is of the principal
16
he pays for the TV is [SSC 2015] and the number of years is equal to the rate per cent per
(a) 16800 (b) 17200 annum. The rate per annum is [SSC 2013]
(c) 17800 (d) 18200 1 1
(a) 4 % (b) 3 %
31. 800 becomes 956 in 3 years at a certain rate of simple 2 2
interest. If the rate of interest is increased by 4%, what 1 1
amount will 800 become in 3 years? [SSC CGL 2011] (c) 2 % (d) 1 %
2 2
(a) 1020.80 (b) 1036
40. A sum of 1500 is lent out in two parts in such a way that
(c) 1052 (d) 1200
the simple interest on one part at 10% per annum for 5 years
32. At what rate of simple interest per annum will a sum become is equal to that on another part at 12.5% per annum for 4
7 years. The sum lent out at 12.5% is
of itself in 4 years?
4 (a) 500 (b) 750
1 (c) 1000 (d) 1250
(a) 18% (b) 18 %
2 41. An amount of 12000 is divided into two parts so that the
1 3 simple interest on the first part for 3 years at 12% per annum
(c) 18 % (d) 18 % may be equal to the simple interest on the second part for
4 4
1
33. A and B borrowed 3000 and 3200 respectively at the 4 years at 16% per annum. The ratio of the first part to
2
1 the second part is [SSC 2012]
same rate of interest for 2 years. If B paid 40 more (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
2
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2
interest than A, find the rate of interest. [SSC 2015]
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.5
42. A sum of 7930 is divided into three parts and given as 45. Anuj bought a bike for 60000. He paid 10000 cash down
loan at 5% simple interest to A, B and C for 2, 3 and 4 years and the rest at the end of 2 years at 15% simple interest. How
respectively. If the amounts of all three are equal after their much more did he pay as simple interest? [SSC GD 2015]
respective periods of loan, then A received a loan of (a) 50000 (b) 35000
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) 25000 (d) 15000
(a) 2750 (b) 2760
46. A person invests money in three different schemes for 6
(c) 2800 (d) 3050
years, 10 years and 12 years at 10 percent, 12 percent and
43. A person invests 12000 as fixed deposit in a bank at the 15 percent simple interest respectively. At the completion
rate of 10% per annum simple interest. But due to some of each scheme, he gets the same interest. The ratio of his
pressing needs he has to withdraw the entire money after 3 investment is
years, for which the bank allowed him a lower rate of (a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 3 : 4 : 2
interest. If he gets 3320 less than what he would have got (c) 3 : 4 : 6 (d) 6 : 3 : 2
at the end of 5 years, the rate of interest allowed by the
47. Gagan lends 20000 to two of his friends. He gives 12000
bank is [SSC 2012]
to the first at 8% p.a., simple interest. Gagan wants to make
4
(a) 5 7 % (b) 7 % a profit of 10% on the whole. The simple interest rate at
8 9 which he should lend the remaining sum of money to the
2 7 second friend is [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 8 % (d) 8 %
9 9 (a) 8% (b) 12%
(c) 13% (d) 16%
44. Bhim deposited 15600 in a fixed deposit at the rate of
10% per annum simple interest. After every second year, 48. What should be the least number of years in which the simple
he adds his interest earnings to the principal. The interest at 2
interest on 2600 at 6 % will be an exact number of
the end of fourth year is 3
(a) 1716 (b) 1872 rupees? [SSC (GD) 2013]
(c) 3432 (d) 3744 (a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 5
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Let the sum be (x) and rate be R %. 21x 41x
For IInd year : P x , R 5% p.a.
Then amount = (3x) and SI = (3x – x) = (2x). 20 20
and T = 1 year. Then, S.I. 41x .
41x 5
1
Now, SI P R T 20 100 400
100
41x 41x 861x
xR5 Amount = .
2x R 40% . 20 400 400
100
For IIIrd year : P 1261x
Now, Amount = 5x and so S.I. = (5x – x) = 4x. 861x
x , R 5% p.a.
400 400
x 40 T
4 x
and T = 1 year. Then, S.I. = 1261x .
1261x 5
100 1
T = 10 years. 400 100 8000
Required time = 10 years. 1261x 1261 x 26481x
Amount = .
2. For 1st year : P = x, R = 5% p.a. and T = 1 year. 400 8000 8000
x 5 1 x 3. Let the required rate be R% p.a. Then,
Then, S.I. = .
100 20 11 6 R
8000 2 100 1 24000 100 1 18000 100 1
x 21x
Amount = x .
20 20 = 3680
20.6 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
40 + 1440 + 180 R = 3680 180 R = 2200 R = 12. 12. Principal = 100000, Rate = 6% p.a.,
Rate = 12%. Time = (18 – 12) years = 6 years.
1 Then, total amount (at the age of 18 years)
4. T = 1 day = years, R = 5% p.a and S.I. = 1.
365
100000 6 6
= 100000 = 136000.
1 100 365
Principal = 7300
100
5
Now, total amount left after deducting pocket money of the boy
5. Let principal = P. and expenses of the trust.
1 = (136000 – 2500 × 6 – 500 × 6) = (136000 – 15000 – 3000)
Then Amount = 2P, S.I. = 2P – P = P and R 6 % .
4
= 118000.
100 P 100 4
Time = yrs yrs 16 yrs . 13. Let the money borrowed be x. Then,
25 25
P x 6 3 x 9 5 x 13 3
4 8160
123 100 100 100
6. Time = (21 + 30 + 31 + 31 + 10) = 123 days = year.
365 18 x 45 x 39 x 102 x
P = 7300 and R = 5% p.a. 8160 8160
100 100 100 100
S.I. = 7300
5 123 8160 100
123 . x 8000 .
100 365 102
7. Let the sum lent at 5% be x and that at 4% be (60000 – x). Hence, money borrowed = 8000.
x 5 1 (60000 – x) 4 1 2560 . 14. Let each instalment be x. Then,
100 100
x 4 1 x4 2 x 43
xx x x 848
5x + 240000 – 4x = 256000 x = 16000. 100 100 100
Money lent at 4% = (60000 – 16000) = 44000. 104 x 108 x 112 x 424 x
x 848 848 x 200 .
2P 100 100 100 100
8. Let amount = P. Then, S.I. = .
5 Each instalment = 200.
2 P 3P 15. Let the effective annual rate be R% and principal be P.
Principal = P and time = 10 yrs.
5 5 R
1
3
2
Then, P 1 P 1
2P 100 100
5 100 2 2
Rate = % 10 % 6 % . 100 R 103 103
3 P 3 3 100 + R = 106.09 R = 6.09.
10 100 100 100
5
9. Let time be T years and rate be R % p.a. Hence, effective annual rate = 6.09%.
xRT 400 R 2 550 R 4 1200 R 6
Then, y is the S.I. on x y ... (i) 16. 1020
100 100 100 100
yRT 100 z 800 2200 7200 1020
z y R 1020 R % 10% .
And, z is the S.I. on y ... (ii) 100 100 100 102
100 RT
Multipling (i) and (ii), we get: 17. S.I. for 1 1 years = (873 – 756) = 117.
2
xRT 100 z 2
y2 = y2 = zx. S.I. for 2 years = 117 2 156 .
100 RT 3
10. Let the sum be x. Principal = (756 – 156) = 600.
Now, P = 600, T = 2 years and S.I. = 156.
Then, x
5 15 4 8
x 129
100 12 100 12 100 156
Rate = % 13% .
x 2x 75 x 32 x 600 2
129 129
16 75 1200 18. S.I. = 5400, T = 3 years, R = 12%.
43x = 129 × 1200 x = 3 × 1200 = 3600. 5400 100
Principal = 15000 .
Required sum = 3600. 12 3
11. Let the principal be 10x and amount be 12x. 19. Let the principal be 25x and S.I. be x.
Then, S.I. = (12x – 10x) = 2x 100 x
Rate = % 4% .
Time = 1 year. 25 x 1
20. Let sum = P and original rate = R.
2 x 100
Rate = % 20% . P ( R 2.5) 3 P R 3
10 x 1 Then,
100 100 540
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.7
3PR + 7.5P – 3PR = 54000 7.5P = 54000 P = 7200. 1
28. S.I. for 1 years = (1067.20 – 1012) = 55.20.
Hence, sum = 7200. 2
S.I. for 2 years = 55.20 92 .
21. S.I. for 5 years = (1020 – 720) = 300 1 2 5
2 2 3 2
S.I. for 2 years = 300 120 .
5 1 1
Principal = Amount after 2 years S.I. for 2 years
2 2
Principal = Amount (after 2 years) – S.I. (for 2 years)
= (1012 – 92) = 920.
= (720 – 120) = 600.
100 92
22. P1 = 8000, R1 = 3%, p.a., P2 = 6000, T2 = 5 years Hence, rate = % 4% .
5
and R2 = 4% p.a. 920
2
P1 R1 T1 P2 R2 T2
Then, 29. Let the time be n years. Then,
100 100
8000 3 T1 6000 4 5
100
100 800 12 n
100
800
910 10 n
100
910
6000 4 5 96n + 800 = 91n + 910 n = 22.
T1 = 5.
8000 3 Hence, the amounts will be equal in 22 years.
Hence, required time = 5 years. 30. Principal = (16000 – 4000) = 12000, Rate = 12%,
8x 5
23. Let sum = x. Then, S.I. = . Time = 15 months = years .
25 4
R
Let rate = R%. Then time = years . 12 5
2 Then, amount = 12000 12000 13800 .
100 4
x R R 8x 1600
Now, or R 2 64 R 8. Total amount paid for the T.V. = (4000 + 13800) = 17800.
100 2 25 25
31. S.I. = (956 – 800) = 156, T = 3 years.
Rate = 8%.
100 156
1000 5 10 R % 6.5% .
24. Amount after 10 years = 1000 1500 . 800 3
100
New rate R = (6.5 + 4)% = 10.5%.
Now, S.I. = (2000 – 1500) = 500, P = 1500, R = 5%.
500 100 2 800 10.5 3
Time = years 6 3 years.
New S.I. = 252 .
100
1500 5
Amount = (800 + 252) = 1052.
2 2
Hence, required time = 10 6 years 16 years. 32. Let principal = P. Then,
3 3
7P 7 3P
25. P = 6000, S.I. = (7200 – 6000) = 1200 and T = 4 years. Amount = , S.I. P P and T 4 years .
4 4 4
1200 100
R= % 5% . 3P
6000 4
4 100 75 3
Now, P = 6000. Rate = % % 18 % .
P4 4 4
New R = (1.5 × 5)% = 7.5% and T = 5 yrs.
33. Principal for A = 3000, Principal for B = 3200.
6000 7.5 5
Amount =
6000 8250 . 1 5
100 Time = 2 yrs yrs.
2 2
26. Let principal = P. Then,
41P P 1 Then, 3200 R 5 3000 R 5 40
S.I. = P and T = yrs. 100 2 100 2
40 40 4
P R (80 – 75) = 40 R = 8.
40 100 100 4 Required rate = 8%.
Rate = % % 10% .
P 1 40 34. Let Principal = P
4
P 4 1 P 3.75 1
27. Let the sum lent at 4% be x and that at 5% be (5000 – x). Then, 48
100 100
Then, x42
100
(5000 – x) 5 2
100
440
0.25 P
100
48 P
4800
0.25
19200 .
8x + 5000 – 10x = 44000 2x = 6000 x = 3000.
Now, let his capital be x, Tax % = 4%
Required ratio = 3000 : (5000 – 3000) = 3000 : 2000 = 3 : 2.
20.8 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
Then, (100 – 4)% of x = 19200. 864000
36x = 864000 – 72x x 8000 .
Note : The amount invested is obtained after 108
deducting tax from the capital
first part = 8000 and second part = 4000.
96
x 19200 x 20000 . Hence, required ratio = 8000 : (12000 – 8000)
100
Capital = 20000. = 8000 : 4000 = 2 : 1.
35. Principal = 400, S.I. = (480 – 400) = 80, Time = 4 years. 42. Let the three parts be x, y and z respectively.
x 5 2 y53 z 5 4
100 80 Then, x y z
Then, R = % 5% . 100 100 100
400 4
110 x 115 y 120 z
Now, P = 400, R = (5 + 2)% = 7% and T = 4 years. 22x = 23y = 24z = k (say).
100 100 100
400 7 4 k k k
Amount = 400 512 . x:y:z= : : 276 : 264 : 253 .
100 22 23 24
36. Case 1: Let principal = P. 276
Hence, loan received by A = 7930
Then, Amount = 2P, S.I. = 2P – P = P and T = 5 yrs. (276 264 253)
276
100 P = 7930 2760 .
R= % 20% . 793
P5 43. Let the lowered rate be R % p.a.
Case 2: Principal = P. Then, 12000 10 5 12000 R 3
Then, 3320
Amount = 3P, S.I. = 3P – P = 2 P and T = 12 years. 100 100
100 2 P 50 2 2680 67 4
R= % % 16 % . 6000 – 360R = 3320 R 7 .
360 9 9
P 12 3 3
4
2 Rate = 7 % .
Hence, lower rate of interest = 16 % . 9
3
25 15600 10 2
37. Required gain = 5000 2 (5000 4 2) 44. Interest after 2 years I1 = 3120 .
4 100 100
= (625 – 400) = 225. Principal after 2 years = (15600 + 3120) = 18720.
38. Let each instalment be x. For the next two years: P = 18720, T = 2 years, R = 10%.
x 5 1 x5 2 x 5 3 S.I. = P R T 18720 10 2
3744.
Then, x x x x = 6450 100 100
100 100 100
45. Principal = (60000 – 10000) = 50000,
21x 22 x 23 x
x 6450 Time = 2 years and R = 15%.
20 20 20
20x + 21x + 22x + 23x = 6450 × 20 50000 15 2
S.I. = 15000 .
100
6450 20
x 1500 .
86 Thus, he paid 15000 more, in the form of interest.
Each instalment = 1500. 46. Let the three amount be x, y and z respectively.
x x 10 6 y 12 10 z 15 12
39. Let sum = x. Then, S.I. = . Then,
16 100 100 100
Let rate = R % and time = R years. 60x = 120y = 180z x = 2y = 3z = k (say)
x R R x 100 10 1 k k
Then, R2 or R 2 . x k, y , z
100 16 16 4 2 2 3
1 k k 1 1
Rate = 2 % . x: y:z k : : 1: : 6 : 3 : 2 .
2 2 3 2 3
40. Let the sum lent at 10% be x and that at 12.5% be (1500 – x). 47. Let the remaining money be lent at R % p.a.
x 10 5 (1500 x ) 12.5 4 12000 8 1 8000 R 1
. Then , 10% of 20000
100 100 100 100
50x = 75000 – 50x x = 750.
960 + 80 R = 2000 80 R = 1040 R = 13.
Sum lent out at 12.5% = (1500 – 750) = 750. Required rate = 13%.
41. Let the first part be x and second part be (12000 – x).
2
Then, x 12 3 (12000 x) 16 9 48. We have : P = 2600, R = 6 %.
3
100 100 2
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.9
Let Time T = n years. Then, Clearly, for S.I. to be in an exact number of rupees, n must be
divisible by 3.
P RT 2600 20 n
S.I. = . Least possible value of n is 3. i.e., the least number of years = 3.
100 100 3
EXERCISE-II
1. The number of trees in a town is 17640. If the number of interest. She received an amount of 13230 after n years.
trees increases annually at the rate of 5%, then how many Find n.
trees were there 2 years ago? [SSC CGL 2017] (a) 2.0 years (b) 2.5 years
(a) 14000 (b) 15000 (c) 2.8 years (d) 3.0 years
(c) 16000 (d) 19450
10. When principal is S, rate of interest is 2r % per annum,
2. If 2500 becomes to 2970.25 in 2 years at compound then what amount a person will get after 3 years at
interest compounded annually, then what is the yearly rate compound interest?
of interest (in %)? [SSC CGL 2017]
3 3
(a) 7 (b) 9 r r
(a) S 1 (b) S 1
(c) 11 (d) 13 50 100
3. A, B and C invested amounts in the ratio 3 : 4 : 5 respectively. 3
r 6 Sr
If the schemes offered compound interest at the rate of 20% (c) 3S 1 (d)
per annum, 15% per annum and 10% per annum 100 100
respectively, then what will be the ratio of their amounts 11. At what rate of compound interest per annum will a sum of
after 1 year? [SSC CGL 2017] 1200 become 1348.32 in 2 years?
(a) 3 : 15 : 25 (b) 6 : 6 : 15 (a) 6% (b) 6.5%
(c) 36 : 46 : 55 (d) 12 : 23 : 11 (c) 7% (d) 7.5%
4. The difference between the compound interest compounding
12. A sum of 3200 invested at 10% p.a. compounded quarterly
half yearly for 1 year and the simple interest for 1 year on a
amounts to 3362. Compute the time period.
certain sum of money lent out at 8% per annum is 64.
What is the sum (in )? [SSC CGL 2017] 3 1
(a) years (b) years
(a) 40000 (b) 42000 4 2
(c) 44000 (d) 44800 (c) 1 years (d) 2 years
5. The difference of compound interest and simple interest 13. A man saves 2000 at the end of each year and invests the
for 3 years and for 2 years are in ratio 23 : 7 respectively. money at 5% compound interest. At the end of 3 years he
What is the rate of interest per annum (in %)? [SSC CGL 2017] will have
100 200 (a) 2205 (b) 4205
(a) (b) (c) 4305 (d) 6305
7 7
14. In what time 8000 will amount to 9261 at 10% per annum
300 400
(c) (d) compound interest, when the interest is compounded half
7 7 yearly?
6. A certain sum will amount to 12100 in 2 years at 10% per
1
annum of compound interest, interest being compounded (a) 1 years (b) 2 years
annually. The sum is 2
(a) 8000 (b) 6000 1 1
(c) 12000 (d) 10000 (c) 2 years (d) 3 years
2 2
7. The compound interest on a sum of 5000 at 8% per annum
15. In what time will 64000 amount to 68,921 at 5% per
for 9 months when interest is compounded quarterly is
annum, interest being compounded half yearly?
(a) 310.4 (b) 309.64
(c) 306.04 (d) 303.25 (a) 1 1 years (b) 2 years
2
8. On a certain principal the compound interest compounded
annually for the second year at 10% per annum is 132. 1
(c) 2 years (d) 3 years
The principal is 2
(a) 1000 (b) 1200 16. The compound interest on 5000 for 3 years at 10% p.a.
(c) 1250 (d) 1320 will amount to
9. Alka invested a sum of 12000 at 5% per annum compound (a) 1565 (b) 1600
(c) 1654 (d) 1655
20.10 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
17. In how many years will a sum of 800 at 10% per annum annum is
compound interest, compounded semi-annually becomes (a) 20% (b) 15%
926.10 ? (c) 10% (d) 5%
2 1 27. The sum of money that yield a compound interest of 420
(a) 1 years (b) 1 years
3 2 during the second year at 5% p.a. is
(a) 4000 (b) 8000
1 1
(c) 2 years (d) 2 years (c) 21000 (d) 42000
3 2
28. The compound interest on 6000 at 10% per annum for
18. The compound interest on 8000 at 15% per annum for 2 1
years 4 months, when compounded annually is 1 years, when the interest being compunded annually
2
(a) 2980 (b) 3091 is
(c) 3100 (d) 3109 (a) 910 (b) 870
19. A certain sum, invested at 4% per annum compound interest (c) 930 (d) 900
compounded half-yearly, amounts to 7803 at the end of 29. A man borrowed some money from a private organization
one year. The sum is at 5% simple interest per annum. He lends 50% of this
(a) 7700 (b) 7500 money to another person at 10% compound interest per
(c) 7200 (d) 7000 annum and thereby the man made a profit of 3205 in 4
20. The time in which 80000 amounts to 92610 at 10% years. How much did the man borrow?
p.a. compound interest, interest being compounded semi- (a) 150000 (b) 120000
annually is (c) 100000 (d) 80000
1 30. There is 100% increase to an amount in 8 years, at simple
(a) 3 years (b) 2 years interest. Find the compound interest of 8000 after 2 years
2
at the same rate of interest.
1 (a) 2000 (b) 2125
(c) 2 years (d) 1 years
2 (c) 2250 (d) 2500
21. At what rate per cent per annum will a sum of 1000 31. Compound interest on a sum of money for 2 years at 4%
amounts to 1102.50 in 2 years at compound interest? per annum is 2448. Simple interest of the same sum of
(a) 6.5% (b) 6% money at the same rate of interest for 2 years will be
(c) 5.5% (d) 5% (a) 2250 (b) 2360
22. The compound interest of 2000 in 2 years if the rate of (c) 2400 (d) 2500
interest is 4% per annum for the first year and 3% per annum 32. The compound interest on a certain sum for 2 years at 10%
for the second year, will be per annum is 525. The simple interest on the same sum
(a) 140.40 (b) 141.40 for double the time at half the rate per cent per annum is
(c) 142.40 (d) 143.40 (a) 500 (b) 515
(c) 520 (d) 525
23. A Principal of 10000, after 2 years compounded annually,
the rate of interest being 10% per annum during the first 1
33. If the compound interest on a sum for 2 years at 12 p.a
year and 12% per annum during the second year (in ) will 2
amount to is 510, the simple interest on the same sum at the same
(a) 11320 (b) 12000 rate for the same period of time is
(c) 12320 (d) 12500 (a) 480 (b) 460
(c) 450 (d) 400
24. If the rate of interest be 4% per annum for first year, 5%
per annum for second year and 6% per annum for third 34. The compound interest on a certain sum of money at a
year, then the compound interest of 10000 for 3 years certain rate per annum for two years is 2050 and the
will be simple interest on the same amount of money at the same
(a) 1575.25 (b) 1600 rate for 3 years is 3000. Then the sum of money is
(c) 1625.80 (d) 2000 (a) 18000 (b) 20000
(c) 21000 (d) 25000
25. The compound interest on 16000 for 9 months at 20%
per annum, interest being com-pounded quarterly is 35. The compound interest on a certain sum of money for
(a) 2518 (b) 2520 2 years at 10% per annum is 420. The simple interest
(c) 2522 (d) 2524 on the same sum at the same rate and for the same time
will be
26. A sum of money on compound interest amounts to 10648 (a) 400 (b) 380
in 3 years and 9680 in 2 years. The rate of interest per (c) 375 (d) 350
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.11
36. A certain amount of money earns 540 as simple interest 46. A sum of money at compound interest will amount to 650
in 3 years. If it earns a compound interest of 376.20 at at the end of the first year and 676 at the end of the second
the same rate of interest in 2 years, find the amount (in ). year. The amount of money is
(a) 2100 (b) 2000 (a) 625 (b) 650
(c) 1800 (d) 1600 (c) 1250 (d) 1300
37. The difference between the compound interest and simple 47. At what rate per cent per annum of compound interest, will
interest for the amount of 5000 in 2 years is 32. The a sum of money become four times of itself in two years?
rate of interest is (a) 20% (b) 50%
(a) 12% (b) 10% (c) 75% (d) 100%
(c) 8% (d) 5%
48. Varun took 6800 as a loan which along with interest is to
38. The difference between the compound and the simple be repaid in two equal annual instalments. If the rate of
interest on a sum for 2 years at 10% per annum, when the 1
interest is compounded annually it is 28. If the interest interest is 12 %, which is compounded annually, then the
were compounded half-yearly, the difference in the two 2
value of each instalment is
interests will be (a) 4000 (b) 4050
(a) 28.35 (b) 43.29 (c) 4150 (d) 8100
(c) 43.41 (d) 44
49. A man buys a scooter on making a cash down payment of
39. At a certain rate per annum, the simple interest on a sum of
16224 and promises to pay two more yearly instalments
money for one year is 260 and the compound interest on
of equivalent amount in next two years. If the rate of interest
the same sum for two years is 540.80. The rate of interest
per annum is is 4% per annum, compounded yearly, the cash value of
(a) 4% (b) 6% the scooter is
(c) 8% (d) 10% (a) 40000 (b) 46000
(c) 46824 (d) 50000
40. The simple interest and compound interest (compounded
annually) on a certain sum of money with a given rate for a 50. A sum of money is paid back in two annual instalments of
period of 2 years are 900 and 954 respectively. The 17640 each, allowing 5% compound interest
sum of money is compounded annually. The sum borrowed was
(a) 2850 (b) 3750 (a) 32000 (b) 32200
(c) 3700 (d) 3650 (c) 32400 (d) 32800
41. On a certain sum of money, the difference between the 51. A loan of 12,300 at 5% per annum compound interest is
compound interest for a year, payable half-yearly, and the to be repaid in two equal annual instalments at the end of
simple interest for a year is 180. If the rate of interest in every year. Find the amount of each instalment.
both the cases is 10%, then the sum is (a) 6156 (b) 6516
(a) 54000 (b) 60000 (c) 6615 (d) 6651
(c) 62000 (d) 72000
52. A sum of 210 was taken as a loan. This is to be paid back
42. A sum of 6000 is deposited for 3 years at 5% per annum in two equal instalments. If the rate of interest be 10%
compound interest (compounded annually). The difference compounded annually, then the value of each instalment is
of interests for 3 and 2 years will be (a) 121 (b) 127
(a) 30.75 (b) 75.00 (c) 210 (d) 225
(c) 330.75 (d) 375.00
53. Akhil desired to deposit his retirement benefit of 3 lakhs
43. On what sum of money will the difference between S.I and
partly to a post office and partly to a bank at 10% and 6%
C.I for 2 years at 5% per annum will be equal to 25?
interests respectively. If his monthly interest income was
(a) 9000 (b) 9500
2000, then the difference of his deposits in the post office
(c) 10000 (d) 10500
and in the bank was
44. The compound interest on a certain sum for two successive (a) 40000 (b) 50000
years are 225 and 238.50. The rate of interest per annum is (c) 100000 (d) Nil
(a) 5% (b) 6%
54. A man gave 50% of his savings of 84100 to his wife and
1 divided the remaining sum among his two sons A and B of
(c) 7 % (d) 10%
2 15 and 13 years of age respectively. He divided it in such a
45. A sum of money placed at compound interest doubles itself way that each of his sons, when they attain the age of 18
in 5 years. In how many years, it would amount to eight years, would receive the same amount at 5% compound
times of itself at the same rate of interest? interest per annum. The share of B was
(a) 7 years (b) 10 years (a) 20000 (b) 20050
(c) 15 years (d) 20 years (c) 22000 (d) 22050
20.12 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (a)
SOLUTIONS
17640 x
1. Number of Trees 2 years ago 2 64 x 64 625 40000.
5 625
1
100 5. Let P be the Principal and R be the rate. Then,
17640
17640 20 20 C.I. after 3 years
21 21 16000.
21 21 3
20 20 R R3 3R 2 3R
= P 1 – P P 1 –P
R
2
R
2 100 100 3
100 2
100
2. A p 1 2970.25 2500 1
100 100 R3 3R 2 3R
2 P .
2970.25
1
R
100
3
100 2
100
2500 100
P 3 R 3 PR
2970.25 R S.I. after 3 years .
1 100 100
2500 100
R 54.50 Difference after 3 years =
1
100 50
R3 3R 2 3R 3PR R3 3R 2
R 54.50 4.50 P – P ...(i)
–1 100
3
100 2
100 100 100
3
1002
100 50 50
4.50 C.I. after 2 years
R 100 9% .
50
2
3. Let amounts invested by A, B and C be 3x, 4x and 5x respectively. R R2 2R
P 1 – P P 1 –P
Their respective rates are 20%, 15% and 10%. 100 1002 100
Ratio of amounts after one year R2 2R
P 2
20 15 10 100 100
3x 1 : 4 x 1 : 5 x 1 P 2 R 2PR
100 100 100 S.I. after 2 years .
100 100
120 115 110
3x : 4x : 5x R2 2 R 2 PR R2
100 100 100 Difference after 2 years P P
2
100 100 2
= 360x : 460x : 550x 100 100
... (ii)
= 36 : 46 : 55.
4. Let the sum be x. R3 3R 2
P
100 1002
3
23
4
2
26 2
C.I x 1 – x x – 1 R2 7 . [Using (i) and (ii)]
100 25 P 2
100
x 8 1 2x
S.I. =
100 25 R2 R
P 3
Now, C.I. – S. I. = 64 1002 100 23 R 23 200
3 R .
26 2
2 x R 2 7 100 7 7
x – 1 – 64 P
25 25 1002
262 – 252 2 200
Hence, the rate of interest per annum is %.
x – 64 7
625 25
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.13
6. Let the sum be x. Then, Let time = n years = 4n quarter. Then,
2 4n 4n
10 2.5 1 3362 1681
x 1 12100 3200 1 3362 1
100 100 40 3200 1600
11 11 12100 10 10 4n 2
x 12100 x 10000. 41 41 1
10 10 11 11 4n 2 n years.
40 40 2
Sum = 10000.
13. Principal = 2000, Rate = 5% p.a., Time = 3 years. Then,
7. Principal = 5000; Time = 9 months = 3 quarters;
Total required amount
Rate = 8% per annum = 2% per quarter.
5
2
5
2
3
51 51 51 = 2000 1 2000 1 2000
Amount = 5000 1 = 5000 50 50 50 100 100
100
= 5306.04. 441 21
= 2000 2000 2000
400 20
Hence, C.I. = (5306.04 – 5000) = 306.04.
8. Let the principal be x. Then, = 2205 2100 2000 = 6305.
2 121x
C.I. for 2 years = x 1
10 14. Principal = 8000, Amount = 9261,
x = 100 x
100 R = 10% p.a. = 5% per half year.
21x Let time = n years = 2n half years. Then,
= .
100 5
2n
21
2n
9261 21
3
8000 1 9261 =
10 10 x 100 20 8000 20
C.I. for 1 year = x 1 = .
100 100 3 1
21x 10 x 2n = 3 n= years = 1 years.
So, C.I. for 2nd year = = 132 2 2
100 100
15. Principal = 64000, Amount = 68921,
11x
132 x = 1200. Rate = 5% p.a. = 2.5% per half-year.
100
Let time = n years = 2n half-years. Then,
Principal = 1200. 2n
2.5
9. Principal = 12000, Amount = 13230, 64000 1 68921
100
Rate = 5% p.a. and Time = n years. Then,
2n 3
5
n
2.5 68921 41
12000 1 13230 1
100 100 64000 40
n 2n 3
5 13230 441 41 41 2n = 3
1
100 12000 400 40 40
21
n
21
2 3 1
n 2 years. n years = 1 years.
20 20 2 2
10. Principal = S, R = (2r)% p.a. and T = 3 years. 16. Principal = 5000, R = 10% and Time = 3 years.
3
11 11 11
r Then, amount = 5000 1 10 = 5000
3
2r
3
Then, amount = S 1 = S 1 . 100 10 10 10
100 50
= 6655.
11. Let the rate be R% per annum. Then,
2 C.I. = (6655 – 5000) = 1655.
R
1200 1 1348.32 17. Principal = 800, R = 10% p.a. = 5% per half year.
100
2 Let time = n years = 2n half years. Then,
R 1348.32 134832 2809
1 2n 2n
100 1200 120000 2500 5 1 92610 9261
800 1 926.10 1
R
2
53
2
R 53 100 20 80000 8000
1 1
100 50 100 50 2n 3
21 21 3 years.
2n 3 n
R 53 3 20 20 2
1 R 6.
100 50 50 1
Required time = 1 years.
Hence, rate = 6% p.a. 2
12. Principal = 3200, Amount = 3362, 4 1
18. Time = 2 years 4 months = 2 years = 2 years.
Rate = 10% p.a. = 2.5% per quarter. 12 3
20.14 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
25. Principal = 16000; Time = 9 months = 3 quarters;
1
2 15
8000 1 5 1 3 Rate = 20% p.a. = 5% per quarter. Then,
Amount =
100 100 5
3
21 21 21
Amount = 16000 1 = 16000 20 20 20
23 23 21 100
= 8000 = 11109 = 18522.
20 20 20
26. Interest for 1 year = (10648 – 9680) = 968.
C.I. = (11109 – 8000) = 3109.
This is the interest on the amount obtained after 2 years.
19. Amount = 7803, R = 4% p.a. = 2% per half year,
Now, principal = 9680, T = 1 year, S.I. = 968.
Time = 2 half-years.
968 100
Let the sum be x. Then, R= % = 10%.
2 9680 1
2 51 51
x 1 7803 x 7803 27. Let the sum be x. Then,
10 50 50
5 21x
7803 50 50 Amount after 1 year = x 1 = .
x 7500. 100 20
51 51
Required sum = 7500 21x 5 21x
C.I. during the 2nd year = 1
20 100 20
20. Principal = 80000, Amount = 92610,
441x 21x 21x
Rate = 5% per half year. = = .
400 20 400
Let time = n years = 2n half years. Then,
2n 2n 21x
5 21 92610 9261 So, = 420 x = 8000.
80000 1 92610 400
100 20 80000 8000
Hence, sum = 8000.
2n 3
21 21 3 1 1
2n 3 n years = 1 years. 28. Principal = 6000, R = 10% p.a. and T = 1 years.
20 20 2 2 2
21. Let the Rate be R % p.a. Then, 1
10
R
2
R
2
1102.50 110250 6000 1 10 1 2
1000 1 1102.50 1 Then, amount =
100 100 1000 100000 100 100
R
2
441 21
2 21
1 = 6600 = 6930.
20
100 400 20
R 21 R 1 C.I. = (6930 – 6000) = 930.
1 R 5. 29. Let the money borrowed be x.
100 20 100 20
Rate = 5%. x
Then, money borrowed on C.I. = .
2
22. Principal = 2000, Time = 2 years, R1 = 4% p.a. and R2 = 3% p.a.
Then, P = x, R = 5%, T = 4 years
4 3 26 103 P R T x 5 4 x
Amount = 2000 1 S.I. = = = .
1 = 2000 100 100 5
100 100 25 100
= 2142.40. x
P = , R = 10%, T = 4 years
2
C.I. = (2142.40 – 2000) = 142.40.
23. Principal = 10000, T = 2 years, R1 = 10% p.a. and R2 = 12% p.a. R
T x 10
4
C.I. = P 1 1 1 1
Then, 100 2 100
10 12
x 11
4
Amount = 10000 1 1 4641x
100 100 = 1 =
2 10 20000
11 28
= 10000 = 12320. 4641x x 641x
x = 100000.
10 25 3205 3205
20000 5 20000
24. Principal = 10000, T = 3 years, R1 = 4%, R2 = 5% and R3 = 6%.
Thus, the money borrowed by him was 100000.
Then,
30. Let P = x. Then, S.I. = x, T = 8 years.
4 5 6
Amount = 10000 1 1 1 P RT x R 8 100 25
100 100 100 S.I. = x R % %.
100 100 8 2
26 21 53 25
= 10000 = 11575.20. Now, P = 8000, R = % p.a. and T = 2 years.
25 20 50 2
T 2 2
C.I. = (11575.20 – 10000) = 1575.20. R 25 9
A = P 1 8000 1 8000 = 10125.
100 200 8
Simple Interest and Compound Interest 20.15
C.I. = A – P = (10125 – 8000) = 2125. Thus, the amount is 2000.
31. Let the S.I. for 2 years be x. We have: 37. C.I. – S.I. (for 2 years) = 32, P = 5000.
2 2
C.I. = 2448, R = 4% p.a. R R
C.I. – S.I. = P 32 5000
200 C.I. S.I. 200 2448 x 100 100
R= 4 2 2
S.I. x R 32 64 8
x = 50 × 2448 – 50x 51x = 50 × 2448 R 8
100 5000 10000 100
50 2448 Thus, the rate of interest is 8% p.a.
x = 2400.
51 38. C.I. – S.I. (for 2 years) = 28, R = 10% p.a.
Thus, the required simple interest for 2 years will be 2400. 2 2
R 10
32. Let P = x. We have: R = 10% p.a., T = 2 years. C.I. – S.I. = P 28 P P = 2800.
100 100
T 2 2
R 0 11 Now, P = 2800, R = 10% p.a., T = 2 years = 4 half-years.
x =
121x
A = P 1 x 1 .
100 100 10 100 R / 2
T 10
4
121x C.I. = P 1 1 2800 1 1
C.I. = A – P 525 = – x x = 2500. 100 2 100
100 = 603.41.
10
Now, P = 2500, R = % = 5% p.a., T = 4 years. P R T 2800 10 2
2 S.I. = = = 560.
100 100
P T R 2500 4 5
S.I. = = = 500. Required difference = (603.41 – 560) = 43.41.
100 100
1 25 39. S.I. for one year = 260.
33. Let S.I. = x. We have: C.I. = 510, R = 12 % % p.a.
2 2 S.I. for two years = (260 × 2) = 520.
200 C.I. S.I. 25 200 510 x C.I. for two years = 540.80.
R=
S.I. 2 x 200 C.I. S.I. 200 540.80 520
R= = 8%.
x = 16(510 – x) x = 480. S.I. 520
Thus, the simple interest on the same is 480. Thus, the rate of interest per annum is 8%.
34. C.I. for 2 years = 2050. 40. S.I. = 900, C.I. = 954.
S.I. for 3 years = 3000 200 C.I. S.I. 200 954 900
R= 12%.
3000 S.I. 900
S.I. for 2 years = 2 = 2000.
3 P R2 P 12 12
Now, C.I. – S.I. = 954 900
200 C.I. S.I. 200 2050 2000 10000 10000
R= 5%.
S.I. 2000 54 10000
P = 3750.
Now, S.I. = 3000, R = 5% p.a. and T = 3 years. 12 12
S.I. 100 3000 100 Thus, the sum of money is 3750.
P= = = 20000.
R T 53 41. Let P = x. We have: R = 10% p.a., T = 1 year = 2 half-years
T 2 2
Thus, the sum of money is 20000. R 10 21 441x
A = P 1 x 1 2 100 x 20 = 400 .
35. Let the S.I. be x. We have: C.I. = 420. 2 100
200 C.I. S.I. 200 420 x 441x 41x
R= 10 x =
S.I. x C.I. = A – P = .
400 400
20 420 P R T x 10 1 x
x = 20 × 420 – 20x 21x = 20 × 420 x = = 400. S.I. = = = .
21 100 100 10
Thus, the required simple interest is 400.
41x x x
36. S.I. in 3 years = 540. C.I. – S.I. = 180 x = 72000.
400 10 400
540 Thus, the required sum is 72000.
S.I. in 2 years = 2 = 360.
3 42. P = 6000, R = 5% p.a.
C.I. in 2 years = 376.20. 5
2
C.I. after 2 years = 6000 1 1 = 615.
200 C.I. S.I. 200 376.20 360 100
R= 9%.
S.I. 360
R
T 5
3
Now, S.I. = 540, R = 9% and T = 3 years. C.I. after 3 years = P 1 1 6000 1 1
100 100
S.I. 100 540 100
P= = = 2000. = 945.75.
R T 3 9
Required difference = (945.75 – 615) = 330.75.
20.16 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
43. C.I. – S.I. (for 2 years) = 25, R = 5% p.a. = (15600 + 15000) = 30600
2 2 The cash value of the scooter = (16224 + 30600) = 46824.
R 5
C.I. – S.I. = P 25 P P = 10000. 50. Amount of each instalments = 17640, R = 5%, T = 2 years.
100 100
17640 17640
Thus, the required sum of money is 10000. Sum borrowed = 2
= (16800 + 16000)
5 5
1 1
44. Simple interest on 225 for 1 year = (238.50 – 225) = 13.50. 100 100
Now, we have: P = 225, S.I. = 13.50, T = 1 year. = 32800.
S.I. 100 13.50 100
R= % 6%. 51. Let the amount of each instalment be x. We have:
PT 225 1 P = 12300, R = 5% p.a., T = 2 years.
Thus, the rate of interest per annum is 6%. x x
12300 =
45. (c) Let P = x, R = r % p.a. Then, A = 2x and T = 5 years. 5 5
2
1 1
R
T
r
5
r 100 100
A = P 1 2 x x 1 1 21/5
100 100 100 20 x 400 x 820 x
... (i) 12300 = 12300 x = 6615.
21 441 441
Now, P = x, A = 8x, R = r % p.a. Let T = n years. Thus, the amount of each instalment is 6615.
T n
R r
A = P 1 8 x x 1 8 2 1/5 n 52. Let the value of each instalment be x. We have:
100 100
P = 210, R = 10% p.a., T = 2 years.
n x x
23 2n /5 3 n = 15. 210 = 2
5 10 10
1 1
Required time = 15 years. 100 100
46. Let P = x. We have: A = 650, T = 1 year. 10 x 100 x 210 x
T 210 = = 210 x = 121.
R R 11 121 121
A = P 1 650 x 1 ... (i)
100 100 Thus, the value of each instalment is 121.
Now, P = x, A = 676, T = 2 years. 53. Let the amount deposited in post office be x lakhs.
T 2
R R Then, the amount deposited in bank = (3 – x) lakhs.
A = P 1 676 x 1 ... (ii)
100 100 x 10 1
Monthly interest from post office (at 10% p.a.) = .
On dividing (ii) by (i), we get: 100 12
R 676 26 3 x 6 1
1 Monthly interest from bank (at 6% interest) = .
100 650 25 100 12
Substituting this value in (i), we get: 1
Total monthly interest = 2000 =
2000
26 lakhs = lakhs.
650 x x 625. 100000 50
25 x 10 1 3 x 6 1 1
Required amount of money = 625. x = 1.5.
100 12 100 12 50
47. Let P = x. Then, A = 4x and T = 2 years.
T 2 2 Thus, the amount deposited in post office and bank are 1.5 lakh each.
R R 2 R
A = P 1 4 x x 1 2 1 Required difference = Nil.
100 100 100
54. Amount divided with his sons = 50% of 84100 = 42050.
R
1 2 R = 100%. Let the share of A be x.
100
48. Let the value of each instalment be x. We have: Then, the share of B = (42050 – x)
1 25 P1 = x, P2 = (42050 – x), R1 = R2 = 5% p.a.
P = 6800, R = 12 % % p.a., T = 2 years
2 2 T1 = 3 years, T2 = 5 years.
x x T T2
6800 = 2 R1 1 R2
25 25 A1 = A2 P1 1 P2 1
1 2 100 1 100 100
2 100 3 5
5 5
8 x 64 x
136 x
6800
x 1 42050 x 1
6800 = x = 4050. 100 100
9 81 81 2
5 441
Thus, the value of each instalment is 4050. x 42050 x 1 x 42050 x
100 400
49. Value of each instalment = 16224, R = 4% p.a.
16224 16224 x = 22050.
Remaining amount =
4 4
2 The share of B = (42050 – x) = (42050 – 22050) = 20000.
1 1
100 100
21 TRUE DISCOUNT
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. If a person has to pay an amount of 6600 after 4 years, the rate of interest being 8%, then this amount of debt can
be cleared off by paying a sum of 5000 today (since interest on 5000 for 4 years at 8% p.a. is 1600 and so the
amount is 6600).
We say that the present worth of 6600 at 8% for 4 years is 5000.
We have:
(i) PRESENT WORTH (P.W.): The present worth is the amount that can be paid on the present date so as to
clear off a debt that was to be paid at a particular rate after a specified period.
(ii) TRUE DISCOUNT (T.D.): True discount is the difference between the amount to be paid and its present
worth. T.D. is equal to the interest on the P.W.
i.e. T.D. = Amount – P.W. and T.D. = Interest on P.W.
TF 2. If Rate = R % p.a. and Time = T years, then
100 T.D. 100 Amount
(i) P.W. = (ii) P.W. =
R×T 100 R T
P. W. × R × T Amount × R × T
(iii) T.D. = (iv) T.W. =
100 100 R × T
TF 3. Interest (S.I.) is reckoned on the P.W. while T.D. is reckoned on the Amount.
(i) So, if we need to find the difference between the S.I. and T.D. on a given sum S, then we find S.I. taking S as
the principal and T.D. taking S as the amount.
S.I. × T.D.
(ii) Sum = (iii) S.I. – T.D. = S.I. on T.D.
S.I. – T.D.
EXERCISE
1. The present worth of 26880 due 4 years hence at 15% per 5. The discount on a certain sum of money, due at the end of
annum is
1 2
(a) 15600 (b) 16800 2 years at 2 % p.a. is 78. Find the sum. [SSC 2014]
(c) 17200 (d) 18600 4 3
(a) 1400 (b) 1378
2. The true discount on 1860 due after a certain time at 5%
(c) 1300 (d) 1278
is 60. Find the time after which it is due.
[SSC CGL 2014] 6. The interest on a certain sum of money is 22 and the true
(a) 8 Months (b) 9 Months discount on the same sum for the same time and at the same
(c) 10 Months (d) 1 Year rate is 20. Find the sum.
(a) 200 (b) 210
3. The true discount on 3652 due 3 months hence is 132.
(c) 212 (d) 220
The rate percent per annum is
(a) 10% (b) 12% 7. A dealer proposes to sell a T.V. under two offer schemes.
1 Under one offer he sells the T.V. at 13200 cash and under
(c) 12 % (d) 15% the other he sells it at a credit of 14560 to be paid after 9
2
4. The true discount on a sum of money due 2 years hence at months, money being at 16% per annum. Which is the better
5% is 15. Find the sum. offer for the customer?
(a) 150 (b) 160 (a) 13200 in cash
(c) 165 (d) 170 (b) 14560 at credit
21.1
21.2 True Discount
(c) Both are equally good 18% per annum, then the man
(d) The two offers cannot be compared (a) gains 1000 (b) loses 1000
8. A man buys a scooter for 24000 and sold it the same day (c) gains 2000 (d) loses 2000
for 34000 at a credit of 2 years. If the rate of interest be
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a)
SOLUTIONS
1. Amount = 26880, T = 4 years, R = 15% p.a. 6. S.I. = 22, T.D. = 20.
100 Amount 100 26880 S.I. – T.D. = S.I. on T.D.
P.W. = = 16800.
100 R T 100 15 4 20 R T
(22 – 20) = R × T = 10.
2. Present worth (P.W.) = (1860 – 60) = 1800. 100
P.W. R T 1800 5 T Let the sum be x. Then,
True discount = 60 =
100 100 PRT x 10
S.I. = 22
6 6 100 100
T = years = 12 months = 8 months.
9 9 x = 220.
3. Amount = 3652, T.D. = 132 So, the sum is 220.
P.W. = Amount – T.D. = (3652 – 132) = 3520
7. P.W. of 14560 due 9 months hence
100 T.D. 100 T.D. 100 132
Now, P.W. = R 15 100 14560
R×T P.W. T 1 100 Amount
3520
= 100 R T = 100 16 3 = 13000.
4
4
3 1
Time 3months = 12 years 4 years
9 3
Rate = 15% p.a. Time = 9 months = 12 years 4 years
4. Let the sum of money due 2 years hence be x.
Clearly, 14560 at credit is a better offer (for the customer)
Then, P.W. = (x – 15). compared to 13200 in cash.
P.W. R T x 15 5 2
T.D. = 15 = x = 165. 8. P.W. of 34000 due 2 years hece
100 100
So, the sum of money is 165. 100 Amount 100 34000
= 100 R T = 100 18 2 = 25000.
5. Let the sum due at the end of 2
1
years be x.
4 S.P. = P.W. of 34000 due 2 years hence = 25000
Then, P.W. = (x – 78).
C.P. = 24000.
8 9
P.W. R T x 78
T.D. = 78 = 3 4 Gain = S.P. – C.P. = (25000 – 24000) = 1000.
100 100
x = 1300.
22 BANKER’S DISCOUNT
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Suppose that a trader A purchases goods worth 10000 from another trader B at a credit of 4 months. Then, trader
B prepares a bill called ‘the bill of exchange’ or ‘Hundi’. Trader A signs the bill upon receipt of goods from B. He
allows B to withdraw the money from his (A’s) bank account exactly 4 months after the date of the bill. This date is
called nominally due date. Three more days called grace days are added to it to get the legally due date. B can
present the bill in A’s bank on or after the legally due date. Now, if B wants to have the money any day before the
legally due date, he sells the bill to the banker. The bill has a face value of 10000. The banker does not pay the
face value of the bill to trader B. He deducts the S.I. on the face value for the unexpired time. The deducted amount
is called the Banker’s Discount.
(i) BANKER’S DISCOUNT (B.D.): The banker’s discount is the S.I. on the face value of the bill for the period
between the date on which the bill was discounted and the legally due date.
Note: In any question, if the date of the bill is not given, then we do not add the grace days.
(ii) BANKER’S GAIN (B.G.): The banker’s gain is the difference between banker’s discount and the true discount
for the unexpired time.
Note: B.D. is the S.I. on the face value of the bill while T.D. is the S.I. on the P.W. (calculated for the day on
which bill is discounted) of the face value. Both B.D. and T.D. are calculated at the same rate for the unexpired
time.
TF 2. If Face Value = F, Present Worth = P.W., Rate = R % p.a., Time = T years (unexpired time), then
FT×R 100 F
(i) B.D. = S.I. on F for unexpired time = (ii) P.W. =
100 100 R T
P . W. × T × R F×T× R
(iii) T.D. = S.I. on P.W. for unexpired time = (iv) T.D. = 100 R × T
100
T.D. T × R B.D. × T.D.
(v) (a) B.G. = B.D. – T.D. = S.I. on T.D. = (vi) F = .
100 B.D. T.D.
T.D.2
(b) B.G. = and so T.D. = P.W. B.G.
P.W.
EXERCISE
1. The Banker’s discount on a bill due 6 months hence at 16% (c) 9 months (d) 10 months
per annum is 216. The true discount is 4. If the true discount on a bill due 9 months hence at 18% p.a.
(a) 180 (b) 200 is 1600, then the banker’s discount will be
(c) 210 (d) 212 (a) 1775 (b) 1816
2. What is the banker’s gain on a bill of 19200 due in 8 (c) 1909 (d) 2050
months at 10% per annum? 5. The banker’s discount and the true discount on a bill due 8
(a) 48 (b) 64 months hence are 1600 and 1400 respectivley. The rate
(c) 80 (d) 120 percent per annum is
3. The banker’s discount on 2500 at 12% p.a. is the same as 5 6
the true discount on 2725 for the same time and the same (a) 15 % (b) 17 %
7 7
rate. Find the interval of time between the date of discounting
2 3
and the legally due date. (c) 19 % (d) 21 %
(a) 6 months (b) 8 months 7 7
22.1
22.2 Banker’s Discount
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d)
SOLUTIONS
1. Let T.D. = x. F×T×R 2725 T 12
T.D. = = .
100 R × T 100 12 T
Then, Banker’s gain B.G. = B.D. – T.D. = (216 – x).
T.D. T × R
Now, B.G. = S.I. on T.D. = 2500 T 12 2725 T 12
100 Now,
100 100 12 T
1
x 16 6 1 2725
216 – x = 2 T = 6 months = 12 yrs = 2 yrs 25 =
100 12 T
100 12 T = 109
100
2x 9
216 – x = x 200. T = years = 9 months.
25 12
T.D. T × R
T.D. = 200. 4. Banker’s gain, B.G. = S.I. on T.D. =
100
8 2
2. We have: F = 19200, T = 8 months = years = years, 1600 9
12 3 = 18 = 216.
100 12
R = 10% p.a. [Note: Here 8 months is the unexpired time]
9
FT×R 19200 2 Time = 9 months = 12 years
B.D. = S.I. on F = = 10 = 1280.
100 100 3 B.D. = T.D. + B.G. = (1600 + 216) = 1816.
F×T×R 2 1 B.D. × T.D. 1600 1400
19200 10
T.D. = = 3 20
5. Face value of the bill F = =
100 R × T 100 B.D. T.D. 1600 1400
3
= 1200. = 11200.
FT×R 11200 8
B.G. = B.D. – T.D. = (1280 – 1200) = 80. Now, B.D. = 1600 = R
100 100 12
3. For Banker’s discount, the face value is 2500.
8
Let T be the unexpired time in years. Then, T = 8 months = 12 years
FT×R 2500 T 12 150 3
B.D. = = . R= 21 .
100 100 7 7
For True discount, the face value is 2725. 3
Rate = 21 % p.a.
7
23 TIME AND DISTANCE
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
Distance Distance
TF 1. (i) Speed = (ii) Time = (iii) Distance = Speed × Time
Time Speed
5
Note : x km/hr = x m/s and
18
18
x m/s x km/hr
5
TF 2. Suppose a person covers a certain distance at x km/hr and the same distance at y km/hr. Then the average speed
2 xy
during the whole journey = km/hr.
x y
TF 3. If the ratio of the speeds of X and Y is x : y, then the ratio of the times taken by then to cover the same distance = y : x.
TF 4. Suppose two objects are moving in the same direction at x km.hr and y km/hr respectively, where x > y, then their
relative speed = (x – y) km/hr.
TF 5. Suppose two objects are moving in the opposite direction at x km/hr and y km/hr respectively, then their relative
speed = (x + y) km/hr.
TF 6. If two objects X and Y start at the same time towards each other from two points and after passing each other they
complete their journey in x and y hours respectively, then X’s speed : Y’s speed
= y: x.
EXERCISE
1. Pranav and Sachin start from Delhi and Gwalior respectively (a) 96 (b) 102.5
towards each other at same time. They meet at Mathura and (c) 112.2 (d) 134.4
then take 196 minutes and 225 minutes respectively to reach 4. A train leaves Delhi at 10 a.m. and reaches Jaipur at 4 p.m.
Gwalior and Delhi. If speed of Pranav is 30 km/hr, then on same day. Another train leaves Jaipur at 12 p.m. and
what is the speed (in km/hr) of Sachin? [SSC CGL 2017]
reaches Delhi at 5 p.m. on same day. What is the time of
(a) 28 (b) 30 day (approximately) when the two trains will meet?
(c) 225/7 (d) 392/15 [SSC CGL 2017]
2. Two people A and B are at a distance of 260 km from each (a) 1 : 27 p.m. (b) 1 : 42 p.m.
other at 9:00 a.m. A immediately starts moving towards B (c) 1 : 49 p.m. (d) 2 : 04 p.m.
at a speed of 25 km/h and at 11:00 a.m. B starts moving 5. A man starts running from point P at 11:00 a.m. with a speed
towards A at a speed of 10 km/hr. At what time (in p.m.) of 10 km/hr. He runs for 2 hours and then takes a 1 hour
will they meet each other? [SSC CGL 2017]
rest. He continues this till he is caught by another man who
(a) 5:00 (b) 6:00 starts at 2:00 p.m. from point P and runs non-stop at a speed
(c) 6:30 (d) 7:00 of 15 km/hr towards the first man. At what time (in p.m.)
3. A train travels 40% faster than a car. Both start from point A will the first man be caught? [SSC CGL 2017]
at the same time and reach point B, 140 km away at the (a) 4 : 40 (b) 5 : 30
same time. On the way the train takes 25 minutes for stopping (c) 5 : 45 (d) 6 : 20
at the stations. What is the speed (in km/hr) of the train? 6. Two cars start at the same time from one point and move
[SSC CGL 2017]
along two roads at right angles to each other. Their speeds
23.1
23.2 Time and Distance
are 36 km/hour and 48 km/hour respectively. After 15 (a) 4 km (b) 6 km
seconds, the distance between them will be (c) 9 km (d) 12 km
(a) 150 m (b) 250 m 15. A constable follows a thief who is 200 m ahead of the
(c) 300 m (d) 400 m constable. If the constable and the thief run at speeds of 8
7. A man completed a certain journey by a car. If he covered km/hour and 7 km/hour respectively, then the constable
30 percent of the distance at the speed of 20 km/hr, 60 would catch the thief in
percent of the distance at 40 km/hr and the remaining (a) 20 minutes (b) 15 minutes
distance at 10 km/hr, his average speed for the whole journey (c) 12 minutes (d) 10 minutes
was 16. A man covered a certain distance at some speed. Had he
(a) 33 km/hr (b) 30 km/hr moved 3 km per hour faster, he would have taken 40 minutes
(c) 28 km/hr (d) 25 km/hr less. If he had moved 2 km per hour slower, he would have
8. A man travels for 5 hours 15 minutes. If he covers the first taken 40 minutes more. The distance (in km) is
half of the journey at 60 km/h and rest at 45 km/h. Find the 2
total distance travelled by him. [SSC 2015] (a) 40 (b) 36
3
(a) 189 km (b) 270 km (c) 35 (d) 20
6
(c) 378 km (d) 1028 km
7 17. A train leaves a station A at 7 a.m. and reaches another station
3 B at 11 a.m. Another train leaves B at 8 a.m. and reaches A
9. By walking at of his usual speed a man reaches his office
4 at 11.30 a.m. The two trains cross one another at
20 minutes later than his usual time. The usual time taken [SSC CGL 2014]
by him to reach his office is [SSC CGL 2010 & 2013]
(a) 9:24 a.m. (b) 9:00 a.m.
(a) 30 minutes (b) 40 minutes (c) 8:56 a.m. (d) 8:36 a.m.
(c) 60 minutes (d) 75 minutes 18. A, B and C walk 1 km in 5 minutes, 8 minutes and 10 minutes
10. With an average speed of 40 km/hr, a train reaches its respectively. C starts walking from a point at a certain time,
destination in time. If it goes with an average speed of 35 B starts from the same point 1 minute later and A starts
km/hr, it is late by 15 minutes. The total journey is from the same point 2 minutes later than C. Then, A meets
[SSC MTS 2013] B and C after [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 80 km (b) 70 km 5 4
(c) 40 km (d) 30 km (a) min, 2 min (b) min, 3 min
3 3
11. A person went from A to B at an average speed of x km/hr (c) 1 min, 2 min (d) 2 min, 3 min
and returned from B to A at an average speed of y km/hr. 19. A train moves with a speed of 30 kmph for 12 minutes and
What was his average speed during the total journey? for next 8 minutes at a speed of 45 kmph. Find the average
[SSC SAS 2010]
speed of the train.
1 1 2 (a) 30 kmph (b) 36 kmph
(a) (b)
x y x y (c) 37.5 kmph (d) 48 kmph
2xy x y 1
(c) (d) 20. A student goes to school at the rate of 2 km/hr and reaches
x y 2 xy 2
12. Three cars travelled a distance in the ratio of 1 : 2 : 3. If the 6 minutes late. If he travels at the speed of 3 km/hr, he is 10
ratio of the time of travel is 3 : 2 : 1, then the ratio of their minutes early. What is the distance to the school?
speed is [SSC 2015]
(a) 1 : 2 : 4 (b) 1 : 3 : 9 1
(a) 1 km (b) 3 km
(c) 3 : 9 : 1 (d) 4 : 3 : 2 2
1
13. If a train runs at 70 km/hour, it reaches its destination late (c) 3 km (d) 4 km
by 12 minutes. But if it runs at 80 km/hour, then it is late by 4
3 minutes. The correct time to cover the journey is 21. A man travelled a distance of 80 km in 7 hours partly on
[SSC CGL 2014] foot at the rate of 8 km per hour and partly on bicycle at 16
(a) 58 minutes (b) 59 minutes km per hour. The distance travelled on the foot is
(c) 1 hour (d) 2 hours [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 32 km (b) 36 km
14. A man walks from his house at an average speed of 5 km
(c) 44 km (d) 48 km
per hour and reaches his office 6 minutes late. If he walks at
an average speed of 6 km/hr he reaches 2 minutes early. 22. A person started his journey in the morning. At 11 a.m. he
The distance of the office from his house is 3
covered of the journey and on the same day at 4.30 p.m.
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] 8
Time and Distance 23.3
5 1 1
he covered of the journey. He started his journey at (c) 3 (d) 5
6 5 3
(a) 3.30 a.m. (b) 6.00 a.m. 31. Two men are standing on opposite ends of a bridge of length
(c) 6.30 a.m. (d) 7.00 a.m. 1200 metres. If they walk towards each other at the rate of
23. A car covers four successive 7 km distances at speeds of 5 m/minute and 10 m/minute respectively, then in how much
10 km/hour, 20 km/hour, 30 km/hour and 60 km/hour time will they meet each other?
respectively. Its average speed over this distance is (a) 90 minutes (b) 85 minutes
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) 80 minutes (d) 60 minutes
(a) 20 km/hour (b) 30 km/hour 32. A man travels a distance of 24 km at 6 kmph and another
(c) 40 km/hour (d) 60 km/hour distance of 24 km at 8 kmph and a third distance of 24 km
24. A train travels 500 m in first minute. In the next 4 minutes, at 12 kmph. His average speed for the whole journey
in each minute it travels 125 m more than that in the previous (in kmph) is
minute. The average speed per hour of the train during those 10
(a) 2 (b) 8
5 minutes will be [SSC CGL 2015] 13
(a) 55 km/hr (b) 50 km/hr 2
(c) 45 km/hr (d) 30 km/hr (c) 8 (d) 9
3
25. A certain distance is covered by a cyclist at a certain speed.
33. The speed of two trains is in the ratio of 6 : 7. If the second
If a jogger covers half the distance in double the time, then
train runs 364 km in 4 hours, then the speed of first train is
the ratio of the speed of the jogger to that of the cyclist is [SSC CPO 2010]
[SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 84 km/hr (b) 78 km/hr
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 4
(c) 72 km/hr (d) 60 km/hr
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
34. A policeman goes after a thief who has 100 metres start if
26. A train travelling at a speed of 55 km/hr travels from place
the policeman runs a kilometer in 8 minute and the thief a
X to place Y in 4 hours. If its speed is increased by 5 km/hr,
km in 10 minute, then the distance covered by the thief
then the time of journey is reduced by [SSC CGL 2014]
before he is over-powered is [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 20 minutes (b) 25 minutes
(a) 320 m (b) 350 m
(c) 30 minutes (d) 35 minutes
(c) 400 m (d) 420 m
27. A man starts from a place P and reaches the place Q in
35. If a train runs at 40 km/hour, it reaches its destination late
1 by 11 minutes. But if it runs at 50 km/hour, then it is late by
7 hours. He travels th of the distance at 10 km/hour and
4 5 minutes only. The correct time (in minutes) for the train
the remaining distance at 12 km/hour. The distance between to complete the journey is [SSC FCI 2012]
P and Q is [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 21 minutes (b) 19 minutes
(a) 70 km (b) 72 km (c) 15 minutes (d) 13 minutes
(c) 80 km (d) 90 km 36. A boy travelled a distance of 61 km in 9 hours. He travelled
28. Savita with her family travelled from Bolpur to Suri by car partly on foot at the rate of 4 kmph and partly on bicycle at
at a speed of 40 km/hr and returned to Bolpur at a speed of the rate of 9 kmph. The distance travelled on foot is
[SSC CGL 2015]
50 km/hr. The average speed for the whole journey is
[SSC 2014] (a) 14 km (b) 15 km
(c) 16 km (d) 17 km
4
(a) 44 km/hr (b) 44.78 km/hr
9 37. A train starts from a place A at 6 a.m. and arrives at another
1 place B at 4.30 p.m. on the same day. If the speed of the
(c) 45 km/hr (d) 45 km/hr train is 40 km per hour, then find the distance travelled by
2 the train. [SSC 2012]
29. A man walking at the rate of 5 km/hr crosses a bridge in 15 (a) 230 km (b) 320 km
minutes. The length of the bridge (in metres) is (c) 400 km (d) 420 km
(a) 1250 (b) 1000
38. A car driver leaves Bangalore at 8.30 a.m. and expects to
(c) 750 (d) 600
reach a place at 300 km from Bangalore at 12.30 p.m. At
30. P travels for 6 hours at the rate of 5 km/hour and for 3 hours 10.30 a.m. he finds that he has covered only 40 per cent of
at the rate of 6 km/hour. The average speed of the journey the distance. By how much he has to increase the speed of
in km/hour is [SSC 2012] the car in order to keep up his schedule? [SSC CGL 2014]
2 2 (a) 30 km/hr (b) 35 km/hr
(a) 1 (b) 2
9 5 (c) 40 km/hr (d) 45 km/hr
23.4 Time and Distance
5 48. One-third of a certain journey is covered at the rate of 25
39. A car travelling with of its usual speed covers 42 km in km/hour, one-fourth at the rate of 30 km/hour, and the rest
7
1 hour 40 min 48 sec. What is the usual speed of the car? at 50 km/hour. The average speed for the whole journey is
[FCI 2012]
6
(a) 17 km/hr (b) 25 km/hr 1
7 (a) 30 km/hour (b) 33 km/hour
(c) 30 km/hr (d) 35 km/hr 3
1
40. A and B run a 5 km race on a round course of 400 m. If their (c) 35 km/hour (d) 37 km/hour
speeds are in the ratio of 5 : 4, then the number of times, the 12
winner passes the other is 49. A person travels 600 km by train at 80 km/hr, 800 km by
(a) 5 (b) 3 ship at 40 km/hr, 500 km by aeroplane at 400 km/hr and
(c) 2 (d) 1 100 km by car at 50 km/hr. What is the average speed for
the entire distance ?
41. A boy rides his bicycle 10 km at an average speed of
12 km/hr and again travels 12 km at an average speed of 5
(a) 60 km/hr (b) 60 km/hr
10 km/hr. His average speed for the entire trip is approximately 123
(a) 12.2 km/hr (b) 11.0 km/hr 5
(c) 10.8 km/hr (d) 10.4 km/hr (c) 62 km/hr (d) 65 km/hr
123
42. Two trains start from a certain place on two parallel tracks 50. A boy started from his house by bicycle at 10 a.m. at a
from the same direction. The speed of the trains are 45 km/ speed of 12 km per hour. His elder brother started after 1 hr
hr and 40 km/hr respectively. The distance between the two 15 mins by scooter along the same path and caught him at
trains after 45 minutes will be [SSC FCI 2012] 1.30 p.m. The speed of the scooter will be (in km/hr)
(a) 3 km 750 m (b) 3 km 250 m [SSC FCI 2013]
(c) 2 km 750 m (d) 2 km 500 m (a) 4.5 (b) 9
43. A bus moving at 40 km per hour covers a distance in 6 2
(c) 18 (d) 36
hours 15 minutes. If it travels the same distance at 50 km 3
per hour then how long will it take to cover the distance? 51. The distance between two places R and S is 42 km. Mansi
[SSC CPO 2015]
starts from R with a uniform speed of 4 km/h towards S and
(a) 2 hours (b) 4 hours
at the same time kavya starts from S towards R also with
(c) 5 hours (d) 6 hours
some uniform speed. They meet each other after 6 hours.
1 The speed of Kavya is [SSC CGL 2015]
44. A truck travels at 90 km/hr for the first 1 hours. After that (a) 2 km/hour (b) 3 km/hour
2
(c) 4 km/hour (d) 6 km/hour
it travels at 70 km/hr. Find the time taken by the truck to
travel 310 kilometers. [SSC 2014] 52. A man rides at the rate of 18 km/hr, but stops for 6 minutes
(a) 4 hrs (b) 3.5 hrs to change horses at the end of every 7th km. The time that
(c) 3 hrs (d) 2.5 hrs he will take to cover a distance of 90 km is [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 6 hrs. 24 min. (b) 6 hrs. 18 min.
45. Two men start together to walk a certain distance, one at 4
(c) 6 hrs. 12 min. (d) 6 hrs.
km/h and another at 3 km/h. The former arrives half an hour
before the later. Find the distance. [SSC 2012] 7
53. A train running at of its own speed reached a place in
(a) 6 km (b) 7 km 11
(c) 8 km (d) 9 km 22 hours. How much time could be saved if the train would
run at its own speed?
3 1
46. Walking at of his usual speed, a man is 1 hours late. (a) 7 hours (b) 8 hours
4 2 (c) 14 hours (d) 16 hours
His usual time to cover the same distance (in hours) is
[SSC CGL 2011] 54. A thief steals a car at 1.30 p.m. and drives it off at 40 km/hr.
1 The theft is discovered at 2 p.m. and the owner sets off in
(a) 4 (b) 4 another car at 50 km/hr. He will overtake the thief at
2 [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
1 (a) 4 p.m. (b) 4.30 p.m.
(c) 5 (d) 5
2 (c) 5 p.m. (d) 6 p.m.
1
47. The speed 3 m/sec when expressed in km/hour becomes 55. A journey takes 4 hours 30 minutes at a speed of 60 km/hr.
3 [SSC CGL 2012] If the speed is 15 m/s, then the journey will take [SSC 2014]
(a) 12 (b) 10 (a) 6 hours 30 minutes (b) 6 hours 15 minutes
(c) 9 (d) 8 (c) 5 hours 30 minutes (d) 5 hours
Time and Distance 23.5
56. A man is walking at a speed of 10 kmph. After every km, he (a) 4 km/hr (b) 5 km/hr
takes a rest for 5 minutes. How much time will he take to 1
cover a distance of 5 km? [SSC CGL 2014] (c) 5 km/hr (d) 6 km/hr
2
(a) 40 minutes (b) 50 minutes
(c) 60 minutes (d) 70 minutes 65. Bharti and Garima start walking from the same place in the
57. On a journey across Kolkata, a taxi averages 50 km per 1
opposite directions. If Garima walks at a speed of 2 km/
hour for 50 percent of the distance, 40 km per hour for 40 2
percent of it and 20 km per hour for the remaining. The hr and Bharti at a speed of 2 km/hr, then in how much time
average speed (in km/hour) for the whole journey is will they be 18 km apart? [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
[SSC CPO 2013] (a) 5.0 hours (b) 4.8 hours
(a) 35 (b) 40 (c) 4.5 hours (d) 4.0 hours
(c) 42 (d) 45
66. Two athletes start from the same point and move on a closed
58. In covering a certain distance, the speed of A and B are in track of 600 m. If they run in same direction at speeds of
the ratio of 3 : 4. A takes 30 minutes more than B to reach 1.5 m/s and 3.5 m/s, when will they cross each other the
the destination. The time taken by A to reach the destination second time? [SSC CPO 2016]
is (a) 5 min (b) 10 min
1 (c) 15 min (d) 20 min
(a) 2 hours (b) 2 hours
2 67. Two trains X and Y start from Jodhpur to Jaipur and from
1 Jaipur to Jodhpur respectively. After passing each other they
(c) 1 hours (d) 1 hour
2 take 4 hours 48 minutes and 3 hours 20 minutes to reach
59. Motorcyclist P started his journey at a speed of 30 km/hr. Jaipur and Jodhpur respectively. If X is moving at 45 km/
After 30 minutes, motorcyclist Q started from the same place hr, then the speed of Y is [SSC 2014]
but with a speed of 40 km/hr. How much time (in hours) (a) 54 km/hr (b) 58 km/hr
will Q take to over-take P? [SSC CPO 2014]
(c) 60 km/hr (d) 64.8 km/hr
3 3 68. A car travels from P to Q at a constant speed. If its speed
(a) (b) were increased by 10km/hr, it would have been taken one
8 2
(c) 1 (d) 2 hour lesser to cover the distances. It would have taken further
45 minutes lesser if the speed was further increased by 10
60. A speed of 30.6 km/hr is the same as [SSC GD 2013] km/hr. The distance between the two cities is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 15.5 m/sec (b) 12 m/sec (a) 420 km (b) 540 km
(c) 10 m/sec (d) 8.5 m/sec (c) 600 km (d) 620 km
61. A train covers a distance of 3584 km in 2 days 8 hours. If it
covers 1440 km on the first day and 1608 km on the second 69. Two trains started at the same time, one from A to B and the
day, then by how much does the average speed of the train other from B to A. If they arrived at B and A respectively
for the remaining part of the journey differ from that for the 4 hours and 9 hours after they passed each other, then the
entire jorney? ratio of the speed of the two trains was
(a) 5 km/hour less (b) 4 km/hour more (a) 5 : 4 (b) 4 : 3
(c) 3 km/hour less (d) 3 km/hour more (c) 3 : 2 (d) 2 : 1
62. A man walks ‘a’ km in ‘b’ hours. The time taken to walk 70. Points ‘A’ and ‘B’ are 70 km apart on a highway. A car starts
200 metres is [SSC 2012] from ‘A’ and another from ‘B’ at the same time. If they travel
b b in the same direction, they meet in 7 hours, but if they travel
(a) hours (b) hours towards each other, they meet in one hour. Find the speed
a 5a
ab 200b of the two cars (in km/hr) [SSC DP 2012]
(c) hours (d) hours (a) 20, 30 (b) 20, 40
1000 a
63. A is twice as fast as B and B is thrice as fast as C is. The (c) 30, 50 (d) 40, 30
1
journey covered by C in 1 hours will be covered by A in 71. From two places which are 60 km apart, A and B start
2 [SSC 2014] towards each other at the same time and meet each other
(a) 1 hour (b) 30 minutes 2
(c) 20 minutes (d) 15 minutes after 6 hours. Had A travelled with of his speed and B
3
64. A man can reach a certain place in 30 hours. If he reduces travelled with double of his speed, they would have met
after 5 hours. The speed of A is
1
his speed by th, he goes 10 km less in that time. Find his (a) 12 km/hr (b) 10 km/hr
15 (c) 6 km/hr (d) 4 km/hr
speed per hour.
23.6 Time and Distance
72. A, B and C start at the same time in the same direction to collide if their speeds are such that [SSC CGL 2013]
run around a circular stadium. A completes a round in 252 (a) V1 : V2 4 : 5
seconds. B in 308 seconds and C in 198 seconds, all starting (b) V1 : V2 5 : 4
at the same point. After what time will they next meet at the (c) V1 : V2 = 16 : 25
starting point again?
(d) V1 : V2 = 25 : 16
(a) 26 minutes 18 seconds
(b) 42 minutes 36 seconds 80. Two guns are fired from the same place at an interval of 6
(c) 45 minutes minutes. A person approaching the place observes that 5
(d) 46 minutes 12 seconds minutes 52 seconds have elapsed between the hearing of
the sound of the two guns. If the velocity of the sound is
73. Manoj and Vimal start simultaneously from a place A 330 m/sec, the man was approaching that place at what speed
towards B, 60 km apart. Manoj's speed is 4 km/hr less than (in km/hr)?
that of Vimal. Vimal, after reaching B, turns back and meets (a) 36 (b) 30
Manoj at a place 12 km away from B. Manoj's speed is (c) 27 (d) 24
(a) 6 km/hr (b) 8 km/hr
(c) 10 km/hr (d) 12 km/hr 81. Two trains start at the same time from Aligarh and Delhi
and proceed towards each other at the rate of 14 km and 21
74. Buses, part from a bus terminal with a speed of 20 km/hr at km per hour respectively. When they meet, it is found that
intervals of 10 minutes. What is the speed of a man one train has travelled 70 km more than the other. The
coming from the opposite direction towards the bus terminal distance between the two stations is [SSC 2015]
if he meets the buses at intervals of 8 minutes? (a) 140 km (b) 210 km
[SSC CGL 2010]
(c) 300 km (d) 350 km
(a) 7 km/hr (b) 5 km/hr
(c) 4 km/hr (d) 3 km/hr 82. Two places P and Q are 162 km apart. A train leaves P for
Q and simultaneously another train leaves Q for P. They
75. Two towns A and B are 500 km apart. A train starts at 8 a.m. meet at the end of 6 hours. If the former train travels 8 km/
from A towards B at a speed of 70 km/hr. At 10 a.m. another hour faster than the other, then speed of train from Q is
train starts from B towards A at a speed of 110 km/hr. When [SSC CGL 2015]
will the two trains meet? 1 1
(a) 12 p.m. (b) 12.30 p.m. (a) 8 km/hour (b) 9 km/hour
2 2
(c) 1 p.m. (d) 1.30 p.m. 5 5
76. It takes 8 hours for a 600 km journey, if 120 km is done by (c) 10 km/hour (d) 12 km/hour
6 6
train and the rest by car. It takes 20 minutes more if 200 km
83. The distance between two cities A and B is 330 km. A train
is done by the train and the rest by car. The ratio of the
starts from A at 8 a.m. and travels towards B at 60 km.hr.
speed of the train to that of the car is [SSC CGL 2014]
Another train, starts from B at 9 a.m. and travels towards A
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 3 : 4
at 75 km.hr. At what time will they meet?
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 2 : 3
(a) 11.30 a.m. (b) 11 a.m.
77. A man takes 6 hours 15 minutes in walking a distance and (c) 10.30 a.m. (d) 10 a.m.
riding back to the starting place. He could walk both ways 84. A train starts from A at 7 a.m. towards B with speed 50 km/h.
in 7 hours 45 minutes. The time taken by him to reach both Another train starts from B at 8 a.m. with speed 60 km/h
ways is towards A. Both of them meet at 10 a.m. at C. The ratio of
(a) 5 hours the distance AC to BC is
(b) 4 hours 45 minutes (a) 4 : 5 (b) 5 : 4
(c) 4 hours 30 minutes (c) 5 : 6 (d) 6 : 5
(d) 4 hours
85. I walk a certain distance and ride back taking a total time of
78. P and Q are 27 km away. Two trains with speeds of 24 km/ 37 minutes. I could walk both ways in 55 minutes. How
hr and 18 km/hr respectively start simultaneously from P long would it take me to ride both ways?
and Q and travel in the same direction. They meet at a point (a) 9.5 minutes (b) 18 minutes
R beyond Q. The distance QR is [SSC CGL 2012]
(c) 19 minutes (d) 20 minutes
(a) 36 km (b) 48 km
86. In covering a distance of 30 km, Karan takes 2 hours more
(c) 81 km (d) 126 km than Gagan. If Karan doubles his speed, then he would take
79. Two cars are moving with speeds V1 and V2 towards a crossing 1 hour less than Gagan. Karan's speed (in km/hr) is
along two roads. If their distances from the crossing be 40 [SSC GD 2012]
metres and 50 metres at an instant of time, then they do not (a) 7.5 (b) 6.25
(c) 6 (d) 5
Time and Distance 23.7
87. A man walks a certain distance and rides back in 4 hours 30 (a) 12 minutes (b) 16 minutes
minutes. He could ride both ways in 3 hours. The time (c) 18 minutes (d) 24 minutes
required by the man to walk both ways is
(a) 6 hours 93. In a race of 800 metres, A can beat B by 40 metres. In a race
(b) 5 hours of 500 metres, B can beat C by 5 metres. In a race of 200
(c) 4 hours 45 minutes metres, A will beat C by how many metres?
(d) 4 hours 30 minutes (a) 1.19 metre (b) 1.27 metre
(c) 11.9 metre (d) 12.7 metre
88. If a distance of 50 m is covered in 1 minute, that of 90 m in
2 minutes and 130 m in 3 minutes, find the distance covered 94. In a race of 1000 m, A can beat B by 100 m. In a race of 400
in 15 minutes. [SSC CGL 2014] m, B beats C by 40 m. In a race of 500 m, A will beat C by
(a) 610 m (b) 650 m (a) 45 m (b) 50 m
(c) 750 m (d) 1000 m (c) 60 m (d) 95 m
89. A is twice as fast as B and B is thrice as fast as C. The 95. In a race of 200 metres, B can give a start of 10 metres to A
and C can give a start of 20 metres to B. The start that C can
1
journey covered by C in 1 hours will be covered by A in give to A, in the same race is
2 (a) 25 metres (b) 27 metres
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
(a) 10 minutes (b) 15 minutes (c) 29 metres (d) 30 metres
(c) 30 minutes (d) 1 hours 96. A can give 40 metres start to B and 70 metres to C in a race
of one kilometre. How many metres start can B give to C in
90. In a 100 m race, Kamal defeats Bimal by 5 seconds. If the
a race of one kilometre?
speed of Kamal is 18 kmph, then the speed of Bimal is
3
[SSC CGL 2010] (a) 32 metre (b) 31 metre
(a) 14 kmph (b) 14.4 kmph 4
(c) 14.5 kmph (d) 15.4 kmph 1
(c) 31 metre (d) 30 metre
4
91. In a race of one kilometre, A gives B a start of 100 metres 97. In a kilometre race A beats B by 30 seconds and B beats C
and still wins by 20 seconds. But if A gives B a start of 25 by 15 seconds. If A beats C by 180 metres, then the time
seconds, B wins by 50 metres. The time taken by A to run taken by A to run 1 kilometre is
one kilometre is (a) 200 seconds (b) 205 seconds
1200 700 (c) 210 seconds (d) 250 seconds
(a) seconds (b) seconds
29 29 98. A and B run a kilometre and A wins by 25 seconds . A and C
run a kilometre and A wins by 275 m. When B and C run the
500
(c) seconds (d) 17 seconds same distance, B wins by 30 seconds. The time taken by A
29 to run a kilometre is
92. A runs twice as fast as B and B runs thrice as fast as C. The (a) 3 minutes 30 seconds (b) 3 minutes 20 seconds
distance covered by C in 72 minutes, will be covered by A (c) 2 minutes 50 seconds (d) 2 minutes 25 seconds
in
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (d)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (d)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (b) 65. (d) 66. (b) 67. (a) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (d)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (b) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (d) 82. (b) 83. (b) 84. (b) 85. (c) 86. (d) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (b) 90. (b)
91. (c) 92. (a) 93. (c) 94. (d) 95. (c) 96. (c) 97. (b) 98. (d)
23.8 Time and Distance
SOLUTIONS
1. Let Sachin’s speed be x km/hr. Then, The two trains will meet each other at (12 : 00 + 1 hr 49min)
i.e.1 : 49 pm.
30 225 30 14
x 28 km/hr. 5. Distance covered by first man in 2 hrs = (2 × 10) km = 20km.
x 196 15
Since he takes 1 hr rest after 2 hrs, distance covered by him in 3 hrs
Note : If two persons A and B move in opp. directions = 20 km.
starting from points P and Q respectively and after
passing each other, they complete their journeys in i.e. Distance covered by him till 2 p.m. = 20 km.
times T1 and T2 respectively, then
A ' s speed : B ' s speed = T : T Distance covered by him in next 2 hrs = 20 km.
2 1
By 4 pm he had covered a distance = 40 km.
2. From 9 a.m. to 11 a.m., i.e. in 2 hours A had covered From 4 pm to 5 pm he rests.
= (2 × 25) km = 50 km.
40
Remaining distance = (260 – 50) km = 210 km. The Second man covers a distance of 40 km in hrs
15
Suppose A and B meet x hrs. after 11 a.m. 8 2 2
hrs = 2 hrs. = 2 hrs + 60 min = 2 hrs. 40 min.
A and B move at speeds 25 kmph and 10 kmph respectively towards 5 3 3
each other. Since he started at 2 pm, he caught the first man at 4 : 40 pm.
Relative speed = (25 + 10) kmph = 35 kmph. 6. Distance covered by the first car at 36 km/hr,
210 5
Time taken to cover 210 km hrs = 6 hrs. AB = 36 15 m = 150 m.
35 18
So, they meet at 5 p.m. Distance covered by the second car at 48 km/hr,
3. Let the speed of car be x km/hr. Then, 5
AC = 48 15 m = 200 m.
18
7x C
Speed of train = (140 % of x) km/hr km/hr..
5
140
Time taken by car to travel 140 km hrs.
x
Time taken by train to travel 140 km (with stoppage)
140 25
7 x 60 hrs.
5
A B
140 140 25 140 100 25
x
7 x 60
x
x
60
x 96.
Distance between both the cars, BC =
150 2 200 2 m
5
= 62500 m = 250 m.
7x 7
Thus, speed of the train = 96 km/hr = 134.4 km/hr.. 7. Let the total distance be x km.
5 5
3x
4. Let the distance between Delhi and Jaipur be 100 km. Distance covered at 20 km/hr = (30% of x) = km.
10
Train A covers this distance in 6 hrs and Train B covers in 5 hrs.
3x
Distance covered at 40 km/hr = (60% of x) = km.
100 100 5
Speed of A km/hr, Speed of B km/hr..
6 5 x
100 100 Distance covered at 10 km/hr = (10% of x) = km.
Distance covered by A in 2 hrs 2 km km. 10
6 3
Total distance travelled
200 Average speed =
Now distance left to be covered km. Total time taken
3
= km/hr
Let the two trains meet each other after x hours after 12 : 00 pm. x
3 x / 10 3 x / 5 x / 10
Then,
100 100 200 20 40 10
x x
6 5 3
x
1100 200 20 200 x
x x = 3x 3x x km/hr = km/hr = 25 km/hr..
30 3 11 8x
200 200 100
x 1.81 hrs or 1 hr 49 min. 8. Average speed during the whole journey
Time and Distance 23.9
2xy 16. Let the distance be x km and usual speed be y km/hr.
= 2 60 45 km/hr = 360 km/hr..
x y km/hr = If he moved 3 km/hr faster, he would have taken 40 minutes less
60 45 7
x x 40
[See TF 2] 2 y y 3 9 x . ... (i)
y y 3 60
Total distance travelled in 5 hours 15 minutes
If he moved 2 km/hr slower, he would have taken 40 minutes more
21
=
360 21
km = 270 km. [ 5 hours 15 min. = hours] x x 40
7 4 4 y y 2 3x . ... (ii)
y2 y 60
9. New speed : usual speed = 3 : 4.
2 y 3
New time taken : usual time taken = 4 : 3. [See TF 3] On dividing (i) by (ii), we get 3
y2
Let the new time taken and usual time taken be 4x and 3x
respectively. 2y + 6 = 3y – 6 y = 12.
4x – 3x = 20 x = 20. y (y – 2) = 3x 12 (12 – 2) = 3x x = 40.
So, the usual time taken = (3 × 20) minutes = 60 minutes. So, the distance is 40 km.
10. Let the total journey be x km. 17. Let the trains meet t hours after 7 a.m. and the distance between A
and B be x km. Then,
1
Difference in the time taken at two speeds = 15 minutes = hr.. x
4 Speed of first train = km/hr..
4
x x 1
x 70 . x 2x
35 40 4 Speed of second train = km/hr = km/hr..
So, the total journey is 70 km. 7 / 2 7
x 2x
2xy t t 1 x
11. Average speed during the whole journey = km/hr.. 4 7
x y
t 2 t 1 t 2 t 1
[See TF 2] x x 1
12. Let the distance covered by the three cars be x, 2x and 3x respectively 4 7 4 7
and let the time taken by the three cars be 3t, 2t and t respectively. 36
7t 8t 8 28 t hours = 2 hrs 24 min.
15
Ratio of their speeds = : : :1: 3
x 2x 3x 1
3t 2t t 3 The two trains cross one another at (7 a.m. + 2 hrs 24 min)
i.e. 9 : 24 a.m.
= 1 : 3 : 9.
18. A’s speed =
13. (c) Let the correct time to cover the journey be t hours. Then, 1000
m/min = 200 m/min.
5
Distance covered by the train at 70 km/hr 70 t km.
12
60 1000
B’s speed = m/min = 125 m/min.
3 8
Distance covered by the train at 80 km/hr 80 t km.
60 1000
C’s speed = m/min = 100 m/min.
12 3 1 1 10
70 t 80 t 7 t 8 t
60 60 5 20 A’s speed relative to B’s speed (200 – 125) m/min = 75 m/min.
7 8 A’s speed relative to C’s speed (200 – 100) m/min = 100 m/min.
7t 8t t 1.
5 20 Distance covered by B in 1 min = (125 × 1) m = 125 m.
So, the correct time to cover the journey is 1 hour. 125 5
Time taken by A to cover 125 m = m = min.
14. (a) Let the distance of the office from his house be d km. 75 3
d Distance covered by C in 2 min = (100 × 2) m = 200 m.
Time taken to cover d km at 5 km/hr = hrs.
5 200
d Time taken by A to cover 200 m = m = 2 min.
Time taken to cover d km at 6 km/hr = hrs. 100
6
5
Difference in the time taken at two speeds = 8 minutes. So, A meets B and C after min and 2 min respectively..
3
d d 8
d 4. Total distance travelled
5 6 60 19. Average speed =
So, the distance of the office from his house is 4 km. Total time taken
15. Speed of constable relative to thief = (8 – 7) km/hr 12 8
30 60 45 60
5 = km/hr = 36 km/hr..
1 m/sec. [See TF 4]
12 8
18
60 60
200
Time taken by the constable to cover 100 m sec 20. Let the required distance be x km. Then,
5 / 18
1
= 720 sec = 12 minutes. Time taken to cover x km at the rate of 2 km/hr
2
23.10 Time and Distance
5 x 2x d d
i.e. km/hr = hrs = 5 hrs. Speed of the jogger : Speed of cyclist = : = 1 : 4.
2 5/ 2 4t t
x 26. Distance covered by the train at 55 km/hr = (55 × 4) km
Time taken to cover x km at the rate of 3 km/hr = hours
3 = 220 km.
Difference in the time taken at two speeds
220 2
16 Time taken to cover 220 km at 60 km/hr hrs = 3 hrs
= 16 minutes = hrs. 60 3
60 = 3 hrs 40 min.
2 x x 16 6 x 5 x 16 So, the time of journey is reduced by 20 minutes.
x 4.
5 3 60 15 60 27. Let the distance between P and Q be x km.
So, the required distance between is 4 km.
1
21. Let the distance travelled on the foot be x km. Then, time taken to travel th of the distance at 10 km/hr
4
Then, the distance travelled on bicycle = (80 – x) km. x
=
x / 4
hrs = hrs.
x 80 x 10 40
Total time taken to cover 80 km = hrs
8 16 3
Time taken to travel th of the distance at 12 km/hr
x 80 x 4
7 112 2 x 80 x x 32 .
x
=
8 16 3x / 4
So, the distance travelled on the foot is 32 km. hrs = 16 hrs.
12
22. Let the total distance be x km. x x x x
Total time taken to cover x km = hrs 7
Then, the distance covered between 11 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. 40 16 40 16
11x x = 80.
= 5 x 3x km = km.
24 So, the distance between P and Q is 80 km.
6 8
11x / 24 x 2xy
Speed of the person = km/hr = km/hr.. 28. Average speed during the whole journey = km/hr
11 / 2 12 x y
[See TF 2]
3x x 3x / 8
Time taken to cover km at km/hr = hrs
8 12 x / 12 2 40 50 4
= km/hr = 44 9 km/hr..
40 50
= 4.5 hours.
He started his journey at 6:30 a.m. 1000
29. Speed of the man = 5 km/hr = 5 m/min.
[11 a.m. – 4.5 hours = 6:30 a.m.] 60
Total distance covered 1000
23. Average speed of the car = Distance travelled by the man in 15 minutes = 5 15 m
Total time taken 60
74 = 1250 m.
28
= 7 7 7 7 km/hr = km/hr = 20 km/hr.. So, the length of the bridge is 1250 metres.
84 / 60
10 20 30 60 Total distance travelled
30. Average speed =
Total distance travelled Total time taken
24. Average speed of the train =
Total time taken 6 5 3 6 1
5 =
63 km/hr = 5 km/hr..
2 500 5 1 125
3
500 625 750 875 1000
= 2 31. Relative speed of the man = (5 + 10) m/minute = 15 m/minute.
5 5
1200
60 Time taken to cover 1200 m = minutes = 80 minutes.
= 750 m/min = 750 km/hr = 45 km/hr.. 15
1000
So, they will meet after 80 minutes.
Sum of first n terms of an A.P. with first term, a
Total distance travelled
and common difference, d n 2a n 1 d 32. Average speed for the whole journey =
2 Total time taken
25. Let the cyclist covers d km in t hours. Then, 24 24 24 72
= km/hr = km/hr = 8 km/hr..
d 24 24 24 9
Jogger covers km in 2t hours.
2 6 8 12
364
Speed of the cyclist = km/hr..
d 33. Speed of second train = km/hr = 91km/hr..
t 4
x 6
d / 2 d x 78 .
Speed of the jogger = km/hr = 4 t km/hr.. 91 7
2t
Time and Distance 23.11
So, the speed of the first train is 78 km/hr. New speed 5 25 5
Usual speed 7 Usual speed 7
34. Speed of the policeman =
1000
m/min = 125m/min. Usual speed = 35 km/hr.
8
1000 40. Let the speeds of A and B be 5x m/s and 4x m/s respectively. Then,
Speed of the thief m/min = 100 m/min.
10 Speed of A relative to B = 5x – 4x = x m/s. [See TF 4]
Speed of the policeman relative to the thief = (125 – 100) m/min 400
Time taken to cover 400 m at x m/s = .
= 25 m/min. [See TF 4] x
100 400
Time taken by policeman to cover 100 m Distance covered by A in sec and 5x m/sec
min = 4 min. x
25
Distance covered by the thief in 4 min = (100 × 4) m = 400 m. 400
= 5x = 2000 m = 2 km.
x
35. Let the correct time for the train to complete the journey be t hours.
So, in 5 km race A passes B two times.
11
Then, Distance covered by the train at 40 km/hr = 40 t km.
60
41. Average speed =
Total distance travelled
5 Total time taken
Distance covered by the train at 50 km/hr 50 t km .
60 10 12
11 5 44 25 = 10 12 km/hr 10.8 km/hr..
40 t
50 t 40t 50t 12 10
60 60 6 6
19 19 42. Relative speed of the trains = (45 – 40) km/hr = 5 km/hr.
10t t . [See TF 4]
6 60 Distance between the two trains after 45 minutes
19
So, the correct time to complete the journey = hrs 45 3
60 5 km 3 km = 3 km 750 m.
60 4
19
= 60 minutes = 19 minutes. 25
60 43. Total distance covered by the bus = 40 km = 250 km.
4
36. Let the distance travelled on foot be x km.
[ 6 hrs 15 min = 25 hrs]
Then, the distance travelled on bicycle = (61 – x) km. 4
x 61 x Time taken to cover the same distance at 50 km/hr
Total time taken = hrs.
4 9 250
= hrs = 5 hrs.
x 61 x 50
9 9 x 244 4 x 324 x = 16.
4 9 1 3
44. Distance travelled in 1 hrs i.e. hrs
So, the distance travelled on foot is 16 km. 2 2
37. Time taken by the train to reach place B from a place A = 10.5 hrs. 3
= 90 km = 135 km.
2
Distance travelled by the train at 40 km/hr = (40 × 10.5) km
Remaining distance = (310 – 135) km = 175 km.
= 420 km.
175
38. Distance covered by the car in 2 hours = (40 % of 300) km Time taken to cover 175 at 70 km/hr = hrs = 2.5 hrs.
70
40
= 300 km = 120 km. 3
100 Total time taken to travel 310 km = 2.5 hrs = 4 hrs.
2
120
Speed of the car = = 60 km/hr.. 45. Let the distance be x km.
2
x 1 x
Remaining distance = (300 – 120) km = 180 km. 3x 6 4 x x 6 .
4 2 3
Remaining time = (4 – 2) hrs = 2 hrs.
So, the distance is 6 km.
Now the car has to cover 180 km in 2 hours.
46. New speed : usual speed = 3 : 4.
180
New speed of car = km/hr = 90 km/hr.. New time taken : usual time taken = 4 : 3. [See TF 3]
2
Let the new time taken and usual time taken be 4x and 3x
So, he has to increase the speed of the car by (90 – 60) km i.e. respectively.
30 km/hr. 1 3 3
4x – 3x = 1 x .
2 2 2
42
39. Clearly, 1 hr 40 min 48 sec = 1
40 48
hrs = hrs. 3 1
60 3600 25 So, the usual time taken = 3 hrs = 4 hrs.
2 2
42
New speed of the car = km/hr = 25 km/hr..
42 / 25 1 10 18
47. Required speed = 3 m/sec = km/hr = 12 km/hr..
New speed : Usual speed = 5 : 7 3 3 5
23.12 Time and Distance
48. Let the total distance be x km. Then, Let the new time taken be 11x and the usual time taken be 7x .
x 11x = 22 x = 2.
Distance covered at 25 km/hr = km,
3 So, he saved (11x – 7x) hrs i.e. 4x hrs i.e. 8 hrs.
x
Distance covered at 30 km/hr = km. 1 1
4 54. Distance covered by the thief in hrs 40 km
2 2
x x 5x
Distance covered at 50 km/hr = x km = km. = 20 km.
3 4 12
Relative speed of the owner’s another car = (50 – 40) km/hr
x / 3 x / 4 5 x / 12
Total time taken = hrs
25 30 50 = 10 km/hr.
x x x 3x Time taken by the owner to cover 20 km at 10 km/hr
= hrs = 100 hrs.
75 120 120 20
= hrs = 2 hrs.
x 10
Average speed for the whole journey = km/hr So, he will overtake the thief at 4 p.m.
3 x / 100
100 1 55. Distance covered in 4 hrs 30 min i.e. 9 hrs
= km/hr = 33 km/hr.. 2
3 3
9
Total distance travelled = 60 km = 270 km.
49. Average speed = 2
Total time taken Time taken to cover the same distance at 15 m/s
600 800 500 100 270
2000 400
= 600 800 500 100 km/hr = km/hr
= hrs = 5 hrs.
12300 54
80 40 400 50
18
5 [Speed = 15 m/s = 15 km/hr = 54 km/hr]
= 65 km/hr.. 5
123 1
50. Distance covered by scooter in 2 hr 15 mins 56. Time taken to cover a distance of 1 km = hrs = 6 minutes.
10
= Distance covered by bicycle in 3 hr 30 min = (12 × 3.5) km He takes a rest for 5 minutes after 1 km, 2 km, 3 km and 4 km.
= 42 km. Total time taken to cover a distance of 5 km = (6 × 5 + 4 × 5) min
42 56 = 50 minutes.
Speed of the scooter km/hr 3 km/hr
9/ 4 57. Let the total distance be d km. Then,
2 d
18 km/hr.. Distance covered at 50 km/hr = (50% of d) km = km.
3 2
51. Let the speed of Kavya be x km/hr. 2d
Distance covered at 40 km/hr = (40% of d) km = km.
Then, the relative speed of Mansi and Kavya = (4 + x) km/hr. 5
42 d 2d d
Time taken to cover 42 km = hrs. Distance covered at 20 km/hr = d km = .
4 x 2 5 10
42 d / 2 2d / 5 d / 10 d
6 24 6 x 42 x 3. Total time taken = hrs = hrs.
4 x 50 40 20 40
So, the speed of Kavya is 3 km/hr. d
Average speed for the whole journey = km/hr
52. Clearly, 90 km = (12 × 7) km + 6 km. d / 40
= 40 km/hr.
7
Time taken to cover 7 km = hrs + 6 min 58. Speed of A : Speed of B = 3 : 4.
18
Time taken by A : Time taken by B = 4 : 3. [See TF 3]
7 88
= 60 6 min min . Let the time taken by A and B be 4x hrs and 3x hrs respectively.
18 3
1 1
88 4 x 3x x .
Time taken to cover (12 × 7) km = 12 min = 352 min. 2 2
3
1
6 6 So, the time taken by A to reach the destination = 4 hrs
Time taken to cover 6 km = hrs = 60 min = 20 min. 2
18 18
= 2 hrs.
Total time taken to cover 90 km = (352 + 20) min = 372 min
1 1
= 6 hrs 12 min. 59. Distance travelled by P in 30 minutes i.e. hrs = 30 km
2 2
53. New speed : usual speed = 7 : 11. = 15 km.
New time taken : usual time taken = 11 : 7. [See TF 3] Speed of Q relative to P = (40 – 30) km/hr = 10 km/hr.
[See TF 4]
Time and Distance 23.13
15 3 10 24
Time taken by Q to over-take P = hrs = hrs. Speed of train X : Speed of train Y = : [See TF 6]
10 2 3 5
5 10 24
60. Required speed = 30.6 km/hr = 30.6 m/sec = 8.5 m/sec. 45 : Speed of train Y = :
18 3 5
10 10
3584 45 25
61. Average speed for the entire journey = km/hr 3 3
56 Speed of train Y 24 24 36
= 64 km/hr. [ 2 days 8 hrs = 56 hrs] 5 5
Distance covered in last 8 hours = [3584 – (1440 + 1608)] km 45 5
= 536 km. Speed of train Y 6
536 45 6
Average speed for last 8 hours = km/hr = 67 km/hr.. Speed of train Y
8 km/hr = 54 km/hr..
5
Average speed during the last 8 hours is 3 km more than the 68. Let the distance between P and Q be d km and the speed of the car
average speed for the entire journey. be x km/hr.
d
a Time taken to cover d km at x km/hr = hrs.
62. Speed of the man = km/hr.. x
b
d
Time taken to cover d km at (x + 10) km/hr = hrs.
200 1 b x 10
Time taken to walk 200 meters = hrs = hrs.
a / b 1000 5a d d d d
1 1
63. Speed (A) : Speed (B) = 2 : 1 = 6 : 3. x 10 x x x 10
Speed (B) : Speed (C) = 3 : 1 dx + 10d – dx = x (x + 10) 10d = x (x + 10). ...(i)
Speed (A) : Speed (C) = 6 : 1. d
Time taken to cover d km at (x + 20) km/hr = hrs.
Time taken (A) : time taken (C) = 1 : 6 [See TF 3]
x 20
d d 45 d d 3
Time taken (A) 1 Time taken (A) 1
x 20 x 10 60 x 10 x 20 4
Time taken (C ) 6 90 6
3
1 dx + 20d – dx – 10d = x 10 x 20
1 2 hrs 90 min 4
3
Time taken (A) = 15 minutes. 10d x 10 x 20 . ... (ii)
4
64. Let the speed of the man be x km/hr.
From (i) and (ii), we get
Distance covered by him in 30 hours = 30x km. 3
x x 10 x 10 x 20
x 14 x 4
Now, his new speed = x km/hr = km/hr..
15 15 4(x2 + 10x) = 3(x2 + 30x + 200)
14 x 4x2 + 40x = 3x2 + 90x + 600 x2 – 50x – 600 = 0
Distance covered by him in 30 hours = 30 km = 28 km.
15 (x – 60) (x + 10) = 0 x = 60.
30x – 28x = 10 2x = 10 x = 5. 10d = x (x + 10) 10d = 60 × 70 d = 420.
So, the speed of the man is 5 km/hr. So, the distance between two cities is 420 km.
65. Relative speed of Garima and Bharti = (2.5 + 2) km/hr 69. Ratio of the speed of the two trains = 9 : 4 = 3 : 2.
[See TF 5]
[See TF 6]
= 4.5 km/hr.
70. Let the speeds of the car be x km/hr and y km/hr.
18
Time taken to cover 18 km at 4.5 km/hr = hrs = 4 hrs. Relative speed of the car (same direction) = (x – y) km/hr.
4.5
Relative speed of the car (opposite direction) = (x + y) km/hr.
66. Relative speed of the athletes = (3.5 – 1.5) m/s = 2 m/s.
[See TF 4]
If they travel in same direction, they meet in 7 hours.
600 7 (x – y) = 70 x – y = 10. ... (i)
Time taken by the athletes to cover 600 m at 2 m/s = sec.
2 If they travel in opposite direction, they meet in one hour
So, they will cross each other second time = 300 sec = 5 min in 1 (x + y) = 70 x + y = 70. ... (ii)
(5 × 2) minutes i.e. 10 minutes. On solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 40 and y = 30.
24 10 So, the speeds of the two cars are 40 km/hr and 30 km/hr.
67. Clearly, 4 hrs 48 min = hrs and 3 hrs 20 min = hrs.
5 3 71. Let the speeds of A and B be x km/hr and y km/hr respectively.
23.14 Time and Distance
6x + 6y = 60 x + y = 10. ... (i) 1 1 1 1
2x u 4v u 4 u
New speed of A = and new speed of B = 2y.. 15 80 15 60
3 1 1 1 1
2x 10 x u x 60 and v y 80 .
5 5 2 y 60 10 y 60 x 3 y 18 . x 4 y v
3 3
Speed of the train : Speed of the car = 60 : 80 = 3 : 4.
On solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 6 and y = 4.
77. Time taken in walking both ways = 7 hrs 45 min.
So, the speed of A is 6 km/hr.
Time taken in walking one way and riding back = 6 hrs 15 min.
72. Time after which they will meet at the starting point again
Time taken both ways (walking) + Time taken both ways (riding)
= [LCM (252, 308, 198)] seconds = 2772 seconds
= 2 × (6 hrs 15 min) = 12 hrs 30 min.
2772
= minutes = 46 minutes 12 seconds.
60 Time taken in riding both ways
73. Let Manoj’s speed be x km/h. Then, = (12 hrs 30 min) – (7 hrs 45 min) = 4 hrs 45 min.
Vimal’s speed = (x + 4) km/h. 78. Speed of first train relative to second train = (24 – 18) km/hr
Distance covered by Manoj = (60 – 12) km = 48 km. = 6 km/hr.
Distance covered by Vimal = (60 + 12) km = 72 km. 27
Time taken to cover 27 km at 6 km/hr = hrs.
48 72 6
[ Time taken by them are equal] 27
x x4 Distance QR = Distance travelled by the second train in
6
2 3
2 x 8 3x x 8. 27
x x 14 hours = 18 km = 81 km.
6
So, Manoj’s speed is 8 km/h. 79.
74. Let the speed of the man be x km/hr.
Crossing
Then, speed of the bus relative to the man = (20 + x) km/hr.
1 50 m 40 m
Distance covered by the bus in 10 minutes i.e. hrs
6
= Distance covered by the bus and the man together in 8 minutes
2
i.e. hrs
15
1 2 They do not collide if the time taken by them to reach the crossing
20 20 x 300 240 12 x x 5 .
6 15 40 50 V 40 4
are not equal i.e. i.e. 1 .
So, the speed of the man is 5 km/hr. V1 V2 V2 50 5
75. Suppose the trains meet x hours after 8 a.m.
80. Distance covered by the man in 5 minutes 52 seconds
Distance covered by A in x hours = 70 x km.
= Distance covered by the sound in 8 seconds
Distance covered by B in (x – 2) hours = 110 (x – 2) km.
= (8 × 330) m = 2640 m.
70 x + 110 (x – 2) = 500
Speed of the man =
2640 2640 18 km/hr
180 x = 720 x = 4. m/s =
352 352 5
So, they will meet at 12 p.m. = 27 km/hr.
76. Let the speeds of the train and the car be x km/hr and y km/hr, 81. Let the trains meet after t hours.
respectively.
Then, Distance covered by the train started from Aligarh = 14 × t
120 480 1 4 1
8 . ... (i) = Distance covered by the train started from Delhi = 21 × t
x y x y 5
= (21 t) km.
200 400 25 1 2 1
. ... (ii) 14t + 70 = 21t t = 10 hours.
x y 3 x y 24
1 1 Distance between Aligarh and Delhi = 14t + 21t = 35t
Putting u and v , we get:
x y = 35 × 10 = 350 km.
1 82. Let the speed of the train from Q be x km/hr.
u + 4v = . ... (iii)
15 Then, the speed of the train from P = (x + 8) km/hr.
1 Total distance covered by both trains = {6 × x + 6 × (x + 8)} km.
u + 2v = . ... (iv)
24 162 = 6 × x + 6 × (x + 8) 162 = 12x + 48
1 57 1
Subtracting (iv) from (iii), we get: v . x 9 .
80 6 2
Time and Distance 23.15
1 5
So, the speed of the train from Q is 9 km/hr.. 90. Speed of Kamal = 18 = 5 m/s.
2 18
83. Let the trains meet x hours after 8 a.m. Then, 100
Time taken by Kamal to run 100 m = sec = 20 sec.
Distance covered by the train A = 60 x km. 5
Distance covered by the train B = 75 (x – 1) km. B covers 100 m in (20 + 5) sec = 25 sec.
60 x + 75 (x – 1) = 330 135 x = 405 x = 3. 100 100 18
B’s speed = m/s = km/hr = 14.4 km/hr..
25 25 5
So, they will meet at 11 a.m.
91. Let the time taken by A to run 1 km i.e. 1000 m be x sec.
84. Distance covered by the train that starts from A = (50 × 3) km/hr
Case-I: B runs 900 m in (x + 20) seconds
= 150 km/hr.
900
Distance covered by the train that starts from B = (60 × 2) km/hr Speed of B = ...(i)
x 20
= 120 km/hr.
Case-II: Time taken by A to run
AC : BC = 150 : 120 = 5 : 4.
x 19 x
85. Time taken in walking both ways = 55 minutes. 950 m = 950 sec sec.
1000 20
Time taken in walking one way + Time taken in riding come back
= 37 minutes. 1000
Speed of B = ...(ii)
19 x
Time taken in walking both ways + Time taken in riding both ways 25
= (2 × 37) min = 74 minutes. 20
Time taken in riding both ways = (74 – 55) minutes 900 1000
[Using (i) and (ii)]
= 19 minutes. x 20 19 x 25
20
86. Let Karan’s and Gagan’s speeds be x km/hr and y km/hr respectively.
To cover a distance of 30 km, Karan takes 2 hours more than Gagan. 9 200
171x 4500 200 x 4000
30 30 30 30 x 20 19 x 500
2 2. ... (i)
x y y x 500
x .
When karan doubles his speed, then he take 1 hour less than Gagan 29
30 30 30 30
1 1 500
2x y y 2x Thus, the time taken by A to run 1 km is sec.
29
30 30 92. Speed (A) : Speed (B) = 2 : 1 Speed (B) : Speed (C) = 3 : 1
2 1 [Using (i)]
x 2x Speed A Speed B
30 30 1 30 1 3 Speed (A) : Speed (C) = Speed B Speed C
3 30 2 3 x 5.
x 2x x x 15
2 3 6
So, Karan’s speed is 5 km/hr. = = 6 : 1.
1 1 1
87. Time taken in ride both ways = 3 hours.
Time taken (A) : Time taken (C) = 1 : 6 [See TF 3]
Time taken in walks one ways and ride back = 4 hours 30 minutes.
Time taken A 1 Time taken A 1
Time taken in walks both ways + Time taken in ride both ways
Time taken C 6 72 6
= (4 hours 30 minutes) × 2 = 9 hours. 72
Time taken (A) = = 12 minutes.
Time taken in walks both ways = (9 – 3) hours = 6 hours. 6
88. Distance covered in 1st minute = 50 m. 93. A : B = 800 : 760 = 20 : 19.
Distance covered in 2nd minute = (90 – 50) m = 40 m. B : C = 500 : 495 = 100 : 99.
Distance covered in 3rd minute = (130 – 90) m = 40 m. A B 20 100 2000 200
A : C = = 200 : 188.1.
Distance covered in 15 minutes = (50 + (40 × 14) m = 610 m. B C 19 99 1881 188.1
89. Let the speed of C be x km/hr. Then, A beats C by (200 – 188.1) m = 11.9 m.
Speed of B = 3x km/hr and speed of A = 6x km/hr. 94. A : B = 1000 : 900 = 10 : 9.
Speed of A : Speed of C = 6x : x = 6 : 1. B : C = 400 : 360 = 10 : 9.
Time taken by A : Time taken by C = 1 : 6 [See TF 6] A B 10 10 100 500
A: C = = 500 : 405.
Time taken by A 1 Time taken by A 1 B C 9 9 81 405
Time taken by C 6 3/2 6 A beat C by (500 – 405) m = 95 m.
3 1 3 1 95. A : B = 190 : 200 = 19 : 20.
Time taken by A = hours = 60 minutes B : C = 180 : 200 = 9 : 10.
2 6 2 6
= 15 minutes.
23.16 Time and Distance
A B 19 9 171 97. In a km race, suppose A takes t sec.
A:C= .
B C 20 10 200 Then, B takes (t + 30) sec and C takes (t + 45) sec.
C can give to A, a start of (200 – 171) m = 29 m. So, C runs 180 m in 45 sec.
96. A : B = 1000 : 960 = 25 : 24 B : A = 24 : 25. 45
Time taken by C to run 1000 m in 1000 sec = 250 sec.
A : C = 1000 : 930 = 100 : 93. 180
B B A 24 100 32 Time taken by A to run 1000 m in (250 – 45) sec = 205 sec.
.
C A C 25 93 31 98. In a km race, suppose A takes t sec. Then,
If B = 1000, then 1000 32 C 1000 31 B takes (x + 25) sec and C takes (x + 55) sec.
C 31 32 When A and C runs a km, then A wins by 275 m.
3875 3 So, C runs 275 m in 55 sec.
= 968 .
4 4
55
Time taken by C to cover 1000 m = 1000 sec
3 1 275
B can give to C, a start of 1000 968 m = 31 m.
4 4
= 200 sec.
Time taken by A to run 1000 m = (200 – 55) sec = 145 sec
= 2 minutes 25 seconds.
24 BOATS AND STREAMS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. When a person swims or rows his boat in the direction of flow of the stream (in a river), he is said to move
downstream. If he swims or rows his boat against the direction of flow of the stream, he is said to move upstream.
TF 2. If the speed of the boat (or swimmer) in still water is u km/hr and the speed of the stream is v km/hr, then the boat
moves with :
(i) Downstream speed = (u + v) km/hr
(ii) Upstream speed = (u – v) km/hr
TF 3. In the downstream speed of a boat is x km/hr and its upstream speed is y km/hr, then
1
(i) Speed of the boat (in still water) = ( x y ) km/hr
2
1
(ii) Speed of the stream = ( x y ) km/hr.
2
TF 4. If x km/hr is the speed of the boat (in still water), y km/hr is the speed of the stream and the boat covers the same
distance upstream and downstream, then
Time taken upstream : Time taken downstream = (x + y) : (x – y)
TF 5. If the speed of stream is v km/hr and a boat takes t1 hours to go upstream and t2 hours to go the same distance
downstream, then
t t
Speed of the boat = v 1 2 km/hr
t1 t2
TF 6. The speed of the boat (in still water) is u km/hr and speed of the stream is v km/hr. If it takes t hours for the boat to
row downstream to a point and comeback, then
t (u 2 v 2 )
Distance between the two points =
2u
EXERCISE
1. A man rows to a place 35 km in distance and back in 10 h (a) 9 hours (b) 4 hours
30 min. He found that he can row 5 km with the stream in 9
the same time as he can row 4 km against the stream. Find (c) 7 hours (d) 3 hours
17
the rate of flow of the stream. [SSC 2016]
(a) 0.5 km/h (b) 0.6 km/h 4. A man swims downstream a distance of 15 km in 1 hour. If
(c) 0.4 km/h (d) 0.75 km/h the speed of the current is 5 km/hour, then the time taken by
2. The speed of a stream is 3 km/hour and the speed of a man the man to swim the same distance upstream is
in still water is 5 km/hour. The time taken by the man to [SSC 2011]
swim 26 km downstream is [SSC 2012] (a) 1 hour 30 minutes (b) 45 minutes
2 1 (c) 2 hours 30 minutes (d) 3 hours
(a) 8 hours (b) 3 hours
3 4 5. A man can row 6 km/hour in still water. If the speed of the
1
(c) 13 hours (d) 5 hours current is 2 km/hour, then it takes 3 hours more in upstream
5
than in the downstream for the same distance. The distance
3. A boat can travel with a speed of 13 km/hr in still water. If is [SSC CGL 2011]
the speed of stream is 4 km/hr in the same direction, then (a) 30 km (b) 24 km
the time taken by boat to go 63 km in opposite direction is (c) 20 km (d) 32 km
[SSC CGL 2015]
24.1
24.2 Boats and Streams
6. In a fixed time, a boy swims double the distance along the (c) 2.4 hours (d) 1.2 hours
current that he swims against the current. If the speed of the 16. A person can row a distance of one km upstream in ten
current is 3 km/hr, then the speed of the boy in still water is minutes and downstream in four minutes. What is the speed
(a) 6 km/hr (b) 9 km/hr of the stream? [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 10 km/hr (d) 12 km/hr (a) 4.5 km/h (b) 4 km/h
7. A motor boat covers a certain distance downstream in a (c) 9 km/h (d) 5.6 km/h
river in 3 hours. It covers the same distance upstream in 3 17. The speed of a boat in still water is 6 kmph and the speed of
hours and a half. If the speed of water is 1.5 km/h, then the the stream is 1.5 kmph. A man rows to a place at a distance
speed of the boat in still water is [SSC 2015]
of 22.5 km and comes back to the starting point. The total
(a) 17 km/h (b) 19.5 km/h time taken by him is [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 17.5 km/h (d) 19 km/h (a) 10 hours (b) 4 hours 10 minutes
8. A boat travels 24 km upstream in 6 hours and 20 km (c) 6 hours 10 minutes (d) 8 hours
downstream in 4 hours. Then the speed of boat in still water 18. A man rows 750 m in 600 seconds against the stream and
and the speed of water current are respectively. [SSC 2011] 1
(a) 4 kmph and 3 kmph (b) 4.5 kmph and 0.5 kmph returns in 7 minutes. Its rowing speed in still water is
2
(c) 4 kmph and 2 kmph (d) 5 kmph and 2 kmph (in km/hr). [SSC 2015]
(a) 5.5 (b) 5.75
1
9. A boat moves downstream at the rate of 1 km in 7 minutes (c) 5 (d) 5.25
2
and upstream at the rate of 5 km an hour. What is the speed 19. The speed of a boat is 5 km per hour in still water and the
of the boat in the still water? [SSC CGL 2015] speed of the stream is 3 km per hour. If the boat takes 3
1
hours to go to a place and come back, then the distance of
1
(a) 3 km/hour (b) 6 km/hour the place is [SSC 2011]
2 2
(c) 4 km/hour (d) 8 km/hour (a) 3.75 km (b) 4 km
(c) 4.8 km (d) 4.25 km
10. A boy can swim in still water at a speed of 10 km/hr. If the
speed of the current would have been 5 kmph, then the boy 20. A swimmer swims from a point A against a current for 5
could swim 60 km in how much time? [SSC 2012] minutes and then swims backwards in favour of the current
(a) Upstream in 4 hour (b) Downstream in 12 hours for next 5 minutes and comes to the point B. If AB is 100
(c) Upstream in 6 hours (d) Downstream in 4 hours metres, then the speed of the current (in km per hour) is
[SSC CGL 2013]
11. The speed of a motorboat is that of the current of water as (a) 0.4 (b) 0.2
36 : 5. The boat goes along with the current in 5 hours 10 (c) 1 (d) 0.6
minutes. It will come back in
21. A man can swim 3 km/hour in still water. If the velocity of
(a) 5 hours 50 minutes (b) 6 hours
the stream is 2 km/hour, then the time taken by him to swim
(c) 6 hours 50 minutes (d) 12 hours 10 minutes
to a place 10 km upstream and back is [SSC CGL 2013]
12. A man rows upstream 36 km and downstream 48 km, he 1
takes 6 hours each time. The speed of the current is (a) 9 hour (b) 10 hour
3
[SSC CGL 2015] 1
(c) 12 hour (d) 8 hour
(a) 0.5 kmph (b) 2 kmph 3
(c) 1 kmph (d) 1.5 kmph 22. A boat takes half time in moving a certain distance
13. Speed of a boat along and against the current is 12 km/hr downstream than upstream. The ratio of the speed of the
and 8 km/hr respectively. Then the speed of the current in boat in still water and that of the current is [SSC CGL 2015]
km/hr is [SSC MTS 2013] (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 1
(c) 3 (d) 2 23. A boat covers 12 km upstream and 18 km downstream in 3
14. A motorboat in still water travels at a speed of 36 kmph. It hours, while it covers 36 km upstream and 24 km
1
goes 56 km upstream in 1 hour 45 minutes. The time taken downstream in 6 hours. What is the speed of the current?
by it to cover the same distance down the stream will be 2
[SSC CGL 2012]
(a) 2 hours 25 minutes (b) 3 hours (a) 1.5 km/hr (b) 1 km/hr
(c) 1 hours 24 minutes (d) 2 hours 21 minutes (c) 2 km/hr (d) 2.5 km/hr
15. The speed of a boat along the stream is 12 km/h and against 24. The speed of the current is 5 km/hour. A motorboat goes 10
the stream is 8 km/h. The time taken by the boat to sail 24 km upstream and back again to the starting point in 50
km in still water is [SSC 2012] minutes. The speed (in km/hour) of the motor of the sailor
(a) 2 hours (b) 3 hours is [SSC 2011]
Boats and Streams 24.3
(a) 20 (b) 26 and 4 km/hr respectively, then the distance of the destination
(c) 25 (d) 28 from the starting place is
25. A man can row 30 km downstream and return in a total of 8 (a) 16 km (b) 18 km
hours. If the speed of the boat in still water is four times the (c) 21 km (d) 25 km
speed of the current, then the speed of the current is 27. Two boats A and B start towards each other from two places,
[SSC 2011] which is 108 km apart. Speed of the boat A and B in still
(a) 1 km/hour (b) 2 km/hour water are 12 km/hr and 15 km/hr respectively. If A proceeds
(c) 4 km/hour (d) 3 km/hour down and B up the stream, they will meet after how many
26. A man goes downstream with a boat to some destination hours?
and returns upstream to his original place in 5 hours. If the (a) 4.5 hours (b) 4 hours
speed of the boat in still water and the stream are 10 km/hr (c) 5.4 hours (d) 6 hours
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Let the speed downstream and speed upstream be 5x km/hr and So, the distance is 24 km.
4 x km/hr respectively. 6. Let the speed of the boy in still water be x km/hr. Then,
Time taken to cover 35 km downstream and 35 km upstream = 10 Speed upstream = (x – 3) km/hr [See TF 2(ii)]
21 Speed downstream = (x + 3) km/hr [See TF 2(i)]
hrs 30 min = hrs
2 x + 3 = 2(x – 3) x = 9
35 35 21 So, the speed of the boy in still water is 9 km/hr.
x 1.5 km/hr
5x 4x 2 7. Let the speed of the boat in still water be x km/hr. Then,
So, speed downstream = 5x = 5 × 1.5 = 7.5 km/hr Speed downstream = (x + 1.5) km/hr [See TF 2(i)]
Speed upstream = 4x = 4 × 1.5 = 6 km/hr Speed upstream = (x – 1.5) km/hr [See TF 2(ii)]
1 7
Rate of stream = (7.5 6) 0.75 km/hr. [See TF 3(ii)] 3 × (x + 1.5) = ( x 1.5) 6 x 9 7 x 10.5
2 2
2. Speed downstream = (5 + 3) km/hr = 8 km/hr [See TF 2(i)] x = 19.5
Time taken to swim 26 km downstream So, the speed of the boat in still water is 19.5 km/hr.
26 13 1 24
= hours = hours 3 hours. 8. Speed upstream = km/hr = 4 kmph
8 4 4 6
3. Speed of the boat in opposite direction = (13 – 4) km/hr = 9 km/hr.
20
Speed downstream = kmph = 5 kmph
63 4
Time taken to go 63 km in opposite direction = hrs = 7 hrs.
9 1
Speed of boat in still water = (4 5) km/hr 4.5 kmph.
2
15 [See TF 3(i)]
4. Speed downstream = km/hr = 15 km/hr
1 1
Speed of current = (5 4) km/hr 0.5 kmph. [See TF 3(ii)]
Speed of man in still water = speed downstream–speed of current 2
= (15 – 5) km/hr = 10 km/hr 1
9. Speed downstream = 60 km/hr 8 km/hr
1
Speed upstream = (10 – 5) km/hr = 5 km/hr [See TF 2(ii)] 7
2
15 Speed upstream = 5 km/hr
Time taken to swim 15 km upstream = hrs = 3 hours.
5
1 13 1
5. Let the distance be x km. Speed of boat in still water = (8 5) 6 km/hr.
2 2 2
Speed upstream = (6 – 2) kmph = 4 km/hr [See TF 2(ii)] [See TF 3(i)]
Speed down stream = (6 + 2) km/hr = 8 km/hr [See TF 2(i)] 10. Speed upstream = (10 – 5) km/hr = 5 km/hr [See TF 2(ii)]
x x Speed downstream = (10 + 5) km/hr = 15 km/hr [See TF 2(i)]
3 x 24 .
4 8
24.4 Boats and Streams
60 1 5 5 35
Time taken to swim 60 km upstream = hours 12 hours Rowing speed in still water = m/s m/s
5 2 4 3 24
[See TF 3(i)]
60
Time taken to swim 60 km downstream = hours 4 hours. 35 18
15 km/hr 5.25 km/hr
11. Speed of motorboat : Speed of current = 36 : 5 24 5
Let the speed motorboat and the speed of current be 36x km/hr and 19. Speed upstream = (5 – 3) km/hr = 2 km/hr [See TF 2(ii)]
5x km/hr respectively. Speed downstream = (5 + 3)km/hr = 8 km/hr [See TF 2(i)]
Time taken upstream : Time taken downstream Speed upstream : Speed downstream = 2 : 8 = 1 : 4
= (36x + 5x) : (36x – 5x) = 41 : 31 [See TF 4] Time taken upstream = Time taken down stream = 4 : 1
Time taken stream = 4 hrs
Time taken upstream 41 3 12
. hours
310 31 5 5
[ 5 hours 10 minutes = 310 minutes] [ Total time = 3 hours]
Time taken upstream = 410 minutes = 6 hours 50 minutes 12
Required distance = 2 km 4.8 km.
5
36 20. Let the speed of swimmer in still water and the speed of current be
12. Speed upstream = km/hr 6 kmph
6 x kmph and y kmph respectively.
48 Then, speed upstream = (x – y) kmph [See TF 2 (ii)]
Speed downstream = km/hr 8 kmph
6 Speed downstream = (x + y) kmph [See TF 2 (i)]
1 Distance covered in 5 minutes upstream
Speed of the current = (8 6) 1 kmph [See TF 3(ii)]
2 5 x y
= ( x y ) km km
1 60 12
13. Speed of the current = (12 8) km/hr = 2kmph. [See TF 3 (ii)]
2 Distance covered in 5 minutes downstream
56 5 x y
14. (c) Speed upstream = 60 km/hr 32 km/hr = ( x y ) km km
105 60 12
Speed of current = speed of boat in still water – speed upstream x y x y
0.1 [ 100 m = 0.1 km]
= (36 – 32) km/hr = 4 km/hr. 12 12
Speed downstream = (36 + 4) km/hr = 40 km/hr [See TF 2(i)] x y x y
0.1 y 0.6
56 12 12 12 12
Time taken to cover 56 km downstream = hours
40 So, the speed of current is 0.6 kmph.
= 1 hours 24 minutes.
21. Speed upstream = (3 – 2) kmph = 1 kmph [See TF 2(ii)]
1 Speed downstream = (3 + 2) kmph = 5 kmph [See TF 2(i)]
15. Speed of boat in still water = (12 8) 10 km/hr
2
10 10
24 Required time taken = hrs = 12 hours .
time taken by the boat to sail 24 km 2.4 hours. 1 5
10
22. Time taken downstream : Time taken upstream = 1 : 2 (Given)
1
16. Speed upstream = 60 km/hr 6 kmph Speed downstream : speed upstream = 2 : 1
10
Let the speed downstream be 2x km/hr and speed upstream be x
1 km/hr.
Speed downstream = 60 km/hr 15 kmph
4
Speed of boat in still water : speed of current
1 = (2x + x) : (2x – x) = 3x : x = 3 : 1. [See TF 2]
Speed of stream = (15 6) km/hr 4.5 km/hr [See TF 3(ii)]
2 23. Let the speed upstream be x kmph and speed downstream be y
17. Speed upstream = (6 – 1.5) kmph = 4.5 kmph [See TF 2(ii)] kmph.
Speed downstream = (6 + 1.5) kmph = 7.5 kmph [See TF 2(i)] Time taken to cover 12 km upstream and 18 km downstream = 3
hours
22.5 22.5 12 18 24 36
Required time taken = hrs (5 3) hrs = 8 hrs 3 6
4.5 7.5 ...(i)
x y x y
750 m 5 Time taken to cover 36 km and 24 km downstream
18. Speed upstream = m/s
600 s 4 1 13
= 6 hours
2 2
750 m 5 1
Speed downstream = m/s 7 2 minutes 450 sec. 36 24 13
450 s 3 ...(ii)
x y 2
Boats and Streams 24.5
1 1 5 Speed upstream = (4x – x) km/hr = 3x km/hr [See TF 2(ii)]
Adding (i) and (ii), we get: ...(iii)
x y 24 30 30 16
8 8 x2
1 1 1 5x 3x x
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get: ...(iv)
x y 24 So, the speed of the current is 2 km/hr.
2 6 26. Speed upstream = (10 – 4) km/hr = 6 km/hr [See TF 2(ii)]
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get: x 8
x 24 Speed downstream= (10 + 4)km/hr = 14 km/hr [See TF 2(i)]
2 4
Substracting (iv) from (iii), we get: y 12 Speed upstream : Speed downstream = 6 : 14 = 3 : 7
y 24
Time taken upstream : Time taken downstream = 7 : 3
Speed upstream = 8 kmph and speed downstream = 12 kmph
Time taken upstream : 7 hours = hours
5 7
1
Speed of current = (12 8) kmph 2 kmph. [See TF 3(ii)] 10 2
2 [ Total time = 5 hours]
24. Let the speed of the motor boat be x km/hr. The distance of the destination from the starting place
Then, speed upstream = (x – 5) km/hr [See TF 2(ii)] 7
= 6 km = 21km.
Speed downstream = (x + 5) km/hr [See TF 2(i)] 2
10 10 50 20 x 50 27. Let the rate of current be x km/hr. Then,
2
x 5 x 5 60 x 25 60 Speed of the boat A = (12 + x) km/hr[ Boat A goes downstream]
x2 – 24 x – 25 = 0 (x – 25) (x + 1) = 0 x = 25 Speed of the boat B = (15 – x) km/hr [ Boat B goes upstream]
So, the speed of the motor boat is 25 km/hr. Relative speed of the boat A and B = [(12 + x) + (15 – x)] km/hr
25. Let the speed of the current be x km/hr. Then, = 27 km/hr
Speed of boat in still water = 4x km/hr. 108
Time taken to cover 108 km = hrs 4 hours .
Speed downstream = (x + 4x) km/hr = 5x km/hr [See TF 2(i)] 27
So, they will meet after 4 hours.
25 TRAINS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
Study the following table :
Case Train and Object Time taken t to
cross the object
TF 1. Object is stationary and is of negligible length. LT
e.g. a lamp post, a signal post, a standing man, a pole etc. t
VT
Length of Train = LT and speed of Train = VT
TF 2. Object is stationary and has a considerable length LO LT L O
e.g. a tunnel, a railway platform, a bridge, a stationary train etc. t
Length of Train = LT and speed of Train = VT VT
TF 3. Object is moving in the same direction (as the train) with
LT
speed VO and is negligible length. t
e.g. a cyclist, a running man, a moving car etc. VT VO
Length of Train = LT and speed of Train = VT
TF 4. Object is moving in the same direction with speed VO and has length LO . LT L O
e.g. another train moving in the same direction. t
VT VO
Length of Train = LT and speed of Train = VT
TF 5. Object is moving in the opposite direction (as the train) with speed VO LT
and is of negligible length t
e.g. a cyclist, a running man, a moving car etc. VT VO
Length of Train = LT and speed of Train = VT
TF 6. Object is moving in the opposite direction with speed VO and has length LO LT L O
e.g. another train moving in opposite direction. t
VT VO
Length of Train = LT and speed of Train = VT
Note : Here we generally take all lengths in m and all speeds in m/s.
EXERCISE
1. A 200 metre long train is running at a speed of 72 km/hr. time will they cross each other? [SSC 2015]
How long will it take to cross 800 metre long bridge? (a) 11 seconds (b) 15 seconds
[SSC GD 2012] (c) 22 seconds (d) 30 seconds
(a) 30 seconds (b) 40 seconds
4. How many seconds will a 500 metre long train take to cross
(c) 50 seconds (d) 60 seconds
a man walking with a speed of 3 km/hr in the direction of
2. A train of length 150 m takes 30 seconds to cross a bridge the moving train if the speed of the train is 63km/hr?
of 500 m long. How much time will the train take to cross a (a) 45 seconds (b) 40 seconds
platform of length 370 m? (c) 30 seconds (d) 25 seconds
(a) 18 seconds (b) 24 seconds
5. A train 800 metres long is running at the speed of 78 km/hr,
(c) 30 seconds (d) 36 seconds
if it crosses a tunnel in 1 minute, then the length of the tunnel
3. Two trains of lengths 150 m and 180 m respectively are (in metres) is
running in opposite directions on parallel tracks. If their (a) 13 (b) 500
speeds be 50 km/hr and 58 km/hr respectively, then in what (c) 1300 (d) 77200
25.1
25.2 Trains
6. A train of length 200 m running at 36 kmph takes 55 seconds 16. Two trains are moving on two parallel tracks but in opposite
to cross a bridge. The length of the bridge is [SSC GD 2013] directions. A person sitting in the train moving at the speed
(a) 300 m (b) 325 of 80 km/hr passes the second train in 18 seconds. If the
(c) 350 m (d) 375 m length of the second train is 1000 m, then its speed is
7. A train running at the speed of 84 km/hr passes a man (a) 150 km/hr (b) 140 km/hr
walking in opposite direction at the speed of 6 km/hr in (c) 120 km/hr (d) 100 km/hr
4 seconds. What is the length of the train (in metre)? 17. Two trains of length 80 metres and 120 metres are running
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
at the speed of 25 km/hr and 35 km/hr respectively in the
(a) 90 (b) 100
same direction on parallel tracks. How many seconds will
(c) 120 (d) 150
they take to pass each other? [SSC CPO 2010]
8. A train of length 180 metres is running at a speed of (a) 72 (b) 70
90 km/h. How long will it take to pass a post? (c) 64 (d) 48
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 7.2 seconds (b) 7.8 seconds 18. A train of length 110 m is running at sa speed of 60 km/hr.
(c) 8 seconds (d) 8.2 seconds How many seconds does it take to cross another train, 170
m long standing on parallel track? [SSC 2010]
9. Two trains of equal length, running in opposite directions,
(a) 18 seconds (b) 17.2 seconds
pass a pole in 18 and 12 seconds. The trains will cross each
(c) 16.8 seconds (d) 15.6 seconds
other in
(a) 20.2 seconds (b) 18.8 seconds 19. Two trains 150 m and 120 m long respectively moving from
(c) 15.5 seconds (d) 14.4 seconds opposite directions cross each other in 10 seconds. If the
10. Two trains of equal length are running on parallel lines in speed of the second train is 43.2 km/hr, then the speed of
the same direction at the rate of 46 km/hr and 36 km/hr. the first train is [SSC MTS 2013]
The faster train passes the slower train in 36 seconds. The (a) 50 km/hr (b) 51 km/hr
length of each train is [SSC CGL 2014] (c) 52 km/hr (d) 54 km/hr
(a) 82 m (b) 80 m 20. A man standing on a platform finds that a train takes 3
(c) 72 m (d) 50 m seconds to pass him and another train to the same length
11. A train of length 50 metre passes a platform of 100 metre moving in the opposite direction takes 4 seconds. The time
long in 10 seconds. The speed of the train in km/hr is taken by the trains to pass each other will be
[SSC CPO 2014] 3
3
(a) 10 (b) 15 (a) 5 seconds (b) 4 seconds
7 7
(c) 54 (d) 100
3 3
12. The length of a train and that of a platform are equal. If (c) 3 seconds (d) 2 seconds
with a speed of 90 km/hr the train crosses the platform in 7 7
one minute, then the length of the train (in metres) is 21. Two trains are running at 40 km/hr and 20 km/hr respectively
(a) 900 (b) 750 in the same direction. The fast train completely passes a
(c) 600 (d) 500 man sitting in the slow train in 5 seconds. The length of the
13. Two trains of equal length take 10 seconds and 15 seconds fast train is [SSC CGL 2013]
respectively to cross a telegraph post. If the length of each 2
(a) 23 m (b) 23 m
train be 120 metres, in what time (in seconds) will they 9
cross each other travelling in opposite direction? 7
(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 27 m (d) 27 m
9
(c) 15 (d) 16
22. How many seconds will a train of length 120 metre running
14. A train passes two bridges of lengths 500 m and 250 m in
at the rate of 36 km/hr take to cross a bridge of 360 metres
100 seconds and 60 seconds respectively. The length of the
in length? [SSC CPO 2015]
train is [SSC 2015]
(a) 36 seconds (b) 40 seconds
(a) 120 m (b) 125 m
(c) 46 seconds (d) 48 seconds
(c) 152 m (d) 250 m
15. A train of length 150 m passes a pole in 15 seconds and 23. Two trains are running in opposite direction with the same
another train of the same length travelling in the opposite speed. If the length of each train be 120 metres and they
direction in 12 seconds. The speed of the second train is cross each other in 12 seconds, then the speed of each train
[SSC CGL 2013] (in km/hour)
(a) 54 km/hr (b) 52 km/hr (a) 10 (b) 18
(c) 48 km/hr (d) 45 km/hr (c) 36 (d) 72
Trains 25.3
24. A train travelling at 48 km/hr crosses another train, having (a) 36 km/hr, 18 km/hr
half its length and travelling in opposite direction at 42 km/ (b) 40 km/hr, 20 km/hr
hr in 12 seconds. It also passes a railway platform in 45 (c) 44 km/hr, 22 km/hr
seconds. The length of the railway platform is (d) 52 km/hr, 26 km/hr
(a) 400 m (b) 350 m 28. A train of length 150 m passes a km stone in 30 seconds
(c) 300 m (d) 200 m and another train of the same length is travelling in opposite
25. A moving train crosses a man standing on a platform and a direction train is 10 seconds. The speed of the second train
bridge 300 metres long in 10 seconds and 25 seconds is [SSC 2015]
respectively. What will be the time taken by the train to cross
a platform 200 metres long? (a) 25 km/hr
(b) 75 km/hr
(a) 22 seconds (b) 20 seconds
(c) 90 km/hr
2 (d) 125 km/hr
(c) 18 seconds (d) 16 seconds
3
29. A train passes by a lamp post on a platform in 7 seconds
26. A train of length 300 m passed a man, walking along the and passes by the platform completely in 28 seconds. If the
line in the same direction at the rate of 3 km/hr in 33 seconds. length of the platform be 390 m, then length of the train (in
The speed of the train is [SSC CGL 2010] metres) is [SSC MTS 2013]
8 8 (a) 150 (b) 140
(a) 35 km/h (b) 32 km/h
11 11 (c) 130 (d) 120
(c) 32 km/h (d) 30 km/h
30. A train moves past a telegraph post and a bridge of length
27. Two trains of length 100 metres and 95 metres respectively 264 m in 8 seconds and 20 seconds respectively. What is
pass each other in 27 seconds when they run in the same the speed of the train?
direction and in 9 seconds when they run in opposite (a) 79.2 km/hr (b) 79 km/hr
directions. The speed of the two trains is [SSC MTS 2013] (c) 70 km/hr (d) 69.5 km/hr
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a)
SOLUTIONS
5 3. Length of first train, LT = 150 m.
1. LT = 200 m, LO = 800 m, VT = 72 m/s = 20 m/s. Length of second train, LO = 180 m.
18
LT L O 5 125
Speed of first train, VT 50 m/s m/s .
Time taken by the train to cross the bridge, t 18 9
VT
[See TF 2] 5 145
Speed of second train, VO 58 m/s m/s .
200 800 18 9
= sec = 50 sec.
20 L LO
Time taken to cross each other, t T [See TF 6]
2. When the train cross the bridge LT = 150 m, LO = 500 m, VT VO
t1 = 30 sec.
LT L O 150 180
= 11 sec .
Time taken to cross a bridge, t1 . [See TF 2] 125 / 9 145 / 9
VT
150 500 650 65 5 35
30 VT 4. LT = 500 m, VT = 63 m/s = m/s.
VT 30 3 . 18 2
5 5
When the train cross the platform, VO 3 m/s m/s .
65 18 6
now, LT = 150 m, LO = 370 m, VT m/s. LT
3 Time taken by the train to cross the man, t [See TF 3]
LT LO VT VO
Time taken to cross a platform, t2 [See TF 2]
500 3000
VT = sec sec = 30 sec.
35 5 100
150 370
= sec = 24 sec. 2 6
65 / 3
25.4 Trains
5 65 ll
5. LT = 800 m, t = 1 min = 60 sec, VT = 78 m/s = m/s. 36 18 l 900 l 50 .
18 3 115
10
LT L O 9
Time taken to cross the tunnel, t [See TF 2] So, the length of each train is 50 m.
VT
800 L O 11. LT = 50 m, LO = 100 m, t = 10 sec, VT = ?
60 1300 800 L O L O 500 .
65 / 3 LT L O
So, the length of the tunnel is 500 m. Time taken by the train to pass the platform, t
VT
5
6. LT = 200 m, t = 55 sec, VT = 36 m/s = 10 m/s, LO = ? [See TF 2]
18 50 100
LT L O 10 VT 15 .
Time taken to cross the bridge, t . [See TF 2] VT
VT
18
200 L O So, the speed of the train = 15 m/s = 15 km/hr = 54 km/hr..
55 550 200 L O L O 320 . 5
10
5
12. LT = LO, t = 1 min = 60 sec, VT = 90 m/s = 25 m/s.
So, the length of the bridge is 350 m.
18
5 70
7. Speed of train, VT 84 m/s . LT L O
18 3 Time taken to cross the platform, t . [See TF 2]
VT
5 5
Speed of man, VO 6 m/s . LT L T
18 3 60 2 L T 1500 L T 750 .
25
Let the length of the train be LT metre.
So, the length of the train is 750 m.
LT
Time taken to cross the man = 70 5 sec. [See TF 5]
13. LT = LO = 120 m.
Speed of the first train, VT =
3 3 120
m/s = 12 m/s.
LT 3L T 10
4 4 L T 100 .
Speed of the second train, VO =
70 5 120
75 m/s = 8 m/s.
3 3 15
So, the length of the train is 100 metre. L LO
Time taken to cross each other, t T [See TF 6]
VT VO
LT = 180 m, VT = 90 km/hr = 90 m/s = 25 m/s.
5
8.
18 120 120
= sec = 12 sec.
LT 12 8
Time taken by the train to pass a post, t [See TF 1]
VT 14. Let the length of the train be l m and speed of the train be x
180 sec = 7.2 sec. m/sec.
25 Distance covered by the train in 100 sec = (100 x) m
9. Let the length of the trains be l m. 500 + l = 100 x. ... (i)
l Distance covered by the train in 60 sec = (60 x) m
Speed of the first train = m/s.
18 250 + l = 60 x. ... (ii)
25
Speed of the second train = m/s.
l
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get: 40x = 250 m x= .
12 4
5l 25
l l 500 + l = 100 x 500 + l = 100 l = 125.
Relative speed of the trains = m/s = m/s. 4
18 12 36
So, the length of the train is 125 m.
ll
Time taken to cross each other = sec = 14.4 sec. 15. LT = 150 m, t = 15 seconds, VT = ?
5l / 36
LT
10. Let the length of each train be l m. Time taken to cross the pole, t [See TF 1]
VT
5 115
Speed of faster train, VT = 46 m/s. 150
18 9 15 VT 10 m/s .
VT
5
Speed of slower train, VO = 36 = 10 m/s. LO = L T = 150 m, t = 12 seconds, VO = ?
18
t = 36 seconds. LT LO
Time taken to cross each other, t [See TF 6]
LT LO ll VT VO
t 36 [See TF 4]
VT VO 115 150 150 180
10 12 120 12 VO 300 VO 15 .
9 10 VO 12
Trains 25.5
So, the speed of the second train = 15 km/hr = 54 km/hr..
18 5 100
21. VT = 40 m/sec, VO = 20 5 50 m/sec
5 18 9 18 9
5 200
16. LT = 1000 m, VO = 80 m/s, VT = ? t = 5 sec and LT = ?
18 9
LT
LT t [See TF 3]
Time taken to cross the train, t [See TF 5] VT VO
VT VO
LT 250 7
1000 300 5 LT 27 .
18 18 9 VT 200 9000 VT . 100 50 9 9
200 9
VT 9 9
9
So, the length of the fast train is 27 7 m.
300 18 9
So, the speed of the second train = km/hr
9 5
5
22. LT = 120 m, LO = 360 m, VT = 36 m/s = 10 m/s.
= 120 km/hr. 18
5 175 LT L O
17. LT = 120 m, LO = 80 m, VT = 35 m/sec, Time taken by the train to cross the bridge, t
18 18 VT
5 125
VO = 25 m/sec. [See TF 2]
18 18
LT L O 120 360
Time taken to pass each other, t [See TF 4] = sec = 48 sec.
VT VO 10
120 80 200 18 23. LT = LO = 120 m, t = 12 sec, VT = VO = ?
= 72 sec.
175 125 50 LT LO
Time taken to cross each other, t [See TF 6]
18 18 VT VO
5 50 120 120
18. LT = 110 m, LO = 170 m, VT = 60 m/s = m/s. 12 VT 10 .
18 3 VT VT
LT L O
Time taken to cross the another train, t
So, the speed of the trains = 10 18 km/hr = 36 km/hr..
[See TF 2]
VT
5
= 110 170 sec = 16.8 sec.
50 / 3 5 40 5 35
24. VT = 48 m/s , VO = 42 m/s .
18 3 18 3
19. Length of first train, LT = 150 m.
Let the length of the first train be l m. Then,
Length of second train, LO = 120 m. l
Speed of first train, VT = ? The length of the second train = m.
2
5 LT LO
Speed of second train, VO 43.2 12 m/s .
18 Time taken to cross each other, t . [See TF 6]
VT VO
LT LO l l/2 3l
Time taken to cross each other, t [See TF 6] 12 300 l 200 m .
VT VO 40 35 2
150 120 3 3
10 10 VT 120 270
VT 12 Now, let the length of the platform be Lo m .
18 L T LO
VT 15 m/s 15 54 km/hr.
5 Time taken to cross the platform, t . [See TF 2]
VT
20. Let the length of the trains be l m. 200 Lo
Then, LT = LO = l m. 45 600 200 Lo Lo 400 .
40
l 3
Speed of the first train VT = m/s.
3
So, the length of the railway platform is 400 m.
l
Speed of the second train, VO = m/s. LT
4 25. Time taken to cross a man, t [See TF 1]
LT LO VT
Time taken to cross each other, t [See TF 6] LT
VT VO 10 L T 10 VT . ... (i)
VT
l l
3 LT L O
= l l sec = 3 sec. Time taken to cross a bridge, t = [See TF 2]
7 VT
3 4
25.6 Trains
10 V T 300 28. LT = LO = 150 m, t1 = 30 sec, t2 = 10 sec.
25 [Using (i)] Let the speed of the first and second train be VT m/s and VO m/s
VT respectively.
25 VT 10 VT 300 VT 20 . LT
Time taken by the first train to cross a km stone, t1 .
LT = 10 VT LT = 10 × 20 = 200 . VT
[See TF 1]
LT L O
Time taken to cross a platform of length 200 m, t = 150
VT 30 VT 5 .
VT
[See TF 2]
200 200 LT LO
= sec = 20 sec.
Time taken by both trains to cross each other, t2 .
20 VT VO
[See TF 6]
5 5
26. LT = 300 m, t = 33 sec, VO = 3 m/s = m/s. 150 150
18 6 10 50 10 VO 300 VO 25 .
5 VO
LT
Time taken by the train to cross the man, t .[See TF 3]
VT VO 18
So, the speed of the second train = 25 m/s = 25 km/hr
300 1800 5
33 33 66 VT 55 600 = 90 km/hr.
5 6 VT 5
VT
6 29. t1 = 7 sec, t2 = 28 sec, LO = 390 m.
655 655 18 LT
VT m/s km/hr Time taken to cross a lamp post, t1 [See TF 1]
66 66 5 VT
393 8 LT LT
= km/hr 35 km/hr .
11 11 7 VT . ... (i)
VT 7
8
So, the speed of the train is 35 km/hr.. LT LO
11 Time taken to cross a platform, t2 [See TF 2]
27. LT = 100 m, LO = 95 m, t1 = 27 sec, t2 = 9 sec. VT
LT LO
Time taken to pass each other (same direction) t1 L T 390
VT VO 28 [Using (i)]
LT / 7
[See TF 4]
100 95 65
27 VT VO . ... (i) 4 L T L T 390 L T 130 .
VT VO 9
So, the length of the train is 130 m.
LT LO
Time taken to pass each other (opposite direction) t2 30. LO = 264 m, t1 = 8 sec, t2 = 20 sec.
VT VO
LT
[See TF 6] Time taken to cross a telegraph post, t1 . [See TF 1]
VT
100 95 65 . ... (ii) LT
9 VT VO 8 L T 8 VT . ... (i)
VT VO 3 VT
290 LT L O
Adding (i) and (ii), we get 2 VT =
9 Time taken to cross a bridge, t2 = . [See TF 2]
VT
130 130 18
VT m/s km/hr = 52 km/hr..
9 9 5 8 V T 264
20 [Using (i)]
65 130 65 65 VT
VT VO VO VO m/s
9 9 9 9
20 VT 8 VT 264 VT 22 .
65 18
km/hr = 26 km/hr..
So, the speed of the train is 22 m/s i.e. 22 km/hr = 79.2
9 5 18
5
So, the speed of the trains are 52 km/hr, 26 km/hr.
km/hr.
26 TRIGONOMETRY
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Degree Measure (Sexagesimal System): In this system an angle is measured in degrees, minutes and seconds.
A complete rotation describes 360°.
1 right angle = 90° (90 degrees)
1° = 60 (60 minutes)
1 = 60 (60 seconds)
TF 2. Radian Measure (Circular System) : The unit of angle in this system is radian.
1 radian, written as 1c is the measure of an angle subtended at the centre of a circle
of radius r by an arc of length r.
2 radians = 360° or radians = 180°.
TF 3. Grade Measure (Centesimal System) : In this system, each right angle is divided into 100 equal parts called grades.
1 right angle = 100 g (100 grades)
1g = 100 (100 minutes)
1 = 100 (100 seconds)
radians = 180° = 200 g.
TF 4. Relation between radians and degrees :
c
180
(i) radians = 180° 1c 5717 ' 44.8" (ii) 180° = radians 1 0.01746
c
180
TF 5. Trigonometric Functions (or Trigonometric Ratios) :
In a right angled triangle OAB, if AOB , base OA = x, perpendicular AB = y
y x y
and hypotenuse OB = r, then sin , cos , tan ,
r r x
r r x
co sec , sec , cot
y x y
TF 6. Fundamental Trigonometric Identities and Equations :
1 1 1 sin
(i) cosec (ii) sec (iii) cot (iv) tan
sin cos tan cos
cos
(v) cot (vi) sin 2 cos 2 1 (vii) 1 + tan2 = sec2 (viii) 1 + cot2 = cosec2
sin
TF 7. Values of Trigonometric Ratios of Some Standard Angles :
Angles Degrees 0° 30° 45° 60° 90° 180° 270° 360°
Radians 0 / 6 / 4 / 3 / 2 3/ 2 2
sin 0 1/2 1/ 2 3/2 1 0 –1 0
cos 3/2 1/ 2 1/2 0 –1 0 1
tan 0 1/ 3 1 3 undefined 0 undefined 0
cosec undefined 2 2 2/ 3 1 undefined –1 undefined
sec 1 2/ 3 2 2 undefined –1 undefined 1
cot undefined 3 1 1/ 3 0 undefined 0 undefined
26.1
26.2 Trigonometry
TF 8. Nature of T-ratios as varies from 0 to 2π : IInd Ist
1st Quadrant : All the T-ratios (sin , cos , tan , cosec , sec ,cot ) Quadrant Quadrant
are positive. sin
(All)
IInd Quadrant : Only sin and cosec are positive. cosec
IIInd IVth
IIIrd Quadrant : Only tan and cot are positive. Quadrant Quadrant
IVth Quadrant : Only cos and sec are positive. tan cos
Remember : All sin tan cos cot sec
I II III IV
Note : The signs of cosec , sec and cot are the same as those of sin , cos and tan respectively..
TF 9. Trigonometric Ratios of Allied Angles :
– 90° – 90° + 180° – 180° + 270° – 270° + 360° – 360° +
sin – sin cos cos sin – sin – cos – cos – sin sin
cos cos sin – sin – cos – cos – sin sin cos cos
tan – tan cot – cot – tan tan cot – cot – tan tan
cosec – cosec sec sec cosec – cosec – sec – sec – cosec cosec
sec sec cosec – cosec – sec – sec – cosec cosec sec sec
cot – cot tan – tan – cot cot tan – tan – cot cot
TF 10. Important Formulae :
(i) sin (A +B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
(ii) cos (A +B) = cos A cos B – sin A sin B
tan A tan B 1 tan A
(iii) tan (A + B) = and so tan A
1 tan A tan B 4 1 tan A
(iv) sin (A – B) = sin A cos B – cos A sin B
(v) cos (A – B) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B
(vi) sin 2 A = 2 sin A cos A
tan A tan B 1 tan A
(vii) tan (A – B) = and so tan A
1 tan A tan B 4 1 tan A
(viii) cos 2 A = cos2 A – sin2 A = 1 – 2 sin2 A = 2 cos2 A – 1
2 tan A
(ix) tan 2 A
1 tan 2 A
(x) 1 – cos 2 A = 2 sin2 A
(xi) 1 + cos 2 A = 2 cos2 A
(xii) sin 3 A = 3 sin A – 4 sin3 A
(xiii) cos 3A = 4 cos3 A – 3 cos A
A B AB
TF 11. (i) sin A sin B 2sin cos
2 2
A B A B
(ii) sin A sin B 2 cos sin
2 2
A B AB
(iii) cos A cos B 2cos cos
2 2
A B AB
(iv) cos A cos B 2sin sin
2 2
Trigonometry 26.3
EXERCISE
1. If sec2 + tan2 = 5/3, then what is the value of tan 2 ? 12. What is the simplified value of
[SSC CGL 2017] sin2 (90° – ) – [{sin(90° – ) sin }/tan ]?
1 2 [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) (b) (a) 0 (b) cosec
3 3
(c) (d) 2 3 (c) 1 (d) cos
3
2
2 2
2. If sin + sin 5 = sin 3 and 0 < < (/2), then what is 13. What is the simplified value of cos – sin ?
the value of (in degrees)? [SSC CGL 2017] 1 sin 1 cos
(a) 30 (b) 45 [SSC CGL 2017]
(c) 60 (d) 75 (a) sin (b) 1 – sin 2
(c) 1 + sin 2 (d) 1 – sin
3. What is the simplified value of
(sec A + cos A)(sec A – cos A)? [SSC CGL 2017] 14. If 5 sec – 3 tan = 5, then what is the value of 5 tan
(a) 2 tan2 A (b) 2 sin2 A – 3 sec ? [SSC CGL 2017]
(c) sin2 A tan2 A (d) sin2 A + tan2 A (a) 1 (b) 2
2
(c) 3 (d) 4
cosec A 15. In circular measure, the value of the angle 11° 15 is
4. What is the simplified value of ?
cot A tan A [SSC CHSL 2012]
c c
[SSC CGL 2017]
(a) (b)
(a) 2 cos2 A (b) 1 – sin2 A
4 8
(c) sec2 A (d) sec A tan A c c
5. What is the simplified value of (c) (d)
12 16
tan A cot A 2
– 22
1 – cot A 1 – tan A sin 2 A ? [SSC CGL 2017]
16. The degree measure of 1 radian (taking ) is
7
(a) – 1 (b) 0
(approx.) [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
(c) 1 (d) 2
(a) 53° 14 37 (b) 56° 27 14
sin 2 A (c) 57° 16 22 (d) 59° 11 32
6. What is the simplified value of ? [SSC CGL 2017]
1 cos 2 A 22
(a) sin A (b) cos A 17. If the sum and difference of two angles are radian and
9
(c) tan A (d) cot A 36° respectively, then the value of smaller angle in degree
2
sec A 22
7. What is the simplified value of ? taking the value of as is [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
cot A tan A 7
[SSC CGL 2017] (a) 48° (b) 52°
(a) 1 – cos2A (b) 2 sin2A (c) 56° (d) 60°
2
(c) sec A (d) cosec2A 18. The circular measure of an angle of an isosceles triangle is
8. What is the simplified value of 1 + tan A tan (A/2)? 5 . Circular measure of one of the other angles must be
[SSC CGL 2017] 9
[SSC PCI 2013]
(a) sin A/ 2 (b) cos A
2 4
(c) sec A (d) sin A (a) (b)
9 9
9. What is the simplified value of cosec 2A + cot 2A?
5 5
[SSC CGL 2017] (c) (d)
(a) sec (A/2) (b) sec A 9 18
(c) cot A (d) cot 2A
19. If 0 and sec2 + tan2 = 7 then is [SSC CISF 2014]
10. If A = 30°, B = 60° and C = 135°, then what is the value of 2
sin3A + cos3B + tan3C – 3sin A cos B tan C? [SSC CGL 2017] 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) 0 (b) 1 3 5 6 12
(c) 8 (d) 9 3
20. If sin ( + 30°) = , then the value of cos2 is
11. What is the least value oftan2 + cot2 + sin2 + cos2 12 [SSC CGL T-II 2015]
+ sec + cosec ?
2 2 [SSC CGL 2017] 1 1
(a) (b) 3 (c) (d) 3
(a) 1 (b) 3 4 4 2 2
(c) 5 (d) 7
26.4 Trigonometry
21. If is a positive acute angle and 3 (sec2 + tan2 ) = 5, 31. If tan + sec = 3, being acute, then the value of 5 sin is
then the value of cos 2 is [SSC CGL T-II 2015] [SSC CHSL & LDC 2015]
1 1 5 3
(a) (b) (a) (b)
2 2 3 5
3 5
(c) 1 (d) (c) (d) 4
2 2
22. Find the value of tan56° – tan11° – tan56° tan11°. 32. If tan + cot = 2, then the value of is
[SSC SI 2016] [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014]
(a) – 2 (b) – 1 (a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 0 (d) 1 (c) 60° (d) 90°
23. If is an acute angle and tan (4 – 50°) = cot (50° – ), 33. Solve cot 9° cot 27° cot 63° cot 81°. [SSC SI 2016]
then the value of in degree is [SSC CGL T-I 2015] (a) – 1 (b) 0
(c) 1 (d) 3
(a) 30 (b) 40
34. The value of sin2 22° + sin2 68° + cot2 30° is
(c) 50 (d) 60
[SSC CGL T-I 2015]
3 3
24. If sin 2 = , then the value of sin 3 is equal to 5
2 (a) (b)
[SSC CHSL 2015] 4 4
1 (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) 0 (b)
2 35. Find the value of the following
(c) 3 (d) 1 tan 20 2 cot 20 2
2 tan15 · tan 45 · tan 75
2 cosec70° 2 sec 70 2
25. If tan (5x – 10°) = cot (5y + 20°), then the value of (x + y) is [SSC CGL T-II 2015]
[SSC CGL T-II 2014 & 2015] (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) 15° (b) 16° (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) 20° (d) 24°
36. If + = 90°, then the expression tan sin 2 sin 2
26. If tan = tan30° tan60° and is an acute angle, then 2 is tan [SSC CHSL 2015]
is equal to
equal to [SSC CGL 2016]
(a) tan2 (b) sec2
(a) 0° (b) 30°
(c) tan2 (d) sec2
(c) 45° (d) 90°
37. The value of cos1° cos2° cos3° ... cos180° is
27. If sin + cos = 2 sin (90° – ), then the value of cot is [SSC CHSL 2015]
[SSC CGL T-II 2015] 1
(a) 0 (b)
(a) 2 1 (b) 2 1 2
(c) 2 1 (d) 2 1
(c)
3
(d) 1
2
28. If 0 90° and 4 cos2 – 4 3 cos + 3 = 0, then the
38. The value of tan1° tan2° tan3° ... tan89° is
value of is [SSC CGL T-II 2015]
[SSC CGL T-I 2015]
(a) 30° (b) 45° (a) – 1 (b) 0
(c) 60° (d) 90° 1
29. If 5 cos + 12 sin = 13, 0° < < 90°, then the value of (c) 1 (d)
3
sin is [SSC CGL T-II 2015] 39. If tan A + cot A = 2, then the value of tan10 A + cot10 A is
5 6 [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
(a) (b)
13 13 (a) 1 (b) 2
7 12 (c) 4 (d) 210
(c) (d) 40. If (1 + sin A) (1 + sin B) (1 + sin C) = (1 – sin A) (1 – sin B)
13 13
(1 – sin C). Then, the value of each side is equal to
30. If 0° < < 90° and cosec = cot2 , then the value of the
expression cosec4 – 2 cosec3 + cot2 is equal to
0 A, B, C [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014]
[SSC CHSL 2015] 2
(a) 0 (b) 1 (a) sin A sin B sin C (b) cos A cos B cos C
(c) 2 (d) 3 (c) tan A tan B tan C (d) 1
Trigonometry 26.5
41. In ABC, B = 90° and AB : BC = 2 : 1. The value of 51. If is an acute angle and tan + cot = 2, then the value of
sin A + cot C is [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014] tan5 + cot5 is [SSC CGL T-I 2014]
2 5 (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) (b) 3 5
(c) 3 (d) 4
3 5 2 5
(c) (d) 52. If tan2 = 1 – e2, then the value of sec + tan3 cosec is
2 5 [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014]
42. If sec 15 = cosec 15 (0° < < 10°), then value of is (a) (2 – e2)1/2 (b) (2 – e2)3/2
[SSC CGL 2016] (c) (2 + e2)1/2 (d) (2 + e2)3/2
(a) 3° (b) 5° (c) 8° (d) 9°
cosec2 sec2
tan 2
45 sec 60 53. If tan = 2, then the value of is
43. If x cos2 30° · sin60° = , then the value of cosec 2 sec 2
cosec60°
x is [SSC CGL T-II 2015] [SSC CGL T-II 2015]
1 1
(a) (b) 3 4 17 15
3 2 (a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 7
1 2
(c) (d) 2 54. The value of (1 + sec20° + cot70°) (1 – cosec20° +
2 3
tan70°) is equal to [SSC CGL T-II 2014 & 2015]
44. If sec + tan = p, (p 0) then sec is equal to (a) – 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
[SSC CGL 2016]
55. The value of the following is:
1
(b) 2 p , p 0
1 3 (sin4 + cos4 ) + 2 (sin6 + cos6 ) + 12 sin2 cos2
(a) p p , p 0
p [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
1 1 (a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 5
p 0 (d) p , p 0
1
(c) p ,
2 p p 56. If sec + tan = 2 5 , then the value of sin is
(0° 90°)
45. What is the value of
cot cosec 1 [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
? [SSC SI 2016] 3 1 2 4
cot cosec 1 (a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) tan + sin (b) cosec – sin 2 5 5 5
(c) cot + sec (d) cot + cosec 57. If sin A + sin2 A = 1, then the value of cos2 A + cos4 A is
46. Find the value of 8 cos10° cos20° cos40°. [SSC SI 2016] [SSC CGL T-II 2015]
(a) cot10° (b) cot20° 1 2
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 2
1 2 3
(c) cot21° (d)
tan 30 58. If for any acute angle A, sin A + sin2 A = 1, then the value of
sec tan cos2 A + cos4 A is [SSC CGL T-II 2014 & 2015]
47. If 5 sin = 3, then the numerical value of is
sec tan (a) – 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
[SSC CGL T-I 2015]
59. If sin + sin2 = 1, then the value of
1 1 1 cos12 + 3 cos10 + 3 cos8 + cos6 – 1 is
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d)
2 3 4 5 [SSC CGL T-II 2014 & 2015]
2
2 tan 30 (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
48. If sec2 45 sec2 0 x sec 60, then the
2
1 tan 30 60. The maximum value of sin4 + cos4 is [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
value of x is [SSC CGL T-II 2013 & 2014] 1
(a) – 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2 (a) (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
2
49. If 7 sin2 + 3 cos2 = 4. (0° < < 90°), then the value of 61. The minimum value of 2 sin2 + 3 cos2 is
tan is [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014] [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
1 1 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d) 3
3 2 cos cos
62. If n and m , then the value of cos2 is
50. The value of sin cos
cos 2 A sin A cos A sin 2 A sin A cos A [SSC CGL T-I 2015]
cosec A sin A cos A sec A sin A cos A
2 2 1
(a) 0 (b)
m2 n2
sec 2
A cosec A
2
[SSC CGL T-I 2013] m2 n2
(c) (d)
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 m n2 2
m n2
2
26.6 Trigonometry
63. The values a, b and c are the lengths of three sides of a 73. If a cos + b sin = p and a sin – b cos = q, then the
triangle ABC. If a, b, c is given by the relation relation between a, b, p and q is [SSC CGL T-I 2014]
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = ab + bc + ca, then the value of (a) a – b = p – q (b) a + b = p + q
sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C is [SSC CGL T-II 2015] (c) a2 – b2 = p2 – q2 (d) a2 + b2 = p2 + q2
3 3 3 3 9 x
(a) (b) (c) (d) 74. If sin 21° = , then sec21° – sin69° is equal to
4 2 2 4 y
[SSC CGL T-I 2014]
64. If a (tan + cot ) = 1, sin + cos = b with 0° < < 90°, 2 2
then a relation between a and b is [SSC CGL T-II 2015] x y
(a) (b)
2 2
(a) b2 = 2 (a + 1) (b) b2 = 2 (a – 1) y y x x y2 x2
(c) 2a = b2 – 1 (d) 2a = b2 + 1 x2 y2
(c) (d)
65. The value of (0 90°) satisfying 2 sin2 = 3 cos is y x2 y 2 x x2 y 2
[SSC CGL T-II 2015]
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90° 75. If is a positive acute angle and cosec + cot = 3 , then
66. If x = a sin – b cos and y = a cos + b sin, then which the value of cosec is [SSC CGL T-II 2014]
of the following is true? [SSC CGL T-II 2015]
1 2
(a) (b) 3 (c) (d) 1
x2 a2 x 2
y 2
3 3
(a) 1
(b) 1
y 2 b2 a2 b2 76. The maximum value of (2 sin + 3 cos ) is
(c) x2 + y2 = a2 – b2 (d) x2 + y2 = a2 + b2 [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
5
67. If cosx = x2 – x + , then the value of x will be (a) 2 5 (b) 12 (c)
(d) 13
4
[SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014] 77. If a sin + b cos = c, then the value of a cos – b sin is
(a) 0 (b) 1 [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
(c) – 1 (d) None of the above.
(a) c 2 a 2 b2 (b) a2 b2 c2
68. Which one of the following is true for 0° < < 90°?
[SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014] (c) a2 b2 c2 (d) a 2 b 2 c2
(a) cos < cos2 (b) cos > cos2 78. If cos + sec = 3 , then the value of cos3 + sec3 is
(c) cos cos2 (d) cos cos2 [SSC CGL T-II 2014]
1 (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
69. If cos2 – sin2 = where 0 , then the value of 79. If (sin + cosec)2
+ (cos + sec)2 = k + tan2 + cot2 ,
3 2
cos4 – sin4 is [SSC CGL T-I 2014] then the value of k is [SSC CGL T-I 2014]
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 7
1 1 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 3 9 3 sec 1
80. For any real value of , ? [SSC CGL T-II 2014]
sec 1
cos sin
70. If a and b , then the value of sin2 in (a) cot – cosec (b) sec – tan
cos sin (c) cosec – cot (d) tan – sec
terms of a and b is [SSC CGL T-I 2013 & 2014]
2
a 1 a2 b2
81. If 7 sin = 24 cos ; 0 , then the value of
(a) (b) 2
a2 b2 a 2 b2
14 tan – 75 cos – 7 sec is equal to [SSC CGL T-I 2014]
a2 1 a2 1 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) (d)
a2 b2 a 2 b2
82. If 3 sin + 5 cos = 5, then the value of 5 sin – 3 cos
1 2 sin cos
71. If 29 tan = 31, then the value of is equal will be [SSC CGL T-I 2014]
1 2 sin cos (a) ± 1 (b) ± 2 (c) ± 3 (d) ± 5
to [SSC CGL T-I 2014]
(a) 490 (b) 540 (c) 810 (d) 900 83. In a ABC, B = , C
and D divides BC internally
4 3
3 3
cos sin cos sin 3 3 sin BAD
72. The value of is equal to in the ratio 1 : 3 then is equal to
cos sin cos sin sin CAD
[SSC CGL T-I 2014]
[SSC CGL T-II 2014]
1 1 1
(a) – 1 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 0 (a) (b) (c) (d) 6
2 3 6
Trigonometry 26.7
84. Given that ABCD is a rectangle of which AC is a diagonal. 7 8
The value of (tan2 CAD + 1) sin2 BAC is (a)
5
(b)
5
[SSC CGL T-I 2014]
16 21
1 (c) (d)
(a) 0 (b) (c) 1 (d) 2 5 5
4 1
94. If sec – tan = , then the value of sec · tan is
85. If sin + cos = 2 cos, then the value of cot is 3
[SSC CGL T-II 2014] [SSC CGL T-II 2013]
(a) 2 1 (b) 2 1 2 2
(a) (b)
(c) 3 1 (d) 3 1 3 3
2 4
86. If sec + tan = 2 5 , then the value of sin + cos is (c)
3
(d)
3
[SSC CGL T-I 2013]
x 1 1
x 2 , then the value of x is
2
1 3 7 95. If 2 sin
(a) (b) (c) (d) 5 2 x x
5 5 5 [SSC CGL T-II 2012]
87. The value of this expression sin2 – 3 sin + 2 = 0 will be (a) – 1 (b) 0
true if [SSC CGL T-I 2013] (c) 1 (d) 2
(a) 0° 90° (b) 0° < < 90°
(c) = 0° (d) = 90° 96. The minimum value of
sin2 + cos2 + sec2 + cosec2 + tan2 + cot2 is
88. If sin + cos = p and sec + cosec = q, then the value [SSC CGL T-II 2012]
of q (p2 – 1) is [SSC CHSL 2014] (a) 1 (b) 3
(a) 1 (b) p (c) 5 (d) 7
(c) 2p (d) 2
97. If 0° < < 90°, then the value of sin + cos is
89. The value of (1 + cot – cosec ) (1 + tan + sec ) is equal [SSC CGL T-II 2012]
to [SSC CGL T-I 2013] (a) Greater than 1 (b) Equal to 1
(a) – 1 (b) 0 (c) Less than 1 (d) Equal to 2
(c) 1 (d) 2 98. If cos x + cos2 x = 1, then the numerical value of
90. If sin + cosec = 2, then the value of sin9 + cosec9 is (sin12 x + 3 sin10 x + 3 sin8 x + sin6 x – 1) is
[SSC CGL T-I 2013] [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
(a) 1 (b) 2 (a) – 1 (b) 0
(c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 1 (d) 2
If is a positive acute angle and tan 2 tan 3 = 1, then the
91.
99. If r sin = 1, r cos = 3 , then the value of 3 tan 1
5
value of 2 cos 2
1 is [SSC CGL T-II 2012] is [SSC CGL T-II 2013]
2 1
(a) (b) 1
1
(a) (b) 0 3
2 (c) 3 (d) 2
1
(c) (d) 1 1 1
2 100. The value of is
cosec cot sin
92. If tan 7 tan 2 = 1, then the value of tan 3 is
[SSC CGL T-I 2013]
[SSC CGL T-I 2012]
(a) 1 (b) cot
1
(a) 3 (b) (c) cosec (d) tan
3
sin cos
1 101. If , then sin – cos is equal to
(c) (d) 3 x y
3 [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
x y x y
8 sin 5 cos (a) (b)
93. If tan = 2, then the value of x2 y 2 x2 y 2
sin 2 cos 3 cos
3 3
x y yx
is [SSC CGL T-I 2012] (c) (d)
x y2 2 x2 y2
26.8 Trigonometry
sin A sin A is (0° < A < 90°) (a) 0 (b) 1
102. The value of
1 cos A 1 cos A (c) 2 (d) 4
[SSC CGL T-II 2013] 106. The elimination of from x cos – y sin = 2 and
(a) 2 sin A (b) 2 cos A x sin + y cos = 4 will give [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
(c) 2 cosec A (d) 2 sec A (a) x2 + y2 = 20 (b) 3x2 + y2 = 20
2 (c) x2 – 2y2 = 18 (d) 3x2 – y2 = 12
103. If cos4 – sin4 = , then the value of 1 – 2 sin2 is.
3
[SSC CGL T-II 2013] 107. The minimum value of 2 sin2 + 3 cos2 is
1 [SSC CPO 2011]
(a) 0 (b)
3 (a) 0 (b) 1
4 (c) 2 (d) 3
(c) 2 (d)
3 3 1 3
108. The numerical value of
2
2 sin 2
1 cot 1 tan 2
1
104. If sin – cos = , then the value of sin + cos is will be [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
2 (a) 2 (b) 3
[SSC CISF 2013] (c) 5 (d) 6
(a) – 2 (b) ± 2
109. The value of 3 (sin x – cos x)4 + 6 (sin x + cos x)2 +
7 4 (sin6 x + cos6 x) is
(c) (d) 2
2 [SSC CGL T-I 2013]
2 (a) 9 (b) 12
1 sin cos
105. The value of 2
4 tan is (c) 13 (d) 17
cos 1 sin
[SSC CGL T-I 2013]
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (a) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (d) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (b) 62. (d) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (c) 66. (d) 67. (d) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (d) 72. (c) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (d) 77. (c) 78. (a) 79. (d) 80. (c)
81. (b) 82. (c) 83. (c) 84. (c) 85. (a) 86. (b) 87. (d) 88. (c) 89. (d) 90. (b)
91. (b) 92. (c) 93. (d) 94. (a) 95. (b) 96. (d) 97. (a) 98. (b) 99. (d) 100. (b)
101. (c) 102. (c) 103. (c) 104. (c) 105. (d) 106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (b) 109. (c)
SOLUTIONS
2 sin3cos2= sin3
5
1. sec2 tan 2 ... (i) AB A – B
3 sin A sin B 2sin 2 cos 2
sec2– tan2= 1 ... (ii)
sin 3 0 3 0 0
Solving both the equations, we get : 2 cos2= 1 (Not possible)
1 1 1
tan 2 tan tan 30 30 . cos 2 cos 60
3 3 2
tan 2 tan 60 3. 2 60 30.
2. sin + sin5= sin3 3. (sec A + cos A) (sec A – cos A) = sec2A – cos2A
1 + tan2A – cos2A [ sec2 A = 1 + tan2A]
Trigonometry 26.9
sin2A + cos2A + tan2A – cos2A A
cos 1
sin2A + tan2A. 2 sec A.
A cos A
(cosec A) 2 cosec2 A cosec 2 A tan 2 A cos A.cos
4. 2
2 2
(cot A tan A) (1 tan 2 A) 2 9. cosec2A + cot2A
tan A
tan A
1 cos 2 A
1 sin 2 A
. sin 2 A
sin A
1 tan A sec A, tan A cos A
2 2 2 2
sin A 2 cos2 A 2cos 2 A 1 cos 2 2cos 2 ,
(sec A)
= cot A
2cos A sin A sin 2 2cos sin
sec 2 A 1
cos 2 A 1 – sin 2 A. 10. sin3A + cos3B + tan3C – 3 sinA cos B tan C
sec 4 A sec 2 A
= sin3 30° + cos3 60° + tan3 135° – 3 sin 30° cos 60° tan 135°
tan A cot A 2
5. – 3 3
1 – cot A 1 – tan A sin 2 A 1 1 3 1 1
1 – 3 –1
sin A cos A 2 2 2 2 2
–
cos A sin A 2sin A cos A 1 3
cos A 1 – sin A 1 – –1 0 .
sin A cos A 4 4
sin 2 A cos2 A 1 11. tan2 + cot2 + sin2+ cos2+ sec2+ cosec2
– –
cos A(sin A cos A) sin A(sin A – cos A) sin A cos A = tan2 + cot2 + 1 + (1 + tan2) + (1 + cot2)
sin 3 A cos3 A – (sin A cos A) = 3 + 2 (tan2 + cot2)
sin A cos A (sin A cos A) Now, Arithmetic mean Geometric mean
(sin A cos A) (sin 2 A cos 2 A sin A cos A) – (sin A – cos A) tan 2 cot 2 tan 2 cot 2
tan 2 cot 2 1
sin A cos A (sin A – cos A) 2 2
tan2 cot2 2 (tan2 cot2
a3 – b3 (a b)(a 2 b2 ab)
tan2 cot2
2 2
(sin A cos A sin A cos A) – 1 So, minimum value of given equation is 7.
sin A cos A
1 sin A cos A 1 sin A cos A sin 90 sin
1 sin A cos 2 A 1 . 12. sin 2 90 – .
sin A cos A sin A cos A tan
cos .sin sin
= cos –
2
sin 2A
2sin A cos A
sin A
tan A.
sin 90 – cos , tan cos
6. sin
1 cos2A 2cos 2 A cos A cos
[ 1 + cos 2A = 2 cos2 A]
2
= cos – cos2 = 0.
2
sec A sec 2 A 2
7. cotA tan A 2 cos 2 sin 2
1 13. –
tan A
tan A 1 sin 1 cos
2
1 tan 2 A 1 sin 2 1 – cos 2
2 – [cos2+ sin2 = 1]
1 tan 2 A [ sec2A = 1 + tan2 A] 1 sin 1 cos
= {(1 – sin) – (1 – cos)}2 = (cos– sin)2
tan A
1 tan 2 A tan 2 A tan 2 A = cos2+ sin2 – 2sin cos = 1 – sin2.
[ sin2= 2sincos]
1 tan 2 A2 1 tan 2 A
14. 5 sec – 3 tan = 5 . ... (i) [given]
tan 2 A sin 2 A
= cos2 A sin 2 A 1 – cos 2 A Let 5 tan – 3 sec = m . ... (ii)
sec2 A cos2 A
Squaring (i) and (ii) and subtracting (ii) from (i) we get :
A
A sin A.sin 2 25(sec2 – tan2) – 9 (sec2 – tan2) = 25 – m2
8. 1 tan A tan 1
2 A 25 – 9 = 25 – m2 m 2 = 9 m = 3[sec2 – tan2= 1]
cos A.cos
2 c c
15. 1115' 11
15 675 675
A A A .
cos A.cos 2 sin.sin 2 cos A – 2 60 60 180 60 16
180 c
A cos A.cos A
cos A.cos
2 2 c
22
cos cos sin sin cos( – ) 16. radian 180 180
7
26.10 Trigonometry
' 5x – 10° = 70° – 5y 5x + 5y = 80° x + y = 16°.
180 7 630 3 3 60
1c 57 57 1
22 11 11 11 26. tan = tan30° tan60° = 3 1 tan 45
'' 3
4 4 60
57 16' 5716' 5716'22" . 45 2 90 .
11 11
17. Let the larger angle be x and the smaller angle be y. Then, 27. sin + cos = 2 sin (90° – ) sin + cos = 2 cos
22
x y
c
180 22
180 22
sin 2 1 cos
22 9 180
c
9 9 cos 1 1 2 1
7 cot 2 1.
sin 2 1 2 1 2 1
x + y = 140° ... (i)
and x – y = 36° ... (ii) 28. 4 cos2 – 4 3 cos + 3 = 0
2 cos 3 2 3 2 cos 0
2
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get: 2y = 104° y = 52°. 2
The smaller angle is 52°.
2 cos 3 0
2
2 cos 3 0
18. Let one of the equal angles of the isosceles triangle be x. Then,
5 3
xx [ Sum of the angles of a triangle is 180°] cos cos30 30 .
9 2
2 29. 5 cos + 12 sin = 13 ... (i)
x .
9 Let 5 sin – 12 cos = p ... (ii)
19. sec2 + tan2 = 7 (1 + tan2 ) + tan2 = 7 Squaring and adding (i) and (ii), we get:
[ sec2 = 1 + tan2 ] 25 (cos2 + sin2 ) + 144 (sin2 + cos2 ) = 169 + p2
25 + 144 = 169 + p2 p2 = 0 p = 0.
1 + 2 tan2 = 7 tan2 = 3 tan = 3
5 sin – 12 cos = 0. ... (iii)
0 2 tan is + ve
Multiplying (i) by 12 and (iii) by 5 and adding, we get:
156 12
144 sin + 25 sin = 156 sin .
radian. 169 13
3
3 3 3 30. cosec4 – 2 cosec3 + cot2
20. sin ( + 30°) = = cosec4 – 2 cosec3 + cosec [ cosec = cot2 (given)]
12 2 3 2
= cosec4 – cosec3 – cosec3 + cosec
= sin 60 30 60 30 .
2 = cosec2 (cosec2 – cosec ) – cosec (cosec2 – 1)
3 3
cos2 = cos2 30° = . = cosec2 {(cot2 + 1) – cot2 } – (cot2 ) cot2
2 4
[Using cosec2 = cot2 + 1 and cosec = cot2 ]
21. 3 (sec2 + tan2 ) = 5 3{sec2 + (sec2 – 1)} = 5
= cot4 – cot4 = 0. [ cosec = cot2 cosec2 = cot4 ]
[ tan2 = sec2 – 1]
6 1 3 31. tan + sec = 3 ... (i)
6 sec2 8 cos 2 cos 2 .
8 sec 2 4 sec2 tan 2 1
Then, sec – tan = ... (ii) [Using (i)]
3 3 1 sec tan 3
cos 2 2 cos 2 1 2 1 1 .
4 2 2 5 4
Solving (i) and (ii), we get: sec = , tan =
22. We have : tan45° = tan (56° – 11°) 3 3
tan A tan B tan 4/3 4
tan 56 tan11 sin 5 sin 4 .
1= tan A B 1 tan A tan B sec 5/3 5
1 tan 56 tan11
1
32. tan + cot = 2 tan 2 tan = 1 = tan45°
tan56° – tan11° – tan56° tan11° = 1. tan
23. tan (4 – 50°) = cot (50° – ) = tan {90° – (50° – )} 1
[cos A = tan (90° – A)] x x 2 x 1
= tan (40° + ) 4 – 50° = 40° + 3 = 90° = 30°.
= 45°.
3
24. sin 2 sin 60 2 60 30 33. cot9° cot27° cot 63° cot 81°
2
= cot9° cot27° cot (90° – 27°) cot (90° – 9°)
sin3 = sin90° = 1.
25. tan (5x – 10°) = cot (5y + 20°) = cot9° cot27° tan 27° tan 9° [ cot (90° – ) = tan ]
tan (5x – 10°) = tan (90° – 5y – 20°) [ cot = tan (90° – )] = (cot 9° tan 9°) (cot 27° tan 27°) = 1 × 1 = 1. [ cot tan = 1]
Trigonometry 26.11
34. sin2 22° + sin2 68° + cot2 30° sin A + cot C
= sin2 22° + cos2 22° + cot2 30° [ cos = sin (90° – )] BC BC x x
=
1
1 3 1 3 4 .
2 2 AC AB 5x 2 x
= 1 cot 30 1
tan 2 30
1 1 2 5 .
tan 20 2 cot 20 2
35. 2 tan15 · tan 45 · tan 75 5 2 2 5
cosec70 2 sec 70 2
2
tan 20 cot 2 20 42. sec15 = cosec15 = sec (90° – 15 )
2 tan15 ·1· cot15
sec2 20 cosec2 20 [ cosec A = sec (90° – A)]
cosec 90 sec ; sec 90 cosec , 15 = 90° – 15
90
3 .
tan 90 cot 30
sin 2 20 cos 2 20 tan 2 45 · sec60
2 2
2 2
2 tan15 · cot15 43. x cos2 30° · sin60° =
cos 20 · sec 20 sin 20 · cosec 20 cosec60°
2
= sin2 20° + cos2 20° + 2 = 1 + 2 = 3. 3 3 12 · 2 8 2
x · x 2 .
tan 2 2 2 3 3
36. sin 2 sin 2
tan 3
tan 44. sec + tan = p ... (i) [Given]
sin 2 sin 2 90
tan 90 2
sec tan 2
1
sec – tan = . ... (ii)
[ + = 90° = 90° – ] sec tan p
[ sec2 – tan2 = 1]
tan
sin 2 cos 2 1
cot Adding (i) and (ii), we get : 2 sec = p
p
[ tan (90° – ) = cot, sin (90° – ) = cos]
1 1
sec p , p 0 .
1 2 p
sin cos 1, cot tan
2 2
= tan2 +1
= sec2 [ sec2 = tan2 + 1] cot cosec 1 cot cosec cosec 2 cot 2
45.
cot cosec 1 cot cosec 1
37. cos1° cos2° cos3° ... cos180°
= cos1° · cos2° · cos3° ... cos90° ... cos180° = 0. [ cos90° = 0] [ cosec2 – cot2 = 1]
38. tan1° · tan2° · tan3° ... tan89°
=
cot cosec 1 cosec cot cot cosec .
= (tan1° · tan89°) · (tan2° · tan88°) ... (tan44° · tan46°) · tan45° cot cosec 1
= (tan1° · cot1°) · (tan2° · cot2°) ... (tan44° · cot44°) · tan45°
8 sin10 cos10 cos 20 cos 40
[ tan (90° – ) = cot ] 46. 8 cos10° cos20° cos40° =
sin10
= 1 × 1 × ... × 1 × 1 = 1. [ tan · cot = 1 and tan45° = 1]
1 4 2 sin10 cos10 cos 20 cos 40 4 sin 20 cos 20 cos 40
39. tan A + cot A = 2 tan A 2 =
tan A sin10 sin10
1 [ 2 sin A cos A = sin 2A]
tan A = 1 and so cot A = 1. [Note: x 2 x = 1]
x 2 2 sin 20 cos 20 cos 40 2 sin 40 cos 40
=
Now, tan10 A + cot10 A = 110 + 110 = 1 + 1 = 2. sin10 sin10
40. Let (1 + sin A) (1 + sin B) (1 + sin C) = (1 – sin A) (1 – sin B) sin 80 cos10
= cot10 . [ sin (90° – ) = cos ]
(1 – sin C) = k sin10 sin10
Then, k2 = (1 + sin A) (1 – sin A) (1 + sin B) (1 – sin B) 1 sin 3
1
(1 + sin C) (1 – sin C) sec tan cos cos 1 sin 5 2 1.
47.
= (1 – sin2 A) (1 – sin2 B) (1 – sin2 C) = cos2 A cos2 B cos2 C sec tan 1 sin 1 sin 3 8 4
1
cos cos 5
k = cos A cos B cos C.
Each side is equal to cos A cos B cos C. 3
5 sin 3 sin
5
41. Let AB = 2x and BC = x. [ AB : BC = 2 : 1]
2 tan 2 30
Then, AC = AB 2 BC 2 4 x 2 x2 5x 48. sec2 45 sec2 0 x sec60
1 tan 2 30
26.12 Trigonometry
1
2
cot tan cot tan cot tan 1 tan 2
2
cot tan 2 cot tan 1 tan 2
2 12 2 x
3 2
2
1 1
1
3
cot tan
1 1 1 4 3
tan 30 3 , sec 45 cos 45 2,
1 4
.
5
[ tan = 2]
1 1
sec0 1, sec60 2 54. (1 + sec20° + cot70°) (1 – cosec20° + tan70°)
cos 0 cos 60
2 3 = (1 + sec20° + tan20°) (1 – cosec20° + cot20°)
2 1 2x x = 1. [ cot = tan (90° – )]
3 2
49. 7 sin2 + 3 cos2 = 4 1 sin 20 1 cos 20
= 1 1
cos 20 cos 20 sin 20 sin 20
7 tan2 + 3 = 4 sec2 [Dividing throughout by cos2 ]
7 tan + 3 = 4 (1 + tan )
2 2 [Using sec2 = 1 + tan2 ] sin 20 cos 20 1 sin 20 cos 20 1
=
cos 20 sin 20
1 1
3 tan2 = 1 tan2 = tan . sin 20 cos 20 2 1
3 3 =
sin 20 cos 20
[Note: 0° < < 90° tan = + ve]
sin 2 20 cos 2 20 2 sin 20 cos 20 1
=
cos A sin A cos A
2
sin A sin A cos A
2 sin 20 cos 20
50. ·
cosec A sin A cos A sec A sin A cos A 2 sin 20 cos 20
2 2
= 2
sin 20 cos 20
sec2 A cosec2 A [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
sin A cos A sin A cos A
2 2 55. sin4 + cos4 = (sin2 )2 + (cos2 )2
sin 2 A cos 2 A
sin A cos A sin A cos A = (sin2 + cos2 )2 – 2 sin2 cos2
[ a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 – 2ab]
1 1
2
2 = 1 – 2 sin2 cos2 [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
cos A sin A
sin6 + cos6 = (sin2 )3 + (cos2 )3
1 1
cosec A sin 2 A , sec A cos 2 A = (sin2 + cos2 )3 – 3 sin2 cos2 (sin2 + cos2 )
2 2
[ a3 + b3 = (a + b)3 – 3ab (a + b)]
2 sin 2 A cos 2 A sin 2 A cos2 A = 1 – 3 sin2 cos2
sin 2 A cos 2 A ·
sin A cos A sin A cos A 3 (sin4 + cos4 ) + 2 (sin6 + cos6 ) + 12 sin2 cos2
2 2 2 2
= 2. [ sin2 A + cos2 A = 1] = 3 (1 – 2 sin2 cos2 ) + 2 (1 – 3 sin2 cos2 ) + 12 sin2 cos2
1 = 5.
51. tan + cot = 2 tan + =2
tan
56. sec + tan = 2 + 5 ... (i)
tan2 – 2 tan + 1 = 0 (tan – 1)2 = 0 tan = 1
2 2
1 sec tan
And so, cot = = 1. sec – tan = .
tan sec tan
Now, tan5 + cot5 = 15 + 15 = 1 + 1 = 2. 1 1 2 5
= 5 2. ... (ii)
52. sec + tan3 cosec = sec + tan2 (tan cosec ) 2 5 2 5 2 5
sin 1 Solving (i) and (ii), we get: sec = 5 , tan = 2
= sec + tan2 sec tan cosec cos · sin sec tan 2
sin = .
sec 5
= sec (1 + tan2 ) = 1 tan 2 1 tan 2
57. sin A + sin2 A = 1 sin A = 1 – sin2 A = cos2 A ... (i)
= (1 + tan2 )3/2 = {1 + (1 – e2)}3/2 [ tan2 = (1 – e2)] Now, cos2 A+ cos4 A = cos2 A + (cos2 A)2 = sin A + sin2 A = 1.
= (2 – e2)3/2. [Using (i)]
53.
2
cosec sec
1 cot 1 tan
2 2 2 58. sin A + sin2 A = 1 sin A = 1 – sin2 A = cos2 A ... (i)
cosec2 sec2 1 cot 2 1 tan 2 cos2 A+ cos4 A = sin A + sin2 A = 1.
59. sin + sin2 = 1 sin = 1 – sin2 = cos2 ... (i)
cot 2 tan 2
2 2 cos12 + 3 cos10 + 3 cos8 + cos6 – 1
cot tan 2
= (cos2 )6 + 3 (cos2 )5 + 3 (cos2 )4 + (cos2 )3 – 1
Trigonometry 26.13
= sin6 + 3 sin5 + 3 sin4 + sin3 – 1 66. x = a sin – b cos ... (i)
= (sin2+ sin )3
– 1 = – 1 = 0. 13 [ + sin = 1] sin2 y = a cos + b sin ... (ii)
60. sin4 + cos4 = (sin2 + cos2 )2 – 2 sin2 cos2 Squaring both (i) and (ii) and adding, we get:
1
2 sin cos 2 1
sin 2 2
[ sin2 = 2 sin cos ]
x2 + y2 = a2 (sin2 + cos2 ) + b2 (cos2 + sin2 )
2 2 x2 + y2 = a2 + b2.
= – 1 sin2 1 [ sin x lies between – 1 and 1] 2
5 2 1 1
0 sin2 2 1 67. cos x x 2 x x x 1 x 1
4 4 2
sin 2 2 1 1 sin 2 2 2
0 0 1
2 2 2 2 x 0 [ cos 1]
2
2
1 sin 2 1
1 1 1 sin 4 cos 4 1 . 1
x 0 x .
1
2 2 2 2 2
The maximum value of sin4 + cos4 is 1. 1
Putting x in the given equation, we get:
61. Let p = 2 sin2 + 3 cos2 = 2 sin2 + 3 (1 – sin2 ) = 3 – sin2 2
Now, – 1 sin 1 2
LHS = cos 0 and RHS = 1 1 5 1 .
0 sin2 1 2 2 2 4
– 1 – sin2 0 [Multiplying throughout by – 1] 1
Since, LHS RHS, x also does not satisfy the given equation.
3 – 1 3 – sin2 3 [Adding 3 throughout] 2
Hence, the given equation has no roots.
2 p < 3.
68. For 0° < < 90° we have 0 < cos < 1
Clearly, minimum value of p i.e. 2 sin2 + 3 cos2 is 2.
Clearly, cos is a fraction less than 1 and so, cos > cos2
cos
69. cos4 – sin4 = (cos2 – sin2 ) (cos2 + sin2 )
m cos sin
62. We have: tan 1
n cos cos = cos2 – sin2 = . [ cos2 + sin2 = 1]
sin 3
cos sin
m2 m2 n2 70. a and b
sec2 = 1 + tan2 = 1 cos sin
2
n n2 cos = a cos and sin = b sin
1 n2
cos 2
. cos2 + sin2 = a2 cos2 + b2 sin2
sec2 m2 n 2
1 = a2 (1 – sin2 ) + b2 sin2 [ cos 2 + sin2 = 1]
63. a2 + b2 + c2 = ab + bc + ca a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca = 0 a2 1
1 = a2 + (b2 – a2) sin2 sin2 = .
1
2
a b 2
b c c a
2 2
0 a2 b2
1 2 sin cos sin 2 cos 2 2 sin cos
a – b = 0, b – c = 0, c – a = 0 71.
1 2 sin cos sin 2 cos 2 2 sin cos
a = b = c The triangle is equilateral and so A = B = C = 60° [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C = (sin60°)2 + (sin60°)2 + (sin60°)2
2 sin cos 2 sin cos
2
tan 1
2
3 3 9 tan 1
3 3 . sin cos 2 sin cos
2 4 4
sin cos [Dividing Nr. and Dr. by cos]
64. a (tan + cot ) = 1 a 1 2
cos sin 31
29 1 60
2
sin cos
2 2
2
30 900 .
a 1 a = sin cos ... (i) 31 2
sin cos 1
29
Now, sin + cos = b b2 = (sin + cos )2
31
b2 = (sin2 + cos2 + 2 sin cos ) 29 tan 31 tan 29
b2 = 1 + 2 sin cos = 1 + 2a [Using (i)]
cos3 sin 3 cos3 sin 3
2a = b2 – 1. 72.
cos sin cos sin
65. 2 sin2 = 3 cos 2 (1 – cos2 ) = 3 cos
[ sin2 + cos2 = 1] x3 y 3 x3 y 3
where x = cos, y = sin
2 cos + 3 cos – 2 = 0 (cos + 2) (2 cos – 1) = 0
2 x y x y
cos =
1
[Neglecting cos = – 2 since – 1 cos 1] x y x 2 y 2 xy x y x 2 y 2 xy
2
cos = cos60° = 60°.
x y x y
26.14 Trigonometry
= (x2 + y2 – xy) + (x2 + y2 + xy) = 2 (x2 + y2) 1 + cot2 + tan2 + 6 = k + tan2 + cot2 k = 7.
=2 (cos2 + sin2 ) = 2 × 1 = 2. [ cos2 + sin2 = 1] sec 1 1 cos
80. [Multiplying Nr. and Dr. by cos ]
73. a cos + b sin = p ... (i) sec 1 1 cos
a sin – b cos = q ... (ii) 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos
Squaring (i) and (ii) on both sides and adding, we get: 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos 2 sin
a2 (cos2 + sin2 ) + b2 (sin2 + cos2 ) = p2 + q2
cosec cot .
a 2 + b 2 = p 2 + q 2. [ cos2 + sin2 = 1]
sin 24 24
1 81. 7 sin = 24 cos tan
74. sec21° – sin69° = cos 21 [ sin (90° – ) = cos ] cos 7 7
cos 21
2
2 24 625 25
x sec 1 tan 2 1
2
1 cos 21 2
sin 21 y x 2 7 49 7
.
cos 21 1 7
2
1 sin 21 x
2
y y 2 x2 and cos .
1 sec 25
y Now, 14 tan – 75 cos – 7 sec
[Using sin2 + cos2 = 1] 24 7 25
= 14 75 7 2.
7 25 7
75. cosec + cot = 3 ... (i)
2 2 82. 3 sin + 5 cos = 5 ... (i)
cosec cot 1
cosec – cot = . ... (ii) Let 5 sin – 3 cos = p ... (ii)
cosec cot 3
Squaring (i) and (ii) on both sides and adding, we get:
Adding (i) and (ii), we get:
1 4 2 9 sin2 + 25 cos2 + 25 sin2 + 9 cos2 = 25 + p2
2 cosec = 3 cosec .
3 3 3 9 (sin2 + cos2 ) + 25 (cos2 + sin2 ) = 25 + p2
76. Let 2 = r cos ... (i) 9 + 25 = 25 + p2 [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
3 = r sin ... (ii)
= 9 p = ± 3.
p2
Squaring both (i) and (ii) and adding we get:
83. In ABD, we have:
r2 = 4 + 9 r= 13 .
3
Dividing (ii) by (i) we get: tan =
2
Now, 2 sin + 3 cos = r cos sin + r sin cos
= r sin ( + ).
We have: – 1 sin ( + ) 1 – r r sin ( + ) r
AD BD
13 2 sin 3 cos 13 . [By Sine Formula]
sin ABD sin BAD
Maximum value of 2 sin + 3 cos is 13 . BD 3
AD . ... (i) ABD B
Note: The maximum and minimum values of a sin + b cos are sin BAD 2 3
a 2 b 2 and a 2 b 2 respectively.. In ACD, we have:
AD CD
77. a sin + b cos = c ... (i) [By Sine Formula]
sin ACD sin CAD
Let a cos – b sin = p ... (ii)
CD 1
Squaring both (i) and (ii) and adding we get: AD . ... (ii) ACD C
sin CAD 2 4
a2 (sin2 + cos2 ) + b2 (cos2 + sin2 ) = c2 + p2 Equating the values of AD from (i) and (ii), we get:
a2 + b2 = c2 + p2
2 2 2
p= a b c . BD 3 CD 1
sin BAD 2 sin CAD 2
78. cos + sec = 3 ... (i)
Cubing (i) on both sides, we get: sin BAD BD 3 1 3 1
2 .
sin CAD CD 2 3 2 6
cos3 + sec3 + 3 cos sec (cos + sec) = 3 3
84. Let CAD = . Then, BAC = 90° –
cos3 + sec3 + 3 3 = 3 3 [Using (i)]
cos3 + sec3 = 0. [ BAC + CAD = 90°]
79. (sin + cosec)2 + (cos + sec)2 = k + tan2 + cot2 Now, (tan2 CAD + 1) sin2 BAC
sin2 + cosec2 + 2 + cos2 + sec2 + 2 = k + tan2 + cot2 = (tan2 + 1) sin2 (90° – )
(sin2 + cos2 ) + (cot2 + 1) + (tan2 + 1) + 4 = sec2 · cos2
= k + tan2 + cot2
Trigonometry 26.15
[ tan2 + 1 = sec2 and sin (90° – ) = cos ] 5 1
2 cos 2 1 2 cos 2 45 1 2 1 1 1 0 .
= 1. [ sec cos ] 2 2
1
85. sin + cos = 2 cos sin 2 1 cos 92. tan 7 tan 2 = 1 tan 7 =
tan 2
= cot 2
cos 1 1 2 1
cot 2 1. = tan (90° – 2 ) [ cot A = tan (90° – A)]
sin 2 1 2 1 2 1
7 = 90° – 2 9 = 90° = 10°.
86. sec + tan = 2 5 ... (i) 1
tan 3 = tan30° = .
sec 2 tan 2 1 3
sec – tan =
sec tan 2 5 8 sin 5 cos 8 tan 5
93.
1 52 3 3
sin 2 cos 3 cos tan · sin 2 2 cos 2 3
5 2. ... (ii)
52 52 [Dividing Nr. & Dr. by cos ]
Adding (i) and (ii), we get: 2 sec = 2 5 sec 5 8 2 5
= . [ tan = 2 (given)]
2 sin 2 cos 2 3
2
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get: 2 tan = 4 tan = 2.
21 21 .
tan 2 1 1 =
sin
sec
, cos
sec
2 sin 2 cos 2 3 5
5 5
2 1 3 1
And so, sin + cos = . 94. sec tan ...(i)
5 5 5 3
87. sin2 – 3 sin + 2 = 0 m2 – 3m + 2 = 0 where m = sin sec2 tan 2 1 ...(ii)
sec tan 3
(m – 1) (m – 2) = 0 m = 1 or m = 2 sec tan 1
sin = 1 [Neglecting sin = 2 (Not possible)] 3
2 1
sin = sin90° = 90°. Solving (i) and (ii), we get: sec , tan
3 3
88. sin + cos = p ... (i) 2 1 2
sec · tan
Squaring (i) on both sides we get: 3 3 3
sin2 + cos2 + 2 sin cos = p2 2
95. x 1 x 2 1 2
1 + 2 sin cos = p2. [ sin2 + cos2 = 1] x x2
p2 – 1 = 2 sin cos x x
2 sin 2 2 sin 1 .
q (p2 – 1) = (sec + cosec ) (2 sin cos ) 2 2
2
1 1
= 2 sin cos = 2 (sin + cos ) = 2p. Now, x 1 0
cos sin x
89. (1 + cot – cosec ) (1 + tan + sec ) x x
cos sin
But 2 sin 1 0 sin 2 1
1 1 2
1 1
sin sin cos cos 1
2
x 1
1 x 2 sin 1 0 x 0 .
sin cos 1 sin cos 1 x 2 x
sin cos 96. sin2 + cos2 + sec2 + cosec2 + tan2 + cot2
1
sin cos
sin cos 2
1 = 1 + (1 + tan2 ) + (1 + cot2 ) + tan2 + cot2
= 2 tan2 + 2 cot2 + 3 = 2 (tan2 + cot2 – 2) + 7
sin 2 cos 2 2 sin cos 1 1 2 sin cos 1 2 (tan – cot )2 + 7.
2.
sin cos sin cos Now, (tan – cot )2 > 0 2 (tan – cot )2 > 0
1 2 (tan – cot )2 +7>7 Given Expression > 7.
90. sin + cosec = 2 sin 2
sin
So, the minimum value of the given expression is 7.
sin2 – 2 sin + 1 = 0 (sin – 1)2 = 0
97. (sin + cos )2 = sin2 + cos2 + 2 sin cos
sin – 1 = 0 sin = 1.
= 1 + 2 sin cos
1
cosec = 1. When 0° < < 90°, then 0 < sin < 1 and 0 < cos < 1
sin
0 < sin cos < 1
Now, sin9 + cosec9 = 19 + 19 = 1 + 1 = 2.
1 < 1 + 2 sin cos < 3 1 < (sin + cos )2 < 3
1
91. tan 2 tan 3 = 1 tan 2 = = cot 3 1 < sin + cos < 3.
tan 3
= tan (90° – 3 ) 2 = 90° – 3 5 = 90°. Clearly, sin + cos is always greater than 1.
26.16 Trigonometry
98. cos x + cos2 x = 1 cos x = 1 – cos2 x = sin2 x ... (i) 1
2= p2 [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
Now, sin12 x+3 sin10 x+3 sin8 x+ sin6 x–1 4
= (sin4 x + sin2 x)3 – 1 = {(sin2 x)2 + sin2 x}3 – 1 7 7
p2 p .
= {cos2 x + cos x}3 – 1 [Using (i)] 4 2
= 13 – 1 = 1 – 1 = 0. [ cos x + cos2 x = 1 (given)] 1 sin cos
2
105. 4 tan 2
99. r sin = 1 ... (i)
cos 1 sin
r cos = 3 ... (ii) 2
1 sin 2 cos2
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get: 4 tan 2
sin 1 1 cos 1 sin
tan 3 tan 1 2
cos 3 3 1 sin 2 sin cos
2 2
2
4 tan
3 tan 1 2 . cos 1 sin
2
1 1 cosec2 cot 2 2 2 sin
100. cosec 2
4 tan = 4 sec2 – 4 tan2
cosec cot sin cosec cot cos 1 sin
[ cosec2 – cot2 = 1]
= 4 (sec2 – tan2 ) [ sec2 – tan2 = 1]
= (cosec + cot ) – cosec = cot
= 4 × 1 = 4.
sin cos
101. k (say) 106. x cos – y sin = 2 ... (i)
x y
Then, sin = kx, cos = ky x sin + y cos = 4 ... (ii)
sin2 + cos2 = 1 k2 x2 + k2 y2 = 1 k2 (x2 + y2) = 1 Squaring both (i) and (ii) and adding, we get:
1 x2 (cos2 + sin2 ) + y2 (sin2 + cos2 ) = 22 + 42
k= .
x y2
2
x2 + y2 = 20. [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
x y 107. Let P = 2 sin2 + 3 cos2 = 2 (1 – cos2 ) + 3 cos2
Now, sin – cos = kx – ky = k (x – y) = .
2
x y 2 = 2 + cos2
Now, – 1 cos2 1 0 cos2 1
sin A sin A sin A 1 cos A sin A 1 cos A
102. 2 2 + cos2 3 [Adding 2 throughout]
1 cos A 1 cos A 1 cos 2 A
2 P 3.
2 sin A 2
2 cosec A . [ 1 – cos2 A = sin2 A] Minimum value of P is 2.
sin 2 A sin A
1 3
2
108. 2 sin 2
103. cos4 – sin4 = (cos2 – sin2 ) (cos2 + sin2 ) 1 cot 2 1 tan 2
3
2 1 3 1 cot 2 cosec2 ;
= [ a2 – b2 = (a – b) (a + b)] 2 sin 2
3 cosec sec 2
2
1 tan 2 sec 2
2
cos2 – sin2 = [ cos2 + sin2 = 1] = sin2 + 3 cos2 + 2 sin2 = 3 (sin2 + cos2 ) = 3 × 1 = 3.
3
2 109. 3 (sin x – cos x)4 + 6 (sin x + cos x)2 + 4 (sin6 x + cos6 x)
2
(1 – sin2 ) – sin2 = 1 – 2 sin2 = . = 3 (sin2 x + cos2 x – 2 sin x cos x)2 + 6 (sin2 x + cos2 x + 2 sin x cos x)
3 3
1 + 4 {(sin2 x + cos2 x)3 – 3 sin2 x cos2 x (sin2 x + cos2 x)}
104. sin – cos = ... (i)
2 [Using (a3 + b3) = (a + b)3 – 3ab (a + b)]
Let sin + cos = p ... (ii) = 3 (1 – 2 sin x cos x)2 + 6 (1 + 2 sin x cos x) + 4 {1 – 3 sin2 x cos2 x}
Squaring both (i) and (ii) adding, we get: = 3 (1 + 4 sin2 x cos2 x – 4 sin x cos x) + 6 (1 + 2 sin x cos x) +
1 1
2 sin2 + 2 cos2 = p
2
2 (sin2 + cos2 ) = p
2 4 {1 – 3 sin2 x cos2 x}
4 4
= 13.
27 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Angle of Elevation: When an object P lies at a height and the observer O has to look up
above the level of the eye, then the angle POX = which the line of sight OP makes with
the horizontal OX through O, is called the angle of elevation of P as seen from O.
TF 2. Angle of Depression: When an object P lies below the level of the eye of the observer O and
the observer has to look down at the object, then the angle XOP = , which the line of sight
OP makes with the horizontal OX through O, is called the angle of depression of P as seen
from O.
EXERCISE
1. A tower is broken at a point P above the ground. The top of
(c) 30 3 3 metre (d) 40 3 3 metre
the tower makes an angle 60° with the ground at a point Q.
From another point R on the opposite side of Q, the angle 6. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point
of elevation of point P is 30°. If QR = 180 m, then what is on the ground is 30° and moving 70 metres towards the
the total height (in metres) of the tower? [SSC CGL 2017] tower it becomes 60°. The height of the tower is [SSC 2014]
(a) 90 (b) 45 3 (a) 14 3 m (b) 35 3 m
(c) 45( 3 1) (d) 45( 3 2) 70 140
(c) m (d) m
2. The angle of elevation of a tower from a distance of 100 3 3
metre form its from is 30°. Then the height of the tower is 7. A telegraph post is bent at a point above the ground due to
[SSC CGL 2015]
storm. Its top just touches the ground at a distance of 10 3
50 100
(a) m (b) m metre from its foot and makes an angle of 30° with the
3 3 horizontal. Then the height (in metres) of the telegraph post is
(c) 50 3 m (d) 100 3 m [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 20 (b) 24
3. The angle of elevation of sun changes from 30° to 45°, the
(c) 25 (d) 30
length of the shadow of a pole decreases by 4 metres, the
height of the pole is [SSC 2014] 8. A ladder is placed along a wall such that its upper end is
(a) 1.464 m (b) 3.464 m touching the top of the wall. The foot of the ladder is 10 ft
(c) 5.464 m (d) 10.928 m away from the wall and the ladder is making an angle of
60° with the ground. When a man starts climbing on it, it
4. A kite is flying at a height of 50 metre. If the length of string
slips and now ladder makes an angle of 30° with ground.
is 100 metre, then the inclination of string of the horizontal
How much did the ladder slip? [SSC SI 2016]
ground in degree measure is [SSC CISF 2014]
(a) 7.32 cm (b) 10.31 cm
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 223.11 cm (d) 239.5 cm
(c) 60° (d) 90°
9. A vertical stick 12 cm long casts a shadow 8 cm long on the
5. The shadow of a tower standing on a level plane is found to
ground. At the same time, a tower casts a shadow 40 m long
be 40 m longer when the sun’s altitude is 45°, than when it
on the ground. The height of the tower is [SSC CGL 2013]
is 60°. The height of the tower is [SSC CPO 2016]
(a) 56 m (b) 60 m
(a) 10 3 3 metre (b) 20 3 3 metre (c) 64 m (d) 72 m
27.1
27.2 Heights and Distances
10. From two points on the ground lying on a straight line to be complementary, then the height (in metres) of the
through the foot of a pillar, the two angles of elevation of shorter post is [SSC CGL 2013]
the top of the pillar are complementary to each other. If the x
(a) (b) 2x
distances of the two points from the foot of the pillar are 12 2
metres and 27 metres and the two points lie on the same x
(c) 2 x (d)
side of the pillar, then the height (in metres) of the pillar is 2 2
[SSC CPO 2015] 17. If the angle of elevation of a balloon from two consecutive
(a) 12 (b) 15 kilometre stones along a road are 30° and 60° respectively,
(c) 16 (d) 18 then the height of the balloon above the ground will be
11. TF is a tower with F on the ground. The angle of elevation (assume that the two kilometre stones lie on the same side
2 of the balloon) [SSC CGL 2013]
of T from A is x° such that tan x° = and AF = 200 m. The 1
5 3
angle of elevation of T from a nearer point B is y° with (a) km (b) km
2 2
BF = 80 m. The value of y° is [SSC 2015]
(a) 30° (b) 45° 3
(c) km (d) 2 3 km
(c) 60° (d) 75° 2
12. From a point P on the ground the angle of elevation of the 18. There are two temples, one on each bank of a river, just
top of a 10 m tall building is 30°. A flag is hoisted at the opposite to each other. One temple is 54 m high. From the
top of the building and the angle of elevation of the top of top of this temple, the angles of depression of the top and
the flagstaff from P is 45°. Find the length of the flagstaff. the foot of the other temple are 30° and 60° respectively.
[SSC CGL 2014] The neight of this temple is [SSC 2012]
(a) 10 3 1 m (b) 10 3 m (a) 18 m (b) 18 3 m
(c) 36 m (d) 36 3 m
(c) 10 3 1 m (d) 10 3 3 m
19. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from the point
13. An aeroplane when flying at a height of 5000 m from the P and Q at distance ‘a’ and ‘b’ respectively from the base
ground passes vertically above another aeroplane at an of the tower and in the same straight line with it are
instant, when the angles of elevation of the two aeroplanes complementary. The height of the tower is [SSC FCI 2013]
from the same point on the ground are 60° and 45°
a
respectively. The vertical distance between the aeroplanes (a) ab (b)
at that instant is [SSC CGL 2013]
b
a
(a) 5000 3 1 m (b) 5000 3 3 m (c) ab (d)
b
1 20. From the top of a hill 200 m high, the angle of depression
(c) 5000 1 m (d) 5000 3 2 m of the top and the bottom of a tower are observed to be 30°
3
and 60°. The height of the tower is (in m) [SSC 2013]
14. From an aeroplane just over a straight road, the angles of
depression of two consecutive kilometre stones situated at 400 3 1
(a) (b) 133
opposite sides of the aeroplane were found to be 60° and 3 3
30° respectively. The height (in km) of the aeroplane from 2
(c) 200 3 (d) 166
the road at that instant was (Given 3 = 1.732) 3
[SSC CGL 2015] 21. A person of height 6 feet wants to pluck a fruit which is on
(a) 0.433 (b) 0.649 26 8
a ft high tree. If the person is standing ft away from
(c) 0.866 (d) 1.299 3 3
15. The angle of elevation of the top of a vertical tower situated the base of the tree, then at what angle should he throw a
stone so that it hits the fruit? [SSC CGL 2015]
perpendicularly on a plane is observed as 60° from a point
P on the same plane. From another point Q, 10 m vertically (a) 30° (b) 45°
above the point P, the angle of depression of the foot of the (c) 60° (d) 75°
tower is 30°. The height of the tower is [SSC CGL 2014] 22. A tower standing on a horizontal plane subtends a certain
(a) 15 m (b) 10 3 m angle at a point 160 m apart from the foot of the tower. On
advancing 100 m towards it, the tower is found to subtend
(c) 20 3 m (d) 30 m an angle twice as before. The height of the tower is
16. Two posts are x metres apart and the height of one is double [SSC CGL 2013]
that of the other. If from the mid-point of the joining their (a) 60 m (b) 80 m
feet, an observer finds the angular elevations of their tops (c) 90 m (d) 120 m
Heights and Distances 27.3
23. A vertical pole and a vertical tower are standing on the 25. A pole stands vertically, inside a scalene triangular park
same level of ground. Height of the pole is 10 metres. From ABC. If the angle of elevation of the top of the pole from
the top of the pole, the angle of elevation of the top of the each corner of the park is same, then in ABC, the foot of
tower and angle of depression of the foot of the tower are the pole is at the [SSC CGL 2013]
60° and 30° respectively. The height of the tower is (a) Centroid (b) Circumcentre
[SSC 2014] (c) Incentre (d) Orthocentre
(a) 20 m (b) 30 m 26. At a point on a horizontal line through the base of a
(c) 40 m (d) 50 m monument, the angle of elevation of the top of the
24. The angle of elevation of an aeroplane from a point on the 1
monument is found to be such that its tangent is . On
ground is 60°. After 15 seconds flight, the elevation changes 5
walking 138 metres towards the monument the secant of
to 30°. If the aeroplane is flying at a height of 1500 3 m,
then find the speed of the plane [SSC DP 2012] the angle of elevation is found to be 193 . The height of
(a) 100 m/s (b) 150 m/s the monument (in metre) is 2 [SSC 2011]
(c) 200 m/s (d) 300 m/s (a) 35 (b) 42
(c) 49 (d) 56
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Let O be the foot of the tower and OQ be x metres, then AB h 100
tan APB tan30 h .
AP 100 3
100
Height of the tower = m.
3
OR = (180 – x)m.
In rt POR, we have :
PO 1 PO 180 x
tan 30 PO
RO 3 180 x 3 3. Let S and S be the two positions
In rt. POQ, we have : of the sun and AB be the pole. Let
PO AP and AQ be the respective
tan 60 lengths of the shadows when the
x
angles of elevation of the sun are
PO 3x 30° and 45°.
180 x Then, APB = 30°, AQB = 45°,
3x x 45m PQ = 4 m.
3
Let AB = h m and AQ = x m.
PO 3 45 45 3m . In rt. AQB, we have:
45 1 45 AB h
Now, cos 60 PQ 90 m . tan AQB tan 45 x h. ... (i)
PQ 2 PQ AQ x
In rt. APB, we have:
Total height of tower PO PQ 45 3 90
AB h 1 h
45 3 2 m. tan APB
AP
tan 30
x4
3
h4
2. Let AB be the tower and P be the point of observation. Then, [Using (i)]
APB = 30° and AP = 100 m. Let AB = h 4
h 2 3 1 2 2.732 5.464 .
In rt. APB, we have: 3 1
Height of the pole is 5.464 m.
27.4 Heights and Distances
4. Let AB be the string of the kite and B be the position of the kite. Let In rt. APB, we have:
P be the point of the ground vertically below the kite. Then, AB h
tan APB tan 30 x 70 3h
AB = 100 m, BP = 50 m. AP x 70
Let PAB = (angle of inclination of the string).
h
70 3h h 70 3 3h h 35 3 .
3
[Using (i)]
Height of the tower = 35 3 m .
7. Let AB be the post and suppose that it got bent at point C so that its
top touches the ground at point P.
Let AB = h m, BC = x m. Then, AC = (h – x) m and PC = x m.
In rt. APB, we have:
Also, APC = 30° and AP = 10 3 m.
BP 50 1
sin PAB sin sin 30 30 .
AB 100 2
The angle of inclination of the string is 30°.
5. Let S and S be the two positions of the sun. Let AB be the tower
and AP and AQ be its shadows when sun’s altitude is 45° and 60°
respectively. Then, PQ = 40 m.
Let the height of the tower AB = h.
Let AQ = x.
In rt. APC, we have:
AP 10 3 3 10 3
cos APC cos30
PC x 2 x
x = 20 ... (i)
AC hx 1 h 20
tan APC tan 30
AP 10 3 3 10 3
[Using (i)]
In rt. ABP, we have: h = 30 m
AB h Height of the telegraph post = 30 m.
tan APB tan 45 h x 40
AP x 40 8. Let AB be the wall and BC be the initial position of the ladder.
x = h – 40 ... (i)
In rt. ABQ, we have: Then AC = 10ft and BCA = 60°.
AB h h Let AB = h.
tan ABQ tan 60 x ... (ii)
AQ x 3 Now, suppose that the ladder slips to position PQ.
From (i) and (ii), we get:
Let the length of the ladder be l. Then, BC = PQ = l.
h 40 3
h 40 h 3 h 40 3 h
3 3 1
20 3 3 m .
The height of the tower is 20 3 3 m .
6. Let AB be the tower and P and Q be the first and the second points
of observation. Then, PQ = 70 m, APB = 30°, AQB = 60°.
Let AB = h m and AQ = x m. In rt. ABC, we have:
AB h
tan ACB tan 60 h 10 3 ft . ... (i)
BC 10
AB h 2
sin ACB sin 60 l h
BC l 3
2
l 10 3 ft = 20 ft. ... (ii) [Using (i)]
3
In rt. APQ, we have:
In rt. AQB, we have:
AP AP l
AB h h sin AQP sin 30 AP 10 ft .
tan AQB tan 60 x ... (i) PQ l 2
AQ x 3
Heights and Distances 27.5
BP = AB – AP = h – AP = 10 3 10 ft 10 3 1 ft
= {10 (1.732 – 1) × 30.48} cm [ 1 ft = 30.48 cm]
= 223.11 cm.
Thus, the ladder slipped by 223.11 cm.
9. Let S be the position of the sun, AB be the stick and AP be its
shadow. Let CD be the tower and CP be its shadow.
In rt. TFB, we have:
TF h 80
tan FBT tan y 1 tan 45
BF 80 80
y 45. [Using (i)]
12. Let AB be the building and BC be the flag. Then, AB = 10 m, APB
= 30°, APC = 45°.
Let the angle of inclination of the sun be and the height of the
tower be H m. Then,
AB = 12 m, AP = 8 m, CD = H m, CP = 40 m, DPC = BPA =
In rt. APB, we have:
AB 12 3
tan . ... (i)
AP 8 2
In rt. CPD, we have:
Let BC = h m and AP = x m.
CD 3 H
tan H 60 . [Using (i)] In rt. APB, we have:
CP 2 40
Height of the tower is 60 m. AB 10
tan APB tan 30 x 10 3 ... (i)
10. Let AB be the pillar and P and Q be the two points of observation. AP x
In rt. APC, we have:
Then, AP= 12 m, AQ = 27 m.
AC h 10 h 10
Let AB = h and APB = . tan APC tan 45 1
AP x 10 3
Then, AQB + APB = 90° AQB = 90° – . [Using (i)]
h = 10 3 1
Height of the flagstaff = 10 3 1 m .
13. Let A and B be the positions of the upper and the lower aeroplanes
respectively and let M be the point on the ground vertically below
them. Let P be the point of observation. Then, APM = 60°,
BPM = 45° and AM = 5000 m.
Let AB = h m and MP = x m.
In rt. APB, we have:
AB h
tan APB tan . ... (i)
AP 12
In rt. AQB, we have:
AB h h
tan AQB tan 90 cot
AQ 27 27
27
tan . ... (ii)
h In rt. APM, we have:
h 27 AM 5000 5000 . ... (i)
From (i) and (ii), we get: h 2 12 27 22 34 tan 60 3 x
12 h MP x 3
h = 2 × 32 = 18 m. In rt. BPM, we have:
The height of the pillar is 18 m. BM BM 5000 . [Using (i)]
tan 45 1 BM x
11. Let TF = h m. MP x 3
In rt. TFA, we have: 5000 1
AB = AM – BM h = 5000 – 5000 1 .
TF h 2 h 3 3
tan FAT tan x
AF 200 5 200 Thus, the vertical distance between the two aeroplanes
h = 80. ... (i) 1
= 5000 1 m.
3
27.6 Heights and Distances
14. Let A be the position of the plane, XY be the horizontal line through
A, P and Q be the positions of the two consecutive kilometre stones
and AM PQ. Then, APM = PAX = 60°, MQA = QAY = 30°
and PQ = 1 km.
Let AM = h km.
In rt. CMD, we have:
CD 2h 4h x
tan 90 cot tan
In rt. APM, we have: CM x x 4h
2
AM h h ... (ii)
tan 60 3 PM ... (i)
From (i) and (ii), we get:
PM PM 3
In rt. AQM, we have: 2h x x2 x .
8h 2 x 2 h
x 4h 8 2 2
AM 1 h
tan 30 MQ 3h ... (ii) x
MQ 3 MQ Height of the shorter post = m.
2 2
Adding (i) and (ii), we get: 17. Let B be the position of the balloon and P and Q be the positions of
the two consecutive kilometre stones.
h 4h 4h
PM + MQ = 3h PQ 1 Let M be the point on the ground vertically below the balloon.
3 3 3
Then, PQ = 1 km, BPM = 30°, BQM = 60°.
[ PQ = 1 km]
Let BM = h km and MQ = x km.
3 1.732
h 0.433 .
4 4
The height of the aeroplane = 0.433 km.
15. Let AB be the tower and let its height be h m.
In rt. BPM, we have:
BM 1 h
tan 30 x 3 h 1 ... (i)
MP 3 x 1
In rt. BQM, we have:
BM h h
tan 60 3 x ... (ii)
MQ x 3
Let AP = x m. Draw QM AB. Then, AB = h m, QM = AP = x m,
AM = PQ = 10 m, APB = 60°, AQM = 30°. h 3
From (i) and (ii), we get: 3 h 1 h .
In rt. AQM, we have: 3 2
AM 10 3
tan AQM tan 30 x 10 3 ... (i) Height of the balloon above the ground = km .
MQ x 2
In rt. APB, we have: 18. Let AB be the larger temple and CD be the shorter temple. Let BX
be the horizontal line through B. Draw MD AB. Let AC = x m
AB h h
tan APB tan 60 3 and CD = h m.
AP x 10 3
h = 30. [Using (i)] We have: AB = 54 m, MD = AC = x m, MDB = DBX = 30°,
The height of the tower is 30 m. ACB = CBX = 60°.
16. Let AB be the shorter post and CD be the taller post. Let M be the
midpoint of AC. Let AB = h m. Then, CD = 2h m.
Let AMB = . Then, CMD = 90° – .
x
AC = x m and so, AM = MC = m.
2
In rt. AMB, we have:
AB h 2h
tan ... (i)
AM x x
2
Heights and Distances 27.7
In rt. ABC, we have: In rt. MBD, we have:
AB 54 54 BM 1 BM BM
tan 60 3 x . ... (i) tan 30 [Using (i)]
AC x 3 MD 3 x 200
In rt. BMD, we have: 3
200
BM 1 BM BM [Using (i)] BM .
tan 30 3
MD 3 x 54
200 400 1
3 CD = AM = AB – BM = 200 – 133 .
3 3 3
54 1
BM 18 .
3 Thus, the height of the tower = 133 m.
3
CD = AM = AB – BM = (54 – 18) m = 36 m.
21. Let AB be the tree (with fruit at point B) and CD be the person.
Thus, the height of the other temple = 36 m.
Draw DM AB. Then,
19. Let AB be the tower and let AB = h. 26 8
AB ft, AC = DM = ft, AM = CD = 6 ft.
Let APB = . Then, AQB = 90° – . 3 3
We have: AP = a, AQ = b. 26 8
BM = AB – AM = AB – CD = 6 ft.
3 3
Suppose that the angle at which the stone should be thrown be .
Then, BDM = .
In rt. ABP, we have:
AB h
tan APB tan . ... (i)
AP a
In rt. ABQ, we have:
AB h In rt. BMD, we have:
tan AQB tan 90 BM 8/3
AQ b tan BDM tan 1 tan 45
MD 8/3
h b
cot tan . ... (ii) 45.
b h
From (i) and (ii), we get: Required angle = 45°.
h b 22. Let AB be the tower and P and Q be the first and the second points
h 2 ab h ab . of observations respectively. Then, AP = 160 m,
a h
Height of the tower = ab .
20. Let AB be the hill and CD be the tower. Let BX be the horizontal
line through B. Draw DM AB. Let CD = h m and AC = x m.
Then, AB = 200 m, MDB = DBX = 30°, ACB = CBX = 60°,
AM = CD = h m and MD = AC = x m.
PQ = 100 m.
AQ = AP – PQ = 160 – 100 = 60 m
Let APB = . Then, AQB = 2.
Let AB = h m.
In rt. AQB, we have:
AB h
tan 2 . ... (i)
In rt. ACB, we have: AQ 60
In rt. APB, we have:
AB 200 200
tan 60 3 x . ... (i) AB h
AC x 3 tan . ... (ii)
AP 160
27.8 Heights and Distances
h Clearly, the plane travelled a distance of 3000 m in 15s.
Now, tan 2 [Using (i)]
60 3000
h Speed of the plane = m/s = 200 m/s.
2 15
2 tan h 160 h
[Using (ii)] 25. Let ABC be the scalene triangular park and PQ be the pole. Join
1 tan 2 60 h
2
60
1 AP, BP, CP, AQ, BQ and CQ. Let PQ = h.
160
We have: PAQ = PBQ = PCQ = (given)
3 h2 3 2
1 160 h 160
2 2
4 160 2 4
160 2 160
h2 h 80 .
4 2
Height of the tower = 80 m.
23. Let AB be the pole and CD be the tower. Draw BM CD.
Then, AB = 10 m, MBD = 30°, MBC = 60°.
Let AC = x m and CD = h m.
In rt. APQ, we have:
Then, CM = AB = 10m, BM = AC = x m.
PQ h h . ... (i)
tan tan AP
AP AP tan
h h
Similarly, BP = and CP = .
tan tan
AP = BP = CP. i.e. Point P is equidistant from each vertex and
so, P is the circumcentre of the triangle.
Thus, the foot of the pole is at the circumcentre.
26. Let AB be the monument and P be the initial point of observation
and be the angle of elevation of the top. Then, APB = and
1
In rt. BMC, we have: tan = .
5
CM 10
tan MBC tan 30 x 10 3 . ... (i) Let Q be the final point of observation and be the angle of elevation
BM x of the top from Q. Then, AQB =
In rt. BMD, we have:
193
MD h 10 h 10 and sec =
tan MBD tan 60 3 12
BM x 10 3
7
[Using (i)] tan = sec2 1 .
12
h = 40.
Also, PQ = 138 m.
Height of the tower is 40 m.
Let AB = h m and AQ = x m.
24. Let A and B be the initial and final positions of the plane and let P In rt. ABQ, we have:
be the point of observation. Let M and N be the points on the ground,
AB h
vertically below the points A and B respectively. Then, tan sec 1 tan 2
AQ x
APM = 60°, BPN = 30°, AM = BN = 1500 3 m .
h2 x2 h2
Let MP = x and MN = y. 1
x2 x2
193 x 2 h2 193 x2 h2
12 x2 144 x2
12
193x 2 144 x 2 h 2 49x2 = 144h2 x= h.
7
... (i)
In rt. ABP, we have:
In rt. AMP, we have:
AB 1 h 1 h
AM 1500 3 tan [Using (i)]
tan 60 3 x 1500 . ... (i) AP 5 x 138 5 12 h 138
MP x h = 42. 7
In rt. BNP, we have:
Height of the monument = 42 m.
BN 1 1500 3
tan 30 y 3000 . [Using (i)]
NP 3 x y
28 GEOMETRY
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Angle: Two rays OA and OB having a common end point from angle AOB i.e. AOB
OA and OB rays are called the arms of the angle and O is called its vertex.
The amount of turning from OA to OB is called the measure of AOB, written as m AOB.
The angle is measured in degrees ( ° ) or radians ( c ).
TF 2. Kinds of Angles:
(i) Right Angle: An angle whose measure is 90°.
(ii) Acute Angle: An angle whose measure is more than 0° but less than 90°.
(iii) Obtuse Angle: An angle whose measure is more than 90° but less than 180°.
(iv) Straight Angle: An angle whose measure is 180°.
(v) Reflex Angle: An angle whose measure is more than 180° but less than 360°.
(vi) Complete Angle: An angle whose measure is 360°.
TF 3. Equal Angle: Two angles are said to be equal, if they have same measure.
TF 4. Bisector of an Angle: A ray OC is called the bisector of AOB if mAOB = mBOC.
TF 5. Complementary Angles: Two angles are said to be complementary, if the sum of their measures is 90°. Two
complementary angles are called the complements of each other.
TF 6. Supplementary Angles: Two angles are said to be supplementary if the sum of their measures is 180°.
Two supplementary angles are called the supplements of each other.
TF 7. Adjacent Angles: Two angles are called adjacent angles, if
(i) they have the same vertex
(ii) they have a common arm and
(iii) their non-common arms lie on either side of the common arm.
In the figure, AOC and COB are adjacent angles.
TF 8. Linear Pair of Angles: Two adjacent angles are said to form a linear pair of angles, if their
non-common arms are two opposite rays.
In the figure, AOC and BOC form a linear pair of angles.
Cor. (i) The sum of all the angles formed on the same side of a line at a given point on the line
is 180°.
In the Figure, AOC + COD + DOE + EOB = 180°.
(ii) The sum of all the angles around a point is 360°.
In the figure: AOB + BOC + COD + DOE + EOA = 360°.
28.1
28.2 Geometry
(iii) The bisectors of the angles of a linear pair are at right angles.
In the figure, AOC and BOC form a linear pair. OD and OE are the bisectors of AOC
and BOC respectively. Then, DOE = 90°.
TF 9. Vertically Opposite Angles: Two angles are called a pair of vertically opposite angles, if their arms form two pairs
of opposite rays.
In the figure, there are two pairs of vertically opposite angles namely.
(i) AOC and BOD
(ii) AOD and BOC.
Cor. (i) If two lines intersect then the vertically opposite angles are equal. Thus,
AOC = BOD and AOD = BOC.
(ii) The bisectors of a pair of vertically opposite angles are in the same straight line.
In the figure, OE and OF are the bisectors of vertically opposite angles AOC and
BOD respectively. Then, EOF is a straight line.
TF 10. Parallel Lines: Two lines lying in the same plane are said to be parallel if they do not intersect when produced on
either side. The perpendicular distance between these lines always remains constant.
In the figure, AB and CD and are parallel lines.
TF 11. Transversal: A straight line which cuts two or more straight lines at distinct points is called a transversal.
TF 12. If a transversal cuts two lines, then the necessary and sufficient conditions for the two lines to be parallel, are:
(i) Corresponding angles are equal
i.e. 1 = 5, 2 = 6, 3 = 7, 4 = 8
(ii) Alternate (interior) angles are equal
i.e. 3 = 5, 4 = 6.
(iii) Each pair of consecutive interior angle (interior angles on the same side of transversal)
also called co-interior angles are supplementary.
i.e. 3 + 6 = 180° and 4 + 5 = 180°
(iv) Alternate exterior angles are equal
i.e. 1 = 7, 2 = 8.
TF 13. Important Properties of Parallel lines:
(i) The two lines which are both parallel to a third line are parallel to one another.
(ii) If a line is perpendicular to one of the two given parallel lines then it is also perpendicular to the other line.
(iii) Two intersecting lines cannot both be parallel to the same straight line.
Exterior and Interior Angles of a Triangle:
TF 14. The sum of the interior angles of a triangle is 180°.
In the figure, A + B + C = 180°
TF 15. If a side of a triangle is produced, then the exterior angle so formed is equal to the
sum of the two interior opposite angle.
Geometry 28.3
In the figure, ACD = A + B.
TF 16. Some Terms Related to Triangles:
(i) Median: The median of a triangle corresponding to any side is the line segment
joining the mid-point of that side with the opposite vertex.
(ii) Centroid: The point of intersection of all the three medians of a triangle is
called its centroid.
In the figure, AD, BE and CF are the medians of ABC and G is its centroid. The centroid divides each
median in the ratio 2 : 1 . Thus, AG : GD = 2 : 1.
(iii) Altitude: The altitude of a triangle corresponding to any side is the length of the
perpendicular drawn from the opposite vertex to that side.
(iv) Orthocentre: The point of intersection of all the three altitudes of a triangle is
called its orthocentre.
In the figure, AL, BM and CN are the altitudes of ABC and H is the orthocentre.
(v) Incentre: The point of intersection of the internal bisectors of the angles of a triangle
is called its incentre, denoted by I. The incentre I is equidistant from all the sides of
ABC and is therefore the centre of the incircle.
If ID BC, then ID is the radius ‘r’ of the incircle.
(vi) Circumcentre: The point of intersection of the perpendicular bisectors of the sides
of a triangle is called its circumcentre denoted by O. The circumcentre O is equidistant
from all the three vertices of ABC and is therefore the centre of the circumcircle.
If we join OA, then OA is the radius ‘R’ of the circumcircle.
TF 17. Important Results on Triangles
(i) Theorem 1. The sum of angles of a triangle is 180°.
(ii) Theorem 2.
(a) The angles opposite equal sides of a triangle are equal.
(b) The sides opposite equal angles of a triangle are equal.
(c) If two sides of a triangle are equal, then the longer side has the greater angle opposite to it and conversely,
the greater angle has the longer side opposite to it.
(iii) Theorem 3.
(a) Triangle Inequality Theorem: The sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the third side.
(b) Reverse Triangle Inequality: The difference between any two sides of a triangle is less than the third
side.
(iv) Theorem 4. In a right angled triangle, the midpoint of the hypotenuse is equidistant from all the three vertices
of the triangle.
Thus, in a ABC, if A = 90° and AD is a median, then AD = BD = CD.
In this case, D is the circumcentre of ABC and
1
Circumradius AD BD CD hypotenuse.
2
28.4 Geometry
(v) Theorem 5. Pythagoras’ Theorem: In a right triangle, the square of the hypotenuse
is equal to the sum of the square of the other two sides.
In the figure, C = 90° and so AB2 = AC2 + BC2.
(vi) Theorem 6. (a) Basic Proportionality Theorem (Thales’ Theorem): A line drawn parallel to one side of a
triangle divides the other two sides proportionally.
In the figure, we draw DE | | BC in ABC.
Then, ADE ~ ABC and so, AD AE DE .
AB AC BC
AD AE AB AC
Also, (i) (ii)
DB AC DB EC
(b) Converse of Thales’ Theorem: If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio then the line must
be parallel to the third side.
(vii) Theorem 7. In two similar triangles, the ratio of corresponding sides is the same as:
(a) the ratio of corresponding altitudes
(b) the ratio of corresponding medians
(c) the ratio of corresponding angle bisector segments
(d) the ratio of corresponding perimeters.
(viii) Theorem 8. If two similar triangles have the ratio of any two corresponding sides as a : b, then:
(a) the ratio of their perimeters is a : b.
2
2 2 a
(b) the ratio of their areas is a : b or .
b
(ix) Theorem 9. (a) Mid-point Theorem: The line segment joining the mid-points of
any two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side and is equal to half of it.
In the figure, D and E are respectively the midpoints of the side AB and AC of
1
ABC. Then, DE || BC and DE ( BC ).
2
(b) Converse of Mid-point Theorem: A line drawn through the midpoint of one side of a triangle parallel to
another side bisects the third side.
(x) Theorem 10. Angle-Bisector Theorem: The internal bisector of an angle of a triangle divides the opposite
side internally in the ratio of the sides containing the angle.
BD AB
In the figure, AD is the bisector of BAC. We have: .
DC AC
(ix) Theorem 11. A median divides the triangle into two triangles of equal areas.
In the figure, AD is a median of ABC. We have:
1
Area (ABD) = Area (ADC) = Area (ABC).
2
Geometry 28.5
(x) Theorem 12. Apollonius Theorem: The sum of the squares of any two sides of a
triangle equals the sum of twice the square on half the third side and twice the
square on the median bisecting the third side.
If AD is a median of ABC, then AB2 + AC2 = 2(BD2 + AD2).
TF 18. (i) Important Properties of Equilateral triangles:
For an equilateral triangle having each side ‘a’ units:
3 2
(a) Area, A a
4
(b) Perimeter, P = 3a
a a
(c) Circum-radius, R ; In-radius, r and so, R = 2r
3 2 3
3a
(d) Altitude h and altitude = median since altitude is also a median.
2
3 3 2 h2
(e) Area, A R ; Area A =
4 3
2h h
(f ) Circum-radius, R ; in-radius, r
3 3
(g) All the medians, angle-bisectors, altitudes and perpendicular bisectors of sides coincide and so, the centroid,
in-centre, ortho-centre and circum-centre coincide.
(ii) Important Properties of an Isosceles Triangle: For an isosceles triangle with base b and each equal side l:
b 4l 2 – b 2
(a) Area
4
(b) The altitude from the apex to the base is also the perpendicular bisector of the base, angle bisector of the
vertex angle and the median from the apex to the base.
TF 19. If all the three sides a, b, c of a triangle are known, then:
abc
(i) Circum radius R
( a b c ) ( a b c ) (b c a ) ( c a b )
abc
(ii) Circum radius R , where area of the triangle
4
(iii) Inradius r , where area and s = semiperimter.
s
a
(iv) If an angle A and opposite side ‘a’ of a triangle are known then circumradius R is given by 2 R .
sin A
(v) For a right angled ABC having lengths of sides a, b and c where c is the hypotenuse, we have:
abc c
Inradius r = and circumradius R .
2 2
TF 20. Criteria For Two Triangles To Be Congruent:
(i) SAS-Criterion: If two sides and the included angle of one triangle are equal to the corresponding sides and
the included angle of the other triangle, then the triangle are congruent.
(ii) ASA-Criterion: If two angles and the included side of one triangle are equal to the corresponding angles and
the included side of the other triangle, then the triangles are congruent.
(iii) AAS-Criterion: If two angles and any side of a triangle are equal to the corresponding angles and corresponding
side of the other triangle, then the triangles are congruent.
28.6 Geometry
(iv) SSS-Criterion: If the three sides of one triangle are equal to the corresponding three sides of another triangle
then the two triangles are congruent.
(v) RHS-Criterion: Two right-angled triangle are congruent if one side and the hypotenuse of one of these
triangles are respectively equal to the corresponding side and the hypotenuse of the other.
TF 21. Criteria For Two Triangles To Be Similar:
(i) AAA-Similarity: If in two triangles, the corresponding angles are equal, then the triangles are similar.
(ii) AA-Similarity: If two angles of one triangle are respectively equal to two angles of another triangle, then the
two triangles are similar.
(iii) SSS-Similarity: If the corresponding sides of two triangles are proportional, then the two triangles are similar.
(iv) SAS-Similarity: If one angle of a triangle is equal to one angle of the other triangle and the sides including
these angles are proportional then the two triangles are similar.
TF 22. Properties of Circles:
(i) Prop.1. Central angle of an arc of a circle is the angle subtended by the arc at the centre of
the circle. The measure of the central angle gives the measure of the arc.
In the figure, m
AB mAOB .
Two congruent arcs have the same measure of their central angles.
(ii) Prop. 2. In a circle, two arcs are congruent if and only if their corresponding chords are equal.
In the figure, AB CD.
AB CD
(iii) Prop. 3. The perpendicular drawn to a chord from the centre of the circle, bisects the chord.
Conversely, a line joining the midpoint of a chord to the centre of the circle, is perpendicular to
the chord.
In the figure, OD AB AD = DB.
Cor. If one chord is a perpendicular bisector of another chord, then the first chord is a diameter.
In the figure, and so PQ is a diameter.
In the figure, PQ AB and AR = RB and so PQ is a diameter.
(iv) Prop. 4. The perpendicular bisectors of two chords of a circle intersect at its centre.
(v) Prop. 5. Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre.
(vi) Prop. 6. The chords of a circle which are equidistant from the centre are equal.
(vii) Prop. 7. Of any two chords of a circle, the one which is larger is nearer to the centre and
conversely, the one which is nearer to the centre is longer.
In the figure, OP AB, OQ CD and AB < CD OP > OQ
Geometry 28.7
(viii) Prop. 8. Equal chords of a circle (or of congruent circles) subtend equal angles at the centre.
Conversely, if the angles subtended by two chords of a circle (or of congruent circles) at the
centre are equal then the chords are equal.
In the figure, AB = CD AOB = COD.
(ix) Prop. 9. If two circles intersect in two points then the line through their centres is
the perpendicular bisector of the common chord.
In the figure, OO AB and AD = DB.
(x) Prop. 10. The angle subtended by arc of a circle at the centre is double the angle subtended by
it at any point on the remaining part of the circle.
In the figure, = 2.
(xi) Prop. 11. The angle in a semi-circle is a right angle. In the figure, AOB is a diameter of a circle with centre O
and P is a point on the circle. Then, APB = 90°. Thus, if a right triangle is inscribed in a circle, then the
hypotenuse is a diameter of the circle.
Conversely, the arc of a circle subtending a right angle at any point of the circle in its alternate
segment is a semi-circle.
(xii) Prop. 12. Angles in the same segment of a circle are equal.
In the figure, APB = AQB = ARB.
(xiii) (a) Prop.13. The opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary.
In the figure, 1 + 3 = 180° and 2 + 4 = 180°, since quad. ABCD is cyclic.
Conversely, if a pair of opposite angles of a quadrilateral is supplementary then the
quadrilateral is cyclic.
(b) A cyclic parallelogram is always a rectangle (i.e. its each interior angle is 90°).
(c) A cyclic trapezium is always isosceles (i.e. its non-parallel sides are equal and its diagonals
are also equal).
(xiv) Prop. 14. The exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to interior opposite
angle.
In the figure, 5 = 3.
(xv) Prop. 15. The radius at the point of contact of a tangent is perpendicular to the tangent.
In the figure, line l is the tangent to the circle (with centre O) at point P. Then, OP l.
28.8 Geometry
(xvi) Prop.16. If two tangents are drawn from an external point then
(a) they are equal.
(b) they subtend equal angles at the centre.
(c) they are equally inclined to the line segment joining the centre to that point.
In the figure, PT and PS are tangents to the circle from an external point P and so,
A. PT = PS
B. POT = POS
C. TPO = SPO
(d) If PA and PB are tangents to a circle with centre O from an external point P, then
OP is the perpendicular bisector of chord AB i.e. OP AB and AN = NB.
(e) The tangents at the extremities of any chord of a circle make equal angles with
the chord i.e. PAB = PBA (in the adjoining figure).
(xvii) Prop. 17. If PA and PB are tangents drawn from an external point P to a circle
with centre O, then OAPB is a cyclic quadrilateral and so AOB + APB =
180°.
(xviii) Prop.18. (a) The tangents drawn at the ends of a diameter of a circle are parallel.
In the figure, AB is a diameter and l and m are tangents to the circle at points A and B
respectively. Then, l || m.
Conversely, the line segment joining the points of contact of two parallel tangents to
a circle is a diameter of the circle.
(b) The perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact passes through the centre
of the circle.
(xix) Prop. 19. Alternate Segment Theorem (or Tangent-Chord Theorem):
In a circle, the angle between a chord and a tangent through one of the end points of
the chord is equal to the angle in the alternate segment.
Here, BAQ = BCA and CAP = CBA.
Geometry 28.9
(xx) Prop. 20. Segments of Chords Theorem: If two chords intersect, then the products of the
lengths of the segments of one chord is equal to the product of the lengths of the segments
of the chord.
In the figure, AP × PB = CP × PD.
(xxi) Prop. 21. Segments of Secants Theorem: If two secants have the same endpoint
outside the circle, then the product of the lengths of one secant segment and its
external segment equals the product of the lengths of the other secant segment and
its external segment.
In the figure, PA × PB = PC × PD.
(xxii) Prop. 22. Segments of secants and tangents Theorem: If a secant and a tangent
have the same end point outside a circle, then the product of the lengths of the
secant segment and its external segment equals the square of the length of the
tangent segment.
In the figure, PA × PB = PT 2 i.e. a(a + b) = c 2.
(xxiii) Prop. 23. When two circles touch externally then the distance between their centres
is equal to sum of their radii. i.e. C1C2 = r1 + r2.
(xxiv) Prop. 24. When two circles touch internally then the distance between their centres
is equal to the difference of their radii. i.e. C1C2 = r1 – r2.
(xxv) Prop. 25. For two circles whether they intersect or do not meet at all with centres
C1 and C2 and radii r1 and r2 respectively, if AB and PQ are two Direct Common
Tangents (DCT), then radii the length of
2 2 2 2
DCT = AB PQ (Distance between centres) ( r1 r2 ) d (r1 r2 ) .
(xxvi) Prop. 26. If two circles with centres C1 and C2 and radii r1 and r2 respectively,
touch each other externally, then d = C1C2 = r1 + r2 and so the length of DCT is
given by AB 4r1 r2 .
(xxvii) Prop. 27. For two circles with centres C1 and C2 and radii r1 and r2
respectively, if AB and MN are two Transverse Common Tangents (TCT),
then the length of each
TCT = AB = MN = (Distance between the centres)2 ( r1 r2 )2
28.10 Geometry
(xxviii) For two circles with centres C1 and C2 and radii r1 and r2 respectively, if AB and MN are the transverse
common tangents intersecting at point P, then
(i) Point P lies on C1C2 (ii) C1 A | | C2 B (iii) C1 AP C2 BP
C1 A AP C1 P
And so, .
C2 B BP C2 P
i.e. point P divides the line joining the centres in the ratio r1 : r2.
TF 23. Important Properties of Incircle, Circumcircle and Excircle.
(i) If the incircle of a ABC meets the side BC, CA and AB in points P, Q and
R respectively, then
1
AR BP CQ AQ CP BR (Perimeter of ABC ).
2
(ii) If a circle (excircle) touches the sides AB and AC produced at Q and R respectively, and the
side BC at P, then
1
AQ AR (Perimeter of ABC ).
2
(iii) If a quadrilateral ABCD, circumscribes a circle, then AB + CD = AD + BC.
And so, a parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus.
TF 24. Area K of a cyclic quadrilateral having sides of lengths a, b, c, d is given by
abcd
K ( s a ) ( s b) ( s c) ( s d ) where semiperimeter s .
2
TF 25. Properties of various Quadrilaterals:
(i) Parallelograms
(a) Opposite sides are equal and parallel.
(b) Opposite angles are equal.
(c) Any two adjacent angles are supplementary.
(d) Diagonals bisect each other.
(e) Each diagonal bisects the parallelogram (into two congruent triangles).
(f) A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if both pairs of opposite sides are equal or if both pairs of opposite
angles are equal or if the diagonals bisect each other or if a pair of opposite sides are equal and parallel.
(ii) Diagonals of a rectangle are equal. If the two diagonals of a parallelogram are equal, then the parallelogram
is a rectangle.
(iii) Diagonals of a rhombus are perpendicular to each other. If the diagonals of a Parallelogram are perpendicular
to each other, then the parallelogram is a rhombus.
(iv) Diagonals of a square are equal and perpendicular to each other. If the diagonals of a parallelogram are equal
and intersect at right angles, then the parallelogram is a square.
(v) Diagonals of a rhombus
(a) are perpendicular to each other
(b) bisect each other
(c) each diagonal bisects the two opposite interior angles.
TF 26. Polygons
(i) Sum of the measures of all interior angles of an n-sides polygon is (2n – 4) right angles i.e. (n – 2) × (180°).
(ii) Sum of all the exterior angles of a polygon is 360°.
(n 2) 180
(iii) Each interior angle of a regular n-sides polygon = .
n
Geometry 28.11
EXERCISE
1. In the given figure, PQRS is a square and SRT is an of RS (in cm)? [SSC CGL 2017]
equilateral triangle. What is the value (in degrees) of SOR? (a) 2.5 (b) 12/5
[SSC CGL 2017] (c) 5 (d) 36/5
7. In triangle PQR, A is the point of intersection of all the
altitudes and B is the point of intersection of all the angle
bisectors of the triangle. If PBR = 105°, then what is the
value of PAR (in degrees)? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 60 (b) 105
(c) 115 (d) 150
8. ABC is a triangle and the sides AB, BC and CA are produced
to E, F and G respectively. If CBE = ACF = 130°, then
(a) 45 (b) 55 the value of GAB is [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 60 (d) 75 (a) 80° (b) 90°
2. How many diagonals are there in an octagon? (c) 100° (d) 130°
[SSC CGL 2017] 9. If FGH is isosceles and FG < 3 cm, GH = 8 cm, then of
(a) 12 (b) 14 the following, the true relation is [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
(c) 20 (d) 24 (a) GH = FH (b) GF = GH
3. In the given figure, DE || BC and AD : DB = 5 : 3, then what (c) FH > GH (d) GH < GF
6x
is the value of
DE 10. If the three angles of a triangle are (x + 15°), 6
? [SSC CGL 2017]
5
BC
2x
and 30 then the triangle is [SSC CGL 2015]
3
(a) Isosceles (b) Right angled
(c) Equilateral (d) Scalene
11. O is the orthocentre of ABC. Then, BOC + BAC is
equal to [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
2 3
(a) (b) (a) 90° (b) 120°
3 4 (c) 135° (d) 180°
5 5
(c) (d) 12. The sum of three altitudes of a triangle is [SSC CGL 2013]
3 8
(a) Equal to the sum of three sides
4. If length of each side of a rhombus PQRS is 8 cm and
(b) Less than the sum of sides
PQR = 120°, then what is the length (in cm) of QS?
(c) Greater than the sum of sides
[SSC CGL 2017]
(d) Twice the sum of sides
(a) 4 5 (b) 6
13. The equidistant point from the vertices of a triangle is called
(c) 8 (d) 12 its [SSC CGL 2014]
5. In the given figure, ABC is a triangle. The bisectors of (a) Centroid (b) Incentre
internal B and external C intersect at D. If BDC = (c) Circumcentre (d) Orthocentre
48°, then what is the value (in degrees) of A? 14. ABC is a right angled triangle with AB = 6 cm, AC = 8 cm,
[SSC CGL 2017]
BAC = 90°. Then, the radius of the incircle is
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 4 cm (d) 6 cm
15. If the median drawn on the base of a triangle is half its base,
then the triangle will be [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) Right-angled (b) Acute-angled
(a) 48° (b) 54° (c) Obtuse-angled (d) Equilateral
(c) 72° (d) 96°
16. In PQR, S and T are points on sides PR and PQ respectively
6. PQR is a right angled triangle in which R = 90°. If such that PQR = PST. If PT = 5 cm, PS = 3 cm and
RS PQ, PR = 3 cm and RQ = 4 cm, then what is the value TQ = 3 cm, then the length of SR is [SSC CGL 2014]
28.12 Geometry
(a) 5 cm (b) 6 cm a 3a
(a) (b)
31 41 2b 2b
(c) cm (d) cm
3 3 2a 2b
(c) (d)
17. The sum of the internal angles of a regular polygon is 1440°. 3b 3a
The number of sides of the polygon is [SSC CGL 2015]
27. In an isosceles triangle, if the vertex angle is twice the sum
(a) 6 (b) 8 of the base angles; then the measure of the half of the vertex
(c) 10 (d) 12 angle of the triangle is [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
18. The sum of all internal angles of a regular polygon whose (a) 50° (b) 60°
one external angle is 20° is [SSC CGL 2014] (c) 70° (d) 80°
(a) 1080° (b) 2880° 28. In ABC, AB = AC, O is a point on BC such that BO = CO
(c) 3460° (d) 4460° and OD is perpendicular to AB and OE is perpendicular to
19. Each interior angle of a regular polygon is three times its AC. If BOD = 30° then measure of AOE is
exterior angle, then the number of sides of the regular [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
polygon is [FCI 2012] (a) 30° (b) 45°
(a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 60° (d) 75°
(c) 9 (d) 10
29. In ABC, A < B. The altitude to the base divides vertex
20. In a parallelogram PQRS, angle P is four times of angle Q, angle C into two parts C1 and C2, with C2 adjacent to BC.
then the measure of R is [SSC CGL 2014] Then [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 36° (b) 72° (a) C1 + C2 = A + B (b) C1 – C2 = A – B
(c) 130° (d) 144° (c) C1 – C2 = B – A (d) C1 + C2 = B – A
21. In a right angled triangle, the circumcentre of the triangle
30. For a triangle ABC, D, E and F are the mid-points of its
lies [SSC CGL 2014]
sides. If ABC = 24 square units then, area of DEF is
(a) Inside the triangle
[SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
(b) Outside the triangle
(a) 4 square units (b) 6 square units
(c) On midpoint of the hypotenuse
(c) 8 square units (d) 12 square units
(d) On one vertex
31. Taking any three of the line segments out of the segments
22. D is a point on the side BC of a triangle ABC such that
of length 2 cm, 3 cm, 5 cm and 6 cm, the number of triangles
AD BC. E is a point on AD for which AE : ED = 5 : 1. If
that can be formed is [SSC CGL 2014]
BAD = 30° and tan (ACB) = 6 tan (DBE), then ACB
(a) 1 (b) 2
is equal to [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 3 (d) 4
(a) 15° (b) 30°
(c) 45° (d) 60° 1 1
32. If the sides of a triangle are in the ratio 3 :1 : 3 then the
4 4
23. The angle between the external bisectors of two angles of a triangle is [SSC CGL 2015]
triangle is 60°. Then, the third angle of the triangle is (a) Right triangle
[SSC CGL 2012] (b) Obtuse triangle
(a) 40° (b) 50° (c) Equiangular triangle
(c) 60° (d) 80° (d) Acute triangle
24. For an equilateral triangle, the ratio of the inradius and the 33. In a right-angled triangle ABC, ABC = 90°, AB = 5 cm
ex-radius is [SSC CGL 2015] and BC = 12 cm. The radius of the circumcircle of the
(a) 1: 2 (b) 1: 3 triangle ABC is [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 3 (a) 6 cm (b) 6.5 cm
(c) 7 cm (d) 7.5 cm
25. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle and AX, BY, CZ be the
altitudes. Then, the right statement out of the four given 34. Suppose ABC be a right angled triangle where A = 90°
responses is [SSC CGL 2013, 2014] and AD BC. If area (ABC) = 40 cm2, area (ACD) = 10
(a) AX = BY = CZ (b) AX BY = CZ cm2 and AC = 9 cm, then the length of BC is
(c) AX = BY CZ (d) AX BY CZ [SSC CGL 2012]
26. An isosceles triangle ABC is right-angled at B. D is a point (a) 4 cm (b) 6 cm
inside the triangle ABC. P and Q are the feet of the (c) 12 cm (d) 18 cm
perpendiculars drawn from D on the sides AB and AC 35. For a triangle ABC, D and E are two points on AB and AC
respectively of ABC. If AP = a cm, AQ = b cm and 1 1
BAD = 15°, then sin 75° = [SSC 2013] such that AD = AB, AE AC and BC = 12 cm, then
4 4
DE is [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
Geometry 28.13
(a) 3 cm (b) 4 cm 45. In ABC, C is an obtuse angle. The bisectors of the exterior
(c) 5 cm (d) 6 cm angles at A and B meet BC and AC produced at D and E
36. In ABC and DEF, AB = DE and BC = EF. Then, one can respectively. If AB = AD = BE, then ACB is
[SSC CGL 2014]
infer that ABC DEF, when [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) BAC = EDF (b) ACB = EDF (a) 105° (b) 108°
(c) ACB = DEF (d) ABC = DEF (c) 110° (d) 135°
37. ABCD is a rectangle where the ratio of the length of AB and 46. BE and CF are two medians of ABC and G is the centroid.
BC is 3 : 2. If P is the mid-point of AB, then the value of sin FE cuts AG at O. If OG = 2 cm, then the length of AO is
[SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
CPB is [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 2 cm (b) 4 cm
2 3
(a) (b) (c) 6 cm (d) 8 cm
5 4
47. In a triangle, if orthocentre, circumcentre, incentre and
3 4
(c) (d) centroid coincide then the triangle must be
5 5 [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
38. The ratio of each interior angle to each exterior angle of a (a) Equilateral (b) Isosceles
regular polygon is 3 : 1. The number of sides of the polygon (c) Right-angled (d) Obtuse angled
is [SSC CGL 2015]
48. If ABC is an equilateral triangle and D is a point on BC
(a) 6 (b) 7 such that AD BC, then [SSC GLT 2013]
(c) 8 (d) 9 (a) AB : BD = 1 : 1 (b) AB : BD = 1 : 2
39. Among the angles 30°, 36°, 45°, 50° one angle cannot be (c) AB : BD = 2 : 1 (d) AB : BD = 3 : 2
an exterior angle of a regular polygon. The angle is
[SSC CGL 2014]
49. ABC is an isosceles triangle such that AB = AC and AD is
(a) 30° (b) 36° the median to the base BC with ABC = 35°. Then, BAD
(c) 45° (d) 50° is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 35° (b) 55°
40. The interior angle of a regular polygon is 140°. The number
(c) 70° (d) 110°
of sides of that polygon is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 6 (b) 7 50. If the lengths of the sides of a triangle are in ratio 4 : 5 : 6
(c) 8 (d) 9 and the inradius of the triangle is 3 cm, then the altitude of
the triangle corresponding to the largest side as base is
41. If in a triangle ABC as drawn in the figure, AB = AC and
[SSC CGL 2013]
ACD = 120°, then A is equal to [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 6 cm (b) 7.5 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) 10 cm
51. In a right-angled triangle, the product of two sides is equal
to half of the square of the third side i.e. hypotenuse. One
of the acute angles must be [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 15° (b) 30°
(c) 45° (d) 60°
(a) 50° (b) 60° 52. D and E are two points on the sides AC and BC respectively
(c) 70° (d) 80° of ABC such that DE = 18 cm, CE = 5 cm and DEC =
42. ABC is an equilateral triangle and CD is the internal bisector 90°. If tan ABC = 3.6, then AC : CD =
of C. If DC is produced to E such that AC = CE, then [SSC CGL 2013]
CAE is equal to [SSC CGL 2014] (a) BC : 2 CE (b) 2 CE : BC
(a) 15° (b) 30° (c) 2 BC : CE (d) CE : 2 BC
(c) 45° (d) 75° 53. In ABC, D and E are points on AB and AC respectively
43. ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC = 10 cm, such that DE || BC and DE divides the ABC into two parts
AD = 8 cm is the median on BC from A. The length of BC is of equal areas. Then, ratio of AD and BD is
[SSC CGL 2015] [SSC CGL 2012]
(a) 6 cm (b) 8 cm (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1: 2 – 1
(c) 10 cm (d) 12 cm
(c) 1: 2 (d) 1: 2 1
44. In ABC, If AD BC, then AB2 + CD2 is equal to
[SSC CGL 2014]
54. If ABC is an equilateral triangle and P, Q, R respectively
(a) 2BD2 (b) BD2
+ AC2 denote the middle points of AB, BC, CA then
(c) 2AC2 (d) None of these (a) PQ + QR + PR = AB
28.14 Geometry
(b) PQ + QR + PR = 2AB 61. In the given figure, PQR is an equilateral triangle and PS is
(c) PQR must be an equilateral triangle the angle bisector of P. What is the value of RT : RQ ?
(d) PQR must be a right angled triangle [SSC CGL 2017]
55. If the incentre of an equilateral triangle lies inside the triangle
and its radius is 3 cm, then the side of the equilateral triangle
is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 3 3 cm (b) 6 cm
(c) 6 3 cm (d) 9 3 cm
56. Angle between the internal bisectors of two angles B and
C of a ABC is 120°, then A is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 20° (b) 30° (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
(c) 60° (d) 90° (c) 1 : 3 (d) 2 : 1
57. A square is inscribed in a quarter circle in such a way that 62. Two chords of length 20 cm and 24 cm are drawn
two of its adjacent vertices lie on the radii and are equidistant perpendicular to each other in a circle of radius 15 cm. What
from the centre and other two vertices lie on the is the distance between the points of intersection of these
chords (in cm) from the center of the circle?
circumference. If the side of square is (5 / 2) cm, then [SSC CGL 2017]
what is the radius (in cm) of the circle? [SSC CGL 2017] (a) 114 (b) 182
(a) 2 (b) 2.5
(c) 206 (d) 218
(c) 5 (d) 7.5
63. In the given figure, QRTS is a cyclic quadrilateral. If
58. PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral and PQ is the diameter of PT = 5 cm, SQ = 4 cm, PS = 6 cm and PQR = 63°, then
the circle. If RPQ = 38°, then what is the value (in degrees) what is the value (in cm) of TR ? [SSC CGL 2017]
of PSR? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 52 (b) 77
(c) 128 (d) 142
59. In the given figure, PR and ST are perpendicular to tangent
QR. PQ passes through centre O of the circle whose diameter
is 10 cm. If PR = 9 cm, then what is the length (in cm) of
ST ? [SSC CGL 2017] (a) 3 (b) 7
(c) 9 (d) 15
64. The measure of an angle whose supplement is three times
as large as its complement is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 60° (d) 75°
65. Two supplementary angles are in the ratio 2 : 3. The angles
are [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 1 (b) 1.25
(a) 33°, 57° (b) 66°, 114°
(c) 1.5 (d) 2
(c) 72°, 108° (d) 36°, 54°
60. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle and
66. If the complement of an angle is one-fourth of its
DCE = 45°. If CD = 10 2 cm, then what is the supplementary angle, then the angle is [SSC CGL 2015]
approximate length (in cm) of AC? (CB = BD) (a) 30° (b) 60°
[SSC CGL 2017]
(c) 90° (d) 120°
67. If two supplementary angles differ by 44°, then one of the
angles is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 65° (b) 68°
(c) 72° (d) 102°
68. PQRST is a cyclic pentagon and PT is a diameter, then
PQR + RST is equal to [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 14.5 (b) 16.75 (a) 144° (b) 180°
(c) 18.5 (d) 21.75 (c) 216° (d) 270°
Geometry 28.15
69. A square is inscribed in a quarter-circle in such a manner 1
that two of its adjacent vertices lie on the two radii at an (a) 65 (b) 65
2
equal distance from the centre, while the other two vertices
65
lie on the circular arc. If the square has sides of length x, (c) 65 (d)
then the radius of the circle is [SSC CGL 2015]
2
78. A, B and C are the three points on a circle such that the
2x angles subtended by the chords AB and AC at the centre O
(a) 2x (b)
3 are 90° and 110° respectively. BAC is equal to
[SSC CGL 2013]
5x 3
(c) (d) x (a) 70° (b) 80°
2 5 (c) 90° (d) 100°
70. The point of intersection of the diagonals AC and BD of the 79. One chord of a circle is known to be 10.1 cm. The radius of
cyclic quadrilateral ABCD is P. If APB = 64° and this circle must be [SSC CGL 2014]
CBD = 28°, the measure of ADB is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) Less than 5 cm (b) 5 cm
(a) 28° (b) 32° (c) Greater than 5 cm (d) Greater than or equal to 5 cm
(c) 36° (d) 52°
80. AB is a diameter of a circle with centre O. The tangent at C
71. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral. The side AB is extended to meets AB produced at Q. If CAB = 34°, then measure of
E in such a way that BE = BC. If ADC = 70°, CBA is [SSC CGL 2014]
BAD = 95°, then DCE is equal to [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 34° (b) 56°
(a) 110° (b) 120° (c) 68° (d) 124°
(c) 140° (d) 165°
81. The distance between the centres of two circles of radii 6
72. The diagonals AC and BD of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD cm and 3 cm is 15 cm. The length of the transverse common
intersect each other at the point P. Then, it is always true tangent to the circles is [SSC CGL 2014]
that [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) BP · AB = CD · CP (b) AP · CP = BP · DP (a) 6 6 cm (b) 7 6 cm
(c) AP · BP = CP · DP (d) AP · CD = AB · CP (c) 12 cm (d) 18 cm
73. Chords PQ and RS of a circle, when produced meet at a 82. If two circles of radii 9 cm and 4 cm touch externally, then
point C. If PQ = 6 cm, CQ = 8 cm and CS = 7 cm, then the length of a common tangent is [SSC CGL 2014]
length (in cm) of the chord RS is [SSC CGL 2014, 2015] (a) 5 cm (b) 7 cm
(a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 8 cm (d) 12 cm
(c) 12 (d) 16 83. If O is the circumcentre of a triangle ABC lying inside the
74. Two chords of lengths a units and b units of a circle make triangle, then OBC + BAC is equal to [SSC CGL 2015]
angles 60° and 90° at the centre of a circle respectively, (a) 60° (b) 90°
then the correct relation is [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 110° (d) 120°
3 84. I and O are respectively the incentre and circumcentre of
(a) b 2a (b) b a
2 triangle ABC. The line AI produced intersects the
(c) b 3a (d) b = 2a circumcircle of ABC at the point D. If ABC = x°,
75. Two circles of equal radii cut each other at C and D, so that zx
BID = y° and BOD = z°, then
they pass through the centres of one another. If A and B are y
their centres, then DBC is equal to [SSC CGL 2014] [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 60° (b) 100° (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 120° (d) 140° (c) 3 (d) 4
76. A, B, C are three points on the circumference of a circle and 85. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral. AB and DC when produced
meet at P. If PA = 8 cm, PB = 6 cm, PC = 4 cm, then the
if AB AC 5 2 cm and BAC = 90° find the radius. length (in cm) of PD is [SSC CGL 2015]
[SSC CGL 2014] (a) 6 cm (b) 8 cm
(a) 5 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 10 cm (d) 12 cm
(c) 15 cm (d) 20 cm
86. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral. AB and DC are produced to
77. Chords AB and CD of a circle intersect at E and are meet at P. If ADC = 70° and DAB = 60°, then the PBC
perpendicular to each other. Segments AE, EB and ED are + PCB is [SSC CGL 2013]
of lengths 2 cm, 6 cm and 3 cm respectively. Then the length (a) 130° (b) 150°
of the diameter of the circle (in cm) is [SSC CGL 2013] (c) 155° (d) 180°
28.16 Geometry
87. Two chords AB and CD of a circle with centre O intersect TX = 9 cm, then RT is [SSC CGL 2015]
each other at P. If AOD = 100° and BOC = 70°, then the (a) 3 cm (b) 4.5 cm
value of APC is [SSC CGL 2014] (c) 6 cm (d) 7.5 cm
(a) 75° (b) 80° 96. The minimum number of common tangents drawn to two
(c) 85° (d) 95° circles when both the circles touch each other externally is
88. Three circles of radius 6 cm each touch each other externally. [SSC CGL 2014]
Then the distance of the centre of one circle from the line (a) 0 (b) 1
joining the centres of other two circles is equal to (c) 2 (d) 3
[SSC CGL 2015]
97. P and Q are two points on a circle with centre at O. R is a
(a) 6 2 cm (b) 6 3 cm point on the minor arc of the circle, between the points P
(c) 6 5 cm (d) 6 7 cm and Q. The tangents to the circle at the points P and Q meet
each other at the point S. If PSQ = 20°, then PRQ = ?
89. The distance between the centres of the two circles of radii [SSC CGL 2013]
r1 and r2 is d. They will touch each other internally if (a) 80° (b) 100°
[SSC CGL 2015]
(a) d = r1 or r2 (b) d = r1 + r2 (c) 160° (d) 200°
(c) d = r1 – r2 (d) d r1r2 98. The radius of the circumcircle of a right angled triangle is
15 cm and the radius of its inscribed circle is 6 cm. Find the
90. The angle subtended by a chord at its centre is 60°, then the sides of the triangle. [SSC CGL 2013]
ratio between length of the chord and radius is (a) 30, 40, 41 (b) 18, 24, 30
[SSC CGL 2013, 2014] (c) 30, 24, 25 (d) 24, 36, 20
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
99. ABC is a cyclic triangle and the bisectors of BAC, ABC
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 2 :1 and BCA meet the circle at P, Q, and R respectively. Then
91. In the given figure, ONY = 50° and OMY = 15°. Then the RQP is [SSC CGL 2015]
the measure of MON is [SSC CGL 2014] B B
(a) 90 (b) 90
2 2
C A
(c) 90 (d) 90
2 2
100. The radii of two concentric circles are 17 cm and 25 cm. A
straight line PQRS intersects the larger circle at the points
P and S and intersects the smaller circle at the points Q and
R. If QR = 16 cm, then the length of PS is (in cm)
(a) 20° (b) 30°
[SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 40° (d) 70°
(a) 32 (b) 33
92. Two circles with centre P and Q intersect at B and C. A and (c) 40 (d) 41
D are the points on the circles such that A, C, D are collinear.
101. Two circles intersect at A and B. P is a point on BA produced.
If APB = 130°, and BQD = x°, then the value of x is
PT and PQ are tangents to the circle. The relation of PT and
[SSC CGL 2013]
PQ is [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 65° (b) 130°
(a) PT = 2PQ (b) PT < PQ
(c) 135° (d) 139°
(c) PT > PQ (d) PT = PQ
93. Two circles touch each other externally. The distance
102. In the given figure, PAB is a secant and PT is tangent to the
between their centres is 7 cm. If the radius of one circle is 4
circle from P. If PT = 5 cm, PA = 4 cm and AB = x cm, then
cm, then the radius of the other circle is [SSC CGL 2013]
x is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm
(c) 3.5 cm (d) 4 cm
94. Let P and Q be two points on a circle with centre O. If two
tangents of the circle through P and Q meet at A with PAQ
= 48°, then APQ is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 48° (b) 60°
(c) 66° (d) 88° 4 9
(a) cm (b) cm
95. XY and XZ are tangents to a circle. ST is another tangent to 9 4
the circle at the point R on the circle, which intersects 2
(c) 5 cm (d) cm
XY and XZ at S and T respectively. If XY = 15 cm and 3
Geometry 28.17
103. N is the foot of the perpendicular from a point P of a circle 109. In a circle of radius 17 cm, two parallel chords of lengths
with radius 7 cm, on a diameter AB of the circle. If the 30 cm and 16 cm are drawn. If both the chords are on the
length of the chord PB is 12 cm, the distance of the point N same side of the centre, then the distance between the chords
from the point B is [SSC CGL 2014] is [SSC CGL 2013]
5 5 2 2 (a) 7 cm (b) 9 cm
(a) 3 cm (b) 6 cm (c) 10 cm (d) 12 cm (c) 11 cm (d) 23 cm
7 7 7 7
104. The length of the common chord of two circles of radii 110. A, B, C, D are four points on a circle. AC and BD intersect
30 cm and 40 cm whose centres are 50 cm apart, is (in cm) at a point E such that BEC = 130° and ECD = 20°.
[SSC CGL 2013]
BAC is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 12 (b) 24 (a) 90° (b) 100°
(c) 36 (d) 48 (c) 110° (d) 120°
105. AB is the chord of a circle with centre O and DOC is a line 111. In a circle with centre O, AB is a chord and AP is a tangent
segment originating from a point D on the circle and to the circle. If AOB = 140°, then the measure of PAB
intersecting AB produced at C such that BC = OD. If BCD is [SSC CGL 2014]
= 20°, then AOD = ? [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 35° (b) 55°
(a) 20° (b) 30° (c) 70° (d) 75°
(c) 40° (d) 60° 112. O is the circumcentre of ABC. If BAC = 85°, BCA =
106. A cyclic quadrilateral ABCD is such that AB = BC, AD = 75°, then OAC is equal to [SSC CGL 2015]
DC, AC BD, CAD = . Then the ABC = (a) 40° (b) 50°
[SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 60° (d) 70°
3 113. ABCD is a trapezium where AD || BC. The diagonals AC and
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d)
2 2 BD intersect each other at the point O. If AO = 3, CO = x – 3,
107. ABCD is a cyclic trapezium with AB || DC and AB = diameter BO = 3x – 19 and DO = x – 5, then the value of x is
of the circle. If CAB = 30°, then ADC is [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
[SSC CGL 2013] (a) – 8, 9 (b) 8, – 9
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) – 8, – 9 (d) 8, 9
(c) 120° (d) 150° 114. If ABCD be a rhombus, AC is its smallest diagonal and
ABC = 60°, then find length of a side of the rhombus
108. A chord AB of a circle C1 of radius ( 3 1) cm touches a
when AC = 6 cm. [SSC CGL 2015]
circle C2 which is concentric to C1. If the radius of C2 is
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 6 2 cm
( 3 1) cm, then the length of AB is [SSC CGL 2013]
115. ABCD is a rhombus. AB is produced to F and BA is produced
(a) 2 4 3 cm (b) 4 4 3 cm to E such that AB = AE = BF. Then [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 8 3 cm (d) 4 3 cm (a) ED > CF (b) ED CF
(c) ED2 + CF2 = EF2 (d) ED || CF
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (d) 44. (b) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (b) 64. (b) 65. (c) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (d) 69. (c) 70. (c)
71. (b) 72. (a) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (c) 76. (a) 77. (b) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (b)
81. (c) 82. (d) 83. (b) 84. (b) 85. (d) 86. (a) 87. (d) 88. (b) 89. (c) 90. (a)
91. (d) 92. (b) 93. (b) 94. (c) 95. (c) 96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (b) 99. (a) 100. (c)
101. (d) 102. (b) 103. (c) 104. (d) 105. (d) 106. (c) 107. (c) 108. (b) 109. (a) 110. (c)
111. (c) 112. (d) 113. (d) 114. (c) 115. (b)
28.18 Geometry
SOLUTIONS
1. QSR = 45° In PQS, we have :
Diagonal of a square makes an angle SP = PQ [ Sides of Rhombus are equal]
of 45° with the adjacent side PQS = PSQ PSQ = 60°.
SPQ = 180° – (PQS + PSQ) = 180° – (60° + 60°) = 60°.
SPQ is an equilateral triangle.
Hence, QS = 8 cm.
5. BCD = 180° – DCX = (180° – x).
In BCD, we have :
TRS = 60° [ SRT is equilateral]
In SOR, we have:
SOR = 180° – (OSR + ORS) = 180° – (QSR + TRS)
DBC + BCD + BDC = 180°
= 180° – (45° + 60°) = 75°.
y + (180° – x) + 48° = 180° x – y = 48°. ...(i)
n n 3
2. A polygon having n sides, has diagonals. Now, ACX = ABC + BAC
2
[ ACX is the exterior angle]
Number of diagonals in an octagon (8-sided polygon)
2x = 2y + A A = 2 (x – y) = 2 × 48° = 96°. [Using (i)]
8 8 – 3
20. Shortcut Method :
2
3. We have: A
BDC A 2 BDC 2 48 96.
DE || BC 2
ADE = ABC and AED = ACB. [Corresponding s] The angle between the internal bisector of one base angle
ADE ~ ABC. and the external bisector of the other is equal to one half of
of the vertical angle.
6. PQ PR 2 RQ 2 32 42 5 cm .
AD DE
And so,
AB BC
BC AB AD DB DB 3 8
1 1 PQR RQS (common)
DE AD AD AD 5 5 PQR ~ RQS.
PRQ RSQ 90
AD 5 DB 3
DB 3 AD 5
PR PQ 3 5 12
RS cm.
DE 5 RS RQ RS 4 5
.
BC 8 7. B is the point of intersection of the angle bisectors. (see fig. 1)
120
4. PQR = 120° Then, PQS 60 .
2
[ Diagonals of rhombus are angle bisectors]
QPB = RPB = x. (say)
PRB = QRB = y. (say)
PRB = 105°. (given)
Geometry 28.19
Now, RPB + PRB + PBR = 180° [In PBR] 11. OEA + EAD + ADO + DOE = 360°
x + y + 105° = 180° x + y = 75° ...(i) [ Sum of s of quadrilateral AEOD]
In PQR, we have :
PQR + QPR + PRQ = 180°
PQR + 2x + 2y = 180°
PQR = 180° – 2 (x + y) = 180° – 150° = 30°.
Now, A is the point of intersection of the altitudes. (See fig 2)
Let PM QR and RN PQ.
90° + EAD + 90° + DOE = 360°
In quad. ANQM, we have :
EAD + DOE = 180°.
MAN + ANQ + NQM + QMA = 360°
BAC + BOC = 180°
MAN + 90° + 30° + 90° = 360° [ NQM = Q = 30°]
[ DOE = BOC (Vertically Opp. s)]
MAN = 150°.
12. Let ABC be the triangle with altitudes AD, BE and CF as shown in
Now, PAR = MAN = 150°. [Vertically opp. Angles] the figure.
8. GAB + CBE + ACF = 360°
[ Sum of three exterior s of a = 360°]
In ABD,
AB is the hypotenuse AB > AD ...(i)
Similarly, BC > BE ...(ii)
and AC > CF. ...(iii)
GAB + 130° + 130° = 360°
AB + BC + AC > AD + BE + CF. [Adding (i), (ii) and (iii)]
GAB = 100°.
Thus, the sum of three altitudes of a triangle is less than the sum of
9. FG + FH > GH
sides.
[ Sum of any two sides of a is greater than third side.]
13. The point equidistant from the vertices of a triangle is called its
circumcentre. [TF 16(vi)]
14. BC = 62 82 cm 100 cm 10 cm.
6 8 10
Semi-perimeter, s = cm = 12 cm.
2
FG > GH – FH
3 > GH – FH [ FG < 3 cm]
3 > 8 – FH FH > 5 cm.
GH = FH. [FGH is isosceles]
10. ( x 15) 2x
6x
6 30 180
5 3
[ Sum of s of a = 180°]
6x 2x 43 15 1
x 129 x 129 x 129 45. Area of triangle, = 6 8 cm 2 24 cm2 .
5 3 15 43 2
24
6x Radius of the in circle = cm 2 cm . [TF 19 (iii)]
The three angles are ( x 15) 60, 6 s 12
5
2x 15. Let ABC be the triangle in which AD is the median such that
60, 30 60 .
3 1
AD = BC .
Hence, the triangle is equilateral. 2
28.20 Geometry
Then, AD = BD = CD. Now, P + Q = 180° [TF 25 (i) (c)]
Now, AD = BD BAD = ADB = x°. 4 + = 180° 5 = 180° = 36°.
AD = CD ACD = DAC = y°. R = P = 4 = 4 × 36° = 144°. [TF 25 (i) (b)]
In ABC, x° + x° + y° + y° = 180 2(x° + y°) = 180° 21. In a right angled triangle, the circumcentre of the triangle lies on
the midpoint of the hypotenuse.
x° + y° = 90° BAC = 90°.
The triangle will be right-angled triangle.
16. PT = 5 cm, PS = 3 cm and TQ = 3 cm.
PQ = PT + TQ = (5 + 3) cm = 8 cm.
In PQR and PST, we have:
22. In ABD, ABD = 180° – (BAD + ADB)
= 180° – (30° + 90°) = 60°.
QPR = TPS [Common angle]
PQR = PST [Given]
PQR ~ PST [By AA similarity]
PQ PR 8 PR 40
So, PR cm .
PS PT 3 5 3
40 31
SR = PR – PS 3 cm = cm . Let AE = 5x and ED = x.
3 3
Then, AD = AE + ED = 5x + x = 6x.
17. Let the polygon have n sides. Then,
AD
Sum of the interior angles = 1440° In ADC, tan ACB = .
CD
(n – 2) × 180° = 1440° [See TF 26 (i)] DE
n = 10. In BDE, tan DBE = .
BD
The number of sides = 10. AD DE
tan (ACB) = 6 tan (DBE) 6 .
18. Suppose that the polygon has n sides. Then, CD BD
Each external angle = 20° 6x 6x
BD CD .
360 360 CD BD
20 n 18. [TF 26 (ii)] Now, AD BC and BD = CD AB = AC [TF 18 (ii) (b)]
n 20
Sum of all internal angles = (n – 2) × 180° = 16 × 180° = 2880°. ACB = ABC = 60° [ ABC = ABD = 60°]
[TF 26 (i)]
19. Let the polygon have n sides. Then, 23. Let ABC be the triangle in which the external bisectors of B and C
meet at point D. Then, BDC = 60° (given)
n 2 180
Each internal angle = ... (i) [TF 26 (iii)]
n
360
Each external angle = ... (ii) [TF 26 (ii)]
n
n 2 180 360
Now, 3 n2 6 n 8.
n n
Thus, the polygon has 8 sides.
20. Let Q = . Then P = 4.
In BCD, x + y + 60° = 180° x + y = 120°.
Geometry 28.21
Clearly, ABC = 180° – 2x and ACB = 180° – 2y. BAC = 180° – (ABC + ACB) = 180° – (60° + 60°) = 60°.
In ABC, BAC + ABC + ACB = 180° AO is the bisector of BAC [TF 18(ii) (b)]
BAC + 180° – 2x + 180° – 2y = 180° 1 1
OAE = BAC 60 30 .
BAC = 2(x + y) – 180° = 2 × 120° – 180° = 60°. 2 2
24. For an equilateral triangle of side ‘a’:
a a 3
in-radius, r1 , circum radius, r2 = , ex-radius, r3 a.
2 3 3 2
a 3
in-radius : ex-radius = : a 1: 3.
2 3 2
25. The length of each altitude of the equilateral triangle of side ‘a’
3a
units = units .
2
AX = BY = CZ. In AOE,
26. BAC = BCA = 45°. [ AB = BC and ABC = 90°] AOE = 180° – (OAE + AEO) = 180° – (30° + 90°) = 60°.
29. C2 + B + COD = C1 + A + CDA = 180°
C2 + B + 90° = C1 + A + 90°
C1 – C2 = B – A.
DAQ = 45° – 15° = 30°. 30. The lines joining the midpoints of the sides of a triangle, divide the
AQ b 3 2b triangle into 4 triangles, all congruent to each other and therefore
In ADQ, cos 30 AD cm .
AD AD 2 3 of equal areas.
AP 1
Now, in ADP, sin 75 Area (ABC )
AD So, Area (DEF) =
4
a 3a
sin 75 sin 75 cm . 1
2b 2b = 24 sq. units = 6 sq. units .
3 4
27. AB = AC ABC = ACB = x (say).
BAC = 2(ABC + ACB) = 2(x + x) = 4x.
[ Vertex angle is twice the sum of base angles]
31. The sum of two sides of a triangle is always greater than the third
side.
So, the possible lengths of the sides of the triangle will be (2 cm,
5 cm, 6 cm) and (3 cm, 5 cm, 6 cm).
Now, BAC + ABC + ACB = 180° The number of triangles that can be formed from the given
4x + x + x = 180° x = 30°. segments is 2.
1 5 13
BAC 2 x 60 . 32. Let the sides of the triangle be 3x, x and x.
Half of vertex angle = 4 4
2 We have:
28. In BOD, DBO = 180° – (BDO + DOB) 5
2
25 2 169 2 13
2
(3x)2 x 9 x 2 x x x .
= 180° – (90° + 30°) = 60°. 4 16 16 4
ACB = ABC = DBO = 60° [ AB = AC]. The sides of the triangle satisfy the Pythagoras’ theorem.
In ABC: The given triangle is a right triangle.
28.22 Geometry
33. AC 2 = 52 122 cm 169 cm 13 cm . 12
DE cm 3 cm.
4
1 2 2
Area (ABC) = 5 12 cm 30 cm . 36. AB = DE and BC = EF [Given]
2
ABC DEF, if ABC = DEF
(included angles should be equal) [SAS criterion]
The radius of the circumcircle,
AB 3 PB 3
abc 5 12 13 37. . [ AB = 2PB]
R= cm = 6.5 cm . BC 2 BC 4
4 4 30
Another Method:
Hypotenuse AC = 13 cm.
1 AC
Radius of circumcircle = × Hypotenuse = = 6.5 cm .
2 2
34. In ABC and ACD:
Let PB = 3x units and BC = 4 x units.
A = D [Each = 90°]
C = C [Common Angle] Then, PC (3 x) 2 (4 x)2 25 x 2 5 x units.
ABC ~ DAC [By AA criterion] BC 4 x 4
In BPC, sin CPB = .
PC 5 x 5
38. Suppose that the polygon has n sides. Then,
Each interior angle =
n 2 180 ... (i) [TF 26 (iii)]
n
360
Each external angle = ... (ii) [TF 26 (ii)]
n
n 2 180
n 3 n 2 180 3 n = 8.
Area ( ABC) BC
2
360
n
1 360
[TF 17(viii) (b)]
Area ( DAC ) AC Thus, the polygon has 8 sides.
2 360
40 BC BC 2 39. Each exterior angle of an n-sided regular polygon =
4 BC 2 324 BC 18 . n
10 9 81
360
Thus, the length of BC is 18 cm. n [TF 26 (ii)]
Each ext. angle
1 1
35. AD = AB, AE AC (Given) Clearly, for n to be a natural number, the measure of each exterior
4 4 angle must be a factor of 360°.
Hence, 50° cannot be the measure of an exterior angle.
40. Let the polygon have n sides. Then,
Each interior angle = 140° [Given]
n 2 180
140 n 9. [TF 26 (iii)]
n
AD AE 1 41. ACB = 180° – ACD = 180 – 120° = 60°.
.
AB AC 4
DE || BC. [TF 17(vi) (b)]
AD AE DE
ADE ~ ABC and so, . [TF 17(vi) (a)]
AB AC BC
DE 1 DE 1
[ BC = 12 cm]
BC 4 12 4
Geometry 28.23
AB = BC ABC = ACB = 60°.
Now, A + B + C = 180° [ Sum of s of a = 180°]
A + 60° + 60° = 180° A = 60°.
42. ACB = 60° [ ABC is an equilateral ]
180 x x
EBD = 90 [ BE is the ext. bisector of B]
2 2
y y
In ABD, x x 90 y 180 2 x 90 ...(i)
2 2
x x
In BAE, y y x 90 180 2 y 90 ...(ii)
2 2
y x 3x 3 y
1 1 2x 2 y x y [Using (i) and (ii)]
ACD = ABC 60 30 . 2 2 2 2
2 2
y x
[ CD is the internal bisector of C] 2 x 90 2 x 90 5 x 180 x 36 .
2 2
ACE = 180° – ACD = 180° – 30° = 150° In ABC, ACB + x + y = 180° ACB + 36° + 36° = 180°
CAE + CEA + ACE = 180° [ Sum of s of a = 180°] [ x = y = 36°]
CAE + CAE + 150° = 180° ACB = 180° – 72° = 108°.
[ AC = CE CAE = CEA] 46. Extend AG to D.
2CAE = 30° CAE = 15°. O is the mid-point of AD.
43. In ABC, AB = AC and AD is the median. [ F and E are the mid-points of AB and AC and O lies on FE]
AO = OD.
Let the length of AO be x cm.
Then, OD = x cm, AD = 2x cm,
GD = OD – OG = (x – 2) cm.
ADB = 90° [TF 18 (ii) (b)]
So, AB2 = AD2 + BD2 102 = 82 + BD2
BD2 = 100 – 64 = 36 BD = 36 cm = 6 cm.
1 2x
BC = 2 × BD = (2 × 6) cm = 12 cm. Also, GD = AD cm .
3 3
44. In ABD, AB 2 = AD 2 + BD 2 ...(i)
In ACD, AC 2 = AD 2 + CD 2 [ Centroid divides a median in the ratio 2 : 1]
2x
x–2= 3x – 6 = 2x x = 6x.
3
Thus, the length of AO is 6 cm.
47. In an equilateral triangle, the orthocentre, circumcentre, incentre
and centroid coincide.
48. ABC is equilateral and AD BC
CD 2 = AC 2 – AD 2 ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get:
AB 2 + CD 2 = BD 2 + AC 2
45. AD = AB ADB = ABD = x [say]
AB = BE BAE = AEB = y [say]
180 y y
DAE = 90 [ AD is the ext. bisector of A]
2 2
28.24 Geometry
1 AB2 + BC2 = 2(AB × BC) [ AB2 + BC2 = AC2]
AB = BC and BD = DC = BC [TF 18 (i) (d)]
2 AB2 + BC2 – 2(AB × BC) = 0 (AB – BC)2 = 0 AB = BC
1 BAC = ACB = 45°.
AB : BD = BC : BC 2 :1 .
2 52. DE = 18 cm, CE = 5 cm, tan ABC = 3.6. [Given]
49. ABC is isosceles and AD is a median AD BC
[TF 18 (ii) (b)]
DE 18
In rt. DEC, tan C = 3.6 .
CE 5
ADB = 90°. tan ACB = tan ABC
Now, BAD + ADB + ABD = 180° AF AF
FC BF [where AF BC]
BAD + 90° + 35° = 180° BAD = 55°. FC BF
50. Let ABC be the triangle with sides AB, BC and CA be 4x cm, 5x cm BC
Then, BF = CF CF = ...(i)
and 6x cm respectively. 2
Now, DE | | AF [ DEC = AFC = 90°]
AC FC
= [TF 17(vi) (a)]
CD CE
AC BC
AC : CD BC : 2CE [Using (i)]
CD 2CE
53. Area ( ADE) = Area of quadrilateral DECB
Let O be the centre of incircle. Area ( ABC) = 2 × Area ( ADE) ...(i)
Then, OE = OF = OG = 3 cm. DE || BC [Given]
1
Area ( ABC) = BD 6 x .
2
Also,
area ( ABC) = area ( AOC) + area ( BOC) + area ( AOB)
1 1 1
OG AC OE BC OF AB 2
2 2 2 Area ( ABC) AB
[TF 17(Viii) (b)]
1 1 1 Area ( ADE ) AD
3 6x 3 5x 3 4 x
2 2 2 2
AB
1 1 =2 [Using (i)]
3 (6 x 5 x 4 x) = 3 (15 x) . AD
2 2
AB AB AD
1 1 2 2 1 [Applying dividendo]
BD 6 x 3 (15 x ) [Each equal to area ( ABC)] AD AD
2 2
BD AD 1
45 x 2 1 1: 2 1 .
BD = cm 7.5 cm . AD BD 2 1
6x
Thus, the altitude corresponding to the largest side is 7.5 cm. 54. In ABC, P and Q are the mid-points of AB and AC respectively.
51. Let ABC be the right angled-triangle.
AC 2
Then, AB × BC =
2
1
AC2 = 2(AB × BC) PQ | | BC and PQ BC [By Mid-point theorem]
2
Geometry 28.25
1 1 5 5
Similarly, QR AB and PR AC Now, SP [Each side of square cm (given)]
2 2 2 2
PQ = QR = PR [ AB = BC = CA] 5 5
2a a .
Hence, PQR must be equilateral triangle. 2 2
a 5
55. In-radius of an equilateral triangle of side ‘a’ cm = Radius of circle OQ 5a 5 2.5 cm.
2 3 2
a 58. PQ is a diameter PRQ = 90°.
3 a 6 3 cm . [ in a semicircle is a right angle]
2 3 In PQR, we have :
Each side of the triangle = 6 3 cm .
56. In ABC; we have: A + B + C = 180°
1 1 1
B C 90 – A ...(i)
2 2 2
RPQ + PRQ + PQR = 180°
PQR = 180° – (38° + 90°) = 52°.
Now, PSR + PQR = 180°
[Sum of opposite s of a cyclic quad. is 180°]
Let O be the point of intersection of bisectors of angles B and C. PSR = 180° – 52° = 128°.
Then, BOC = 120° (given) 10
59. Radius OP OS OM cm = 5cm. Let SQ = x cm.
2
In OBC; we have:
1 1
B C BOC 180
2 2
1
BOC 90 A [Using (i)]
2
1
120 90 A A 60.
2
57. Let OAB be the quarter-circle and PQRS be the square.
Join SQ and OQ. In PQR, we have : OM || PR.
Let OP = OS = a. [ P and S are equidistant from O] OM and PR are both perp. to the same st. line RQ
Then, SP OS 2 OP 2 a 2 a 2 2a . QOM ~ QPR
[By Pythagoras’ Theorem] OM OQ 5 5 x 5
And so, x = cm.
PR PQ 9 10 x 4
PQ SP 2a [PQRS is a square]
In QOM, we have : ST || OM [Both perp. to RQ]
SQ SP 2 PQ 2 2a 2 a 2 a .
2 2
QST ~ QOM
[By Pythagoras’ Theorem] 5
SQ ST ST
4
And so, ST 1 cm.
OQ OM 5 5
5
4
60. OB CD [B is the midpoint of the chord CD]
OBC = 90°
2
OQ OS 2 SQ 2 a 2 2a 5a.
28.26 Geometry
OCE = 90°
OM OA2 – AM 2 152 – 102 125 .
[ Radius through the point of contant is perp. to the tangent]
In rt. OND, we have :
OCB = OCE – DCE = 90° – 45° = 45°
BOC = 45°. ON OD 2 – ND 2 152 – 12 2 81.
1
Now, BOC = OCB OB = CB = CD 5 2 cm . And so, MP ON 81 .
2
In rt. OMP, we have :
OC OB 2 CB 2 5 2 2 5 2 2 10 cm.
OA = OC = 10 cm [Each being equal to radius] OP OM 2 MP 2 125 81 206 cm .
AB AO OB 10 5 2 5 2 2 1 cm .
63. QRTS is a cyclic quadrilateral STP = RQP
[ In a cyclic quad. exterior is equal to interior opp. ]
5 2 2 1
2
5 2
2
AC AB 2 CB 2 Now, in PQR and PTS, we have :
QPR = TPS
100 2 2 10 2 1.41 10 3.41
[Common]
RQP = STP [Proved above]
10 1.85 18.5 cm
61. PQR is equilateral P = Q = R = 60°.
PS is bisectors of P QPS = RPS = 30°.
PQR ~ PTS [AA criterion]
PQ PR 64 5 x
And so, x 7.
PT PS 5 6
Thus, TR = 7 cm.
64. Let the angle be x.
RQS = RPS = 30°. [Angles in the same segment]
Then, its supplement = 180° – x
In PTQ, we have :
And its complement = 90° – x.
PTQ + QPT + PQT = 180°
180° – x = 3(90° – x) 180° – x = 270° – 3x x = 45°.
PTQ + 60° + (60° + 30°) = 180° PTQ = 30°.
Thus, the required angle is 45°.
Now, in RTQ, we have:
65. Let the angles be 2x and 3x.
RTQ = RQT = 30°
Then, 2x + 3x = 180° [Sum of supplementary angles = 180°]
[ RTQ = PTQ = 30°, RQT = RQS = 30°]
5x = 180° x = 36°.
RT = RQ [sides opp. equal angles in a are equal]
The angles are 2x = 2 × 36° = 72° and 3x = 3 × 36° = 108°.
RT : RQ = 1 : 1.
66. Let the angle be x.
62. Let O be the centre of the circle and AB and CD be the two chords
Then, its complement = 90° – x
intersecting at P. Draw OM AB and ON CD. Join OA, OD and
OP. Then, AB = 20 cm, CD = 24 cm, OA = OD = radius = 15 cm. And, its supplement = 180° – x
1
90° – x = (180 – x) 360° – 4x = 180° – x
4
3x = 180° x = 60°.
Thus, the required angle is 60°.
67. Let the angles be x and y.
Then, x + y = 180° ...(i)
x – y = 44° ...(ii)
1 1 On solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 112° and y = 68°.
Now, AM = AB = 10 cm and ND = CD = 12 cm.
2 2 Thus, one of the angles is 68°.
[ Perp. from centre bisects the chord] 68. Sum of the angles of the pentagon
In rt. AMO, we have : = (n – 2) × 180° = (5 – 2) × 180° = 540°.
Geometry 28.27
Join OQ, OR and OS. Then, OP = OQ = OR = OS = OT = r In ADP, we have:
[where r = radius of the circle] ADP + APD + PAD = 180°
1 = 2, 3 = 4, 5 = 6, 7 = 8 ADB + 116° + CAD = 180°
And so, PQR + RST ADB = 180° – 116° – 28° = 36°.
= 2 + 3 + 6 + 7 71. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
= 1 + 4 + 5 +8 DCB + BAD = 180° [TF 22(xxii)]
DCB = 180° – 95° = 85° ...(i)
CBE = ADC = 70° ...(ii) [TF 22(xiv)]
1 1
= × Sum of all the interior angles = 540 270 .
2 2
69. Let OAB be the quarter circle and PQRS be the square. Join SQ In BCE, we have:
and OP. BE = BC BEC = BCE = x (say)
Now, BEC + BCE + CBE = 180°
x + x + 70° = 180° x = 55° BCE = 55° ...(iii)
DCE = DCB + BCE = 85° + 55° = 140°.
72. In APD and BPC, we have:
DAP = CBP [TF 22 (xii)]
ADP = BCP [TF 22 (xii)]
Let OP = OS = a. [ P and S are equidistant from O]
Then, SP = OS 2 OP 2 a 2 a 2 2a .
PQ = SP = 2a [ PQRS is a square]
2 2 2 2
SQ = SP SQ ( 2a ) ( 2a ) 2a .
APD ~ BPC [AA criterion]
[By Pythagoras’ Theorem]
AP DP
And so, AP. CP = BP. DP.
OQ = OS 2 SQ 2 a 2 (2a) 2 5a . BP CP
x 73. PQ = 6 cm, CQ = 8 cm, CS = 7 cm, CP = PQ + CQ = 14 cm.
Now, SP = x 2a x a .
2 Now, CQ × CP = CS × CR [TF 22 (xxi)]
[ Each side of square = x (given)]
5x
Radius of circle OQ = 5a .
2
70. CAD = CBD = 28°
APB + APD = 180° [Linear Pair]
64° + APD = 180° APD = 116°.
8 × 14 = 7 × (CS + SR)
8 14
CS + SR = 16
7
7 + RS = 16 RS = 9 cm.
28.28 Geometry
74. Let AB and CD be the chords of lengths a units and b units
respectively.
Draw OF AB and OG CD.
Let O be the centre of circle and let its radius be r units.
1 1
Then, OA = OB = OC = OD = r units. Then, DG = CG = DC = (DE + CE )
2 2
In AOB, AOB = 60° and OA = OB.
1 7
AOB = OBA = 60°. = (3 + 4) cm = cm [TF 22 (iii)]
2 2
So, AOB is equilateral i.e. OA = OB = AB = r r = a ...(i)
1 1 1
In COD, COD = 90° and so, Similarly, BF = AB ( AE EB) = 8 cm = 4 cm .
2 2 2
b OG = FE = BE – BF = (6 – 4) cm = 2 cm.
OC 2 + OD 2 = CD 2 r 2 + r 2 = b 2 2r 2 = b 2 r = ...(ii)
2
2
b 7 65
Using (i) and (ii), we get: a = b= 2a . In COG, CO = OG 2 CG 2 = 2 2 + cm = cm .
2 2 2
75. Join AB, CD, AC and AD.
Diameter of the circle = 2 (CO ) = 65 cm.
78. Reflex BOC = 90° + 110° = 200°.
BOC = 360° – 200° = 160°.
1 1
BAC = BOC 160 80 . [TF 22 (x)]
2 2
In ABC, AB = AC = BC [Radius of circle]
So, ABC is an equilateral triangle.
CBA = 60°. Similarly, DBA = 60°.
DBC = DBA + CBA = 60° + 60° = 120°.
76. BAC = 90° BC passes through the centre of the circle.
79. Diameter is the largest chord of a circle
[ Angle contained in a semi-circle is 90°]
Diameter of the given circle 10.1 cm.
10.1
Radius of this circle cm = 5.05 cm .
2
Thus, the radius of this circle is greater than 5 cm.
80. CAB = 34° [given]
ACB = 90° [Angle in a semicirle]
In ABC, CBA + CAB + ACB = 180°
CBA + 34° + 90° = 180° CBA = 56°.
2 2 81. r1 = 6 cm, r2 = 3 cm and distance between the centres = 15 cm.
BC = (5 2) + (5 2) cm = 100 cm = 10 cm .
1 10 Length of the transverse common tangent
Radius of the circle = ( BC ) cm = 5 cm.
2 2 = (distance between centres) 2 – ( r1 r2 ) 2 [TF 22 (xxvii)]
77. Let O be the centre of the circle.
= (15) 2 – (6 3)2 cm = 144 cm = 12 cm .
AE × EB = DE × CE [TF 22 (xx)]
2 × 6 = 3 × CE CE = 4 cm.
Geometry 28.29
82. r1 = 9 cm and r2 = 4 cm 86. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
Length of the common tangent = 4r1r2 4 9 4 cm = 12 cm . PBC = ADC = 70° [TF 22 (xiv)]
and PCB = DAB = 60° [TF 22 (xiv)]
[TF 22 (xxvi)]
and so, PBC + PCB = 70° + 60° = 130°.
83. BOC = 2BAC [TF 22 (x)]
1
BAC = BOC ...(i)
2
87. AOD = 100° and BOC = 70° [Given]
Join AC.
In BOC, OB = OC [Each equal to radius]
OBC = OCB.
Now, OBC + OCB + BOC = 180°
1
2OBC = 180° – BOC OBC = 90 – BOC
2
OBC = 90° – BAC [Using (i)]
OBC + BAC = 90°
84. ABC = x°, BID = y° and BOD = z° [given]
x 1 1
ABI = [ BI is the bisector of ABC] ...(i) PAC = BAC = BOC 70 35 [TF 22 (x)]
2 2 2
[Note: Incentre is the point of intersection of angle bisectors]
1 1
1 z ACP = ACD = AOD 100 50 [TF 22 (x)]
ABI = BAD = BOD [TF 22(x)] ...(ii) 2 2
2 2
In ACP = ACP + APC + PAC = 180°
In ABI, BID = BAI + ABI [Exterior Angle] 50° + APC + 35° = 180° APC = 95°.
BID = BAD + ABI. 88. Let the centres of the circles be A, B and C.
z x
y° = [Using (i) and (ii)]
2 2
zx
2.
y
Then, ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 12 cm.
Required distance = altitude of ABC
3 3
= a 12 cm 6 3 cm .
85. We have: 2 2
PB × PA = PC × PD [TF 22(xxi)] 89. d = OO = OA – OA = r1 – r2.
6 × 8 = 4 × PD PD = 12 cm. They will touch each other internally if d = r1 – r2.
28.30 Geometry
90. AOB = 60° [Given] 132
OA = OB [Radius of the circle] 2APQ = 132° APQ = 66 .
2
OAB = OBA
In AOB, AOB + OAB + OBA = 180° 95. XY = 15 cm and TX = 9 cm. We have:
60° + OAB + OAB = 180° XZ = XY = 15 cm. [TF 22 (xvi) (a)]
[ OAB = OBA] TZ = XZ – TX = (15 – 9) cm = 6 cm.
2OAB = 120° OAB = 60° = OBA. RT = TZ = 6 cm. [TF 22 (xvi) (a)]
So, AOB is an equilateral triangle OA = AB. 96. The minimum number of common tangents drawn to two circles
OA : AB = 1 : 1 i.e. required ratio is 1 : 1. when both the circles touch each other externally is 3. This is clear
91. In ONY, ON = OY [Radius of the circle] from the figure.
ONY = OYN = 50°.
NOY = 180° – (50° + 50°) = 80°.
In MOY, OM = OY [Radius of the circle]
OMY = OYM = 15°.
MOY = 180° – (15° + 15°) = 150°. 97. Join OP and OQ.
Now,MON = MOY – NOY = 150° – 80° = 70°. OPS = OQS = 90° [TF 22 (xviii) (b)]
92. APB = 130° (given)
Reflex APB = 360° – 130° = 230°.
In quadrilateral SPOQ,
POQ + OPS + OQS + PSQ = 360°
1 POQ + 90° + 90° + 20° = 360° POQ = 160°
BCA = 230 115 . [TF 22 (x)]
2 Reflex POQ = 360° – 160° = 200°.
BCD = 180° – BCA = 180° – 115° = 65°. [Linear Pair] 1 1
PRQ = (reflex POQ ) 200 100 [TF 22 (x)]
BQD = 2BCD = 2 × 65° = 130°. [TF 22 (x)] 2 2
93. r1 = 4 cm, d = 7, r2 = ? 98. Let the sides of the right-angled triangle be a, b and c where c is the
hypotenuse.
Then, a2 + b2 = 302
[by Pythagoras’ Theorem]
c
Circum radius of right angled triangle =
2
Distance between their centres d = r1 + r2 [TF 22 (xxii)] [TF 19 (v)]
c
7 = 4 + r2 r2 = 3. 15 = = 30 cm.
2
Radius of the other circle = 3 cm.
ab–c
94. PAQ = 48° [given] In radius = [TF 19 (v)]
2
AP = AQ [TF 22 (xvi) (a)] a b – 30
6= a + b = 42 a = 42 – b
APQ = AQP ...(i) 2
Now, a2 + b2 = 302 (42 – b)2 + b2 = 900
1764 + b2 – 84b + b2 = 900 2b2 – 84b + 864 = 0
b2 – 42b + 432 = 0 (b – 18) (b – 24) = 0 b = 18 or b = 24.
The sides of the triangle are 18 cm, 24 cm and 30 cm.
C
99. RQB = RCB = [TF 22 (xii)]
2
A
BQP = BAP = [TF 22 (xii)]
In PAQ, PAQ + APQ + AQP = 180° 2
A C
48° + APQ + APQ = 180° [Using (i)] RQP = RQB + BQP =
2 2
Geometry 28.31
1 1 B In APN, PN 2 = AP 2 – AN 2 = ( 52) 2 – x 2 52 – x 2 ...(i)
RQP = (A C ) (180 – B ) 90 – .
2 2 2
In PNB, PN 2 = PB2 – NB2 = 122 – (14 – x)2
52 – x2 = 122 – (14 – x)2 [Using (i)]
104 26
52 – x2 = 144 – 196 – x2 + 28x x =
28 7
26 72 2
So, NB = (14 – x) cm = 14 – cm cm 10 cm .
7 7 7
104. Let O and Obe the respective centres of the circles of radii 40 cm
100. Join OP and OQ. and 30 cm and let AB be their common chord.
OP = 25 cm and OQ = 17 cm.
Draw OC PS.
1
Then, QC = CR = (QR) 8 cm.
2
[TF 22 (iii)]
In OCQ, Then, OO AB [TF 22 (ix)]
OC = 2
OQ – QC 2 = 2 2
17 – 8 cm = 225 cm = 15 cm . OA = 40 cm, OA = 30 cm, OO = 50 cm.
Let OC = x cm, then OC = (50 – x) cm.
In OPC, PC = OP – OC 2 252 – 152 cm = 20 cm.
2
In rt. OAC, AC 2 = OA2 – OC 2 = 40 2 – x 2
PS = 2 × PC = (2 × 20) cm = 40 cm. [TF 22 (iii)] In rt. OAC, AC 2 = OA 2 – OC 2 = 30 2 – (50 – x)2.
101. PAB is a secant of bigger circle. 402 – x2 = 302 – (50 – x)2 1600 – x2 = 900 – 2500 – x2 + 100x
PA × PB = PT 2 [TF 22 (xxii)] 100x = 3200 x = 32.
So, AC 2 = 40 2 – x 2 = 40 2 – 32 2 = 576 AC = 576 cm = 24 cm .
AB = 2 × AC = (2 × 24) cm = 48 cm. [TF 22 (iii)]
Thus, the length of the common chord is 48 cm.
105. BC = OD = OB [ OD and OB are radii of the circle]
BOC = BCO = BCD = 20°.
OBA = BOC + BCO = 20° + 20° = 40°. [Exterior angle]
OA = OB OAB = OBA = 40°.
PAB is a secant of small circle also.
PA × PB = PQ 2 [TF 22 (xxii)]
PT 2 = PQ 2 PT = PQ.
102. PA × PB = PT 2 [TF 22 (xxii)]
4(4 + x) = 52 = 25
9 In AOB, AOB = 180° – (OAB + OBA)
16 + 4x = 25 4x = 9 x = cm .
4 = 180° – (40° + 40°) = 100°.
Now, AOD + AOB + BOC = 180° [Straight angle]
AOD + 100° + 20° = 180° AOD = 60°.
106. Join AC and BD.
CAD = (given)
103. Join AP.
We have: PB = 12 cm, AB = (2 × 7) cm = 14 cm.
Let AN = x cm. Then, NB = (14 – x) cm.
In ADC, we have: AD = DC DCA = CAD =
[ s opp. equal sides of a are equal]
APB = 90° [ Angle contained in semi-circle = 90°] Now, ABD = DCA = [TF 22 (xii)]
Also, DBC = DAC = [TF 22 (xii)]
AP = AB 2 – PB 2 142 – 122 cm = 52 cm . ABC = ABD + DBC = 2.
28.32 Geometry
107. Join AC. In AOB: OAB + OBA + AOB =180°
AB is a diameter ACB = 90° [ Angle in a semicircle = 90°] 2OAB + 140° = 180°
OAB = 20°.
PAO = 90° [TF 22 (xviii) (b)]
PAB = PAO – OAB
= 90° – 20°
= 70°.
112. In ABC, BAC + BCA + ABC = 180°
85° + 75° + ABC = 180°
In ACB, we have: ABC = 20°.
ACB + CAB + ABC = 180° [Sum of s of a is 180°] AOC = 2ABC = 2 × 20° = 40°.
90° + 30° + ABC = 180° ABC = 60°. In AOC, OA = OC [Radius of circle]
Now, ADC + ABC = 180° [TF 22 (xiii)] OAC = OCA.
ADC = 180° – 60° = 120°. Now, AOC + OAC + OCA = 180°
108. Suppose that AB touches the circle C2 at point C. 40° + 2OAC = 180° 2AOC = 140°
Join AO and CO. AOC = 70°.
113. In AOD and BOC, we have:
Then, AO = ( 3 + 1) cm and CO = ( 3 – 1) cm .
Now, OC AB and so AC = BC [TF 22 (xv) and (iii)]
In AOC, AC 2 = AO 2 – OC 2 = ( 3 + 1) – ( 3 – 1)2 4 3
2
[ (a + b)2 (a – b)2 = 4ab]
AC = 4 3 cm = 2 4 3 cm .
AB = 2 × AC = (2 × 2 4 3) cm = 4 4 3 cm .
DAO = BCO [Alternate interior s]
AOD = COB [Vertically opp. s]
AOD COB [By AA-similarity]
AO DO
AO × BO = DO × CO
CO BO
3 (3x – 19) = (x – 5) (x – 3) x2 – 17x + 72 = 0
(x – 8) (x – 9) = 0 x = 8 or x = 9.
114. AB = BC [ ABCD is a rhombus]
109. Let AB and CD be the parallel chords of lengths 30 cm and 16 cm BAC = ACB
respectively. In ABC :
Draw OF CD [also OE AB].
ABC + BAC + ACB = 180°
AB 30 60° + BAC + BAC = 180°
Then, BE = cm 15 cm
2 2 BAC = 60°.
CD 16 ABC = BAC = ACB = 60°.
and DF = cm = 8 cm .
2 2 So, ABC is an equilateral triangle
OB = OD = 17 cm [radius of the circle]. AB = BC = AC = 6 cm.
In rt. BOE: OE Thus, the length of a side of the rhombus is 6 cm.
115. Produce ED and FC to G. We know that the diagonals of the
= OB 2 – BE 2 17 2 – 15 2 cm = 64 cm = 8 cm. rhombus are perpendicular bisectors of each other.
In rt. DOE: OF OA = OC and DOC = 90°
[where diagonals AC and BD meet at O]
= OD 2 – DF 2 17 2 – 82 cm = 225 cm = 15 cm.
EF = OF – OE = (15 – 8) cm = 7 cm.
Thus, the distance between the parallel chords is 7 cm.
110. BEC = 130° and ECD = 20° [given]
DEC = 180° – BEC = 180° – 130° = 50°.
In DEC, In BDE, A and O are the mid-points of BE and BD respectively.
CDE = 180° – (DEC + ECD) OA || DE [By Mid-Point theorem]
= 180° – (50° + 20°) = 110°. OC || DG.
BAC = CDB = CDE = 110°. Similarly, OD || GC. [In ACF].
[TF 22 (xii)] So, DOCG is a parallelogram.
111. AOB = 140° And so, DGC = DOC = 90° [TF 25 (i) (b)]
OA = OB OAB = OBA. DG CG ED CF.
29 COORDINATE GEOMETRY
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Coordinates of a point in a plane: Let P be a point in a plane. Let the Y
distance of P from the y-axis = a units. And, the distance of P from the x-axis
= b units. P(a, b)
Then, we say that the coordinates of P are (a, b). b
X X
a is called the x-coordinate, or abscissa of P. O
a
b is called the y-coordinate, or ordinate of P.
Note: (i) Any point on the x-axis is of the form (x, 0).
(ii) Any point on the y-axis is of the form (0, y). Y
TF 2. Quadrants: Let X OX and YOY be the coordinate axes. These axes divide the plane of the paper into four regions,
called quadrants. The regions XOY, YOX , X OY and Y OX are respectively known as the first, second, third and
fourth quadrants. Y
The signs of the coordinates in various quadrants as given below
Region Quadrant Nature of x and y Signs of coordinates II I
XOY I x>0,y>0 (+ , +) (–, +) (+, +)
X X
YOX II x<0,y>0 (– , +) III O IV
(–, –) (+, –)
X OY III x<0,y<0 (– , –)
Y OX IV x>0,y<0 (+ , –)
Note: Any point lying on x-axis or y-axis does not lie in any quadrant. Y
TF 3. The distance between two point A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) is given by the formula AB x2 x1 2 y2 y1 2 .
TF 4. Section Formula: The coordinates of the point P (x, y) which divides the line segment joining A (x1, y1) and
mx2 nx1 my2 ny1
B (x2, y2) internally in the ratio m : n are given by x ,y .
mn mn
TF 5. Midpoint Formula: The coordinates of the mid-point M (x, y) of the line A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) are given by
x1 x2 y y2
x ,y 1 .
2 2
TF 6. Area of ABC with vertices A (x1, y1) , B (x2, y2) and C (x3, y3) is given by
1
Area ( ABC) = x1 y2 y3 x2 y3 y1 x3 y1 y2 .
2
TF 7. The centroid G (x, y) of ABC with vertices A (x1, y1) , B (x2, y2) and C (x3, y3) are given by
x1 x2 x3 y y2 y3
x ,y 1 .
3 3
TF 8. Inclination of a line: The angle of inclination or simply the inclination of a line is the angle which the part of the
line above the x-axis makes with the positive direction of the x-axis, measured in anticlockwise direction.
29.1
29.2 Coordinate Geometry
Y Y
X X X X
O O
Y Y
Note: (i) 0° 180°.
(ii) The inclination of a line parallel to the x-axis or the x-axis itself is 0°.
(iii) The inclination of a line parallel to the y-axis or the y-axis itselt is 90°.
TF 9. Slope:
(i) If is the inclination of a line, then m = tan is called the slope of the line.
y2 y1
(ii) Slope of a line passing through the points A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) is given by m = .
x2 x1
(iii) The slope of a horizontal line is 0.
(iv) The slope of a vertical line is not defined.
(v) Two lines are parallel if and only if their slopes are equal.
(vi) Two lines with slopes m1 and m2 are perpendicular if and only if m1m2 = – 1.
TF 10. If is the acute angle between two lines L1 and L2 with slopes m1 and m2, then
m2 m1
tan , where 1 + m1 m2 0.
1 m1 m2
TF 11. Equation of a line:
Y
Y
a y= b
x=–a
x=a
a b
X X X X
O O
b
y=–b
Y
Y
(i) Equation of x-axis is y = 0.
(ii) Equation of y-axis is x = 0.
(iii) Equation of a vertical line on RHS of the y-axis at a distance ‘a’ from it is x = a.
(iv) Equation of a vertical line on LHS of the y-axis at a distance ‘a’ from it is x = – a.
(v) Equation of a horizontal line lying above the x-axis at a distance ‘b’ from it is y = b.
(vi) Equation of a horizontal line lying below the x-axis at a distance ‘b’ from it is y = – b.
TF 12. An equation of the form y = mx always passes through the origin.
Y Y
y=
mx
mx
(m < 0)
y = (m > 0)
X X X X
O O
Y Y
Coordinate Geometry 29.3
TF 13. Equation of a line in point - slope form: The equation of a non-vertical line with slope m and passing through the
point (x1, y1) is given by y – y1 = m (x – x1).
TF 14. Equation of a line in two point form: The equation of a non-vertical line passing through two given points
y y1 y y1
A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2) is given by 2 .
x x1 x2 x1
TF 15. Equation of a line in slope - intercept form:
(i) The slope of a line with slope m and making an intercept c on the y-axis, is given by y = m x + c.
(ii) The slope of a line with slope m and making an intercept d on the x-axis, is given by y = m (x – d).
TF 16. X-intercept and Y-intercept: The x-intercept is the point where a line crosses the x-axis and y-intercept is the point
where the line crosses the y-axis. To find the x-intercept put y = 0 in the equation and solve for x.
Similarly to find the y-intercept put x = 0 in the equation and solve for y.
TF 17. The system of a pair of linear equations a1 x b1 y c1 0 , a2 x b2 y c2 0.
a1 b
(i) has a unique solution, if 1 . In this case, the two lines intersect each other..
a2 b2
a1 b c
(ii) has an infinite number of solutions if 1 1 . In this case, the two lines coincides.
a2 b2 c2
a1 b c
(iii) has no solution (i.e.) inconsistent) if 1 1 . In this case, the two lines are parallel.
a2 b2 c2
EXERCISE
1. Point A (2, 1) divides segment BC in the ratio 2 : 3.
4
Coordinates of B are (4, – 3) and C are (– 1, y). What is the 7. Slope of the line AB is . Coordinates of points A and B
value of y? [SSC CGL 2017]
3
(a) – 7 (b) 7 are (x, – 5) and (– 5, 3) respectively. What is the value of x?
(c) – 8 (d) 8 [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) – 1 (b) – 2
2. At what point does the line 2x + 5y = – 6 cuts the x-axis?
(c) 1 (d) 2
[SSC CGL 2017]
(a) (0, – 3) (b) (0, 3) 8. In what ratio is the segment joining points (2, 3) and
(c) (– 3, 0) (d) (3, 0) (– 2, 1) divided by the y-axis? [SSC CGL 2017]
3. In what ratio does the point T (x, 0) divide the segment (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
joining the points S (5, 1) and U (– 1, – 2)? [SSC CGL 2017] (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 1
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
(c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 1 9. The coordinates of the centroid of a triangle ABC are (2, 2).
What are the coordinates of vertex C if coordinates of A
4. What is the reflection of the point (– 2, 5) in the line x = – 1?
and B are (7, – 1) and (1, 2) respectively? [SSC CGL 2017]
[SSC CGL 2017]
(a) (– 2, – 5) (b) (– 2, 5)
(a) (– 2, – 7) (b) (– 2, 7)
(c) (2, – 5) (d) (2, 5)
(c) (0, 5) (d) (2, 5)
5. Point P is the midpoint of segment AB. Coordinates of P 3
10. If ax – 4y = – 6 has a slope of . What is the value of a?
are (3, 1) and B are (5, – 4). What are the coordinates of 2
point A? [SSC CGL 2017] [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) (– 1, – 7) (b) (– 1, 7) (a) – 3 (b) – 6
(c) (1, – 7) (d) (1, 6) (c) 3 (d) 6
6. What is the slope of the line perpendicular to the line passing 11. What is the reflection of the point (4, – 3) in the line y = – 2?
through the points (– 5, 1) and (– 2, 0) ? [SSC CGL 2017] [SSC CGL 2017]
1 1 (a) (– 4, – 1) (b) (– 4, 1)
(a) (b) (c) (4, – 1) (d) (4, 1)
3 3
(c) – 3 (d) 3
29.4 Coordinate Geometry
12. The distance between the points (2, 7) and (k, – 5) is 13. 23. If the ordinate and obscissa of the point (k, 2k – 1) be equal,
What is the value of k? [SSC CGL 2017] then the value of k is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) – 6 (b) – 7 1
(c) 6 (d) 7 (a) 0 (b)
2
13. What is the equation of the line perpendicular to the line (c) 1 (d) – 1
5x + 3y = 6 and having y-intercept – 3? [SSC CGL 2017] 24. The equations 3x + 4y = 10 – x + 2y = 0 have the solution
(a) 3x – 5y = 15 (a, b). The value of a + b is [SSC CGL 2014]
(b) 3x + 5y = 15 (a) 4 (b) 3
(c) 3x – 5y = – 15 (c) 2 (d) 1
(d) 3x + 5y = – 15
25. The area (in square units) of the triangle formed by the
14. An equation of the form ax + by + c = 0 where a 0 , graphs of the equations x = 4, y = 3 and 3x + 4y = 12 is
b 0 , c = 0 represents a straight line which passes through [SSC CGL 2015]
[SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 3 (b) 6
(a) (3, 2) (b) (2, 4) (c) 12 (d) 24
(c) (0, 0) (d) None of these
26. The are of the triangle formed by the graphs of the equations
15. Equation of the straight line parallel to x-axis and 3 units x = 0, 2x + 3y = 6 and x + y = 3 is [SSC CGL 2015]
below x-axis is[SSC CGL 2013] 1
(a) x = 3 (b) x = – 3 (a) 1 square unit (b) 1 square unit
2
(c) y = 3 (d) y = – 3
1
16. A point in the 4th quadrant is 6 units away from x-axis and 7 (c) 3 square unit (d) 4 square unit
2
units away from y-axis. The point is at [SSC CGL 2015]
27. The x-intercept on the graph of 7x – 3y = 2 is [SSC 2012]
(a) (– 6, 7) (b) (– 6, – 7)
(c) (7, – 6) (d) (– 7, 6) 2 3
(a) (b)
7 4
17. 2x – ky + 7 = 0 and 6x – 12y + 15 = 0 has no solution for
3 5
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) (d)
7 2
(a) k = 1 (b) k = – 1
(c) k = 4 (d) k = – 4 28. The graph of 3x + 4y – 24 = 0 forms a triangle OAB with
the coordinate axes, where O is the origin. Also the graph
18. The graphs of x = a and y = b intersect at [SSC CGL 2014] of x + y + 4 = 0 forms a triangle OCD with the coordinate
(a) (a, b) (b) (– a, b) axes. Then the area of OCD is equal to
(c) (a, – b) (d) (b, a) [SSC CGL 2014, 2015]
19. For what value of k, the system of equations kx + 2y = 2 and
3x + y = 1 will be coincident? [SSC CGL 2014] 1
(a) The area of OAB (b) of area of OAB
(a) 6 (b) 5 2
(c) 3 (d) 2 1 2
(c) of area of OAB (d) of area of OAB
20. The graph of 2x + 1 = 0 and 3y – 9 = 0 intersect at the point 3 3
[SSC CGL 2013] 29. The angle between the graph of the linear equation
239x – 239y + 5 = 0 and the x-axis is [SSC CPO 2015]
1 1
(a) , 3 (b) , 3 (a) 0° (b) 30°
2 2 (c) 45° (d) 60°
1
(c) , 3 (d) None of these 30. Among the equations x + 2y + 9 = 0; 5x – 4 = 0; 2y – 13 = 0;
2 2x – 3y = 0, the equation of the straight line passing through
21. The length of the intercept of the graph of the equation the origin is [SSC CGL 2015]
9x – 12y = 108 between the two axes is [SSC CGL 2012] (a) 2x – 3y = 0 (b) 5x – 4 = 0
(a) 9 units (b) 12 units (c) 2y – 13 = 0 (d) x + 2y + 9 = 0
(c) 15 units (d) 18 units
31. The linear equation such that each point on its graph has an
22. The area bounded by the lines x = 0, y = 0, x + y = 1, ordinate four times its abscissa is [SSC CPO 2013]
2x + 3y = 6 (in square units) is [SSC CGL 2012] (a) x = 4y (b) y = 4x
1 1 (c) x + 4y = 0 (d) y + 4x = 0
(a) 2 (b) 2
2 3 32. The graph of the linear equation 3x + 4y = 24 is a straight
(c) 2 (d) 3 line intersecting x-axis and y-axis at the points A and B
Coordinate Geometry 29.5
(c) 20 cm (d) 40 cm
3
respectively. P(2, 0) and Q 0, are two points on the 33. The straight line 2x + 3y = 12 passes through
2
[SSC CGL 2013]
sides OA and OB respectively of OAB, where O is the
origin of the coordinate system. Given that AB = 10 cm, (a) 1st, 2nd
and 3rd
quadrant
then PQ = [SSC CGL 2012] (b) 1st, 2nd and 4th quadrant
(a) 2.5 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 1st, 3rd and 4th quadrant
(d) 2nd, 3rd and 4th quadrant
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. By the section formula, the coordinates of A are
29
2 1 3 4 2 y 3 3 2y 9 1
A , A 2, 2
2 3 2 3 5
5b
2y 9 a = 0 and 5 b 5.
1 y 7. [ The coordinates of A are (2, 1)] 2
5
Hence, the required point is (0, 5).
2. Let the line 2x + 5y = – 6 cuts the x-axis at point (x, 0).
5. Let the coordinates of the point A be (x, y). Then,
Since (x, 0) lies on the line 2x + 5y = – 6, we have
x5 y4
2x + 5 × 0 = – 6 2x = – 6 x = – 3. 3 x = 1 and 1 y = 6.
2 2
Thus, the required point is (– 3, 0).
Thus, the required coordinates of point A are (1, 6).
3. Let the required ratio be k : 1.
6. Let the slope of the given line be m1 and of the perpendicular line
Then, by section formula, the coordinates of T are be m2.
k 5 2k 1 y y1 0 1 1
T , T x, 0
k 1 k 1 Then, m1 2
x2 x1
2 5
3
.
2k 1 1 Now, m1m2 = – 1
0 2k 1 0 .
k 1 2
1
1 m2 1 m2 3.
So, the required ratio is :1 i.e. 1 : 2. 3
2
Hence, the required slope is 3.
4. Let the reflection of the point P (– 2, 5) in the line x = – 1 be
P(a, b). Then, the line segment joining the points P and P meets 4
x = – 1 at point A (– 1, 5). Now A is the mid-point of the line 7. Slope of the line AB = [Given]
3
segment joining P (– 2, 5) and P (a, b). 3 5 4
24 = 20 + 4x x = 1.
Y 5 x 3
Slope of line joining the points A x1, y1 and
y y1
P P B x2 , y2 2
(– 2, 5) A(– 1, 5) (a, b) x2 x1
X X 8. Let the required ratio be k : 1.
O
Since any point on the y-axis is of the form (0, y).
k 2 1 2 k 1 1 3
, 0, y
k 1 k 1
Y
29.6 Coordinate Geometry
2k 2 3
=0 – 2k + 2 = 0 k = 1. y = mx + c y= x3 3x – 5y = 15.
k 1 5
Thus, the required ratio is 1 : 1. Hence, the required equation is 3x – 5y = 15.
9. Let the coordinates of vertex C be (x, y). Then coordinates of the 14. ax + by + c = 0
ax + by = 0 [ c = 0]
7 1 x 1 2 y
centroid of ABC = , .
3 3 a a
y= x , 0. [ a 0, b 0]
b b
7 1 x 1 2 y 7 1 x
2, 2 , 2 This equation is of the form y = mx, where m 0. So it passes
2 2 3
through the point (0, 0).
1 2 y 15. Required equation of straight line is y = – 3.
x = 6 – 8 = – 2 and 2 y 6 1 5.
3
[ The equation of a straight line parallel to x-axis and ‘m’ units
Thus, the coordinates of point C are (– 2, 5). below x-axis is y = – m]
16. The point is 6 units away from x-axis.
a 6
10. a x – 4y = – 6 4y = a x + 6 y= x . y-coordinate of the point = – 6.
4 4
[ In the IV quadrant y-coordinate is –ve]
a
Slope of the given line = The point is 7 units away from y-axis
4
x-coordinate of the point = 7.
a 3 3 4
a 6. [ In the IV quadrant x-coordinate is +ve]
4 2 2
The required point is (7, – 6).
11. Y 17. 2x – ky + 7 = 0 and 6x – 12y + 15 = 0
a1 = 2 , b1 = – k , c1 = 7 and a2 = 6 , b2 = – 12 , c2 = 15.
If these two equations has no solution, then
a1 b c 2 k
1 1 k = 4.
X X a2 b2 c2 6 12
O P(a, b)
18. The graph of x = a and y = b intersect at (a, b).
y=– 2 A(4, – 2) 19. kx + 2y = 2 and 3x + y = 1
P(4, – 3) kx + 2y – 2 = 0 and 3x + y – 1 = 0
Y a1 = k , b1 = 2 , c1 = – 2 and a2 = 3 , b2 = 1 , c2 = – 1.
The system of equations will be coincident if
Let the reflection of the point P (4, – 3) in the line y = – 2 be
P (a, b). Then, the line segment PP meet the line y = – 2 at point a1 b c k 2
1 1 k = 6.
A (4, – 2). Now A is the mid-point of the line PP. a2 b2 c2 3 1
4a 3b
4 a 4 and 2 b 1. 1
2 2 20. 2x + 1 = 0 x =
2
Hence, the required point is (4, – 1).
3y – 9 = 0 y = 3.
12. Distance between the points (2, 7) and (k, – 5) = 13
The graph of 2x + 1 = 0 and 3y – 9 = 0 intersect at the point
k 2 2
5 7 13
2
(k – 2)2 + (– 12)2 = (13)2 1
, 3 .
(k – 2)2 = 169 – 144 = 25 k–2=5 k = 7. 2
21. 9x – 12y = 108
5
13. 5x + 3y = 6 3y = – 5x + 6 y= x6.
3 108 108
x-intercept = = 12 and y-intercept = 9.
5 9 12
So, slope of the given line, m1 =
3 (AB)2 = (OA)2 + (OB)2 (By pythagorus theorem)
3 1 (AB)2 = (12)2 + (9)2 = 225
Slope of the perpendicular line, m2 = . m2 m
5 1 AB = 225 = 15 units.
3 So, the length of the intercept between the axes is 15 units.
Now, m , c 3.
5
Coordinate Geometry 29.7
Y
26. Area of ABC
= Area of OAB – Area of OAC
1 1
= OA OB OA OC
2 2
1 1 9 3 1
= 33 3 2 = 3 sq. units = 1 sq. units.
2 2 2 2 2
O 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 Y
X X
– 1 A
– 2
– 3 8 B (0,3)
– 4 10 3
– 5 =
y
– 6 12
–
– 7 x x+y=3
9
– 8
– 2
9 B
C
(0,2) 2x +
3y =
Y 1 6
A (3,0)
X X
22. Area of the shaded region O 1 2 3
Y
Y
27. 7x – 3y = 2
To find x-intercept substituting y = 0 in the given equation
D 2
2 7x = 2 x = .
7
1
2
B C So, the x-intercept is .
X X 7
O 1 2 3
1
28. Area of OAB OA OB
2
1
Y = 8 6 = 24 sq. units.
2
= (Area of OCD – Area of OAB) 1 1
Area of OCD = OC OD = 4 4 = 8 sq. units
1 1 2 2
= OC OD OA OB
2 2 1
Area of OCD = of area of OAB.
1 1 1 5 1 3
= 3 2 1 1 = 3 = 2 sq. units.
2 2 2 2 2 Y
23. K = 2K – 1 K = 1 4
=
0
+
B y
24. 3x + 4y = 10 ... (i) 8 x
–
4 D
– x + 2y = 0 ... (ii) 3
2
On solving (i) and (ii), we get x = 2 and y = 1 X
C 1 A
X
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
(a, b) = (2, 1). 3x
+
4y
–2
a + b = 2 + 1 = 3. 4
=
0
1 1
25. Area of triangle ABC = AC BC = 3 4 Y
2 2 29. 239x – 239y + 5 = 0
= 6 sq. units.
5
y= x Slope of this line = 1
Y 239
B C y=3 tan = 1 = 45°.
3 30. When a straight line passes through the origin, then the point
2 3x
+ 4y (0, 0) lies on it.
=1
1 2 2x – 3y = 0 satisfy the point (0, 0).
X X
O 1 2 3 4A 2x – 3y = 0 is passing through the origin.
x=4 31. In Coordinate geometry ordinate represent x coordinate and abscissa
represents y coordinate
Y
x = 4y. [ Ordinate is four times its abscissa]
29.8 Coordinate Geometry
32. In OPQ 33. 2x + 3y = 12.
(PQ)2 = (OP)2 + (OQ)2 (By pythagorus theorem) x 0 6
2
3 9 25 25 5 y 4 0
(PQ)2 = (2)2 + = 4 PQ =
2 4 4 4 2
= 2.5 cm. Clearly the line passes through the 1st , 2nd and 4th quadrant.
Y
Y
6 B 0
=
5 C –y
3x x
4 +
4 B
y
3 =
12 X X
2
Q (0, 3/2) O
x
+
1
y
P(2,0) A
=
X X
2
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Y
Y
30 AREA
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
1
TF 1. (i) Area of triangle b h , where b = base, h = height.
2
(ii) Area of a triangle s s – a s – b s – c , where a, b, c are the lengths of the sides and semi-perimeter
1
s a b c .
2
3 2
(iii) Area of an Equilateral triangle a , where a = side.
4
(iv) Radius of incircle of a triangle, r , where = area of triangle, s = semiperimeter of triangle.
s
abc
(v) Radius of circumcircle of a triangle, R , where a, b, c are lengths of sides, = area of triangle.
4
a
(vi) Radius of incircle of an equilateral triangle , where a = length of each side.
2 3
a
(vii) Radius of circumcircle of an equilateral triangle = , where a = length of each side.
3
TF 2. (i) Perimeter of a square of side. ‘a’, is P = 4a.
(ii) Area of a square of side ‘a’, is A = a2.
d2
(iii) Area of a square of diagonal ‘d’, is A .
2
TF 3. (i) Perimeter of a rectangle P = 2 (l + b), where l = length and b = breadth.
(ii) Area of a rectangle A = l × b, where l = length and b = breadth.
(iii) Area of 4 walls of a room = 2 (l + b)h, where l = length, b = breadth, h = height.
TF 4. (i) Area of a circle of a radius r is A = r2.
(ii) Circumference of a circle of radius r is C = 2 r.
2 r
(iii) Length of an arc of a circle, L , where r = radius of circle, = central angle of the arc.
360
r 2 1
(iv) Area of a sector of a circle A or A L r , where r = radius of circle,
360 2
= central angle of the sector,
L = length of the arc forming the sector.
1 2
(v) Area of a semi-circle of radius r, is A r .
2
(vi) Circumference of a semi-circle of radius r, is C = R
(vii) Perimeter of a semi-circle of radius r is P = r + 2r = (+ 2) r
TF 5. (i) Area of a parallelogram = b × h, where b = base and h = corresponding height.
1 d d
(ii) Area of a rhombus = × (product of diagonals) 1 2 , where d1, d2 are length of the two diagonals.
2 2
30.1
30.2 Area
1 1
(iii) Area of a trapezium × (sum of parallel sides) × height (a b) h , where a and b are the lengths of
2 2
parallel sides, h = height = perpendicular distance between the parallel side.
TF 6. Suppose a quantity X depends upon two variables m and n i.e. X mn X = k mn, where k is a constant. If there
is an increase in m and n of a % and b% respectively, then new value of X is
100 a 100 b 100 a 100 b .
X k m n X
100 100 1002
X – X 100 a 100 b – 1002 ab
Percentage increase in X = 100 % = % a b % .
X 100 100
Cor1. If X depends upon the square of a variable m i.e. if X m2 then by increasing m by a% , X is increased by
a2
2a %. [Putting b = a]
100
Cor2. If X depends upon the cube of a variable m i.e. if X m3, then by increasing m by a%, X is increased by
3a 2 a3
3a %.
100 1002
Cor3. If X m, then by increasing m by a%, X is increased by a%. And, by decreasing m by a %, X is also
decreased by a %.
Cor4. (i) If X m2 and if m is doubled then X becomes 22 i.e. 4 times. Similarly, if m is tripled then X becomes 32
i.e. 9 times. Thus, if m gets multiplied by a, then X gets multiplied by a2.
(ii) If X m3 and if m is doubled then X becomes 23 i.e. 8 times. Similarly, if m is tripled then X becomes 33 i.e. 27
times. Thus, if m is multiplied by a, then X gets multiplied by a3.
(iii) If X mn and if m is doubled and n is tripled then X becomes 2 × 3 i.e. 6 times. Thus, if m is multiplied by a
and n is multiplied by b, then X gets multiplied by ab.
EXERCISE
1. ABCD is a parallelogram in which AB = 7 cm, BC = 9 cm 5. In triangle ABC, a line is drawn from the vertex A to a point
and AC = 8 cm. What is the length (in cm) of other diagonal? D on BC. If BC = 9 cm and DC = 3 cm, then what is the
[SSC CGL 2017] ratio of the areas of triangle ABD and triangle ADC
(a) 7 (b) 7 2 respectively? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1
(c) 14 (d) 14 2 (c) 3 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
2. The length of two parallel sides of a trapezium are 18 m
6. One of the diagonals of a rhombus is 70% of the other
and 24 m. If its height is 12 m, then what is the area (in m2)
diagonal. What is the ratio of area of rhombus to the square
of the trapezium ? [SSC CGL 2017]
of the length of the larger diagonal? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 126 (b) 252
(a) 3 : 10 (b) 3 : 20
(c) 504 (d) 1024
(c) 7 : 10 (d) 7 : 20
3. Smaller diagonal of a rhombus is equal to length of its sides.
If length of each side is 6 cm, then what is the area (in cm2) 7. In the given figure, PQRS is a trapezium in which PM || SN,
of an equilateral triangle whose side is equal to the bigger NR = 9 cm, PS = 12 cm, QM = NR and NR = SN. What is
diagonal of the rhombus? [SSC CGL 2017] the area (in cm2) of trapezium ? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 18 3 (b) 27 3 P S
(c) 32 3 (d) 36 3
4. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 32 cm and each of
the equal sides is 5/6 times of the base. What is the area (in Q M N R
cm2) of the triangle ? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) 39 (b) 48 (a) 170 (b) 182
(c) 57 (d) 64 (c) 189 (d) 191
Area 30.3
8. If for an isosceles triangle the length of each equal side is 2
‘a’ units and that of the third side is ‘b’ units, then its area (a) area of ABC
3
will be [SSC CGL 2015]
1
a (b) area of ABC
(a) 2a 2 b 2 square units 8
4
1
a (c) area of ABC
(b) 4b 2 a 2 square units 4
4
1
b 2 (d) area of ABC
(c) a 2b 2 square units 2
2
b 17. The area of an equilateral triangle is 9 3 m2. The length
(d) 4a 2 b 2 square units
4 (in m) of the median is [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 3
9. If the length of each of two equal sides of an isosceles
triangle is 10 cm and the adjacent angle is 45°, then the (c) 3 2 (d) 3 3
area of the triangle is [SSC CGL 2015]
18. The length of three medians of a triangle are 9 cm, 12 cm
(a) 12 2 sq. cm. (b) 15 2 sq. cm. and 15 cm. The area (in sq. cm) of the triangle is
[SSC CGL 2012]
(c) 20 2 sq. cm. (d) 25 2 sq. cm.
(a) 144 (b) 72
10. One of the angles of a right-angled triangle is 15°, and the (c) 48 (d) 24
hypotenuse is 1 metre. The area of the triangle (in square
19. If the length of each side of an equilateral triangle is
cm.) is [SSC CGL 2015]
increased by 2 unit, the area is found to be increased by
(a) 1200 (b) 1215
(c) 1220 (d) 1250 3+ 3 sq. unit. The length of each side of the triangle is
[SSC CPO 2012]
11. The diagonal of a quadrilateral shaped field is 24 m and
the perpendiculars dropped on it from the remaining (a) 1 3 3 unit (b) 3 3 unit
opposite vertices are 8 m and 13 m. The area of the field is (c) 3 unit (d) 3 unit
[SSC CPO 2015]
(a) 96 m2 (b) 156 m2 20. In ABC, O is the centroid and AD, BE, CF are the three
(c) 252 m2 (d) 1152 m2 medians and the area of AOE = 15 cm2, then the area of
quadrilateral BDOF is [SSC CPO 2011]
12. If the altitude of an equilateral triangle is 12 3 cm, then (a) 20 cm2 (b) 25 cm2
its area would be: [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 30 cm2 (d) 40 cm2
(a) 12 cm2 (b) 36 3 cm 2 21. The measures (in cm) of sides of a right angled triangle are
given by consecutive integers. Its area (in cm2) is
(c) 72 cm2 (d) 144 3 cm 2 (a) 9 (b) 8
13. The centroid of a ABC is G. The area of ABC is 60 cm3. (c) 6 (d) 5
The area of ABC is [SSC CGL 2015] 22. Length of the perpendiculars from a point in the interior of
(a) 10 cm2 (b) 20 cm2 an equilateral triangle on its sides is 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm.
(c) 30 cm2 (d) 40 cm2 Area of the triangle is
14. Given that the ratio of altitudes of two triangles is 4 : 5, (a) 80 3 cm 2 (b) 72 3 cm2
ratio of their areas is 3 : 2. The ratio of their corresponding
bases is [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 54 3 cm2 (d) 48 3 cm2
(a) 5 : 8 (b) 8 : 5
23. The sides of a triangle are 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm. The area
(c) 8 : 15 (d) 15 : 8
(in cm2) of the triangle formed by joining the mid-points of
15. In PQR, the line drawn from the vertex P intersects QR at this triangle is
a point S. If QR = 4.5 cm and SR = 1.5 cm, then the ratios 3 3
of the area of triangle PQS and triangle PSR is (a) (b)
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
4 2
(c) 3 (d) 6
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 1 24. ABC is a triangle with base AB. D is a point on AB such that
AB = 5 and DB = 3. What is the ratio of the area to the area
16. ABC is a right angled triangle and B being the right angle. of ADC to the area of ABC ?
The mid-points of BC and AC are B and A respectively. (a) 2 : 3 (b) 2 : 5
The area of ABC is [SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 3 : 5
30.4 Area
25. Two isosceles triangles have equal vertical angles and their
1
areas are in the ratio of 9 : 16. Then the ratio of their length in the ratio 3 : 4. The area of the lawn is hectare.
corresponding heights is [SSC CPO 2015]
12
(a) 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 3 The breadth of the lawn is [SSC CGL 2013]
(c) 4.5 : 8 (d) 8 : 4.5 (a) 25 metres (b) 50 metres
(c) 75 metres (d) 100 metres
26. The diagonals of two squares are in the ratio of 3 : 7. What
is the ratio of their areas? [SSC 2016] 35. The area of a rectangle is thrice that of a square. The length
(a) 3 : 7 (b) 3 : 21 of the rectangle is 20 cm and the breadth of the rectangle is
(c) 9 : 27 (d) 9 : 49 3
times that of the side of the square. The side of the square
27. What will be the percentage of increase in the area square 2
when each of its sides is increased by 10% ? (in cm) is [SSC CGL 2013]
[SSC CGL 2016] (a) 10 (b) 20
(a) 11 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 60
(c) 21 (d) 121
36. If the perimeters of a rectangle and a square are equal and
1
28. If the side of square is ( x 1) units and its diagonal is the ratio of two adjacent sides of the rectangle is 1 : 2 then
2 the ratio of area of the rectangle and that of the square is
3 x [SSC CGL 2013]
units, then the length of the sides of the square would
2 (a) 8 : 9 (b) 2 : 3
be [SSC CGL 2015] (c) 1 : 2 (d) 1 : 1
(a) 2 units (b) 1 units
37. The length of a room floor exceeds its breadth by 20 m.
1 4 The area of the floor remains unaltered when the length is
(c) units (d) units
2 3 decreased by 10 m but the breadth is increased by 5 m. The
area of the floor (in sq. m) is [SSC CPO 2011]
29. One side of a square is increased by 30%. To maintain the
(a) 280 (b) 300
same area, the other side will have to be decreased by
[SSC CGL 2013] (c) 325 (d) 420
1 38. A took 15 sec to cross a rectangular field diagonally walking
(a) 15% (b) 23 % at the rate of 52 m/min and B took the same time to cross
13
the same field along its sides walking at the rate of 68 m/
12
(c) 30% (d) 76 % min. The area of the field is
13 (a) 60 m2 (b) 50 m2
30. A kite in the shape of a square with a diagonal 32 cm attached (c) 40 m2 (d) 30 m2
to an equilateral triangle of the base 8 cm. Approximately
39. If the area of a rectangle be (x2 + 7x + 10) sq. cm, then one
how much paper has been used to make it?
of the possible perimeters of it is [SSC 2012]
(Use 3 1.732 ) [SSC CPO 2013 & 2010] (a) (x + 14) cm (b) (2x + 7) cm
(a) 538.721 cm2 (b) 539.217 cm2 (c) (2x + 14) cm (d) (4x + 14) cm
(c) 539.712 cm2 (d) 540.712 cm2 40. A playground is in the shape of a rectangle. A sum of 1000
was spent to make the ground usable at the rate of 25 paise
31. The sides of a triangle are 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm. The area
per sq. m. The breadth of the ground is 50 m. If the length
of the greatest square that can be inscribed in it is
of the ground is increased by 20 m, then what will be the
2304 576 expenditure (in rupees) at the same rate per sq. metre?
(a) cm 2 (b) cm 2 [SSC CGL 2012]
49 50
(a) 1000 (b) 1250
(c) 15 cm2 (d) 18 cm2
(c) 1500 (d) 2250
32. The perimeters of a square and a rectangle are equal. If
41. The floor of a corridor is 100 m long and 3 m wide. The
their area be A m2 and B m2, then correct statement is
[SSC CGL 2016]
cost of covering the floor with a carpet of 50 cm wide at the
(a) A > B (b) A < B rate of 15 per metre is
(c) A B (d) A B (a) 1900 (b) 4500
(c) 7500 (d) 9000
33. The length of the diagonal of a rectangle with sides 4 m
and 3 m would be [SSC CGL 2015] 42. The in-radius of a triangle is 6 cm and the sum of the lengths
(a) 5 m (b) 7 m of its sides is 50 cm. The area of the triangle (in square cm)
(c) 12 m (d) 14 m is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 50 (b) 56
34. A lawn is in the form of a rectangle having its breadth and (c) 150 (d) 300
Area 30.5
43. The outer and inner diameter of a circular path be 728 metre DO, CO and BO respectively, then the ratio of the perimeter
and 700 metre respectively. The breadth of the path is of the quadrilateral EFGH to the perimeter of parallelogram
[SSC CGL 2015] ABCD is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 7 metre (b) 14 metre (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3
(c) 20 metre (d) 28 metre (c) 1 : 4 (d) 2 : 3
44. The circumference of a triangle is 24 cm and the 52. The difference between the radii of the bigger circle and
circumference of its incircle is 44 cm. Then the area of the smaller circle is 14 cm and the difference between their
22 areas is 1056 cm2. Radius of the smaller circle is
triangle is Taking [SSC CGL 2015]
7
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(a) 3 cm (b) 5 cm
(a) 48 sq. cm. (b) 56 sq. cm. (c) 7 cm (d) 9 cm
(c) 68 sq. cm. (d) 84 sq. cm. 53. A wire of length 44 cm is first bent to form a circle and
45. The perimeter of an equilateral triangle is equal to the then re bent to form a square. The difference of the two
circumference of a circle. The ratio of their areas is enclosed areas is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 33 cm2 (b) 44 cm2
Use 22 (c) 55 cm2 (d) 66 cm2
7 [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
54. ACB is an angle in the semicircle of diameter AB = 5 cm
(a) 21 : 22 2 (b) 21 : 22 3 and AC : BC = 3 : 4. The area of the triangle ABC is
[SSC CGL 2014]
(c) 22 : 21 2 (d) 22 : 21 3 (a) 4 sq. cm (b) 6 sq. cm
46. The areas of a circle and a square are same. The ratio of
(c) 6 2 sq. cm (d) 12 sq. cm
the side of the square to the radius of the circle is
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] 55. In an equilateral triangle of side 24 cm, a circle is inscribed
(a) :1 (b) 1 : touching its sides. The area of the remaining portion of the
(c) 1: (d) 2 : 1 triangle is ( 3 = 1.732) [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 95 sq. cm (b) 98.55 sq. cm
47. ABCD is a square inscribed in a circle of radius r. Then the
(c) 100 sq. cm (d) 101 sq. cm
total area (in square units) of the portions of the circle lying
outside the square is [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] 56. A wire is bent into the form of a circle, whose area is 154
(a) r2( – 2) (b) r (r – 7) cm2. If the same wire is bent into the form of an equilateral
(c) 2(r2 – 1) (d) (r2 – 4) triangle, then the approximate area of the equilateral triangle
48. The perimeter of a sheet of paper in the shape of a quadrant is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 39.14 cm2 (b) 83.14 cm2
22
of a circle is 75 cm. Its area would be (c) 90.14 cm2 (d) 93.14 cm2
7
[SSC CPO 2015] 57. Three circles of radius a, b, c touch each other externally.
(a) 693 cm2 (b) 512.25 cm2 The area of the triangle formed by joining their centre is
(c) 346.5 cm2 (d) 100 cm2 [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) ab + bc + ca
49. Let C1 and C2 be the inscribed and circumscribed circles
of a triangle with sides 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm then the (b) (a b c) abc
area of C1
is [SSC CGL 2015] (c) (a b c) ab bc ca
area of C2
(d) None of the above
1 2
(a) (b) 58. Three circles of equal radius ‘a’ cm touch each other. The
25 25
area of the shaded region is [SSC CPO 2013]
3 4
(c)
25
(d)
25 (a) 3 a 2 sq.cm
50. What is the area of a triangle having perimeter 32 cm, one 3 2
side 11 cm and the difference of other two sides 5 cm? (b) a sq. cm
[SSC DP SI 2012] 2
2 3 2
(a) 5 35 cm2 (b) 6 30 cm2 (c) a sq. cm
2
(c) 8 2 cm2 (d) 8 30 cm2
6 3 2
51. ABCD is a parallelogram in which diagonals AC and BD (d) a sq. cm
2
intersect at O. If E, F, G and H are the midpoints of AO,
30.6 Area
59. From four corners of a square sheet of side 4 cm, four pieces, 69. The diameter of each wheel of a car is 70 cm. If each wheel
each in the shape of arc of a circle with radius 2 cm are cut rotates 400 times per minute, then the speed of the car (in
out. The area of the remaining portion is [FCI 2012] 22
km/hr) is Take [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) (4 – 2 ) sq. cm (b) (8 – ) sq. cm 7
(c) (16 – 4) sq. cm (d) (16 – 8) sq. cm (a) 0.528 (b) 5.28
60. A right angled isosceles triangle is inscribed in a semicircle (c) 52.8 (d) 528
of radius 7 cm. The area enclosed by the semicircle but 70. A horse is tied to a post by a rope. If the horse moves along
exterior to the triangle is [SSC DP SI 2012] a circular path always keeping the rope stretched and
describes 88 metres when it has traced out 72° at the centre,
(a) 68 cm2 (b) 44 cm2
(c) 28 cm2 (d) 14 cm2 22
the length of the rope is Take = [SSC CGL 2013]
7
61. The area of a circle inscribed in a square of area 2 m2 is
(a) 65 m (b) 70 m
[FCI 2012]
(a) 2 m2 (b) m2 (c) 75 m (d) 80 m
71. The diameter of a wheel is 98 cm. The number of revolutions
(c) m2 (d) m2
2 4 in which it will have to cover a distance of 1540 m is
[SSC CGL 2011]
62. The ratio of the area of the incircle and the circumcircle of (a) 800 (b) 700
a square is [SSC CPO 2011]
(c) 600 (d) 500
(a) 1: 2 (b) 1 : 2 72. A bicycle wheel makes 5000 revolutions in moving 11 km
then the radius of the wheel (in cm) is Take =
22
(c) 2 :1 (d) 2 : 1
7
63. At each corner of a triangle field of sides 26 m, 28 m and [SSC CGL 2011]
30 m, a cow is tethered by a rope of length 7 m. The area (a) 17.5 (b) 35
(in m2) ungrazed by the cow is [SSC CGL 2011] (c) 70 (d) 140
(a) 77 (b) 154 73. Three circles of diameter 10 cm each are bound together by
(c) 259 (d) 336 a rubber band, as shown in the figure. The length of the
64. The ratio of the areas of the circumcircle and the incircle of rubber band, (in cm) if it is stretched as shown is
an equilateral triangle is [SSC CPO 2011] [SSC CPO 2011]
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 2 (a) 10 (b) 30
(c) 4 : 1 (d) 8 : 1 (c) 30 + 10 (d) 60 + 20
65. The length of a side of an equilateral triangle is 8 cm. The 74. The area of an isosceles trapezium is 176 cm2 and the height
area of the region lying between the circumference and the 2
22 is th of the sum of its parallel sides. If the ratio of the
incircle of the triangle is Use 11
7 length of the parallel sides is 4 : 7, then the length of a
2 1 2 1 diagonal (in cm) is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 75 cm 2 (b) 75 cm 2 (c) 50 cm 2 (d) 50 cm 2
7 7 7 7 (a) (b) 2 137 (c) 24 (d) 28
137
66. The area of a circle whose radius is 6 cm is trisected by two
75. In trapezium ABCD, AB || CD and AB = 2CD. Its diagonals
concentric circles. The radius of the smallest circle is
intersects at O. If the area of AOB = 84 cm2, then the area
(a) 3 cm (b) 2 cm
of COD is equal to [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 2 6 cm (d) 2 3 cm (a) 21 cm2 (b) 26 cm2
(c) 42 cm2 (d) 72 cm2
67. There is a rectangular tank of length 180 m and breadth
120 m in a circular field. If the area of the land portion of 76. ABCD is a parallelogram. P and Q are the mid-points of
the field is 40000 m2, what is the radius of the field? sides BC and CD respectively. If the area of ABC is 12
cm2, then the area of APQ is [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
22
Take (a) 8 cm2 (b) 9 cm2
7 (c) 10 cm2 (d) 12 cm2
(a) 130 m (b) 135 m
(c) 140 m (d) 145 m 77. If the lengths of the sides AB, BC and CA of a triangle ABC
are 10 cm, 8 cm and 6 cm respectively and if M is the mid-
68. The area of a sector of a circle of radius 5 cm, formed by an
point of BC and MN || AB to cut AC at N, then the area of the
arc of length 3.5 cm is
trapezium ABMN is equal to [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 7.50 cm2 (b) 7.75 cm2
(c) 8.5 cm 2 (d) 8.75 cm2 (a) 12 sq. cm (b) 16 sq. cm
(c) 18 sq. cm (d) 20 sq. cm
Area 30.7
78. The perimeter of a rhombus is 2p unit and the sum of length
of the side of a square whose diagonal is 40 2 cm the length
of diagonals is m unit, then the area of the rhombus is
[SSC CGL 2014] of the diagonal of the rhombus are in the ratio 3 : 4, then its
1 2 1 2 area (in cm2) is [SSC CPO 2013]
(a) (m p 2 ) sq. unit (b) ( p m 2 ) sq. unit (a) 1535 sq. cm (b) 1536 sq. cm
4 4
(c) 1550 sq. cm (d) 1600 sq. cm
1 1 2
(c) mp 2 sq. unit (d) m p sq. unit 84. Two circles with centre A and B and radius 2 units touch
4 4
79. Two sides of a plot measuring 32 m and 24 m and the angle each other externally at ‘C’. A third circle with centre ‘C’
between them is a perfect right angle. The other two sides and radius ‘2’ units meets each other two at D and E. Then
measure 25 m each and the other three angles are not right the area of the quadrilateral ABDE is [SSC CPO 2012]
angles. The area of the plot in m2 is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 2 2 sq. units (b) 2 3 sq. units
(a) 534 (b) 684 (c) (d) 3 3 sq. units
3 2 sq. units
(c) 696.5 (d) 768
85. The perimeter of a rhombus is 40 cm and the measure of
80. ABCD is a parallelogram. BC is produced to Q such that
one angle is 60°, then the area of it is [SSC CPO 2011]
BC = CQ. Then [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 50 3 cm 2 (b) 100 3 cm 2
(a) area (BCP) > area (DPQ) A B
(b) area (BCP) < area (DPQ) (c) 100 cm2 (d) 160 3 cm 2
(c) area (BCP) = area (DPQ) 86. The sides of a parallelogram are in the ratio of 5 : 4. Its area
(d) area (BCP) + area (DPQ) D P C
is 1000 sq. units. The altitude on the greater side is 20 units.
= area (BCD) Altitude on the smaller side is [SSC CPO 2011]
Q (a) 10 units (b) 15 units
81. C1 and C2 are two concentric circles with centre at O. Their (c) 25 units (d) 30 units
radii are 12 cm and 3 cm respectively. B and C are the point 87. The ratio of the area of a regular hexagon and an equilateral
of contact of two tangents drawn to C2 from a point A lying triangle having same perimeter is [SSC CPO 2011]
on the circle C1. Then, the area of the quadrilateral ABOC (a) 1 : 6 (b) 2 : 3
is [SSC CGL 2013] (c) 3 : 2 (d) 6 : 1
(a) 6 15 sq. cm (b) 9 15 sq. cm 88. An equilateral triangle of side 6 cm has its corners cut off to
form a regular hexagon. Area (in cm2) of this regular
9 15
(c) sq. cm (d) 12 15 sq.cm hexagon will be [SSC CGL 2010]
2
82. From a point P which is at a distance of 13 cm from centre 5 3
(a) (b) 6 3
O of a circle of radius 5 cm, in the same plane, a pair of 2
tangents PQ and PR are drawn to the circle. The area of (c) 3 6 (d) 3 3
quadrilateral PQOR is [SSC CGL 2013]
(a) 30 cm2 (b) 60 cm2 89. The area of a regular hexagon of side 2 3 cm is
(c) 65 cm2 (d) 90 cm2 (a) 12 3 cm 2 (b) 18 3 cm2
83. The length of each side of a rhombus is equal to the length
(c) 27 3 cm2 (d) 36 3 cm 2
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (c)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (c) 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (d) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (d) 72. (b) 73. (c) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (b) 77. (c) 78. (a) 79. (b) 80. (c)
81. (b) 82. (b) 83. (b) 84. (d) 85. (a) 86. (c) 87. (c) 88. (b) 89. (b)
30.8 Area
SOLUTIONS
7cm A
D C 1 2
Then, ar ADC 3 h cm
2
1. 9cm 8 cm 9cm
1 2
and ar ABD 6 h cm
A
2
7cm B
We have : 6h 3h B D C
ar ABD : ar ADC = : 2 :1 .
2 2 6 cm 3 cm
AC2 + BD2 = AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + DA2
6. Let one diagonal be 100 units. 9 cm
Sum of the squares of the diagonals of a || gm
is equal to the sum of the squares of its sides. 70
Then, other diagonal = 70 % of 100 = × 100 = 70 units.
100
82 + BD2 = 72 + 92 + 72 + 92 = 2(72 + 92) = 260 1
100 70 : 100 .
2
Required Ratio =
BD2 = 260 – 64 = 196 BD 196 14 . 2
1
Area of rhombus = 2 Product of diagonals
Hence, the length of the other diagonal BD is 14 cm.
1
2. Area of trapezium 18 24 12 m 2 252 m 2 .
2 = 7 : 20 .
7. SN = QM = NR = 9 cm. 12
1 P S
Area of Trapezium = 2 (sum of parallel sides) × height QR = 9 + 12 + 9 = 30cm.
3. Let ABCD be the given rhombus and BD C
Area of trapezium 9 9
be its diagonal equal to its side. Then, 1
= PS QR SN . Q R
AB = BC = CD = DA = 6cm = BD. 2 9 M 12 N 9
6cm 6cm
1
Let the other (bigger) diagonal be of length 12 30 9 189cm 2 .
x cm. O 6cm 2
D B
We have for any rhombus : 1
[ Area of Trapezium = (Sum of parallel sides) × height]
d1 2+ 2
d2 = AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + DA2 6cm 6cm
2
[Where d1 and d2 are its two diagonals] 8. Draw AD BC.
A
= 62 + x2 = 62 + 62 + 62 + 62 A b
Then, BD = CD = .
x2 = 108. 2 a a
Now, Area of any equilateral triangle having each Now, In ABD, AD2 + BD2 = AB2.
2
b
side = AC 6 3 cm is given by AD 2 a 2 B D C
2
b
3 2 3 b2 4a 2 b 2
x 108 27 3 cm 2 . AD 2 a 2 AD .
4 4 4 2
4. Let the unequal side be x cm.
1
5x Area of ABC = × AD × BC
Then, each equal side = cm . 2
6
1 1
5 5 4a 2 b 2 b
Then, x x x 32 . 2 2
6 6
b
16x = 32 × 6 x = 12 cm and so,
5x
10 cm . 4a 2 b 2 .
6 4
Sides are 10cm, 10cm, 12cm. 9. ABC is an isosceles triangle with side. A
10 10 12 AB = AC = 10 cm and BAC = 45°. 45°
Semiperimeter, S 16 cm . 1
2 Area of ABC = AB AC sin 45° 10 cm 10 cm
2
Area
1 1 50 2 B C
= 16 16 – 10 16 – 10 16 – 12 16 6 6 4 48 cm 2 = 10 10 25 2cm 2 .
2 2 2 2
5. Here BC = 9cm, DC = 3cm
AC
Then BD = 6 cm. 10. In ABC, = cos 15°
BC
Let the height of be h cm. AC
= cos 15° AC = (cos 15°) m .
1
Area 30.9
1 B 15. Draw PT QR P
Now, Area of ABC = × AC × BC × sin 15° QS = QR – RS = 4·5 – 1·5 = 3 cm.
2
1 1
= × cos 15° × 1 × sin 15° 1m PT QS
2 Area of PQS
2
1 1 Area of PSR 1
= × × 2 · cos 15° · sin 15° PT SR
2 2 15° 2 1.5 cm
C A Q T S R
3 2
1 2 :1. 4.5 cm
= sin 30° [ sinsin · cos 1·5 1
4
1 1 1 2 16. As Bandare the mid-point of BC and AC respectively.
m Bis Parallel to AB and AB = 2 AB
4 2 8
1 2 2
By mid-point theorem
100 100 cm 1250 cm
8 AB A
11. Area of quadrilateral ABCD. AB 2
A B
= Area of ABD + Area of CBD 8m F ABC~ A B C
13m 2 2 A
1 1 Area ( ABC ) AB 1 1
BD AE BD CF E
2 2 m Area ( ABC ) AB 2 4
24 C
D 1
1 1 Area of ABC = × Area of ABC. C B B
24 8 24 13 4
2 2
= 96 + 156 = 252 m2. 17. Area of an equilateral triangle = 9 3 m 2 .
12. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle and AD be its altitude. 3 2
Now, let AD be x cm. a 9 3 a 2 36 a 6m .
A 4
Suppose that the length of the median be x m.
Then, BD x cm .
2 1 1
a x 9 3 6 x 9 3 x 3 3 m.
2 2
AB 2 BD 2 AD 2
18. The given medians are 9 cm, 12cm and 15 cm.
2
x
2
x 2 12 3 The triangle with sides 9 cm, 12 cm and 15 cm is a right angled
2 B D C triangle.
x2 3x 2 1
x2 – 532 432 x 2 576 x 24 . Area of triangle 9 12 54 cm 2 ..
4 4 2
3 Area of triangle with medians a, b, c
24 144 3 cm 2 .
2
Area of equilateral triangle 4
4 × (Area of triangle with sides a, b and c)
3
13. We know that the centroid divides the triangle into three equal
4
parts. 54 72 cm 2 .
A 3
Area of ABG = Area of ACG.
19. Let the length of each side of the triangle be a units.
= Area of GBC.
1 3 2
Area of GBC = Area of ABC Then, old area of equilateral triangle = a .
3 4
G
1 2 Now, Increased side = (a + 2) unit.
= 60 20 cm .
3 B C
3 2
1 Increased area = a 3 3 sq. unit.
14. Area of triangle = × base × height 4
2
1 3 3
= × b × h.
a 2 2 a 2 3 3
2 4 4
1 3
b1 h1
3 a 2 2 a 2 3 3
2 . 4
1 2
b2 h2
2
4
3 2
a 4 4a – a 2 3 3
b h 3 b 4 3 b 5 3 15
1 1 1 1 . 3
4 2 4 1 a 3 3
b2 h2 2 b2 5 2 b2 8 4
Thus, the ratio of their corresponding bases is 15: 8.
30.10 Area
A D
3 3
3 1 a 3 3 1 a 3 1
3
a 3.
Thus, the length of each side of the triangle is 3 unit. B M C E N F
Then, BAC = EDF
20. As centroid divides the triangle into six A
parts of equal areas i.e. BAM = EDN.
Ar (AOE) = Ar (COE) = Ar (COD) 1
ABM = DEN. (Each equal to 90 – BAC )
F E 2
= (BOD) = Ar (BOF) = Ar (AOF).
Area of quadrilateral BDOF ABM ~ DEF (By AA property)
O 2
Area of ABM AM
= 2 × (area of AOE) So,
B D C Area of DEN DN
= 2 × 15 = 30 cm2. 2
9 AM AM 9 3
21. Let the sides of the right angled triangle be x, x + 1 and x + 2. 3: 4 .
16 DN DN 16 4
Then, (x + 2)2 = x2 +(x + 1)2
26. Let d1 and d2 be the diagonals of the two squares and A1 and A2 be
x2 + 4 + 4x = x2 + x2 + 1 + 2x x2 – 2x – 3 = 0 their respective areas.
(x – 3) (x + 1) = 0 x = 3 cm . Then, d1 : d2= 3 : 7.
The sides of the triangle are 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm . 1 2
d1 d
2 2
A1 3 9
Required area
1
3 4 6 cm 2 . Now, 2 1 9 : 49 .
A2 1 d2 7 49
2 d22
2
22. Let the side of the equilateral triangle be a cm. 27. Let each side of the square be ‘a’.
Now, area of ABC Then, old area A = a2.
A
= area of BOC + area of 11
AOC + area of AOB New side = a + 10% of a = a.
10
3 2 1 1 1 2
a 5 a 4 a 3 a 3 O 1 11 121 2
4 2 2 2 4 New side A a a .
10 100
3 2 24 5
a 6a a . B A1 A
Percentage increase in area = A 100 %
4 3 C
3 24 24
Area of the triangle = 48 3 cm 2 . 121 2 2
4 3 3 100 a a
2
100 % 21%.
23. D and E are the mid-points of AB and AC respectively. a
28. If a and d be the side and diagonal of the square respectively
DE is parallel to BC and
2 1 2
1 1 3 A Then, a d .
DE BC 3 cm . 2
2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 13 x
Similarly, EF AB 4 2 cm . x 1
2 2 E D 4cm
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
( x 1) 2 3 – x x 1 3 x
2 2 2
Area of DEF = DE EF
2 C B 4 2 2
F
2
1 3 3 x2 1 2 x 9 x 6 x 8x 8 x 1.
2 cm 2 . 3cm
2 2 2 1
24. Draw CE AB The length of the sides of a square = x 1 Units
C 2
AD = AB – BD = 5 – 3 = 2. 1
1 = 1 1 1 units .
AD CE 2
Area of ADC
2 29. Let the side of the square be x.
Area of ABC 1
AB CE Then, its area = x2.
2
A DE B 13
AD 2 Increased side of sqaure = (100 + 30)% of x = x.
2:5 . 10
AB 5
25. Let ABC and DEF are two isosceles triangles whose vertical angles Suppose that the other side decreased by p %.
are equal and let AM and DN be their respective heights. 100 – p
Then, decreased side = (100 – p)% of x = x .
100
Area 30.11
Now, suppose that the length and breadth of the rectangle be y and
13 (100 – p)
x x x2 2y respectively.
10 100
Then, its perimeter = 2 (y + 2y) = 6y
13 (100 – p) = 1000 1300 – 13p = 1000 13p = 300 x
300 1 6y x y .
p 23 . 6
13 13 2
2 x x2
1 Area of rectangle = y 2 y 2 y 2 .
Thus, the other side will have to be decreased by 23 % . 6 18
13
30. Area of the kite = Area of square + Area of equilateral triangle x 2 x2 1 1
Required ratio = : : 8:9 .
18 16 9 8
1 3
32 32 8 8 = 512 + 16 × 1.732 = 539.712 cm2. 37. Let the length and breadth of the floor be x m and (x – 20) m
2 4
respectively.
Approximate 539.712 cm2 paper has been used to make the kite. Then, old area of the floor = x (x – 20) m2.
31. Clearly, the triangle of sides 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm is a right angled Decreased length = (x – 10) m.
triangle.
Increased breadth = x – 20 + 5 = (x – 15) m.
1 A
Area of ABC AB BC New area of floor = x (x – 20). [ Old area = New area]
2
10cm
1 (x – 10) (x – 15) = x (x – 20)
AC BD
2 D x2 – 25x + 150 = x2 – 20x 5x = 150 x = 30.
8cm
1 1
8 6 10 BD Area of the floor = x (x – 20) = 30 × 10 = 300 m2.
2 2
38. Let the length and breadth of the rectangle be x and y.
48 24 C B
BD cm . 6cm Diagonal of the rectangle = Distance covered by A in 15 sec
10 5
15
1 24 24 576 52 13 m .
Area of the square cm 2 . 60
2 5 5 50
x 2 y 2 13 x 2 y 2 169 .
32. Out of all possible rectangles having the same perimeter the square
has the largest area. Semi-perimeter of the rectangle = Distance covered by B in 15 sec
A > B. 15
68 17 m .
60
33. Length of the diagonal 4 2 3 2 25 5 m.
x + y = 17.
34. 1 hectare = 10000 m2.
Now, (x + y)2 = x2 + y2 + 2xy 172 = 169 + 2xy
1 1 2500 2
hectare = 10000 m. 189 = 169 + 2xy 2xy = 120 xy = 60.
12 12 3
Area of the field = xy = 60 m2.
Let the length and breadth of the lawn be 4x and 3x respectively.
Then, area of the lawn = 4x × 3x = 12x2. 39. Area of rectangle = x2 + 7x + 10 = (x + 5) (x + 2).
2500 2500 50 One of the possible values of its length and breadth is (x +5) and
12 x 2 x2 x . (x + 2) respectively.
3 36 6
50 Perimeter of the rectangle = 2 [(x + 5) + (x + 2)] = 2 (2x + 7)
So, the breadth of the lawn = 3x 3 25 m. (4x + 14) cm.
6
35. Let the side of the square be a cm. 1000
40. Total area of the ground = 100 4000 m 2
25
3
Then, breadth of rectangle = a cm . 4000
2 l 50 4000 l 80 m .
50
Area of rectangle = 3 × (area of square)
Increased length = 80 + 20 = 100 m.
3
20 a 3a 2 a 10 cm . New area = 100 × 50 = 5000 m2.
2
Total expenditure at the rate of 25 paise per sq. m
So, the side of the square is 10 cm. 25
5000 1250 rupees.
36. Let the perimeter of the square be x. 100
x 41. Area of the floor = (100 × 3) m2 = 300 m2.
Then, 4a x a .
4 Length of the carpet required to cover the floor
2
x2 300
Area of square =
x 100 m = 600 m .
.
4 16 50
30.12 Area
Cost of covering the floor = 600 × 15 = 9000. r2 1 22
Required area 21 21 346.5 cm2 .
42. Radius of the incircle , r = 6 cm. 4 4 7
50 345
Semi-Perimeter, s cm = 25 cm.
2 49. s 6 cm .
2
Area of the triangle = rs = (6 × 25) cm2 = 150 cm2 Area of the given triangle = s s – a s b s c
[See TF 1 (iv)]
728 = 6 3 2 1 36 6 cm 2 .
43. Outer radius of the path, AO 364 m .
2 Suppose that r and R be the radius of incircle and circumcircle
A
respectively.
C D
700 O
6
Inner radius of the path, CO 350 m . Then, r 1 cm . [See TF 1 (iv)]
2 s 6
Required breadth of the path AC = AO – CO abc 3 4 5 5
R cm . [See TF 1 (v)]
= (364 – 350) m = 14 m. 4 46 2
II × 1
2 2
44. Circumference of incircle of a triangle = 44 cm Area of C 1 2 4
.
22 44 7 Area of C 2 2
5 25
2 r 44 2 r 44 r 7cm. 5
7 2 22 II
2
24 50. Let the other two sides of the triangle be x cm and x – 5 cm
Semi-perimeter, s 12cm.
2 Perimeter of triangle = 32 cm
Now, Area of the triangle = rs [See TF 1 (iv)] 11 + x + x – 5 = 32 x = 13.
= 12 × 7 = 84 cm2. The sides of the triangle are 11cm, 13cm and 8 cm.
45. Let the perimeter of an equilateral triangle be x. abc 32
Semi-Perimeter, s 16 cm .
x 2 2
Then, 3a x a .
3 Area of triangle = s s a s b s c
2
3 2 3 x 3x2
Area of equilateral triangle a . = 16 16 11 16 13 16 8
4 4 3 36
Also, Circumference of circle = x 16 5 3 8 8 30 cm 2 .
x 51. In AOB, E and H are the mid-points of AO and BO respectively.
2 r x r .
2 A B
2 E H
x x2 7 x2
Area of circle r
2
.
2 4 88
O
3x 2 7 x2 F G
Ratio of their areas = : 88 3 : 36 7 22 : 21 3 .
36 88 D C
1
46. Let a be the side of square and r be the radius of circle. EH is parallel to AB and EH = AB
2
Then, a2 = r2 ( Area of square = area of circle)
AB = 2 EH.
2
a a Similarly, BC = 2 HG, CD = 2 FG and AD = 2 EF.
:1.
r r Perimeter of quadrilateral EFGH EH HG FG EF
47. Diagonal of the square = Diameter of the circle = 2r. Perimeter of parallelogram ABCD AB BC CD AD
Required area = Area of circle – area of square EH HG FG EF 1
1: 2 .
1 2 EH 2 HG 2 FG 2EF 2
2 r r 2 – 2 r 2 r 2 – 2 .
2
r2
2 52. Let the radius of the smaller circle be r cm.
48. Let the radius of the circle be r cm. Then, radius of the bigger circle = (r + 14) cm.
Then, the perimeter of quadrant = 75 cm (r+ 14)2 – r2 = 1056
2 r 90 r cm
2r 75
360 90°
r cm
22
7
r 2 196 28r – r 2 1056
22 1
2r 2 r 75 28r + 196 = 336 r = 5.
7 4
1050 So, the radius of the smaller circle is 5 cm.
50 r 1050 r 21 cm .
50 53. Circumference of Circle = Length of the wire = 44 cm
Area 30.13
22 a b b c c a 2 ( a b c)
2 r = 44 2 r 44 r 7 cm . s abc.
7 2 2
2 22 Area of triangle
Area of circle = r 7 7 154 cm 2 .
7 = ( a b c) ( a b c – a – b ) ( a b c – b – c ) ( a b c – c – a)
Now, perimeter of square = Length of the wire = 44 cm ( a b c ) abc .
4a = 44 a = 11. 58. Let ABC be the triangle formed by joining the centres of the three
Area of square = a2 = 11 × 11 = 121 cm2. circles.
Required difference = (154 – 121) cm2 = 33 cm2.
A B
54. Angle made at the semi-circle is 90° .
C
C
Then, AB = BC = CA = 2a cm.
3
Area of the equilateral triangle 2a 2 a 3a 2 cm 2 .
A B 4
5 cm
ACB = 90°. 1 a2
Area of the three sectors = 3 a2 cm2 .
Let AC and BC be 3x and 4x respectively. 6 2
a2 2 3 – 2
3 x 4 x 52
2 2
AC 2 BC 2 AB 2 Area of shaded region = 3a 2 – =
2
a cm .
2 2
9 x 2 16 x 2 25 25 x 2 25 x2 1 x 1.
59. Area of the remaining portion
So, AC = 3x = 3 cm and BC = 4x = 4 cm. = Area of the square – Area of 4 quadrants
1 1
Area of ABC = AC BC 3 4 6 cm 2 . 1
4 4 – 4 2 2 = (16 – 4) cm2.
2 2 4
3 60. Let ABC be a right angled isosceles triangle that is inscribed in a
55. Area of equilateral triangle = 24 24 144 3 cm 2
4 semi-circle with centre O and radius 7 cm.
= 144 × 1.732 = 249.41 cm2. Clearly, AO = 7 cm, BC = 14 cm and AO BC.
abc 24 24 24 72 Required area = Area of semicircle – Area of triangle
Semi-perimeter, s 36 cm .
2 2 2 A
Radius of incircle, r [See TF 1 (iv)]
s
144 3
r 4 3 cm .
36 B C
O
22 1056
Area of circle 4 34 3 150.86 cm 2 . 1 22 1
7 7 7 7 – 7 14
2 7 2
Required area = Area of triangle – Area of circle
= 77 – 49 = 28 cm2.
= 249.41 – 150.86 = 98.55 cm2.
61. Area of square = 2 m2.
56. Area of circle = 154 cm2.
22 2 a2 2 a 2 m.
r 2 154 r 154 r 2 49 r 7 cm.
7 o
Clearly, diameter of circle = side of square = 2m
22
Length of wire = Circumference of circle 2 7 44 cm. 2
7 Radius of circle m.
Perimeter of an equilateral triangle = Length of wire = 44 cm. 2
44 2 2 2
3a 44 a . Area of circle m .
3 2 2 2
3 44 44 62. Let the side of the square be a units.
Area of equilateral triangle = 93.14 cm2 .
4 3 3 Then, its diagonal = 2 a units.
57. Sides of the required triangle are a + b, b + c and c + a Diameter of incircle = side of square = a units.
Semi-perimeter a
Radius of incircle = units.
a b
2
a b a2
Area of incircle = sq. units.
c c 4
30.14 Area
Diameter of circumcircle = Diagonal of square = 2 a units r 2 12 r 2 12 r 2 3 cm .
2a Thus, the radius of the smaller circle be 2 3 cm.
Radius of circumcircle = units.
2
67. Total area of the circular field = 180 × 120 + 40000
2
2a 2 a 2 = 61600 m2
Area of circumcircle = sq. units.
2 4 2 22
r 2 61600
r 61600
a2 7
61600 7
Required ratio 4 1 1: 2 . r2 19600 r 19600 140 m .
2 a 2 2 22
4 Thus, the radius of the field is 140 m.
68. Length of an arc of a circle = 3.5 cm.
26 28 30
63. Semi-perimeter of triangle, s 42 m . 1
2 Area of the sector = 3.5 5 8.75 cm 2 . [See TF 4 (iv)]]
2
60°
69. Distance covered in one rotation = Circumference of the wheel =
22
2 35 220 cm .
7
60° 60°
Distance covered in 400 rotation = 400 × 220 = 80000 cm.
Speed of the car = 88000 cm / minute
Area of triangular field = s s a s b s c 88000
= 60 km / hr = 52.8 km / hr..
= 42 42 26 42 28 42 30 100 1000
= 42 16 14 12 = 336 m2. 70. Let the length of the rope be r m.
Length of arc L = 88 m.
Area grazed by three cows = 3 × (area of sector of angle 60°)
Sector angle
60 22
3 7 7 77 m2 .
360 7 We have L 2 r . [See TF 4 (iii)]
360
Required area = 336 – 77 = 259 m2. 22 72 88 7 360
88 2 r r 70.
64. Let the side of an equilateral triangle be a unit. 7 360 2 22 72
3 2 3a Thus,the length of the rope is 70 m.
Then, its area = a and its semi-perimeter, s .
4 2 71. Distance covered by the wheel in one revolution
3 2
a 22
4 a = Circumference of wheel = 2 49 308 cm = 3.08 cm .
Radius of incircle, r . 7
s 3a 2 3
2 Number of revolutions required to cover a distance of 1540 m
abc a3 a 1540
Radius of circumcircle . 500 .
4A 3 2 3 3.08
4 a
4
72. Let the radius of the wheel be r cm.
a a
Then, the distance covered by the bicycle in one revolution
3 3 4 4 :1
Required ratio .
a a 1 22 44
= Circumference of the wheel = 2 r r.
3 2 3 7 7
65. Length of a side of equilateral triangle = 8 cm Distance covered in 5000 revolutions = (11 × 1000 × 100) cm
8 44
Radius of circumcircle = cm 5000 r 11 1000 100
3 7
8 4 11 1000 100 7
and Radius of incircle = cm . r 35 cm.
2 3 3 5000 44
22 8 8 22 4 4 Thus, the radius of the wheel is 35 cm.
Required area = –
7 3 3 7 3 3 73. Diameter of the circle, d = 10 cm.
22 64 16 22 48 352 2 Length of the rubber band = 3d + 3
– 50 cm 2 . × circumference of sector of central
7 3 3 7 3 7 7
angle 120°
66. Area of circle of radius 6 cm = × 6 × 6 = 36cm2 120
1 = 3 10 3 2 5 cm .
Area of smaller circle = 36 12 cm
2 360
3 = 30 + 10 cm .
Area 30.15
74. Suppose the length of the parallel sides be 4x and 7x respectively PQ || BC. (By mid-point theorem)
i.e. AB = 4x and CD = 7x. So, BCD ~ PCQ.
2 Area of BCD BC
2 2
Then, height of the trapezium AE = 4 x 7 x 2 x .
2 PC
4
11 Area of PCQ PC PC
A B
12
Area of PCQ = cm2 = 3 cm2. [ Area ( BCD) = 12 cm2]
4
Now, In ABC, AP is the median.
12
Area of APC = = 6 cm2. [ Area ( ABC) = 12 cm2]
D E F C 2
1 Similarly Area of ACQ = 6 cm2.
Area of trapezium = AB CD AE 176 cm .
2
2 Area of APQ = Area of APC + Area of ACQ – Area of
1 PCQ = (6 + 6 – 3) cm2 = 9 cm2.
4 x 7 x 2 x 176
2 77. As M is the mid-point of BC and MN || AC.
N is the mid-point of AC (By Mid-point theorem)
11x 2 176 x 2 16 x 4.
1 1
AB = 4x = 4 × 4 = 16 cm, CM BC 8 4 cm . A
2 2
CD = 7x = 7 × 4 = 28 cm, 1 1
AE = BF = 2x = 2 × 4 = 8 cm. CN AC 6 3 cm .
2 2 N
1
DE = CF = 28 – 16 6 cm . 102 = 62 + 82
2
ABC is a right-angled triangle right
DF = EF + DE = 6 + 16 = 22 cm. angled at C. B M C
Now, In BDF, BD 2 = BF 2 + DF 2 Area of trapezium ABMN = Area of ABC – Area of MNC
BD2 = 82 + 222 = 64 + 484 = 548 1 1
= AC BC – CM CN
BD 548 2 137 cm . 2 2
1 1
So, the length of the diagonal is 2 137 cm . = 6 8 – 4 3 = 24 – 6 = 18 cm2.
2 2
AB 2
75. AB 2CD . 78. Let ABCD be a given rhombus and let OA be x and OB be y.
CD 1
Then, AC = 2x and BD = 2y. A B
A B m
AC + BD = 2x + 2y = m x + y = .
2
O 2p p O
AB .
4 2
C p2 . D C
D OA2 OB 2 AB 2 x 2 y 2
AOB = COD. (Vertically opposite angles) 4
OAB = OCD. (Alternate angles) x y 2 x 2 y 2 2 xy
AOB ~ COD (By AA Property)
m2 p2
Area of AOB AB
2
2
4
4
2 xy 2 xy
1 2
4
m – p2
2 4
Area of COD CD
84 84
xy
1 2
8
m – p2 .
4 Area of COD 21 cm 2 .
Area of COD 4 1 1
Area of rhombus = AC BD 2 x 2 y 2 xy
76. Join BD. 2 2
A B 1 2
m p 2 sq. unit. A 32m
B
4
2 4m
P 79. AD 2 322 242 1024 576 1600 . 25m
AD 1600 40 m . D 25m C
D Q C 1 1
Area of ABC = Area of BCD = 12 cm2. Area of ABD AB AD 32 24 384 cm 2 .
2 2
[ Diagonals divides the parallelogram in two equal parts] 25 25 40 90
Semi-perimeter of BDC, s 45 m.
In BCD, P and Q are the mid-point of BC and CD respectively. 2 2
30.16 Area
2
Area of ADC = s s a s b s c 3x
402 2 x
2
AB 2 AO 2 OB 2
2
= 45 20 20 5 = 225 400 15 20 300 m 2 .
9x2
Area of the plot = 384 + 300 = 684 m2. 1600 4 x 2 25 x 2 6400 x 2 256 .
4
80. Area of APC = Area of BCP ... (i) 1 1
Area of rhombus = d1 d 2 3 x 4 x
A B 2 2
2 2
6 x 6 256 1536 cm .
1
84. Clearly, ABDE is a trapezium with AB = 4 units, DE = AB
D
P
C 2
E D
= 2 units, AF = 1 unit and AE = 2 units.
A C B
F
Q
FE AE 2 – AF 2 22 12 3 unit.
[Both the triangle lie on the same base PC and the between the 1
Area of trapezium ABCD = AB DE FE
same parallel lines.] 2
1
Now In ABQ, BC = CQ and CP || AB. = 4 2 3 3 3 sq. units.
2
AP = PQ. (By mid-point theorem)
85. Let ABCD be a rhombus with one of its angle is 60°.
DP = PC. Perimeter of rhombus = 40 cm
APC = DPQ. (Vertically opposite angles) 4a = 40 a = 10 cm. A B
Now, AB = AC = 10 cm 60°
APC DPQ (By SAS property)
and ABC = 60°.
So, Area of APC = Area of DPQ ... (ii)
ABC is an equilateral triangle with side
Area of DPQ = Area of BCP [Using (i) and (ii)] 10 cm.
81. AO = 12 cm and BO = 3cm. (Given) A Area of rhombus = 2 × Area of D C
equilateral triangle
ABO = 90º.
3
= 2 10 10 50 3cm 2 .
AB2 = AO2 – OB2 = 122 – 32 B C 4
= 144 – 9 = 135 O C1 86. Let the sides of the parallelogram be 5x and 4x units.
C2
Area of parallelogram = 1000 sq. units
AB 135 3 15 cm. 5x × 20 = 1000 5x = 50 x = 10 unit.
The sides of the parallelogram are 50 units and 40 units. Suppose
AB = AC . (Tangents drawn from an external point) that the altitude on the smaller side be y units .
Area of quadrilateral ABOC = 2 × (Area of ABO) Then, 40y = 1000 y = 25 units.
1 1 87. Let the perimeter of the equilateral triangle and regular hexagon be
= 2 AB OB = 2 3 15 3 9 15 cm 2 . x unit each.
2 2 x
Then, side of equilateral triangle = unit.
82. OQ = 5 cm and OP = 13 cm (Given) Q 3
x
PQO = 90°. Side of regular hexagon = unit.
6
PQ2 = OP2 – OQ2 O P 3 x x
= 132 – 52 = 169 – 25 = 144 6
Area of regular hexagon 4 6 6
PQ 144 12 cm. Area of equilateral triangle 3 x x
R
4 3 3
Area of quadrilateral PQOR
633 3
= 2 × Area of PQO 3: 2
66 2
1 1
2 PQ OQ 2 12 5 60 cm 2 . 88. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle of side 6 cm each and DEFGHI
2 2
be a regular hexagon formed by cutting the corners of the equilateral
A B triangle. Clearly, side of regular hexagon A
83. Diagonals of the square = 40 2 cm
6
2a 40 2 a 40 cm . = 2 cm . D E
O 3
Side of the rhombus = Side of the square Area of regular hexagon I F
= 40 cm. 3
D C 6 2 2 6 3 cm2 .
Suppose that the length of the diagonals of 4 B H G C
the rhombus be 3x and 4x. 89. Area of regular hexagon
3x 4x
Then, AO and BO 2x . 3 2 3
2 2 = 6 a = 6 2 3 2 3 18 3 cm2 .
4 4
31 VOLUME AND SURFACE AREA
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Cube : having each edge of length ‘a’ units.
(i) Volume V = a3 cubic units
(ii) Total surface Area (TSA) = 6a2 sq. units a
(iii) Length of the diagonal, d = 3 a units. a
a
TF 2. Cuboid : having length = l units, breadth = b units, height = h units
(i) Volume, V = l b h cubic units
(ii) Total sufrace area (TSA) = 2(lb + bh + lh) sq. units
h
(iii) Length of the diagonal, d = l 2 b 2 h2 units
b
l
TF 3. Cylinder : having base radius = r units , height = h
(i) Volume, V = r2 h cubic units
(ii) Curved surface Area (CSA) = 2rh sq. units h
(iii) Total Surface Area (TSA) = (2 rh + 2 r2) = 2 r (h + r) sq. units
r
TF 4. Cone : having base radius = r units, height = h units
1 2
(i) Volume, V r h cubic units h l
3
(ii) Slant height, l r 2 h 2 units r
(iii) Curbed Surface Area (CSA) = rl sq. units.
(iv) Total surface Area (TSA) = ( rl + r2) sq. units = r (l + r) sq. units
TF 5. Sphere : having radius = r units
r
4 3
(i) Volume = r cubic units
3
(ii) Surface Area (TSA) = 4 r2 sq. units
TF 6. Hemisphere : having radius = r unis
2 3
(i) Volume = r cubic units
3
r
(ii) Curved Surface Area (CSA) = 2 r2 sq. units
(iii) Total Surface Area (TSA) = 3 r2 sq. units.
31.1
31.2 Volume and Surface Area
TF 7. Rectangular pyramid : having rectangular base of length = l units and
breadth = b units and having height = h units
h
lbh
(i) Volume V cubic units
3
2 2
b l l b
(ii) Surface Area (TSA) = lb l h2 h2
2 2
TF 8 . Square Pyramid : having height = h units and a square base of each side having length = l units
1 2 1
(i) Volume V l h or V area of the base × height
3 3
h
(ii) Surface Area (TSA) l 2 l l 2 2h 2
1
(iii) Lateral surace area = × Perimeter of base × stant height l
2 l
TF 9. Triangular Prism : having base area = B sq. units, height = h units.
(i) Volume V = B × h
(ii) Curved Surface Area = Perimeter of base × height
h
Base B
TF 10. Regular Tetra hedron: having each face as an equilateral triangle of side = a units and a height = h units.
a3
(i) Volume V = cubic units
6 2 O
(i) Total Surface Area = 4 × Area of each face (equilateral triangle)
3 2 h
= 4 a 3a 2 sq. units .
4 A
C
3 3 2
(i) Lateral (Slant) Surface Area = a sq. units. B
4
TF 11. Frustum of a Cone : having height = h units slant height = l units and radii of the top and bottom as r units and R
units respectively:
r
1 2 2
(i) Volume V = h ( R Rr r )
3
h l
(ii) Curved Surface Area = (R + r)l
(i) Total Surface Area = (R + r)l + r2 + R2
R
Volume and Surface Area 31.3
EXERCISE
1. 40 men took a dip in a pool 30 m long and 25 m broad. If (a) 6 metre (b) 9 metre
the average water displaced by a man is 5 m3, then what (c) 12 metre (d) 18 metre
will be the rise (in cm) in level of the pool? 11. A cube of edge 6 cm is painted on all sides and then cut into
[SSC CGL 2017]
unit cubes. The number of unit cubes with no sides painted is
(a) 25 (b) 26.66 [SSC DP SI 2012]
(c) 27.33 (d) 28 (a) 186 (b) 108
2. The length, breadth and height of a cuboid are in the ratio (c) 64 (d) 0
19 : 11 : 13. If length is 30 cm more than height, then what 12. On a rainy day, 60 cm of rain is recorded in a region. What
is the volume (in cm3) of this cuboid? [SSC CGL 2017] is the volume of water collected in an open and empty
(a) 81510 (b) 89665 rectangular water tank that measure 12 m (length) × 10 m
(c) 195300 (d) 339625 (width), and 50 cm (depth)? [SSC SI & Assistant SI 2016]
3. If the diameter of a sphere is 14 cm, then what is the surface (a) 20 m3 (b) 30 m3
area (in cm2) of the sphere? [SSC CGL 2017] (c) 50 m3 (d) 60 m3
(a) 308 (b) 462 13. A cuboidal shaped water tank, 2.1 m long and 1.5 m broad
(c) 572 (d) 616 is half filled with water. If 630 litres more water is poured
4. Three solid spheres of radius 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm are melted into that tank, then the water level will rise to
and recasted into a solid sphere. What will be the percentage [SSC LDC 2015]
decrease in the surface area? [SSC CGL 2017] (a) 0.15 cm (b) 0.18 metre
(a) 12 (b) 14 (c) 0.20 cm (d) 2 cm
(c) 16 (d) 28 14. A tank 40 m long, 30 m broad and 12 m deep is dug in a
5. The perimeter of one face of a cube is 20 cm. Its volume field 1000 m long and 30 m wide. By how much will the
will be [SSC CGL 2015] level of the field rise if the earth dug out of the tank is evenly
(a) 100 cm3 (b) 125 cm3 spread over the field? [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(c) 400 cm3 (d) 625 cm3 (a) 0.5 metre (b) 1.2 metre
6. Two cubes have their volumes in the ratio 27 : 64. The ratio (c) 2 metre (d) 5 metre
of their surface areas is [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014] 15. Some bricks are arranged in an area measuring 20 cu. m. If
(a) 4 : 9 (b) 9 : 16 the length, breadth and height of each brick is 25 cm, 12.5
(c) 9 : 25 (d) 16 : 25 cm and 8 cm respectively, then in that pile the number of
7. Three cubes of sides 6 cm, 8 cm and 1 cm are melted to bricks are (suppose there is no gap in between two bricks)
[SSC CGL 2014]
form a new cube. The surface area of the new cube is (a) 4000 (b) 6000
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(a) 658 cm2 (b) 586 cm2 (c) 8000 (d) 10,000
(c) 496 cm2 (d) 486 cm2 16. A godown is 15 m long and 12 m broad. The sum of the
8. If 64 buckets of water are removed from a cubical shaped area of the floor and the ceiling is equal to the sum of areas
of the four walls. The volume (in m3) of the godown is
1 [SSC CAPFs SI & CISF ASI 2013]
water tank completely filled with water of the tank remains
3 (a) 720 (b) 900
filled with water. The length of each side of the tank is 1.2 (c) 1200 (d) 1800
m. Assuming that all buckets are of the same measure, then 17. A rectangular sheet of metal is of length 40 cm and breadth
the volume (in litres) of water contained by each bucket is 15 cm. The equal squares of side 4 cm are cut off at the
[SSC CGL 2015] corners and the remainder is folded up to form an open
(a) 12 (b) 15 rectangular box. The volume of the box is [SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 16 (d) 18 (a) 600 cm3 (b) 896 cm3
(c) 916 cm 3 (d) 986 cm3
9. If diagonal of a cube is 12 cm, then its volume in cubic
18. The volume (in m3) of rain water that can be collected from
cm is
1.5 hectares of ground in a rainfall of 5 cm is
(a) 3 2 (b) 8 [SSC CGL 2011]
(c) 12 (d) 24 (a) 75000 (b) 7500
(c) 750 (d) 75
10. Area of the floor of a cubical room is 48 sq. metre. The
length of the longest rod that can be kept in that room is 19. Surface areas of three adjacent faces of a cuboid are p, q, r.
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014] Its volume is [SSC LDC 2010]
31.4 Volume and Surface Area
(a) pqr 28. The volume of a cuboid is twice the volume of a cube. If
the dimensions of the cuboid are 9 cm, 8 cm and 6 cm, then
(b) pq 2 qr 2 rp 2 the total surface area of the cube is
(a) 72 cm2 (b) 108 cm2
(c) ( p2 q2 r 2 ) ( p q r) (c) 216 cm2 (d) 432 cm2
(d) ( pq qr rp ) ( p 2 q 2 r 2 ) 29. A cistern 6 m long and 4 m wide contains water up to a
20. The length, breadth and height of a cuboid are in the ratio depth of 1 m 25 cm. The total area of the wet surface is
1 : 2 : 3. If they are increased by 100%, 200% and 200% (a) 49 m2 (b) 50 m2
(c) 53.5 m 2 (d) 55 m2
respectively, then compared to the original volume the
increase in the volume of the cuboid will be 30. A cuboidal block of 6 cm × 9 cm × 12 cm is cut up into
(a) 5 times (b) 12 times exact number of equal cubes. The least possible number of
(c) 17 times (d) 18 times cubes will be
1 (a) 30 (b) 24
21. A cuboidal water tank has 216 litres of water. Its depth is (c) 9 (d) 6
3
1 1 31. It is estimated that 2 cm of rain has fallen on a square km of
of its length and breadth is of of the difference of land. Assuming that 50% of the raindrops could have been
2 3
length and depth. The length of the tank is collected and contained in a pool having a 100 m × 10 m
(a) 2 dm (b) 6 dm base, by what level would the water level in the pool have
(c) 18 dm (d) 72 dm increased? [SSC CGL 2012]
(a) 10 cm (b) 1 m
22. A wooden box measures 20 cm by 12 cm by 10 cm. The
(c) 10 m (d) 1 km
thickness of wood is 1 cm. The volume of wood to make
the box (in cubic cm) is 32. A parallelepiped whose sides are in ratio 2 : 4 : 8 have the
(a) 519 (b) 960 same volume as a cube. The ratio of their surface area is
(c) 1120 (d) 2400 [SSC LDC 2012]
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 7 : 5
23. The paint in a certain container is sufficient to paint an area (c) 7 : 6 (d) 8 : 5
equal to 9.375 m2. How many bricks measuring 22.5 cm by
10 cm by 7.5 cm can be painted out of this container? 33. A cistern of capacity 8000 litres measures externally 3.3 m
[SSC CGL 2015] by 2.6 m by 1.1 m and its walls are 5 cm thick. The thickness
(a) 10 (b) 100 of the bottom is
(c) 200 (d) 1000 (a) 1 dm (b) 90 cm
(c) 1 m (d) 1.1 m
24. If the sum of the dimensions of a rectangular parallelopiped
is 24 cm and the length of the diagonal is 15 cm, then the 34. The portion of a ditch 48 m long 16.5 m wide and 4 m deep
total surface area of it is [SSC LDC 2014] that can be filled with stones and earth available during
(a) 275 cm2 (b) 351 cm2 excavation of a tunnel, cylindrical in shape of diameter 4 m
(c) 378 cm2 (d) 420 cm2 22
and length 56 m is Take [SSC CGL 2015]
25. The maximum length of a pencil that can be kept in a 7
rectangular box of dimensions 8 cm × 6 cm × 2 cm is
2 1
[SSC LDC 2012] (a) part (b) part
9 9
(a) 10 2 cm (b) 2 26 cm
1 1
(c) 2 14 cm (d) 2 13 cm (c) part (d) part
4 2
26. The area of the four walls of a room is 660 m2 and its length 35. If the height of a cylinder is 4 times its circumference, then
is twice its breadth. If the height of the room is 11 m, then the volume of the cylinder in terms of its circumference c is
area of its floor (in m2) is [SSC LDC 2011] [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 330 (b) 200 c 3
2c 3
(c) 150 (d) 120 (a) (b)
27. If the sum of three dimensions and the total surface area of (c) 2c 3 (d) 4c 3
a rectangular box are 12 cm and 94 cm2 respectively, then 36. The volume of a metallic cylindrical pipe is 748 cm3. Its
the maximum length of a stick that can be placed inside the length is 14 cm and external radius is 9 cm. Its thickness is
box is [SSC CPO 2011]
22
(a) 2 5 cm (b) 5 cm Take [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
7
(c) 5 2 cm (d) 6 cm
Volume and Surface Area 31.5
(a) 17 cm (b) 11 cm 6
(c) 7 cm (d) 1 cm (c) 12 cm (d) 14 cm
7
37. A rectangular piece of paper of dimensions 22 cm by 12 cm 45. A conical iron piece having diameter 28 cm and height 30
is rolled along its length to form a cylinder. The volume cm is totally immersed into the water of a cylindrical vessel,
(in cu. cm) of the cylinder so formed is resulting in the rise of water level by 6.4 cm. The diameter,
22 in cm, of the vessel is [SSC CGL 2015]
Take [SSC CAPFs SI, CISF ASI & DP SI 2014]
7 35
(a) 362 (b) 412 (a) (b) 3.5
2
(c) 462 (d) 562 (c) 32 (d) 35
38. The curved surface area and the total surface area of a 46. A cylinder with base radius 8 and height 2 cm is melted to
cylinder are in the ratio 1 : 2. If the total surface area of the form a cone of height 6 cm. The radius of the cone will be
right cylinder is 616 cm2, then its volume is [SSC CGL 2015]
[SSC Graduate Level 2013] (a) 4 cm (b) 5 cm
(a) 1078 cm3 (b) 1232 cm3 (c) 6 cm (d) 8 cm
(c) 1632 cm3 (d) 1848 cm3
47. A plane divides a right circular cone into two parts of equal
39. The radius of a cylinder is 10 cm and height is 4 cm. The volume. If the plane is parallel to the base, then the ratio, in
number of centimetres that may be added either to the radius which the height of the cone is divided is [SSC CGL 2015]
or to the height to get the same increase in the volume of
(a) 1: 2 (b) 1: 2 2
the cylinder is [SSC Graduate Level 2012]
(a) 4 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 1: 3 2 (d) 1: 3 2 1
(c) 16 cm (d) 25 cm
48. The volume of the largest right circular cone that can be cut
40. Two solid cylinders of radii 4 cm and 5 cm and length 6 cm out of a cube of edge 7 cm is
and 4 cm respectively are recast into cylindrical disc of 22
thickness 1 cm. The radius of the disc is Take = [SSC LDC 2015]
7
(a) 28 cm (b) 21 cm
(a) 13.6 cm3 (b) 89.8 cm3
(c) 14 cm (d) 7 cm
(c) 121 cm3 (d) 147.68 cm3
41. A well 20 m in diameter is dug 14 m deep and the earth
49. The volume of a right circular cone is equal to the volume
taken out is spread all around it to a width of 5 m to form an
of a right circular cylinder. The height and the radius of the
embankment. The height of the embankment is
cylinder are 9 cm and 20 cm respectively. If the height of
(a) 11.5 m (b) 11.2 m
the cone is 108 cm, then its radius, (in cm) is
(c) 11 m (d) 10 m [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
42. The height of a circular cylinder is increased six times and (a) 10 (b) 12
the base area is decreased to one ninth of its value. The (c) 14 (d) 20
factor by which the lateral surface of the cylinder increases 50. The radius of the base and the height of a right circular
is [SSC CGL 2012] cone are doubled. The volume of the cone will be
3 2 [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
(a) (b) (a) Three times of the previous volume
2 3
1 (b) 3 2 times of the previous volume
(c) (d) 2
2 (c) 6 times of the previous volume
43. The rain water from a roof 22 m × 20 m drains into a (d) 8 times of the previous volume
cylindrical vessel having a diameter of 2 m and height 3.5 51. The height of a cone is 30 cm. A small cone is cut off at the
m, if the vessel is just full, then the rainfall (in cm) is 1
[SSC LDC 2010] top by a plane parallel to the base. If its volume be th of
27
(a) 4.5 (b) 3
the volume of the given cone, at what height above the base
(c) 2.5 (d) 2
is the section made? [SSC CGL 2014]
44. A cylindrical tank of diameter 35 cm is full of water. If 11 (a) 12 cm (b) 15 cm
litres of water is drawn off, the water level in the tank will (c) 19 cm (d) 20 cm
drop by
52. If the radius of the base of a cone be 7 cm and its curved
22
Take = surface area be 550 sq. cm, then the volume of the cone is
7 [SSC LDC 2014]
1 3 (a) 1024 cu. cm (b) 1132 cu. cm
(a) 10 cm (b) 11 cm
2 7 (c) 1232 cu. cm (d) 1324 cu. cm
31.6 Volume and Surface Area
53. The volume of a conical tent is 1232 cu. m and the area of 61. The height and the radius of the base of a right circular
its base is 154 sq. m. Find the length of the canvas required cone are 12 cm and 6 cm respectively. The radius of the
to build the tent, if the canvas is 2 m in width. circular cross-section of the cone cut by a plane parallel to
22 its base at a distance of 3 cm from the base is
Take [SSC Graduate Level 2013] (a) 3.5 cm (b) 4 cm
7
(a) 276 m (b) 275 m (c) 4.5 cm (d) 5.5 cm
(c) 272 m (d) 270 m 62. The slant height of a conical mountain is 2.5 km and the
54. A conical flask is full of water. The flask has base radius r 22
area of its base is 1.54 km2. Taking = , the height of
and height h. This water is poured into a cylindrical flask of 7
base radius mr. The height of water in the cylindrical flask is the mountain is
[SSC Graduate 2013] (a) 3.11 km (b) 3 km
m 2h (c) 2.4 km (d) 2.2 km
(a) (b)
2h m 63. A sector is formed by opening out a cone of base radius 8
h 2 h cm and height 6 cm. Then the radius of the sector is (in cm)
(c) m (d) [SSC DP SI 2012]
2 3 m2 (a) 4 (b) 6
55. If a solid cone of volume 27 cu. cm3 is kept inside a hollow (c) 8 (d) 10
cylinder whose radius and height are that of the cone, then 64. A steel cylinder of radius 3.5 cm and height 7 cm is melted
the volume of water needed to fill the empty space is to form bearings of radius 1 cm. How many such bearings
[SSC Graduate Level 2012]
can be made, assuming that 9.75 cm3 of steel goes waste in
(a) 18 cm3 (b) 37 cm3
manufacturing? [SSC SI & Assistant SI 2016]
(c) 54 cm3 (d) 80 cm3
(a) 40 (b) 42
56. A right triangle with sides 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm is rotated (c) 45 (d) 61
about the side 3 cm to form a cone. The volume of the cone
65. If a hemisphere is melted and four spheres of equal volume
so formed is
are made, then the radius of each sphere will be equal to
(a) 12 cm3 (b) 15 cm3 [SSC CGL 2015]
(c) 16 cm 3 (d) 20 cm3 (a) radius of the hemisphere
57. A group of people live in a tent. If each person requires 16 1
m2 of floor area and 100 m3 space for air then the height of (b) th of the radius of the hemisphere
6
the cone of smallest size to accommodate these people
1
would be [SSC CGL 2015] (c) th of the radius of the hemisphere
(a) 10.25 metre (b) 16 metre 4
(c) 18.75 metre (d) 20 metre 1
(d) of the radius of the hemisphere
2
58. If h, c, v are respectively the height, curved surface area
and volume of a right circular cone, then the value of 66. The radii of two solid iron spheres are 1 cm and 6 cm
3vh3 – c2h2 + 9v2 is [SSC CGL 2013] respectively. A hollow sphere is made by melting the two
(a) – 1 (b) 0 spheres. If the external radius of the hollow sphere is 9 cm,
(c) 1 (d) 2 then its thickness (in cm) is [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) 0.5 (b) 1
59. A right angled sector of radius r cm is rolled up into a cone (c) 1.5 (d) 2
in such a way that the two binding radii are joined together.
Then the curved surface area of the cone is 67. A spherical ball of radius 1 cm is dropped into a conical
[SSC LDC 2011] vessel of radius 3 cm and slant height 6 cm. The volume of
water (in cm3), that can just immerse the ball is
r2 [SSC CGL 2015]
(a) cm 2 (b) r2 cm2
4 4
(a) (b)
(c) 2r2 cm2 (d) 4r2 cm2 3 3
60. If S denotes the area of the curved surface of a right circular 5
(c) (d) 3
cone of height h and semi-vertical angle then S equals 3
1 2 68. Assume that a drop of water is spherical and its diameter is
1 h tan 2
(a) h 2 sec tan (b) one tenth of a cm. A conical glass has a height equal to the
3 3
diameter of its rim. If 32000 drops of water fill the glass
(c) h2 sec tan (d) h2 tan2 completely, then the height of the glass (in cm) is
[SSC CGL 2015]
Volume and Surface Area 31.7
(a) 1 (b) 2 (a) 622.38 cm3 (b) 622.56 cm3
(c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 623.20 cm3 (d) 624.26 cm3
69. If the surface areas of two spheres are in the ratio 9 : 16, 77. A sphere of diameter 6 cm is dropped in a right circular
then the ratio of their volumes is [SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] cylindrical vessel partly filled with water. The diameter of
(a) 9 : 16 (b) 16 : 9 the cylindrical vessel is 12 cm. If the sphere is just
(c) 27 : 64 (d) 64 : 27 completely submerged in water, then the rise of water level
70. A cone, a cylinder and a hemisphere stand on equal bases in the cylindrical vessel is [SSC Graduate Level 2013]
and have equal heights. The ratio of their volumes is (a) 4 cm (b) 3 cm
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015] (c) 2 cm (d) 1 cm
(a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 3 : 2 78. If the volume of a sphere is numerically equal to its surface
(c) 2 : 1 : 3 (d) 2 : 3 : 1 area then its diameter is [SSC CGL 2013]
71. The diameters of the internal and external surfaces of a (a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm
hollow spherical shell are 6 cm and 10 cm respectively. If it (c) 4 cm (d) 6 cm
8 79. A cylindrical can whose base is horizontal and is of internal
is melted and a solid cylinder of length cm is made, then radius 3.5 cm contains sufficient water so that when a solid
3
sphere is placed inside, the water just covers the sphere.
the diameter (in cm) of the cylinder is The sphere fits in the can exactly. The depth of water in the
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
(a) 7 (b) 10 can before the sphere was put, is [SSC Graduate Level 2012]
(c) 14 (d) 16 7 14
(a) cm (b) cm
72. A sphere is cut into two hemispheres. One of them is used 3 3
as a bowl. It takes 8 bowlfuls of this to fill a conical vessel 17 35
(c) cm (d) cm
of height 12 cm and radius 6 cm. The radius of the sphere 3 7
(in centimetre) will be [SSC CGL 2014] 80. A hemispherical cup of radius 4 cm is filled to the brim
(a) 2 (b) 3 with coffee. The coffee is then poured into a vertical cone
(c) 4 (d) 6 of radius 8 cm and height 16 cm. The percentage of the
73. A ball of lead 4 cm in diameter is covered with gold. If the volume of the cone that remains empty is [SSC LDC 2012]
volume of the gold and lead are equal, then the thickness of (a) 80.5% (b) 81.6%
gold (given 3
2 = 1.259) is approximately (c) 87.5% (d) 88.2%
[SSC CGL 2014] 81. A copper wire of length 36 m and diameter 2 mm is melted
(a) 0.518 cm (b) 1.038 cm to form a sphere. The radius of the sphere (in cm) is
(c) 5.038 cm (d) 5.190 cm [SSC CGL 2010]
(a) 4 (b) 3.5
74. A large solid sphere is melted and moulded to form identical
(c) 3 (d) 2.5
right circular cones with base radius and height same as the
radius of the sphere. One of these cones is melted and 82. By melting a solid lead sphere of diameter 12 cm, three
moulded to form a smaller solid sphere. Then the ratio of small spheres are made whose diameters are in the ratio
the surface area of the smaller to the surface area of the 3 : 4 : 5. The radius (in cm) of the smallest sphere is
larger sphere is [SSC CGL 2014] (a) 1.5 (b) 3
(a) 1 : 23/2 (b) 1 : 24/3 (c) 4 (d) 6
(c) 1 : 32/3 (d) 1 : 34/3 83. A group of spheres of the same size are made by melting a
75. A conical cup is filled with ice cream. The ice-cream forms solid cylinder of 16 cm diameter and 2 cm height. The
a hemispherical shape on its open top. The height of the diameter of each sphere is
hemispherical part is 7 cm. The radius of the hemispherical (a) 3 cm (b) 2 cm
part equals the height of the cone. Then the volume of the (c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm
22 84. The length of the largest possible rod that can be placed in
ice-cream is [SSC CGL 2014]
7 a cubical room is 35 3 cm. The surface area of the largest
(a) 1078 cubic cm (b) 1708 cubic cm possible sphere that and within the cubical room (in sq. m)
(c) 7108 cubic cm (d) 7180 cubic cm is
76. A semi-circular sheet of metal of diameter 28 cm is bent 22
into an open conical cup. The capacity of the cup Take [SSC Multi-Tasking 2013]
7
22 (a) 2450 (b) 3500
Take = is [SSC FCI Assistant Grade-III 2013]
(c) 3850 (d) 4250
7
31.8 Volume and Surface Area
85. A semi-circular sheet of metal of diameter 28 cm is bent 93. If a right circular cone is separated into solids of volumes
into an open conical cup. The depth of the cup is V1, V2, V3 by two planes parallel to the base, which also
approximately [SSC LDC 2011] trisect the altitude, then V1 : V2 : V3 is [SSC LDC 2011]
(a) 14 cm (b) 13 cm (a) 1 : 7 : 19 (b) 1 : 6 : 9
(c) 12 cm (d) 11 cm (c) 1 : 4 : 6 (d) 1 : 2 : 3
86. The diameter of two hollow spheres made from the same 94. If the radii of the circular ends of a truncated conical bucket
metal sheet is 21 cm and 17.5 cm respectively. The ratio of which is 45 cm high be 28 cm and 7 cm, then the capacity
of the bucket in cubic centimetre is Take =
the area of metal sheets required for making the two spheres 22
is 7
(a) 3 : 2 (b) 6 : 5 [SSC LDC 2011]
(c) 18 : 25 (d) 36 : 25 (a) 45810 (b) 48051
(c) 48150 (d) 48510
87. The total number of spherical bullets, each of diameter 5
decimetre, that can be made by utilizing the maximum of a 95. A prism with a right triangular base is 25 cm high. If the
rectangular block of lead with 11 metre length, 10 metre shorter sides of the triangle are in the ratio 1 : 2 and volume
breadth and 5 metre width is (assume that > 3) of the prism is 100 cm3, what is the length of the longest
[SSC CGL 2013] side of the triangle ? [SSC SI & Assistant SI 2016]
(a) Equal to 8400 (b) Equal to 8800 (a) 2 cm (b) 2 5 cm
(c) Less than 8800 (d) Greater than 9000
(c) 2 10 cm (d) 4 5 cm
88. Marbles of diameter 0.14 cm are dropped into a cylindrical
beaker containing some water and are fully submerged. The 96. A solid right prism made of iron has cross section of a
diameter of the beaker is 7 cm. Find how many marbles triangle of sides 5 cm, 10 cm, 13 cm and height 10 cm. If
have been dropped in it if the water rises by 5.6 cm? one cubic cm of iron weights 7 g, then the weight of the
[SSC CGL 2011] prism is (approximately) [SSC Constable 2015]
(a) 350 (b) 250 (a) 1100.68 gram (b) 1371.32 gram
(c) 150 (d) 50 (c) 1470.8 gram (d) 1570.8 gram
89. A cylindrical rod of iron whose height is eight times its radius 97. A right prism has a triangular base whose sides are 13 cm,
is melted and cast into spherical balls each of half the radius 20 cm and 21 cm. If the altitude of the prism is 9 cm, then
of the cylinder. The number of such spherical balls is its volume is [SSC CGL 2015]
[SSC CHSL & LDC 2011] (a) 1134 cm3 (b) 1143 cm3
(a) 48 (b) 24 (c) 1314 cm3 (d) 1413 cm3
(c) 16 (d) 12
98. The base of a right prism is an equilateral triangle. If the
90. Which of the following statements is not correct?
[SSC SI & Assistant SI 2016] lateral surface area and volume is 120 cm2 , 40 3 cm3
(a) If the radius of the sphere is increased by 20%, the respectively then the side of base of the prism is
surface area will increase by 40% [SSC CGL 2014]
(b) If the radius of the sphere is increased by 20%, the (a) 40 cm (b) 7 cm
surface area will increase by 44% (c) 5 cm (d) 4 cm
(c) If the radius of the sphere is doubled, then the area of 99. The base of right prism is a triangle whose perimeter is 28
its surface will become four times cm and the in-radius of the triangle is 4 cm if the volume of
(d) If the radius of the sphere is doubled, its volume the prism is 366 cc, then its height is [SSC LDC 2013]
becomes eight times (a) 4 cm (b) 6 cm
91. The diameter of a copper sphere is 18 cm. The sphere is (c) 8 cm (d) None of these
melted and is drawn into a long wire of uniform circular 100. The height of a right prism with a square base is 15 cm. If
cross-section. If the length of the wire is 108 m, then the the area of the total surface of the prism is 608 sq. cm, then
diameter of the wire is [SSC FCI Assistant Grade-II 2013] its volume is [SSC Graduate Level 2012]
(a) 0.3 cm (b) 0.6 cm (a) 980 cm3 (b) 960 cm3
(c) 0.9 cm (d) 1 cm (c) 920 cm3 (d) 910 cm3
92. The volume of a right circular cylinder and that of a sphere 101. The base of a right prism is a trapezium. The length of the
are equal and their radii are also equal. If the height of the parallel sides is 8 cm and 14 cm and the distance between
cylinder be h and the diameter of the sphere be d, then which the parallel sides is 8 cm. If the volume of the prism is 1056
of the following relation is correct? cm3, then the height of the prism is [SSC LDC 2011]
(a) 3h = 2d (b) 2h = 3d (a) 10.56 cm (b) 12 cm
(c) 2h = d (d) h = d (c) 16.5 cm (d) 44 cm
Volume and Surface Area 31.9
102. The base of a prism is a right angled triangle with two sides 5a
5 cm and 12 cm. The height of the prism is 10 cm. The total cm, then the volume of this pyramid is
2
surface area of the prism is [SSC CGL 2014] [SSC LDC 2011]
(a) 300 sq. cm (b) 325 sq. cm (a) 6a3 cm3 (b) a3 cm3
(c) 330 sq. cm (d) 360 sq. cm
(c) 3 3 a3 (d) 3a3 cm3
103. The base of a right prism is a quadrilateral ABCD. Given
that AB = 9 cm, BC = 14 cm, CD = 13 cm, DA = 12 cm and 108. A right pyramid stands on a base 16 cm square and its height
DAB = 90°. If the volume of the prism be 2070 cm3, then is 15 cm. The area (in cm2) of its slant surface is
[SSC LDC 2013]
the area of the lateral surface is [SSC CGL 2014]
(a) 344 (b) 444
(a) 2070 cm2 (b) 1260 cm2
(c) 514 (d) 544
(c) 810 cm2 (d) 720 cm2
109. Water flows into a tank which is 200 m long and 150 m
104. Base of a right pyramid is a square whose area is 324 sq. wide, through a pipe of cross-section 0.3 m × 0.2 m at 20
metre. If the volume of the pyramid is 1296 cu. metre, then km/ hour. Then the time (in hours) for the water level in the
the area (in sq. metre) of the slant surface is tank to reach 8 m is [SSC CGL 2011]
[SSC CGL 2014 & 2015]
(a) 200 (b) 150
(a) 360 (b) 432
(c) 120 (d) 50
(c) 540 (d) 1080
110. Water is being pumped out through a circular pipe whose
105. A right pyramid 6 m height has a square base of which the
internal diameter is 7 cm. If the flow of water is 12 cm per
diagonal is 1152 m . Volume of the pyramid is second, then how many litres of water is being pumped out
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014] in one hour?
(a) 1152 m3 (b) 576 m3 (a) 1500 (b) 1663.2
(c) 288 m3 (d) 144 m3 (c) 1747.6 (d) 2000
106. The base of a right pyramid is an equilateral triangle of side 111. A river 3 m deep and 40 m wide is flowing at the rate of 2
4 cm each. Each slant edge is 5 cm long. The volume of the km per hour. How much water (in litres) will fall into the
pyramid is [SSC CGL 2014] sea in a minute? [SSC CGL 2011]
(a) 4000 (b) 40,000
4 8 4 59
(a) cm3 (b) cm3 (c) 4,00,000 (d) 40,00,000
3 3
112. Water is flowing at the rate of 3 km/hr through a circular
4 60 4 61 pipe of 20 cm internal diameter into a circular cistern of
(c) cm3 (d) cm3
3 3 diameter 10 m and depth 2 m. In how much time will the
107. There is a pyramid on a base which is a regular hexagon of cistern be filled? [SSC CGL 2011]
side 2a cm. If every slant edge of this pyramid is of length (a) 1 hour (b) 1 hour 20 minutes
(c) 1 hour 40 minutes (d) 2 hours 40 minutes
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (a) 50. (d)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (d) 65. (d) 66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (b) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (a) 77. (d) 78. (d) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (c) 82. (b) 83. (d) 84. (c) 85. (c) 86. (d) 87. (c) 88. (c) 89. (a) 90. (b)
91. (a) 92. (a) 93. (a) 94. (d) 95. (b) 96. (d) 97. (a) 98. (d) 99. (d) 100. (b)
101. (b) 102. (d) 103. (d) 104. (c) 105. (a) 106. (b) 107. (c) 108. (d) 109. (a) 110. (b)
111. (d) 112. (c)
31.10 Volume and Surface Area
SOLUTIONS
1. Let the rise in the level of pool be x metres. 2
Volume of water removed from the tank = 1728 1152 l
Then, 30 × 25 × x = 5 × 40 3
Volume of water displaced by 1 man × Number of Men 1152
Volume of water contained in each bucket = l 18 l .
= Increase in Volume of water 64
9. Let the length of each edge of the cube be a cm.
5 40
x m Diagonal of the cube = 12 cm
30 25
3a 12 a 4 cm 2 cm
5 40
x 100 cm 26.66cm . Volume of the cube = (2 × 2 × 2) cm3 = 8 cm3.
30 25
10. Let the length of the side of the cuboid be a m.
Rise in the level of the pool = 26.66 cm
2. Let the length, breadth and height be 19K, 11K and 13K Area of the floor = 48 m2
respectively. a 2 48 a 4 3 m
Then, 19K – 13K = 30 K = 5 The length of the longest rod = 3 a ( 3 4 3) m 12 m.
Volume of cuboid = 19K × 11K × 13K 11. Edge of the cube = 6 cm
= 2717K3 = 2717 × 53 = 339625cm2.. Number of cubes with no side painted = (n – 2)3
= (6 – 2)3 = 43 = 64.
22 14 14
Surface Area of Sphere 4 r 4
2
3. cm
7 2 2 50
12. Volume of the water collected = 12 10 60 m 3 .
= (4 × 22 × 7) cm2 = 616 cm2. 100
13. Let the water level in the tank will rise to be x m.
4. Total volume of new sphere.
Then, volume of the cuboidal tank, 2.1 m long, 1.5 m broad and x
4 3 4 4 4
R (3)3 (4)3 (5)3 cm deep = 630 l
3 3 3 3
630
R3 = {27 + 64 + 125} = (216) = (6)3. 2.1 1.5 x [ 1m3 = 1000 l]
1000
New radius R = 6 cm.
630
Total surface area before melting. x 0.20
1000 2.1 1.5
= 4(3)2 + 4(4)2 + 4(5)2 Thus, the water level will rise to 0.20 m.
= 4[32 + 42 + 52] = 4(50) = 200 . 14. Volume of the earth dug out from the tank = (40 × 30 × 12) m3
New surface area = 4(6)2 = 4(36) = 144. = 14400 m3
200 – 144 Area of the tank = (40 × 30)m2 = 1200 m2
Percentage decrease 100 % 28% .
200 Area of the field = (1000 × 30)m = 30000 m2
5. Perimeter of one face of the cube = 20 cm
Remaining area = (30000 – 1200)m2 = 28800 m2
4a = 20 a = 5 cm
14400 1
Volume of the cube = a3 = (5 × 5 × 5) cm3 = 125 cm3. Increase in level of the field = m 0.5 m .
28800 2
6. Let a1 and a2 be the edges of two cubes, V1 and V2 be their respecitve 15. Volume of the pile = 20 m3 = (20 × 100 × 100 × 100) cm3
volumes and S1 and S2 be their respective surface areas. Volume of one brick = (25 × 12.5 × 8) cm3
V1 27 20 100 100 100
Then,
V2 64 Required number of bricks in the pile =
25 12.5 8
3 3
a13 27 a 3 a1 3 = 8000.
1
a23 64 a2 4 a2 4 16. Let the height of the walls be h m.
2 2
6a 2 Sum of areas of floor and ceiling = Sum of areas of four walls
Now, 1 1 1
S a 3 9
2
9 :16 .
S2 6a2 a2 4 16 2 × 15 × 12 = 2 × (15 + 12) × h
7. Volume of the new cube = Total volumes of the three cube 15 12 20
h m
a3 = 63 + 83 + 13 = 216 + 512 + 1 = 729 27 3
a = 9 cm 20
Volume of the godown = 15 12 1200 m 3 .
Surface area of the new cube = 6a2 = 6 × 9 × 9 = 486 cm2. 3
8. Volume of the tank = 1.2 × 1.2 × 1.2 = 1.728 m3 = 1728 l 17. Length of the box = (40 – 2 × 4) cm = 32 cm
[ 1 m3 = 1000 l] Breadth of the box = (15 – 2 × 4) cm = 7 cm
Volume and Surface Area 31.11
Height of the box = 4 cm b cm and h cm
Volume of the box = (32 × 7 × 4) cm = 896 cm3. Then, l + b + h = 24 cm
18. Area of ground = (1.5 × 10000) m2 = 15000 m2 Length of the diagonal = 15 cm
[ 1 hectare = 10000 m3] l 2 b 2 h 2 15 l 2 b 2 h 2 225
Volume of rain water = Area of ground × height of water Now, (l + b + h)2 = l2 + b2 + h2 + 2(lb + bh + hl)
5 3 3 242 = 225 + 2(lb + bh + hl)
15000 m 750 m .
100 2(lb + bh + hl) = 576 – 225 = 351.
19. Let the length, breadth and height of the cuboid be l, b and h Thus, the total surface area of parallelopiped is 351 cm2.
respectively
25. The maximum length of the pencil = 82 62 22 cm
Then, lb = p, bh = q and hl = r
= 104 cm 2 26 cm .
lb × bh × hl = p × q × r
26. Let the breadth of the room be x m.
(lbh ) 2 pqr lbh pqr . Then, its length = 2x m and its height = 11 m
20. Let the length, breadth and height of the cuboid be x, 2x and 3x Area of four walls of the room = 660 m2
respectively. Then,
2(x + 2x) × 11 = 660 6x = 60 x = 10 m
Initial volume of the cuboid = (x) (2x) (3x) = 6x3
So, its length = 20 m and its breadth = 10 m
Increased length = (100 + 100)% of x = 2x
Area of the floor = (20 × 10) m2 = 200 m2.
Increased breadth = (100 + 200)% of 2x = 6x
27. Let the length, breadth and height of the box be l cm, b cm and
Increased height = (100 + 200)% of 3x = 9x h cm.
Increased volume = (2x) (6x) (9x) = 108x3 = 18 × 6x3 Then, l + b + h = 12 cm
= 18 times of original volume. 2(lb + bh + hl) = 94 cm2 [ Surface area = 94 cm2]
2 2 2 2
Now, (l + b + h) = l + b + h + 2(lb + bh + hl)
21. Let the length of the tank be x dm
122 = l2 + b2 + h2 + 94
x
Then, its depth = dm l2 + b2 + h2 = 144 – 94 = 50 cm2
3
Thus, the maximum length of the stick that can be placed inside
1 1 x
And its breadth = of of x the cube = l 2 b 2 h 2 50 cm 5 2 cm .
2 3 3
1 1 2 x x 28. Volume of the cuboid = (9 × 8 × 6) cm3 = 432 cm3
dm dm
2 3 3 9 2 × Volume of the cube = Volume of the cuboid = 432 cm3
Volume of the cuboidal water tank = 216 litres = 216 dm3 432 3 3
Volume of the cube = cm = 216 cm
[ 1l = 1 dm3] 2
x x a3 = 216 a = 6 cm
x 216 x 3 (216 27) dm3
3 9 Total surface area of the cube = 6a2 = (6 × 6 × 6) cm3
x = (6 × 3) dm = 18 dm = 216 cm3
Thus, the length of the tank is 18 dm. 5
29. l = 6m, b = 4m and h = 1 m 25 cm = m
22. External dimensions of the box measures 20 cm by 12 cm by 10 4
cm Total area of the wet surface
Thickness of the wood = 1 cm = Area of four walls of cistern + floor area of the cistern
Internal dimensions of the box measures 18 cm by 10 cm by 8 cm = 2(l + b)h + lb
Volume of wood to make the box
= (20 × 12 × 10 – 18 × 10 × 8) cm3
= 2 (6 4)
5
4
100
6 4 m2
4
24 m 2 49 m 2 .
30. The number of cubes will be minimum when the edge of each cube
= (2400 – 1440) cm3 = 960 cm3. will be of maximum length.
23. Total surface area of one brick Maximum length of edge = HCF(6 cm, 9 cm and 12 cm) = 3 cm
= 2(22.5 × 10 + 10 × 7.5 + 7.5 × 22.5) cm3 6 9 12
Least possible number of cubes = 24 .
= 2(225 + 75 + 168.75) cm3 33 3
= 2 × 468.75 cm3 = 937.50 cm3 31. Clearly 1 km2 = (1000 × 1000)m2
9.375 100 100 2
Number of bricks painted = 100 . Volume of water collected = 50% of 1000 1000 m 2
937.50 100
24. Let the length, breadth and height of the parallelopiped be l cm, 50 2 2 2
1000 1000 m 10000 m
100 100
31.12 Volume and Surface Area
10000 2r2 + 2r2 = 616 [ r = h]
Increased in water level = m 10 m .
100 10 22
4 r 2 616 4 r 2 616 r 2 49 r 7
32. Let the dimensions of the parallelopiped be 2x, 4x and 8x. 7
Then, volume of the parallelopiped = (2x) (4x) (8x) = 64x3 22
Volume of the cylinder = 7 7 7 1078 cm 3 .
Volume of cube = 64x3 7
39. Let the radius of the cylinder be incresed by x cm.
a3 = 64x3 a = 4x
Then, new radius = (10 + x) cm
Now, let S1 and S2 be their respective surface areas
Increased volume of the cylinder = { × (10 + x)2 × 4} cm3...(i)
S1 2[(2 x ) (4 x) (4 x) (8 x) (8 x) (2 x)] 112 x 2 7
7:6 . Let the height of the cylinder be increased by x cm.
S2 6(4 x)2 96 x 2 6
Then, new height = (4 + x) cm
33. Let the thickness of the bottom be x cm.
Increased volume of the cylinder = { × 10 × 10 × (4 + x)} cm3
Internal length = (330 – 2 × 5) cm = 320 cm
...(ii)
Internal breadth = (260 – 2 × 5) cm = 250 cm
× (10 + x)2 × 4 = × 10 × 10 × (4 + x) [Using (i) and (ii)]
Internal height = (110 – x) cm
(10 + x)2 = 5 × 5 × (4 + x)
Capacity of the cistern = 8000 litres = (8000 × 1000) cm3
100 + x2 + 20x = 100 + 25x x2 = 5x x = 5 cm.
320 × 250 × (110 – x) = 8000 × 1000
40. Total volume of the two cylinders
8000 1000 = ( × 4 × 4 × 6 + × 5 × 5 × 4) cm3 = 196 cm3
110 – x = 100 x 10 cm
320 250
Let the radius of the disc be r cm.
Thus, the thickness of the cistern is 1 dm. [ 1dm = 10 cm]
Then, volume of disc of radius r cm and thickness 1 cm = 196 cm3
34. Volume of earth and stones taken out from the cylindrical tunnel of
22 r2 × 1 = 196 r2 = 196 r = 14 cm
diameter 4 m and length 56 m = 2 2 56 704 m 3
7 Thus, the radius of the disc is 14 cm.
Volume of ditch = 48 × 16.5 × 4 = 3168 m3 41. Volume of earth taken out from the well (Cylinder)
704 2
Portion of the ditch filled = part 22
3168 9 10 10 14 m3 4400 m3
35. Height of cylinder, h = 4c 7
c Internal radius of the embankment = radius of the well = 10 m
Circumference, c = 2r r =
2 External radius of the embankment = (10 + 5) m = 15 m
3
2 c c c Let the height of the embankment be h m.
Volume of cylinder = r h 4c .
2 2 Volume of embankment = 4400 m3
36. Let the internal radius of the cylindrical pipe be r cm. 22
h (152 102 ) 4400
Volume of the pipe = 748 cm3 7
22 22 4400 7
(92 r 2 ) 14 748 h 125 4400 h 11.2 m
7 7 22 125
748 7 Thus, the height of the embankment is 11.2 m.
92 r 2 17 r 2 81 17 64 r 8
22 14 42. Let the height and radius of the cylinder be r and h respectively.
Thus, the thickness of the pipe is (9 – 8) cm i.e. 1 cm. Then, original lateral surface area = 2rh
37. When the paper is rolled along its length, then Original area of base = r2
Height of the cylinder = 12 cm New height = 6h
Circumference of the base of cylinder = 22 cm 1 2
New original area of base = r
22 7 9
2 r 22 r cm
7 2 1 r
R2 r R
Volume of the cylinder = r2h 9 3
22 7 7 1
12 462 cm 3 . New lateral surface area = 2 r (6h) 4 rh 2(2 rh)
7 2 2 3
Thus, the lateral surface area of the cylinder increases 2 times of its
38. Curved surface area of cylinder 1
Total surface area of cylinder 2 value.
2 rh 1 43. Let the rainfall be x m.
4 rh 2 rh 2 r 2 2 r 2 2 rh Then, volume of water on the roof = Volume of the cylindrical
2 rh 2 r 2
2
r=h vessel
Now, 2rh + 2r2 = 616 22 5 5
22 × 20 × x = 1 1 3.5 x m 100 cm
[ Total surface area of cylinder = 616 cm2] 7 200 200
= 2.5 cm.
Volume and Surface Area 31.13
44. Let the water level drop by h cm. 1 22 7 7
Volume of cone = 7 89.8 cm 3 .
Then, volume of the cylindrical tank of diameter 35 cm and height 3 7 2 2
h cm = 11l = 11 × 1000 cm3 49. Let the radius of the cone be r cm.
Volume of the cylinder of height 9 cm and radius 20 cm
22 35 35
h 11 1000 = Volume of the cone of height 108 cm and radius r cm
7 2 2
11 1000 7 2 2 1
h
3
11 cm . 20 20 9 r 2 108
22 35 35 7 3
45. Volume of conical iron piece 2 20 20 9 3
r 100 r 10
1 2 1 108
2
= r h (14) (30) 1960 cm Thus, the radius of the cone is 10 cm.
3 3
Let the radius of the cylinderical vessel be r cm. 50. Let the radius and height of the cone be r and h respectively.
Volume of cylindrical vessel with radius r and height 6.4 cm = 1 2
Volume of conical iron piece
Then, original volume of the cone = r h
3
1960 19600 New radius = 2r and new height = 2h
r 2 (6.4) 1960 r 2
6.4 64 1 2 1 2
New volume = (2 r ) (2h) 8 r h .
140 35 3 3
r 2r 35 Thus, the volume of the cone will be 8 times of the previous volume.
8 2
Thus, the diameter of the vessel is 35 cm. 51. Let the radii of the small cone and big cone be r and R respective
46. Let the radius of the cone be r cm. and let height of the small cone be h.
Volume of cylinder of radius 8 and height 2 cm In ABO, AB || AB
= Volume of cone of radius r cm and height 6 cm ABO ~ ABO
1 88 23 AB AO R 30
(8) 2 (2) r 2 (6) r 2 64 ...(i)
3 6 AB AO r h
r = 8 cm 1
Volume of small cone = (Volume of the big cone)
Thus, the radius of the cone is 8 cm. 27
47. Suppose the cone is divided by CB in two equal parts 1 1 1 30
r 2h R 2 30 r 2 h R 2
Let AB = R, AB = r, AA = H and AO = h 3 27 3 27
Then, AO = AA + AO = H + h R 2 27 h 302 27 h
[Using (i)]
r2 30 h2 30
A
C B 303 30
h3 h 10
27 3
Required height = (30 – 10) cm = 20 cm.
C A B O
h
A B
O 30cm
r
In AOB and AB
AO AB H h R
...(i)
AO AB h r
A R B
Now, volume of frustum part = Volume of the small cone
1 1 1 52. Radius of the cone = 7 cm
R 2 ( H h) r 2 h r 2 h
3 3 3 Let the slant height of the cone be l cm
1 2 2 2 Curved surface area of the cone = 550 cm2
R ( H h) r h
3 3
22 550
R2
2 7 l 550 l 25 cm
2h H h 2h 7 22
2 [Using (i)]
r H h h H h
3
Height of the cone = 252 7 2 576 24 cm
H h H
2 1 3 2 1 22
h h Volume of the cone = 7 7 24 1232 cm 3 .
3 7
H 3 h 1 53. Area of the base of the conical tent = 154 m2
2 1 1: 3 2 1
h H 3 2 1 22 2
48. Diameter of the largest cone that can be cut out of a cube = 7 cm r 2 154 r 154 r 2 49 r 7
7
And height of the cone = 7 cm Volume of the conical tent = 1232 m3
31.14 Volume and Surface Area
1 22 1232 3 1 1
7 7 h 1232 h 24 m 3 r 2 h h3 – 2 r 2 ( r 2 h 2 ) h 2 9 2r 4 h 2
3 7 22 7 3 9
= 2r2h4 – 2r4h2 – r2h4 + 2r4h2 = 0.
l h 2 l 2 242 7 2 625 25 m 59.
Area of the canvas required = Curved surface area of the tent
22 r cm
rl 7 25 550 m 2
7 r cm
Let the length of the canvas required be l m
r cm
Then, l 2 550 550 Length of the arc of right angled sector
l m 275 m .
2 90
1 = 2 r cm r cm
54. Volume of water in the conical flask = r 2 h 360 2
3 After rolled up the sector into the cone,
Let the height of the water in cylindrical flask be h.
Slant height of the cone = r cm
1 2
Volume of water in the cylindrical flask = r h Circumference of the base of cone = r cm
3 2
r
1 2 R r R cm
m 2 r 2 h r 2 h 2 4
3 2
r 2 r
h h Curved surface area of the cone = r cm cm 2 .
m 2 h h . 4 4
3 3 m2
60. Let r and l be the radius and slant height of the cone respectively.
55. Volume of solid cone = 27 cm3
1 A B
r 2 h 27 r 2 h 81 cm 3
3
Now, volume of cylinder = r 2h = 81 cm3 h
Volume of water needed to fill the empty space
= Volume of cylinder – Volume of the cone
= (81 – 27) cm3 = 54 cm3. O
Then, AB = r and OB = l
56. Clearly, the height and radius of the cone so formed is 3 cm and 4
AB
cm respectively In AOB, tan
AO
4cm r
tan r h tan
h
3cm
BO
5cm Again sec
AO
l
1 sec l h sec
Volume of the cone = 4 4 3 cm3 16 cm3 . h
3 S (Curved surface area) = rl = × h tan × h sec
57. Let n number of people live in the tent.
= h2 sec tan .
Let the radius and height of the cone be r m and h m respectively
61. Here, AB = 6 cm, AO = 12 cm, AA = 3 cm
Total floor area required for n people = 16n m2
r2 = 16 n ...(i) A B
Total space required for air = 100 n m3
A B
1 2
r h 100 n ...(ii)
3
Dividing (i) by (ii)
O
1 2 AO = AO – AA = (12 – 3) cm = 9 cm
r h 100 n
3 h 100 100 3
2
h m 18.75 m . In AOB, AB || AB
r 16 n 3 16 16
58. Let r be the radius of the base of cone AOB ~ AOB
AO AB
Then, curved surface area, c = r h 2 r 2
So,
AO AB
c2 = 2r2(r2 + h2)
12 6 96
AB cm 4.5 cm.
1 9 AB 12
Volume, V r 2 h
3 Thus, the radius of the cross section is 4.5 cm.
3vh3 – c2h2 + 9v2 62. Slant height, l = 2.5 km
Volume and Surface Area 31.15
Area of the base = 1.54 km2
Volume of water = Volume of cone of radius 3 cm and height
22 2 1.54 7
r 1.54 r 2 0.49 km 2 3 cm – Volume of sphere
7 22
r = 0.7 km
Height of the mountain = l 2 r 2 2.52 0.7 2 km
1
3 4
3
4
( 3)2 (3) – (1)3 cm3 3 cm3
3
5
3
cm3 .
1
6.25 0.49 km 5.76 km 2.4 km . 68. Diameter of the spherical drop of water = cm
10
63. Radius of the sector = The slant height of the cone 1
Radius of the drop of water = cm
= 82 6 2 cm 100 cm 10 cm . 20
Let the height of the conical glass be h cm
22
64. Volume of cylinder = 3.5 3.5 7 269.5 cm3 h
7 Then, its radius = cm
Waste steel during manufacturing = 9.75 cm3 2
Volume of conical glass = Volume of 32000 spherical drops
Remaining volume of steel = (269.5 – 9.75) cm3 = 259.75 cm3
1 22 h h 4 22 1 1 1
4 22 88 h 32000
Volume of steel used to make 1 bearings = (1)3 cm 3 3 7 2 2 3 7 20 20 20
3 7 21 4 32000 2 2
259.75 h3 64 h 4
Number of bearings made = 21 61.9 . 20 20 20
88 Thus, the height of the glass is 4 cm.
65. Let the radius of the hemispher be R and radii of four equal spheres
be r. 69. Let S1 and S2 be the surface areas of two spheres and V1 and V2 be
their respective volumes.
Volume of hemisphere = Volume of four spheres
3 S1 9
2 4 2 R3 R 3 R Then,
R3 4 r 3 r3 S2 16
3 3 44 8 2
2 2
R 1 4 r12 9 r 3 r1 3
r 1
2
i.e., of the radius of the hemisphere .
2 4 r22 16 r2 4 r2 4 .
66. Total volume of two solid iron spheres of 1 cm and 6 cm 4 3
V1 3 r1 r1
3 3
4 4 4 4 3 27
3 3 3 3
= (6) (1) (6 1 ) (217) Now, 27 : 64.
3 3 3 3 V2 4 r 3 r2 4 64
Let the internal radius of the hollow sphere be r cm 3 2
70. Let the radii and heights of the cone, cylinder and hemisphere be r
Volume of hollow spheres = Total volume of solid iron spheres
and h respectively.
4 4 4 4 4
(9)3 ( r )3 (217) (93 r 3 ) (217) Ratio of their respective volume
3 3 3 3 3
729 r 3 217 r 3 512 r = 8 1 2 2
= r h : r 2h : r 3 [ r = h]
The thickness of the hollow sphere = (9 – 8) cm = 1 cm. 3 3
67. AB = 3 cm, BC = 6 cm, OD = OE = 1 cm 1 2 2 1 2
= r h : r 3 : r 3 :1: 1: 3 : 2
A 3 3 3 3
B 4 3 3
71. Volume of the spherical shell = (5 3 )
3
E F 4
98 cm 3
O 3
D Let the radius of the cylinder be r cm.
Volume of the cylinder = Volume of the spherical shell
C 8 4 98 4 3
In right triangled ABC, r 2 98 r 2 49 r 7
3 3 83
AC 62 32 3 3 cm The diameter of the cylinder = (2 × 7) cm = 14 cm.
In ABC and DOC 72. Let the radius of the sphere be r cm.
AB BC 3 6 Then, the volume of 8 bowl of radius r cm = The volume of conical
OC 2m
DO OC 1 OC vessel of height 12 cm and radius 6 cm
CE = OC + OE = (2 + 1) cm = 3 cm 2 1
8 r 3 6 6 12
In ABC and EFC 3 3
AB AC 3 3 3 3 6 6 12
EF 3 cm r 27 r 3
EF CE EF 3 8 2
31.16 Volume and Surface Area
Thus, the radius of the sphere is 3 cm. Height of water after the sphere = diameter of the sphere
73. Let the thickness of the gold be x cm = (2 × 3.5) cm = 7 cm
Volume of the gold = Volume of the lead Let the height of water in the can before the sphere be h cm
4 4 4 Then, volume of sphere + Volume of water = Volume of cylinder
(4 x)3 (43 ) (43 )
3 3 3 of radius 3.5 cm and height 7 cm.
(4 + x)3 – 43 = 43 (4 + x)3 = 2 × 43 4
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 h 3.5 3.5 7
4 x 3 2 4 1.259 4 5.036 3
x = 5.036 – 4 = 1.036 1.038 cm. 4
3.5 3.5 3.5 h 3.5 3.5 7
74. Let the radii of the large and smaller sphere be R and r respectively. 3
Then, the radius of the cone = height of the cone = R 14 14 7
h7 h7 cm
Volume of cone = Volume of smaller sphere 3 3 3
7
1 4 Thus, the initial height of water in the can is cm.
R 2 R r 3 R 3 4r 3 R 3 4 r 3
3 3 80. Volume of coffee = volume of hemispherical cup
Now, let S1 and S2 be the surface area of the smaller and the larger
sphere respectively 2 3 128
4 4 4 cm cm3
3 3
S1 4 r 2 r 2 r2 1
2 4/3 1: 24/3 Volume of cone of radius 8 cm and height 16 cm
S2 4 R 2
R 4 r
3
2 2
2
75. Radius of the hemispherical part = Radius of the cone = 7 cm 1 1024
8 8 16 cm3 cm3
Height of the cone = 7 cm 3 3
Volume of the ice-cream = Volume of hemispherical part + Volume 1024 128 3
Volume of cone that remains empty = cm
of conical cup 3 3
7cm 896
2 22 1 22 7cm cm3
= 777 777 3
3 7 3 7
896
22 2 1 3 89600
= 777 7cm 100 %
7 3 3 Required percentage = %
1024 1024
22 3
= 7 7 7 1078 cm 3 .
7 = 87.5%.
76. Circumference of the semi-circular sheet = 14cm 81. Length of the wire = 36 m = 3600 cm
When the semi-circular sheet is bent into the canonical cup, then Diameter of the wire = 2 mm = 0.2 cm
slant height of the cup = radius of the sheet = 14 cm Radius of the wire = 0.1 cm
Circumference of the base of cup = 14 cm Volume of the copper wire = ( × 0.1 × 0.1 × 3600) cm3
2 r = 14 r = 7 cm = 36 cm3
Let the radius of the sphere be r cm. Then,
Height of the cup = 142 7 2 cm 7 3 cm
Volume of the sphere of radius r cm = 36
1 22
Volume of the cup = 777 3 4 3
3 7 r 36 r 3 27 r 3 cm .
3
22 7 7 1.732 82. Let the diameters of the small spheres be 3x cm, 4x cm and 5x cm
cm3 622.38 cm3 .
3 respectively. Then,
4 Volume of the sphere of radius 6 cm = Sum of the volumes of the
77. Volume of the sphere of radius 3 cm = 3 3 3
3 3x 5x
= 36 cm3 spheres of radius cm, 2 x cm and cm
2 2
Let the rise of water level in the cylindrical flask be h cm
4 3 x 5x
3 3
Then, volume of cylinder of radius 6 cm and height h cm 4
(6)3 (2 x)3
3 3 2 2
= Volume of the sphere
× 6 × 6 × h = 36 h = 1 cm. 27 x3 125 x3
216 8 x3
8 8
78. Volume of the sphere = Surface area of sphere (Numerically)
216 x 3
4 r 216 x3 8 x2
r 3 4 r 2 1 r 3 cm 8
3 3
The diameter of the sphere = (2 × 3) cm = 6 cm. 3x 2
Radius of the smallest sphere = cm cm 3 cm .
79. Radius of sphere = radius of cylindrical tank = 3.5 cm 2 2
Volume and Surface Area 31.17
83. Volume of the cylinder of radius 8 cm and height 2 cm 4 3
= × 8 × 8 × 2 cm3 0.7 cm = 0.7 0.7 0.7 cm
3
Volume of n spheres = × 8 × 8 × 2 cm3 7
Let n number of spheres are made and let radius of each sphere be Volume of cylindrical beaker of radius cm and height upto
2
r cm.
7 7 3
4 5.6 cm = 5.6 cm
n r3 8 8 2 2 2
3
7 7
n × r3 = 96 = 12 × 23 5.6
Required number of marbles = 2 2 150 .
On comparing both sides, we get n = 12 and r = 2 cm 4
The diameter of each sphere = (2 × 2) cm = 4 cm. 0.7 0.7 0.7
3
84. The length of the largest possible rod = 35 3 cm 89. Let the radius of the cylindrical rod be r
Then, its height = 8r
3 a 35 3 a 35 cm
r
Diameter of the largest sphere = side of the cube = 35 cm And radius of each spherical balls =
2
35 Let the number of spherical balls be n. Then,
Radius of the sphere = cm
2 Total volume of n balls = volume of the cylindrical rod
22 35 35 2 3
Surface area of the sphere = 4 cm 4 r
7 2 2 n r 2 8r
3 2
= 3850 cm2.
192 r 3
28 n 48 .
85. Radius of semi-circular sheet = cm 14 cm 4 r 3
2 90. Let the original radius of the sphere be r.
Then, its original surface area = 4r2
h (a) New radius = 2r
14cm New surface area = 4(2r)2 = 16r2
14 cm
The surface area will become 4 times
Circumference of the sheet = r = 14 cm (b) and (c) Increased in radius = 20%
Now, slant height of the conical cup, l = 14 cm
20 20
Circumference of the base of cup = 14 cm Increased in surface area = 20 20 % 44%
100
2r = 14 r = 7 cm [See TF 6]
The depth of the cup (h) = l 2 r 2 142 7 2 cm 147 cm Thus, the surface area increased by 44%.
4 3
7 3 cm (7 1.732) cm 12 cm . (d) Original volume = r
3
86. Let r1 and r2 be the radius of two spheres
New radius = 2r
21 17.5
Then, r1 = cm and r2 cm 4 4
2 2 New volume = (2r )3 8 r 3
Area of the metal sheets = area of the spheres 3 3
2 The volume become 8 times.
21 Hence statement (b) is not correct.
4 r12 r12 21 21 36
22 36 : 25 91. Volume of the copper sphere of radius 9 cm
4 r22 r22 17.5 17.5 17.5 25
4
2 (9)3 972 cm 3
3
4 5 5 5 Let the radius of the wire be r cm.
87. Volume of one spherical bullet = m3
3 20 20 20 Then, volume of the wire of radius r cm and height 108 m
1 = 972 cm3
1 dm 10 m
r × 108 × 100 = 972 r2 = 0.09 r = 0.3 cm
2
Volume of the rectangular block = (11 × 10 × 5) m3 The diameter of the wire is 0.6 cm.
11 10 5 3 20 20 20 92. Height of the cylinder = h
Number of bullets made =
4 555 d
Radius of the cylinder = radius of the sphere =
3 8800 2
Volume of the cylinder = Volume of the sphere
2 3
3 3 8800 d 4 d
Now, 3 1 8800 . h
2 3 2
88. Volume of one marble of radius
31.18 Volume and Surface Area
4 d 13 20 21
h 3h 2 d . 97. s 27 cm
3 2 2
93. Let the height and radius of the cone i.e. AO and AB be h and r
Area of triangular base = 27(27 13) (27 20) (27 21)
respectively.
27 14 7 6 126 cm 2
A B Volume of the prism = Area of the base × height
V3 = 126 × 9 = 1134 cm3.
C D
98. Let the side of the base of the prism be a cm.
V2
E F 3 2
V1 Then, area of the base = a cm 2
4
O
And perimeter of the base = 3a cm
h Let height of the prism be h cm
Then, AC CE EO
3 Surface area of the prism = 120 cm3
AB AO 3a × h = 120 ah = 40
ABO ~ EFO
EF EO
Volume of the prism = 40 3 cm 2
r h r
EF
EF h / 3 3 3 2
a h 40 3 a 2 h 160 a ( ah) 160
CD CO CD 2h / 3 2r 4
CDO ~ EFO CD
EF EO r/3 h/3 3 a × 40 = 160 a = 4
2
1 r h 1 h 2r 2 r 2 2 r r Thus, the side of base of the prism is 4 cm.
V1 : V2 : V3 :
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 28
99. Semi-perimeter, s 14 cm
h 2r
2 2
1 2r
: r 2 r in-radius, r = 4 cm
3 3 3 3
Area of the triangle = rs = 4 × 14 = 56 cm2
r 2 4r 2 r 2 2r 2 4 r 2 2r 2
: : r2 Volume of the prism = Area of the base × height
9 9 9 9 9 3
366
r 2 7 r 2 19 r 2 366 56 h h 6.53 cm .
: : 1: 7 :19 . 56
9 9 9 100. Let the length of each side of the square base be a cm.
94. Volume of the conical bucket (frustum) of height 45 cm
Then, perimeter of the base = 4a cm
1 22
and radii 28 cm and 7 cm = 45 (282 72 28 7) cm3 Total surface area of the prism = Lateral surface area + 2x area of
3 7
the base
1 22
45 1029 cm3 48510 cm3 . 608 = 4a × 15 + 2a2 a2 + 30a – 304 = 0
3 7
95. Let the shorter sides of the triangle be x cm and 2x cm (a – 8) (a + 38) = 0 a=8 [ a can not be – 38]
Volume of the prism = Area of the base × height
1
Then, area of the triangle = x 2 x x2 = 8 × 8 × 15 = 960 cm3.
2
Volume of the prism = Area of the base × height 101. Area of the base (tropezium) = 1
2
(8 14) 8 cm 2 = 88 cm2
x2 × 25 = 100 x2 = 4 x=2 Let the height of the prism be h cm.
So, the shorter sides of the triangle are 2 cm and 4 cm Volume of the prism = 1056 cm3
The longest side of the triangle = 22 42 20 2 5 cm . 1056
88 h 1056 h cm = 12 cm .
88
5 10 13
96. s 14 cm 102. Third side of the right angled triangle
2
Area of triangle = 14 (14 5) (14 10) (14 13) = 52 122 cm 169 cm = 13 cm
Perimeter of the base = (5 + 12 + 13) cm = 30 cm
14 9 4 1 6 14 cm 2
1 2 2
Volume of solid right prism = Area of base × height Area of the base = 5 12 cm 30 cm
2
= 6 14 10 60 14 60 3.742 224.52 cm 3 Total surface area of the prism
Weight of 1 cm3 iron = 7g = Perimeter of the base × height + 2 × area of the base
Weight of 224.52 cm3 iron = 224.52 × 7 1570.8 g. = (30 × 10 + 2 × 30) cm2 = (300 + 60) cm2 = 360 cm2.
Volume and Surface Area 31.19
103. Area of ABD
3
A 9 cm B Area of the base (equilateral triangle) = 4 4 4 3 cm 2
4
AD 42 22 12 2 3 cm
2 4
12 cm 14 cm AG 2 3 cm .
3 3
2
4
Height of the pyramid OG = 52
D 13 cm C 3
1 16 59
9 12 54 cm 2 25 cm
2 3 3
BD = 122 92 15 cm O
15 14 13
s= cm 21 cm
2
Area of BCD = 21(21 15) (21 14) (21 13) cm 2 5cm
21 6 7 8 cm 2 = 84 cm 2
Area of quadrilateral ABCD = (54 + 84) cm2 = 138 cm2
A G
Volume of the prism = 2070 cm3 4
3
2070
138 h 2070 h cm 15 cm
138 1
Now, perimeter of the base = (9 + 14 + 13 + 12) cm = 48 cm Volume of the pyramid = area of the base × height
3
Lateral surface area of the prism = (48 × 15) cm2 = 720 cm2.
1 59 4 59
104. Area of base (square) = 324 m2 4 3 cm3 .
3 3 3
l2 = 324 l = 18 m
Volume of the pyramid = 1296 m3 107. Area of base (regular hexagon) of side 2a cm
= 6 × area of equilateral triangle of side 2a cm
1 1296 3
324 h 1296 h 12 m 3
3 324 = 6 2 a 2a cm 2
4
Slant surface area = l l 2 (2h) 2 18 324 (24)2
= 18 324 576 18 900 18 30 540 m 2 .
105. Diagonal of the square = 1152 m 5a
2 height
1
Area of the square = 1152 576 m
2 2
2
1 2a
Volume of the pyramid = area of the base × height
3 2
5a 2 3a
1 Now, height of the pyramid = – (2a ) cm = cm
576 6 1152 m3 . 2 2
3
1
106. Suppose ABC be an equilateral triangle with centroid G and suppose Volume of pyramid = area of base × height
3
O be the vertex of pyramid
1 3 3a
Then, the height of the pyramid will be OG and slant edge will be = 6 2a 2a cm3 = 3 3 a 3 cm 3 .
AO. 3 4 2
1
O 108. Area of its slant surface = perimeter of base × height
A 2
1 2 2
16 4 15 cm 544 cm .
2
109. Volume of water flows through the pipe in 1 hour
G
= (0.3 × 0.2 × 20 × 1000)m3 = 1200 m3
Time taken for the water level in the tank of dimensions 200 m
B D C
200 ×150 × 8
× 150 m to reach 8 m = hours = 200 hrs.
1200
31.20 Volume and Surface Area
110. Volume of water pumped out in 1 second
3 1000
22 7 7 3 112. Speed of the water flow = 3 km = 50 m/min
= 12 cm 462 cm
3 60
7 2 2
Volume of water pumped out in 1 hour = (462 × 3600) cm3 10 10 2
Area of the base of pipe = m m2
100 100 100
462 3600
l 1663.2 l [ 1l = 1000 cm3]
100 Volume of water flows out in 1 minute = 50 m3 m3
100 2
2 1000
111. Speed of the river = 2 km/hr = m/min Volume of the cistern = × 5 × 5 × 2 m3 = 50 m3
60
Cross section area of the river (base) = (3 × 40) m2 50
Time taken to fill the cistern = min 100 min
Volume of water falling into the sea in 1 minute
60
3 40 2 1000 3 3 40 2 1000 1000
m
60
l = 1 hour 40 minutes.
2
= 4000000 l [ 1 m3 = 1000 l]
Data Interpretation—Tabulation 32.1
32 DATA INTERPRETATION—TABULATION
EXERCISE
Directions (1-4): The table given below represents the cost, 5. If the total population of City 4 is 600000, then how many
revenue and tax rate for XYZ Limited for a period of 8 literate people are there in city 4?
years. Cost and Revenue are given in ’000 crores. (a) 363000 (b) 378000
Year Revenue Cost Tax rate (c) 464000 (d) 495000
Y1 800 600 20% 6. Total population of City 6 is 200000 and the total population
of City 2 is 220000. What is the respective ratio of literate
Y2 1100 850 22%
males of City 2 and literate females of City 6?
Y3 1200 900 22% (a) 199 : 255 (b) 255 : 199
Y4 1200 950 25% (c) 595 : 232 (d) 595 : 348
Y5 1350 1050 30% 7. If there are 259210 literate females in City 5, then what is
Y6 1500 1200 30% the total population of City 5?
Y7 1600 1240 33% (a) 354200 (b) 483000
Y8 1850 1400 15% (c) 584000 (d) 644000
Profit for any year = revenue – cost 8. The population of the 6 cities are 250000, 200000, 220000,
Profit after tax for any year = profit of that year – tax of 300000, 150000 and 400000 respectively. Which is the
that year correct order of the number of literate people in these cities?
Tax on any year = tax rate of that year × profit of the year (a) City 6 > City 1 > City 4 > City 2 > City 3 > City 5
[SSC CGL 2017] (b) City 4 > City 6 > City 1 > City 2 > City 3 > City 5
1. How much tax (in ’000 crores) was paid by XYZ limited (c) City 6 > City 4 > City 1 > City 3 > City 2 > City 5
in Y7? (d) City 6 > City 1 > City 4 > City 3 > City 2 > City 5
(a) 90.9 (b) 96.2 (c) 118.8 (d) 126.4 Directions (9-12): The table below shows the distribution
2. Which of the following is correct about profit after tax for of number of people living in 8 different countries and the
year Y2, Y6 and Y8? per capita income of each of the countries. The total
(a) Y8 >Y6 = Y2 (b) Y6 >Y2 > Y8 population of these countries taken together is 200 crores.
(c) Y8 >Y6 > Y2 (d) Y6 = Y8 > Y2 [SSC CGL 2017]
3. How many distinct values of yearly profit are there? Per capita income = total GDP of country/population of
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6 the country
4. What is the total sum (in ’000 crores) of profit after tax
Country Distribution of per capita
for Y1 to Y8?
number of people income
(a) 1763.6 (b) 1803.2 (c) 1820.2 (d) 1872.4
(in dollars)/
Directions (5-8): The table given below shows the
percentage of literate people in 6 cities. This table also shows Country 1 12% 11850
the ratio of males to females among literate people. Country 2 24% 5350
[SSC CGL 2017]
Country 3 15% 9900
City % of literate people Males : Females Country 4 17% 4840
City 1 80 4:5 Country 5 7% 2260
City 2 85 7:4 Country 6 6% 6920
City 3 78 3:2 Country 7 11% 3190
City 4 63 1:1 Country 8 8% 10410
City 5 92 9:7
City 6 58 2:3 9. What is the difference (in crores) in population of the most
% of literate people of any city and the least populated country?
= (Literate people of the city / Total population of the city) × 100 (a) 18 (b) 32
[SSC CGL 2017] (c) 34 (d) 36
32.1
32.2 Data Interpretation—Tabulation
10. What is the total GDP (in crore dollars) of country 5? People taking coffee Zone
(a) 27120 (b) 31640
North East West South
(c) 38280 (d) 44660
More than 3 times a day 410 310 700 1450
11. What is the total GDP (in crore dollars) for the country
with the third lowest per capita income? 1 to 3 times a day 1220 830 1250 1120
(a) 181900 (b) 108460 Twice a week 1640 710 950 420
(c) 145200 (d) 164560 Only once a week 620 540 530 350
12. Which country has the highest total GDP? Never 950 430 620 50
(a) Country 1 (b) Country 2
(c) Country 3 (d) Country 8 18. The percentage of people of south zone who take coffee at
least once a day is close to
Directions (13-17) : Read the following table and answer
(a) 33.51 (b) 42.72
the questions below it:
(c) 75.81 (d) 80.82
Loans disbursed by Four Banks in crores of during the
years from 1995 to 1998. 19. The percentage of people from non-west zone who take
coffee only once a week is approximately
RUPEES (IN CRORES) (a) 11 (b) 12
Year (c) 13 (d) 14
BANKS 1995 1996 1997 1998 20. The ratio of the total number of people surveyed who take
coffee more than 3 times a day to the total number of people
A 18 23 45 30
who do not take coffee at all is
B 27 33 18 41 (a) 1 : 1.1 (b) 1 : 14
C 29 29 22 17 (c) 1.4 : 1 (d) 1.5 : 1
D 13 19 28 32 Directions (21-24) : The following table shows the
Total 87 104 113 120 productions of food grains (in million tons) in a state for
the period 1999 – 2000 to 2003 – 2004. Read the table and
13. In which year the disbursement of loans by all the banks answer the questions. [SSC CPO 2013]
combined together was nearest to the average disbursement
of loans over the years? Production (In million tons)
(a) 1995 (b) 1996 Year Wheat Rice Barley Other
(c) 1997 (d) 1998 cereals
14. What was the percentage increase of disbursement of loans 1999 – 2000 680 270 250 450
of all banks together from 1997 to 1998? 2000 – 2001 800 420 440 300
11 2001 – 2002 680 350 320 460
(a) 6% (b) 6 %
113
2002 – 2003 720 400 380 500
22 11
(c) 6 % (d) 7 % 2003 – 2004 820 560 410 690
113 113
15. In which year was the total disbursement of loans of banks 21. In 2002 – 2003, the percentage increase in the production
of barley as compared to the previous year was
A and B exactly equal to the total disbursement of loans of
(a) 7.90% (b) 14.20%
banks C and D?
(c) 17.85% (d) 18.75%
(a) 1995 (b) 1996
(c) 1998 (d) None of these 22. During the period 1999 – 2000 to 2003 – 2004, x per cent
of the total production is the production of wheat. The value
16. In which of the following banks, there was a continued of x is about
increase in loan disbursement throughtout the years? (a) 12.6 (b) 20.2
(a) A (b) B (c) 37.4 (d) 37.8
(c) C (d) D
23. In the year 2003 – 2004, the increase in production was
17. In which bank was the loan disbursement more than 30% maximum over the previous year for
of the disbursement of all banks combined together in 1998? (a) Rice (b) Barley
(a) A (b) B (c) Wheat (d) Other cereals
(c) C (d) D
24. The difference of average production of rice and the average
Directions (18-20) : The following table gives zone-wise production of barley over the years is (in million tonnes)
survey report of the people of a country who take coffee. (a) 40 (b) 50
Study the table and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2014] (c) 60 (d) 80
Data Interpretation—Tabulation 32.3
Directions (25-28) : Number of toys of five types (A to E) PRODUCTION OF CARS BY A COMPANY
manufactured over the years (in thousands) is given below.
Year 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 Total
Study the table and answer the following questions.
YEAR
[SSC 2011]
P 8 20 16 17 21 6 88
Type
A B C D E Q 16 10 14 12 12 14 78
Year
R 21 17 16 15 13 8 90
2002 200 150 78 90 65
S 4 6 10 16 20 31 87
2003 150 180 100 105 70
T 25 18 19 30 14 27 133
2004 180 175 92 110 85
Total 74 71 75 90 80 86 476
2005 195 160 120 125 75
2006 220 185 130 135 80 32. In which year the production of cars of all types taken
together was approximately equal to the average of the total
25. The approximate percentage increase in production of D
types of toys from 2003 to 2005 was production during the period?
(a) 5% (b) 19% (a) 1989 (b) 1991
(c) 25% (d) 29% (c) 1993 (d) 1994
26. The percentage drop in production of A type of toys from 33. In which year the total production of cars of types P and Q
2002 to 2004 was together was equal to the total production of cars of types R
(a) 10% (b) 20% and S together?
(c) 25% (d) 30% (a) 1990 (b) 1991
27. The approximate percentage increase of the production of (c) 1994 (d) None of the above
all types of toys from 2005 to 2006 was 34. During the period 1989-94, in which type of cars was a
(a) 9% (b) 10% continuous increase in production?
(c) 11% (d) 12% (a) P (b) Q
28. The difference of the average number of toys (in thousands) (c) R (d) S
of the type B and C, manufactured over the years, was
35. The production of which type of car was 25% of the total
(a) 52 (b) 66
production of all types of cars during 1993?
(c) 68 (d) 72
(a) S (b) R
Directions (29-31) : Study the following table and answer (c) Q (d) P
the questions. [SSC CGL 2014]
36. The per cent increase in total production of all types of cars
School No. of students % of students No. of in 1992 to that in 1991 was
scoring marks scoring marks students (a) 15% (b) 20%
less than 50% more than 50% appeared (c) 25% (d) 30%
A 240 55 600 Directions (37-41) : The following tables gives the
B 220 40 400 population of a locality from 1988 to 1992. Read the table
C 300 20 375 and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2014]
D 280 10 350 Years Men Women Children Total Increase
E 210 25 300 (+) or
29. The ratio of the total number of students scoring marks less Decrease
(–) over
than 50% to that of scoring marks exactly 50% is
preceding
(a) 25 : 2 (b) 25 : 4 year
(c) 35: 2 (d) 50 : 3
1988 65104 60387 – 146947 –
30. Which school has the highest number of students scoring 1989 70391 62516 – – +(11630)
exaclty 50% marks? 1990 – 63143 20314 153922 –
(a) A (b) B 1991 69395 – 21560 – –(5337)
(c) D (d) E 1992 71274 65935 23789 160998 –
31. The total number of students scoring 50% or more marks is 37. The number of children in 1988 is
(a) 675 (b) 775 (a) 14546 (b) 21456
(c) 875 (d) 1250 (c) 31236 (d) 125491
Directions (32-36) : The table given shows the production 38. The total population in 1989 is
of five types of cars by a company in the year 1989 to 1997. (a) 144537 (b) 146947
Study the table and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2011] (c) 149637 (d) 158577
32.4 Data Interpretation—Tabulation
39. Number of children in 1989 is (a) 60 (b) 63
(a) 13970 (b) 14040 (c) 64 (d) 65
(c) 15702 (d) 25670 47. Supposing that there were 40 students in science in the year
40. Number of women in 1991 is 1995, how much total of marks did they receive combined
(a) 52297 (b) 56740 together?
(c) 57630 (d) 62957 (a) 2560 (b) 2720
41. Increase or decrease of population in 1992 over 1991 is (c) 2800 (d) 3000
(a) – (12413) (b) + (12413) 48. In which year, the difference between the highest and the
(c) + (155661) (d) + 7086 average marks in Mathematics was maximum?
Directions (42-45) : The table given below depicts the (a) 1993 (b) 1994
export of a commodity through four ports in the years 1998 (c) 1995 (d) 1996
and 1999. 49. In which year, the difference between the highest and
Study the table and answer the questions. average marks in Social Science was the least?
Port Export in 1998 Exports in 1999 (a) 1996 (b) 1995
(in crore ) (in crore ) (c) 1994 (d) 1993
A 57 61 Directions (50-54) : A table showing the percentage of the
total population of a state by age groups for the year 1991
B 148 160 is given below. Answer the questions given below it.
C 229 234
Age group (in years) Per cent
D 146 150
Up to 15 30.00
42. The percentage increase in the export of the commodity from 16 – 25 17.75
the year 1998 to 1999 was the highest from which port?
26 – 35 17.25
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D 36 – 45 14.50
43. What was the change in the aggregate export of the 46 – 55 14.25
commodity in the year 1999 as compared to the year 1998? 56 – 65 5.12
(a) Nearly 4.3% increase
66 and above 1.13
(b) Nearly 4.3% decrease
(c) Nearly 0.04% increase Total 100.00
(d) Nearly 0.04% decrease 50. Which age group accounts for the maximum population in
44. What was the average increase in the export of the the state?
commodity from the ports in the year 1999 as compared to (a) 16 – 25 (b) 26 – 35
the year 1998? (c) 36 – 45 (d) 56 – 65
(a) 82,500,000 (b) 80,000,000 51. Out of every 4200 persons, the number of persons below
(c) 75,000,000 (d) 62,500,000 26 years is
45. The percentage increase in the export of the commodity (a) 2006 approx. (b) 1260 approx.
from the year 1998 to 1999 was the lowest from which port? (c) 746 approx. (d) 515 approx.
(a) A (b) B 52. There are 200 million people below 36 years. How many
(c) C (d) D millions (approx.) people are in the age group 56 – 65?
Directions (46-49) : Study the table and answer the questions: (a) 12.72 (b) 15.75
The table given below shows the highest and average marks (c) 30.07 (d) 59.30
of a class in four subjects in four years. The maximum marks 53. If there are 10 million people in the age group 56 years and
in each subject are 100. above, what is the difference between the number of people
SUBJECTS in the age group 16 – 25 and 46 – 55?
Year English Maths Science Social Science (a) 5.6 million (b) 6.8 million
Highest Average Highest Average Highest Average Highest Average (c) 28.4 million (d) 34.7 million
1993 80 70 94 60 89 70 65 55 54. If the difference between the number of people in the age
1994 80 65 85 62 95 64 66 58
1995 71 56 92 68 97 68 68 48
group (46 – 55) and (26 – 35) is 11.75 million, then the
1996 45 52 91 64 92 75 77 58 total population of the state is approximately
46. What is the overall average of marks in the four subjects in (a) 360.23 million (b) 391.67 million
the year 1995? (c) 400 million (d) 460.67 million
Data Interpretation—Tabulation 32.5
Directions (55-58) : The following questions are based on 55. B’s average speed (km/hour) during the first four hours is
the table given below which represents the distance (in km) (a) 21.25 (b) 22
travelled by two persons A and B in the same direction. (c) 31.25 (d) 32
Hour Distance travelled (in km) 56. The ratio of A’s speed during the first five hours and the last
five hours is
A B
(a) 25 : 22 (b) 22 : 25
1st 20 25 (c) 20 : 21 (d) 15 : 22
2st 30 40
57. What is the distance (in km) between A and B at the end of
3rd 20 35
8th hour?
4th 15 25
(a) 30 (b) 25
5th 25 35
(c) 15 (d) 12
6th 15 10
7th 25 25 58. The distance between A and B is maximum at the end of
8th 35 15 (a) 2 hours (b) 3 hours
9th 20 25 (c) 4 hours (d) 5 hours
10th 30 45
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (c) 56. (b) 57. (b) 58. (d)
SOLUTIONS
1-4 : Common Calculations :
4. Sum of profit after tax (in ’000 crores) for Y1 to Y6
Year Profit Tax Profit after Tax
= (160 + 195 + 234 + 187.5 + 210 + 210 + 241.2 + 382.5)
(in ’000 (in ’000 (in ’000
crores) crores) crores) = 1820.2.
Y1 200 20 % of 200 = 40 200 – 40 = 160 5. Literate people in City 2 = 63 % of 600000 = 378000.
Y2 250 22 % of 250 = 55 250– 55 = 195 6. Literate people in City 2 = 85 % of 220000 = 187000.
Y3 300 22 % of 300 = 66 300 – 66 = 234 7
Y4 250 25 % of 250 = 62.5 250 – 62.5 = 187.5 Literate males in City 2 = × 187000 = 119000.
11
Y5 300 30 % of 300 = 90 300 – 90 = 210 Literate people in City 6 = 58 % of 200000 = 116000.
Y6 300 30 % of 300 = 90 300 – 90 = 210 3
Literate females in City 6 = × 116000 = 69600.
Y7 360 33 % of 360 = 118.8 360 – 118.8 = 241.2 5
Y8 450 15 % of 450 = 67.5 450– 67.5 = 382.5 119000 595
Required ratio 595 : 348.
1. Tax Paid (in ’000 crores) in Y7 = 118.8. 69600 348
2. Profit after tax in (in ’000 crores) : 7. Let the total population of City 5 be x. Then,
In Y2 = 195 92 x
In Y6 = 210 Literate people = 92 % of x =
100
In Y8 = 382.5
7 92 x 161x
Clearly, Y8 > Y6 > Y2. Literate females = .
16 100 400
3. From the table prepared, we have:
161x 259210 400
Distinct values of yearly profits (in ’000 crores) are : 200, 250, Now, 259210 x 644000.
400 161
300, 360 and 450.
Total Population = 644000.
Hence, there are 5 distinct values
32.6 Data Interpretation—Tabulation
Another Method : 41
From B 100 % 34.17% .
Literate females = 259210 120
16 17
Literate population = 259210 592480 From C 100 % 14.17% .
7 120
100
And so, total population = 592480 = 644000. 32
92 From D 100 % 26.67% .
120
8. Literate people in different cities are :
18. Total number of people in south zone
In City 1 = 80% of 250000 = 200000.
In City 2 = 85% of 200000 = 170000. = 1450 + 1120 + 420 + 350 + 50 = 3390.
In City 3 = 78% of 220000 = 171600. Number of people of south zone who take coffee at least once a
In City 4 = 63% of 300000 = 189000. day = 1450 + 1120 = 2570.
In City 5 = 92% of 150000 = 138000. 2570
In City 6 = 58% of 400000 = 232000. Required percentage = 100 % 75.81% .
3390
Correct order is 19. Total number of people in north zone
City 6 > City 1 > City 4 > City 3 > City 2 > City 5.
= 410 + 1220 + 1640 + 620 + 950 = 4840.
9. Required difference = (24 – 6)% of 200 crores.
Total people in east zone
18
200 crores = 36 crores. = 310 + 830 + 710 + 540 + 430 = 2820.
100 Total people in south zone = 3390.
10. GDP of country 5 = Population × per capita income = (7% of 200)
[From calculations of previous question]
× 2260 cr. dollars
Total number of people from these three zones
7
200 2260 cr. dollars = 31640 cr. dollars. = 4840 + 2820 + 3390 = 11050.
100
Now, the number of people who take coffee only once a week
11. Country 4 has the third lowest per capita income.
= 620 + 540 + 350 = 1510.
Its GDP = Population × per capita income.
= (17% of 200) × 4840 cr.dollars = 164560 cr. dollars. 1510
Required percentage 100 % 14% .
12. GDP of Country 1 = (12 % of 200) × 11850 = 284400 cr.dollars. 11050
20. Total number of people who take coffee more than 3 times a day =
GDP of Country 2 = (24 % of 200) × 5350 = 256800 cr.dollars.
410 + 310 + 700 + 1450 = 2870.
GDP of Country 3 = (15 % of 200) × 9900 = 297000 cr.dollars.
Total number of people who do not take coffee ever
GDP of Country 8 = (8 % of 200) × 10410 = 166560 cr.dollars.
Clearly, Country 3 has the highest GDP. = 950 + 430 + 620 + 50 = 2050.
2870 7
87 104 113 120 Required ratio 1.4 1.4 :1 .
13. Average loan disbursement = crores 2050 5
4 21. Percentage increase in barley production in 2002-03
= 106 crores.
380 – 320
Clearly, in the year 1996 the disbursement of loans (104 crores) 100 % 18.75% .
by all the banks was nearest to the average disbursement loans 320
22. Total production (in million tonnes) of :
(106 crores).
Wheat = 680 + 800 + 680 + 720 + 820 = 3700.
14. Percentage increase of disbursement of loans of all banks together
Rice = 270 + 420 + 350 + 400 + 560 = 2000.
120 – 113 22
from 1997 to 1998 100 % 6 %. Barley = 250 + 440 + 320 + 380 + 410 = 1800.
113 113
15. Total disbursement of loans of banks (A and B) and disbursement Other cereals = 450 + 300 + 460 + 500 + 690 = 2400.
of loans of banks (C and D) in various years are: All cereals together = 3700 + 2000 + 1800 + 2400 = 9900.
Years A + B (in crores) C + D (in crores) 3700
Required percentage 100 % 37.4% .
1995 18 + 27 = 45 29 + 13 = 42 9900
1996 23 + 33 = 56 29 + 19 = 48 23. Percentage increase in production in 2003-04
1998 30 + 41 = 71 17 + 32 = 49 820 – 720
For Wheat = 100 % 13.9% .
The total disbursement of loans of banks A and B was equal to 720
the total disbursement of loans of banks C and D in none of the
560 – 400
above years. For Rice = 100 % 40% .
400
16. There was a continued increase in loan disbursement of bank D
throughtout the years 1995 to 1998. 410 – 380
For Barley = 100 % 7.9% .
380
17. Percentage of loan disbursement in 1998 from various banks are
690 – 500
30 For other cereals = 100 % 38% .
From A 100 % 25% . 500
120
Increase in production was maximum for rice.
Data Interpretation—Tabulation 32.7
2000 32. Total production of cars in six years (1989 – 1994) = 476.
24. Average production of Rice MT 400MT .
5 476
Average of total production (cars per year) 79.33 80 .
6
Average production of Barley
1800
MT 360MT . Clearly, in year 1993 the production of cars was approximately
5
[Use sol. of Q-22] equal to the average production.
Required difference = (400 – 360)MT = 40MT. 33. Total production of cars of type (P and Q) and (R and S) in the
[MT = million tonnes] given years are:
25. Percentage increase in production of D type of toys from
Years (P + Q) (R + S)
125 – 105 1990 20 + 10 = 30 17 + 6 = 23
2003 to 2005 = 100 % 19% .
105 1991 16 + 14 = 30 16 + 10 = 26
26. Percentage drop in production of A type of toys from
1994 6 + 14 = 20 8 + 31 = 39
200 – 180
2002 to 2004 = 100 % 10% . Hence, the total production of cars of type P and Q was equal to
200 the total production of cars of types R and S in none of the above
27. Total production of all types of toys in 2005 years.
= 195 + 160 + 120 + 125 + 75 = 675. 34. There was a continuous increase in production of type - S car.
Total production of all types of toys in 2006 This is clear from the table.
= 220 + 185 + 130 + 135 + 80 = 750.
35. 25% of total production of all types of cars in 1993 = 25% of 80 = 20.
Percentage increase in production of all types of toys
Now, production of type-S cars in 1993 was 20.
750 – 675 100
from 2005 to 2006 = 100 % % 11% . 36. Percentage increase in production of all types of cars from 1991 to
675 9
90 – 75
28. Average number of toys of type B 1992 100 % 20% .
75
150 180 175 160 185 850 37. The number of children in 1988
170 .
5 5 = 146947 – (65104 + 60387) = 21456.
Average number of toys of type C
38. Total population in 1988 = 146947.
78 100 92 120 130 520
104 . Increase in population from 1988 to 1989 = 11630.
5 5
Required difference = 170 – 104 = 66. Total population in 1989 = 146947 + 11630 = 158577.
(29-31) 39. Number of children in 1989 = 158577 – (70391 + 62516)
School No. of students Number of No. of students = 25670 [Using calculation in previous quesiton]
scoring marks students scoring scoring exactly 40. Total population in 1990 = 153922.
less than 50% marks more 50% marks Decrease in population from 1990 to 1991 = 5337.
than 50%
Total population in 1991 = 153922 – 5337 = 148585.
55 Number of women in 1991 = 148585 – (69395 + 21560)
A 240 600 330 600 – (240 + 330) = 30
100 = 57630.
40 41. Total population in 1991 = 148585. [Calculated earlier]
B 220 400 160 400 – (220 + 160) = 20
100 Total population in 1992 = 160998.
20 Increase in population in 1992 over 1991 = 160998 – 148585
C 300 375 75 375 – (300 + 75) = 0
100 = 12413.
10 42. The percentage increase in the export of the commodity from 1998
D 280 350 35 350 – (280 + 35) = 35 to 1999 from various parts:
100
25 61 – 57
300 75 A 100 % 7% .
E 210 300 – (210 + 75) = 15 57
100
29. Total number of students scoring marks less than 50% 160 – 148
B 100 % 8.1% .
= 240 + 220 + 300 + 280 + 210 = 1250. 148
Total number of students scoring marks exactly 50% 234 – 229
C 100 % 2.1% .
= 30 + 20 + 35 + 15 = 100. 229
Required ratio = 1250 : 100 = 25 : 2. 150 – 146
D 100 % 2.7% .
30. Clearly, school D has the highest number of students scoring exactly 146
50% marks (35). Increase in the export of the commodity was highest for part B.
31. Total number of students scoring 50% or more marks 43. Total export in the year 1998 = (57 + 148 + 229 + 146) crores
= (330 + 160 + 75 + 35 + 75) + 100 = 775. = 580 crores.
32.8 Data Interpretation—Tabulation
Total export in the year 1999 = (61 + 160 + 234 + 150) crores Difference between the percentages of population in age groups
= 605 crores. 16 – 25 and 45 – 55 = (17.75 – 14.25)% = 3.5%
Percentage increase in the aggregate export of commodity from Population in age group 56 years and above = 10 million
605 – 580 Let the difference between populations in age groups 16 – 25 and
1998 to 1999 100 % 4.3% .
580 46 – 55 be x million.
44. Increase in the export of commodity in the year 1999 as compared 3.5 10
to the year 1998 = (605 – 580) crores = 25 crores. Then, 6.25 : 3.5 10 : x x 5.6.
6.25
250000000 Required difference = 5.6 million.
Average increase in export per port =
4 54. Let the total population of the state be p millions.
62,500,000 Then, (17.25 – 14.25)% of p = 11.75
45. Percentage increase in the export of commodity was lowest for 3 11.75 100
y 11.75 y 391.67
port C. 100 3
Thus, the total population of the state is approximately 391.67
[This is clear from Sol - 42]
millions.
46. Average marks in four subjects in the year 1995 55. Average speed of B during the first four hours
56 68 68 48 Total distance covered
60 .
4 =
Total time taken
47. Average marks of 40 students in science in the year 1995 = 68.
Total number of marks = 40 × 68 = 2720. 25 40 35 25 125
km/hr = km/hr = 31.25 km/hr..
48. The difference between the highest and the average marks in 4 4
Mathematics in various years are: 56. Average speed of A during last first hours
in 1993 94 – 60 = 34. 20 30 20 15 25 110
km/hr = km/hr = 22 km/hr..
in 1994 85 – 62 = 23. 5 5
in 1995 92 – 68 = 24. Average speed of A during last five hours
in 1996 91 – 64 = 27. 15 25 35 20 30 125
km/hr = km/hr = 25 km/hr..
The difference was maximum in the year 1993. 5 5
49. The difference between the highest and average marks in Social Required ratio = 22 : 25.
Science in various years are: 57. Distance travelled by A in 8 hours
in 1993 65 – 55 = 10. = (20 + 30 + 20 + 15 + 25 + 15 + 25 + 35) km = 185 km.
in 1994 66 – 58 = 8. Distance travelled by B in 8 hours
in 1995 68 – 48 = 20. = (25 + 40 + 35 + 25 + 35 + 10 + 25 + 15) km = 210 km.
in 1996 77 – 58 = 19. The distance between A and B at the end of 8th hour
The difference was least in the year 1994. = (210 – 185) km = 25 km.
50. The age group of (0 – 15) years accounts for the maximum 58. Total Total Distance Covered (in km) Distance
population in the state. [This is clear from the table] Time A B between
51. Percentage of total population below 26 years A and B
= (30 + 17.75)% = 47.75%. (in km)
47.75 1 hrs 20 25 5
Required number of persons 4200 2006 .
100 2 hrs 50 65 15
52. Percentage of population below 36 years = (30 + 17.75 + 17.25)% 3 hrs 70 100 30
= 65% 4 hrs 85 125 40
Percentage of population in age group 56 – 65 = 5.12% 5 hrs 110 160 50
Population below 36 years = 200 million 6 hrs 125 170 45
Let population in age group 56.65 = x million 7 hrs 150 195 45
5.12 200 8 hrs 185 210 25
Then, 65 : 512 200 : x x 15.75
65 9 hrs 205 235 30
People in age group 56.65 15.75 million. 10 hrs 235 280 45
53. Percentage of population in age group 56 years and above Clearly, the distance between A and B was maximum at the end of
= (5.12 + 1.13)% = 6.25% 5 hours.
Data Interpretation—Bar Graph 33.1
33 DATA INTERPRETATION—BAR GRAPH
EXERCISE
Directions (1-3) : Study the diagram and answer the 4. What is the ratio of percentage production of rose perfume
questions. [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014] during 2000 to that during the year 2001?
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2
(c) 4 : 3 (d) 5 : 4
5. What is the percentage of production of sandal perfume
during the year 2000 over that during 2001?
(a) 0% (b) 1%
(c) 50% (d) 100%
6. What is the production of jasmine perfume in the year 2001?
Given that during the year 2001 total perfume production
was 5000 units.
(a) 1200 (b) 1500
(c) 2000 (d) 2500
Directions (7-10) : Study the following bar graph showing
the percentage of children who can read at first grade level,
grouped by their grade level in an Indian state e.g. in
1. If the total annual expenditure of family B is 10,000, then
2008,82% of the children from Standard 3 could read a text
money spent on clothes during the year
from Standard 1. Now, answer the following questions based
(a) 500 (b) 1000 (c) 1500 (d) 2000
on this graph. [SSC SI 2016]
2. What fraction of the total expenditure is spent on education
in family A?
1 1 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 10 10 20
3. If the total annual expenditure of family A is 30,000 then
money spent on food, clothes and house rent is
(a) 10500 (b) 12000
(c) 13500 (d) 15000
Directions (4-6) : The production figures of a perfume
manufacturer are given in the form of percentage in sub
divided bar diagram. Study the diagram and answer the
questions. [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
7. What is the approximate value of average of the percentage
values of the children in Std 5, who could read the Std 1
text, from 2006-2011?
(a) 83.31% (b) 86.33%
(c) 75.12% (d) None
8. In the year 2010, what is the approximate value of average
of all Std 1,2,3,4,5 children who could read the Std 1 text?
(a) 5 (b) 10
(c) 15 (d) Data insufficient
33.1
33.2 Data Interpretation—Bar Graph
9. If there were 1.2 Lakh children in Std 4 in the year 2006, 15. The difference between the production of company Z in
how many of them could not read the Std 1 text? 1998 and company Y in 1996 is
(a) 11 Thousand (b) 21 Thousand (a) 25,00,000 tonnes (b) 20,00,000 tonnes
(c) 24 Thousand (d) 37 Thousand (c) 15,00,000 tonnes (d) 10,00,000 tonnes
10. What is the percentage drop in the percentage of children Directions (16-20) : A health drink company prepares the
in Std 5 from year 2009 to year 2011 who could read the drink with three different flavours P, Q, R. The production
Std 1 text? of three flavours over a period of six years has been
(a) 38% (b) 39% expressed on bar graph provided below. Study the graph
(c) 40% (d) 41% and answer the questions. [SSC CGL and CPO ASI 2013]
Directions (11-15) : The bar graph provided below gives
the data of the production of paper (in lakh tonnes) by three
different companies X, Y and Z over the years. Study the
bar chart and answer the following questions. [SSC 2015]
16. In which of the following years the percentage rise or fall in
production from the previous year is maximum for all
flavours of Q ?
(a) 2006 (b) 2007
(c) 2009 (d) 2010
17. The percentage of the total production of flavour R in 2007
and 2008 with respect of the production of flavour P in
11. The percentage of production of company Z to the 2005 and 2006 is
production of company Y is maximum in (a) 97.67% (b) 102.25%
(a) 1996 (b) 1998 (c) 115.35% (d) 133.33%
(c) 1999 (d) 2000 18. The average annual production of which flavour was
12. The ratio of the average production of company X in the maximum in the given period?
period 1998-2000 to the average production of company Y (a) P only (b) Q only
in the same period is (c) P and Q both (d) P and R both
(a) 23 : 25 (b) 24 : 27 19. What was the approximate decline in the production of
(c) 25 : 26 (d) 27 : 29 flavour R in 2010 as compared to the production in 2008 in
13. The average production for five years is maximum for which percentage?
company ? (a) 30.33% (b) 33.33%
(a) X (b) Y (c) 43.33% (d) 53.33%
(c) Z (d) X and Z 20. What is the difference between the average production of
14. The percentage increase in the production of company Y flavour Q in 2008, 2009 and 2010 from that of flavour P in
from 1996 to 1999 is 2005, 2006 and 2007 (in lakh bottles)?
(a) 60% (b) 55% (a) 50 (b) 5.5
(c) 50% (d) 40% (c) 5 (d) 0.5
Data Interpretation—Bar Graph 33.3
Directions (21-22) : Study the bar diagram and answer in 24. The average runs in two innings of the player who has scored
the given questions. [SSC CGL 2015] minimum in the second innings are:
(a) 30 (b) 40
(c) 50 (d) 60
25. The total scores in the first innings contributed by the four
players is
(a) 190 (b) 200
(c) 210 (d) 220
26. The average score in second innings contributed by the
four players is
(a) 30 (b) 40
(c) 50 (d) 60
Directions (27-30) : The sub divided bar diagram given
below depicts the result of Class XII students of a school
for three years. Study the diagram and answer the questions
given below: [SSC CGL 2013, 2014]
21. Ratio of the highest and lowest marks obtained in first term
among all the subjects is
(a) 7 : 9 (b) 7 : 10
(c) 9 : 7 (d) 10 : 7
22. Average marks obtained by the students for all subjects in
second term is
(a) 42 (b) 62
(c) 65 (d) 72
Directions (23-26) : Given here is a multiple bar diagram
of the scores of four players in two innings. Study the
diagram and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2015]
27. The percentage of students passed with second class in the
year 2000 is
1 1
(a) 33 % (b) 32 %
4 4
1 1
(c) 31 % (d) 30 %
4 4
28. The percentage of students passed with first class in the
year 2001 is
(a) 45% (b) 50%
(c) 60% (d) 65%
29. The number of students passed with third class in the year
23. The average runs of two innings of the player who scored 2002 is
highest in average are (a) 10 (b) 20
(a) 70 (b) 75 (c) 130 (d) 140
(c) 80 (d) 85
33.4 Data Interpretation—Bar Graph
30. The number of students passed with second class in the Directions (36-40): Study the following graph which shows
year 2002 is the production (in thousand) of different items, and answer
(a) 50 (b) 80 the questions. [SSC CGL 2004 & 2015]
(c) 100 (d) 130
Directions (31-35) : The following is a horizontal bar
diagram showing the accidents in which two wheelers are
involved with other objects. Study the diagram and answer
the questions. [SSC 2012]
36. The total number of all products produced by the company
in the year 2006 and 2008 together is
(a) 107500
(b) 105700
(c) 10750
(d) 1075
31. The difference in percentage between the accidents
involving ‘two-wheelers and two-wheelers’ and ‘two- 37. The average number of pen drives produced by the company
wheelers and other objects’ is respectively. over all the years together is
(a) 77% more (b) 77% less (a) 1700 (b) 17000
(c) 54% more (d) 54% less (c) 85000 (d) 170000
38. The difference between the total number of CD and pen
32. It is estimated that 60% of the accidents are involved due to drives produced by the company together in the year 2008
(a) Cars, buses, tanker lorry and pedestrians. and the number of keyboards produced by the company in
(b) Cars, tanker lorry, bicycles and stationary vehicles. the year 2006 is
(c) Two-wheelers, cars, buses and stationary vehicles. (a) 3500 (b) 4000
(d) Two-wheelers, cars, buses and tanker lorry. (c) 35000 (d) 40000
33. If the data of the bar diagram is represented by a pie chart, 39. The ratio between the number of keyboards produced by
and the angle of a sector of the pie chart is 36°, then this the company in the year 2006, 2007 and 2008 respectively is
sector represents the accidents involving (a) 1 : 2 : 3
(a) Pedestrains (b) Bicycles (b) 3 : 4 : 5
(c) Buses (d) Stationary vehicles (c) 3 : 4 : 6
(d) 3 : 6 : 4
34. The percentage of accidents in which pedestrians and
cyclists are involved is 40. The respective ratio between the number of CDs produced
(a) 6% (b) 20.4% by the company in the year 2009 and the number of
(c) 24% (d) 60% keyboards produced by the company in the year 2005 is
(a) 9 : 10
35. The percentage by which the accidents involving buses is (b) 10 : 9
less than the accidents involving tanker lorry is (c) 10 : 11
(a) 4% (b) 6% (d) 11 : 10
(c) 25% (d) 40%
Data Interpretation—Bar Graph 33.5
Directions (41-45) : The bar chart given below shows the
percentage distribution of the production of various models
of a mobile manufacturing company in 2007 and 2008. The
total production in 2007 was 35 lakh mobile phones and in
2008 the production was 44 lakh. Study the chart and answer
the following questions. [SSC CGL 2012]
46. The year in which the production reached maximum is
(a) 1995 (b) 1997
(c) 1999 (d) 2000
47. The percentage increase in production of wheat from 1997
to 1998 is
(a) 90% (b) 100%
(c) 120% (d) 150%
48. The year which had the percentage of decrease with regard
1
to its previous year in production as 13 % .
3
(a) 1996-97 (b) 1995-96
(c) 1999-2000 (d) 2000-01
41. Total number of mobiles of models A, B and E manufactured 49. The total production from the year 1995 to 1998 (in
in 2007 was quintals) is
(a) 24,50,000 (b) 22,75,000 (a) 3000 (b) 3100
(c) 21,00,000 (d) 19,25,000 (c) 3200 (d) 3300
42. For which models was the percentage variation in production Directions (50-54) : The bar-graph given below shows the
from 2007 to 2008 the maximum? percentage distribution of total expenditures of a company
(a) B and C (b) C and D under various expense heads during 2013. Study the graph
(c) A and B (d) F only and answer the given questions. [SSC 2014]
43. What was the difference in the number of B type mobiles
produced in 2007 and 2008?
(a) 3,55,000 (b) 2,70,000
(c) 2,25,000 (d) 1,75,000
44. If the percentage production of A type mobiles in 2008
was same as that in 2007, then the number of A type mobiles
produced in 2008 would have been
(a) 14,00,000 (b) 13,20,000
(c) 11,70,000 (d) 10,50,000
45. If 85% of the D type mobiles produced in each year were
sold by the company, then how many D type mobiles
remained unsold?
(a) 76,500 (b) 93,500
(c) 1,18,500 (d) 1,22,500
Directions (46-49) : The graph shows the production of
wheat of different years of a particular state. Study the graph
and answer questions. [SSC CGL 2012]
33.6 Data Interpretation—Bar Graph
50. The expenditure on the interest on loans is what per cent
more than the expenditure on transport?
(a) 5% (b) 10%
(c) 20% (d) 40%
51. The ratio of the total exepnditure on infrastructure and
transport to the total expenditure on taxes and interest on
loans is
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 8 : 7
(c) 9 : 7 (d) 13 : 11
52. If the expenditure on advertisement is 2.10 crores, then
the difference between the expenditures on transport and
taxes is
(a) 25 lakhs
(b) 35 lakhs 55. The number of years, the production of fertilizers was more
(c) 65 lakhs than average production of the given years is
(d) 95 lakhs (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
53. If the total amount of expenditure of the compnay is N
times the expenditure on research and development, then 56. The average production of 1996 and 1997 is exactly equal
the value of N is to the average production of the years
(a) 5 (a) 1995 and 2001 (b) 1995 and 1999
(b) 18 (c) 1999 and 2000 (d) 2000 and 2001
(c) 20 57. The percentage increase in production of fertilizers in 2002
(d) 27 compared to that in 1995 is
54. If the interest on loans amount of 2.45 crores, then the (a) 180% (b) 200%
total amount of expenditure on advertisement, taxes and (c) 220% (d) 240%
research and development is 58. The percentage increase in production as compared to
(a) 2.4 crores previous year is maximum in the year
(b) 4 . 2 crores (a) 1996 (b) 1997
(c) 5.4 crores (c) 1999 (d) 2002
(d) 7 crores 59. The percentage decline in the production of fertilizers from
Directions (55-59) : Study the following bar graph and 1997 to 1998 is
answer the questions. [SSC 2015]
(a) 23% (b) 25%
(c) 26% (d) 27.5%
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (d) 52. (b) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (a) 57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Percentage of the total expenditure of family B spent on clothes 2. Percentage of total expenditure of family A spent on education
= 10%. = 15%.
Money spent on clothes = 10% of 10000 15 3
Required fraction = .
10 100 20
10000 1000.
100
Data Interpretation—Bar Graph 33.7
3. Total expenditure on food, clothes and house rent of family. 12. Average production of company X in the period 1998 – 2000
45 25 50 40 115
A (10 15 20)% of 30000 30000 13500. lakh tonnes = lakh tonnes.
100 3 3
4. Percentage production of rose perfume in year 2000 Average production of company Y in the period 1998 – 2000
= (100 – 55)% = 45%. 35 40 45 125
lakh tonnes lakh tonnes.
Percentage production of rose perfume in year 2001 3 3
= (100 – 70)% = 30%. 115 125
Required ratio = : 115 :125 23 : 25 .
45% 3 3 3
Required ratio = 3: 2 . 13. Average production of company X
30% 2
5. Percentage of total production of sandal in 2000 = (55 – 35)% = 20%.
30 45 25 50 40
lakh tonnes = 38 lakh tonnes.
Percentage of production of sandal in 2001 = (70 – 50)% = 20%. 5
20 Average production of company Y
Required percentage = 100 % 100% .
20 25 35 35 40 50
6. Production of jasmine perfume in the year 2001 = (50 – 20)% of lakh tonnes = 37 lakh tonnes.
5
30 Average production of company Z
5000 units = 30% of 5000 units = 5000 units = 1500 units.
100 35 40 45 35 35
lakh tonnes = 38 lakh tonnes.
7. From year 2006 to 2011, percentage of children from standard 5 5
could read a text from standard 1 are 92%, 94%, 98%, 95%, 83% Hence, the average production is maximum for X and Z.
and 56% respectively. 14. Percentage increase in the production of company Y from 1996 to
92 94 98 95 83 56 518 40 – 25
1999 100 % 60% .
Average percentage = % 25
6 6
= 86.33%. 15. Production of company Z in 1998 = 45 lakh tonnes .
8. No information is given about the total number of children. Production of company Y in 1996 = 25 lakh tonnes.
Data is insufficient. Required difference = (45 – 25) lakh tonnes = 15 lakh tonnes
9. Number of students in Std 4 in year 2006 = 1.2 lakh. = 1500000 tonnes.
Percentage of the children from Std 4 who could read Std 1 text 16. Percentage of rise or fall in production for the flavour of Q in various
= 80%. years are :
Required number of children = (100 – 80)% of 1.2 lakh 60 – 55 1
In the year 2006 100 % 9 % (Rise).
55 3
20
120000 24000 24 thousand.
100 60 – 50 2
In the year 2007 100 % 16 % (Fall).
10. In 2009, percentage of children in std 5 who could read the std 1 60 3
text = 95%. In the year 2009 No change.
In 2011, percentage of children in std 5 who could read the std 1 In the year 2010 No change.
text = 56 %. The percentage change is maximum in the year 2007.
Percentage drop from 2009 to 2011 17. Total production of flavour R in 2007 and 2008
= (60 + 60) lakh bottles = 120 lakh bottles.
95 56
= 100 % 41%. Total production of flavour P in 2005 and 2006
95
= (50 + 40) lakh bottles = 90 lakh bottles.
11. Percentage of production of company Z to that of company Y in
120
various years are: Required percentage 100 % 133.3% .
90
1996 35 100 % 140%.
25 18. Average production of flavour P
50 40 55 45 60 50
1997 100 % 114%.
40 lakh bottles = 50 lakh bottles.
35 6
Average production of flavour Q
1998 45 100 % 129%.
35 55 60 50 55 50 55 lakh bottles = 54.16 lakh bottles.
6
1999 100 % 87.5%.
35
Average production of flavour R
40
2000 100 % 70%.
35 45 50 60 60 45 40
lakh bottles = 50 lakh bottles.
50 6
Hence, the percentage is maximum in the year 1996. Hence, the average annual production was maximum for the flavour
Q only.
33.8 Data Interpretation—Bar Graph
19. Production of flavour R in 2010 = 40 lakh bottles. (31 - 35) Number of accidents of two wheelers with various objects are
Production of flavour R in 2008 = 60 lakh bottles. Two - wheelers = 11.5 × 20 = 230 [Number of rectangles = 11.5]
60 40 cars = 7.5 × 20 = 150 [ Number of rectangles = 7.5]
Percentage decrease = 100 % 33.3% .
60 Buses = 6 × 20 = 120 [Number of rectangles = 6]
20. Average production of Q in 2008, 2009 and 2010 Tanker lorry = 8 × 20 = 160 [ Number of rectangles = 8]
55 50 55 160 Pedestrians = 2 × 20 = 40 [ Number of rectangles = 2]
lakh bottles = 3 lakh bottles.
3 Bicycles = 10 × 20 = 200 [ Number of rectangles = 10]
Average production of P in 2005, 2006 and 2007 Stationary = 5 × 20 = 100 [ Number of rectangles = 5]
50 40 55 145 31. Total number of accidents
lakh bottes = 3 lakh bottles .
3 = 230 + 150 + 120 + 160 + 40 + 200 + 100 = 1000.
160 145 15 Percentage of accidents involving ‘two wheelers and two wheelers’
Required difference = – 5 lakh bottles.
3 3 3
230
21. Highest marks obtained in first term among all subjects = 100 100 % 23% .
(Maths). 1000
Percentage of accidents involving ‘two wheelers and other objects’
Lowest marks obtained in second term among all the subjects = 70
(English and Chemistry). 1000 230
100 % 77% .
Required ratio = 100 : 70 = 10 : 7. 1000
Required difference = (77 – 23)% = 54%.
22. Average marks in second term
32. Clearly, 60 % of 1000 = 600.
80 80 75 65 60 360
= 72 . Number of accidents involved due to cars, buses, tanker lorry and
5 5
pedestrians = 150 + 120 + 160 + 40 = 470.
60 80
23. Average runs scored by Mahendra Singh Dhoni = 70 . Number of accidents involved due to cars, tanker lorry, bicycles
2
and stationary vehicles = 150 + 160 + 200 + 100 = 610.
50 50
Average runs scored by Virat Kohli = 50 . Number of accidents involved due to two wheelers, cars, buses
2
and stationary vehicles = 230 + 150 + 120 + 100 = 600.
70 10
Average runs scored by Cheteshwar Pujara = 40 . Number of vehicles involved due to two-wheelers, cars, buses and
2
tanker lorry = 200 + 150 + 120 + 160 = 630.
30 20
Average runs scored by Shikhar Dhawan = 25 . Hence, 60% of the accidents are involved due to two wheelers,
2
Hence, the highest average scored is 70. cars, buses and stationary vehicles.
24. Cheteshwar Pujara scored minimum runs in the 2nd innings. 33. If the data of the bar diagram is represented by a pie chart then the
number of accidents equivalent to a central angle of 36°
70 10
Average score of Cheteshwar Pujara 40 runs. 36
2 1000 100 .
360
25. Total scores contributed in the first innings by the four players
Clearly, this sector represents the accidents involving stationary
= 60 + 50 + 70 + 30 = 210. vehicles.
26. Average score in the second innings contributed by the four players 34. Number of accidents involved due to pedestrians and cyclists
80 50 10 20 = 40 + 200 = 240.
40 .
4
27. Total number of students in the year 2000 = 160. 240
Required percentage 100 % 24% .
Number of students passed with second class = 120 – 70 = 50. 1000
160 – 120
50 125 1 35. Required percentage = 100 % 25%.
Required percentage 100 % % 31 % . 160
160 4 4 36. Number of all products in the year 2006
28. Total number of students in the year 2001 = 120. = (10 + 7.5 + 15) thousands = 32.5 × 1000 = 32500.
Number of students passed with first class = 60. Number of all products in the year 2008
Required percentage
60 = (25 + 30 + 20) thousands = 75 × 1000 = 75000.
100 % 50% .
120 Total number of all products in the years 2006 and 2008 together
29. Number of students passed with third class in the year 2002 = 32500 + 75000 = 107500.
= 140 – 130 = 10. 37. Average number of pen drives produces over all the years together
30. Number of students passed with second class in the year 2002 15 7.5 15 30 17.5 85 1000
thousands = 17000 .
= 130 – 80 = 50. 5 5
Data Interpretation—Bar Graph 33.9
38. Total number of CD and pen drives produced in the year 2008 44. A (2008) = (30% of 44) lakh
= (25 + 30) thousands = 55000. [ Percentage production that of A in 2007]
Number of keyboards produced in the year 2006 = 13.2 lakh = 1320000.
= 15 thousands = 15000. 45. Total production of D-type mobiles in two years
Required difference = 55000 – 15000 = 40000. = D (2007) + D (2008) = {(10% of 35) + (10% of 44)} lakh
39. The number of keyboards produced by the company in the year = (3.5 + 4.4) lakh = 7.9 lakh.
2006, 2007 and 2008 are 15000, 30000 and 20000 respectively. Number of D-type mobiles left unsold = {(100 – 85)% of 7.9} lakh
Required ratio = 15000 : 30000 : 20000 = 3 : 6 : 4. = {15% of 7.9} lakh = 1.185 lakh = 118500.
40. Number of CDs produced in the year 2009 = 22.5 thousands 46. The production reached maximum in the year 1999.
= 22500. [This is clear from the biggest rectangle in the graph]
Number of keyboards produced in the year 2005 = 25 thousands 47. Percentage increase in production of wheat from 1997 to 1998
= 25000.
1000 500
22500 9 = 100 % 100%.
Required ratio = 9 :10 . 600
25000 10
41. Total Number of mobiles of models A, B and E manufactured in 48. Percentage of decrease in production during the given years are:
2007 = (30 + 15 + 15) % of 35 lakh
600 – 500 2
1996 – 97 100 % 16 % .
60 600 3
35 lakh = 21 lakh = 2100000.
100 1200 – 600
42. A (2007) = (30% of 35) lakh = 10.5 lakh, 1995 – 96 100 % 50% .
1200
A (2008) = (40% of 44) lakh = 17.6 lakh.
1500 – 1300 1
1999 – 2000 100 % 13 % .
Percentage variation of A =
17.6 10.5
10.5
100 % 67.6%. 1500
1300 – 600
2000 – 01
11
3
100 % 53 % .
B (2007) = (15% of 35) lakh = 5.25 lakh, 1300 13
B (2008) = (20% of 44) lakh = 8.8 lakh. 1
Clearly, the percentage of decrease during 1999 – 2000 is 13 % .
3
8.8 5.25 49. Total production from the year 1995 to 1998
Percentage variation of B = 100 % 67.6%.
5.25
= (1200 + 600 + 500 + 1000) quintals = 3300 quintals.
C (2007) = (20% of 35) lakh = 7 lakh,
17.5 – 12.5
C (2008) = (15% of 44) lakh = 6.6 lakh. 50. Required percent 100 % 40% .
12.5
Percentage variation of C =
7 6.6
7
100 % 5.7%. 51. Let the total expenditure of the company be x. Then,
Total expenditure on infrastructure and transport = (20 + 12.5)%
D (2007) = (10% of 35) lakh = 3.5 lakh,
32.5
D (2008) = (10% of 44) lakh = 6.6 lakh. of x = x.
100
Percentage variation of D = 4.4 3.5
3.5
100 % 25.7%.
Total expenditure on taxes and interest on loans = (10 + 17.5) % of
x=
27.5
x.
100
E (2007) = (15% of 35) lakh = 5.25 lakh,
32.5 27.5
E (2008) = (10% of 44) lakh = 4.4 lakh. Required ratio = x: x. 13 : 11.
100 100
Percentage variation of E = 5.25 4.4
5.25
100 % 16.2%. 52. Let the total expenditures of the company be x.
Then, 15% of x = 2.10 crores
F (2007) = (10% of 35) lakh = 3.5 lakh,
15
F (2008) = (5% of 44) lakh = 2.2 lakh. x 2.10 x 14 crores.
100
Percentage variation of F = 3.5 2.2
3.5
100 % 37.1%. Difference between the expenditures on transport and taxes
= (12.5 – 10)% of 14 crores = (2.5% of 14) crores = 3.5 lakh.
Clearly, the maximum percentage variation in production is for 53. Let the total amount of expenditure of the company be x.
models A and B.
Then, x = N × (5% of x) [ Expenditure on R & D is 5%]
43. Required difference = B (2008) – B (2007)
5 100
= {(20% of 44) – (15% of 35)} lakh = (8.8 – 5.25) lakh x N x N 20 .
100 5
= 3.55 lakh = 355000.
33.10 Data Interpretation—Bar Graph
54. Let the total expenditure be x crores. 65 50
In 1999 and 2000 57.5;
Then, 17.5% of x = 2.45 crores 2
[ Expenditure on interest on loans is 17.5%] 50 75
17.5 In 2000 and 2001 62.5.
x 2.45 x 14 crores . 2
100
Clearly, the average production in 1996 and 1997 is exactly equal
Total percentage of the expenditure on advertisement, taxes and
to the average production of 1995 and 2001.
research and development = (15 + 10 + 5)% = 30%.
Required amount = 30% of 14 crores. 57. Percentage increase in 2002 compared to that in 1995
80 – 25
30 100 % 220% .
= 14 crores = 4.2 crores. 25
100
40 – 25
55. Average production of fertilizers (in 10000 tonnes) 58. Percentage increase in 1996 100 % 60% ;
25
25 40 60 45 65 50 75 80 440
55. 60 – 40
8 8 Percentage increase in 1997 100 % 50% ;
40
Clearly, in the years 1997, 1999, 2001 and 2002 the production of
65 – 45
fertilizers was more than average production. Thus, there are 4 Percentage increase in 1999 100 % 44.4% ;
such years. 45
56. Average production (in ten thousand tonnes): 80 – 75
Percentage increase in 2002 100 % 6.6% .
75
40 60
In 1996 and 1997 50;
2 Thus, the percentage increase is maximum in the year 1996.
25 75 59. Percentage decline in production from 1997 to 1998
In 1995 and 2001 50;
2
60 – 45
25 65 100 % 25% .
In 1995 and 1999 45; 60
2
34 DATA INTERPRETATION—PIE CHARTS
THEORY AND FORMULAE (TF)
TF 1. Suppose a quantity N is composed of a few items A, B, C, D etc., then the share of each item can be represented by
sectors of circle (or slices of a circular disc) and the diagram is called a pie-chart.
In a pie chart, the share of each item is proportional to the corresponding arc length and consequently the central
angle (or area) of the sectors. If is the central angle of an item A, then A’s share = N , where is in degrees.
360
If 1 and 2 are the central angles corresponding to two items A and B whose shares from quantity N are NA and
NB , then 1 : 2 = NA : NB
EXERCISE
Directions (1-4): The pie chart given below shows the Directions 5-8: The pie chart given below shows the break-
number of shoes of 5 different brands in a multi brand store. up of number of hours of teaching various subjects at an
There are total 1200 shoes. [SSC CGL 2017] institute by Mr. Girish
1. How many shoes are there of Reebok brand ?
(a) 218 (b) 230
(c) 276 (d) 292 5. If Mr. Girish taught a total of 500 hours, then what is the
difference in number of hours of teaching Algebra and
2. What is the difference in the number of shoes of Puma and
Modern Maths? [SSC CGL 2017]
Vans ?
(a) 15 (b) 20
(a) 94 (b) 96
(c) 25 (d) 40
(c) 112 (d) 156
6. Mr. Girish taught Geometry for 36 hours. If the time taken
3. The difference between the number of shoes of Reebok and
in teaching Ratio constitutes one-fourth of the time for
Nike is same as the difference between which of the
Arithmetic, then for how much time (in hours) did he taught
following two brands ?
the topic of Ratio? [SSC CGL 2017]
(a) Puma and Adidas (b) Reebok and Adidas
(a) 46 (b) 51.75
(c) Vans and Nike (d) Nike and Adidas
(c) 69 (d) 103.5
4. Puma shoes are how much percent more than the Nike
7. If Data Interpretation and Modern Maths were taught for a
shoes?
combined time of 96 hours, then for how much time (in
(a) 14.28 (b) 16.66
hours) were Number System and Geometry taught?
(c) 21.33 (d) 24.14
[SSC CGL 2017]
34.1
34.2 Data Interpretation—Pie Charts
(a) 136 (b) 184 12. If the toll is to be collected through an outsourced agency
(c) 216 (d) 232 by allowing a maximum 10% commission, how much
8. A new topic named Problem Solving was also introduced amount should be permitted to be collected by the
and it was decided that 10% time of all topics except outsourced agency, so that the project is supported with
4910 crores ?
Arithmetic will be devoted to it. What will be the central
angle (in degrees) made by Problem Solving in the new pie (a) 5316 crores
chart? [SSC CGL 2017]
(b) 5401 crores
(a) 17.28 (b) 18 (c) 5827 crores
(c) 19.44 (d) 36 (d) 6213 crores
Directions (9-11): The pie-chart shows the proposed outlay 13. If NHAI could receive a total of 9695 crores as external
for different sectors during a Five-Year Plan of Government assistance, by what per cent (approximately) should it
of India. The total outlay is 40,000 crores. By reading the increase the market borrowing to arrange for the shortage
pie-chart answer the following three questions: of funds?
[SSC CGL 2015] (a) 1.5% (b) 6%
(c) 7.5% (d) 8%
14. The central angle corresponding to market borrowing is
(a) 52° (b) 137.8°
(c) 187.2° (d) 192.4°
Directions (15-17): In an institution there are 800 students.
Students use different modes of transport for going to the
institution and return. The given pie diagram represents the
requisite data. Study the diagram carefully and answer the
questions. [SSC CGL 2015]
9. What is the proposed outlay for education?
(a) 6000 crores (b) 7000 crores
(c) 8000 crores (d) 9000 crores
10. If the proposed outlay of irrigation is x% of the proposed
outlay of Agriculture, then x is equal to
(a) 15 (b) 25
(c) 50 (d) 75
11. What is the ratio between the proposed outlay of irrigation
and communication?
(a) 3 : 2 (b) 6 : 5
(c) 9 : 5 (d) 9 : 8
Directions (12-14): The following pie-chart shows the
sources of funds (in crores) to be collected by the National
Highways Authority of India (NHAI) for its Phase II
projects. Study the pie-chart and answer the following three 15. The number of students who travel in public bus is
questions. (a) 120 (b) 125
[SSC CGL 2015] (c) 130 (d) 150
16. The number of students who do not use institute bus is
(a) 320 (b) 330
(c) 350 (d) 480
17. The number of students who go to institute on foot is
(a) 170 (b) 160
(c) 120 (d) 106
Directions (18-21) : Study the pie chart and table given
below and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2014]
The details of percentage of employees working in various
departments in an organization and the number of males
working among them.
Data Interpretation—Pie Charts 34.3
Total number of employees = 800
Department No. of Males
22. What percentage of the total amount is being spent on
Production 245
cement in 1991?
HR 12
(a) 18% (b) 30%
IT 74
(c) 48% (d) 60%
Marketing 165
Accounts 93 23. The percentage increase in the amount spent on labour from
1991 to 2001, given that the total amount spent on the
18. The respective ratio between the numbers of females construction of the house is 3,60,000 in 1991 and
working in HR department to the total number of employees 8,64,000 in 2001 is
working in the HR department is
1 1 2 2
(a) 8 : 19 (b) 8 : 17 (a) 125 % (b) 148 % (c) 166 % (d) 154 %
9 3 3 9
(c) 7 : 10 (d) 5 : 7
24. If the total cost of constructing the house is 3,60,000 in
19. The percentage of the number of male employees working 1991 and 8,64,000 in 2001, what is the amount spent on
in marketing department to the total number of employees steel in 1991 and 2001 ?
in marketing department is (a) 2,16,000 and 4,32,000 (b)80,000 and 2,10,000
(a) 84 % (b) 86% (c) 60,000 and 84,000 (d)50,000 and 1,44,000
(c) 88% (d) 91% Directions (25-29): Study the following graph carefully and
20. The percentage of females working in IT department to the answer the given questions. [SSC DP SI 2015]
total number of employees working in the organization is
(a) 10.25% (b) 10.75%
(c) 15.25% (d) 15.75%
21. The ratio of number of males in marketing department to
the number of females working in that department is
(a) 52 : 7 (b) 52 : 9
(c) 55 : 7 (d) 55 : 9
Directions (22-24): Pie charts show the expenses on various
heads in construction of a house. Study the pie chart.
[SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
34.4 Data Interpretation—Pie Charts
25. In 1997, the total number of which of the following types of Directions (33-37): The expenses of a country for a
pairs of employees was approximately equal to the A – type particular year are given in pie chart. Read the Pie-Chart
of employees in 1998? and answer the questions. [SSC DP SI 2015]
(a) C and D (b) D and E
(c) B and C (d) A and C
26. From 1997 to 1998 in the case of which of the following
types of employees the change was maximum ?
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
27. What was the approximate difference in the number of B-
type of employees during 1997 and 1998?
(a) 2085 (b) 2285
(c) 2325 (d) 2620
28. If the number of D-type employees in 1998 was 5000, what
would have been its approximate percentage in the
company? 33. If the total amount spent by the Government during the year
(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 16 was 1,00,000 crores, then the amount spent on Health and
29. The number of A-type employees in 1998 was Education together was
approximately what per cent of the number of A-type (a) 15,000 crores (b) 20,000 crores
employees in 1997? (c) 25,000 crores (d) 30,000 crores
(a) 95 (b) 115 34. If the total amount spent by the Government during the year
(c) 125 (d) 140 was 3,00,000 crores, the amount spent on State
Directions (30-32) : In the following questions, the pie Development exceeds that on Sports by
chart shows the number of students admitted in different (a) 25,000 crores (b) 30,000 crores
faculties of a college. Study the chart and answer the (c) 35,000 crores (d) 45,000 crores
questions. [SSC CGL 2013] 35. The per cent of less money spent on Non-plan than that on
Defence is
(a) 5% (b) 10%
(c) 12% (d) 15%
36. The per cent of excess of money spent on Others than that
on Sports is
(a) 25% (b) 26%
(c) 27% (d) 28%
37. The per cent of the total spending that is spent on Health is
(a) 15% (b) 20%
(c) 25% (d) 30%
Directions (38-40): The pie-chart given below shows the
expenditure incurred by a family on various items and their
savings. Study the chart and answer the questions based on
the pie-chart. [SSC CGL 2015]
30. How many students are more in Commerce than in Law if
1000 students are in Science?
(a) 20 (b) 200
(c) 500 (d) 2000
31. If 1000 students are admitted in Science, what is the ratio
of students in Science and Arts?
(a) 5 : 6 (b) 6 : 5
(c) 7 : 5 (d) 7 : 6
32. If 1000 students are admitted in Science, then what is the
total number of students?
(a) 180 (b) 360
(c) 1800 (d) 3600
Data Interpretation—Pie Charts 34.5
38. The ratio of expenditure on food to savings is Directions (45-46): Various expenditures incurred by a
(a) 10 : 9 (b) 3 : 2 publishing company for publishing a book in 2011 are given
(c) 3 : 1 (d) 2 : 1 below. Study the chart and answer the questions.
39. If the expenditure on education is 1600 more than that [SSC 2013]
on housing, then the expenditure on food is
(a) 3333 (b) 6000
(c) 7000 (d) 12000
40. If the monthly income is 36000, then the yearly savings
is
(a) 60000 (b) 70000
(c) 72000 (d) 74000
Directions (41-44): In the following questions, study the
two pie charts and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2013]
45. Price of a book is 20% above the cost price. If the marked
price is 180, then the cost of paper for a single copy (in )
is
(a) 22.50 (b) 36
(c) 42 (d) 44.25
46. Royalty of a book is less than the printing cost by
(a) 5% (b) 20%
1
(c) 25% (d) 33 %
3
Directions (47-49): The pie chart, given here, represents
the number of valid vote obtained by four students who
contested elections for school leadership. The total number
of valid votes polled was 720.
Observe the chart and answer the questions based on it.
[SSC CGL 2010]
41. What is the per cent increase in amount spent on Education
in May month over April month?
(a) 9.56% (b) 10.82%
(c) 12.35% (d) 20%
42. The ratio of amount spent for Savings in April month’s
salary and Miscellaneous in May month’s salary is
(a) 205 : 13 (b) 216 : 25
(c) 217 : 26 (d) 235 : 50
43. From the salary of May, the amount spent on Grocery and
Electricity are 47. What was the minimum number of votes obtained by any
(a) 960, 5040 (b) 2160, 480 candidate?
(c) 3500, 2250 (d) 6250, 3360 (a) 100 (b) 110
(c) 120 (d) 130
44. The average amount spent on Education, Grocery and
Savings from April month’s salary is 48. Who was the winner?
(a) 5520 (b) 5800 (a) A (b) B
(c) 6000 (d) 6325 (c) C (d) D
34.6 Data Interpretation—Pie Charts
49. By how many votes did the winner defeat his nearest rival? 53. The difference of marks between Physics and Chemistry is
(a) 40 (b) 45 same as that between
(c) 48 (d) 50 (a) Chemistry and Social Science
Directions (50-52): The income of a state under different (b) Physics and English
heads is given in the following pie-chart. Study the chart (c) Mathematics and English
and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2015] (d) English and Social Science
54. The marks obtained in Mathematics and Chemistry exceed
the marks obtained in Physics and Social Science by
(a) 30 (b) 40
(c) 45 (d) 50
55. The subject in which the student obtained 135 marks is
(a) English (b) Physics
(c) Chemistry (d) Mathematics
56. The marks obtained in English, Physics and Social Science
exceed the marks obtained in Mathematics and Chemistry
by
1
(a) 10% (b) 10 %
9
1
(c) 11% (d) 11 %
50. If the income from the market tax in a year be 165 crores 9
then the total income from other sources is (in crore) Directions (57-59): The pie charts, given here show some
(a) 325 (b) 335 automobile parts manufactured by an automobile company
(c) 345 (d) 365 at its Pune and Nagpur plants in the year 2009. Study the
51. If the total income in a year be 773 crores then the income pie charts and answer the questions. [SSC 2010]
(in crores) from ‘Income tax’ and ‘Excise duty’ is
(a) 329.80 (b) 329.85
(c) 331.45 (d) 331.50
52. The central angle of the sector representing income tax is
(a) 126° (b) 135°
(c) 150° (d) 119°
Directions (53-56): The following pie chart shows the marks
scored by a student in different subjects such as in Physics
(Ph,), Chemistry (Ch.), Mathematics (M), Social Science
(SS) and English (E) in an examinaton. Assuming that total
marks obtained for the examination is 810. Answer the
questions given below. [SSC CGL 2013]
57. If the Nagpur plant produced 8,00,000 tyres, then the
number of horns produced by it was
(a) 12,000 (b) 18,500
(c) 60,000 (d) 75,000
58. How many per cent more tubes were produced at the Pune
plant than those produced at the Nagpur plant?
(a) 14% (b) 12%
(c) 8% (d) 3%
59. The ratio of number of horns produced at Nagpur plant to
that produced at Pune plant is
(a) 3 : 7 (b) 7 : 3
(c) 7 : 10 (d) 10 : 3
Data Interpretation—Pie Charts 34.7
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (d) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (a)
SOLUTIONS
1. Number of Reebok shoes 54
23 360 = 19.44°.
= 23% of 1200 1200 276 . 1000
10 72
2. Difference in the number of Puma and Vans shoes 9. The proposed outlay for education = 40000 crores
360
8 = 8000 crores.
= (21 – 13) % of 1200 8% of 1200 1200 96.
100 10. Proposed outlay of irrigation
3. Difference between the number of shoes of Reebok and nike = x % of proposed outlay of agriculture
central angle corresponding to irrigation
= (23 – 18) % of 1200 = 5 % of 1200 = 60.
= x % of Central angle corresponding to agriculture
Difference between the number of shoes of vans and nike.
x
= (18 – 13)% of 1200 = 5% of 1200= 60. 54° = x % of 108° 54 108 x 50 .
100
21 – 18 3 11. Ratio between the proposed outlay of irrigation and communication
4. Required percentage = 100 % 100 % = Ratio between the central angles = 54 : 45 = 6 : 5.
18 8
= 16.66%. 12. Let the amount permitted be x.
Then, x = (100 + 10)% of 4910 crores
5. Difference in the number of hours of teaching Algebra and Modern
Maths = 9% of 500 – 4 % of 500 = 5 % of 500 110
= 4910 = 5401 crores.
100
5
500 25 hours. 13. Funds to be collected as external assistance = 11486 crores.
100
Funds actually recieved as external assistance = 9695 crores.
6. Let the total number of hours for which Mr. Raghav taught be x
Difference = (11486 – 9695) crores = 1791 crores.
hours.
Desired percentage increase in market borrowing
36 100
Then, 6 % of x = 36 x 600 hours. 1791
6 = 100 % 6% .
29952
1 14. Total funds to be collected
Time taken to teach ratio (46% of 600)
4 = (11486 + 5252 + 4910 + 6000 + 29952) crores
= 69 hours. = 57600 crores.
7. Let the total time taken be x hours. Central angle corresponding to market borrowing
Then, 8 % of x + 4 % of x = 96 29952
= 360 = 187.2°.
96 100 57600
12 % of x = 96 x 800 .
12 54
Now, time taken to teach Number System and Geometry 15. Number of students who travel by public bus = 800 120 .
360
= 23% of 800 + 6% of 800 = 29 % of 800 = 232 hours. 16. Central angle corresponding to the number of students who do not
8. Time taken to teach Problem solving use institute bus = 360° – 216° = 144°.
144
= 10 % time of all subjects except Arithmetic Required number of students = 800 320.
360
1 17. Central angle corresponding to the number of students who go on
(100 46)% 5.4% .
10 foot = 360° – (216° + 54° + 18°) = 360° – 288° = 72°.
Now, angle subtended by Problem Solving in the new pie chart
72
= 5.4 % of 360° Required number of students = 800 160 .
360
34.8 Data Interpretation—Pie Charts
(18-21) 15 9
D 42980 6447 48640 4377
Department Number of Number of Number of 100 100
employees Males females
27 27
E 42980 11604 48640 13132
35 100 100
Production 800 280 245 280 – 245 = 35
100
22 21
5 F 42980 9455 48640 10214
HR 800 40 12 40 – 12 = 28 100 100
100
25. C(1997) + D(1947) = 4298 + 6447 = 10745.
20
IT 800 160 74 160 – 74 = 86 D(1997) + E(1947) = 6447 + 11604 = 18051.
100
B(1997) + C(1947) = 2578 + 4298 = 6876.
24
Marketing 800 192 165 192 – 165 = 27 A(1997) + C(1947) = 8596 + 4298 = 12894.
100
16 Total Number of C and D type employees in 1997 is
Accounts 800 128 93 128 – 93 = 35 approximately equal to the A-Type employees in 1998.
100
26. Change in A = 10700 – 8596 = 2104.
18. Required ratio = 28 : 40 = 7 : 10.
Change in B = 4864 – 2578 = 2286.
165 Change in C = 5350 – 4298 = 1052 .
19. Required percentage 100 % 86% .
192
Change in D = 6447 – 4377 = 2070.
20. Number of females working in IT department = 86.
The change was maximum in B-Type employees.
Total number of employees in the organisation = 800.
27. Required difference = 4864 – 2578 = 2286
86
Required percentage 100 % 10.75% .
800 28. Original number of D-type employees in 1998 = 4377.
21. Number of males in marketing department = 165. New number of employees = 5000.
Number of females in marketing department = 27. Total number of employees in 1998 = 48640 – 4377 + 5000
Required ratio = 165 : 27 = 55 : 9. = 49263.
22. Percentage of the amount spent on cement in 5000
Required percentage 100 % 10% .
108 49263
1991 100 % 30% .
360
10700
90 29. Required percentage 100 % 125% .
23. Amount spent on labour in 1991 = 360000 =9000. 8596
360
30. Let the total number of students be x.
100
Amount spent on labour in 1992 = 864000 Number of students in Science = 1000
360
=240000. 100
x 1000 x 3600 .
360
240000 – 90000
Percentage increase = % Difference in Central angles of Commerce and Law = 65° – 450° = 20°.
90000
1500 2 20
% 166 % . Required difference = 3600 200 .
= 360
9 3
31. Ratio of number of students in Science and Arts
50
24. Amount spent on steel in 1991 = 360000 50000. = Ratio of their Central angles = 100 : 120 = 5 : 6.
360
32. Let the total number of students be x. Then,
60
Amount spent on steel in 2001 = 864000 144000.
360 100
x 1000 x 3600 .
(25-29) 360
Thus, the total number of students is 3600.
Companies Number of Number of
33. Total amount spent on Health and Education together
employees (1997) employees (1998)
54
20 22 = 100000 10% of 100000 crores
A 42980 8596 48640 10700 360
100 100
= (15000 + 10000) crores =25000 crores.
6 10
B 42980 2578 48640 4864 34. The amount spent on State Development = (15% of 300000) crores
100 100
10 11 15
C 42980 4298 48640 5350 = 300000 crores =45000 crores.
100 100 100
Data Interpretation—Pie Charts 34.9
18 43. Amount spent on Grocery in May
Amount spent on Sports = 300000 crores
360 14
= 15000 crores. = 14 % of 25000 = 25000 =3500.
100
Exceeded amount = (45000 – 15000) crores =30000 crores.
Amount spent on Electricity in May
36
35. Percentage of the total spent on Non-plan = 100 % = 10%. 9
360 = 9 % of 25000 = 25000 =2250.
Required percentage = (15 – 10)% = 5%. 100
44. Total amount spent on Education, Grocery and Savings in
18
36. Percentage of the total spent on sports = 100 % 5% . April = (47 + 4 + 18)% of 24000
360
Required percentage = (30 – 5)% = 25%. 69
= 24000 =16560.
37. Percentage of the total spent on health 100
54 16560
100 % 15% . Required average = =5520.
360 3
38. Ratio of expenditure on to food to savings 45. M.P = (100 + 20)% of C.P.
= Ratio of their central angles = 120 : 60 = 2 : 1. 120 180 100
39. Let the total income be x. Then,
180 C.P. C.P = 150.
100 120
70 54 70 x 54 x Cost of the paper for a single copy
x x 1600 – 1600
360 360 360 360 15
16 x = 15 % of 150 = 150 =22.50.
1600 x 36000. 100
360
20 – 15
120 46. Required percentage 100 % 25% .
Expenditure on food = 36000 = 12000. 20
360 (47-49)
Another Method: Central angles corresponding to education,
Housing and Food are 70°, 54° and 120° respectively. 80 60
A= 720 160 ; B 720 120 ;
When difference between Education and Housing is (70° – 54°) 360 360
i.e. 16°. 120 100
C= 720 240 ; D 720 200.
then Food = 120°; 360 360
120 47. Clearly, B got the minimum number of votes i.e. 120.
When difference is 1000, then food 1600 12000.
16 48. C got the highest number of votes (240) and was the winner.
40. Monthly income = 36000. 49. C was the winner with 240 votes and D was his nearest rival with
200 votes.
60
Monthly savings = 36000 = 6000. Winner C defeated his nearest rival D by 240 – 200 = 40 votes.
360
Yearly savings = (6000 × 12) = 72000. 50. The total income from other sources = (100 – 33)% = 67%.
41. Amount spent on Education (A) in April 67 165
Now, 33 : 67 165 : x x 335.
47 33
= 47 % of 24000 = 24000 11280.
100 Total income from other sources = 335 crores.
Amount spent on Education (A) in May 51. Total income from ‘Income tax’ and ‘Excise duty’ (35 + 10)% of
50 45
= 50 % of 25000 = 25000 12500. 733 crores = 733 crores = 329.85 crores.
100 100
35
Percentage increase in amount spent on Education 52. Central angle corresponding to Income tax 360 126 .
100
12500 – 11280 (53-56)
= 100 % 10.82% .
11280 85
Marks obtained in Physics = 810 191.25 .
42. Amount spent on Savings in April 360
70
18 Marks obtained in Chemistry = 810 157.5 .
= 18 % of 24000 = 24000 4320. 360
100
90
Marks obtained in Mathematics = 810 202.5 .
Amount spent on Miscellaneous in May 360
55
2 Marks obtained in Social Sciences = 810 123.75 .
= 2 % of 25000 = 25000 500 . 360
100
60
Required ratio = 4320 : 500 = 216 : 25. Marks obtained in English = 810 135 .
360
34.10 Data Interpretation—Pie Charts
53. The difference of marks between Physics and Chemistry Total number of marks in all the subjects = 450 + 360 = 810.
= 191.25 – 157.5 = 33.75. 450 – 350 1
Required Percentage = 100 % 11 % .
The difference of marks between Chemistry and Social Science 810 9
= 157.5 – 123.75 = 33.75. 57. In Nagpur plant, percentage of tyres : Percentage of horns
54. Total marks obtained in Mathematics and Chemistry = Number of tyres produced : Number of horns produced
= 202.5 + 157.5 = 360. 3 800000
32 : 3 800000 : x x 75000 .
Total marks obtained in Physics and Social Science 32
The number of horns produced in Nagpur plant was 75000.
= 191.25 + 123.75 = 315.
Required difference = 360 – 315 = 45. 28 – 25
58. Required percentage 100 % 12% .
55. Clearly, the students got 135 marks in English. 25
59. The ratio of number of horns produced at Nagpur plant to that
56. Total marks obtained in English, Physics and Social Sciences produced at Pune plant is equal to the ratio of their corresponding
= 135 + 191.25 + 123.75 = 450. percentage.
Total marks obtained in Mathematics and Chemistry Required ratio = 3 : 7.
= 202.5 + 157.5 = 360.
Data Interpretation—Line Graph 35.1
35 DATA INTERPRETATION—LINE GRAPH
EXERCISE
Directions (1-4) : The graph given here shows a car 5. If the total number of employees before the year 2010 was
following the linear path with uniform speed. Study the 640, then the total number of employee after 2014 was
graph and answer the questions. (a) 56 (b) 720
(c) 835 (d) 840
)
30
30
,
(5
6. What was the ratio of number of employees recruited in
year 2011 to that in year 2013?
4)
,2
24
Distance (in km)
(4
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 8 : 5
)
18
18 (c) 9 : 5 (d) 9 : 10
,
(3
7. The number of employees recruited in year 2012 was what
)
12
12
,
(2
per cent of the number of employees recruited in year 2014.
(a) 60.5% (b) 62.5%
)
,6
6
(1
(c) 65% (d) 66%
0 1 2 3 4 5 Directions (8-9) : Study the following graph and answer
Time (in hours) the questions. [SSC 2013]
1. The speed of the car is
(a) 6 km/hr (b) 12 km/hr
(c) 18 km/hr (d) 24 km/hr Company X
2. The speed of the car (in metres per minute) is 2.25 Company Y
(a) 60 (b) 100
2.0
(c) 600 (d) 1000
Ratio of exports to imports
1.75
3. The distance travelled by the car in 4.5 hours is
(a) 27 km (b) 30 km 1.5
(c) 36 km (d) 40 km 1.25
4. The car covers a distance of 15 kilometres in 1.0
(a) 1.5 hours (b) 2 hours 0.75
(c) 2.5 hours (d) 3 hours 0.5
Directions (5-7) : Study the following line chart carefully 0.25
and answer the questions given below. The following line
chart represents the number of employees recruited in 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
different years in a Company. [SSC CPO 2016] Years
60
8. If the imports of company X in 2007 were increased by
50 40%, what would be the ratio of exports to the increased
Number of employees
imports?
40 (a) 0.25 (b) 0.75
(c) 1.25 (d) 1.75
30
9. In 2005, the exports of company X were double that of
20 company Y in that year. If the imports of company X during
the year were 180 crores, what was the amount (in crore)
10 of imports of company Y during the year?
(a) 210 (b) 212
0 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 (c) 282 (d) 315
Years
35.1
35.2 Data Interpretation—Line Graph
Directions (10-11) : The graph given below shows the daily 15. What is the ratio of the companies having more demand than
income of 50 workers in a factory. Study the graph and production to those having more production than demand?
answer the questions. [SSC MT 2013] (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2
Directions (16-17) : Study the following graph and answer
50 (200, 50) the questions. [SSC CGL 2013]
45
40 (180, 40)
35 (160, 34)
Number of workers
30
(140, 26)
25
20
15
(120, 12)
10
5
X
0
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
Daily income (in₹)
10. What percentage of the factory workers earn between150
and 180 ? 16. Find the percentage decrease in income from 2001 to 2002.
(a) 6% (b) 12% (c) 16% (d) 20% 1
11. The median wages in the factory is (a) 33% (b) 37 %
2
(a) 138 (b) 140 (c) 50% (d) Data inadequate
(c) 150 (d) 160 17. If the income shows positive growth every year throughout
Directions (12-15) : In the following questions, the graph the period (2000-2005), then in how many years the
shows the demand and production of different companies. expenditure shows a positive growth?
Study the graph and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 55
6000 Directions (18-21) : A motorist and a scooterist made a
5000
journey of 120 km at the same time and from the same place.
5000 The graph shows the progress of the journey made by each
4500
person. Study the graph and answer the questions.
3700
4000
3660 4200
Units (Lakh tonnes)
3100 3300
3000
3150 2800
2100 2600 80
2000
Distance (in km)
1450
1000
ist
t er
oo
0 40
Sc
A B C D E F
Companies
Production Demand t
ris
12. The demand of company B is what percentage of the oto
M
production of compnay F ?
(a) 50% (b) 60% (c) 70% (d) 80%
9:00am 9:30am 10:00am10:30am 11:00am 11:30am
13. What is the difference between the average demand and
Time
the average production of the companies (in lakh tonnes)?
(a) 200 (b) 250 (c) 275 (d) 325 18. The scooterist completes the journey in (hours)
14. The production of company A is approximately what per 1
(a) 2 (b) 2
cent of the demand of company C? 2
(a) 50% (b) 55% (c) 60% (d) 65% 1
(c) 3 (d) 3
2
Data Interpretation—Line Graph 35.3
19. What was the speed of the scooterist during the journey? 22. In how many of the given years, was the production of
(In kmph) Type P vehicles of the company more than the average
(a) 42 (b) 45 (c) 46 (d) 48 production of this type vehicle in the given years?
20. How far, from the start, did the motorist meet the scooterist? (a) 2 (b) 3
(In km) (c) 4 (d) 5
(a) 70 (b) 75 (c) 80 (d) 90 23. Approximate percentage decrease in production of Type Q
21. At what time did the motoirst meet the scooterist? vehicles from 2010 to 2011 is
(a) 10.15 a.m. (b) 10.20 a.m. (a) 10.1 (b) 12.5
(c) 10.30 a.m. (d) 10.45 a.m. (c) 14.3 (d) 16.7
Directions (22-26) : The following graph shows production 24. The total production of Type P vehicles in the years 2009
(in thousands) of two types (P and Q) of vehicles by a factory to 2011 is what per cent of total production of Type Q
over the years 2009 to 2014. Study the graph and answer vehicles in 2010 and 2014?
the given questions. [SSC CGL 2015] (a) 69.25
(b) 75
300
(c) 80
275 275
275 (d) 81.25
250 25. The ratio of total production of Type P vehicles to the total
Number of vehicles (in thousands)
225
225 production of Type Q vehicles over the years is
200 225 (a) 5 : 8
200
175 (b) 8 : 5
175 (c) 41 : 48
150 175 175
150 (d) 48 : 41
125 26. The production of Type Q vehicles in 2010 was
125 125
100 approximately what per cent of Type P vehicles in 2014?
100
75
(a) 45.5
Type P
(b) 54.5
50
Type Q (c) 60
25
0
(d) 75
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
Years
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (b)
SOLUTIONS
distance 6 km 5. Total number of employees before the year 2010 = 640.
1. Speed = 6 km/hr.
time 1 hr Total number of employees after the year 2014
6000 m
2. Speed = 6 km/hr = 100 m/min. = 640 + (35 + 45 + 25 + 50 + 40) = 835.
60 min
6. Required ratio = R (2011) : R (2013) = 45 : 50 = 9 : 10.
3. Distance = speed × time = (6 × 4.5) km = 27 km.
25
Distance 15 km 7. Required percentage 100 % 62.5% .
4. Time = 2.5 hrs. 40
Speed 6 km/hr
8. Let the original X – imports (2007) = x.
(5-7) Number of employees recruited in various years: Then, original X – exports (2007) = 1.75x.
R (2010) = 35,
[ X – 2007 (Exports / Imports) = 1.75]
R (2011) = 45,
Increased X – imports (2007) = {x + 40 % of x} = 1.40x.
R (2012) = 25,
R (2013) = 50, Exports 1.75 x
X 2007 1.40 x 1.25 .
R (2014) = 40. Increased Imports
35.4 Data Interpretation—Line Graph
9. X – imports (2005) = 180 crores. 17. If the income shows a positive growth every year (given), so during
X – exports (2005) = (1.75 × 180) crores = 315 crores. the years, when the ratio of income to expenditure decreases, the
expenditure would definitely increase.
[ X – 2005 (Exports / Imports) = 1.75]
Now, the ratio decreases in the years 2002, 2004 and 2005, so the
1 expenditure shows a positive growth during these 3 years.
Y – exports (2005) = 315 crores = 157.5 crores.
2 1
18. The scooterist completes the journey in 2 hrs 30 min. i.e. 2 hrs.
[ X – exports (2005) = 2 × Y – exports (2005)] 2
157.5 19. The scooterist starts the journey at 9:00 am and finish it at 11:30 am.
Y – imports (2005) = crores = 210 crores. Time taken by the scooterist to complete the journey = 2 hrs 30
0.75
[ Y – 2005 (Exports / Imports) = 0.75] min = 2.5 hours.
Distance covered by the scooterist = 120 km.
(10-11)
Wages Number of workers 120
Speed of the scooterist = km/hr = 48 km/hr..
120 12 2.5
140 26 – 12 = 14 20. From the graph, it is clear that the motorist met the scooterist after
160 34 – 26 = 8 moving 80 km from the start.
180 40 – 34 = 6 21. By the time the motorist met the scooterist, he had travelled 80 km.
200 50 – 40 = 10 Time taken by scooterist to cover 80 km (at a speed of 48 km/hr
80 80
8 calculated above) = hrs = 60 min = 100 min
10. Required percentage = 100 % 16% . 48 40
50 = 1 hr 40 min.
11. Motorist met the scooterist at = 9 : 00 + 1 : 40 = 10 : 40 a.m.
Daily No. of Cumulative (22-26)
wages (x) workers (f) Frequency (c.f.)
Number of vehicles (in thousands) produced of type P in various
120 12 12 years are:
140 14 26 P (2009) = 100, P (2010) = 125, P (2011) = 200,
160 8 34 P (2012) = 225, P (2013) = 275, P (2014) = 275.
180 6 40 Number of vehicles (in thousands) produced of type Q in various
200 10 50 years are:
N = 50 Q (2009) = 175, Q (2010) = 150, Q (2011) = 125,
50 Q (2012) = 175, Q (2013) = 175, Q (2014) = 225.
Clearly, median wages = th i.e. 25 th item = 140. 22. Average production (in thousands) of Type P vehicles
2
12. Demand of company B (in lakh tonnes) = 3150 units. 100 125 200 225 275 275
200 .
Production of company F (in lakh tonnes) = 4500 units. 6
In year 2012, 2013 and 2014 production of the P vehicles is
3150
Required percentage 100 % 70% . more than the average production.
4500
13. Average demand (in lakh tonnes) Q 2010 Q 2011
23. Percentage decrease = 100 %
Q 2010
2100 3150 2600 5000 2800 3300
units
6 150 – 125
= 100 % 16.7% .
= 3158 units. 150
Average production (in lakh tonnes) 24. P (2009) + P (2011) = (100 + 200) thousands = 300 thousands.
1450 3660 3100 4200 3700 4500 Q (2010) + Q (2014) = (150 + 225) thousands = 375 thousands.
units
6 300
= 3435 units. Required percentage = 100 % 80% .
Required difference (in lakh tonnes) = (3435 – 3158) units 375
25. Total production of Type P vehicles
= 277 units = 275 units.
= (100 + 125 + 200 + 225 + 275 + 275) thousands
14. Production of company A (in lakh tonnes) = 1450.
= 1200 thousands.
Demand of company C (in lakh tonnes) = 2600.
Total production of Type Q vehicles
Required percentage
1450
100 % 55.8% 55% . = (175 + 150 + 125 + 175 + 175 + 225) thousands
2600 = 1025 thousands.
15. Companies having more demand than production are A and D.
Required ratio = 1200 : 1025 = 48 : 41.
Companies having more production than demand are B, C, E and F.
Required ratio = 2 : 4 = 1 : 2. Q 2010
16. Only the ratio of income to expenditure for various years are known, 26. Required percentage = 100 %
P 2014
so we can not determine the percentage decrease in income.
Data is inadequate. 150 600
= 100 % % 54.5% .
275 11
Data Interpretation—Miscellaneous 36.1
36 DATA INTERPRETATION—MISCELLANEOUS
EXERCISE
Direction (1-4): The marks obtained by 273 examinees are
shown by the frequency polygon. Given that mean marks is
59.5. Study the frequency polygon and answer the given
questions. [SSC 2014]
(a) 150 (b) 175
(c) 200 (d) 250
Directions (6-8): The following histogram depicts the range
of height of students in a class of 60 students. Study the
same and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2013 & 2014]
1. The number of examinees getting more than the average
marks is
(a) 72 (b) 105
(c) 152 (d) 164
2. Percentage of the students who get above 80% marks is
(a) 9.81 (b) 10.53
(c) 11.28 (d) 11.72
3. Percentage of the students who got marks above 60% and
below 80% is
(a) 43.95 (b) 48.39
(c) 51.06 (d) 56.84
4. If 40 is the pass mark, then the percentage of students failed 6. The number of students having height more than 150 cm is
is (a) 8 (b) 13
(a) 14.56 (b) 15.84 (c) 25 (d) 39
(c) 16.11 (d) 17.25
7. The number of students with their heights between 130 to
5. The adjoining diagram is frequency polygon for the scores 150 cm is
of students in a test. What is the total number of students (a) 8 (b) 6
appeared in the test? [SSC CGL 2013] (c) 14 (d) 22
36.1
36.2 Data Interpretation—Miscellaneous
8. Group which contains maximum number of students is
(a) 130 – 140 (b) 140 – 150
(c) 150 – 160 (d) 160 – 170
Direction (9): Study the histogram of weight distribution
of different men and answer question based on it.
[SSC CGL 2013]
12. The production in 2006 – 07 in comparison to the production
in 2002 – 03 increased by
(a) 110% (b) 120%
(c) 125% (d) 150%
9. Average number of men per interval who participated in
this survey is 13. The production decreased from 2004 – 05 to 2005 – 06 by
(a) 180 (b) 194 1 1
(a) 8 % (b) 9 %
(c) 200 (d) 214 9 9
1 1
Directions (10-11): The histogram shows the marks of 50 (c) 10 % (d) 11 %
9 9
students in an examination. Examine the diagram and answer
the questions. [SSC MTS 2013] 14. The year in which production increased the lowest as
compared to the previous year is
(a) 2003 – 04 (b) 2004 – 05
(c) 2006 – 07 (d) 2007 – 08
15. The production from 2003 – 04 to 2007 – 08 increased by
(a) 50% (b) 75%
(c) 100% (d) 125%
Directions (16-18) : Study the following frequency polygon
and answer the questions. [SSC CGL 2015]
10. How many students obtained more than 39 but below 60?
(a) 6 (b) 8
(c) 10 (d) 12
11. What per cent of students did obtain marks above 60?
(a) 60% (b) 70%
(c) 75% (d) 80%
Directions (12-15) : Study the graph carefully and answer
the questions. [SSC CGL 2013]
Data Interpretation—Miscellaneous 36.3
16. The average of passed students in the years 2008, 2009, The score of students of a class are given as follows:
2012 approximately is
IQ Score 80-90 90-100 100-110 110-120 120-130 130-140
(a) 134.34 (b) 134.41
Number of 6 9 16 13 4 2
(c) 134.56 (d) 134.67
students
17. The increase in percentage of passed students from 2008 to
2011 approximately is 19. Number of students whose IQ score is 140 is
(a) 50.5% (b) 53.05% (a) 0
(c) 54.5% (d) 55% (b) 1
(c) 2
18. The decrease in percentage of passed students from 2011
(d) Undeterminable from given data
to 2012 approximately is
(a) 8.22% (b) 8.24% 20. The number of students whose IQ score is 100 and more is
(c) 8.25% (d) 8.27% (a) 29 (b) 35
(c) 36 (d) 46
Directions (19-20) : Study the following data and answer
the questions. [SSC (GD) 2015]
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. Average marks = 59.5 10. Number of students obtained marks between 39 and 60
Number of examinees getting more than the average marks = 2 + 8 = 10.
= 72 + 48 + 24 + 8 = 152.
11. Total number of students = 50.
2. Total number of students = 273.
Number of students obtain marks above 60 = 10 + 12 + 5 + 8 = 35.
Number of students who got above 80% marks = 24 + 8 = 32.
32 35
Required percentage 100 % 70% .
Required percentage 100 % 11.72% .
50
273
3. Number of students who got marks between 60% and 80% 12. Production in 2006 – 07 = 1000 tonnes.
= 72 + 48 = 120. Production in 2002 – 03 = 400 tonnes.
120 1000 – 400
100 % 43.95% . Percentage increased = 100 % 150% .
Required percentage = 400
273
4. Number of failed students = 2 + 4 + 12 + 26 = 44. 13. Production in 2004 – 05 = 900 tonnes.
Production in 2005 – 06 = 800 tonnes.
44
Required percentage 100 % 16.11% . Percentage decreased from 2004 – 05 to 2005 – 06
273
5. Total number of students appeared in the test 900 – 800 1
100 % 11 %.
= 15 + 30 + 35 + 30 + 25 + 20 + 20 = 175. 900 9
6. Number of students having height more than 150 cm 14. Percentage increased in production as compared to the previous
year are :
= 26 + 7 + 4 + 2 = 39.
7. Number of students with their height between 130 to 150 cm 1200 – 1000
in 2007 – 08 100 % 20%
= 6 + 8 = 14. 1000
600 – 400
8. The maximum number of students is contained in group of 150 – in 2003 – 04 100 % 50%
160 cm. 400
in 2004 – 05
[ This is clear form the biggest rectangle in the graph] 900 – 600
100 % 50%
9. Average number of men per interval 600
1000 – 800
100 220 300 200 250 1070 2006 – 07 100 % 25% .
214 . 800
5 5
36.4 Data Interpretation—Miscellaneous
Hence, the percentage increased in production is lowest in the year 17. Percentage increase in passed students from 2008 – 2011
2007 – 08.
170 – 110
15. Production in 2003 – 04 = 600 tonnes. = 100 % 54.5% .
110
Production in 2007 – 08 = 1200 tonnes. 18. Percentage decrease in passed students from 2011 – 2012
Percentage increased in production from 2003 – 04 to 2007 – 08
170 – 156
100 % 8.24% .
1200 – 600 170
100 % 100% .
600 19. We know the number of students whose IQ score is in between 130
16. Number of students passed in the years 2008, 2009 and 2012 are – 140 i.e. 2, but we don’t know the number of students whose IQ
110, 138 and 156 respectively. score is exact 140.
110 138 156 404 This is undeterminable from the given data.
Required average = 134.67 .
3 3 20. Number of students whose IQ score is 100 and more
= 16 + 13 + 4 + 2 = 35.
Previous Years Paper 1
1 PREVIOUS YEARS PAPER
QUESTIONS
1. A circle is inscribed in a triangle ABC. It touches the sides 7. The table shows the production of different types of cars
AB,BC and AC at the points R, P, and Q respectively. If (in thousands):
AQ = 4.5 cm PC = 5.5 cm and BR = 6 cm, then the perimeter
Cars/Years 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
of the triangle ABC is:
(a) 30.5 cm (b) 28 cm A 30 35 48 45 56
(c) 32 cm (d) 26.5 cm B 42 48 40 38 56
2. The table shows the production of different types of cars C 48 36 38 35 44
(in thousands).
D 51 24 30 46 54
Cars/Years 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
E 20 42 40 35 43
A 30 35 48 45 56 What is the ratio of the total production of cars of type A in
B 42 48 40 38 56 2014 and type C in 2013 taken together to the total
C 48 36 38 35 44 production of cars of type B in 2016 and type E in 2015
taken together?
D 51 24 30 46 54
(a) 12 : 13 (b) 11 : 12
E 20 42 40 35 43 (c) 10 : 11 (d) 12 : 11
If the data related to the production of cars of type E is 8. If decreasing 120 by x % gives the same result as increasing
represented by a pie chart, then the central angle of the sector 40 by x % then x% of 210 is what percent less than
representing the data of production of cars in 2013 will be: (x + 20)% of 180?
(a) 102° (b) 84° (c) 70° (d) 80° 1 2
3. A truck covers a distance of 384 km at a certain speed. if (a) 33 (b) 18 (c) 16 (d) 20
3 3
the speed is decreased by 16 km/h, it will take 2 hours
9. If (5 5 x3 – 81 3 y 3 ) ( 5 x – 3 3 y)
more to cover the same distance. 75% of its original speed
(in km/h) is: ( Ax 2 By 2 Cxy ), then the value of
(a) 45 (b) 54 (c) 48 (d) 42 (6 A B – 15 C ) is:
4. The ratio of the ages of A and B, four years ago, was 4 : 5. (a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 15 (d) 12
Eight years from now, the ratio of the ages of A and B will
10. If a nine-digit number 985x3678y is divisible by 72, then
be 11 : 13. What is the sum of their present ages?
the value of (4x – 3y) is:
(a) 80 years (b) 96 years
(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 3
(c) 72 years (d) 76 years
P2 – 1
5. In ABC, F and E are the points on sides AB and AC, 11. If sin , then cos is equal to:
respectively, such the FE || BC divides the triangle in two P2 1
2P P
parts of equal area. If AD BC and AD intersects FE at G, (a) 1 P 2 (b) P 2 – 1
then GD : AG = ?
(a) 2 :1 (b) ( 2 – 1) :1 P 2P
(c) (d)
(c) 2 2 :1 (d) ( 2 1) :1 1 P2 P2 – 1
6. If 4 – 2 – 5 cos = 0, 0° < < 90°, then the value of
sin2 12. The ratio of the efficiencies of A, B and C is 2 : 5 : 3. Working
sin + tan is: together, they can complete a work in 27 days. B and C
4
together can complete th part of that work in:
3 2 3 3 9
(a) (b) (a) 27 days (b) 15 days
2 2
(c) (d) 2 3 1
3 2 (c) 17 days (d) 24 days
7
1
2 Previous Years Paper
13. The average of twelve numbers is 42. The average of the Cars/Years 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
last five numbers is 40, and that of the first four numbers is
44. The 6th number is 6 less than the fifth and 5 less than the A 30 35 48 45 56
7th number. The average of the 5th and the 7th numbers is: B 42 48 40 38 56
(a) 44 (b) 44.5
(c) 43 (d) 43.5 C 48 36 38 35 44
D 51 24 30 46 54
14. If x + y + z = 19, x2 + y2 + z 2 = 133 and xz = y2, then the
difference between z and x is: E 20 42 40 35 43
(a) 5 (b) 3 The total production of type B cars in 2012, 2014 and 2015
(c) 6 (d) 4 taken together is approximately what percent more than the
total production of type A cars in 2013 and 2016 taken
2 tan 2 cot 2 together?
15. is equal to:
sec cosec (a) 31.9 (b) 33.2
(a) cot (b) cos sin (c) 36.3 (d) 34.4
(c) sec cosec (d) tan 22. The table shows the production of different types of cars
16. In a circle of radius 10 cm with centre O, PQ and PR are (in thousands).
two chords each of length 12 cm. PO intersects chord QR
Cars/Years 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
at the points S. The length of OS is:
(a) 2.8 cm (b) 2.5 cm A 30 35 48 45 56
(c) 3.2 cm (d) 3 cm
B 42 48 40 38 56
17. A sum amounts to 8.028 in 3 years and to 12,042 in 6 C 48 36 38 35 44
years at a certain rate percent per annum, when the interest
is compounded yearly. The sum is: D 51 24 30 46 54
(a) 5,352 (b) 5,235 E 20 42 40 35 43
(c) 5,325 (d) 5,253
The number of years, in which the production of cars of
18. The value of 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 + 4 × 4 4 of 4 – 4 type B is less than the average production of type D cars
4 × 4) is over the years is:
(a) 8 (b) 1 (a) 4 (b) 1
(c) 4 (d) 2 (c) 3 (d) 2
19. After giving two successive discounts, each of x% on the 23. A person sold an article at a loss of 15%. Had he sold it for
marked price of an article, total discount is 259.20. If the 30.60 more, he would have gained 9%. To gain 10%, he
marked price of the article is 720, then the value of x is : should have sold it for
(a) 18 (b) 24 (a) 140.25 (b) 132
(c) 20 (d) 25 (c) 130 (d) 128.40
20. A solid cube of volume 13824 cm3 is cut into 8 cubes of 24. In a ABC, the bisectors of B and C meet at point O,
equal volumes. The ratio of the surface area of the original inside the triangle. If BOC = 122°, then the measure of
cube to the sum of the surface areas of three of the smaller A is
cubes is: (a) 64° (b) 62°
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 4 : 3 (c) 72° (d) 68°
(c) 8 : 3 (d) 2 : 1
25. If x4 + x – 4 = 194, x > 0, then the value of (x – 2)2 is :
21. The table shows the production of different types of cars
(in thousands). (a) 1 (b) 6
(c) 2 (d) 3
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (d)
Previous Years Paper 3
SOLUTIONS
1. AR = AQ = 4.5 cm 2
Ar ( ABC ) AB
BP = BR = 5.5 cm ABC AFE and so
Ar ( AFE ) AF
CQ = CP = 6 cm 2
AB 2 AB 2 AB 2
[Tangents drawn from an external point are equal.] –1 –1
AF 1 AF 1 AF 1
A
AB – AF 2 –1 BF 2 –1
.
R Q AF 1 AF 1
In ABD, we have FG || BD
BF GD 2 –1
GD : AG ( 2 – 1) :1.
B P C AF AG 1
The perimeter of ABC = AB + BC + CA 6. 4 – 2 sin2 – 5 cos = 0
= AR + BR + BP + CP + CQ + AQ 4 – 2 (1 – cos2 ) – 5 cos = 0
= (4.5 + 5.5 + 5.5 + 6 + 6 + 4.5 ) cm = 32 cm. 2 cos2 – 5 cos + 2 = 0
2. Total number of cars produced of type E (in thousands) 2 cos2 – 4 cos – cos + 2 = 0
= 20 + 42 + 40 + 35 + 43 = 180 2 cos (cos – 2) – 1 (cos – 2) = 0
Number of cars produced of type E in 2013 (in thousands) = 42 (cos – 2) (2 cos – 1) = 0
42 1
Required central angle 360 84. cos = [Neglecting cos = 2 as – 1 cos 1]
180 2
3. Let the original speed of the truck be x km/hr. B 1
cos .
H 2
Then, its new speed = (x – 16) km/hr.
Let B = x and H = 2x.
384 384 384 384
2 – 2
Then, P H – B (2 x) – x 3 x
2 2 2 2
x – 16 x x – 16 x
384 x – 384 x 6144 P P 3x 3x
2 x 2 – 16 x – 3072 0 sin tan
( x – 16) x H B 2x x
(x – 64) (x + 48) = 0 x = 64 [Neglecting negative value of x]
3 3 3
75% of original speed 3 .
2 2
75 7. Total production of cars {type A (2014) + type C (2013)}
75% of 64 64 km/hr = 48 km/hr.
100 (in thousands) = 48 + 36 = 84.
4. Four years ago, let the ages of A and B be 4x years and 5x years Total production of cars {type B (2016) + type E (2015)}
respectively. Then, (in thousands) = 56 + 35 = 91.
At present: Required ratio = 84 : 91 = 12 : 13.
8. 120 – x % of 120 = 40 + x % of 40
A’s age = (4x + 4) years
(100 – x) % of 120 = (100 + x)% of 40
B’s age = (5x + 4) years
100 – x 100 x
8 years hence: 120 40
100 100
A’s age = (4x + 4 + 8) years = (4x + 12) years 12000 – 120 x = 4000 + 40x 160 x = 8000 x = 50.
B’s age = (5x + 4 + 8) years = (5x + 12) years
50
4 x 12 11 Now, x % of 210 = 50% of 210 210 105
52 x 156 55 x 132 x 8. 100
5 x 12 13
The sum of their present ages = (4x + 4 + 5x + 4) years 70
and (x + 20) % of 180 = (50 + 20) % 180 180 126.
100
= (9 × 8 + 8) years = 80 years.
126 – 105 50 2
5. Ar (AFE) = Area of quad BCEF A Required percent 100 % % 16 % .
126 3 3
Ar (ABC) = 2 × Ar (AFE)
Ar ( ABC ) 2 9. (5 5 x 3 – 81 3 y 3 ) ( 5 x – 3 3 y ) Ax 2 By 2 Cxy
.
Ar ( AFE ) 1 ( 5 x)3 – (3 3 y )3
F E Ax 2 By 2 Cxy
Since FE || BC, we have G 5 x–3 3 y
B D C
4 Previous Years Paper
( 5 x – 3 3 y ) (5 x 2 3 15 xy 27 y 2 ) The average of 5th and 7th number
5 x–3 3 y x 6 x 5 2 39 11
44.5 .
= Ax2 + By2 + Cxy [ a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)] 2 2
14. (x + y + z)2 = x2 + y2 + z2 + 2 (xy + yz + zx)
2 2
5 x 27 y 3 15 xy Ax By Cxy 2 2
(19)2 = 133 + 2 (xy + yz + zx) xy + yz + zx = 114
On comparing both sides, we get:
xy + yz + y2 =114 y (x + y + z) = 114 [ zx = y2]
A 5, B 27 and C 3 15 19 y = 114 y = 6. [ x + y + z = 19]
6 A B – 15 C 6 5 27 – 3 15 3 15 Now, x2 + y2 + z2 = 133 x2 + 36 + z2 = 133 x2 + z2 = 97
= 30 + 27 – 45 = 12. (z – x)2 = z2 + x2 – 2xz = z2 + x2 – 2y2 = 97 – 2 × 36 = 25
10. Since 72 = 8 × 9 and H.C.F (8, 9) = 1 z – x 25 5.
A number that is divisible by 72 is also divisible by 8 and 9 both. 2 tan 2 cot 2 2 (sec 2 – 1) (cosec2 – 1)
15.
Now, 985x3678y is divisible by 8 if its last 3 digits i.e. 78y is sec cosec sec cosec
divisible by 8.
[ sec2 – tan2 = 1 and cosec2 – cot2 = 1]
78y is divisible by 8 only for y = 4.
1 1
9 + 8 + 5 + x + 3 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 4 = 50 + x
sec 2 cosec 2 cos 2 sin 2
Now, the given number is divisible by 9 only if sec cosec 1 1
·
(50 + x) is divisible by 9 and so x = 4. cos sin
4x – 3y = 4 × 4 – 3 × 4 = 4. sin 2 cos 2
cos 2 sin 2 1
p2 – 1 p 2 – 1
2
sec cosec .
1 cos sin
11. sin cos 1 – sin 2 1 – 2
p 1
2
p 1 cos ·sin
( p 2 1) 2 – ( p 2 – 1)2 p 4 1 2 p2 – p 4 – 1 2 p 2 16. PQR POR (By SSS property)
[ PQ = PR, OQ = OR (radius), PO = PO ( common side)]
( p 2 1) 2 ( p 2 1) 2
2
P
(2 p )2 2p 2p 12
. cm
1 p 2
m
10cm
( p 2 1) 2 1 p2 12
c
Q S R
12. Let the one day work of A, B, and C be 2x, 5x and 3x respectively.
10cm O 10cm
1 1 1
Then, 2 x 5 x 3 x 10 x x .
27 27 270
8 QPO = RPO (By CPCT) ...(i)
(B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 5x + 3x = 8x =
270 PQS PRS (By SAS property)
270 [ PQ = PR (given), QPS = PRS By (i), PS = PS
(B + C) can complete the whole work in days. (common side)]
8
PSQ = PSR (by CPCT)
4 Also PSQ + PSR = 180° 2PSQ = 180° PSQ = 90°
B and C together can complete th part in
9
Let OS = x. Then PS = PO – OS = (10 – x) cm
270 4 In rt. PSQ, we have:
days 15 days. QS2 = PQ2 – PS2 = (12)2 – (10 – x)2 ...(ii)
8 9
In rt. OSQ, we have:
13. Sum of 12 numbers = 42 × 12 = 504
QS2 = OQ2 – OS2 = (10)2 – x2 ...(iii)
Sum of last five numbers = 40 × 5 = 200 Using (ii) and (iii), we get:
Sum of first four numbers = 44 × 4 = 176 (12)2 – (10 – x)2 = (10)2 – x2
Sum of 5th, 6th and 7th numbers 144 – 100 – x2 + 20 x = 100 – x2
= 504 – (200 + 176) = 128. 56
x 2.8.
Let the 6th number be x. 20
Then, the 5th number = x + 6 ; Thus, OS = 2.8 cm .
and the 7th number = x + 5. 17. We have: A1 = 8028, A2 = 12042, T1 = 3 years,
x + 6 + x + x + 5= 128 3x = 117 x = 39. T2 = 3 years, P1 = ?, P2 = A1 = 8028.
Previous Years Paper 5
T1 3
R R Total production of type A ( 2013 + 2016) in thousands
A1 P1 1 8028 P1 1
100 100
...(i)
= 35 + 56 = 91.
T2 3
R R 120 – 91
A2 P2 1 12042 8028 1
100 100 Required percent 100 % 31.9% .
...(ii)
91
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get:
22. Average product of type D cars over the given years in thousands
8028 P 8028 8028
P 5352 . 51 24 30 46 54
12042 8028 12042 41.
Thus, the sum is 5352. 5
18. 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 + 4 × 4 4 of 4 – 4 4 × 4) Clearly, the production of type B cars is less than the average
production of type D cars in 2 years i.e. 2014 and 2015.
= 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 + 4 × 4 16 – 4 4 × 4)
23. Let the C.P. be x. Then,
= 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 + 16 16 – 4 4 × 4)
= 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 + 1 – 4 4 × 4) 85 x
100
S.P. at 15% loss = (100 – 15)% of x =
= 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 + 1 – 1 × 4)
= 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 (4 +1 – 4) 109 x
S.P. at 9% gain = (100 + 9)% of x = .
100
= 2 × 3 2 of 3 × 2 1
109 x 85 x 24 x
=2×36×21 – 30.60 30.60 x 127.5.
100 100 100
1
2 2 1 Now, C.P. = 127.5 and gain = 10%
2
= 2 1 = 2. 110
S.P. = (100 + 10)% of 127.5 127.5 (140.25) .
19. M.P. = 720, d1 = d2 = x % 100
S.P. = (720 – 259.20) = 460.8 24. Since BO and CO are the internal bisectors of B and C.
S.P. = (100 – d1) % of (100 – d1) % of M.P. 1 A
BOC 90 BAC
460.8 = (100 – x)% of (100 – x) % of 720 2
100 – x 100 – x 1
460.8 720 122 90 BAC O
100 100 2
1 122°
460.8 100 100 BAC 32 BAC 64.
(100 – x ) 2 6400
720 2 B C
1
100 – x 6400 80 x 20. 25. x 4 194, x 0
4
x
20. Let the side of the big cube be A cm. 2
2 1 4 1
Then, its volume = A3 x 2 x 4 2 194 2 196
x x
A3 = 13824 A = 24.
1
Surface area of big cube = 6A2 = (6 × 24 × 24) cm2. x2 196 14.
x2
Let the side of each small cubes be a cm. 2
1 1
x x 2 2 14 2 16
2
Then, volume of 8 cubes of side a cm
x x
each = 13824 cm3. 1
8 × a3 = 13824 a3 = 1728 a = 12 x 16 4 ...(i)
x
Surface area of 3 smaller cubes = 3 × 6a2 = (3 × 6 × 12 × 12) cm2. 2
1 1
Required ratio = (6 × 24 × 24) : (3 × 6 × 12 × 12) = 4 : 3. x– x – 4 (4) 2 – 4 12 2 3 ...(ii)
x x
21. Total production of type B (2012 + 2014 + 2015) in thousands
Adding (i) and (ii), we get: 2 x 4 2 3 x 2 3.
= 42 + 40 + 38 = 120.
( x – 2) 2 (2 3 – 2) 2 3.
6 Previous Years Paper
2 PREVIOUS YEARS PAPER
QUESTIONS
1. If a + b + c = 7 and ab + bc + ca = 1, then 8. Two articles are sold for 975 each. On one, the seller
a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc is equal to: gains 30% and on the other, he loses 25%. What is the
(a) 322 (b) 325 overall gain or loss percentage, correct to one decimal
(c) 412 (d) 422 place?
2. sec2 29° – cot2 61° + sin2 60° + cosec2 30° is equal to: (a) 4.9% loss (b) 5.3% gain
(c) 4.9% gain (d) 5.1% loss
19 23
(a) (b) 9. If 12sin = 5 cos then sin + cos – cot is equal to:
4 4
139 71
15 11 (a) (b) –
(c) (d) 156 65
4 4
116 16
3. If cosec 4 = sec (60° – 2), then is equal to: (c) (d) –
(a) 18° (b) 25° 156 65
(c) 15° (d) 20° 10. This table shows the percentage of students passing out of
4. The efficiencies of A, B and C are in the ratio 2 : 5 : 3. five different colleges over three years. It is given that from
Working together, they can compete a task in 9 days. In each college 200 students appeared every year.
how many days will C alone complete 40% of that task ? Colleges
(a) 14 (b) 16 Years
(c) 15 (d) 12 A B C D E
5. This table shows the percentage of students passing out of 2015 68 65 80 92 72
five different colleges over three years. It is given that from 2016 72 68 88 95 75
each college, 200 students appeared every year.
2017 74 77 92 98 73
Colleges
Years In which college the average percentage of passing students
A B C D E
over the given three years is the least?
2015 68 65 80 92 72 (a) E (b) B
2016 72 68 88 95 75 (c) F (d) A
2017 74 77 92 98 73 11. The price of sugar is increased by 24%. A person wants to
increase his expenditure by 18% only. By approximately
What is the approximate percentage increase in the number what percent should he decrease his consumption?
of students passing out of college B in the year 2017 as [SSC CGL 2019]
compared to the previous year? (a) 4.6% (b) 5.1%
(a) 13.2% (b) 13.4% (c) 4.8% (d) 5.3%
(c) 12.8% (d) 13%
12. ABC EDF and ar(ABC) : ar (DEF) = 4 : 9.
6. What is the value of x so that the seven digit number 5656x52 If AB = 6 cm, BC = 8 cm and AC = 10 cm, then DF is equal
is divisible by 72? to:
(a) 5 (b) 4 (a) 18 cm (b) 9 cm
(c) 7 (d) 8 (c) 15 cm (d) 12 cm
3 13. In a class of 40 students, 60% are girls. The average of the
7. Walking at of his usual speed, a person reaches his office
5 girls’ marks is 72 and that of the boys is 54. What are the
20 minutes late than the usual time. His usual time in minutes is: average marks of the whole class? [SSC CGL 2019]
(a) 25 (b) 30 (a) 65.4 (b) 65
(c) 20 (d) 40 (c) 64.8 (d) 65.2
6
Previous Years Paper 7
14. This table shows the percentage of students passing out of (a) 10 (b) 12
five different colleges over three years. If is given that from (c) 14 (d) 15
each college, 200 students appeared every year. 21. If a – b = 5 and ab = 2, then a3 – b3 is equal to:
Colleges (a) 95 (b) 155
Years (c) 145 (d) 125
A B C D E
22. This table shows the percentage of students passing out of
2015 68 65 80 92 72 five different colleges over three years. It is given that from
2016 72 68 88 95 75 each college, 200 students appeared every year.
2017 74 77 92 98 73 Colleges
Years
What is the ratio of the number of students passing to those A B C D E
failing from college E in the year 2015?
2015 68 65 80 92 72
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 18 : 7
(c) 9 : 5 (d) 17 : 7 2016 72 68 88 95 75
15. The value of : 108 36 × 4 + 2.5 × 4 0.5 – 10 2017 74 77 92 98 73
(a) 18 (b) 16 If the number of passed out students of all five colleges is
(c) 22 (d) 20 represented by a pie chart, what is the central angle (to
16. In a circle with centre O, an arc ABC subtends an angle of nearest whole number) of the sector representing the passed
140° at the centre of the circle. The chord AB is produced out students of college C?
to point P. Then CBP is equal to: (a) 69° (b) 79°
(a) 40° (b) 70° (c) 77° (d) 67°
(c) 80° (d) 50°
1 1
17. If a : b = 2 : 5, c : b = 3 : 4, then a : b : c is equal to: 23. If x– 3 2 then x 2 is equal to:
(a) 6 : 15 : 20 (b) 8 : 20 : 15 x x2
(c) 2 : 5 : 4 (d) 2 : 5 : 3 (a) 402 (b) 324
(c) 326 (d) 398
18. In ABC, P is a point on BC such the BP : PC = 4 : 3 and Q
is the midpoint of BP. Then ar(ABQ) : ar (ACB) is equal to: 24. A sphere of radius 4 cm is melted and recast into smaller
(a) 1 : 5 (b) 2 : 7 spheres of radii 2 cm each. How many such spheres can be
(c) 3 : 7 (d) 4 : 7 made?
(a) 4 (b) 8
19. The difference between the compound interest and simple
(c) 32 (d) 16
interest on x at 7% per annum for 2 year is 24.50. What
is the value of x? 25. In a circle of radius 13 cm, a chord is at a distance of 12 cm
(a) 5,400 (b) 4,800 from the centre of the circle. What is the length of the chord?
(c) 5,000 (d) 6,000 (a) 5 cm (b) 7 cm
(c) 9 cm (d) 10 cm
20. An article is sold for 612 after sucessive discounts of 25%
and x%. If the marked price of the article is 960, what is
the value of x?
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (d)
SOLUTIONS 2
3
1. (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2 (ab + bc + ca) sec 2 29 – tan 2 (90 – 61) (2) 2
2
(7)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2 × 1 a2 + b2 + c2 = 49 – 2 = 47.
[ tan (90 – ) = cot ]
a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ca) 2 2 3
sec 29 – tan 29 4
= 7 (47 – 1) = 322. 4
2. sec2 29° – cot2 61° + sin2 60° + cosec2 30° 3 23
1 4 . [ sec2 – tan2 = 1]
4 4
8 Previous Years Paper
3. cosec 4 = sec (60° – 2) 68 72 74
in college A 100 % 35.66%
sec( 90° – 4) = sec (60° – 2) [ sec (90° – ) = cosec ] 600
90° – 4 = 60° – 2 2 = 30° = 15°. 65 68 77
4. Let the one day work of A, B and C be 2x, 5x and 3x units in college B 100 % 35%
600
respectively.
80 88 92
Then, (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = (2x + 5x + 3x) units in college C 100 % 43.3%
600
= 10 x units.
92 95 98
1 1 1 in college D 100 % 47.5%
10 x x [ (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work ] 600
9 90 9
1 1 72 75 73
C’s 1 day’s work = 3 x 3 in college E 100 % 36.6%
90 30 600
C can do 100 % of that work in = 30 days Clearly, the average percentage of passing students is least in
30 college B.
C can do 40% ofl that work 40 days 12 days. 11. Let the original price of sugar be x/kg and let the original
100
consumption be y kg.
5. Number of students in college - B (2017) = 77
Then, original expenditure = (xy)
Number of students in college -A (2016) = 68
124 x
77 – 68 New price = (124% of x)
Required percentage 100 % 13.23% . 100
68
[ Price increased by 24%]
6. A number which is divisible by 72 is also divisible by 8 and 9 both.
Now, 5656x52 is divisible by 9 if and only if 118 xy
New expenditure (118% of xy )
5 + 6 + 5 + 6 + x + 5 + 2 i.e. 29 + x is divisible by 9. 100
29 + x is divisible by 9 only if x = 7. [ Expenditure increased by 18%]
3 New Expenditure
7. New speed of (usual speed) New Consumption =
5 New Price
Usual speed : New speed = 5 : 3
118 xy 100 118 y
‘ Usual time taken : New time taken = 3 : 5 kg
Let the usual time taken and new time taken be 3x minutes and 5x 100 124 x 124
minutes. Decrease in consumption
Then 5x – 3x = 20 2x = 20 x = 10.
118 y
His usual time taken = 3x min = (3 × 10) min = 30 min. y – 124
6
8. When S.P. = 975 and gain = 30%, then 100 % 100 % 4.8%
y 124
100 100
C.P. S.P. 975 750.
(100 gain) (100 30)
When S.P. = 975 and loss = 25%, then 12. ABC EDF
Ar ( ABC ) BC 2
100 100 [ In similar triangles, the ratio of areas
C.P. S.P. 975 1300. Ar ( EDF ) DF 2
(100 – loss) (100 – 25) is equal to the ratio of squares of corresponding sides]
Total S.P. = (975 × 2) = 1950 4 82 82 9 83
2
DF 2 DF 12 cm .
Total C.P. = (750 + 1300) = 2050 9 DF 4 2
C.P. – S.P. 13. Number of girls = 60% of 40 = 24
Loss % 100 %
C.P. Number of boys = 40 – 24 = 16
2050 – 1950 Average marks of the class
100 % 4.9% . Total marks of girls + Total marks of boys
2050
cos 12 Total number of students
9. 12 sin 5 cos 24 72 16 54 1728 864 2592
sin 5 64.8 .
12 B 40 40 40
cot . 14. Number of students passing from college E in 2015
5 P
= (72% of 200)
Let B = 12x and P = 5x.
Number of students failing from college E in 2015
Then, H B 2 P 2 (12 x ) 2 (5 x )2 169 x 2 13 x = (100 – 72)% of 200 = (28 % of 200).
P B B Required ratio = 72% of 200 : 28% of 200 = 72 : 28 = 18 : 7.
sin cos – cot –
H H P 15. 108 36 × 4 + 2.5 × 4 0.5 – 10
5 x 12 x 12 x 5 12 12 71 108 2.5 4
– – . 4 – 10
13 x 13 x 5 x 13 13 5 65 36 0.5
10. The average percentage of passing students over the given three 25 4
3 4 – 10 12 20 – 10 32 – 10 22.
years in various colleges are: 5
Previous Years Paper 9
16. Take a point Q on the remaining part of the circumference. a3 – b3 = (a – b)3 + 3ab (a – b) = 53 + 3 × 2 × 5
Draw AQC. Q = 125 + 30 = 155.
1 1 22. Total number of students passed out from college C in all the three
AQC ( AOC ) (140) 70.
2 2 O years
Now, AQC + ABC = 180° = (80% of 200) + (88 % of 200) + (92% of 200)
140° C
[Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral] A = (80 + 88 + 92)% of 200 = 260% of 200.
70° + ABC = 180° B Total number of students passed out from all the colleges in all the
P
ABC = 180° – 70° = 110°. three years
Also, ABC +CBP = 180° [Linear Pair] = (68 + 65 + 80 + 92 + 72 + 72 + 68 + 88 + 95 + 75 + 74 + 77 + 92
+ 98 + 93) % of 200
110° +CBP = 180° CBP = 70°.
= 1189% of 200.
a 2
17. a : b 2 : 5 ...(i) 260% of 200
b 5 Required central angle 360
b 4 1189% of 200
c :b 3: 4 b :c 4 :3 ...(ii)
c 3 260
360 79.
Multiplying Nr. and Dr. of (i) by 4 and Nr. and Dr. of (ii) by 5, we 1189
get: 1
23. x– 3 2
a 24 8 x
b 5 4 20 1
x – 2 18 [On squaring both sides]
b 4 5 20 x
c 3 5 15 1
x 20
a : b : c = 8 : 20 : 15 x
18. Let BP = 4x, PC = 3x. [ BP : PC = 4 : 3] 1
x 2 2 2 400 [On squaring both sides]
x
Then, BQ = QP = 2x. [ Q is mid-point of BP]
1
Draw AM BC. Then, x 2 2 398.
x
A
1 1 4 4
ar (ABQ) BQ AM 2x AM . 24. Volume of larger sphere, V1 R 3 43
2 2 3 3
256
1 cm 3 .
ar ( ACB ) BC AM 3
2 B QM P C
Volume of each smaller sphere formed, V2
1 1
( BP PC ) AM 7 x AM . 4 3 4 32
r 23 cm3 .
2 2
3 3 3
[Note: ABQ and ACB have the same height AM] Number of smaller spheres made
1
ar ( ABQ ) 2 2 x AM 256
V1 3 256
ar ( ACB ) 1 7 x AM 8.
2 V2 32 32
3
2
ar ( ABQ ) : ar ( ACB ) 2 : 7 . 25. Let AB be the given chord of the circle and O be the centre.
7
2 Let OM AB.
R M
19. C – S P [When time period is 2 years] A B
100 Join OA and OB.
2 Then, OA = 13 cm amd OM = 12 cm.
7 245000
24.50 x x 5000. O
100 49 In rt. AMO, we have :
OA2 = AM2 + OM2 AM2 = OA2 – OM2
20. For two successive discounts of a% and b% respectively, we have:
= 132 – 122 = 25
S.P. = (100 – b)% of (100 – a) % of M.P.
AM = 5 cm.
612 = (100 – x) % of (100 – 25)% of 960
[ Perp. drawn from the centre to a chord of a circle
100 – x 3
612 960 x 15. bisects the chord.]
100 4
21. We have: Thus, the length of the chord AB = 10 cm.
(a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b)
10 Previous Years Paper
3 PREVIOUS YEARS PAPER
QUESTIONS
1. Two-third of the number of employees of a company are 7. A sum lent out at simple interest amounts to 6076 in 1
3
males and the rest are females. If of the male employees year 7504 in 4 years. The sum and the rate of interest p.a.
8 are respectively:
2 (a) 5,600 and 9% (b) 5,600 and 8.5%
and of the female employees are temporary employees
5 (c) 5, 400 and 9% (d) 5,400 and 10%
and the total number of permanent employees is 740, then 8. In ABC, the medians AD, BE and CF meet at O. What is
7 the ratio of the area of ABD to the area of AOE?
of the total number of employees exceeds the number (a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1
15
of temporary female employees by: (c) 5 : 2 (d) 3 : 2
(a) 400 (b) 340 9. If x + y + z = 2, xy + yz + zx = – 11 and xyz = – 12, then what
(c) 308 (d) 320 is the value of x3 y 3 z 3 – 2 ?
2. Three fractions, x, y and z, are such that x > y > z. When the (a) 6 (b) 12
smallest of them is divided by the greatest, the result is (c) 9 (d) 8
9 13 1 6 3 2 1 1
, which exceeds y by 0.0625. If x y z 1 , then 10. The value of 1 2 of 5 6 4 of 5
16 24 3 7 5 5 2 3
the value of x + z is : 3 2 5 1
2 of 1 1 k , where k lies between:
7 4 3 9 5
(a) (b) 1 [SSC CGL 2019]
8
(a) – 0.07 and – 0.06 (b) – 0.08 and – 0.07
25 7 (c) – 0.06 and – 0.05 (d) – 0.05 and – 0.04
(c) (d)
24 6
11. 5 years ago, the ratio of the age of A to that of B was 4 : 5 .
3. If the 11-digit number 5678x43267y is divisible by 72, then Five years hence, the ratio of the age of A to that of B will
be 6 : 7. If, at present, C is 10 years younger than B, then
the value of 5 x 8 y is:
what will be the ratio of the present age of A to that of C?
(a) 6 (b) 4 (a) 3 : 2 (b) 5 : 4
(c) 7 (d) 8 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 5 : 3
4. What is the ratio of the third proportional to 0.4 and 0.8, to 12. The area of the base of a right circular cone is 400 cm and
the mean proportional 13.5 and 0.24? its height is 15 cm. The curved surface area of the cone
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 7 : 8 (in cm2) is
(c) 8 : 9 (d) 9 : 10 (a) 480 (b) 500
(c) 450 (d) 560
3 1
5. If x 3, then the value of 16 x 13. The given pie chart shows the quantity wise sales distribution
16 x 256 x3
of five products (A, B, C, D and E) of a company in 2016.
(a) 423 (b) 441 Quantity wise sales distribution of five
(c) 432 (d) 414 products (A, B, C, D and E)
6. If 60% of a number is 120 more than 20% of the number, E A
1 55° 50°
B
then 28% of the number is less than 33 % of the number 35°
3
D
by 100° C
(a) 14 (b) 12 120°
(c) 16 (d) 15
10
Previous Years Paper 11
If 1500 units of product D were sold in 2016 and the total the number of girls are persent, then what percentage of the
number of units sold by the company in 2017 was 18% total number of students in the class is absent?
more than that sold in 2016, then the total units sold by the 2 2
company in 2017. (a) 26 (b) 22
3 3
(a) 6336 (b) 6390 1 1
(c) 6372 (d) 6354 (c) 23 (d) 12
3 3
14. The given bar graph shows the imports and exports 20. A spends 65% of his income. His income is increased by
(in crores) of steel by a country from 2013 to 2017. 20.1% and his expenditure is increased by 25%. His savings:
Imports (a) Increase by 11% (b) Increase by 5%
Exports (c) Decrease by 5% (d) Decrease by 11%
700 21. The average weight of a certain number of students in a
650
600
group is 72 kg. If 10 students having an average weight of
600 78 kg leave and 4 students having an average weight of 80
550
kg join the group, the average weight of the students in the
500
450 450 440 group decreases by 0.7 kg. The number of students initially
(in Crores)
400 in the group is :
400
360 (a) 56 (b) 46
330
300
300 (c) 44 (d) 54
200 1 sin p 2
22. If , then sec is equal to:
1 – sin q 2
100
2 p2 q2 1 q p
0 (a) 2 2 (b) 2 p q
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 p q
What is the ratio of the total imports in 2015 and 2017 to 1 1 p2q 2
(c) 2
2 (d)
the total exports in 2013 and 2016 ? p q p q2
2
(a) 11 : 4 (b) 9 : 8
(c) 25 : 21 (d) 9 : 11 23. The marked price of an article is 800 and it is sold at a
discount of 19%. If there is a gain of 8%, then by what
15. An article is sold at a certain price. If it is sold at 80% of this percent above the cost price was the article marked?
price, then there will be a loss of 10%. What is the percentage 1
profit when the article is sold at the original selling price? (a) 33 (b) 35
3
1 1 2
(a) 15 (b) 12 (c) 27 (d) 36
2 2 3
(c) 15 (d) 12 24. The base of a right prism is a triangle with sides 20 cm,
21 cm and 29 cm. If its volume is 7560 cm3, then its lateral
16. In a circle, AB and DC are two chords. When AB and DC surface area (in cm2) is:
are produced, they meet at P. If PC = 5.6 cm, PB = 6.3 cm (a) 2484 (b) 2556
and AB = 7.7 cm, then the length of CD is: [SSC CGL 2019] (c) 2520 (d) 2248
(a) 8.35 cm (b) 9 cm
(c) 10.15 cm (d) 9.25 cm 25. The expression 10 2 ( 6 – 15 – 10) is equal to:
sin A 1 – cos A cot 2 A (a) 3 2– 5 (b) 3– 2– 5
17. The value of 1
1 – cos A sin A 1 cosec A (c) 3– 2 5 (d) 2– 3– 5
is :
3 1 26. A cylindrical vessel of radius 3.5 m is full of water. If 15400
(a) (b) litres of water is taken out from it, then the drop in the water
2 2
level inthe vessel will be: [SSC CGL 2019]
(c) 1 (d) 2 (a) 72 cm (b) 40 cm
18. A is 25% more than B and B is 40% less than C. If C is 30% (c) 35 cm (d) 60 cm
more than D, then by what percent is A less than D? 27. The value of
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.5
sec (1 – sin ) (sin cos ) (sec tan )
(c) 4 (d) 5 is equal to:
sin (1 tan ) cos (1 cot )
1
19. In a class, 83 % of the number of student are girls and (a) 2 cos (b) cosec sec
3
the rest are boys. If 60% of the number of boys and 80% of (c) 2 sin (d) sin cos
12 Previous Years Paper
37. By selling two articles for 800, a person gains the cost
1
28. A, B and C start a business. A invests 33 % of the total price of three articles. The profit percent is :
2 (a) 125 (b) 140
capital, B invests 25% of the remaining and C invests the (c) 120 (d) 150
rest. If the total profit at the end of a year is 1,62,000,
then A’s share in profit is: 2
(a) 81,000 (b) 60, 000 38. What is the compound interest on a sum of 7200 for 2
5
(c) 54, 000 (d) 90, 000 years at 20% p.a. interest compounded yearly (nearest to
29. A solid metallic sphere of radius 8 cm is melted and drawn an integer)?
into a wire of uniform cross-section. If the length of the (a) 4,290 (b) 3,960
wise is 24 m, then its radius (in mm) is: (c) 4,205 (d) 3,997
(a) 6 (b) 5
(0.545) (0.081) (0.51) (5.2)
1 2 39. The value of is
(c) 5 (d) 6 (0.324)3 (0.221)3 – (0.545)3
3 3 (a) – 1 (b) 1
30. The sides of a triangle are 56 cm, 90 cm and 106 cm. (c) 3 (d) – 3
The circumference of its circumcircle is: 40. The base of a right pyramid is an equilateral triangle with
(a) 100 (b) 109
(c) 108 (d) 112 side 8 cm, and the height of the pyramid is 24 3 cm . The
volume (in cm3) of the pyramid is:
31. The speed of a boat in still water is 18 km/h and the speed
(a) 1152 (b) 480
of the current is 6 km/h. In how much time (in hours) will
(c) 576 (d) 384
the boat travel a distance of 90 km upstream and the same
distance downstream? 41. The sum of the interior angles of a regular polygon is 1260°.
What is the difference between an exterior angle and an
1 1 interior angle of the polygon?
(a) 9 (b) 11
2 4 (a) 105° (b) 100°
(c) 12 (d) 10 (c) 120° (d) 90°
32. The HCF of two numbers is 21 and their LCM is 221 times 42. In a circle with centre O, AC and BD are two chords. AC
the HCF. If one of the numbers lies between 200 and 300, and BD meet at E when produced. If AB is the diameter and
then the sum of the digits of the other number is AEB = 68°, then the measure of DOC is :
(a) 14 (b) 17 (a) 32° (b) 30°
(c) 18 (d) 15 (c) 44° (d) 22°
33. ABC and DBC are on the same base BC but on opposite 43. In ABC, the perpendiculars drawn from A, B and C meet
sides of it. AD and BC intersect each other at O. If AO = a the opposite sides at D, E and F, respectively. AD, BE and
cm, DO = b cm and the area of ABC = x cm2, then what is CF intersect at point P. If EPD = 116° and the bisectors
the area (in cm2) of DBC? of A and B meet at Q, then the measure of AQB is :
a ab (a) 96° (b) 122°
(a) x (b) x (c) 124° (d) 64°
b 2
44. The perimeters of two similar triangles ABC and PQR are
bx ( a b) 78 cm and 46.8 cm, respectively. If PQ = 11.7, then the
(c) (d) x
a 2 length of AB is
34. The value of tan2 + cot2 – sec2 cosec2 is equal to: (a) 19.5 cm (b) 23.4 cm
(a) – 2 (b) 1 (c) 24 cm (d) 20 cm
(c) 0 (d) – 1 45. If the diameter of the base of a right circular is reduced by
35. The point of intersection of the graphs of the equations 1
3x – 5y = 19 and 3y – 7x + 1 = 0 is P(, ). What is the 33 % and its height is doubled, then the volume of the
3
value of (3 – )?
cylinder will :
(a) – 2 (b) – 1
(c) 1 (d) 0 1
(a) increase by 1 % (b) remain unchanged
36. (sec – tan )2 (1 + sin )2 sin2 = ? 9
(a) cos (b) cot2 1 1
(c) sec (d) cos2 (c) increase by 11 % (d) decrease by 11 %
9 9
Previous Years Paper 13
46. A right circular solid cone of radius 3.2 cm and height What is the ratio of the surface area of the cube to the sum
7.2 cm is melted and recast into a right circular cylinder of of the surface areas of any two of the cuboids so formed?
height 9.6 cm. What is the diameter of the base of the (a) 9 : 10 (b) 27 : 16
cylinder? (c) 27 : 10 (d) 9 : 8
(a) 4.2 cm (b) 4.5 cm
(c) 3.5 cm (d) 3.2 cm sin 2 – 3 sin 2
56. If 1, where 0° < < 90°, then what
47. 40 litres of 60% concentration of acid solution is added to cos 2
35 litres of 80% concentration of acid solution. What isthe is the value of (cos 2 + sin 3 + cosec 2)?
concentration of acid in the new solution? [SSC CGL 2019] 2 3 3 4 3
2 (a) (b)
(a) 66% (b) 66 % 3 6
3 94 3 3 2 3
1 (c) (d)
(c) 69 % (d) 69% 6 3
3
57. A loan has to be returned in two equal yearly instalments
48. In PQR, I is the incentre of the triangle. If QIR = 107°, each of 44,100. If the rate of interest is 5% p.a.,
then what is the measure of P? [SSC CGL 2019] compounded annually, then the total interest paid is:
(a) 37° (b) 43° (a) 5, 840 (b) 6,000
(c) 73° (d) 34° (c) 6,200 (d) 6,280
49. If x4 – 83 x2 + 1 = 0, then a value of x3 – x– 3 can be: 58. A sum of x is divided among A, B and C such that the ratio
[SSC CGL 2019] of the shares of A and B is 6 : 7 and that of B and C is 3 : 2.
(a) 758 (b) 756 If the difference between the shares of A and C is 540,
(c) 739 (d) 737 then the value of x is:
50. Sujata marks an article 36% above the cost price and allows (a) 7425 (b) 7020
a 40% discount on the marked price. The loss percentage (c) 7155 (d) 7290
is: [SSC CGL 2019] 59. The sides PQ and PR of PQR are produced to points S
(a) 15 (b) 16.8 and T, respectively. The bisectors of SQR and TRQ meet
(c) 18.4 (d) 4 at U. if QUR = 79°, then the measure of P is :
51. If 3(cot2 – cos2 ) = cos2 0° < < 90°, then the value of (a) 41° (b) 49°
(tan2 + cosec2 + sin2 ) is: (c) 22° (d) 23°
13 61 60. The value of
(a) (b)
3 12
25 15 sin(78 ) – cos (12 – ) (tan 2 70 – cosec 2 20)
is:
(c) (d) sin 25 cos 65 cos 25 sin 65
12 4
52. A hemispherical bowl of internal diameter 36 cm is full of a (a) 2 (b) – 1
liquid. This liquid is to be filled into cylindrical bottles each (c) – 2 (d) 0
of radius 3 cm and height 12 cm. How many such bottles 61. Alloy A contains copper and zinc in the ratio of 4 : 3 and
are required to empty the bowl? alloy B contains copper and zinc in the ratio of 5 : 2 A and
(a) 72 (b) 54 B are taken in the ratio of 5 : 6 and melted to form a new
(c) 36 (d) 27 alloy. The percentage of zinc in the new alloy is closest to:
53. If (5x + 1)3 + (x – 3)3 + 8 (3x – 4)3 = 6 (5x + 1) (x – 3) (a) 54 (b) 34.2
(3x – 4), then x is equal to: (c) 36.8 (d) 35
5 1 62. If the price of petrol increases by 19%, and Sunitha intends
(a) (b) to spend only an additional 12% on petrol, by what percent
6 3
2 3 should she reduce the quantity of petrol purchased
(c) (d) (nearest to an integer)?
3 4
(a) 7 (b) 6
54. The average of 33 numbers is 74. The average of the first (c) 5 (d) 8
17 numbers is 72.8 and that of the last 17 numbers is 77.2.
If the 17th number is excluded, then what will be the average cosec – cot sin
63. The vlaue of is equal to :
of the remaining numbers (correct to one decimal place)? cosec cot 1 cos
(a) 72.9 (b) 73.4
(c) 71.6 (d) 70.8 1
(a) cosec (b)
2
55. A solid cube is cut into three cuboids of same volumes.
(c) sec (d) 1
14 Previous Years Paper
64. A, B and C invested their capitals in the ratio of 2 : 3 : 5. of 31. What least number should be added to x to make it a
The ratio of months for which A, B and C invested is 4 : 2 : perfect square?
3. If C gets a share of profit which is 1,47,000 more than (a) 39 (b) 37
that of A, then B’s share of profit is: (c) 43 (d) 36
(a) 1,26, 000 (b) 1,68,000 73. The given bar graph shows the imports and exports
(c) 1,05,000 (d) 1,89,000 (in crores) of steel by a country from 2013 to 2017.
65. In a quadrillateral ABCD, the bisectors of C and D meet
Imports
at E. IfCED = 56° andA = 49°, then the measure of B
Exports
is
(a) 71° (b) 54° 700
650
(c) 63° (d) 67°
600
600
66. If 8x3 – 27y3 = (Ax + By) (Cx2 – Dy2 + 6xy), then 550
(A + B + C – D) is equal to:
500
(a) – 12 (b) 12 450 450 440
(c) 15 (d) 9
(in Crores)
400 400
67. The number of factors of 3600 is : 360
330
(a) 45 (b) 44 300
300
(c) 43 (d) 42
68. The given pie chart shows the quantity wise sales distribution 200
of five products (A, B, C, D and E) of a company in 2016.
Quantity wise sales distribution of five 100
products (A, B, C, D and E)
0
E A 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
55° 50° The total imports of steel in 2014, 2016 and 2017 is what
B
35° percent less than the total exports in 2013, 2015 and 2017
D (correct to one decimal place)?
100° C (a) 13.4 (b) 15.8
120°
(c) 16.2 (d) 14.5
74. A person sells an article at 16% below its cost price. Had he
If 320 units of product A were sold by the company, then sold it for 33 more, he would have gained 14%. To gain
how many units of products B and E together were sold by 25%, he should sell the article for.
the company? (a) 128 (b) 137.5
(a) 567 (b) 576 (c) 135 (d) 130.5
(c) 512 (d) 640
75. The given bar graph shows the imports and exports
69. 4 men and 5 women can complete a work in 15 days, whereas (in crores) of steel by a country from 2013 to 2017.
9 men and 6 women can do it in 10 days. To complete the Imports
same work in 7 days, how many women should assist 4 men? Exports
(a) 11 (b) 14
(c) 12 (d) 13 700
650
70. If x = (164)169 + (333)337 – (727)726, then what is the units 600
600
digit of x? 550
(a) 5 (b) 7 500
(c) 8 (d) 9 450 450 440
(in Crores)
71. Pipes A and B can fill a tank in 16 hours and 24 hours, 400 400
360
respectively, and pipe C alone can empty the full tank in x 330
300
hours. All the pipes were opened together at 10 : 30 a.m., 300
but C was closed at 2 : 30 p.m. If the tank was full at
8 : 30 p.m. on the same day, then what is the value of x? 200
(a) 64 (b) 48
(c) 45 (d) 96 100
72. Let x be the least number which when divided by 15, 18, 20
0
and 27, the remainder in each case is 10 and x is a multiple 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Previous Years Paper 15
In how many years were the imports more than 80% of the in 10 days. Y alone starts the work and leaves after 5 days.
average exports (per year) of the country during the given 5 The remaining work will be completed by X alone in
years? (a) 14 days (b) 12 days
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 15 days (d) 10 days
(c) 1 (d) 3 82. The bisector of B in ABC meets AC at D. If AB = 10 cm,
76. Renu was sitting inside train A, which was travelling at BC = 11 cm and AC = 14 cm, then the length of AD is :
50 km/h. Another train, B, whose length was three times the 22
length of A crossed her in the opposite direction in 15 (a) 6 cm (b) cm
3
seconds. If the speed of train B was 58 km/h, then the length
of train A (in m) is: 20
(c) 7 cm (d) cm
(a) 210 (b) 180 3
(c) 160 (d) 150
77. The given graph shows the marks obtained by students in 83. The value of 0.56 – 0.723 0.39 0.7
an examination. (a) 0.154 (b) 0.154
70
(c) 0.158 (d) 0.158
60 84. A circle is inscribed in a quadrillateral ABCD touching AB,
60
BC, CD and AD at the points P, Q ,R and S, respectively,
and B = 90°. If AD = 24 cm, AB = 27 cm and DR = 6 cm,
Number of Studnets
50
45
then what ist he circumference of the circle?
40 40
35 35 (a) 20 (b) 18
30
30 (c) 15 (d) 12
85. Place A and B are 396 km apart. Train X leaves from A for B
20
and train Y leaves from B for A at the same time on the same
10 1
day on parallel tracks. Both trains meet after 5 hours.
0 2
150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
The speed of Y is 10 km/h more than that of X. What is the
The number of students who obtained less than 300 marks speed (in km/h) of Y?
in what percent more than the number of students who (a) 41 (b) 54
obtained 350 or more marks? (c) 31 (d) 56
(a) 80% (b) 28%
(c) 44.4% (d) 22.7% 86. If the curved surface area of a solid cylinder is one-third of
its total surface area, then what is the ratio of its diameter to
78. In ABC, AB = AC and D is a point on BC. If BD = 5 cm, its height ?
AB = 12 cm and AD = 8 cm, then the length of CD is (a) 5 : 2 (b) 1 : 1
(a) 14.8 cm (b) 16.2 cm (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
(c) 16 cm (d) 14 cm
87. A sum amounts to 14,395.20 at 9.25% p.a. simple interest
79. The ratio of the incomes of A and B last year was 4 : 3, in 5.4 years. What will be the simple interest on the same
respectively. The ratios of their individual incomes of the sum at 8.6% p.a. in 4.5 years?
last year and the present year are 3 : 4 and 5 : 6, respectively. (a) 3,715.20 (b) 3,627
If their total income for the present year is 8.04 lakh, then (c) 3,797.76 (d) 3,672
the income of B last year was:
(a) 2.7 lakh (b) 3.6 lakh 88. When an article is sold at its marked price. It gives a profit
(c) 2.4 lakh (d) 2.8 lakh of 25%. If a discount of 9.6% is allowed on the marked
price, then the profit percent will be:
80. When a two-digit number is multiplied by the sum of tis (a) 13 (b) 15.4
digits, the product is 424. When the number obtained by (c) 15 (d) 16.6
interchanging its digits is multiplied by the sum of the digits,
the result is 280. The sum of the digits of the given number 89. A man sells his goods at a certain price, 20% of which of
is: his profit. If the price at which he buys the goods increases
(a) 6 (b) 9 by 10% and he sells tham at an 8% higher price, then what
(c) 7 (d) 8 will be his profit percent (correct to one decimal place)?
[SSC CGL 2019]
81. To do a certain work, the ratio of the efficiencies of X and Y (a) 21.8 (b) 23.4
is 5 : 4. Working together, they can complete he same work (c) 21.4 (d) 22.7
16 Previous Years Paper
90. The given pie chart shows the quantity wise sales distribution 95. The graphs of the equation 2x + 3y = 11 and x – 2y + 12 = 0
of five products (A, B, C, D and E) of a company in 2016. intersects at P(x 1, y 1) and the graph of the equation
Quantity wise sales distribution of five x – 2y + 12 = 0 intersects the x-axis at Q(x2, y2). What is the
products (A, B, C, D and E) value of (x1 – x2 + y1 + y2)?
(a) 13 (b) – 11
E A (c) 15 (d) – 9
55° 50°
B
35° 5– 3
D 96. If x and y is the reciprocal of x, then what is
100° C 5 3
120° the value of (x3 + y3)?
(a) 488 (b) 504
In 2016, if a total of 14616 units were sold, then the number (c) 472 (d) 476
of units of products D sold was : 97. A man starts from his house and travelling at 30 km/h, he
(a) 4263 (b) 4872 reaches his office late by 10 minutes, and travelling at 24
(c) 4060 (d) 4096 km/h, he reaches his office late by 18 minutes. The distance
91. The value of 9 × 6 24 + 8 2 of 5 – 30 4 of 4 + 27 × 5 9 is (in km) from his house to his office is (a)
647 243 18 (b) 16
(a) (b) (c) 12 (d) 20
40 8
493 259 98. The value of (tan 29° cot 61° – cosec2 61°) + cot2 54° –
(c) (d) sec2 36° + (sin2 1° + sin2 3° + sin2 5° + ... + sin2 89°) is:
8 8
92. A field roller, in the shape of a cylinder, has a diameter of 1
(a) 20 (b) 21
1 2
1 m and length of 1 m . If the speed at which the roller
4 1
(c) 22 (d) 22
rolls is 4 revolutions per minute, then the maximum area 2
(in m2) that it can roll in 1 hour is: Take
22
7 99. If 10 – 2 21 8 2 15 a b, where a and b
(a) 3960 (b) 3600
(c) 3300 (d) 3560 are positive integers, then the value of ab is closest to
(a) 4.6 (b) 5.9
93. If the volume of a sphere is 4851 cm3, then its surface area
(c) 6.8 (d) 7.2
22
(in cm2) is: Take 100. A can do 40% of a work in 12 days, whereas B can do 60%
7 of the same work in 15 days. Both work together for 10
(a) 1386 (b) 2772
days. C completes the remaining work alone in 4 days. A, B
(c) 1323 (d) 1337
and C together will complete 28 % of the same work in
94. From a point exactly midway between the foot of two towers
1
P and Q, the angles of elevation of their tops are 30° and (a) 2 days (b) 3 days
60°, respectively. The ratio of the height of P to that of Q is: 2
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 1
(c) 1 days (d) 2 days
(c) 1: 2 3 (d) 2 : 3 3 2
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (a) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (a) 65. (c) 66. (b) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (d) 70. (c)
71. (d) 72. (a) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (d) 76. (d) 77. (a) 78. (c) 79. (a) 80. (d)
81. (a) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (b) 85. (a) 86. (d) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (d) 90. (c)
91. (a) 92. (c) 93. (a) 94. (a) 95. (c) 96. (a) 97. (b) 98. (a) 99. (b) 100. (d)
Previous Years Paper 17
SOLUTIONS
1. Let total number of employees be n. Then, Hence, 5 x 8 y 5 4 8 2 36 6.
2n 4. Let x be the third proportional between 0.4 and 0.8.
Male (Employees) = ,
3
0.8 0.8
2n n Then, 0.4 : 0.8 0.8 : x x 1.6.
Female (Employees) n – ; 0.4
3 3
Let y be the mean proportional between 13.5 and 0.24.
3 2n 3 2n n
Male (Temp. Employees) of ; Then, y 2 13.5 0.24 3.24 y 3.24 1.8
8 3 8 3 4
2 n n 5n Required ratio = x : y = 1.6 : 1.8 = 8 : 9.
Male (Perm. Employees) – ;
1
3 4 12 5. x 3
2 n 2n 16 x
Female (Temp. Employees) of ;
5 3 15 1
4x 12 ...(i) [Multiplying by 4 on both sides]
n 2n 3n n 4x
Female (Perm, Employees) – .
3 15 15 5 1 1 1
64 x3 3(4 x) 4 x 1728
Now, Total (Perm. Employees) = 740 [given] 64 x 3
4x 4x
Male (Perm. Employees) + Female (Perm. Employees) = 740 [Cubing on both sides]
1
5n n 37 n 64 x3 3 12 1728 [Using (i)]
740 740 n 1200. 64 x 3
12 5 60
1
7 64 x3 1692
(Total Employees) – Female (Temp. Employees) 64 x 3
15
7 2n 5n n 1200 1
n– 400. 4 16 x3 1692
256 x3
15 15 15 3 3
Smallest 9 z 9 9 1
2. z x ...(i) 16 x 3 423.
Greatest 16 x 16 16 256 x3
9 9 625 1 9 1 1 6. Let the required number be x. Then,
– y 0.0625 – y y – .
16 16 10000 16 16 16 2 60% of x = (20% of x) + 120
Putting the values of z and y from (i) and (ii), in 60 x 20 x
120 x 300.
13 100 100
x y z 1 , we get :
24 1 1
Now, 33 % of x – (28% of x ) 33 – 28 % of x
1 9 37 25 25 16 2 3 3
x x x x .
2 16 24 16 24 24 3
100 – 84 1
9 9 2 3 300 16.
z x . 3 100
16 16 3 8
1
2 3 25 Hence, 28% of the number is less than 33 % of the number by
And so, x z . 3
3 8 24 16.
3. We have: 8 × 9 = 72 ; 8 and 9 are coprimes. 7. S.I. for 3 years = Amount for 4 years – Amount for 1 year
The given number being divisible by 72, is divisible by both 8 = (7504 – 6076) = 1428.
and 9. 1428
S.I. for 1 year 476.
Now, 5678x 43267 y is divisible by 8 if 67 y is divisible by 8. 3
Now, Principal = Amount for 1 year – S.I. for 1 year
8 67y 84
64 = (6076 – 476) = 5600.
3y 100 S.I. 100 476
32 Also, Rate % % 8.5 %
P T 5600 1
0 if y = 2
[Note: S.I. for T = 1 year is 476]
This is possible only if y = 2. 8. Clearly, O is the centroid of ABC.
So, the given number is 5678 x 432672. 1
This number is divisible by 9, if the sum of its digits i.e. 50 + x is We have: ar ( ABD) ar ( ACD ) {ar ( ABC )} ...(i)
2
divisible by 9. [ ABD and ACD have same height and equal base]
i.e. if x = 4.
18 Previous Years Paper
A Five years hence :
A’s age = (4x + 10) years
F E B’s age = (5x + 10) years.
O 4 x 10 6
28 x 70 30 x 60 x 5.
5 x 10 7
B D C
The centroid divides each median in the ratio 2 : 1. So, B’s present age = (5x + 5) = 30 years.
(AO) = 2 (OD) C’s present age = (B’s age – 10) = 20 years.
1 1 Also, A’s present age = (4x + 5) = 25 years.
And so, ar ( COD ) {ar ( COA)} {ar ( ACD )}
2 3 Required ratio = A’s age : C’s age = 25 : 20 = 5 : 4.
[ COD and COA have same height and base of 12. Let the radius of the base be r cm.
COA is twice that of COD] Then, area of the base = r2
2 r2 = 400 r = 20 cm.
ar ( COA) ar ( ACD )} ...(ii)
3 Curved surface area = rl l
Again, OE is the median of COA.
h
r r 2 h 2
1
ar ( AOE ) ar ( COE ) {ar ( COA)} r
2 20 20 2 152
1 2 1 = × 20 × 25 = (500 ) cm2
{ar ( ACD )} ar ( ACD ) ...(iii)
2 3 3 13. The central angle corresponding to D(2016) = 100°.
[ AOE and COE have same height and equal base.] Central angle of 100° = 1500 units
ar ( ABD) ar ( ACD ) 3
Now, 3 :1. 1500
ar ( AOE ) 1 {ar ( ACD)} 1 Central angle of 360 360 units = 5400 units.
100
3
9. x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz = (x + y + z) (x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz – zx) So, the number of units sold in 2016 by company = 5400 units
= (x + y + z) {(x + y + z)2 – 3 (xy + yz + zx)} The number of units sold in 2017
118
[ (x + y + z)2 = x2 + y2 + z2 + 2 (xy + yz + zx)] (118% of 5400) 5400
100
= 2 { 22 – 3 ( – 11)} = 74.
= 6372 units.
x3 + y3 + z3 – 2 = (x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz) + 3xyz – 2
14. Imports (2015) + Imports (2017) = (450 + 550) crores = 1000
= 74 + 3 ( – 12) – 2 = 36 crores
x3 y 3 z 3 – 2 36 6. Exports (2013) + Exports (2016) = (400 + 440) crores = 840
crores
1 6 3 2 1 1 3 2 5 1
10. 1 2 of 5 6 4 of 5 2 of 1 Required ratio = 1000 : 840 = 25 : 21.
3 7 5 5 2 3 4 3 9 5
=1+k 15. Let the original S.P. be x.
4x
If S.P. 80% of x , then loss 10%
4 20 28 32 9 16 3 8 5 6 5
of of of 1 k
3 7 5 5 2 3 4 3 9 5 100 100 4 x 8x
C.P. S.P.
4 32 3 8 2 100 – loss % 90 5 9
16 24 1 k
3 5 4 3 3
8x
4 1 32 1 3 8 3 Now, C.P. , S.P. x
9
1 k
3 16 5 24 4 3 2 8x
x–
1 4 S.P. – C.P. 9 1
31 k Profit % 100 % 100 % 12 %
12 15 C.P. 8x 2
9
1 15 15
3 1 k 1 k 15 16 16k 16. We have: PB × PA = PC × PD [By Segments of Secants Theorem]
12 4 16
1 6.3 × (7.7 + 6.3) = 5.6 × PD
k – 0.0625 which lies between – 0.07 and – 0.06.
16 A 7.7c
m
11. Five years Ago: B 6.3
Let A’s age = 4x years
cm
P
Then, B’s age = 5x year
D C 5.6cm
Previous Years Paper 19
6.3 14 63 14 65 13 x
PD 15.74 cm. (65% of x) x
5.6 56 100 20
DC (or CD) = PD – PC = (15.75 – 5.6) cm = 10.15 cm 13 x 7x
His original savings = x .
sin A 1 – cos A cot 2 A 20 20
17. 1 – cos A 1
sin A 1 cosec A His new income = {x + (20.1 % of x)}
sin A (1 – cos A) cosec A – 1
2 2 2
120.1 1201
1 x x
sin A (1 – cos A) cosec A 1 100 1000
[ cot2 = cosec2 – 1] 13 x
His new expenditure = 125 % of
20
sin A 1 cos A – 2 cos A
2 2
(cosec A – 1 1)
sin A (1 – cos A) 125 13 x 13 x
100 20 16
2 – 2 cos A
cosec A [ sin2A + cos2 A = 1] 1201 13 x 777 x
sin A (1 – cos A) His new savings x– .
1000 16 2000
2 1 2
sin A 2. Percentage increase in savings
sin A cosec A sin A
777 x 7 x
5 2000 – 20
18. A is 25% more than B A = 125% of B A B ...(i) 100 % 11%.
4 7x
3 20
B is 40% less than C B = 60% of C B C ...(ii)
5 21. Suppose the total number of students initially be x.
13 Then, their total weight = (72 x) kg
C is 30% more than D C = 130% of D C D ...(iii)
10
Weight of 10 students who left = (78 × 10) kg = 780 kg
5 5 3 3 3 13 39 Weight of 4 students who joined = (80 × 4 ) kg = 320 kg
A B C C D D
4 4 5 4 4 10 40 Total weight of (x – 10 + 4) i.e. (x – 6) students = 72 x – 780 + 320
[Using (i), (ii) and (iii)] = (72x – 460) kg
Now, A is less than D by Also, new average of (x – 6) students = (72 – 0.7) = 71.3 kg
39 Total weight of these (x – 6) students = (71.3) (x – 6) kg.
D– D
D– A 40 100 % 2.5 %. 72 x – 460 = 71.3 (x – 6) 0.7x = 460 – 427.8
100 %
D D
0.7 x = 32.2 x = 46.
19. Suppose there are n students in the class.
1 sin p 2
1 250 1 5n 22.
Then, Girls 83 % of n n . 1 – sin q 2
3 3 100 6
2 p2 q2
5n n 2 [By Componendo and Dividendo]
Boys n – . 2 sin p – q 2
6 6
n 2 n n p2 – q2
Boys (Absent) 40% of . sin
6 5 6 15 p2 q 2
[ 60% of Boys are present] 2 ( p 2 – q 2 )2
cos 1 – sin 1 –
5n 1 5n n ( p 2 q 2 )2
Girls (Absent) = 20% of
6 5 6 6
( p 2 q 2 )2 – ( p 2 – q 2 ) 2
[ 80% of Girls are present]
( p 2 q 2 )2
n n 7n
Total number of students absent . 4 p 2 q2 2 pq
15 6 30 2 [ (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab]
( p 2 q 2 )2 p q2
7n p2 q2 1 p q
30 1 sec .
Percentage of students absent 100 % 23 % 2 pq 2 q p
n 3
23. M.P. 800, Discount = 19%/
S.P. = (81% of 800) = 648.
20. Suppose A’s original income be x. 100 100
C.P. S.P. 648 600.
Then, his original expenditure 100 Gain % 100 8
20 Previous Years Paper
M.P. – C.P. 1 1 sin
Required Percentage 100 % (1 – sin (sin cos )
C.P. cos cos
cos sin sin cos
800 – 600 100 1 sin cos
100 % % 33 % cos
sin
600 3 3
P 1
24. Area of the base = ar (rt.ABC) 2 (1 – sin ) (sin cos )
2
cos
1
20 21 210 cm 2 sin 2 (sin cos ) cos 2 (sin cos )
2
Q A sin cos
Let height of prism be h cm. Then,
R 1
Area of base × height = volume h 20cm 29 ·cos 2 ·(sin cos ) ·sin cos
cm cos 2
7560
210 h 7560 h 36. B (sin cos ) ·(sin 2 cos 2 )
210
C [ 1 – sin2 = cos2 ]
Now, lateral surface
= sin cos . [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
= Sum of areas of faces PABQ, QBCR, PACR
28. Let the total investment be x.
= h × 20 + h + 21 + h × 29 = h (20 + 21 + 29)
1 x
= 36 × 70 = 2520 cm2. Then, A’s investment 33 % of x .
3 3
25. 10 2 ( 6 15 10) x 2x
Remaining investment x – .
10 2 ( 2 3 3 5 2 5) 3 3
2x 1 2x x
( 2) 2 ( 3) 2 ( 5) 2 2 {( 2 ) ( 3) ( 3) ( 5) ( 2) ( 5) } B’s investment 25% of
3 4 3 6
( 2) 3 – 5) 2 2x x x
C’s investment – .
[Using (a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2 (ab + bc + ca)] 3 6 2
2 3 – 5 3 2 – 5. A’s investment: B’s investment : C’s investment
x x x
26. Let the drop in the water level be h m. : : 2 :1: 3.
3 6 2
Initial 2
Level h Now, A’s share of profit 162000 54000.
2 1 3
New
Level [Note: The profit is divided in the ratio of investments]
29. Let the radius of the wire be r cm. Then,
Volume of wire (cylinder) = r2l = (r2 × 2400)
[ l = 24 m = 2400 cm]
r = 3.5m
Now, volume of sphere = volume of wire
Then, volume of water taken out
4
= Area of base of vessel × drop in height (8) 3 r 2 2400
3
15400 3
m (3.5) 2 h 4 8 8 8 4 8 8 22 82
1000 [Note : 1 m3 = 1000 l]
r2
3 2400 3 300 32 10 2
154 22 35 35
h 28 28 16 1
10 7 10 10 r cm 10 mm mm 5 mm.
3 10 3 10 3 3
154 7 10 10
h
10 22 35 35 30. Area of triangle s ( s – a ) ( s – b) ( s – c )
2
h m 40 cm 126 70 36 20 9 14 14 100 36
5
= 3 × 14 × 10 × 6 = 2520 cm2.
The drop in water level = 40 cm.
abc 56 90 106
27.
sec (1 – sin ) (sin cos ) (sec tan ) Circumradius 4 4 2520 53 cm.
sin (1 tan ) cos (1 cot )
1 Circumcentre of the circumcircle = 2r
1 sin
(1 – sin ) (sin cos )
cos cos cos = (106) cm
sin cos 31. Speed of boat u = 18 km/hr.
sin 1 cos 1
cos sin Speed of current v = 6 km/hr;
Previous Years Paper 21
Speed upstream = u – v = (18 – 6) = 12 km/hr ; The point of intersection is P (, ) = (– 2, – 5)
Speed downstream = u + v = (18 + 6) = 24 km/hr. Comparing coordinates, we get: = – 2 and = – 5.
Time taken to go 90 km upstream and 90 km downstream 3 – = 3 ( – 2) – (– 5) = – 1.
90 90 270 1 36. (sec – tan )2 (1 + sin )2 sin2
hrs hrs 11 hrs.
12 24 24 4 1
2
sin
– (1 sin )2 sin 2
32. H.C.F. = 21; L.C.M. = 221 × H.C.F. = 221 × 21. cos cos
Let the two number be 21 a and 21 b; where
(1 – sin ) 2 1
200 < 21 a < 300 (1 sin ) 2
cos 2 sin 2
Now, H.C.F. × L.C.M. = Product of numbers
(1 – sin 2 )2 (cos 2 )2 cos 2
21 × 221 × 21 = 21 a × 21 b cot 2 .
cos sin cos sin sin 2
2 2 2 2
a × b = 221 = 13 × 17
800
37. S.P. of 1 article 400.
Since 21 a lies between 200 and 300, there is only one possibility 2
i.e. a = 13 and so b = 17.
When 2 articles are sold:
21 b = 21 × 7 = 357
C.P. of 2 articles + Gain = S.P. of 2 articles
The sum of the digits of 357 = 3 + 5 + 7 = 15.
C.P. of 2 articles + C.P. of 3 articles = 800
33. Draw AM BC and DN BC.
C.P. of 5 articles = 800
A
C.P. of 1 article = 160
a S.P. – C.P.
Profit % 100 %
N C C.P.
B M O
b 400 – 160
100 % 150 %.
160
2
D 38. P 7200, T 2 years, R 20% p.a.
In AMO and DNO, we have: 5
2
AMO = DNO = 90° 2 R
R
A P 1 1 5 2
T 2 5 years
AOM = DON [Vertically Opp. Angles] 100 100
AMO DNO [AA-Similarity]
AM AO a 2
20
20 5
2
So,
DN DO b 7200 1 1
1 100 100
AM BC a
2 1
1 [Multiplying Nr. and Dr. by BC ] 6 6 27
DN BC b 2 7200 11197.44 11197.
2 5 5 25
ar ( ABC ) a C.I. = A – P = (11197 – 7200) = 3997.
ar ( DBC ) b (0.545) (0.081) (0.51) (5.2)
39. Let A
(0.324)3 (0.221)3 – (0.545)3
x a bx
ar ( DBC ) . – 3 (0.324) (0.221) (– 0.545)
ar ( DBC ) b a
(0.324)3 (0.221)3 (– 0.545)3
34. tan2 + cot2 – sec2 cosec2
Note : (0.545) (0.081) (0.51) (5.2)
= tan2 + cot2 – (1 + tan2 ) (1 + cot2 ) 0.324
(0.545) (3 0.17) (4 1.3)
[ sec2 = 1 + tan2 ; cosec2 = 1 + cot2 ] 4
= tan2 + cot2 – { 1 + tan2 + cot2 + tan2 cot2 } 3 (0.545) (0.324) (0.221)
= – 1 – tan2 cot2 = – 1 – 1 = – 2. [ tan2 cot2 = 1] Now, if x = 0.324, y = 0.221, z = – 0.545, then
35. The given equations can be written as : x + y + z = 0.324 + 0.221 – 0.545 = 0 and so,
3x – 5y = 19 ...(i) x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz = 0 x3 + y3 + z3 = 3xyz
– 7x + 3y = – 1 ...(ii) And so, (0.324)3 + (0.221)3 + (– 0.545)3
Multiplying (i) by 3 and (ii) by 5 and adding, we get: = 3 (0.324) (0.221) (– 0.545)
– 26 x = 52 x = – 2. – 3 (0.324) (0.221) (– 0.545)
A – 1.
(0.324)3 (0.221)3 (– 0.545)3
Putting x = – 2 in (ii), we get: y = – 5.
22 Previous Years Paper
40. Let PABC be the right pyramid. Let PN be its height h. Then, A
PN be its height h. Then, E
PN 24 3 cm, AB BC CA 8 cm. F P
Volume of the pyramid 116°
1 Q
Area of base × height
3
1 1 3 B D C
ar ( ABC ) h (8)2 24 3 Now, in ABQ, we have:
3 3 4
3 2 QAB + ABQ + AQB = 180°
= 384 cm3. Area of equilateral trianlge a
4 1 1
A B AQB 180
41. Suppose that the regular polygon has n sides. 2 2
The sum of the interior angles = (n – 2) × 180° 1
( A B ) AQB 180
2
(n – 2) × 180° = 1260° n – 2 = 7 n = 9.
1
1260 (116) AQB 180 [Using (i)]
Each interior angle 140. 2
9
AQB = 122°.
Also, sum of the exterior angles = 360°.
44. We have:
360
Each exterior angle 40. Perimeter ( ABC ) AB
9
Perimeter ( PQR) PQ
Difference between an exterior angle and an interior angle
[ The ratio of the correcponding sides of two similar triangle is
= 140° – 40° = 100°.
equal to the ratio of their perimeters.]
42. Let the radius of the circle be r.
OA = OC = r OAC = OCA = x (say) and 78 AB 78 11.7
AB 19.5 cm.
46.8 11.7 46.8
OB = OD = r OBD = ODB = y (say).
45. Let r be the radius of the base and h be the height of the given
A cylinder. Then,
x C
x Its initial Volume V = r2h ...(i)
68° E
1
O Now radius, r r 33 % of r
3
y
y D 1
Note : If diameter is reduced by 33 3 %,
B 1
then radius is also reduced by 33 %
In ABE, we have: 3
x + y + 68° = 180° x + y = 112° ...(i) 1 2r
r– r .
Now, OCE + OCA = 180° [Linear pair] 3 3
OCE = 180° – x ...(ii) New height, h = 2h
And, ODE + ODB = 180° [Linear pair] 2
2r 8 2 8
New volume V (r ) h (2h) r h V .
2
ODE = 180° – y ...(iii) 3 9 9
In quadrilateral OCED, we have: Cleraly, V < V.
DOC +OCE + CED + ODE = 360° V – V
Percent decrease in volume 100 %
[Sum of anlges of a quad. is 360°] V
DOC + 180° – x + 68° + 180° – y = 360° 8
V – V
[ CED = AED = 68°] 9 1 1
100 % 100 % 11 %.
DOC = x + y – 68° = 112° – 68° = 44°. [Using (i)] V 9 9
43. In quad. PDCE, we have:
1 2 1
EPD + PDC + C + CEP = 360° 46. Volume of cone V1 r h 3.2 3.2 7.2
3 3
116° + 90° + C + 90° = 360°
Volume of cylinder V2 = R2H = × R2 × 9.6
C = 64°.
Now, V1 = V2
We have A + B + C = 180°
1
A + B + 64° = 180° A + B = 116° ...(i) 3.2 3.2 7.2 R 2 9.6
3
Previous Years Paper 23
Cubing (i) on both sides, we get:
3.2 3.2 7.2 3.2 3.2
2
R 1.6 1.6 1 1
3 9.6 4 x3 – – 3x – 729
x 3
x
R = 1.6 cm.
1
Diameter of the base of the cylinder = 2R = 3.2 cm x3 – – 3 9 729 [Using (i)]
x3
47. In 40 litres of 1st solution
1
Quantity of acid = (60% of 40) l = 24 l. x3 – 756.
x3
Quantity of water = (40 – 24) l = 16 l. 50. Let the C.P. be x.
In 35 litres of 2nd solution:
Quantity of acid = (80% of 35) l = 28 l. 136 x
Then, M.P. ( x 36% of x ) (136% of x)
100
Quantity of water = (35 – 28) l = 7l.
In 75 litres of the mixture formed, we have: S.P. = M.P. – 40% of M.P. = (60% of M.P.)
Quantity of acid = (24 + 28) l = 52 l. 60 136 816
x x
Concentration of acid in the new solution 100 100 1000
816
52 1 x– x
100 5 69 %. C.P. – S.P. 1000
75 3
Loss % 100 % 100%
C.P. x
Another Method (By Rule of Alligation):
184
Conc. of 1st Solution Conc. of 2nd Solution % 18.4%
60% 80% 10
Mean Conc. Another Method:
x Let C.P. be 100.
Then, M.P. = (100 + 36% of 100) = 136.
(80 – x ) (x – 60) S.P. = (136 – 40% of 136)
Suppose a concentration of x% is obtained by mixing the two
solutions in the ratio 40 : 35. Then, 60
(60% of 136) 136 81.6.
100
80 – x 8
560 – 7 x 8 x – 480
x – 60 7 Loss = (100 – 81.6) = 18.4.
1040 1
x 69 . Loss 18.4
15 3 Loss % 100 % 100 % 18.4%.
C.P. 100
1
The concentration of the new solution formed 69 %. 51. 3 (cot2 – cos2 ) = cos2
3
48. In QIR, we have : P cos 2
3 – cos 2 cos 2
1 1 sin 2
QIR Q R 180
2 2 1
I 3 cos 2 2 – 1 cos 2
1 sin
(Q R) 180 – QIR 107°
2 3 cos2 (cosec2 – 1) = cos2
= 180° – 107° = 73°
Q R 3 cot2 = 1 [ cosec2 – 1 = cot2 and cos 0
Q + R = 2 × 73° = 146°.
since 0° < < 90°]
Now, P + Q + R = 180°
P = 180° – (Q + R) = 180° – 146° = 34°. 1 1
cot 2 cot cot 60 60.
3 3
49. x4 – 83 x2 + 1 = 0
x4 + 1 = 83 x2 (tan2 + cosec2 + sin2 ) = tan2 60° + cosec2 60° + sin2 60°
1 2 2
x2 83 [Dividing by x2 on both sides] 2 3
3
2
x2
3 2
2
1 1
x2 – 2 81 x – 92
x2 x 4 3 36 16 9 61
3 .
1 3 4 12 12
x – 9 ...(i)
x
24 Previous Years Paper
36 sin 2 – 3 sin 2
52. Radius of hemispherical bowl, R cm 18 cm. 1 sin 2 – 3 sin 2 cos 2
2 56.
cos 2
Liquid filled in bowl = Volume of bowl (V1)
sin2 – 3 sin + 2 = 1 – sin2 [ sin2 + cos2 = 1]
2 2 2 sin2 – 3 sin + 1 = 0
R 3 18 18 18
3 3
3 9 –8 31 1
= 12 × 18 × 18 × . sin sin or sin 1
4 4 2
Volume of each cylindrical bottle, V2 = r2h
1
= × 3 × 3 × 12. sin sin 30 [Note: sin 1 since 90°]
2
Number of bottles required to empty the bowl
= 30°.
V1 12 18 18 cos 2 + sin 3 + cosec 2 = cos 60° + sin 90° + cosec 60°
36.
V2 3 3 12 1 2 3 2 3 34
1
2 3 2 3 2 3
53. Given (5x + 1)3 + (x – 3)3 + 8 (3x – 4)3 = 6 (5x + 1) (x – 3) (3x – 4)
Let 5x + 1 = a ; x – 3 = b and 2 (3x – 4) = c.
3 3 34 [Multiplying Nr. & Dr. by 3]
Then, it is given that: 6
a3 + b3 + c3 = 3 abc 94 3
a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = 0 6
57. Principal (or Loan Amount)
a + b + c = 0 [ a + b + c = 0 a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = 0]
= (P.W. of 44100 due 1 year hence) + (P.W. of 44100 due
( 5x + 1) + (x – 3) + 2 (3x – 4) = 0
2 years hence)
5 44100 44100
12 x – 10 0 x . 1
2
6 5 5
1 1
54. Sum of all the 33 numbers = 74 × 33 100 100
Sum of first 17 numbers = 72.8 × 17 44100 20 44100 20 20
42000 40000
21 21 21
Sum of last 17 numbers = 77.2 × 17
= 82000.
17th number = 72.8 × 17 + 77.2 × 17 – 74 × 33
Total interest paid = (2 × 44100 – 82000) = 6200.
= (72.8 + 77.2) × 17 – 74 × 33
= 150 × 17 – 74 × 33 = 2550 – 2442 = 108. A 6 6 3 18
58. .
B 7 7 3 21
Sum of the remaining 32 numbers (other than the 17th number)
= 74 × 33 – 108 = 2442 – 108 = 2334. B 3 3 7 21
2334 C 2 2 7 14
Average of the remaining number 72.9.
32 A : B : C = 18 : 21 : 14.
Now, if A – C = 18 – 14 = 4, then, A + B + C = 18 + 21 + 14 = 53;
55. Let each side of the cube be ‘a’.
53
Then, the surface area of the cube S1 = 6a2. if A – C = 540, then A B C 540 7155.
4
When the cube is cut into 3 equal cuboids, each cuboid has x = 7155.
a/3 59. In QUR,we have :
1
l b a and h a. P
3
a
Surface area of each cuboid a
= 2 (lb + lh + bh) a Q R
a a 10a 2 2 2
2 a2 . a
3 3 3 S 79° T
2
10 a 20 2
Sum of the surface areas of two cuboids S2 2 a . U
3 3
1 1
S 6a 2 9 QUR SQR TRQ 180
Required ratio 1 9 :10. 2 2
S2 20
a 2 10 SQR TRQ 2 (180 – QUR) 2 (180 – 79) 202
3
Previous Years Paper 25
(180° – Q) + (180° – R) = 202° cosec cot sin
Q + R = 360° – 202° = 158° ...(i) 63.
cosec + cot 1 cot
Now, P + Q + R = 180°
P =180° – (Q + R) = 180° – 158° = 22°. (cosec cot ) 2 1 cos
(cosec + cot ) (cosec cot ) sin
sin 78 cos 12 tan 2 70 cosec 2 20 cosec cot 1 cos
60.
sin 25 cos 65 cos 25 sin 65
cosec cot
2 2 sin sin
cos 90 78 cos 12 cot 2 90 70 cosec 2 20 = cosec cot (cosec + cot [ cosec 2 cot 2 1]
=
sin 25 sin 90 65 cos 25 cos 90 65
= cosec 2 cot 2 1.
[ cos (90º – = sin ; sin (90º – ) = cos cot (90º – ) = tan
64. Suppose A, B and C invested 2x, 3x and 5x respectively and
2
cos (12 ) cos (12 ) (cot 20 cosec 20) 2 they invested for 4y, 2y and 3y months respectively.
Then, A’s share: B’s share: C’s share
sin 2 25 cos 2 25
= (2x) (4y) : (3x) (2y) : (5x) (3y) = 8 : 6 : 15.
= – (cosec2 20° – cot2 20°) [ sin2 + cos2 =1]
Now, if C’s share – A’s share = 15 – 8 = 7, then B’s share = 6
=–1 [ cosec2 – cot2 = 1]
if C’s share – A’s share = 147000, then B’s share
61. Suppose (5x) kg of alloy A and (6x) kg of alloy B are mixed.
6
3 15 = 147000 = 126000.
Then, quantity of zinc from alloy A (4 3) 5 x = x kg 7
7 65. In CED, we have : C
2 12 1 1 D
and quantity of zinc from alloy B = (5 2) 6 x 7 x kg CED C D 180
2 2
Total quantity of zinc in (5x + 6x) kg i.e. 11x kg of new alloy 56°
C + D = 2 (180° – CED)
15 x 12 x 27x = 2 (180° – CED) E
= kg = kg. 49°
7 7 7 = 2 (180° – 56°) = 248° ...(i)
In quad. ABCD, we have: A B
27 x
7 A + B + C + D = 360°
100 % 2700 %
Percentage of zinc in new alloy =
11x 77 49° + B + 248° = 360° [Using (i)]
B = 63°.
= 35.06% 35%. 66. 8x3 – 27 y3 = (Ax + By) (Cx2 – Dy2 + 6xy)
62. Let the initial price of petrol be x / litre and the initial consumption (2x)3 – (3y)3 = (Ax + By) (Cx2 – Dy2 + 6xy)
be y litres. (2x – 3y) {(2x)2 + (3y)2 + (2x) (3y)}
Then, initial cost (amount spent) = xy. = (Ax + By) (Cx2 – Dy2 + 6xy)
[ a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab)]
119 x
New price of petrol = (119% of x) = . (2x – 3y) (4x2 + 9y2 + 6xy) = (Ax + By) (Cx2 – Dy2 + 6xy)
100
Comparing coefficients of like terms, we get:
112 A = 2, B = – 3, C = 4, D = – 9.
Amount spent now = (112% of xy) = xy .
100 A + B + C – D = 2 – 3 + 4 + 9 = 12.
2 3600
Present consumption of petrol 67. By Prime Factorisation, we have:
2 1800
3600 = 24 × 32 × 52
112 xy 2 900
The number of factors of 3600
Amount spent 100 112 2 450
y litres = (4 + 1) × (2 + 1) × (2 + 1)
New price 119 x 119 3 225
=5×3×3
100 3 75
= 45.
Percentage reduction in the consumption quantity of petrol 5 25
[Note: the number of factors of a number having
purchased p q r
prime factorisation 2 × 3 × 5 × ... is (p + 1) 5
(q + 1) (r + 1)...]
112
y y
119 7 68. Central angle corresponding to A is 50° and the central angle
100 % 100 % corresponding to B and E together is (35° + 55°) = 90°.
y 119
Now, if number of units of A sold = 50, then the number of units of B
and E together sold = 90; if number of units of A sold = 320, then the
100 90
% 5.88% 6% number of units of B and E (togerther) sold 320 576.
17 50
26 Previous Years Paper
69. Suppose that 1 Man’s 1 day’s work = x and 71. Pipe A files the tank in 16 hours
1 Woman’s 1 days’s work = y. Then, 1
part of the tank filled by pipe A in 1 hr
4 Men’s + 5Women’s 1 day’s work = 4x + 5y 16
1 1
4x 5 y ...(i) Similarly, part filled by B in 1 hr ; and part emptied by C in
15 24
1 1 1
Similarly, 9 x 6 y 3x 2 y ...(ii) 1 hr = .
10 30 x
Multiplying (i) by 2 and (ii) by 5 and subtracting (i) from (ii), we Now, net part filled by A and B together in 4 hrs
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 5 4
(from 10 : 30 am to 2 : 30 p,) 4 – –
get: 7 x –
6 15 30
x
210
. 16 24 x 12 x
1 15 4 7 4
Putting x in (ii) we get: Remaining portion of tank to be filled 1 – –
210 12 x 12 x
1 1 4 1 Now, this part is filled by A and B working together in 6 hrs
2y – y .
30 70 210 105 (from 2 : 30 pm to 8 : 30 pm)
Now, suppose z women are required to assist 4 men to complete
1 1 7 4 4 5 7 4 1
the work in 7 days. 6 – x 96.
16 24 12 x x 8 12 x 24
1
Then, 4 x zy
7 72. L.C.M. (15, 18, 20, 27) = 540
1 1 1 x = 540 k + 10, where k is a positive integer. Since x is a multiple
4 z of 31 so 540 k + 10 should be divisible by 31.
210 105 7
4 + 2z = 30 [Multiplying by 210 on both sides] 46
z = 13. 4 2170
13 women are required. 16
4, when n is odd 86 570
70. Unit’s digits of 4n 516
6, when n is even
54
Unit of digit of (164)169 = unit’s digit of 4169 = 4.
The least value of k for which 540 k + 10 is divisible 31 k is k = 4
Now, Unit’s digit of (34)n = 1 nN.
x = 540 × 4 + 10 = 2170
Unit’s digit of (333)337 = unit’s digit of (3)337 x lies between 462 and 472. Now 472 = 47 × 47 = 2209
= Unit’s digit of {(34)84 · 3} = unit’s digit of (34)84 The least number added to x to make it a perfect square
X unit’s digit of 3 = 1 × 3 = 3 = 2209 – 2170 = 39.
Now, unit’s digit of (74)n = 1 nN. 73. Total imports (2014 + 2016 + 2017)
Unit’s digit of (727)726 = unit’s digit of (7)726 = (360 + 500 + 550) crores = 1410 crores.
= Unit’s digit of (74)181. unit’s digit of 72 = 1 × 9 = 9 Total exports (2013 + 2015 + 2017)
Unit’s digit in the given number 4 + 3 – 9 7 – 9 17 – 9 = 8. = (400 + 600 + 650) crores = 1650 crores.
4, when n is odd
Another Method : Unit’s digits of 4n 1650 – 1410
6, when n is even Required % 100 % 14.5%
1650
Unit of digit of (164)169 = unit’s digit of 4169 = 4.
74. Let the C.P. be x.
(164)169 4 (mod 10) ...(i)
Now, 34 1 (mod 10) [ 34 = 81] 84 x
Then, S.P. (100 – 16)% of x
(34)84 184 (mod 10) [ a b (mod x) am bm mod x] 100
(34)84 · 3 1.3 (mod 10)
114 x
S.P. at 14% gain = (100 14)% of x
[ a b (mod x) a.m b.m (mod x)] 100
3 3 (mod 10) (333)337 = 3 (mod 10)
337 ...(ii)
Difference in two S.P. = 33
Now, 74 1(mod 10)
114 x 84 x 30 x
(74)181 1181 (mod 10) [Same reason as above] – 33 33 x 110
100 100 100
(74)181 · 72 (1 × 49) (mod 10) [Same reason as above]
7726 9 (mod 10) (727)726 9 (mod 10) ...(iii) 320
Now, C.P. and Gain 25%
3
Using (i), (ii) and (iii), we get:
(164)169 + (333)337 – (727)726 (4 + 3 – 9) (mod 10) 125
S.P. (100 25)% of 110 110 137.50.
– 2 (mod 10) (10 – 2) (mod 10) 8 (mod 10) 100
The requried unit digit = 8.
Previous Years Paper 27
75. Average exports during the 5 years 80. Let unit’s digit and ten’s digit be x and y respectively.
400 450 600 440 650 Then original number = 10y + x.
crores 508 crores
5 (10 y + x) ( x + y) = 424 10 yx + 10y2 + x2 + xy = 424 ...(i)
80 Number obtained by reversing the digits = 10x + y.
Now, 80% of 508 crores 508 crores 406.40 crores. (10 x + y) (x + y) = 280 10x2 + 10xy + yx + y2 = 280 ...(ii)
100
In 3 years (2015, 2016, 2017), the imports wre more than 80% Adding (i) and (ii), we get:
of average exports. 11x2 + 11y2 + 22xy = 704 x2 + y2 + 2xy = 64
76. Let the length of the train A be (x) m. ( x y ) 2 64 x y 64 8.
Then, the length of the train B = (3x) m
81. Let one day’s work of X and Y be 5x and 4x respectively. Then,
5 145 (X + Y)’s 1 day’s work = 5x + 4x = 9x
We have : LT (3 x) m, VT 58 m/s m/s
18 9
(X + Y)’s 10 day’s work = 9x × 10 = 90 x
5 125 1
VO 50 m/s m/s and t 15 sec.
18 9 90 x 1 x .
90
LT 3x 3x 1 2
t 15 15 x 150. Y’s 5 days’ work 4 x 5 4 5 .
VT VO 145 125 30 90 9
9 9 2 7
Thus, the length of the train A is 150 m. Remaining work 1 – .
9 9
77. The number of students who obtained less than 300 marks
1 1
= 30 + 45 + 60 = 135. X ’s 1 day’s work 5 x 5
90 18
The number of students who obtained more than 350 marks
1
= 40 + 35 = 75. X can do work in = 1 day.
18
135 – 75 7 7
Required % 100 % 80%. X can do work in 1 18 days 14 days.
75 9 9
78. We have: AB = AC = 12 cm, BD = 5 cm, A 82. We have: AB = 10 cm, BC = 11 cm A
AD = 8 cm. and AC = 14 cm
14
Let CD = (x) cm. Then, BC = (x + 5) cm cm
Let AD = x cm D
m
Draw AE BC. Then, BE = CE.
12c
1 0c
Then, CD = (14 – x) cm
m
1 2c
Let DE = (x) cm and AE = (h) cm.
8cm
Since BD is the internal bisector of
In ADE, AE2 + DE2 = AD2 B B 11cm C
[ By Pythagoras theorem] B AB AD 10 x
h2 + x2 = 82 h2 + x2 = 64 ...(i) 5cm D E C 140 – 10 x 11x
BC CD 11 14 – x
In ABE, AE + BE = AB
2 2 2 [ By Pythagoras theorem]
20
h2 + (5 + x)2 = (12)2 h2 + 25 + x2 + 10x = 144 21x 140 3 x 20 x
3
11 20
64 25 10 x 144 10 x 55 x [Using (i)]
2 Thus, AD cm.
3
CE = BE = BD + DE = (5 + 5.5) cm = 10.5 cm.
83. 0.56 – 0.723 0.39 0.7
CD = CE + DE = (10.5 + 5.5) cm = 16 cm.
79. Let the incomes of A and B last year be 4x and 3x respectively. 56 – 5 723 – 7 39 – 3 7
–
Let the present incomes of A and B be y and z respectively. 90 990 90 9
A’s income Last year : Present year = 3 : 4 51 716 28 79 716 153 17
– – 0.154.
90 990 90 90 990 990 110
4 x 3 y 16 x . 84. Given : DR = 6 cm, AD = 24 cm and AB = 24 cm.
y 4 3
Const: Join PQ, OP and OQ, where O is the centre of the circle.
B’s income Last year : Present year = 5 : 6 DS = DR = 6cm [Tangents drawn from an external point are equal]
3x 5 18 x S D
z A
z 6 5
Total income for the present year = 8.04 lakh R
O
16 x 18 x 134 x P
8.04 8.04 x 0.9.
3 5 15
B’s income last year = 3x = (3 × 0.9) lakh = 2.7 lakh. C
Q
B
28 Previous Years Paper
AS = AD – DS = (24 – 6) cm = 18 cm. S.P. – C.P.
AP = AS = 18 cm [Same reason as above] New profit % 100 %
C.P.
PB = AB – AP = (27 – 18) cm = 9 cm 90.4 x 80 x
BQ = PB = 9 cm [Same reason as above] 100 – 100
100 % 13%
Now, OP AB and OQ BC [ The tangent at any point is 80 x
perpendicular to the radius through the point of contact] 100
In quadrilateral OPBQ, we have: 89. Let the C.P. be x.
O + P + B + Q = 360° S.P.
Profit 20% of S.P.
O + 90° + 90° + 90° = 360° O = 90°. 5
Since all the interior angles of quadrilateral OPBQ are 90° and S.P. 4
S.P. C.P. + Profit S.P. C.P. (S.P.) C.P.
BP = BQ so OPBQ is a square 5 5
OP (radius) = BP = 9 cm 5 5x
C.P. (C.P.)
Circumference of circle = 2r (2 × 9) cm = 18 cm. 4 4
85. Let the speed of X be x km/hr. 11x
Then, the speed of Y = (x + 10) km/hr. New, C.P. (100 10)% of x
10
Relative speed of X w.r.t. Y = (x + x + 10) km/hr = (2x + 10) km/hr
5x 108 5 x 27 x
New S.P. (100 8)% of
100 4 20
396
Time taken to cover 396 km at relative speed hrs 4
2 x 10
New S.P. – New C.P.
1 396 11 396 New profit % 100 %
5 New C.P.
2 2 x 10 2 2 x 10
2x + 10 = 72 2x = 62 x = 31 27 x 11x
20 – 10
The speed of y = (x + 10) km/hr = (31 + 10) km/hr = 41 km/hr. 100 % 22.7%
11x
86. Let h and d be the height and diameter of the cylinder.
10
d 90. Total units sold in 2016 = 14616
Then, radius
2 Central angle corresponding to product D = 100°
1 100
C.S.A. (T.S.A)
3 The number of units of products D 14616 4060.
360
d 1 d d 91. 9 × 6 24 + 8 2 of 5 – 30 4 of 4 + 27 × 5 9
2 h 2 h
2 3 2 2 = 9 × 6 24 + 8 10 – 30 16 + 27 × 5 9
d d d 4 9 6 8 30 27 5
3h h 2h –
2 2 h 1 24 10 16 9
Required ratio = 4 : 1. 9 4 15 90 32 – 75 600 647
– 15 .
87. Let P = x. 4 5 8 40 40
92. Area rolled in 1 revolution = Circumference of base × length
Then, S.I. = (14395. 20 – x), R = 9.25% p.a. and T = 5.4 years.
22 1 5 2
P R T x 9.25 5.4 2rh 2 m
S.I. 14395.20 – x 7 2 4
100 100 Number of revolutions in 1 min = 14
1439520 – 100 x = 49.95 x 149.95 x = 1439520 Number of revolutions in 1 hour = 14 × 60 = 840
Maximum area roll in 1 hour
1439520
x 9600. 22 1 5
149.95 2 840 m 2 3300 m 2
7 2 4
Now, P = 9600, R = 8.6% p.a., T = 4.5 years.
93. Let the radius of the sphere be r cm.
P RT 9600 8.6 4.5
S.I. 3715.20. 4
100 100 Then, volume of the sphere r 3
3
88. Let the M.P. be x. 3
4 22 4851 3 7 9261 21
S.P. = M.P. = x, Profit = 25% 4851 r3 r3
3 7 4 22 8 2
100 100
C.P. S.P. x 21
(100 Profit %) r .
(100 25) 2
4x 80 x The surface area of sphere
5 100
22 21 21 2
4r 2 4 m 1386 m 2 .
90.4 7 2 2
New S.P. at 9.6% discount (100 – 9.6)% of x x
100
Previous Years Paper 29
94. Let AB be tower P and CD be the tower Q. 98. (tan 29° cot 61° – cosec2 61°) + cot2
54° – sec2
36°
Let E be a point midway between A and C. + (sin2 1° + sin2 3° + sin2 5° + ... + sin2 89°)
Then, AEB = 30° and CED = 60°. = { cot (90° – 29°) cot 61° – cosec2 61°} + tan2 (90° – 54°) – sec236°
B D
sin 2 1 sin 2 89 sin 2 3 sin 2 87 ...
22 times
sin 2 43 sin 2 47 sin 2 45
22 times
30° 60°
= (cot2 61° – cosec2 61°) + (tan2 36° – sec2 36°)
A E C
In rt. ABE, we have:
sin 2 1 cos 2 1 sin 2 3 cos 2 3 ...
AB AB 1 22 times
tan 30 AE 3 AB
AE AE 3
sin 2 43 cos 2 43 sin 2 45
In rt. CDE we have:
22 times
CD CD
tan 60 3 CD 3 CE CD 3 AE 1
2
1 1
CE CE – 1 – 1 1 1 ... 1 20 20 .
[ AE = CE] 2 2 2
22 times
CD 3 3 AB CD 3 AB [ cot2 + cosec 2 = tan2 – sec2 = – 1
AB 1 sin2 + cos2 = 1]
AB : CD 1: 3.
CD 3 99. 10 – 2 21 8 2 15 a b
95. 2x + 3y = 11 ...(i)
x – 2y + 12 = 0 x – 2y = – 12 ...(ii)
Multiplying (ii) by – 2 and adding the results with (i), we get.
73–2 3 7 5 3 2 3 5 a b
3y + 4y = 11 + 24 7y = 35 y = 5.
3 5 3 a b
2 2
7–
Putting y = 5 in (i), we get:
2x + 15 = 11 x = – 2. 7 – 3 5 3 a b
P(x1, y1) = (– 2, 5) x1 = – 2 and y1 = 5
7 5 a b
Since the graph of the equation x – 2y + 12 = 0 intersect the x-axis
at Q (x2, y2) On comparing both sides, we get:
Putting y = 0, we get: x + 12 = 0 x – 12 (a = 7 and b = 5) or (a = 5 and b = 7)
Q (x2 , y2) = (– 12, 0) x2 = – 12 and y2 = 0. In both cases : ab 35 5.9.
x1 – x2 + y1 + y2 = – 2 – (– 12) + 5 + 0 = 15.
100
5– 3 5 3 – 2 15
5– 3 100. A can do the whole work in 12 days 30 days
96. x 4 – 15. 40
5 3 5– 3 2
100
1 1 1 4 15 B can do the whole work in 15 days 25 days
y 4 15. 60
x 4 – 15 4 – 15 4 15 1 1 11
(A + B)’s 1 day’s work
x y 4 – 15 4 15 8. 30 25 150
11 11
15 4 15
2 2
2
x y 4–2
2 (16 15) 62 (A + B)’s 10 day’s work 10
150 15
[ (a – b)2 + (a + b)2 = 2 (a2 + b2)] 11 4
Remaining work 1 – .
xy 4 – 15 4 15 16 – 15 1 15 15
4
x3 y 3 ( x y ) ( x 2 y 2 – xy ) (8) (62 – 1) 488. Now, C does work in 4 days
15
97. Let the distance be x km. Then, 4 1 1
C’s 1 day’s work
Time taken to cover x km at 30 km/hr hr
x 15 4 15
30 11 1 21 7
x (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work
Time taken to cover x km at 24 km/hr hr 150 15 150 50
24 50
A, B and C together can do 100% work in days
8 2 7
Difference in two times taken (18 – 10) min hr hr
60 15 A, B and C together will complete 28% of the same work in
x x 2 x 2
– x 16. 50 28
24 30 15 120 15 days 2 days.
Thus, required distance is 16 km. 7 100
30 Practice Paper
PRACTICE PAPER
QUESTIONS
1. The least number, which is to be added to the greatest
number of 4 digits so that the sum may be divisible by 345, is 9. If x3 + y3 + z3 = 3(1 + xyz), P = y + z – x, Q = z + x – y
(a) 5 (b) 6 and R = x + y – z, then what is the value of P3 + Q3 + R3
(c) 50 (d) 60 – 3PQR?
(a) 9 (b) 8
2. What is the unit digit of
(217)413 × (819)547 × (414)624 × (342)812? (c) 12 (d) 6
(a) 2 (b) 4
(c) 6 (d) 8 3 2 4 3 6
10. The value of – is
3. How many 100 digit positive number are there? 3 6 6 2 3 2
(a) 9 × 1099 (b) 9 × 10100 (a) 0 (b) 2
(c) 10100 (d) 11 × 1098
(c) 3 6 (d) 4
4. Which of the following is TRUE?
11. If (x + 7954 × 7956) be a square number, then the value of
1 1 1
I. 3
4
x is
12 29 5 (a) 1 (b) 4
1 1 1 (c) 9 (d) 16
II. 4
3
29 12 5 12. The expression x4 – 2x2 + k will be a perfect square when
1 1 1 the value of k is
III. 3
4
5 12 29 1 1
(a) (b)
1 1 1 4 2
IV. 4
3 (c) 1 (d) 2
5 29 12
(a) Only I (b) Only II 13. A shopkeeper sells two articles for 4000 each with no
(c) Only III (d) Only IV loss and no gain in the interaction. If one was sold at a gain
of 25 %, the other was sold at a loss of
(2.3)3 0.027
5. The value of is 2 2
(2.3) 2 – (0.69) (0.09) (a) 16 % (b) 18 %
3 9
(a) 2.33 (b) 2.27 (c) 20% (d) 25%
(c) 2.6 (d) 2.327
14. If the cost price of 15 articles is equal to the selling price of
1 5 1 12 articles, find gain %.
6. If x 3, the value of x 5 is (a) 18 (b) 20
x x
(a) 113 (b) 116 (c) 21 (d) 25
(c) 123 (d) 126
15. A bookseller makes 8 % profit after selling the book at 10 %
1 discount. The ratio of the cost price to the marked price is
7. If a 1, then the value of a3 is (a) 4 : 5 (b) 5 : 6
a
(c) 5 : 8 (d) 4 : 9
(a) – 2 (b) – 1
(c) 2 (d) 4 1 1 1
16. The value of 3 is
1 1 3 3 3 3–3
8. If a 0, then the value of ( a 2)3 is
a2 ( a 2)3 (a) 0 (b) 2
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 3 (d) 3 3
(c) 4 (d) 6
Practice Paper 31
17. A man bought two cycles for a total sum of 1500. He sold 26. In ABC, D, and E are two points on the sides AB and AC
one cycle at 20 % loss and the other cycle at 20 % gain. If respectivley so that DE || BC and
the selling price of both the cycles is the same, find the cost
AD 2 the area of trapezium DECB
prices of the two cycles. . Then is equal to
(a) 500, 1000 (b) 550, 950 BD 3 the area of ABC
(c) 600, 900 (d) 750 each 5 21
(a) (b)
18. The length of radius of a circumcircle of a triangle having 9 25
sides 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm is: 9 17
(c) (d)
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 2 cm 14 21
(c) 2.5 cm (d) 3 cm 27. In a quadrilateral ABCD, the bisectors of A and B meet
19. In the given figure, B and C are the centres of the two circles. at O. If C = 70° and D = 130°, then measure of AOB is
ADE is the common tangent of the two circles. If the ratio (a) 40° (b) 60°
of the radius of both the circles is 3 : 5 and AC = 40, then (c) 80° (d) 100°
what is the value of DE? 28. In ABC, DE || AC. D and E are two points on AB and CB
E
(a) 3 15 respectively. If AB = 10 cm and AD = 4 cm, then BE : CE is
D
(b) (a) 2 : 3 (b) 2 : 5
5 15 A (c) 3 : 2 (d) 5 : 2
(c) B C
6 15
29. A, B, C, D are four points on a circle. AC and BD intersect
(d) 4 15 at a point E such that BEC = 130° and ECD = 20°.
20. ABC is a triangle. The medians CD and BE intersect each BAC is
other at O. ThenODE : ABC is (a) 90° (b) 100°
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 110° (d) 120°
(c) 1 : 6 (d) 1 : 12 30. ABC is a right angled triangle, B being the right angle.
21. The printed price of a book is 320. A retailer pays Midpoints of BC and AC are respectively B and A.
244.80 for it. He gets successive discounts of 10 % and The ratio of the area of the quadrilateral AA BB to the area
another rate. His second rate is of the triangle ABC is
(a) 12% (b) 14% (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 3
(c) 15% (d) 16% (c) 3 : 4 (d) None of the above
22. ABC and DEF are similar and their areas be respectively 31. The height of an equilateral triangle is 15 cm. The area of
64 cm2 and 121 cm2. If EF = 15.4 cm, BC is : the triangle is
(a) 11.0 cm (b) 11.2 cm (a) 50 3 sq.cm (b) 70 3 sq. cm
(c) 12.1 cm (d) 12.3 cm
(c) 75 3 sq. cm (d) 150 3 sq. cm
23. The radius of the circumcircle of the triangle made by
x-axis, y-axis and 4x + 3y = 12 is 32. The sum of three altitude of a triangle is
(a) 2 unit (b) 2.5 unit (a) equal to the sum of three sides
(c) 3 unit (d) 4 unit (b) less than the sum of sides
24. In the following figure, AB is the diameter of a circle whose (c) greater than the sum of sides
centre is O. If AOE = 150° and DAO = 51°, then the (d) twice the sum of sides
measure of CBE is: 33. If the circumference of a circle is decreased by 50% then
D
the percentage of decrease in its area is
E
(a) 25% (b) 50%
150° (c) 60% (d) 75%
51°
A
O B C 34. A bicycle wheel makes 5000 revolutions in moving 11 km.
Then, the radius of the wheel (in cm) is Take
22
(a) 105° (b) 110° 7
(c) 115° (d) 120°
(a) 17.5 (b) 35
25. From a point P, two tangents PA and PB are drawn to a (c) 70 (d) 87.5
circle with centre O. If OP is equal to diameter of the circle,
35. The sum of the interior angles of a polygon is 1440°. The
then APB is:
number of sides of the polygon is
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(a) 6 (b) 9
(c) 60° (d) 90°
(c) 10 (d) 12
32 Practice Paper
36. A copper wire is bent in the form of a square with an area of 43. If the volume of a sphere is numerically equal to its surface
121cm2. It the same wire is bent in the form of a circle, the area then its diameter is:
22 (a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm
radius (in cm) of the circle is Take
7 (c) 4 cm (d) 6 cm
(a) 7 (b) 10
(c) 11 (d) 14 44. If sin cos 2 cos (90 – ), then cot is
37. Length and breadth of a rectangle are 8 cm and 6 cm (a) 0 (b) 2 –1
respectively. The rectangle is cut on its four vertices such (c) 2 (d) 2 1
that the resulting figure is a regular octagon. What is the
side (in cm) of the octagon? 45. sec4– is equal to
sec2
(a) cos4 – cos2 (b) cos2 – cos4
(a) 3( 11) 7 (b) 5( 13) 8 (c) tan – tan
2 4 (d) tan2 + tan4
(c) 4( 7) 11 (d) 6( 11) 9 46. Maximum value of (2 sin + 3 cos ) is
(a) 5 (b) 7
38. In the given figure, PQR is a triangle and quadrillateral
ABCD is inscribed in it. QD = 2 cm, QC = 5 cm, CR = 3 cm, (c) 13 (d) 15
BR = 4 cm, PB = 6 cm, PA = 5 cm and AD = 3 cm. What is
the area(in cm2) of the quadrilateral ABCD? [SSC CGL 2018] 47. If (1 + sin ) (1 + sin ) (1 + sin ) = (1– sin ) (1– sin )
P (1– sin ), then each side is equal to
(a) (23 21)/4 (a) ± cos cos cos (b) ± sin sin sin
(b) (15 21) / 4 A (c) ± tan tan tan (d) ± cot cot cot
B
(c) 48. What is the value of sin (B – C) cos (A – D) + sin (A – B) cos
(17 21) / 5 D
(C – D) + sin (C – A) cos (B – D)? [SSC CGL 2018]
(d) (23 21) / 5 Q C R (a) 3 2 (b) – 3
39. The capacities of two hemispherical vessels are 6.4 litres (c) 1 (d) 0
and 21.6 litres. The ratio of their inner radii is
49. If cos sin 2 cos , then cos – sin is
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 2: 3 (a) – 2 sin (b) – 2 cos
(c) 4 : 9 (d) 16 : 81 (c) 2 sin (d) 2 cos
40. The perimeter of the base of a right circular cylinder is ‘a’
units. If the volume of the cylinder is V cubic unit, then the cos 60 sin 60
height of the cylinder is 50. The value of is
cos 60 – sin 60
a2 V a 2 V
(a)
4
units (b)
4
units (a) – 32 (b) 3–2
4V 4a 2 (c) – 1 (d) 32
(c) units (d) units
a2 V 51. If tan + cot = 2, then the value of tan7 + cot7 is
41. In the given figure, ABC is a right angled triangle. (a) 2 (b) 16
ABC = 90° and ACB = 60°. If the radius of the smaller (c) 64 (d) 128
circle is 2 cm, then what is the radius (in cm) of the larger 52. A ladder is resting against a wall at a height of 10 m. If the
circle? A ladder is inclined with the ground at an angle of 30° , then
(a) 4 the distance of the foot of the ladder from the wall is
(b) 6
10
(c) 4.5 (a) m (b) 10 3 m
3
(d) 7.5 C B
42. A flask in the shape of a right circular cone of height 24 cm 20
(c) m (d) 20 3 m
is filled with water. The water is poured in a right circular 3
1
cylindrical flask whose radius is rd of the radius of the 53. What is the value of
3
base of the circular cone. Then the height of the water in (4/3) cot2 (/6) + 3 cos2 (150°) – 4 cosec2 45° + 8 sin (/2)?
the cylindrical flask is (a) 25/4 (b) 1
(a) 24 cm (b) 36 cm (c) – 7/2 (d) 13/2
(c) 48 cm (d) 72 cm
Practice Paper 33
54. If the angles of elevation of a balloon from two consecutive 64. A man ordered 4 pairs of black socks and some pairs of
kilometre-stones along a road are 30° and 60° respectively, brown socks. The price of a black socks is double that of a
then the height of the balloon above the ground will be brown pair. While preparing the bill the clerk interchanged
2 1 the number of black and brown pairs by mistake which
(a) km (b) km
3 2 increased the bill by 50% . The ratio of the number of black
3 and brown pairs of socks in the original order was:
(c) km (d) 3 3 km (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 4
2
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
55. The shadow of a tower standing on a level plane is found to
be 40 m longer when the sun’s altitude is 45° than when it is 65. Three numbers are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3 . By adding 5 to each
60°. The height of the tower is: of them, the new numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4 . The
(a) 10 3 3 m
(b) 20 3 3 m numbers are:
(a) 5, 10, 15 (b) 10, 20, 30
(c) 30 3 3 m (d) 40 3 3 m (c) 15, 30, 45 (d) 1, 2, 3
56. Two men are on opposite sides of a tower. They measure 66. Two natural numbers are in the ratio 3:5 and their product
the angles of elevation of the top of the tower as 30° and is 2160. The smaller of the numbers is:
45° respectively. If the height of the tower is 50 m, the (a) 12 (b) 18
distance between the two men is Take 3 1.73 (c) 24 (d) 36
(a) 85 m (b) 136.5 m 67. A man rows down a river 15 km in 3 hr with the stream
(c) 170 m (d) 213.5 m and returns in 7 1 hrs. The rate at which he rows in still
2
57. What must be added to each term of the ratio 2 : 5 so that it water is
may be equal to 5 : 6? (a) 1.5 km/hr (b) 2.5 km/hr
(a) 13 (b) 42 (c) 3.5 km/hr (d) 4.5 km/hr
(c) 65 (d) 78
68. The average age of four boys, five years ago was 9 years.
58. If x : y = 5 : 2, then (8x + 9y) : (8x + 2y) is On including a new boy, the present average age of all the
(a) 22 : 29 (b) 26 : 61 five is 15 years. The present age of the new boy is
(c) 29 : 22 (d) 61 : 26 (a) 6 years (b) 14 years
59. A sum of 300 is divided among P, Q and R in such a way (c) 15 years (d) 19 years
that Q get 30 more than P and R gets 60 more than Q.
69. The average temperature of Monday, Tuesday and
The ratio of their share is
Wednesday was 30°C and that of Tuesday, Wednesday and
(a) 2 : 3 : 5 (b) 2 : 4 : 5
Thursday was 33°C . If the temperature on Monday was
(c) 3 : 5 : 6 (d) 3 : 4 : 6
32°C , then the temperature on Thursday was:
60. In a school, the ratio of boys to girls is 4 : 3 and the ratio of (a) 30° C (b) 32° C
girls to teachers is 8 : 1 . The ratio of students to teachers is: (c) 33° C (d) 41° C
(a) 53 : 4 (b) 55 : 7
(c) 56 : 3 (d) 59 : 6 70. A batsman in his 12th innings makes a score of 63 runs and
there by increases his average scores by 2. What is his
61. 15 litres of a mixture contains alcohol and water in the ratio average after the 12th innings?
1 : 4 . If 3 litres of water is mixed in it, the percentage of
(a) 39 (b) 41
alcohol in the new mixture will be
(c) 55 (d) 87
2
(a) 15% (b) 16 % 71. The average age of 11 players of cricket team is decreased
3
1 by 2 months when two of them aged 17 years and 20 years
(c) 17% (d) 18 % are replaced by two new players. The average age of the
2
new players is
62. The present ages of two persons are 36 and 50 years (a) 17 years 2 months (b) 17 years 7 months
respectively. If after n years the ratio of their ages will be (c) 18 years 1 months (d) 18 years 3 months
3 : 4 , then the value of n is
(a) 3 (b) 4 72. Out of 10 teachers of a school, one teacher retires and in his
(c) 6 (d) 7 place, a new teacher of age 25 years joins. As a result, the
average age of teachers is reduced by 3. The age (in years)
63. A certain sum of money is distributed to A and B in the ratio
of the retired teacher is
2 : 5 . If A received 100, then the money received by B is
(a) 50 (b) 52
(a) 250 (b) 300
(c) 55 (d) 58
(c) 350 (d) 400
34 Practice Paper
73. A, B and C can do a piece of work in 10, 12 and 15 days 83. The height of a triangle is increased by 10%. To retain the
respectively. A leaves 5 days before the completion of the original area of the triangle, its corresponding base must be
work and B leaves 2 days after A. The whole work lasts for decreased by:
(a) 6 days (b) 7 days 1 1
(c) 11 days (d) 12 days (a) 9 % (b) 9 %
8 11
74. A and B together can complete a work in 3 days. They start 1
(c) 10% (d) 9 %
together. But, after 2 days, B left the work. If the work is 7
completed after 2 more days, B alone could do the work in 84. In the annual examination student A got 10% less marks
(a) 4 days (b) 6 days than student B in Mathematics. Student A got 81 marks.
(c) 8 days (d) 10 days The marks of student B are
75. Raman can do a piece of work in 20 days while Rajan can (a) 87 (b) 88
do it in 30 days. If both of them work at it together, then the (c) 89 (d) 90
number of days in which they will be able to finish the 1
work in 85. A students goes to school at the rate of 2 km/h and
2
(a) 10 days (b) 12 days reaches 6 minutes late. If he travels at the speed of 3 km/h,
(c) 25 days (d) 50 days he is 10 minutes early. The distance (in km) between the
x –1 x–3
school and his house is
a b (a) 1 (b) 3
76. If then the value of x is
b a (c) 4 (d) 5
1 86. The minute hand of a big wall-clock is 35 cm long. Taking
(a) (b) 2 22
2 , length of the arc, its extremity moves in 18 seconds
7
7 is:
(c) (d) 1
2 (a) 1.1 cm (b) 6 cm
(c) 6.6 cm (d) 11 cm
1
77. If 2 2 n – 1 n–3
, then the value of n is
8 2 9
(a) – 2 (b) 3 87. A man performs of the total journey by train, by
15 20
(c) 2 (d) 0
bus and the remaining 10 km on foot. His total journey in
78. A, B and C together can do a piece of work in 40 days. After km is
working with B and C for 16 days, A leaves and then B and (a) 12.8 (b) 16.4
C complete the remaining work in 40 days more. A alone (c) 21.2 (d) 24
could do the work in
88. A sum amounts to double in 8 years by simple interest. Then
(a) 80 days (b) 90 days
(c) 100 days (d) 120 days the rate of simple interest p.a. is
(a) 10% (b) 12.5 %
79. Mannat is thrice as efficient as Jeenat and is therefore able (c) 15% (d) 17.5%
to finish a piece of work in 60 days less than Jeenat. Mannat
can individually complete the work in 89. X took a certain amount as a loan from a bank at the rate
(a) 15 (b) 20 of 8 % p.a. simple interest and gave the same amount to Y
(c) 25 (d) 30 as a loan at the rate of 12 % p.a. If at the end of 12 years,
he made a profit of 96 in the deal, the original amount
80. 1.14 expressed as a percentage of 1.9 is
was
(a) 6% (b) 10%
(a) 1000 (b) 1600
(c) 45% (d) 60%
(c) 2000 (d) 2500
81. If A’s income is 50% less than that of B’s income then B’s
90. Babita got some money from her father. In how many years
income is what percent more than that of A?
(a) 50 (b) 75 will the ratio of the money and the interest obtained from it
(c) 100 (d) 125 be 10 : 3 at 6 % simple interest per annum?
(a) 3 years (b) 4 years
82. If an electricity bill is paid before due date, one gets a (c) 5 years (d) 7 years
reduction of 4% on the amount of the bill. By paying the
bill before due date a person got a reduction of 13. The 91. At what rate percent per annum will a sum of 1,000 amount
amount of his electricity bill was to 1,102.50 in 2 years at compound interest?
(a) 125 (b) 225 (a) 5 (b) 5.5
(c) 325 (d) 425 (c) 6 (d) 6.5
Practice Paper 35
92. The income of a company increases 20 % per annum. If its
income is 26,64,000 in the year 2012, then its income in 45° 60° Area S 1
the year 2010 was:
Area S 2
(a) 17,25,000 (b) 18,50,000
(c) 19,15,000 (d) 21,05, 000 Area S 3
135° 105°
93. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 6 hours and 4 hours Area S 4
respectively. If they are opened on alternate hours and if Area S 5
pipe A is opened first, then the tank shall be full in
1
(a) 4 hrs (b) 5 hrs 96. 12 lakh is the population of the area [SSC CGL 2019]
2
(a) S1 (b) S3
1
(c) 5 hrs (d) 6 hrs (c) S4 (d) S5
2
97. The number of males in the areas S1 and S4 together is
94. Area of the triangle formed by the graph of the line
(a) 11.9 lakh
2x – 3y + 6 = 0 along with the coordinate axes is
(b) 13.8 lakh
1 3 (c) 14.6 lakh
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units
2 2 (d) 15.7 lakh
(c) 3 sq. units (d) 6 sq. units 98. The ratio of number of females in the area S2 to that in the
95. A train is moving at a speed of 80 km/h and covers a certain area S5 is
distance in 4.5 hours. The speed of the train to cover the (a) 6 : 5 (b) 9 : 7
same distance in 4 hours is (c) 11 : 8 (d) 15 : 11
(a) 70 km/h (b) 85 km/h 99. If, in the year 2010, there was an increase of 5% population
(c) 90 km/h (d) 100 km/h in the area S1 and 8% increase in population of the area S3
compared to the previous year, then the ratio of population
Direction (96-100) : Population of five adjacent areas of a town, in the areas S1 and S3, in the year 2009 was
in the year of 2010, are represented in the following Pie-chart. (a) 82 : 15 (b) 91 : 25
The ratio of the number of males to that of females in these areas (c) 108 : 35 (d) 112 : 45
are stated in the table below. The total of the population in all
100. The average of female population in all the five areas is
the five areas is 72 lakh. Study the Pie-chart and the table and
lower than the female population in each of the areas
then answer the questions. (a) S1 and S2 (b) S2 and S4
(c) S2 and S5 (d) S4 and S5
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (d) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (c) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (b) 62. (c) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (d) 69. (d) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (c) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (b) 76. (b) 77. (c) 78. (c) 79. (d) 80. (d)
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (b) 84. (d) 85. (c) 86. (a) 87. (d) 88. (b) 89. (c) 90. (c)
91. (a) 92. (b) 93. (b) 94. (c) 95. (c) 96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (b) 99. (c) 100. (b)
SOLUTIONS
1. The greatest number of 4 digits is 9999, 9999 Unit digit of 74 = 1 [ 9 × 9 = 81]
345 28
which when divided by 345 leaves a 690 Unit digit of (74)n = 1 for every nN.
remainder 339 (as shown). 3099 Unit digit of (7)413 i.e. (74)103 · 7 = 1× 7 = 7.
Required number 2760
Unit digit of 91 = 9
= 345 – 339 = 6. 339
Unit digit of 92 = 1
2. Unit digit of 71 = 7
Unit digit of (92)n = 1 for every nN.
Unit digit of 72 = 9
36 Practice Paper
Unit digit of (9)547 i.e. (92)273 · 9 = 1 × 9 = 9. 1 1
x5 x 126
Unit digit of 41 = 4 x5 x
Unit digit of 42 = 6 1 1
x5 3 126 x5 5 123. [Using (i)]
Unit digit of (42)n = 6 for every nN. x5 x
Unit digit of (4)624 i.e. (42)312 = 6 1
7. a 1 ...(i)
Unit digit of 21 =2 a
Cubing (i) on both sides, we get:
Unit digit of 22 = 4
1 1 1
Unit digit of 24 = 6 a3 3 a a 1
a3 a a
Unit digit of (24)n = 6 for every nN.
Unit digit of (2)812 i.e. (24)203 = 6. 1 1 1
Unit digit of (217)413 (819)547 (414)624 (342)812
a3 31 a a 1 and a a 1
× × × a3
= Unit digit of (7)413 × (9)547 × (4)624 × (2)812
1
= Unit digit of (7 × 9 × 6 × 6 ) = 8. a3 20
a3
3. The last number of 99 digits = 1099 – 1
1
The last number of 100 digits = 10100 – 1 x 2 0, where x a 3
x
The number of 100 digit positive numbers
x 2 2 x 1 0 x 1 0 x – 1 a3 – 1.
2
= 10100 – 1 – (1099 – 1) = 1099 (10 – 1) = 9 × 1099.
4. 3
12 (12)1/ 3 (124 )1/12 1 1
8. a 0 a 2 2 ...(i)
4
29 (29) 1/ 4 3 1/12
(29 ) a2 a 2
Cubing (i) on both sides, we get:
5 (5)1/ 2 (56 )1/ 2 (253 )1/12
1 1
Now, 253 12 4 293 (253 )1/ 2 (12 4 )1/12 (293 )1/12 a 2 3 3 a 2 8
a 2 3
a 2
1 1 1
5 3 12 4 12 . 1
a 2
3
5 3 12 4 29 8 – 3 2 2. [Using (i)]
a 2 3
2.3 0.027
3
2.3 0.3
3 3
5. 9. x3 + y3 + z3 = 3 (1 + xyz) x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz = 3.
2.3 2 0.69 0.09 2.3 2 – 2.3 0.3 0.3 2
P + Q + R = ( y + z – x) + ( z + x – y) + ( x + y – z) = x + y + z.
2.3 0.3 2.3 2 – 2.3 0.3 0.32 P – Q = (y + z – x) – (z + x – y) = 2(y – x)
2.32 – 2.3 0.3 0.3 2 Q – R = (z + x – y) – (x + y – z) = 2 (z – y)
R – P = (x + y – z) – (y + z – x) = 2 (x – z)
a3 b3 a b a 2 – ab b 2
P 3 Q 3 R 3 3 PQR
= 2.3 + 0.3 = 2.6.
1
1 ( P Q R ) ( P Q ) 2 (Q R) 2 ( R P )2
6. x 3 ...(i) 2
x
1
Squaring (i) on both sides, we get: ( x y z ) [4 ( y x)2 4 ( z y ) 2 4 ( x z ) 2 ]
2
1 1 1
x2 2 9 x2 2 7 ...(ii) ( x y z ) [4 (2 x 2 2 y 2 2 z 2 2 xy 2 yz 2 zx)]
x2 x 2
Cubing (i) on both sides, we get: = 4 (x + y + z) (x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz – zx)
1 1 1 = 4 (x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz) = 4 × 3 = 12.
x3 3 x x 27
x 3
x x 3 2 4 3 6
10. –
1 3 6 6 2 3 2
x 3 9 27
3
[Using (i)]
x
1
3 2 6– 3 –
4 3 6– 2
x3
x3
18 ...(iii) 6 3 6– 3 6 2 6– 2
Multiplying (ii) and (iii), we get:
6 3– 2
2 1
x 2
x
3 1
x 3 126
x
3 2 3– 2
Practice Paper 37
3 12 – 3 6 – 4 18 – 4 6 18 – 12 3
1
–
1
3.
(6 – 3) (6 – 2) (3 – 2) 3 3
17. Let C.P. of first cycle = x. then C.P. of second cycle
3 12 – 6 – 4 18 – 6
3 4
18 – 12 = (1500 – x)
S.P. of first cycle (at 20% loss) = S.P. of second cycle (at 20% gain)
12 – 6 – 18 – 6 18 – 12 0. 80% of x = 120% of (1500 – x)
11. x + 7954 × 7956 = x + (7955 – 1) (7955 + 1) 4 6
x (1500 – x )
=x+ (79552 – 1) = (x – 1) + 79552. 5 5
For (x – 1) + 79552 to be a square number, we have: x – 1 = 0 i.e. x = 900.
x = 1. The cost prices of the two cycles are 900 and 600.
12. x4 – 2x2 + k = p2 – 2p + k where p = x2 abc
18. Circum radius R
= (p2 – 2p + 1) + (k – 1) = (p – 1)2 + (k – 1) ( a b c ) ( a b – c ) (b c – a ) ( c a – b )
= (x2 – 1)2 + (k – 1) 3 45 60 5
2.5 cm.
This is a perfect square if k – 1 = 0 i.e if k = 1 12 2 6 4 24 2
13. S.P. of each article = 4000. 19. Let BD = 3x and CE = 5x.
C.P. of the article sold at 25% gain Then, BC = 3x + 5x = 8x, AC = 40, AB = AC – BC = 40 – 8x
100 100 ABD ACE [ A = A and ADB AEC = 90°]
S.P. 4000 3200.
(100 gain) 125 AB BD AD
E
Since, there was no loss and no gain, so we have: AC CE AE
D
Total S.P. = Total C.P. 40 8 x 3 x
40 4x A
2 × 4000 = 3200 + x, where x is the C.P. of 2nd article B C
x = 4800. 200 40 x 120
Now, for 2nd article C.P. = 4800, S.P. = 4000 40x = 80 x = 2.
AB = 40 – 8x = 40 – 8 × 2 = 24,
S.P. – C.P. 4800 – 4000
Loss Percent 100 % 100 % BD = 3x = 3 × 2 = 6, CE = 5x = 5 × 2 = 10.
C.P. 4800
2 In rt. ADB.
16 % .
3 AD AB 2 BD 2 242 62 540 6 15.
14. Let C.P. of each article be x. Then,
In rt.AEC.
C.P. of 12 articles = 12x and S.P. of 12 articles = C.P. of 15
articles = 15x. AE AC 2 CE 2 40 2 102 1500 10 15.
S.P. – C.P. 15 x – 12x DE AE AD 10 15 – 6 15 4 15.
Gain % = ×100 % = 100 % = 25%.
C.P. 12 x 20. Clearly, O is the centroid. We draw the third median AF also. Each
of the 6 triangles have equal areas
15. Let M.P. of book = 100. Then,
S.P. = (90% of 100) = 90 [ Discount 10%] 1
i.e. ADO = BDO = FBO = CFO = ECO = AEO ABC
Now, profit % = 8%. 6
100 100 250 In ABF, D & E are the midpoints of AB and AC respectively and
C.P. S.P. 90
100 Profit % 108 3 so DE || BC.
In ABF, DN || BF and D is the midpoint of AB. So, N is the midpoint
C.P 250 / 3
Required ratio = 250 : 300 5 : 6. 1 x
M.P. 100 of AF. i.e. AN AF where x AF .
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 x
16. 3 3 – O is the centroid of ABC and AF is a median. So, OF AF .
3 3 3 3–3 3 3 3 3– 3 3 3
3
1
3– 3
–
3 3 ON AF – AN – OF x –
x x x
– . A
3
3 3 3– 3
3– 3 3 3 2 3 6
N
D E
3
1 3–
3 3 3
– 3
1 – 2 3
x 2
So, ON : AO : x 1: 4 .
6 3 O
3 6 6 3 6
B F C
38 Practice Paper
In AOE and NOE, the height is the same and base of NOE is one- Clearly, it intersects x-axis at A(3, 0) and y-axis at B (0, 4).
fourth the base of AOE. OAB made by x-axis, y-axis and 4x + 3y = 12 is a right angled
1 1
NOE AOE ( ABC ). triangle with hypotenuse AB (0 – 3) 2 (4 – 0)2 5 units.
4 24
1 Circum radius (i.e. radius of circumcircle) of OAB
And so, ODE 2( NOE ) ( ABC ) i.e.
12 1
= hypotenuse 2.5 units.
ODE : ABC = 1 : 12. 2
21. M.P. 320 and S.P. (which is the C.P. of retailer) = 244.80. 24. EOB = 180° – AOE = 180° – 150° = 30°.
[ AOE and EOB form a linear pair]
M.P. – S.P.
Discount allowed 100 % Now, OB = OE = radius OBE = OEB = x (say)
M.P.
In OBE, we have :
320 – 244.80 75.20 EOB + OBE + OEB = 180° 30° + x + x = 180°
100 % 100 % 23.5%.
320 320 x = 75°.
Suppose the second rate was r %. Now, OBE + CBE = 180° [Linear pair]
CBE = 180° – OBE = 180° – x = 180° – 75° = 105°.
The two successive discounts of 10 % and r % were equivalent to
a single discount of 23.5%. D
E
10 r 9
10 r – 23.5 r 13.5 r 15. 150° x
100 10 51°
A x
Thus, the second rate was 15%. O B C
Another Method :
M.P. = 320 and S.P. = 244.80
25. Let r be radius. Then, OP = diameter = 2r
Let the second rate be r % Then,
Also, OA = OB = r. And OAP = OBP = 90°
10 r
320 1 – 1– 244.80 Let OPA =
100 100
In rt. OAP we have:
r 244.80 100 85 r 15
1 – r 15.
100 320 90 100 100 100 sin
OA r
1
30 .
OP 2r 2
Second rate is 15%.
OPA = 30° and similarly, OPB = 30°
22. Let BC = x cm.
Hence, APB = OPA + OPB = 30° + 30° = 60°.
Now, ABC DEF
A
Ar ( ABC ) ( BC ) 2
r
Ar ( DEF ) ( EF )2
P
2 2 O 2r
64 x2 x 8
r
121 (15.4) 2 15.4 11
x 8 8 B
x 15.4 x 11.2 .
15.4 11 11 26. Since DE || BC, so ADE ABC A
BC = 11.2 cm. Ar ( ABC ) AB 2 AB
2
23. The given straight line is Ar ( ADE ) AD 2 AD
D E
x y 2 2
4 x 3 y 12 i.e. 1 ...(i) AD BD BD
3 4 1 B C
AD AD
Y
2 2
3 5 25 AD 2 BD 3
1
BD 3 AD 2
2 2 2
Ar (trap DECB ) Ar ( ABC ) – Ar ( ADE )
Now,
4x
Ar ( ABC ) Ar ( ABC )
+
3y
Ar ( ADE )
=
4 21
1– 1–
12
.
X X Ar ( ABC ) 25 25
Ar ( ABC ) 25
Y Ar ( ADE ) 4
Practice Paper 39
27. A + B + C + D = 360° [ sum of s of a quad is 360°] 30. In ABC A and B are the midpoints of AC and BE
A + B + 70° + 130° = 360° 1
A B || AB and A B ( AB )
1 2
A B 160 (A B) 80
2
1
1 1 Now, Ar ( ABC ) BC AB
A B 80 ...(i) 2
2 2
In AOB we have :
1
1 1 Ar ( A ' B ' C ) B ' C A' B
AOB A B 180 AOB 80 180 2
2 2
[Using (i)]
1 1 1 1 1 1
AOB 100 . BC AB BC AB Ar ( ABC )
2 2 2 4 2 4
D C Ar (Quad AA BB) = Ar (ABC) – Ar ( A B C)
70°
130° O 1 3
Ar ( ABC ) – Ar( ABC ) Ar ( ABC )
4 4
Ar (Quad AA ' B ' B) 3
3: 4 .
Ar ( ABC ) 4
A B
28. DE || AB BDE BAC A
BC AB
BE BD A
BE CE BD AD
BE BD
CE AD CE AD BE BD
1 1 B B C
BE BD BE BD CE AD
31. Let each side of the equilateral triangle be ‘a’ :
BE AB – AD 10 – 4 6
BE : CE 3 : 2.
CE AD 4 4 2 3 3 30
Then, its height a 15 a a .
2 2 3
A
3 2 3 30 30 225
Area a 75 3 cm 2 .
4 4 3 3 3
D E
32. Let AD , BE and CF be the altitudes of a ABC
B C In ADB, we have: ADB = 90° (greatest angle)
29. ABD = ACD = 20° [Note: ACD = ECD = 20°] ADB > ABD AB > AD i.e AD < AB
AEB + BEC = 180° [Linear pair] Similarly, BE < BC and CF < CA
AEB = 180° – BEC = 180° – 130° = 50° AD + BE + CF < AB + BC + CA
C Even in an obtuse angled ABC:
D 20° AD < AB, BE < BC, CF < CA
i.e. AD + BE + CF < AB +BC + CA
Thus, Sum of three altitudes of triangle is less than the sum of the
130°
E sides.
A A A
E
B F
E
In AEB, we have:
BAE + AEB + ABE = 180°
BAC + AEB + ABD = 180° BAC + 50° + 20° = 180° C
D B
BAC = 110°. B D C
F
40 Practice Paper
33. Let old circumference be C = 2r, then old area A = r2
8 x x
and AP cm 4 cm.
1 2 2
New circumference C ' C – 50% of C C r
2
2 2
x x
r In rt. APW , AP 2 AW 2 PW 2 4 – 3 – x
2
2R r R , where R = new radius 2 2
2
2 x2 x2
New area A ' R 2 r 2 A .
r 1 1 16 – 4x 9 – 3x x 2 x 2 14 x – 50 0
4 4
2 4 4
Percentage decrease in area – 14 396 – 14 6 11
x – 7 3 11
2 1 2
1
A– A
A – A' 4 The side of the octagon is (3 11 – 7) cm.
100 % 100 % 75%.
A A
38. Clearly, PQ = 10 cm, QR = 8 cm, PR = 10 cm
P
Simpler Method: 10 8 10 5
s
cm 14 cm . A
6
Cr [ C = 2r] 2
B
3
If C is halved, r is also halved and vice-versa.
Ar ( PQR ) s ( s a ) ( s b) ( s c ) D 4
A r2
2
2
If r is halved, then A becomes times i.e. times. 14 (14 10) (14 8) (14 10) cm 2
1 1 Q 5 C 3 R
2 4
1 14 4 6 4 cm 8 21 cm 2
Thus, area changes from A to A and percentage decrease
4
1 PQ 2 PR 2 QR 2 102 10 82 17
cos P
A– A
4 100 % 75% . 2 PQ · PR 2 10 10 25
A
2
17 4 21
34. Circumference of the wheel = Distance covered in 1 revolution sin P 1 – cos 2 P 1 .
25 25
11 km 1100000
cm 220 cm
5000 5000 PQ 2 QR 2 – PR 2 102 82 102 2
cos Q
2 PQ · QR 2 10 8 5
22 220 7
2r 220 2 r 220 r 35.
7 2 22 2
2 21
Radius of the wheel = 35 cm. sin Q 1 cos 2 Q 1 .
5 5
35. Let the number of sides of the polygon be n.
Then, sum of the interior angles = (2n – 4) right angles 2 21
Similarly, cos R sin R
(2n – 4) × 90° = 1440° n = 10. 5 5
36. Area of square A = 121 cm2 a2 = 121 a = 11. [ PQ = QR Q = R]
So, each side of the square a = 11 cm. 1
Ar ( PAB ) PA PB sin P
Length of wire = Perimeter of square = 4 a = 44 cm. 2
Now, circumference of the circle = Length of wire
1 4 21 12 21
56 cm 2 cm 2 .
22 2 25 25
2r 44 2 r 44 r 7.
7
1
Radius of the circle = 7 cm. Ar ( QCD) QC QD sin Q
2
37. Let the regular hexagon PQRSTUVW be formed by cut out four
vertices of the rectangle ABCD, where AB = 8 cm, AD = 6 cm 1 21
5 2 cm 2 21 cm 2 .
Let each side of the octagon be x cm. 2 5
6 x x 1
Then, AW cm 3 cm Ar ( RBC ) RC RB sin R
2 2 2
Practice Paper 41
42. Let r and h be the radius and height of the conical flask.
1 21 2
6 21 2.
3 4 cm 5 cm Then, h = 24 cm.
2 5
1 2
Quantity of water = Volume of conical flask r h
Ar (quad ABCD) 3
= Ar (PQR) – [Ar (PAB) + Ar (QCD) + Ar (RBC)]
1 2
3
r 24 8 r 2 cm3 .
12 21 6 21 23 21
8 21 – 21 8 21 – cm 2 Let the height of water in cylinder flask = H.
5
5 5
Quantity of water in cylindrical flask
r
17 21 = Volume of a cylinder with height H and radius
2 3
cm .
5 2
r
8 r 2 H H 72 cm.
39. Let r and R be the inner radii of the first and the second 3
hemispherical vessels. 43. Let r be the radius of the sphere. Then,
2 3 4 3
Then, r 6.4 ...(i) Volume = Surface area r 4r 2 r 3.
3 3
2 Diameter of the sphere = 2r = 6 cm.
and R 3 21.6 ...(ii)
3
44. sin cos 2 cos (90 – )
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get:
2 3
sin θ cos θ 2 sin θ cos θ
2 – 1 sin θ
r 6.4 r3 64 4
3
r 4 2
3 3 . cos θ
2
R 3 21.6 R 216 6 3
R 6 3
sin θ
2 – 1 cot θ 2 – 1.
3
Required ratio = 2 : 3. 45. sec4 – sec 2 = sec2 (sec2 – 1)
40. Let r be the radius and h be the height of the cylinder. Then, = (1 + tan2 ) · tan2
a = tan2 + tan4 .
Perimeter of the base = a units 2 r a r .
2
46. The maximum value of a sin b cos is a b .
2 2
Now, volume of cylinder = V
Maximum value of 2 sin 3 cos is 2 3 i.e. 13.
2 2
2 V V 4 V
r h V h 2 2 units.
r a
2
a 47. Let (1 + sin ) (1 + sin ) (1 + sin ) = (1 – sin ) (1 – sin )
2 (1 – sin ) = A
41. ACB = 60° OCD = OCE = 30°. Then A2 = A · A = (1 + sin ) (1 + sin ) (1 + sin ) (1 – sin )
In rt. ODC, we have : (1 – sin ) (1 – sin )
OD 2 A2 = {(1 + sin ) (1 – sin )}{(1 + sin ) (1 – sin )}
sin OCD sin 30
OC OC {(1 + sin ) (1 – sin )}
A = (1 – sin2 ) (1 – sin2 ) (1 – sin2 )
= cos2 · cos2 · cos2
O A = ± cos · cos · cos .
O
48. sin (B – C) cos (A – D) + sin (A – B) cos (C – D)
C D E B + sin (C – A) cos (B – D)
2 1
OC 4 cm 1
OC 2 = [2 sin ( B – C ) cos ( A – D ) 2 sin ( A – B ) cos (C – D )
2
Let the radius of the bigger circle be x cm.
2 sin (C – A) cos ( B – D)]
Then, OC = OC + OO = (4 + 2 + x) cm, = (6 + x) cm
1
In r.t OCE, we have: [sin ( B – C A – D ) sin ( B – C – A D)
2
OE x 1 sin ( A – B C – D) sin ( A – B – C D)
sin 30 2 x 6 x x 6.
OC 6 x 2
sin (C – A B – D) sin (C – A – B D)]
Thus, the radius of the bigger circle is 6 cm.
42 Practice Paper
1
[sin ( A B – C – D) sin (– A B – C D)
4
53. cot 2 3 cos 2 (150) – 4 cosec 2 45 8 sin
2 3 6 2
– sin (– A B – C D) sin ( A – B – C D) 4
( 3) 2 3 cos 2 (180 – 30) – 4 ( 2) 2 8 1
– sin ( A – B – C D) – sin ( A B – C – D) ] 3
= 4 + 3 (– cos 30°)2 – 8 + 8
1
0 0. 2
2 – 3 9 25
4 3 4 4 4 .
49. cos sin 2 cos 2
54. Let B be the balloon at a height h from the point A on the ground
cos 2 θ sin 2 θ 2 sin θ cos θ 2 cos 2 θ
(vertically below point B).
[Squaring on both sides] Let P and Q be the two kilometre-stones. Then,
1 2 sin θ cos θ 2 1 – sin θ 2
AB = h km, PQ = 1 km, APB = 30°, AQB = 60°.
2 sin θ cos θ 1 – 2 sin θ 2 Let QA = x km.
1 2 sin θ cos θ 2 sin θ 2 AB h
In rt. APB : tan APB tan 30
1 x
cos 2 θ sin 2 θ – 2 sin θ cos θ 2 sin 2 θ
PA
1 h
2
cos θ – sin θ
2
2 sin θ cos θ – sin θ 2 sin θ. x 3h – 1 ...(i)
3 1 x
Another Method:
AB h
In rt. AQB : tan AQB tan 60
cos θ sin θ 2 cos θ QA x
sin θ
2 – 1 cos θ 3
h
x
x
h
3
...(ii)
2 1 h
cos θ
1
2 –1
sin θ
2 –1 2 –1
sin θ
2 1 sin θ From (i) and (ii), we get:
3
3h – 1 h 3h – 3
3
cos θ 2 sin θ sin θ cos θ – sin θ 2 sin θ. 2h 3 h .
2
1 3
cos 60 sin 60 2 2 1 3 Height of the balloon above the ground
3
km.
50. 2
cos 60 – sin 60 1 3 1– 3
–
2 2 B
1 3 1 3 1 3 2
1 3 1 3 1 – 3
3
42 3
–2
– 2 3 .
h
1
51. tan cot 2 tan 2
tan
30° 60°
tan2 – 2 tan + 1 = 0 x
C 1km D A
x2 – 2x + 1 = 0 where x = tan
(x – 1)2 = 0 x–1=0 x=1 55. Let S and S be the two positions of the sun.
1 Let AB be the tower of height h m say and AP and AQ be the shadows
tan 1 and so cot 1. of the tower AB when sun is at positions S and S respectively.
tan
Then, PQ = 40 m, APB = 60° and AQB = 45°.
tan7 + cot7 = 17 + 17 = 2.
Let AP = x m.
52. Let AB be the well and CB be the ladder.
A In rt. APB :
In rt. ABC, we have:
AB h h h
AB tan APB tan 60 3 x ...(i)
tan ACB AP x x 3
CA
10 1 10 10 m In rt. AQB :
tan 30
CA 3 CA AB h h
30° tan AQB tan 45 1
AQ x 40 x 40
CA 10 3 . C B
h
x 40 h 40 h [Using (i)]
Distance of the foot of the ladder from the wall = CA 10 3 m. 3
Practice Paper 43
B : G : T = 32 : 24 : 3
h 1 –
1
40 h 20 3
3
3 1
h 20 3 3 . Ratio of students (B + G) to teachers (T) = (32 + 24) : 3 = 56 : 3.
Height of the tower 20 3 3 m. Note : B : G : T 32 : 24 : 3
Let B 32n, G 24 n , T 3n
S Then, Students B G 32n 24n 56n, teachers T 3n
S Ratio 56n : 3n 56 : 3
B
61. In the old mixture (having alcohol : water = 1 : 4)
h 1 1
Quantity of alcohol 15 l 15 l 3l.
1 4 5
60° 45°
A P 40 m Q 4 4
Quantity of water 15 l 15 l 12l .
56. Let AB be the tower and P and Q be the positions of the two men. 1 4 5
Then, AB = 50 m, APB = 30° and AQB = 45° In the new mixture (after adding 3l of water):
Let PA = x m and AQ = y m. Quantity of alcohol = 3l.
AB 1 50 Quantity of water = (12 + 3) l = 15 l.
In rt. APB : tan 30
PA 3 x Percentage of alcohol in the new mixture
x 50 3 50 1.73 86.5 . 3 50 2
100 % % 16 %.
B 3 15 3 3
36 n 3
62. 144 4n 150 3n n 6.
50 n 4
50m
63. Let the money to be divided be x.
30° 45° 2 2x
P x A y Q Then, A’s share x
25 7
AB 50
In rt. AQB : tan 45 1 y 50. 5
AQ y 5x
and B’s share x .
25 7
Distance between the two men = x + y = 86.5 + 50 = 136.5 m.
57. Suppose x be added to each term of 2 : 5 to make it equal to 5 : 6. 2x
Now, A’s share 100 100 x 350.
2 x 5 7
Then, 12 6 x 25 5 x x 13.
5 x 6
5
B’s share 350 250.
x 5 7
58. x : y 5 : 2 ...(i)
y 2 64. In original order, let the number of pairs of brown socks be n
Now, (8x + 9y) : (8x + 2y) Also, let the cost of each brown pair be p. Then, the cost of each
x black pair = (2p).
8 9 8 9
5
8x 9 y y 2 Correct Bill = {(4 × 2 p) + (n × p)} = (8 + n) p
8x 2 y x 5 [Using (i)] Incorrect Bill = {(n × 2p) + (4 × p)} = ( 4 + 2n) p
8 2 8 2
y 2 Now, (4 + 2n) p = 150% of (8 + n) p [ Bill increased by 50%]
29 3
29 : 22. 4 p 2np {(8 n) p}
22 2
59. Q = P + 30 and R = Q + 60 = (P + 30) + 60 = P + 90 3
4 2n 12 n n 16.
Now, P + Q + R = 300 P + (P + 30) + (P + 90) = 300 2
P = 60. Black pairs 4
Required ratio = 1: 4.
Brown pairs 16
P = 60, Q = 90, R = 150
Required ratio = P : Q : R = 60 : 90 : 150 = 2 : 3 : 5. 65. Let the numbers be x, 2x and 3x respectively.
Now, x + 5 : 2x + 5 : 3x + 5 = 2 : 3 : 4
B 4 G 8
60. B : G 4 : 3 and G : T 8 :1 and We consider x + 5 : 2x + 5 = 2 : 3
G 3 T 1
2 (2x + 5) = 3 (x + 5) x = 5.
B 4 8 32 G 8 3 24 The numbers are 5, 10 and 15.
and
G 3 8 24 T 1 3 3
44 Practice Paper
66. Let the two number be 3x and 5x. Then, 72. Decrease in the total age of all 10 teachers = 3 × 10 = 30 years.
(3x) (5x) = 2160 15x2 = 2160 x2 = 144 x = 12 Age of the new teacher = 25 years.
The smaller number = 36x = 36. Age of the retired teacher = (25 + 30) years = 55 years.
15 km 1
67. Downstream Speed, x 5 km/hr. 73. A’s 1 day’s work =
3 hrs 10
15 km 1
Upstream Speed, y 2 km/hr . B’s 1 day’s work =
1 12
7 hrs
2
1
Speed of boat in still water C’s 1 day’s work =
15
1 1 Suppose that the work is completed in n days. Then, A worked at it
( x y ) (5 2) km/hr 3.5 km/hr.
2 2 for (n – 5) days, B for (n – 3) days and C for n days.
68. Sum of the ages of 4 boys, 5 years ago = (4 × 9) = 36 years. A’s (n – 5) day’s work + B’s (n – 3) day’s work
Sum of the present ages of those 4 boys = 36 + (4 × 5) = 56 years. + C’s n day’s work = 1
Sum of the present ages of all 5 boys = (5 × 15) = 75 years. ( n – 5) ( n – 3) n
1
Present age of the new boy (75 – 56) = 19 years. 10 12 15
69. Sum of temperatures (M + T + W) = 3 × 30° = 90° C
6 ( n – 5) 5 ( n – 3) 4n
Sum of temperatures (T + W) = (M + T + W) – M = 90° –32°= 58°C 1 n 7.
60
Now, Sum of temperatures (T + W + Th) = 3 × 33° = 99° C
Thus, the whole work lasts for 7 days.
Temperatures of Thursday = (T + W + Th) – (T + W) = 99° – 58°
1
= 41 °C. 74. ( A B )’s 1 day’s work
3
Another Method:
1 2
M + T + W = 90° ...(i) ( A B )’s 2 day’s work 2 .
3 3
T + W + Th = 99° ...(ii)
2 1
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get: Remaining work 1 – .
3 3
Th – M = 9° Th – 32° = 9° Th = 9° + 32° = 41° C. 1
Now, in 2 days A does work
70. Let the average score before the 12th innings be n. 3
Then, total score before the 12th innings = 11n. 1
A’s 1 day’s work
Total Score after 12th innings = 11n + 63 ...(i) 6
But Average score after 12th innings = n + 2 B’s 1 day’s work = (A + B)’s 1 day’s work – A’s 1 day’s work
Total Score after 12th innings = 12 (n + 2) ...(ii) 1 1 1
From (i) and (ii), we get: – .
3 6 6
11n + 63 = 12 (n + 2) n = 63 – 24 = 39. B alone could do the work in 6 days.
Average score after 12th innings = n + 2 = 41. 1
75. Raman’s 1 day’s work
Another Method: 20
1
Let the average score after the 12th innings be a. Rajan’s 1 day’s work
30
Then, the average score before the 12th innings = (a – 2). 1 1 5 1
(Raman + Rajan)’s 1 day’s work .
11 (a – 2) + 63 = 12 a a = 41. 20 30 60 2
Thus, the average score after the 12th innings = 41. So, Raman and Rajan together can do the work in 12 days.
71. Decrease in the total are of 11 players = (11 × 2) months x –1 x–3 x –1 – ( x – 3) (3 – x )
a b a a a
= (11 × 2) months = 22 months = 1 year 10 months. 76.
b a b b b
Total age of the new players
x – 1 = 3 – x 2x = 4 x = 2.
= (17 + 20) years – (1 year 10 months) = 35 years 2 months
Average age of the new players 1 1 1 1
77. 22 n – 1 22 n – 1 3 n – 3 3 ( n – 3) (3n – 9) 2(9 – 3n )
8n – 3 (2 ) 2 2
35 years 2 months
17 years 7 months. 2n – 1 = 9 – 3n 5n = 10 n = 2
2
Practice Paper 45
1 85. Let the distance between the school and his house be x km.
78. ( A B C )’s 1 day’s work
40 Difference in the time taken at the two speeds
1 2 16
( A B C )’s 16 day’s work 16 . (6 10) min 16 min hrs.
40 5 60
2 3
Remaining work 1 – x x 16 2x x 4
5 5 – – 6 x – 5x 4
1 3 60 5 3 15
Now, (B + C)’s 40 days work
3 2
2
5
3 1 3 x = 4.
( B C )’s 1 day’s work
5 40 200 Hence, the required distance is 4 km.
A’s 1 day’s work = (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work – (B + C)’s 1 day’s 86. The extremity (tip) of the minute hand traces a circle having
1 3 1 22
work – . circumference 2r 2 35 cm 220 cm .
40 200 100 7
And so, A alone could do the work in 100 days. Now, in 60 minutes i.e. in (60 × 60) seconds, it moves = 220 cm.
79. Suppose Mannat can do the work in = n days
220
Then, Jeenat can do it in = 3n days In 18 seconds, it will move 18 cm 1.1 cm .
60 60
Now, 3n – n = 60 n = 30.
Mannat can individually complete the work in = 30 days. 87. Let the total journey be x km.
2
1.14 114 Distance covered by train x.
80. 100 % 100 % 60% . 15
1.9 190
9
[Note : The question is same as ‘what percent of 1.9 is 1.14?’] Distance covered by bus x.
20
81. B’s income is more than that of A by
Distance covered on foot = Remaining distance
50
100 % 100% . 2 9 35 x
(100 – 50) 10 x – x x 10 x – x 24.
15 20 60
82. Let the amount of the electricity bill be x.
Thus, total journey = 24 km.
4 100
Then 4% of x 13 x 13 x 13 325 . 88. Let the sum to x. Then,
100 4
P = x, A = 2x, I = (A – P) = (2x – x) = x, T = 8 years.
Bill amount = 325.
83. Let the original height be h and base be b. Then original area 100 I 100 x
R % 12.5%.
1 P T x 8
A bh .
2 89. Let M be the amount borrowed by X and lent to Y. Then,
The height is increased by 10%. Suppose that the base be reduced For X : P = M, R = 8% p.a., T = 12 years
by x%, so that original area is retained. Then,
1 PT R M 12 8 96 M
A {b – ( x% of b)}{110% of h} I
2 100 100 100
1 1 For Y : P = M, R = 12% p.a., T = 12 years
bh {(100 – x)% of b}{110% of h}
2 2
PT R M 12 12 144 M
1 1 100 – x 110 1 I
bh b h x 9 . 100 100 100
2 2 100 100 11
X’s profit = Interest paid by Y–Interest paid by X
1
The base must be decreased by 9 %.
11 144 M 96 M
96 – M 2000.
84. Let student B got x marks. 100 100
Then, student A got = (x – 10% of x) marks 90. Suppose she got 10x. Then, she obtained 3x as the interest.
9x [ P : I = 10 : 3]
(90% of x ) marks marks . P = (10 x), I = (3x) R = 6% p.a.
10
9x 100 I 100 3 x
81 x 90 T 5 years.
10 PR 10 x 6
Thus, student B got = 90 marks. Thus, required time = 5 years.
46 Practice Paper
91. P = 1000, A = 1102.50, T = 2 years 95. Distance travelled = speed × time = (80 × 4.5) km = 360 km.
T 2
R R Distance 360
A P 1 1102.50 1000 1 Now, speed = km/h 90 km/h .
100 100 Time 4
2 2 2 96. A population of 72 lakh represents a central angle = 360°
11025 100 R 105 100 R
A population of 12 lakh represents a central angle
10000 100 100 100
100 + R = 105 R = 5%. 360
12 60.
Thus, the rate percent per annum = 5. 72
92. Income in 2012 P = 26,64,000, R = 20% p.a., Now, 60° is the central angle corresponding to area S5.
T = 2 years (from 2010 to 2012) S5 has a population of 12 lakh.
45
P 2664000 97. Population of S1 72 lakh 9 lakh
360
Income in 2010 T
2
R 1 20
1 3 27
100 100 No. of males in S1 9 lakh lakh
3 2 5
5 5 105
2664000 18,50,000. Population of S 4 72 lakh 21 lakh
6 6 360
1 2 42
93. Part filled by A in 1 hour No. of males in S4 21 lakh lakh .
6 (2 3) 5
1 Total number of males in S1 and S4 together
Part filled by B in 1 hour
4
27 42 69
1 1 5 lakh lakh 13.8 lakh.
Part filled by (A + B) in 2 hour 5 5 5
6 4 12
135
[ They work alternately] 98. Population of S2 72 lakh 27 lakh
360
5 10 5
Part filled by (A + B) in 4 hour 2 . 1 27
12 12 6 No. of females in S 2 27 lakh lakh
4 1 5
5 1
Remaining part 1 – which is filled by A in the 5th hour..
6 6 60
Population of S5 72 lakh 12 lakh
Thus, total time taken to fill the tank = 5 hours. 360
94. The given equation of the line is 2x – 3y + 6 = 0 ...(i) 7 21
Putting y = 0 in (i) : we get: 2x + 6 = 0 x = – 3 No. of females in S5 12 lakh lakh .
13 7 5
Putting x = 0 in (i) : we get : – 3y + 6 = 0 y = 2
27 21
The line meets the coordinate axes in points A (–3, 0) and Required ratio = Females in S2 : Females in S5 : 9 : 7.
B (0, 2) 5 5
And so, AO = 3 units and OB = 2 units 45
99. S1 (2010) 72 lakh 9 lakh
Y 360
Let the population of S1 in 2009 be x. Then,
9 100 60
105 % of x 9 lakh x = lakh lakh.
105 7
6 =0
y+
–3 S1 (2009)
60
2x lakh.
7
X X
O
15
– Now, S3 (2010) 72 lakh 3 lakh
Y 360
The triangle (ABO) formed has area [Note: Central angle (S3) = 360° – (45° + 135° + 105° + 60°)=15°]
1 Let the population of S3 in 2009 by y. Then,
AO OB
2 3 100 25
108% of y 3 lakh y lakh lakh
108 9
1
3 2 = 3 sq. units 25
2 S3 (2009) lakh.
9
Practice Paper 47
Required ratio = S1 (2009) : S3 (2009) 3 9
S3 (females) 3 lakh lakh 0.9 lakh .
10 10
60 25
: 540 :175 108 :135. 105
7 9 S 4 (population) 72 lakh 21 lakh ;
360
45 3 63
100. S1 (population) 72 lakh 9 lakh ;
S4 (females) 21 lakh lakh .
360 5 5
2 18
60
S1 (females) 9 lakh lakh 3.6 lakh . S5 (population) 72 lakh 12 lakh ;
5 5 360
135 7 21
S2 (population) 72 lakh 27 lakh ; S5 (females) 12 lakh lakh 4.2 lakh .
360 20 5
1 27 Average number of females
S2 (females) 27 lakh lakh 5.4 lakh .
5 5 1
(3.6 5.4 0.9 12.6 4.2) lakh 5.34 lakh .
15 5
S3 (population) 70 lakh 3 lakh;
360 Clearly, this average is lower than the female population in S2 and S4.
You might also like
- Quantitative Aptitude Chapter Wise PYQ (Index With Cover Page)No ratings yetQuantitative Aptitude Chapter Wise PYQ (Index With Cover Page)2 pages
- Qdoc - Tips - 101 Maths Shortcuts Afcat Nda Cds Ta UpscpdfNo ratings yetQdoc - Tips - 101 Maths Shortcuts Afcat Nda Cds Ta Upscpdf24 pages
- Fastrack Objective Mathematics by Rajesh Varma100% (4)Fastrack Objective Mathematics by Rajesh Varma1,727 pages
- Tricky Maths (Arithmetic) Sunil Khurab (Sscstudy - Com)100% (1)Tricky Maths (Arithmetic) Sunil Khurab (Sscstudy - Com)289 pages
- 25 MATHS MOCK TESTS by Aditya Ranjan Sir BilingualNo ratings yet25 MATHS MOCK TESTS by Aditya Ranjan Sir Bilingual143 pages
- SSC CGL Maths Formulas PDF - Download For Free Now!No ratings yetSSC CGL Maths Formulas PDF - Download For Free Now!10 pages
- Compound Interest Tricks - Shortcut Tricks For Bank ExamsNo ratings yetCompound Interest Tricks - Shortcut Tricks For Bank Exams7 pages
- Arihant GK 2022 - Manohar Pandey (Small Edition)No ratings yetArihant GK 2022 - Manohar Pandey (Small Edition)161 pages
- Objective Mathematics (WWW - Sarkaripost.in)100% (2)Objective Mathematics (WWW - Sarkaripost.in)1,726 pages
- A Fresh Approach To Reasoning Tests With Logical Reasoning100% (2)A Fresh Approach To Reasoning Tests With Logical Reasoning299 pages
- CAT Complete Course + 3000 CAT Questions (PDF) Stark50% (2)CAT Complete Course + 3000 CAT Questions (PDF) Stark763 pages
- Geometry - Abhas Saini - Class - Notes - Complete PDFNo ratings yetGeometry - Abhas Saini - Class - Notes - Complete PDF193 pages
- YCT SSC 2023 24 Chapterwise English Mathematics Anand Mahajan Part-1No ratings yetYCT SSC 2023 24 Chapterwise English Mathematics Anand Mahajan Part-1372 pages
- SSC CGL 2023 Pre All 39 Shifts Answer Key PDF's in English100% (1)SSC CGL 2023 Pre All 39 Shifts Answer Key PDF's in English1,247 pages
- A Complete Guide On Advance Maths For SSC Examinations0% (1)A Complete Guide On Advance Maths For SSC Examinations3 pages
- Algebra Class Study Sheet: by Aditya Patel Sir100% (1)Algebra Class Study Sheet: by Aditya Patel Sir4 pages
- Rakesh - Yadav - Sir - Class - Notes PDFNo ratings yetRakesh - Yadav - Sir - Class - Notes PDF517 pages
- SSC GK Free Ebook With 400+ Free Questions 66065eb854d8dfc1cf11e046 (English)No ratings yetSSC GK Free Ebook With 400+ Free Questions 66065eb854d8dfc1cf11e046 (English)61 pages
- Math Test-8 B-II B-I Test-18 05 Dec.-2021 Ques. PaperNo ratings yetMath Test-8 B-II B-I Test-18 05 Dec.-2021 Ques. Paper10 pages
- SSC MTS 2020 ALL 42 Sets With NEON Concepts Best Method, ConceptsNo ratings yetSSC MTS 2020 ALL 42 Sets With NEON Concepts Best Method, Concepts67 pages
- 20 Day 20 Mock Test 02 45 Days 45 Marathon Printable PDFNo ratings yet20 Day 20 Mock Test 02 45 Days 45 Marathon Printable PDF3 pages
- Janice Priya Mascarenhas: Career OverviewNo ratings yetJanice Priya Mascarenhas: Career Overview2 pages
- 8020P-30 Minutes of Sales Training That Will Explode Your Business in 2022No ratings yet8020P-30 Minutes of Sales Training That Will Explode Your Business in 20222 pages
- The Significance of Interviews ExplainedNo ratings yetThe Significance of Interviews Explained11 pages
- Unhurried Review by A.D. Ahluwalia of Himalayan Fossil Fraud by S K Shah PSI Lucknow 2013No ratings yetUnhurried Review by A.D. Ahluwalia of Himalayan Fossil Fraud by S K Shah PSI Lucknow 20135 pages
- Group 1: Readings in Philippine HistoryNo ratings yetGroup 1: Readings in Philippine History34 pages
- Invitation Letter - PEAC X Khan Academy TrainingNo ratings yetInvitation Letter - PEAC X Khan Academy Training2 pages
- (Ebook) Decolonizing International Relations by Branwen Gruffydd Jones ISBN 9780742540248, 0742540243 PDF VersionNo ratings yet(Ebook) Decolonizing International Relations by Branwen Gruffydd Jones ISBN 9780742540248, 0742540243 PDF Version115 pages
